diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 80cec3a..dff60c7 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -2,5 +2,10 @@ # Diese .gitignore-Datei wurde von Microsoft(R) Visual Studio automatisch erstellt. ################################################################################ -/WIDigConsoleApp/bin/Debug -/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/v15/Server/sqlite3 +/WIDigConsoleApp/bin +/WIDigConsoleApp/obj +/WIDigForm/bin +/WIDigForm/obj +/SetupWIX/bin +/SetupWIX/obj +/.vs diff --git a/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/DesignTimeBuild/.dtbcache b/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/DesignTimeBuild/.dtbcache deleted file mode 100644 index b9ceaec..0000000 Binary files a/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/DesignTimeBuild/.dtbcache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/v15/.suo b/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/v15/.suo deleted file mode 100644 index 338a7e6..0000000 Binary files a/.vs/WIDigConsoleApp/v15/.suo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/SetupWIX/Config.wxi b/SetupWIX/Config.wxi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..449c4be --- /dev/null +++ b/SetupWIX/Config.wxi @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/SetupWIX/Product.wxs b/SetupWIX/Product.wxs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46aa9b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/SetupWIX/Product.wxs @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + DISABLE_DESKTOP_ICON + + + + + DISABLE_STARTMENU_ICON + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + + + diff --git a/SetupWIX/SetupWIX.wixproj b/SetupWIX/SetupWIX.wixproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57b1532 --- /dev/null +++ b/SetupWIX/SetupWIX.wixproj @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + Debug + x86 + 3.10 + 3943e21a-dd2b-4c74-b06f-9a39caa70e11 + 2.0 + SetupWIX + Package + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\WiX\v3.x\Wix.targets + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath)\Microsoft\WiX\v3.x\Wix.targets + + + bin\$(Configuration)\ + obj\$(Configuration)\ + Debug + de-DE + + -b "$(SolutionDir)WIDigConsoleApp\bin\$(Configuration)" + -b "$(SolutionDir)WIDigForm\bin\$(Configuration)" + + + + bin\$(Configuration)\ + obj\$(Configuration)\ + + + + + + + $(WixExtDir)\WixUtilExtension.dll + WixUtilExtension + + + $(WixExtDir)\WixUIExtension.dll + WixUIExtension + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp.sln b/WIDigConsoleApp.sln index 0b8d3bc..a69d529 100644 --- a/WIDigConsoleApp.sln +++ b/WIDigConsoleApp.sln @@ -7,20 +7,38 @@ Project("{F184B08F-C81C-45F6-A57F-5ABD9991F28F}") = "WIDigConsoleApp", "WIDigCon EndProject Project("{F184B08F-C81C-45F6-A57F-5ABD9991F28F}") = "WIDigForm", "WIDigForm\WIDigForm.vbproj", "{75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}" EndProject +Project("{930C7802-8A8C-48F9-8165-68863BCCD9DD}") = "SetupWIX", "SetupWIX\SetupWIX.wixproj", "{3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}" +EndProject Global GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU + Debug|x86 = Debug|x86 Release|Any CPU = Release|Any CPU + Release|x86 = Release|x86 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B146A4E7-FD28-4F57-9BE0-C4178A258623}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {75B536FE-5D8D-42A9-8519-0041FABC994B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3943E21A-DD2B-4C74-B06F-9A39CAA70E11}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 091c552..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.Resources.resources b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.Resources.resources deleted file mode 100644 index 6c05a97..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.Resources.resources and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.exe b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.exe deleted file mode 100644 index fdb3add..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.pdb b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 6f9d610..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CopyComplete b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CopyComplete deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 8b15cfc..0000000 --- a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -4da815c39bd1924dd323b44d3357f803f96afa5b diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4481c7f..0000000 --- a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe.config -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\NLog.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\NLog.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.Resources.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CopyComplete -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDigConsoleApp\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe.config -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\NLog.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\NLog.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.Resources.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.CopyComplete -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigConsoleApp\obj\Debug\WIDigConsoleApp.pdb diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 888996b..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache deleted file mode 100644 index b13503a..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.xml b/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4f94996..0000000 --- a/WIDigConsoleApp/obj/Debug/WIDigConsoleApp.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - -WIDigConsoleApp - - - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/2020-03-26-WIDIG.log b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/2020-03-26-WIDIG.log deleted file mode 100644 index 3a0c6b0..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/2020-03-26-WIDIG.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -2020-03-26 15:03:13|Form1|WARN >> Insufficient number of arguments [1]! -2020-03-26 15:05:38|Form1|WARN >> Insufficient number of arguments [1]! -2020-03-26 15:09:30|Form1|WARN >> Insufficient number of arguments [4]! diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/AppConfig.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/AppConfig.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 72386b0..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/AppConfig.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - W - \\windream\objects - - - true - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8f65ceb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 877bb9a..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23667 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.Data.v19.2 - - - - - Contains classes implementing the common data management functionality for DevExpress controls. - - - - - Contains classes that assist in obtaining information about a data source. - - - - - Provides information about a data source. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Returns the display name of a custom data source. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the custom data source display name. - - - - Returns the display name of a data member. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the data member. - A value, specifying the data member display name. - - - - Returns the display name of a data member. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the data member prefix. - A value, specifying the data member. - A value, specifying the data member display name. - - - - Returns the display name of a data source. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the data member. - A value, specifying the data source display name. - - - - Returns the array of data source item properties. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the data member. - A Boolean value. - An array of objects. - - - - Indicates whether the data source is of a custom type. - - A value. - true if the data source is custom; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether the data source is of the standard type. - - A value. - true if the data source is standard; otherwise false. - - - - Attempts to obtain the display name of the specified data member. - - A value, specifying the data source. - A value, specifying the data member. - A value, specifying the result. - true if the data member's display name has been obtained; otherwise false. - - - - Contains types implementing common design-time data browsing functionality for DevExpress controls. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Lists the available column types. - - - - - The array column type. - - - - - The Boolean column type. - - - - - The Boolean calculated field column type. - - - - - The date-time calculated field column type. - - - - - The default calculated field column type. - - - - - The floating point number calculated field column type. - - - - - The GUID calculated field column type. - - - - - The integer number calculated field column type. - - - - - The string calculated field column type. - - - - - The date-time column type. - - - - - The default column type. - - - - - - - - - - The floating point number column type. - - - - - The GUID column type. - - - - - The integer number column type. - - - - - The list column type. - - - - - The parameter list column type. - - - - - The source list column type. - - - - - No column type. - - - - - - - - - - The string column type. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Provides types that describe video capture devices and video properties. - - - - - The base class for classes that describe video capture devices. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that comprises system information about the video capture device. - - - - Gets the string representation of the moniker for the current device. - - A String value that specifies the string representation of the moniker for the current device. - - - - Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources. - - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the list of video resolutions available on the current device. - - The list of video resolutions available on the current device. - - - - Returns the list of video resolutions available on the current device. - - The list of video resolutions available on the current device. - - - - Returns the hash code for the current object. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets whether the video capture device is already in use in another application. - - true, the video capture device is already in use in another application; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the device is currently capturing video. - - true, if the device is currently capturing video; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the UI display name of the video capture device. - - A String value that specifies the UI display name of the video capture device. - - - - Gets or sets the resolution of a video stream captured by the current device. - - A structure that specifies the resolution of a video stream captured by the current device. - - - - Sets the ICameraDeviceClient object that processes the video from the current capture device. - - An ICameraDeviceClient object that processes the video from the current capture device. - - - - Starts capturing video from the current device. - - - - - Stops capturing video from the current device. - - - - - Returns the video frame currently captured by the device. - - A object that is the video frame currently captured by the device. - - - - Processes Windows messages. - - The Windows Message to process. - - - - Contains system information used to identify a video capture device. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that specifies the string representation of the moniker for the video capture device. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that specifies the string representation of the moniker for the video capture device. This value is assigned to the field. - A String value that specifies the UI display name of the video capture device. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - Compares the current instance with a specified object and indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or appears at the same position in the sort order as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current instance. - An integer value that specifies whether the current instance precedes, follows, or appears at the same position in the sort order as the specified object. - - - - The string representation of the moniker for the video capture device. - - - - - - The UI display name of the video capture device. - - - - - - Returns the UI display name of the video capture device. - - A String value that is the UI display name of the video capture device. - - - - Describes a video property on a video capture device. - - - - - Gets the default value of the video property. - - An value that specifies the default value of the video property. - - - - Gets the maximum value of the video property. - - An value that specifies the maximum value of the video property. - - - - Gets the minimum value of the video property. - - An value that specifies the minimum value of the video property. - - - - Gets the name of the video property. - - A value that specifies the name of the video property. - - - - Occurs when a property value changes. - - - - - Resets the video property value to its default. - - - - - Gets the step size for the video property. The step size is the smallest increment by which the property can change. - - An value that specifies the step size for the video property. - - - - Gets or sets the current setting of the video property. - - An value that specifies the current setting of the video property. - - - - Provides access to the video properties on a video capture device. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An ICameraDeviceClient object that processes the video stream received from a video capture device. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the backlight compensation setting. - - A object that is the video property specifying the backlight compensation setting. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the brightness, also called the black level. - - A object that is the video property specifying the brightness, also called the black level. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the color enable setting. - - A object that is the video property specifying the color enable setting. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the contrast. - - A object that is the video property specifying the contrast. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the gain adjustment. - - A object that is the video property specifying the gain adjustment. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the gamma. - - A object that is the video property specifying the gamma. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the hue. - - A object that is the video property specifying the hue. - - - - Occurs when a property value changes. - - - - - Resets the video properties to their defaults. - - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the saturation. - - A object that is the video property specifying the saturation. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the sharpness. - - A object that is the video property specifying the sharpness. - - - - Provides access to the video property that specifies the white balance, as a color temperature in degrees Kelvin. - - A object that is the video property specifying the white balance, as a color temperature in degrees Kelvin. - - - - Lists values specifying the sort orders. - - - - - Sorts the column in ascending order. - - - - - Sorts the columns in descending order. - - - - - No sorting is applied to a column. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Chart Control visualizes data rows that are selected within a source control. - - - - - The Chart Control visualizes a source control's all data rows. - - - - - The Chart Control visualizes data rows that the source control filters. - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the control that provides its data rows to another control. - - The control that provides its data rows to another control. - - - - Gets or sets the type of rows that the source control provides. - - The type of rows that the source control provides. - - - - Occurs every time any of the class' properties has changed its value. - - - - - Reloads data rows from the source control. - - The value indicating whether the PropertyChanged event should be raised. - - - - - - - - - Initializes new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The value indicating the currently provided data row type. - - - - Returns the type of changed rows. - - The type of changed rows. - - - - Represents the method that will handle the event. - - An object of any type that triggers the event. - Event arguments that provide data for the event. - - - - Contains classes and interfaces enabling you to customize the Expression Editor in WinForms applications. - - - - - Enables customization of Expression Editor items for which automatic completion is available. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the description of a suggested automatic completion item displayed in a corresponding tool tip. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the kind of an item for which automatic code completion is available. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the value of a suggested automatic completion item added to an expression on selecting this item. - - A value. - - - - Lists the items for which automatic completion is available in the Expression Editor. - - - - - The item is a data column. - - - - - The item is a function. - - - - - The item is an operator. - - - - - The item is a parameter. - - - - - Provides information about a data column listed in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the list of objects associated with columns owned by this column. - - A <,> object that stores objects associated with this column's children. - - - - Gets or sets the ColumnInfo object related to a column that owns this column. - - A object associated with this column's parent. - - - - Specifies the type declaration of a data column. - - A object. - - - - Provides information about a static constant listed in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Enables customization of the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies an object providing a list of items suggested for automatic completion in the Expression Editor. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Specifies an object providing a color scheme for painting expression elements in the Expression Editor. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Specifies an object that provides information about columns which becomes available only at runtime (as is the case with recurrent data fields in a report's ). - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Provides access to the collection of data columns available in the Expression Editor. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Provides access to the collection of static constants available in the Expression Editor. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Specifies the object that enables you to access the criteria validator assigned to an Expression Editor. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Provides access to the default instance. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the collection of functions available in the Expression Editor. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Provides access to the collection of operators available in the Expression Editor. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets an object providing additional customization settings for the Expression Editor. - - An object. - - - - Provides access to the collection of parameters available in the Expression Editor. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Expression Editor should use the rich text control for operators, functions, and constant descriptions. - - true, to display descriptions using rich text; otherwise, false. - - - - The Expression Editor model. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified expression. - - A value, specifying the expression. - - - - Specifies the expression string. - - A value, specifying the expression. - - - - Enables additional customization of the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether to select the function (and display its description) that is currently being focused in the Expression Editor. - - true, to select the focused function and display its description; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not to spell function names in uppercase. - - true, to spell function names in uppercase; false, to spell function names in camel case. - - - - Provides the Presenter functionality to an Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object. - An object implementing the interface. - An object. - A function delegate, providing additional expression validation on closing the editor with the specified expression (the first string) and error text (the second string). Validation is passed when this parameter is null or empty. Otherwise, the editor cannot be closed (this behavior is defined by the view's default implementation). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object. - An object implementing the interface. - A function delegate, providing additional expression validation on closing the editor with the specified expression (the first string) and error text (the second string). Validation is passed when this parameter is null or empty. Otherwise, the editor cannot be closed (this behavior is defined by the view's default implementation). - An object. - - - - Gets an object enabling customization of the Expression Editor. - - An object. - - - - Enables you to launch the Expression Editor in your application at runtime with the specified settings. - - - - - Runs the Expression Editor with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the expression. - An object implementing the interface. - An object. - true, if the editor was closed by clicking the OK button; otherwise, false. - - - - Runs the Expression Editor with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the expression. - An object implementing the interface. - An object. - A function delegate, providing additional expression validation on closing the editor with the specified expression (the first string) and error text (the second string). Validation is passed when this parameter is null or empty. Otherwise, the editor cannot be closed (this behavior is defined by the view's default implementation). - true, if the editor was closed by clicking the OK button; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists the elements of an expression available in the Expression Editor. - - - - - The expression element is a data column. - - - - - The expression element is a static constant. - - - - - The expression element is an error. - - - - - The expression element is a function. - - - - - The expression element is a group of items. - - - - - The expression element is an operator. - - - - - Provides information about a function listed in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified function operator. - - An object implementing the interface. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the item category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the type declarations of function arguments. - - An array of objects. - - - - Specifies the caret position after adding a function to an expression. - - An integer value, specifying the number of symbols to the right of the caret position until the end of the function body. - - - - Specifies an object providing instructions required for evaluation of a function. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Specifies the full name of a function in the Expression Editor (including the function syntax). - - A value. - - - - Specifies the category to which a function belongs (e.g., "Math", "String" or "DateTime"). - - A value. - - - - Specifies the example illustrating the function syntax in the Expression Editor panel and tooltip. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, enables you to obtain the list of suggestions corresponding to a specific part of an expression. - - - - - Returns the collection of suggestions corresponding to a specific caret position within an expression. - - A value, specifying the expression. - An integer value, specifying the symbol in the expression where the caret position is. - A collection of objects. - - - - Provides information about data columns which becomes available only at runtime (as is the case with recurrent data fields in a report's ) - - - - - - - - - - - - If implemented, enables you to access the criteria validator assigned to an Expression Editor. - - - - - Provides access to an object enabling you to manage the collection of errors found during criteria validation in the Expression Editor. - - An object. - An object. - - - - If implemented, provides a color scheme for painting expression elements in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Returns a color used for painting a specific expression element kind. - - An enumeration value. - A structure. - - - - If implemented, provides the Presenter functionality to an Expression Editor. - - - - - Gets an object enabling customization of the Expression Editor. - - An object. - - - - If implemented, provides the View functionality to an Expression Editor. - - - - - Specifies the expression (in plain text). - - A value. - - - - The base for classes that provide functionality to Expression Editor items (such as constants, functions and data columns). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the name of a category to which the Expression Editor item belongs. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the description displayed for an item in the Expression Editor. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the name of an Expression Editor item. - - A value. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Provides information about an operator listed in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides information about a parameter listed in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified prototype. - - A object, specifying a prototype for a new instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameter. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified category. - - A value, specifying the category name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the parameter's type declaration. - - A object. - - - - - - - - - Occurs every time the data source is changed. - - - - - Returns data rows of the specified row type. - - The requested row type. - Data rows of the specified row type. - - - - Returns the data row source. - - The data row source. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An integer value identifying the processed row by its handle. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the custom calculated summary value. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the currently processed field value. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value identifying the group row whose child data rows are involved in summary calculation. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value identifying the current calculation stage. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the summary item whose value is being calculated. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value indicating the nested group level of the processed row. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the processed field value. - - An object representing the processed field value. - - - - Returns the value of the specified group summary for the specified group row. - - An integer that specifies a group row's handle. - An object representing the group summary item. In the GridControl, it's represented by the class. - The specified group summary's value. - - - - Returns the value in the specified field - - A string that identifies the field whose value must be returned. - An object that represents the value of the specified field. - - - - Gets the nested level of the group whose summary value is being calculated. - - An integer value representing the zero-based nested level of the processed group. - - - - Gets a value identifying the group row whose child data rows are involved in summary calculation. - - An integer value representing the handle of the group row containing the processed row as a child. 0 when calculating a total summary value. - - - - Gets whether a group summary value is being calculated. - - true if a group summary value is being calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether a total summary value is being calculated. - - true if a total summary value is being calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a summary item whose value is being calculated. - - An object representing a summary item whose value is being calculated. - - - - Gets the currently processed row. - - The currently processed row. - - - - Gets the handle of the processed row. - - An integer value identifying the processed data row by its handle. - - - - Gets a value indicating calculation stage. - - A enumeration value indicating calculation stage. - - - - Gets or sets the total summary value. - - An object representing the total summary value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Calculation stage of the custom summary calculation process should be skipped. - - true if the Calculation stage of the custom summary calculation process should be skipped; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An integer value specifying the handle of the group row whose summary value is about to be calculated. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the zero-based nesting level of the processed group. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which represents the summary item whose value is about to be calculated. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the summary value should be calculated and displayed. - - true to calculate and display the summary value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the nesting level of the group whose summary value is being calculated. - - An integer value representing the zero-based nesting level of the processed group. - - - - Gets a value identifying the group row whose summary value is about to be calculated. - - An integer value representing the handle of the group row whose summary value is about to be calculated. 0 when calculating a total summary value. - - - - Gets whether a group summary value is about to be calculated. - - true if a group summary value is about to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether a total summary value is about to be calculated. - - true if a total summary value is about to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a summary item whose value is about to be calculated. - - An object representing a summary item whose value is about to be calculated. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Specifies the current status of custom summary calculation. - - - - - Indicates that custom summary calculation is in progress. This means the event is raised for a specific data row containing the field value used to calculate the processed custom summary. - - - - - Indicates that the process of custom summary calculation is finished. - - - - - Indicates that the process of custom summary calculation is about to be started. - - - - - Contains classes that provide functionality required for connecting to Entity Framework data sources. - - - - - Lists the values indicating from where the Report Wizard obtains its data connection settings. - - - - - The Report Wizard lists all available data connections (both the data connections stored in an application's settings, and in the Visual Studio Server Explorer). - - - - - The Report Wizard does not suggest using any of the available data connections. - - - - - The Report Wizard lists the data connections available in the Visual Studio Server Explorer. - - - - - The Report Wizard lists the data connections available in the application's configuration file. - - - - - Provides the path to the file that stores connection strings. - - - - - Returns the full path to the file that stores connection strings. - - The full path to the file that stores connection strings - - - - If implemented, provides information about a connection string. - - - - - Indicates from where the Report Wizard obtains its data connection settings. - - A enumeration value. - - - - If implemented, specifies the name of a connection string. - - A value specifying the connection string name. - - - - If implemented, gets the name of the data provider. - - A value specifying the data provider name. - - - - If implemented, obtains the connection string used to establish the data connection at run time. - - A containing a connection string. - - - - If implemented, provides access to the available connection strings. - - - - - If implemented, obtains information about connection strings defined in the application configuration file. - - An array of objects implementing the interface, which contain information about available connection strings. - - - - If implemented, obtains information about the available connection strings. - - An array of objects implementing the interface, that contain information about the available connection strings. - - - - If implemented, obtains the specified connection string. - - A value specifying a connection string by its name. - A containing a connection sting. - - - - If implemented, obtains information about a specified connection string. - - A value specifying the stored procedure name. - An object implementing the interface that contains information about a connection string. - - - - Specifies how to resolve exceptions while performing an action. - - - - - Cancel the action that caused an exception. - - - - - Retry the action that caused an exception. - - - - - Contains classes that support the data filtering feature. - - - - - Enumerates aggregate functions. - - - - - Evaluates the average of the values in the collection. - - - - - Returns the number of objects in the collection. - - - - - Returns a custom aggregate function's result. - - - - - Determines whether the object exists in the collection. - - - - - Returns the maximum expression value in the collection. - - - - - Returns the minimum expression value in the collection. - - - - - Returns a single object from the collection. The collection must contain no more than one object. - - - - - Returns the sum of all the expression values in the collection. - - - - - An aggregate operator which calculates aggregate expressions (MIN, MAX, SUM, etc.) - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object which represents the collection property. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the aggregated expression. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - A value that specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - A collection of aggregated expressions to be assigned to the property. - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified collection property and operator type. - - A value which specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A value which specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - A value that specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value which specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - A value which specifies the name of the persistent property of the object from the property collection. - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value which specifies the name of the collection property. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - A value which specifies the name of the persistent property of the object from the property collection. - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - A value that specifies the name of the collection property whose values are used to calculate the aggregate expression. It can be represented by a path through object relationships, for example "Employer.Addresses". - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the aggregated expression. - - A object which represents the aggregated expression. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the aggregate operator. - - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the aggregate operator. - - - - Creates a new which returns the average of values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements of the that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Gets or sets a collection property whose elements are used to calculate an aggregate expression. - - An object which represents the collection property. - - - - Gets or sets the filter criteria which is applied to values. - - A object which represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. - - - - Creates a new which returns the count of elements that match the . - - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new which returns the count of elements that match the . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. This parameter may be ignored in certain circumstances. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new custom that returns values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements of the that match the specified . - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A collection of aggregated expressions to be assigned to the property. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Gets or sets a custom aggregate function's name. The property value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - - - - Gets an operand collection passed to a custom aggregate function. - - A collection of operand values. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new which determines whether or not the count of elements that match the is greater than zero. - - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new which determines whether or not the count of elements that match the is greater than zero. - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - true if the is null reference; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new which returns the maximum of the values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements of the that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. This parameter may be ignored in certain circumstances. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new which returns the minimum of the values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements of the that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new which returns the single object from the that matches the specified . The collection must be empty or contain exactly one object. - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new which returns the sum of values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements of the that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which calculates an aggregate expression. - - - - Creates a new top-level that returns values calculated by the given custom aggregate expression. - - An enumeration value that specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - An aggregated expression assigned to the property. - An operand collection passed to a custom aggregate function. - - - - Creates a new top-level that returns values calculated by the given custom aggregate expression. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A collection of aggregated expressions to be assigned to the property. - An operand collection passed to a custom aggregate function. - - - - The base class that provides data for a Filter Control's events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The value used to initialize the PropertyName property. - The value used to initialize the PropertyType property. - - - - Gets the name of the current property (column/field). - - The property name (column/field name). - - - - Gets the type of the current property (column/field). - - The type of the current property (column/field). - - - - An operator which determines whether a criteria expression lies between the specified range of values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property and the specified range of values. - - A descendant which represents the expression that identifies the property whose values are tested. - A descendant which represents the expression for the lower value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the expression for the upper value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property and the specified range of values. - - A value which identifies the property whose values are tested. - A descendant which represents the expression for the lower value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the expression for the upper value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property name and the specified range of values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are tested. - A descendant which represents the expression for the lower value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the expression for the upper value in the range. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the expression for the first operand. - - A descendant which represents the expression for the lower value in the range. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Gets the expression for the second operand. - - A descendant which represents the expression for the upper value in the range. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets the expression for the first (left) operand. - - A descendant which represents the expression for the lower value in the range. - - - - Gets or sets the test expression. - - A descendant which represents the test expression. - - - - Gets the expression for the second (right) operand. - - A descendant which represents the expression for the upper value in the range. - - - - Gets or sets the test expression. - - A descendant which represents the test expression. - - - - A logical expression which consists of a operation between two operands. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left and right operands and binary operator type. - - A descendant which represents the expression for the first operand. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the expression for the second operand. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to an array of values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - An array of values to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - An array of values to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to integer values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified integer value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - An value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of the binary operator. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - An value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to values. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of the binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is used to compare the values of the specified property to the value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified type of binary operator. This binary operator is used to compare the values of the specified property to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the property whose values are compared to the value. - The value to compare with the values of the specified property. - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the binary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - The left operand. - - - - - - Gets the type of the binary operator. - - - - - - The right operand. - - - - - - Enumerates binary operator types. - - - - - Represents the bitwise AND operator.To create the bitwise AND operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 & 128 = 128") - - - - - Represents the bitwise OR operator.To create the bitwise OR operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 | 3") - - - - - Represents the bitwise XOR operator.To create the bitwise XOR operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("(Field1 ^ Field2) = 1") - - - - - Represents the division operator.To create the division operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 / Field2 = 2") - - - - - Represents the Boolean equality operator.To create the Boolean equality operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 = Field2") - - - - - Represents the Boolean greater-than operator.To create the Boolean greater-than operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 > Field2") - - - - - Represents the Boolean greater-than-or-equal-to operator.To create the Boolean greater-than-or-equal-to operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 >= Field2") - - - - - Represents the Boolean less-than operator.To create the Boolean less-than operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 < Field2") - - - - - Represents the Boolean less-than-or-equal-to operator.To create the Boolean less-than-or-equal-to operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 <= Field2") - - - - - The LIKE operator. This operator behavior is different, depending on current circumstances. We recommend that you use StartsWith, Contains and EndsWith function operators instead of Like, where possible. - - - - - Represents the subtraction operator.To create the subtraction operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 - Field2 = 10") - - - - - Represents the modulus operator (computes the remainder after dividing its first operand by its second).To create the modulus operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 % Field2 = 1") - - - - - Represents the multiplication operator.To create the multiplication operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 * Field2 = 100") - - - - - Represents the Boolean inequality operator.To create the Boolean inequality operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 != Field2") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 <> Field2") - - - - - Represents the addition operator.To create the addition operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 + Field2 = 20") - - - - - A constant value operand in criteria expressions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified constant value. - - The constant value for the operand. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - An operator which checks if a collection contains at least one object matching a specific criteria. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property operand and criteria expression. - - An object which represents the property operand in the criteria expression. - A object which represents the search criteria. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property and criteria expression. - - A value which identifies the property whose values will be searched. - A object that represents a search criteria. - - - - Provides the abstract (MustInherit in Visual Basic) base class for criteria operators. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns the expression which groups two operands with logical AND. - - A object which represents the first operand. - A object which represents the second operand. - A object representing the expression which groups two operands with logical AND. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND. - - An array of objects that represent operands. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND. - - A list of operands to be grouped. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND. - - - - Creates a copy of the specified object. - - A object to clone. - A object which represents an exact copy of the specified object. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified object is null reference. - - - - Creates a copy of the specified object. - - An object to clone. - An object which represents an exact copy of the specified object. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified object is a null reference. - - - - This method is intended for internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the number of custom functions registered in an application via the and method calls. - - An integer value which specifies the number of elements in a collection returned by the function. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Searches custom aggregate functions registered in an application via the and method calls for a function with a specified name. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - An object that corresponds to the aggregateName, if found; otherwise, null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - Searches custom aggregate functions registered in an application via the and method calls. - - A collection of all registered custom aggregtate functions. - - - - Searches custom functions registered in an application via the and method calls for a function with a specified name. - - The name of a custom function to search. You specify a custom function's name by implementing the property. - An object that corresponds to the functionName, if found; otherwise, null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - Returns custom functions registered in an application via the and method calls. - - A DevExpress.Data.Filtering.CustomFunctionCollection object containing all custom functions registered via the methods mentioned above. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - Returns the string representation of the criteria specified by the current instance. - - A string equivalent of the current instance. - - - - Returns the string representation of a specified criteria. - - A instance specifying the criteria used to convert to a string equivalent. - A string equivalent of the criteria. - - - - Returns an instance of the that represents the criterion resulting from the logical inversion of the criterion the current represents. - - An instance of the that represents the criterion resulting from the logical inversion of the criterion the current represents. - - - - Returns the expression which groups two operands with logical OR. - - A object which represents the first operand. - A object which represents the second operand. - A object representing the expression which groups two operands with logical OR. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical OR. - - An array of objects that represent operands. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands with logical OR. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical OR. - - A list of operands to be grouped. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands with logical OR. - - - - Converts the specified string, specifying an expression, to its equivalent. - - A value, that is the expression to convert. - [out] Receives the values that are substituted into the expression in place of question mark characters. These parameters can be omitted. - A equivalent to the expression contained in criteria. - - - - Converts the specified string, specifying an expression, to its equivalent. - - A value, that is the expression to convert. - The values that are substituted into the expression in place of question mark characters. These parameters can be omitted. - A equivalent to the expression contained in criteria. - - - - Converts the specified string representation of expressions that are divided by a semicolon into their equivalents. - - A value that represents the expressions to convert. The expressions are divided by a semicolon. - [out] Receives the values that are substituted into the expression in place of question mark characters. These parameters can be omitted. - An array of equivalents to the expressions contained in criteriaList. - - - - Converts the specified string representation of expressions that are divided by a semicolon into their equivalents. - - A value that represents the expressions to convert. The expressions are divided by a semicolon. - The values that are substituted into the expression in place of question mark characters. These parameters can be omitted. - An array of equivalents to the expressions contained in criteriaList. - - - - - - - - - Registers a custom aggregate function to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A custom aggregate function to register. - - - - Registers custom aggregate functions to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A collection of custom aggregate functions to register. - - - - Registers a specified custom function to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - An object specifying a custom function to register. - - - - Registers specified custom functions to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A collection of objects specifying custom functions to register. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in VB style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in VB style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - [out] Receives the values that are marked by a question mark character in the result string. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in C# style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in C# style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - [out] Receives the values that are marked by a question mark character in the result string. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Converts the current expression into its VB equivalent string. - - A string representation of this expression. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in VB style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Converts the specified expression into its equivalent string in VB style. - - A object that represents the expression to convert. - [out] Receives the values that are marked by question mark character in the result string. - A string representation of the specified expression. - - - - Tries to convert the specified string representation of an expression to its equivalent. - - A value that represents the expression to convert. - The values that are substituted into the expression in place of question mark characters. These parameters can be omitted. - A equivalent to the expression contained in criteria. - - - - Unregisters a specified custom aggregate function from use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A custom aggregate function to unregister. - true, if a custom aggregate function was unregistered; otherwise, false. - - - - Unregisters a custom aggregate function with a specified name from use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - true, if a custom aggregate function was unregistered; otherwise, false. - - - - Unregisters a specified custom function from use in any -based criteria in your application. - - An object instance specifying a custom function to unregister. - true if the customFunction has successfully been removed from a collection returned by the function; otherwise, false. - - - - Unregisters a custom function with a specified name from use in any -based criteria in your application. - - The name of a custom function to unregister. - true if a custom function whose name matches the functionName has successfully been removed from a collection returned by the function; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when restoring a serialized criteria operator that references a user object. - - - - - Occurs when serializing a criteria operator that references a user object. - - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified initial capacity. - - The number of elements that the new CriteriaOperatorCollection can initially store. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A that represents the current object. - - - - Represents a collection to store a list of custom aggregate functions. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds a specified custom aggregate function to the custom aggregate function collection. - - A custom aggregate function to be added to the custom aggregate function collection. - - - - Adds specified custom aggregate functions to the custom aggregate function collection. - - Custom aggregate function items to be added to the custom aggregate function collection. - - - - Clears a custom aggregate function collection. - - - - - Finds out whether a custom aggregate function collection contains a specified item. - - A custom aggregate function. - true, if the collection contains a specified custom aggregate function; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies an array of custom aggregate functions to a specified location in an array. - - An array of custom aggregate functions. - A specified location in an array. - - - - Gets the number of custom aggregate functions a collection contains. - - A number of custom aggregate functions in a collection. - - - - Searches custom aggregate functions registered in an application via the and method for a function with the specified name. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A custom aggregate function. - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Removes a specified custom aggregate function from a custom aggregate function collection. - - A custom aggregate function to be removed from the collection. - true, if a specified custom aggregate was successfully removed from the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Can be used as a value type context in , , and methods. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Procecces the as directed in the parameter. - - A delegate that processes the . - A that is the result of the processFunction. - - - - Gets of sets the value type for . - - The value stored in the context. - - - - Provides helper methods used to register enumeration types whose values can be serialized in Criteria Language expressions. - - - - - Enables serialization of the specified enumeration type's values in Criteria Language expressions. - - A object specifying the type of enumeration to be registered. - - - - Enables serialization of the specified enumeration type values in Criteria Language expressions. - - A object specifying the type of enumeration to be registered. - A string that specifies the enumeration name to be used in criteria instead of FullName. - - - - Enables serialization of the specified enumeration type's values in Criteria Language expressions. - - - - - Enables serializing values of enumerations from all assembies that are loaded to the current application domain in Criteria Language expressions. - - - - - Enables serializing values of all enumerations from the specified assembly in Criteria Language expressions. - - A object that specifies the assembly containing enumerations to be registered. - - - - Enables serializing values of all enumerations from the specified assembly in Criteria Language expressions. - - A object that specifies the assembly containing enumerations to be registered. - true, if enumerations from referenced assemblies are ignored; otherwise, false. - - - - Enables serializing values of all enumerations from the specified assemblies in Criteria Language expressions. - - A [] array that specifies assemblies containing enumerations to be registered. - - - - Enables serializing values of all enumerations from the specified assemblies in Criteria Language expressions. - - A [] array that specifies assemblies containing enumerations to be registered. - true, if enumerations from referenced assemblies are ignored; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes that describe exceptions which may occur when filtering data. - - - - - An exception that is thrown when a string that represents criteria cannot be parsed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string that specifies the error description. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string that specifies the error description. - A value of the CriteriaLexer.Line property that specifies the line where an exception occured. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value of the CriteriaLexer.Col property that specifies the column where an exception occured. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - The value of the CriteriaLexer.Col property that specifies the column where an exception occured. - - The value of the CriteriaLexer.Col property that specifies the column where an exception occured. - - - - A value of the CriteriaLexer.Line property that specifies the line where an exception occured. - - A value of the CriteriaLexer.Line property that specifies the line where an exception occured. - - - - An exception that is thrown when a specific property that is used in a specific expression cannot be resolved. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string that specifies the error description. - - - - Contains enumeration values that specify comparison operation types used to create filter conditions. - - - - - Specifies the Contains comparison operation. - - - - - Specifies the default comparison operation. - - - - - Specifies the Equals comparison operation. - - - - - Specifies the Like comparison operation. - - - - - Specifies the StartsWith comparison operation. - - - - - Contains values that specify how a control's Find Panel combines entered words to create a search query. - - - - - Words are combined by the 'AND' operator.The operator changes to 'OR' when you precede a word with the '?' character. The operator changes to 'NOT'/'AND NOT' when you precede a word with the '-' sign.The '?administrator ?Maria Sweden -Owner' is treated as 'Sweden AND (administrator OR Maria) AND NOT Owner'. - - - - - Allows you to implement a custom parser by handling a control's ParseFindPanelText event. - - - - - When the setting equals Default, this value is interpreted as And. If you set the property to v18_2 or an earlier version, the Default value is interpreted as Mixed.When a control's ParserKind property is set to Default, the setting specifies the actual behavior for this control. - - - - - The exact match. If the entered string contains the space characters, the words are not treated separately. - - - - - Words are combined by the 'OR' operator. The operator changes to 'AND' if you specify a column name before a search word. The 'administrator owner Country:Sweden' string is treated as '(administrator OR owner) AND Sweden(in the Country column)' - - - - - Words are combined by the 'OR' operator. The operator changes to 'AND' when you precede a word with the '+' sign. The 'administrator Maria +Sweden' string is treated as the 'Sweden AND (administrator OR Maria)' query. - - - - - Lists the values that specify categories for functions available in Expression Editors. - - - - - Identifies functions that fall into any of the other categories. - - - - - Identifies functions that work with date-time values. - - - - - Identifies functions that perform logical operations. - - - - - Identifies functions that perform math operations. - - - - - Identifies functions that work with strings. - - - - - A function operator based on a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - A value that specifies the type of function. This value is used to initialize the property. - An array of objects that specify the operands required by the selected function. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameters. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of function. This value is used to initialize the property. - An object that implements the IEnumerable interface and represents a collection of objects which specify the operands required by the selected function. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the name of the custom function. - A collection of the objects. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - This method is intended for internal use. - - - - - - - Provides access to the object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - A object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - - - Represents the function type. The operands are specified by the property and these can be initialized in the constructor. Each operand represents an instance of the class descendant, the number of operands depends on the function type. - - - - - - Enumerates function types that can be used by the operators. - - - - - Returns the absolute value of a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand is not numeric, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Abs operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Abs(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the angle (in radians) whose cosine is a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Acos operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Acos(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of days from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in days) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive. Its decimal part is part of a day.To create the AddDays operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddDays(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of hours from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in hours) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive. Its decimal part is part of an hour.To create the AddHours operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddHours(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of milliseconds from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in milliseconds) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive. Its decimal part is part of a millisecond.To create the AddMilliSeconds operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddMilliseconds(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of minutes from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in minutes) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive. Its decimal part is part of a minute.To create the AddMinutes operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddMinutes(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of months from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in months) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive.To create the AddMonths operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddMonths(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of seconds from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in seconds) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive. Its decimal part is part of a second.To create the AddSeconds operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddSeconds(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of ticks from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in 100-nanosecond ticks) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive.To create the AddTicks operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddTicks(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified time period from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - a object representing the time period from the original date.To create the AddTimeSpan operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddTimeSpan(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the date that is a specified number of years from a specific date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the original date;2 - the time period (in years) from the original date. This number can be negative or positive.To create the AddYears operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("AddYears(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns the ASCII code of the first character in a specified string operand.If a specified operand represents an empty string, null is returned.To create the Ascii operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Ascii(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the angle (in radians) whose sine is a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Asin operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Asin(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the angle (in radians) whose tangent is a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Atn operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Atn(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the angle (in radians) whose tangent is the quotient of two specified numeric operands.The operator requires two operands representing the Cartesian coordinates (x, y) of a point:1 - the y coordinate;2 - the x coordinate.If specified operands cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Atn2 operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Atn2(y, x)"). - - - - - Calculates the product of two specified numeric operands.The operator requires two operands representing the integer values to be multiplied.If the specified operands do not represent integer values, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the BigMul operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("BigMul(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to a specified numeric operand. The rounding provided by this operator is called rounding toward positive infinity.If a specified operand is not numeric, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Ceiling operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Ceiling(Field1)"). - - - - - Converts a specified numeric operand to a Unicode character.If a specified operand cannot be converted to a decimal or integer number, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Char operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Char(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the index of the first occurrence of a specified substring in a specified string.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a substring to search for;2 - a string to be searched in;3 - (optional) an integer that specifies the zero-based index at which the search starts. If this operand is not specified, the search begins from the start of the string;4 - (optional) an integer that specifies the number of characters to examine, starting from the specified position. If this operand is not specified, the search continues until the end of the string.This function performs a word (case-sensitive and culture-sensitive) search using the current culture. If a specified substring is found, the function returns its index. Otherwise, -1 is returned.To create the CharIndex operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("CharIndex(Field1, Field2)"), CriteriaOperator.Parse("CharIndex(Field1, Field2, Field3)"), or CriteriaOperator.Parse("CharIndex(Field1, Field2, Field3, Field4)"). - - - - - Concatenates one or more strings. - - - - - Returns True if one string occurs within another string; otherwise, False is returned.This function requires two string operands:1 - a string to be searched;2 - a substring to search.To create the Contains operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Contains(String, SubString)"); - - - - - Returns the cosine of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Cos operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Cos(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Cosh operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Cosh(Field1)"). - - - - - Identifies a custom operation. This operation is executed on the client side if its operands represent constants. A custom operation is executed on the server side only if its operands cannot be evaluated locally. To learn how to implement custom operators, refer to the How to: Implement a Custom Criteria Language Function Operator topic.The eXpress Persistent Objects framework provides two custom function operators - and . - - - - - Identifies a custom nondeterministic operation.Unlike a standard custom operation, a custom nondeterministic operation is always executed on the server side, regardless of whether its operands are constants.Refer to the How to: Implement a Custom Criteria Language Function Operator topic, to learn how to implement custom operators. - - - - - Returns the count of day boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffDay operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffDay(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of hour boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffHour operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffHour(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of millisecond boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffMilliSecond operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffMilliSecond(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of minute boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffMinute operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffMinute(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of month boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffMonth operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffMonth(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of second boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffSecond operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffSecond(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of tick boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffTick operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffTick(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns the count of year boundaries crossed between the specified starting date and ending date.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a object representing the starting date;2 - a object representing the ending date.To create the DateDiffYear operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("DateDiffYear(StartDate, EndDate)"). - - - - - Returns True if the end of one string matches another string; otherwise, False is returned.This function requires two string operands:1 - a string to be searched;2 - a substring to search at the end of the first string.To create the EndsWith operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("EndsWith(String, SubString)"); - - - - - Returns the number e raised to the power specified by a numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.Exp reverses . Use the operand to calculate powers of other bases.To create the Exp operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Exp(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the largest integer less than or equal to a specified numeric operand. The rounding provided by this operator is called rounding toward negative infinity.If a specified operand is not numeric, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Floor operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Floor(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the date part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value represents a object with the same date part, and the time part set to 00:00:00.To create the GetDate operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetDate(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the day part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 1 and 31.To create the GetDay operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetDay(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets a specified date's day of the week.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value represents a equivalent of a enumerated constant representing a day of the week.To create the GetDayOfWeek operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetDayOfWeek(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets a specified date's day of the year.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 1 and 366.To create the GetDayOfYear operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetDayOfYear(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the hour part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 0 and 23.To create the GetHour operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetHour(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the milliseconds part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 0 and 999.To create the GetMilliSecond operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetMilliSecond(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the minute part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 0 and 59.To create the GetMinute operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetMinute(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the month part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 1 and 12.To create the GetMonth operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetMonth(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the seconds part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 0 and 59.To create the GetSecond operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetSecond(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the time part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value represents a object that is equal to the number of 100-nanosecond ticks that have elapsed since midnight.To create the GetTimeOfDay operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetTimeOfDay(Field1)"). - - - - - Gets the year part of a specified date.This operator requires an operand of the type.The return value ranges between 1 and 9999.To create the GetYear operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("GetYear(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns one of several specified values depending upon the values of logical expressions. -The function can take 2N+1 arguments (N - the number of specified logical expressions):Examples:Iif(Name = 'Bob', 1, 0)Iif(Name = 'Bob', 1, Name = 'Dan', 2, Name = 'Sam', 3, 0) - - - - - Inserts a specified string at a certain position within another.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a string in which the insertion is to be performed;2 - an integer that specifies the zero-based index position of the insertion;3 - a string to insert.To create the Insert operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Insert(Field1, Field2, Field3)"). - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within April. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within August. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within December. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within February. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within January. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within July. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within June. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous month. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous year. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within March. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within May. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the next month. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the next year. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within November. - - - - - Compares the first operand with the NULL value.This function requires one or two operands of the class. The value returned depends upon the number of arguments.If a single operand is passed, the function returns true if the operand is null, otherwise, false is returned.If two operands are passed, the function returns the second operand if the first operand is null, otherwise, the first operand is returned.To create the IsNull operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsNull(Field1)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsNull(Field1AndTrueResult, FalseResult)"). - - - - - Indicates whether a specified operand is a null reference or an empty string.The function returns true if a specified operand is null or an empty string, otherwise, false is returned.To create the IsNullOrEmpty operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsNullOrEmpty(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within October. - - - - - The Boolean Is Beyond This Year operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: date >= First Day of Next Year - - - - - The Boolean Is Earlier This Month operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of This Month <= date < First Day of Last Week - - - - - The Boolean Is Earlier This Week operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of This Week <= date < Yesterday - - - - - The Boolean Is Earlier This Year operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of This Year <= date < First Day of This Month - - - - - The Boolean Is Last Week operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of Last Week <= date < First Day of This Week - - - - - The Boolean Is Later This Month operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: -Last Day of Next Week < date < First Day of Next Month - - - - - The Boolean Is Later This Week operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: -Day After Tomorrow <= date < First Day of Next Week - - - - - The Boolean Is Later This Year operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of Next Month <= date < First Day of Next Year - - - - - The Boolean Is Next Week operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: First Day of Next Week <= date <= Last Day of Next Week - - - - - The Boolean Is Prior This Year operator for date/time values. Requires one argument.The operator is defined as follows: date < First Day of This Year - - - - - The Boolean Is Today operator for date/time values. Requires one argument. - - - - - The Boolean Is Tomorrow operator for date/time values. Requires one argument. - - - - - The Boolean Is Yesterday operator for date/time values. Requires one argument. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date/time values fall within the same day. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within September. - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the current month.To create the IsThisMonth operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsThisMonth(StartDate)"). - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the current week.To create the IsThisWeek operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsThisWeek(StartDate)"). - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the current year.To create the IsThisYear operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("IsThisYear(StartDate)"). - - - - - Returns True if the specified date falls within the year-to-date period. This period starts from the first day of the current year and continues up to the current date (including this current date). - - - - - Returns the length of the string specified by an operand.The operand should be an object of the type.To create the Len operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Len(Field1)"); - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the day after Tomorrow. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the previous month. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the previous week. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the previous year. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of next month. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the following week. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the following year. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the current moment in time. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the current month. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the current week. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the current year. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to Today. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to Tomorrow. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the month after next. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the week after next. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the first day of the year after next. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to the day one year ago. - - - - - Returns the DateTime value corresponding to Yesterday. - - - - - Returns the logarithm of a specified numeric operand. The return value depends upon the number of operands.If one operand is passed, the natural (base e) logarithm of a specified operand is returned.If two operands are passed, the logarithm of a specified operand in a specified base is returned. The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a number whose logarithm is to be calculated;2 - the base of the logarithm.If specified operands cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.Log reverses . To calculate the base 10 logarithm, use .To create the Log operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Log(Field1)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("Log(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns the base 10 logarithm of a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.Log10 reverses . Use the operand to calculate the logarithm of other bases.To create the Log10 operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Log10(Field1)"). - - - - - Converts all characters in a string operand to lowercase.The operand should be an object of the type.To create the Lower operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Lower(Field1)"); - - - - - Returns the larger of two numeric values. The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a numeric value A;2 - a numeric value B;To create the Max operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Max(ValueA, ValueB)"). - - - - - Returns the smaller of two numeric values.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a numeric value A;2 - a numeric value B;To create the Min operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Min(ValueA, ValueB)"). - - - - - The function type is not specified. - - - - - Returns a object representing the system's current date and time.To create the Now operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Now()"). - - - - - Pads a string with spaces or a specified Unicode character on the left for a specified total length.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a string to be padded;2 - the total number of characters in the resulting string, including padding characters;3 - (optional) a Unicode padding character. If not specified, the space character is used for padding. If a string is passed as this operand, its first character is used for padding.To create the PadLeft operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("PadLeft(Field1, Field2)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("PadLeft(Field1, Field2, Field3)"). - - - - - Pads a string with spaces or a specified Unicode character on the right for a specified total length.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a string to be padded;2 - the total number of characters in the resulting string, including padding characters;3 - (optional) a Unicode padding character. If not specified, the space character is used for padding. If a string is passed as this operand, its first character is used for padding.To create the PadRight operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("PadRight(Field1, Field2)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("PadRight(Field1, Field2, Field3)"). - - - - - Returns a specified numeric operand raised to a specific power.The Power operator requires two operands:1 - a number to be raised to a power;2 - a power.If specified operands cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.Power reverses or . Use the operand to calculate powers of the number e.To create the Power operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Power(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Removes all, or a certain number of characters from a specified string, starting at a specified position.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a string to be shrunk;2 - an integer that specifies the zero-based index at which character removal starts;3 - (optional) an integer that specifies the number of characters to remove, starting at the specified position. If this operand is not specified, all characters between the starting position and the end of the string are removed.To create the Remove operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Remove(Field1, Field2)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("Remove(Field1, Field2, Field3)"). - - - - - Replaces all occurrences of a certain string in a specified string, with another.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a string in which replacements are to be performed;2 - a string to be replaced;3 - a string to replace all occurrences found.To create the Replace operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Replace(Field1, Field2, Field3)"). - - - - - Reverses the order of characters within a specified string.To create the Reverse operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Reverse(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns a random number greater than or equal to 0.0, and less than 1.0.To create the Rnd operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Rnd()"). - - - - - Rounds a specified numeric operand to the nearest integer or to a specified number of decimal places. The rounding provided by this operator is called rounding to nearest or banker's rounding.The operands should be defined as follows:1 - a value to round;2 - (optional) a value specifying the number of decimal places to round to. 0 indicates that the first operand is rounded to the nearest integer.To create the Round operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Round(Field1)") or CriteriaOperator.Parse("Round(Field1, Field2)"). - - - - - Returns a value indicating the sign of a number represented by a specified operand. The function returns one of the following values:1, for positive numbers;-1, for negative numbers;0, if the number is equal to zero.If a specified operand is not numeric, System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Sign operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Sign(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the sine of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Sin operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Sin(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the hyperbolic sine of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Sinh operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Sinh(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the square root of a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Sqr operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Sqr(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns True if the beginning of one string matches another string; otherwise, False is returned.This function requires two string operands:1 - a string to be searched;2 - a substring to search at the beginning of the first string.To create the StartsWith operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("StartsWith(String, SubString)"); - - - - - Returns a substring extracted from the specified string. This function requires two or three operands of the class.If two operands are passed the substring will be extracted from the beginning of the original string. The operands should be defined as follows:1 - an original string;2 - an integer that specifies the zero-based index at which the substring to return begins.If three operands are passed a substring can be subtracted starting from any position in the original string. The operands should be defined as follows:1 - an original string;2 - an integer that specifies the zero-based index at which the substring to return begins;3 - an integer that specifies the length of the substring.To create a Substring operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Substring(Field1, 1, 3)"); - - - - - Returns the tangent of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Tan operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Tan(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a specified numeric operand representing an angle, measured in radians.If a specified operand cannot be converted to , the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the Tanh operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Tanh(Field1)"). - - - - - Returns a object representing the system's current date. The object's time part is set to 00:00:00.To create the Today operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Today()"). - - - - - Converts a numeric operand to a fixed-point (exact-value) representation.To create the ToDecimal operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToDecimal(Field2)").Note that the resulting value may vary, based on the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Converts a numeric operand to a double-precision floating-point (approximate-value) representation.To create the ToDouble operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToDouble(Field2)").Note that the resulting value may vary, based on the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Converts a numeric operand to a floating-point (approximate-value) representation.To create the ToFloat operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToFloat(Field2)").Note that the resulting value may vary, based on the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Converts a numeric operand to an integer representation.To create the ToInt operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToInt(Field2)").Note that the resulting value may vary, based on the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Converts a numeric operand to a long integer representation.To create the ToLong operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToLong(Field2)").Note that the resulting value may vary, based on the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Returns a string representation of a specified numeric operand.If a specified operand is not numeric, the System.NotSupportedException is thrown.To create the ToStr operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("ToStr(Field1)").Note that the resulting string may vary, based on the format settings of the database system used as the backend. - - - - - Returns a string containing a copy of a specified string with no leading nor trailing spaces. This function requires a single operand of the class that refers to the original string.To create the Trim operator using the method use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Trim(Field2)"); - - - - - Converts all characters in a string operand to uppercase.The operand should be an object of the type.To create the Upper operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("Upper(Field1)"); - - - - - Returns a object representing the current Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) date and time.To create the UtcNow operator using the method, use the following syntax: CriteriaOperator.Parse("UtcNow()"). - - - - - A logical expression which groups two or more operands with a logical AND or OR. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified operands. - - An array of the objects that represent operands. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of the group operator. This value is assigned to the property. - An array of objects that represent operands. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified parameters. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of the group operator. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that implements the IEnumerable interface and represents a collection of objects which specify the operands required by the selected function. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Returns the expression which groups two operands with logical AND or OR. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of the group operator. - A object which represents the first operand. - A object which represents the second operand. - A object representing the expression which groups two operands. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND or OR. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of the group operator. - An array of objects that represent operands. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands. - - - - Returns the expression which groups the specified operands with logical AND or OR. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of the group operator. - A list of operands to be grouped. - A object representing the expression which groups the specified operands. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Provides access to the object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - A object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - - - Specifies the type of the group operator. The available types are enumerated in the enumeration. - - - - - - Enumerates group operator types. - - - - - Groups operands with logical AND.To create the logical AND operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 > 100 AND Field2 < 150") - - - - - Groups operands with logical OR.To create the logical OR operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 > 100 OR Field2 < 150") - - - - - Contains utility classes that relate to the filtering functionality. - - - - - Lists the values that define the types of filter criteria used in the Automatic Filter Row. - - - - - Specifies the Any Of filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Begins With filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Between filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Contains filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Does Not Contain filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Does Not Equal filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Ends With filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Equals filter criteria. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the Greater filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Greater Or Equal filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Beyond This Year filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Earlier This Month filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Earlier This Week filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Earlier This Year filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Last Week filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Later This Month filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Later This Week filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Later This Year filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Next Week filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Not Null filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Not Null Or Empty filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Null filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Null Or Empty filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Prior This Year filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Today filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Tomorrow filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Is Yesterday filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Less filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Less Or Equal filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Like filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the None Of filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Not Between filter criteria. - - - - - Specifies the Not Like filter criteria. - - - - - Provides information about an error that occurred during criteria validation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified error text. - - A value, specifying the error text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the error message. - - A value, specifying the error text. - - - - Enables you to manage the collection of errors found during criteria validation in the Expression Editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified collection of bound properties. - - A collection of objects implementing the interface. - - - - Removes all items from the collection of validation errors. - - - - - Returns the number of errors found in an expression. - - An integer value, specifying the number of errors found in an expression. - - - - Returns the specified item from the collection of validation errors. - - An integer value, specifying the item's position within the collection. - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - For internal use. - - A value, specifying the filter string. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - An object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - An object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - An object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - An object. - - - - Enables custom processing of the specified . - - A object. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Declares the base functionality for custom aggregate functions. - - - - - An object that stores the result's intermediate state between the method calls. - - An object that stores the result's intermediate state between the method calls. - - - - Gets a custom aggregate function's result. - - An object that stores the result's intermediate state between the method calls. - A custom aggregate function's result. - - - - When implemented by a custom aggregate function, specifies its name. - - The custom aggregate's name use to identify a custom aggregate function. - - - - Is called to process every element of a collection supplied to a custom aggregate function. - - An object that stores the result's intermediate state between method calls. - An operand array to be supplied to an aggregate function. - true, if no more elements need to be processed and the final result was acquired, otherwise, false. - - - - When implememnted by a custom aggregate function, determines its return value type based on the type of aggregate function parameters. - - An array of aggregate function parameter types. - A object that specifies the custom aggregate function's return value type. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Implemented by custom aggregate functions that can be converted to a LINQ expression. - - - - - When implemented by a custom aggregate function, converts it to a Linq expression. - - An DevExpress.Data.Linq.Helpers.ICriteriaToExpressionConverter object that converts a criteria to an expression. - An Expression that returns a collection used to calculate a custom aggregate. - An Expression that returns a collection's item that provides arguments for the custom aggregate function. - An array of Expressions that specify aggregate function operands. - An Expression object that specifies a LINQ expression. - - - - Defines server-side processing for custom aggregate functions. - - - - - Builds a SQL command that calculates a custom aggregate function result on the server side. - - A object that specifies a data store (database) provider. For example, . - An array of operands passed to a custom aggregate function. - A SQL command that substitutes a custom aggregate function's calls in query statements. - - - - Declares the base functionality for custom functions. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, evaluates it on the client. - - An array of objects specifying function operands (parameters). - An specifying a custom function's return value, calculated based on the operands. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, specifies its name. - - A used to identify a custom function. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, determines its return value type based on the type of function operands (parameters). - - An array of function operator (parameter) types. - A object specifying the return value type of a custom function. - - - - Provides additional information (a function category, function description, parameter count, etc.) on custom functions for Expression Editors. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, designates its functional category. - - A value specifying a custom function's category. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, returns its description. - - A text describing a custom function's syntax and purpose. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, determines if it accepts a specified number of operands (parameters). - - An integer value specifying the number of operands (parameters) passed to a custom function. - true if the number of operands (parameters) passed as the count is valid for a custom function; otherwise, false. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, determines if a certain type can be passed as a specified operand. - - A zero-based integer value specifying an operand's index among a custom function's operands. - An integer value specifying the total number of operands passed to a custom function. - A object specifying an operand's type. - true if a custom function accepts the type; otherwise, false. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, returns the maximum number of operands (parameters) this function can accept. - - An integer value specifying the maximum number of function operands (parameters) a custom function can accept. -1 indicates that a custom function accepts an infinite number of operands. - - - - When implemented by a custom function, returns the minimum number of operands (parameters) required by this function. - - An integer value specifying the least possible number of function operands (parameters) required by a custom function. 0 indicates that operands can be omitted. - - - - Implemented by custom functions that can be compiled on the client. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, creates a LINQ expression. - - An array of Expression objects specifying function operands (parameters). - An Expression object that specifies the LINQ expression. - - - - Implemented by case-sensitive custom functions that can be compiled on the client. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, creates a LINQ expression. - - - An array of Expression objects specifying function operands (parameters). - An Expression object that specifies the LINQ expression. - - - - Implemented by custom functions that can be converted to a LINQ expression. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, converts it to a Linq-expression. - - An DevExpress.Data.Linq.Helpers.ICriteriaToExpressionConverter object that converts a criteria to an expression. - An array of Expression objects specifying function operands (parameters). - An Expression object that specifies a LINQ expression. - - - - Implemented by custom functions that can be evaluated with case-sensitivity. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, evaluates it on the client. - - true, if the custom function is case-sensitive; otherwise, false. - An array of objects specifying function operands (parameters). - An specifying a custom function's return value, calculated based on the operands. - - - - Defines server-side processing for custom functions. - - - - - When implemented by a custom function, formats a database-specific SQL command that corresponds to this function. - - A object specifying a data store (database) provider. For example, . - An array of operands (parameters) passed to a custom function. - A specifying a SQL command, which will substitute a custom function's calls in query statements. - - - - An operator which determines if a value matches any value in a specified list. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which represents the expression to test. - An array of objects that represent expressions to test for a match. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which represents the expression to test. - An array of objects that represent expressions to test for a match. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value which specifies the property name. - An array of objects that represent expressions to test for a match. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value which specifies the property name. - A collection of expressions to test for a match. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the expression which is tested to see if it matches any value in the list. - - A object which represents the expression to test. - - - - Provides access to the object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - A object that represents a collection of the operands used to construct the current . - - - - An operator that joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the class name of persistent objects that provide data for joining. The string can contain a namespace prefix to disambiguate the class name if more than one such class name exists. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the class name of persistent objects that provide data for joining. The string can contain a namespace prefix to disambiguate the class name if more than one such class name exists. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration value that specifies the type of the aggregate operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the aggregated expression. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the class name of persistent objects that provide data for joining. The string can contain a namespace prefix to disambiguate the class name if more than one such class name exists. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the filter criteria isn't needed. This value is assigned to the property. - A custom aggregate function's name. - A collection of aggregated expressions to assign to the property. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the aggregated expression. - - A object that represents the aggregated expression. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the aggregate operator. - - An enumeration value that specifies the type of the aggregate operator. - - - - Creates a new which returns the average of values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Gets or sets the filter criteria applied to the property values of the objects being joined. - - A object that represents the filter criteria. null (Nothing in Visual Basic), if the filter criteria isn't needed. - - - - Creates a new which returns the count of elements that match the . - - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a new which returns the count of elements that match the . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. This parameter may be ignored in certain circumstances. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a new custom with a custom aggregate function. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - A collection of aggregated expressions to be assigned to the property - An object that joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Gets or sets a custom aggregate function's name. - - A custom aggregate function's name. - - - - Gets an operand collection passed to a custom aggregate function. - - A collection of operand values. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new which determines whether or not the count of elements that match the is greater than zero. - - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a new which determines whether or not the count of elements that match the is greater than zero. - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. This parameter may be ignored in certain circumstances. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the type name of persistent objects being joined with parent objects. - - A value that specifies the type name of persistent objects that provide data for joining. The value is case-sensitive. - - - - Creates a new which returns the maximum of the values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a new which returns the minimum of the values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Creates a new which returns the sum of values calculated by the given aggregate expression. This expression is evaluated against elements that match the specified . - - A object which specifies the aggregate expression. - An object which joins persistent objects on a specified condition, and calculates aggregate functions against matching objects. - - - - Represents a logical NOT operation which is performed on the operand. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified operand. - - A descendant which represents the operand that the logical inversion is applied to. - - - - Represents an operator which compares a persistent object's property value with a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified criteria operand. - - An object which represents the criteria expression. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property name. - - A value which specifies the name of the property to check for null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - This class supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - An object property operand in criteria expressions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property name. - - A value that specifies the name of the property. It can be a path through object relationships (e.g. "Employer.DefaultAddress.City"). This value is case-sensitive. and will be assigned to the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a property name. - - A value that specifies the name of the property. It can be a path through object relationships (e.g. "Employer.DefaultAddress.City"). This value is case-sensitive. - - - - A value operand in criteria expressions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. - - The value for the operand. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets a value for the operand. - - The value for the operand. - - - - Gets or sets the current operand's formatted value. - - An object that represents the current operand's formatted value. - - - - An unary operator which performs an operation on only one expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified operand and operator type. - - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the unary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the operand. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value which specifies the type of the unary operator. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the property's name. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - A object which represents the operand. - - - - - - An enumeration value which specifies the type of the unary operator. - - - - - - Enumerates unary operator types. - - - - - Represents the bitwise NOT operator.To create the bitwise NOT operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("~Field1") - - - - - Represents the operator which determines whether or not a given expression is NULL.To create the is-null operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("Field1 IS NULL") - - - - - Represents the unary negation (-) operator.To create the unary negation operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("-Field1 = -10") - - - - - Represents the logical NOT.To create the logical NOT operator using the method use the following syntax:CriteriaOperator.Parse("NOT ((Field1 = A) OR (Field1 = B))") - - - - - Represents the unary plus (+) operator. - - - - - If implemented, provides an abstraction for an object's bindable property. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Provides access to the property display name. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Provides access to the property name. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Provides access to the property type. - - A object. - - - - Provides methods that return custom names for the Field List items. - - - - - Returns the name displayed for a data source in a Field List. - - A value specifying the data source's name. - - - - Returns the name of a table or column item displayed in a Field List. - - An array of values, corresponding to the original data member display names. - A value, specifying the new data member name. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides functionality to a report parameter. - - - - - Specifies the parameter value. - - A , specifying the parameter value. - - - - An interface that can be implemented by a data source to support master-detail relationships. - - - - - When implemented by a class, returns detail data for a relationship. - - An integer value that specifies the index of a master row in the data source. - An integer value that specifies the relationship. - An object that implements the IList interface and represents detail data for a relationship. - - - - When implemented by a class, returns the name of a master-detail relationship. - - An integer value that specifies the index of a master row in the data source. - An integer value that specifies the relationship. - The name of a master-detail relationship. - - - - When implemented by a class, returns a Boolean value that specifies whether a specific detail of a particular master row contains data. - - An integer value that specifies the index of a master row in the data source. - An integer value that specifies the relationship. - A Boolean value that specifies whether a specific detail of a particular master row contains data. - - - - When implemented by a class, returns the number of master-detail relationships for the current master data source. - - An integer value that specifies the number of master-detail relationships for the current master data source. - - - - An extended version of the interface, that can be implemented by a data source to support master-detail relationships. - - - - - When implemented by a class, returns the number of relationships for a master row. - - An integer value that specifies the master row. - An integer value that specifies the number of relationships for a master row. - - - - When implemented by a class, returns the display caption of a particular relationship in a specific master row. - - An integer value that specifies the master row. - An integer value that specifies the relationship. - A string value that specifies the display caption of a particular relationship in a specific master row. - - - - Contains classes that allow you to enable server-side data management for any LINQ provider. - - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit that binds these controls to Entity Framework 4+ model classes in Instant Feedback Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source, at design time. - - A type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the no longer needs the queryable source it used to retrieve objects from the data store. - - - - - Occurs when the needs a queryable source, to retrieve objects from the data store. - - - - - Specifies the name of the key property. - - A value that specifies the key property name. - - - - Refreshes the . - - - - - The data source for the GridControl, PivotGridControl and SearchLookUpEdit that binds these controls to Entity Framework 4+ model classes in server mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - The type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - - - Enables you to manually handle the database exception. - - - - - Enables you to manually handle the inconsistency detected during an operation on a data source. - - - - - Gets or sets the key expression. - - A value that specifies the key expression. - - - - Gets or sets the queryable data source. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Forces the bound data-aware control to reload data from the data store. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the key property. - - A value indicating the key property name. - - - - Gets or sets the queryable data source. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets an arbitrary object associated with a queryable source. - - An object associated with a queryable source. - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit that binds these controls to any queryable source ('LINQ to SQL Classes') in Instant Feedback Mode. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - A object which contains the names of the columns against which data source contents are sorted. - - - - Specifies the type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source, at design time. - - A type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the no longer needs the queryable source it used to retrieve objects from the data store. - - - - - This method is intended for internal use. - - - - - - - Occurs when the needs a queryable source, to retrieve objects from the data store. - - - - - Specifies the name of the key property. - - A value that specifies the key property name. - - - - Refreshes the . - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initialize a new instance of the class. - - The database exception. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the database exception. - - The database exception. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the inconsistency detected during an operation on a data source should be handled manually. - - true to manually handle the inconsistency; false to reload data from the data source. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - The data source for the GridControl and PivotGridControl that binds these controls to any queryable source (e.g., 'LINQ to SQL Classes' or ) in server mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - A object which contains the names of the columns against which data source contents are sorted. - - - - Specifies the type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - The type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - - - Enables you to manually handle the database exception. - - - - - Enables you to manually handle the inconsistency detected during an operation on a data source. - - - - - Gets or sets the key expression. - - A value that specifies the key expression. - - - - Gets or sets the queryable data source. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Forces the bound data-aware control to reload data from the data store. - - - - - Contains classes enabling server-side data management for the OData provider. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - This constructor is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the key property. - - A value indicating the key property name. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the query request to the OData service. - - An IQueryable object that specifies the query request to the OData service. - - - - Gets or sets an arbitrary object associated with a queryable source. - - An object associated with a queryable source. - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit controls that binds these controls to OData service in Instant Feedback Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source at design time. - - A type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the no longer needs the queryable source it used to retrieve objects from the OData service. - - - - - Specifies the criteria used to filter objects on the data store side. These criteria are never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A object specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Specifies a string representation of an expression used to filter objects on the data store side. This filter is never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A string specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Occurs when the needs a queryable source to retrieve objects from the OData service. - - - - - Specifies the name of the key property. - - A value that specifies the key property name. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the semicolon-separated list of property names. When the list is not emply, only the listed properties and key fields will be loaded. Otherwise, all properties are loaded. - - A string containing the semicolon-separated list of property names. - - - - Refreshes the . - - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit controls that binds these controls to OData service in Server Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This constructor is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - A string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - The type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the data source exception is thrown. - - - - - This property is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the criteria used to filter objects on the data store side. These criteria are never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A object specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Specifies a string representation of an expression used to filter objects on the data store side. This filter is never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A string specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Occurs when an inconsistency has been detected during an operation on a data source. - - - - - Specifies the name of the key property. - - A value that specifies the key property name. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the semicolon-separated list of property names. When the list is not emply, only the listed properties and key fields will be loaded. Otherwise, all properties are loaded. - - A string containing the semicolon-separated list of property names. - - - - Specifies the query request to the OData service. - - An IQueryable object that specifies the query request to the OData service. - - - - Forces the bound data-aware control to reload data from the data store. - - - - - Enables the use of the $inlinecount query option instead of the $count endpoint. - - - - - - Contains classes enabling server-side data management for the Parallel LINQ to Objects provider. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the enumerable data source. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets an arbitrary object associated with an enumerable source. - - An object associated with an enumerable source. - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit that binds these controls to any enumerable source in Instant Feedback Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the maximum number of parallel threads that will be started to process a query. - - A nullable integer that specifies the maximum number of parallel threads that will be started to process a query. - - - - Specifies the type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source, at design time. - - A type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the no longer needs the enumerable source it used for object retrieval. - - - - - Occurs when the needs an enumerable source, to retrieve data from it. - - - - - Refreshes the . - - - - - The data source for the , and controls that binds these controls to any enumerable source in Server Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the maximum number of parallel threads that will be started to process a query. - - A nullable integer that specifies the maximum number of parallel threads that will be started to process a query. - - - - Specifies the type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - The type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - - - Enables you to manually handle the data source exception. - - - - - Enables you to manually handle the inconsistency detected during an operation on a data source. - - - - - Forces the bound data-aware control to reload data from the data store. - - - - - Gets or sets the enumerable data source. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - The component that acts as an asynchronous bridge between a data-aware control and rapidly changing data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Empties the changes queue, re-reads the data source and informs the bound control that the reset has occurred. - - - - - Specifies the data source from which the component retrieves its data. - - An IList or IListSource object that represents the data source from which the component retrieves its data. - - - - Specifies a semicolon-separated list of displayable property names. - - A string which is a semicolon-separated list of displayable property names. - - - - - - - - - - Returns the displayable property names of an item type contained in a specified data source. - - The data source object to examine for property information. - An <,> list of property names. - - - - Returns the list of data source records. Introduced to support IListSource in . - - A object which is the list of data source records. - - - - Returns the delay between the data source event occurrence and passing changes to the bound control (in milliseconds). - - An integer value that is the changes queue delay in milliseconds. - - - - Specifies whether to ignore INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged events of the data source items. - - true, if the does not handle PropertyChanged events; otherwise, false. - - - - Resumes tracking changes in the data source after tracking was suspended via the method. - - - - - Specifies the timeout between the data source event occurrence and passing changes to the bound control (in milliseconds). The default timeout is 2000 ms. If the actual delay exceeds the specified timeout, the method triggers automatically. - - - - - - Suspends tracking changes in the data source. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the WeakReference is used to handle the data source's IBindingList.ListChanged event. - - true, if the weak reference is used; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for an event that fires after a row is deleted. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The row handle. This value is used to initialize the property. - The index of the row in the data source. This value is used to initialize the property. - An object that represents the current row. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the index of the current row in the data source. - - The index of the current row in the data source. - - - - Gets the currently processed row. - - The currently processed row. - - - - Gets the row handle (id) that identifies the position of the current row in the control. - - An integer value that specifies the handle (id) of the current row. - - - - Provides data for an event that fires before a row is deleted. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The row handle. This value is used to initialize the property. - The index of the row in the data source. This value is used to initialize the property. - An object that represents the current row. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current event (the row deletion) needs to be canceled. - - true, if the current event needs to be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the selection changed events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value which specifies how the collection has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - A zero-based integer specifying the handle of the row whose selected state has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets an action which describes how the collection has been changed. - - A enumeration value which specifies how the collection has been changed. - - - - Identifies the row whose selected state has been changed. - - A zero-based integer identifying the row whose selected state has been changed. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified setting. - - A object specifying the exception that caused the event. - - - - Gets the exception that caused the event. - - A object representing the exception that caused the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified setting. - - A object specifying the exception that caused the event. - - - - Gets the exception that caused the event. - - A object representing the exception that caused the event. - - - - Provides data for events that allow you to replace a data filter applied by an end-user. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that specifies the filter applied to a data control. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the filter applied to a data control. - - A object that specifies the filter applied to a data control. - - - - Lists values specifying the aggregate function types. - - - - - The average value of a column. - - - - - The record count. - - - - - Specifies whether calculations should be performed manually using a specially designed event. - - - - - The maximum value in a column. - - - - - The minimum value in a column. - - - - - Disables summary value calculation. - - - - - The sum of all values in a column. - - - - - Contains classes that provide the TreeList control functionality common to multiple platforms. - - - - - Serves as a base for classes that represent TreeList nodes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content. - - An object that specifies the node's content. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Collapses all child nodes. - - - - - Gets or sets the node's content. - - An object that specifies the node's content. - - - - Expands all child nodes. - - - - - Gets whether or not the node has a child node(s). - - true if the node has a child node(s); otherwise, false. - - - - Uniquely identifies the current tree node. - - The current node's unique identifier. - - - - Indicates whether the current node belongs to the specified branch node. - - The object. - true if the specified branch node contains the current node; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the node is expanded. - - true to expand the node; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the node is filtered or not. - - true the node is filtered; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the treelist node is visible. - - true, if the current node is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs every time any of the and properties have changed their value. - - - - - Gets the row handle that identifies the node. - - An integer value that specifies the row handle. - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with the node. - - An object that contains information associated with the current node. - - - - Gets the node's position within a View among visible nodes. - - An integer value that specifies the node's position among visible nodes. -1 if the node is hidden. - - - - Contains values that specify the data type and binding mode of columns. - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains Boolean values (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the column is bound to a field in the control's underlying data source. The type of data this column contains is determined by the bound field. - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains date/time values (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains decimal values (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains integer values (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains values of any type. A editor is assigned for the in-place editing of such a column. - - - - - Indicates that the column is unbound and it contains string values (the type). - - - - - A data source used to supply and obtain a typed list of objects to data-aware controls in unbound mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object. - - - - Adds a new row to the end of the list. - - An integer index of the new row. - - - - Changes the specified value. - - An integer row number containing the value to be changed. - A string which is the name of the property whose value should be changed. - - - - Clears the 's list. - - - - - Specifies the item count in the 's list. - - An integer which is the item count. - - - - Inserts a new row at the specified position. - - The integer index of the new row. - - - - Specifies a value within the list at a specific row index and with the specific property name. - - The zero-based index of the value. - A string which is the list property name. - An object at the specific row index and with the specific property name. - - - - Moves the row to another position. - - The integer specifying the current row index. - The integer specifying the new row index. - - - - Gets the collection of the 's properties. - - An object specifying the properties collection. - - - - Removes the specified row. - - The integer index of the row to be removed. - - - - Changes the capacity of the 's list. - - An integer specifying the new row count. - - - - Changes the row count in the 's list. - - An integer which is the new row count. - - - - Occurs when the 's list is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the 's list is changed. - - - - - Occurs when a value is requested from the . - - - - - Occurs when a value is set in the . - - - - - Arguments passed to the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - true, if the current event is triggered by the component API; otherwise, false. - Gets the ListChangedType enumeration value indicating the type of change. - Gets the integer index of the list row affected by the change. - Gets the PropertyDescriptor of the list property affected by the change. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - true, if the current event is triggered by the component API; otherwise, false. - Gets the ListChangedType enumeration value indicating the type of change. - Gets the integer index of the row affected by the change. - - - - - Gets a value indicating if the current event is triggered by the component API. - - true, if the current event is triggered by the component API; otherwise, false. - - - - Supplies information on a column of the 's list. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string that is the property name. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string that is the property name. - A object specifying the property type. - - - - Specifies the display name of the property. - - A string that is the property display name. - - - - Specifies the name of the property. - - A string that is the property name. - - - - Specifies the property type - - A object specifying the property type. - - - - Specifies an object that contains data associated with the property. - - An object that contains data associated with the property. - - - - A collection of the 's list columns. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which owns the . - - - - Adds the specified item to the collection. - - An item to be added to the current . - - - - Adds the specified items to the collection. - - An list of items to be added to the current . - - - - Adds the specified items to the collection. - - An IEnumerable<> list of items to be added to the current . - - - - Clears the collection and adds the specified items to it. - - An IEnumerable<> list of items to be added to the current . - - - - Specifies an item within the collection at a specific index. - - The zero-based index of the item. - An item at a specific index. - - - - Specifies an item within the collection with a specific name. - - A string which is the of the item. - An item with the specific name. - - - - Arguments, passed to the event. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the name of the property whose value is requested. - - A string which is the property name. - - - - Gets the row index of the value. - - The integer index of the row. - - - - - - - - - - Gets an object that contains data associated with the value. - - An object that contains data associated with the value. - - - - Specifies the value which is requested. - - An object specifying the value which is requested. - - - - Arguments, passed to the event. - - - - - Gets the name of the property whose value is being set. - - A string that is the property name. - - - - Gets the row index of the value. - - An integer index of the row. - - - - Gets an object that contains data associated with the value. - - An object that contains data associated with the value. - - - - Specifies the value which is being set. - - An object specifying the value which is being set. - - - - Contains utility classes and interfaces for DevExpress components. - - - - - Allows you to change the path specified in the connection string as required to access the data source file. - - - - - Translates a path specified in the connection string to an actual data source file path. - - A value, specifying a path to translate. - A value that is the actual file path. - - - - Contains classes that provide client-side functionality for DevExpress components. - - - - - Provides data for the corresponding events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. - true if the operation has been cancelled; otherwise false. - A value. - - - - Returns the scalar operation result. - - A generic value. - - - - Contains information on the sorting, filtering and summary configurations applied in the bound grid control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the grid's current filter criteria. - - The filter criteria applied to the grid. - - - - Gets the grid's current column sorting configuration. - - The column sorting configuration applied to the grid. - - - - Gets the total summaries the grid asks the data source to calculate. - - The total summaries the grid asks the data source to calculate. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets a token that allows you to respond to a task cancellation request invoked by the grid control. - - A cancellation token. - - - - Gets the filter expression applied to the grid. - - The filter expression applied to the grid - - - - Gets the maximum number of filter values to return. - - The maximum number of filter values to return - - - - Gets or sets the task that returns requested values. - - A Task that returns requested values. - - - - Gets or sets the expression that identifies the currently processed column. This can be a field name or an expression (for calculated columns). - - The expression that identifies the currently processed column. - - - - Gets the currently processed column name (field name), provided that this name can be unambiguously identified. - - The currently processed column name. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object to initialize the object. - An object to initialize the object. - An object to initialize the object. - An object to initialize the object. - - - - Gets a token that allows you to respond to a task cancellation request invoked by the grid control. - - A cancellation token. - - - - Gets information on the grid's current sorting, filtering and summary configuration. - - An object that provides the grid's sorting, filtering and summary configuration. - - - - Gets the count of rows currently loaded to the grid. - - The number of loaded rows. - - - - Gets or sets the task that returns requested rows. - - A Task that returns requested rows. - - - - Read this parameter to get custom data passed from the previously called Task or ConfigurationChanged event handler. -When handling the event, set the UserData event parameter to pass custom data to a subsequent event handler (unless you specify the RowsTask event parameter). - - Any custom data. - - - - The type of the result for Tasks created in your and event handlers. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether additional rows are available. - - true, if more rows are available; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the row collection for the current batch. - - The collection of rows to retrieve. - - - - Gets or sets custom data to pass to your event handler the next time this event is called. - - Custom data. - - - - A data source that features event-based data operations: async data load, sorting, filtering and infinite scrolling through records (in a bound Windows Forms ). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner container. - - The owner container of the created instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified row type. - - A value to initialize the property. - - - - This event can be handled to provide an inner list that will be storage for rows fetched using the VirtualServerModeSource's events. -To enable CRUD operations in a bound Data Grid, you need to provide an inner list that supports these operations. If no inner list is supplied (or you do not handle the AcquireInnerList event), CRUD operations are disabled in the grid control. - - - - - Allows you to specify whether the requested filtering, sorting or summary calculation operation needs to be accepted or canceled. - - - - - Fires on initial data load and reload in the bound grid control, and when the data grid's sort and filter configuration changes. -Allows you to initialize the data source and (optionally) return an initial batch of records. - - - - - Allows you to provide values for columns' filter dropdowns. - - - - - Fires when a bound grid control asks the data source for a new batch of rows. - - - - - Reloads data from your source by firing the dedicated events ( and ). - - - - - Gets or sets the type of object whose public properties identify columns for populating the bound control's column collection at design time. - - The row object's type. - - - - Fires when a grid control asks the data source to calculate total summaries. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets a token that allows you to respond to a task cancellation request invoked by the grid control. - - A cancellation token. - - - - Gets information on the grid's current sorting, filtering and summary configuration. - - An object that provides the grid's sorting, filtering and summary configuration. - - - - - - - - - - Allows you to update the bound grid control with intermediate summary values. - - A dictionary that contains intermediate summary values. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure. - - - - - - Gets or sets the task that returns the requested summary value. - - A Task that returns a summary value. - - - - Contains classes enabling server-side data management for the WCF Data Services provider. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - This constructor is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the key property. - - A value indicating the key property name. - - - - Specifies the query request to the WCF data service. - - An IQueryable object that specifies the query request to the WCF data service. - - - - Gets or sets an arbitrary object associated with a queryable source. - - An object associated with a queryable source. - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit controls that binds these controls to a WCF Data Service in Instant Feedback Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with the specified settings. - - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - An <,> delegate, which is a method that will handle the event. The specified delegate is attached to this event. - - - - Specifies whether elements retrieved by the 's queryable source are thread-safe. - - true, if elements retrieved by the queryable source are thread-safe; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source, at design time. - - A type of objects that will be retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when the no longer needs the queryable source it used to retrieve objects from the WCF data service. - - - - - Specifies the criteria used to filter objects on the data store side. These criteria are never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A object specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Specifies a string representation of an expression used to filter objects on the data store side. This filter is never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A string specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Occurs when the needs a queryable source, to retrieve objects from the WCF data service. - - - - - Specifies the name of the key property. - - A value that specifies the key property name. - - - - Refreshes the . - - - - - The data source for the GridControl and SearchLookUpEdit controls that binds these controls to a WCF Data Service in Server Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This constructor is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies how data source contents are sorted by default, when the sort order is not specified by the bound control. - - The string which contains the column name(s) against which data source contents are sorted and the sort order(s). - - - - Specifies the type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - The type of objects retrieved from a data source. - - - - Occurs when a data source exception is thrown. - - - - - This property is intended for internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the criteria used to filter objects on the data store side. These criteria are never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A object specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Specifies a string representation of an expression used to filter objects on the data store side. This filter is never affected by bound data-aware controls. - - A string specifying the filter expression applied to data on the data store side. - - - - Occurs when an inconsistency has been detected during an operation on a data source. - - - - - Specifies the key expression. - - A string that specifies the key expression. - - - - Specifies the query request to the WCF data service. - - An IQueryable object that specifies the query request to the WCF data service. - - - - Forces the bound data-aware control to reload data from the data store. - - - - - - - - - - - Provides basic functionality to the Report Wizard pages in WinForms and WPF applications. - - - - - If implemented, provides the Model functionality to a Data Source Wizard. - - - - - If implemented, represents a page of the Report Wizard. - - - - - If implemented, initializes controls of a Report Wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when settings on the current wizard page were changed. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Fires when an error occurs for the current report page. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented, returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - If implemented, provides access to the wizard model, which accumulates settings specified by an end-user during wizard execution. - - A TModel object containing settings specified by an end-user during wizard execution. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented, provides access to the content of a wizard page. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, validates the correctness of settings specified on a wizard page. - - A value specifying the text of an error message shown if the validation fails. - true, if the validation succeeded; otherwise, false. - - - - A factory that creates Data Source wizard pages. - - - - - Returns a wizard page of the specified type. - - A enumeration value. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - If implemented, provides the View functionality to the Data Source Wizard. - - - - - Occurs after clicking the Cancel button in a wizard. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is available in a wizard. - - true, if the Finish button is available; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is available in a wizard. - - true, if the Next button is available; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Previous button is available in a wizard. - - true, if the Previous button is available; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after clicking the Finish button in a wizard. - - - - - Occurs after clicking the Next button in a wizard. - - - - - Occurs after clicking the Previous button in a wizard. - - - - - Specifies the content of a wizard page. - - A value. - - - - Displays an error message with a specified text. - - A value. - - - - A Data Source Wizard instance associated with a specific View. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Occurs when a wizard execution has been cancelled. - - - - - Occurs when a wizard execution has been completed. - - - - - Returns the current wizard page. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Returns the resulting wizard model. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Occurs when a wizard has been navigated to the next page. - - - - - Specifies the starting wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Provides access to an object that provides the view functionality to a Data Source Wizard. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - The base for classes providing functionality to Data Source Wizard pages. - - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when settings on the current wizard page were changed. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Fires when an error occurs for the current report page. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Provides access to the wizard model, which accumulates settings specified by an end-user during wizard execution. - - A TModel object containing settings specified by an end-user during wizard execution. - - - - Specifies whether of not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the content of a wizard page. - - A value. - - - - Validates the correctness of settings specified on a wizard page. - - A value specifying the text of an error message shown if the validation fails. - true, if the validation succeeded; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified error message. - - A value, specifying the error message. - - - - Specifies the text of an error message. - - A value, specifying the error message. - - - - Contains classes that define the data connectivity for a WPF Report Wizard. - - - - - Contains data related to columns available in a datasource. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the type of data column to draw an appropriate icon in the WPF Report Designer's Field List. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Lists the available data member types. - - - - - The data member is a query. - - - - - The data member is a stored procedure. - - - - - The data member is a table. - - - - - The data member is a view. - - - - - Contains information about a data source. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use. Specifies whether a datasource is table-based (e.g., a database), or object-model-based (e.g., an XPO object). - - true if the datasource is table-based; otherwise false. - - - - The base class for the , and objects that are stored in a Report Wizard's model. - - - - - Specifies the data source display name for a WPF Report Wizard. - - A value, specifying the data source display name. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the data source name. - - A TName object that is the name of the entity. - - - - Provides information about a stored procedure. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - A value specifying the stored procedure name. - A value specifying the stored procedure display name. - A collection of stored procedure parameters. - - - - Creates a copy of the current . - - An object that represents a newly created copy of the current . - - - - When connecting to a data source using the WPF Report Wizard, assigns identifiers to data tables, views and stored procedures, as well as their data members. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Classifies the data member that belongs to a connected data source. - - A enumeration value, classifying the data member. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - This namespace is no longer used. Use classes from the namespace instead. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - Provides information about a specified paper kind. - - An integer value, identifying the paper kind. - A value. - - - - If implemented, obtains a sorted collection of the supported paper kinds. - - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, obtains a sorted collection of details for the supported label products. - - An integer value. - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, obtains a sorted collection of supported label products. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the bottom margin of a label. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the label's height. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the horizontal pitch of a label. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the Id of a label. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the left margin of a label. - - A value that specifies the label's left margin. - - - - Specifies the name of a label. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the paper kind ID of a label. - - A value that specifies the label's paper kind ID. - - - - Specifies the label's product. - - An integer value specifying the product Id. - - - - Specifies the right margin of a label. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the top margin of a label. - - A value that specifies the label's top margin. - - - - Specifies a unit of measure of a label. - - A value that specifies the label's unit of measure. - - - - Specifies the vertical pitch of a label. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the label's width. - - A value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the label product Id. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the label product name. - - A value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates an . - - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Specifies a path to an XML file containing custom label product definitions. - - A value, specifying the path to an XML file. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the Id of a paper kind in the System.Drawing.Printing.PaperKind enumeration. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the height of a paper kind. - - A string value that specifies the paper kind height. - - - - Specifies the Id of a paper kind. - - An integer value, specifying the paper kind ID. - - - - Specifies whether a paper kind is supposed to be printed as a single uninterrupted page. - - true, to provide a continuous document layout suited for roll paper printing; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the name of a paper kind. - - A value, specifying the paper kind name. - - - - Specifies the unit of measure of a paper kind. - - A value that specifies the unit of measure of the paper kind. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Specifies the width of a paper kind. - - A string value that specifies the paper kind width. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified XML document. - - A object. - - - - Provides information about a specified paper kind. - - An integer value, identifying the paper kind. - A value. - - - - Obtains a sorted collection of the supported paper kinds. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains a sorted collection of details for the supported label products. - - An integer value. - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains a sorted collection of the supported label products. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Contains classes that provide client-side functionality for a WPF Report Wizard.These interfaces are no longer used in the current implementation of the Report Wizard for WPF. - - - - - Contains classes that maintain the client-server interaction of the Report Service. - - - - - Obsolete. This class is no longer used in the current Data Source Wizard implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Report Wizard implementation. - - - - - Obtains columns from a data source (asynchronously). - - A value. - A object. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when all data columns have been obtained. - - - - - Obtains the data members from a report's data source (asynchronously). - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when all data members have been obtained. - - - - - Obtains a report's data sources (asynchronously). - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the data sources have been obtained. - - - - - This namespace is no longer used. Use classes from the namespace instead. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the collection of selected data columns while running the Report Wizard. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the data columns available in the Report Wizard. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the summary options available on the Specify Summary Options (Multi-Query Version) page of the Report Wizard. - - A object. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the column name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the column name. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data column, across which a summary function is calculated. - - A value, specifying the column name. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the summary functions to display on the Specify Summary Options (Multi-Query Version) page of the Report Wizard. - - One or more enumeration values. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the bottom margin of a custom label. - - A structure. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A value. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the height of a custom label. - - A structure, specifying the custom label's height. - - - - Specifies the horizontal pitch of a custom label. - - A structure, specifying the custom label's horizontal pitch. - - - - Specifies the left margin of a custom label. - - A structure that specifies the custom label's left margin. - - - - Specifies the paper kind ID of a custom label. - - An integer value, specifying the paper kind ID. - - - - Specifies the right margin of a custom label. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the top margin of a custom label. - - A structure that specifies the custom label's top label. - - - - Specifies the unit of measurement of a custom label. - - A structure that specifies the custom label's unit of measurement. - - - - Specifies the vertical pitch of a custom label. - - A structure, specifying the custom label's vertical pitch. - - - - Specifies the width of a custom label. - - A structure, specifying the custom label's width. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified data columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - Provides access to the data columns used as grouping criteria for the current grouping level. - - An array of objects. - - - - Checks whether or not a grouping level contains the specified data column. - - A value, specifying the data column name. - true, if the grouping level contains the specified column; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the display name of a grouping level. - - A value, specifying the grouping level display name. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - Specifies the collection of selected data columns while running the Report Wizard. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the paper kind display name. - - A value, specifying the name of a paper kind. - - - - Specifies the paper kind Id. - - An integer value, specifying the paper kind ID. - - - - Specifies the paper kind size text. - - A string value that specifies the text size of a paper kind. - - - - This namespace is no longer used. Use classes from the namespace instead. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified view. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified view. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified view. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Report Wizard implementation. - - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Report Wizard implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Report Wizard implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Data Source Wizard implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - A descendant. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, it is the object.) - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the type of the next wizard page. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Next button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Next button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified view. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes controls of the current wizard page. - - - - - Saves settings specified by a wizard page to the report model. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the Finish button is enabled on a wizard page. - - true, if the Finish button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists the report layouts available on the Choose a Report Layout page of the Report Wizard. - - - - - A left-aligned report layout. - - - - - A left-aligned report layout. - - - - - A modular report layout. - - - - - A columnar report layout. - - - - - The default report layout. - - - - - A justified report layout. - - - - - An outlined report layout. - - - - - An outlined report layout. - - - - - A stepped report layout. - - - - - A tabular report layout. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the data fields' content should affect the width of corresponding report controls. - - true to adjust the field width; otherwise false. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Specifies the data columns that are available in the Wizard. - - An array of values, specifying the columns available from the datasource. - - - - Specifies the information that is required to create a custom Label Report. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the data member name. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the data source name. - - A value. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the grouping levels available in a report. - - An array of values. - - - - Specifies whether or not null values (if occurred in a data source) should be ignored when calculating a summary function. - - true to ignore null values; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not there are groups in the report. - - true if the report contains groups; otherwise false. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the ID of a product label's details. - - An integer value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the ID of a product label. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the report layout type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the report page orientation. - - true if the page orientation is portrait; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the report visual style. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the report title (for printing on the report header). - - A value. - - - - Specifies the report type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies options required to calculate a summary function in a report. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Lists the report styles available on the Choose a Report Style page of the Report Wizard. - - - - - The Bold visual style. - - - - - The Casual visual style. - - - - - The Compact visual style. - - - - - The Corporate visual style. - - - - - The Formal visual style. - - - - - Lists the report types available on the Choose a Report Type page of the Report Wizard. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - The Label report type. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - The Standard report type. - - - - - Lists the summary functions available on the Specify Summary Options (Multi-Query Version) page of the Report Wizard. - - - - - The Average summary function is calculated. - - - - - The Count summary function is calculated. - - - - - The Max summary function is calculated. - - - - - The Min summary function is calculated. - - - - - No summary function is calculated. - - - - - The Sum summary function is calculated. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the class instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - One or more enumeration values. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Average function should be calculated across the created report. - - true if the Average function is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Count function should be calculated across the created report. - - true if the Count function is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the summary functions to display on the Specify Summary Options (Multi-Query Version) page of the Report Wizard. - - One or more enumeration values. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Max function should be calculated across the created report. - - true if the Max function is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Min function should be calculated across the created report. - - true if the Min function is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Sum function should be calculated across the created report. - - true if the Sum function is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - This namespace is no longer used. Use interfaces from the namespace instead. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - Occurs when the active record in the list of the available columns is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the active record in the list of grouping levels is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the Add Grouping Level button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when the Combine Grouping Level button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Add Grouping Level button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Combine Grouping Level button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Move Grouping Level Down button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Move Grouping Level Up button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Remove Grouping Level button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of available columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of grouping levels. - - An array of objects. - - - - If implemented, gets an array of records selected in the list of available columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - If implemented, gets the record selected in the list of grouping levels. - - A object. - - - - Occurs when the Move Grouping Level Down button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when the Move Grouping Level Up button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when the Remove Grouping Level button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - If implemented, changes the active record in the list of grouping levels. - - A object. - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the state of the Adjust the field width check box. - - true, to activate the check box; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented, specifies whether or not the report contains groups. - - true, if the report is grouped; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented, specifies the state of the Portrait and Landscape radio buttons. - - true, if the Portrait radio button is active; false if the Landscape radio button is active. - - - - If implemented, specifies the selected report layout. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the report visual style. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the selected report type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, fills the summary options check boxes on the Specify Summary Options (Multi-Query Version) page of the Report Wizard. - - An array of objects that contain information required to calculate summary functions. - - - - If implemented, specifies the state of the Ignore null values check box. - - true, to activate the check box; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Bottom Margin editor. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of the available page sizes. - - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Label Height editor. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Horizontal Pitch editor. - - A value. - - - - Occurs when label information displayed in the dedicated editors is changed. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Left Margin editor. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Right Margin editor. - - A value. - - - - Occurs when the entry selected in the Page Size drop-down list is changed. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the entry selected in the Page Size drop-down list. - - An integer value that is an index of the selected entry. - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Top Margin editor. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, specifies the state of the Inch and Millimeter radio buttons. - - A value that specifies the state of the Inch and Millimeter radio buttons. - - - - Occurs when the state of the Inch and Millimeter radio buttons is changed. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Vertical Pitch editor. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, specifies the value of the Label Width editor. - - A value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - Occurs when the collection of the currently selected columns is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the Add All Columns button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when the Add Columns button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Add All Columns button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Add Columns button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Remove All Columns button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Remove Columns button on a wizard page. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of available commands. - - An array of objects, specifying the columns to be added to the list. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of selected columns. - - An array of objects, specifying the columns to be added to the list. - - - - If implemented, gets a collection of the items selected in the list of available columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - If implemented, gets a collection of the items selected in the list of selected columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - Occurs when the Remove All Columns button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - Occurs when the Remove Columns button is clicked on a wizard page. - - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Report Wizard implementation. - - - - - If implemented, populates the Tables node of the Available items list. - - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, populates the Views node of the Available items list. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Occurs when the active record in the Available items list is changed. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the data member selected in the Available items list. - - A object. - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, populates the list of available data sources. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Occurs when the selected item in the Available items list is changed. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the data source selected in the Available items list. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. This page is no longer used in the current Data Source Wizard implementation. - - - - - Occurs when the collection of the columns currently selected in the list of available columns is changed. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - If implemented, provides access to a collection of the items selected in the list of selected columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - Occurs when the collection of the columns currently selected in the list of selected columns is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the Add Column button is clicked on the Select Columns page of the Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Add Column button on the Select Columns page of the WPF Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Remove All Columns button on the Select Columns page of the WPF Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, activates or deactivates the Remove Columns button on the Select Columns page of the WPF Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - true to activate the button, false to deactivate the button. - - - - If implemented, populates the list of selected columns. - - An array of objects. - - - - Occurs when the Remove All Columns button is clicked on the Select Columns page of the Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - - - - Occurs when the Remove Columns button is clicked on the Select Columns page of the Report Wizard for a hierarchical data source. - - - - - If implemented, provides access to a collection of hierarchical data source root nodes - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - If implemented, shows or hides the wait indicator on a wizard page. - - true to show the wait indicator; otherwise false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the settings of the current paper kind. - - A value. - - - - If implemented, populates the Product Number drop-down list. - - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, populates the Label Products drop-down list. - - A collection of objects. - - - - If implemented, specifies the entry selected in the Product Number drop-down list. - - A object. - - - - Occurs when the active record in the Label Products drop-down list is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the active record in the Product Number drop-down list is changed. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the entry selected in the Label Products drop-down list. - - A object. - - - - If implemented, updates label information displayed in the dedicated editors. - - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - If implemented, specifies the content of the report title text box. - - A value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the interface instead. - - - - - Contains classes that utilize the most popular approaches to access different data providers. - - - - - The base for classes that provide the data source parameter functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the parameter name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the parameter type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the parameter type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the parameter name. - - A value, specifying the parameter name. - - - - Specifies the parameter type. - - A value, specifying the parameter type. - - - - Specifies the parameter value. - - A value. - - - - Enables you to resolve connection strings by their names at runtime in .NET Core applications. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Register the specified connection strings globally. - - A dictionary with connection strings. - - - - Register connection strings that the specified function returns globally. - - A function that returns connection strings as key-value pairs. - - - - An expression assigned to a , , or . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified expression. - - A value, specifying the expression. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified expression and result type. - - A value, specifying the expression. This value is assigned to the property. - A object, specifying the expression result type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the expression. - - A value, specifying the expression. - - - - Gets the hash code that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the expression result type. - - A object, specifying the expression result type. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - When implemented by a class, provides basic functionality required by data access components. - - - - - Gets the name of a data member associated with the current data component. - - A containing the name of a data member. - - - - Retrieves the data from a data source. - - A collection of values. - - - - Loads the data source schema definition from XML. - - A value containing an XML definition of the data source schema. - - - - Specifies the name of the current data component. - - A containing the data component name. - - - - Saves the XML definition of the data source schema. - - A value containing an XML definition of the data source schema. - - - - Contains classes that are required to customize a data source connection wizard. - - - - - Lists the values indicating the handled exceptions. - - - - - An exception is related to a data connection. - - - - - A default exception handler. - - - - - An exception occurred while loading a wizard. - - - - - Provides functionality to run the Data Source Wizard. - - - - - Displays a confirmation window before the execution of a wizard. - - A value. - true, if a user clicks OK; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a Data Source Wizard view. - - A value. - A structure. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Runs the wizard with a specified model. - - A object. - true, to save the changes to the wizard model; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a message with the specified text before the execution of a wizard. - - A value. - - - - Displays a message with the specified text and caption before the execution of a wizard. - - A value. - A value. - - - - Returns an object that displays a form while the wizard is loading information about a data source. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Provides a service functionality to the Data Connection wizard. - - - - - When implemented by a class, provides the exception handler functionality. - - - - - Indicates whether there are exceptions to handle. - - true, if there are exceptions to handle; otherwise, false. - - - - Handles the specified exception. - - A object. - - - - If implemented, enables the Cancel button on a form. - - - - - Closes the associated form window. - - - - - If implemented, provides the splash screen functionality. - - - - - Closes the splash screen. - - - - - Closes the splash screen, applying the specified settings. - - true to throw an exception after closing the form window; otherwise false. - An integer value, specifying the timeout before closing the form window. - true to wait until a user closes the window; false to automatically close the window after exceeding the specified timeout. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Cancel button is available on a splash screen. - - true if the Cancel button is available; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not to display a splash screen description. - - true to display the description; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the caption of a splash screen. - - A value, specifying the form caption. - - - - Specifies the text of a splash screen description. - - A value, specifying the form description. - - - - Specifies the content of a splash screen. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Displays a splash screen with the specified parameters. - - true to use the fade-in animation when loading the form. - true to use the fade-out animation when closing the form. - true to enable the timeout when loading the form. - - - - Contains classes that provide functionality required for connecting to Entity Framework data sources. - - - - - Enumerates values that specify the container type. - - - - - Specifies the Entity Framework data model. - - - - - Specifies the WCF data service. - - - - - If implemented, provides information about a project type containing an Entity Framework data model. - - - - - Specifies the container type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Contains classes that provide information about the known types in the current solution that are required to connect to Entity Framework data sources. - - - - - When implemented by a class, provides information about its containing assembly. - - - - - Indicates the full name of the current assembly. - - A value, specifying the assembly name. - - - - Indicates whether the current assembly is an assembly of the current project. - - true, if the current assembly is an assembly of the current project; otherwise, false - - - - Indicates whether the current assembly is an assembly of the current solution. - - true, if the current assembly is an assembly of the current solution; otherwise, false. - - - - Obtains resource options for the current assembly. - - An object. - - - - Obtains a collection of types available in the current assembly. - - A collection of objects. - - - - When implemented by a class, provides information about a project type. - - - - - Obtains the assembly in which the current type is defined. - - An object containg information about the assembly in which the current type is defined. - - - - Obtains the fully qualified name of the current type, including the namespace. - - A value. - - - - Indicates whether a type is defined within the current solution. - - true, if a type is defined in the current solution; otherwise, false. - - - - Obtains the name of the namespace containing the current type - - A value. - - - - Returns the current type. - - A object. - - - - When implemented by a class, provides information about known project types. - - - - - Obtains a collection of assemblies available for the current project. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains the existing object that provides information about a known project type, or creates a new one if it was not found. - - A object. - An object containing information about a project type. - - - - Obtains project types that satisfy the specified filtering condition. - - A System.Func delegate specifying a filtering condition. - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains assemblies containing project types that satisfy the specified filtering condition. - - A System.Func delegate specifying a filtering condition. - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains the assembly of the current project. - - An containing information about the assembly of the current project. - - - - Obtains the name of the current assembly - - A string containing the assembly name. - - - - When implemented by a class, provides options for project resources. - - - - - If implemented, provides access to the known types in the current solution. - - - - - Provides access to types available for the current project. - - An object, providing access to project types. - - - - Adds a new reference by an assembly name. - - A specifying the name of an assembly to reference. - - - - Adds a new reference by an assembly file path. - - A specifying the path to an assembly file. - - - - Returns the first found type that satisfies the specified predicate. - - A System.Predicate delegate. - An object. - - - - Obtains a project type by its full name. - - A value specifying the full name of a type. - An object. - - - - Obtains a collection of types that extend the specified base class and satisfy the specified predicate. - - An object. - A System.Predicate delegate. - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains a collection of types that satisfy the specified predicate. - - A System.Predicate delegate. - A collection of objects. - - - - Obtains the specified assembly - - A specifying the name of the assembly to obtain. - An object containing information about an assembly. - - - - Returns the path to an application's assembly reference. - - A value, specifying the project assembly. - A value, specifying the reference name. - A value. - - - - Obtains project types available in the specified assembly. - - A specifying the name of an assembly. - An object providing access to project types. - - - - Obtains a collection of available types. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Indicates whether the specified assembly is referenced by the project. - - A specifying the assembly name. - true, if an assembly is referenced by the project; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains settings controlling data export from controls. - - - - - Contains values that specify whether or not the Clipboard Management feature is enabled. - - - - - Equal to the value. - - - - - Data is copied to the Clipboard together with its format settings. - - - - - Copied data is stored in Clipboard as simple plain text. - - - - - Provides base properties that manage copy/paste operations from/to Data Grid and Tree List controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - true, if the property should be set to Formatted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether copying data in CSV format is enabled. - - A value that specifies whether copying data in CSV format is enabled. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether copying data in XLS (Biff8) format is enabled. - - A value that specifies whether copying data in XLS (Biff8) format is enabled. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether copying data in HTML format is enabled. - - A value that specifies whether copying data in HTML format is enabled. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether copying data in RTF format is enabled. - - A value that specifies whether copying data in RTF format is enabled. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether copying data in Text and UnicodeText formats is enabled. - - A value that specifies whether copying data in Text and UnicodeText formats is enabled. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Copies settings from the target object to the current object. - - An object whose setting will be copied to the current object - - - - Gets or sets whether data is copied to the Clipboard as plain text or along with its format settings (in RTF, HTML, XLS (Biff8), CSV, UnicodeText and Text formats). - - A ClipboardMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not data copied from the target control should be stored together with its format settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether formatted data is copied from both expanded and collapsed rows/nodes. - - A value that specifies if an end-user can copy formatted data from both expanded and collapsed selected rows/nodes. The Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether column and band headers are to be copied along with data cells. - - A value that specifies if the column and band headers are copied. The Default value is equal to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets data pasting mode. - - Data pasting mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether a progress bar that indicates a data copy operation's progress is enabled. - - A value that specifies if the progress bar is visible when copying very large amounts of RTF or HTML formatted data. - - - - Contains values that specify how data is pasted to a target grid/treelist control. - - - - - Pasted data is added as new rows to the target control. For the WinForms Tree List control, use the setting to specify if pasted data is inserted as the focused node's children or siblings. - - - - - Data Grids: The Default mode is equivalent to None (data pasting is not allowed) for controls not in master-detail mode, and for master Views in master-detail mode. For detail Views in master-detail mode, the actual paste mode is determined by master Views.Tree Lists: The Default mode is equivalent to None (data pasting is not allowed). - - - - - Data pasting is disabled. - - - - - Pasted data updates existing cells of the target control. - - - - - Contains values that specify the visibility of the progress bar. - - - - - The progress bar is always visible when copying data. - - - - - The progress bar is visible only when copying large portions of RTF- or HTML-formatted data. - - - - - The progress bar is never shown. - - - - - Identifies data pasting modes. - - - - - The same value as OnlyValidRow. - - - - - Forces the control to paste a row, even if the row contains invalid data. - - - - - Only valid rows are pasted. Invalid rows are skipped. - - - - - Contains classes used to encrypt spreadsheet documents. - - - - - Contains encryption options for a workbook. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Stores the default value that is . - - - - - - Gets or sets the password to encrypt the workbook. - - A string that is the password to protect the document. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Resets all encryption options to their default values. - - - - - Gets or sets the encryption mechanism used to create a password-protected workbook. - - One of the enumeration values specifying the type of encryption. The default is ModelEncryptionType.Strong. - - - - Lists the supported encryption mechanisms for XLSX files. - - - - - Standard encryption for OpenXml (.xlsx) files that uses a binary EncryptionInfo structure. The encryption algorithm is Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) and SHA-1 is used as the hashing algorithm. -Supported in Excel 2007 and higher. - - - - - Agile encryption for OpenXml (.xlsx) files that uses an XML EncryptionInfo structure. Default encryption algorithm is AES-128. -Supported in Excel 2010 and higher. - - - - - Contains classes that provide the basic printing functionality. - - - - - Provides settings for a printer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that manages printer jobs. - true, if an item is a fax; otherwise, false. - true, if an item is a network printer; otherwise, false. - true, if a printer is the default printer on a computer; otherwise, false. - true, if a printer is offline; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets a comment about a printer. - - A string that specifies the comment about the printer. - - - - Gets the printer display name. - - A string that specifies the printer display name. - - - - Gets the printer full name. - - A string that specifies the printer name. - - - - Gets the printer location. - - A string that specifies the printer location. - - - - Gets information on documents in the print queue. - - A string that specifies the documents in the print queue. - - - - Gets the printer type. - - The printer type. - - - - Gets the printer status. - - A string that specifies the printer status. - - - - Contains classes that implement basic functionality for creating schedules. - - - - - Lists the day types regarding the recognized working activity. - - - - - This date is treated as a holiday. - - - - - This date cannot be attributed to a working day or holiday. - - - - - This date is treated as a working day. - - - - - Represents a day that is recognized as a work day. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified date and display name. - - A value that specifies the date of the working day. This value is assigned to the property. - A which specifies the display name of the working day. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the specified date is treated as a working day for the current . - - A value representing the date to check. - A enumeration value if the date is a work day; otherwise the value. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Determines whether the specified date is treated as a working day. - - A value representing the date to be identified. - true if the specified day is a working day; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the day type associated with this class. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Represents a day that is recognized as a holiday. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified date and display name. - - A value that specifies the date of the holiday. This value is assigned to the property. - A which specifies the display name of the holiday. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified date, display name and location. - - A value that specifies the date of the holiday. This value is assigned to the property. - A which specifies the display name of the holiday. This value is assigned to the property. - A which specifies the location of the holiday. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the specified date is treated as a working day for the current holiday. - - A value representing the date to check. - A enumeration value if the date is a holiday; otherwise the value. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - A object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Determines whether the specified date is treated as a working day for the current holiday. - - A value representing the date to be identified. - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets the location attribute of the holiday. - - A value that specifies the holiday's location. - - - - Gets the day type associated with this class. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Serves as a base class to represent a day corresponding to the particular date. - - - - - Returns a date, associated with the current KnownDateDay object or its descendant. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the day to display, associated with the current KnownDateDay object or its descendant. - - A representing a name of the day. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Represents a class implemented to load holidays from the Outlook.hol file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Retrieves locations for which holidays are present. - - A containing holidays, as they are specified for MS Outlook. - An array of strings containing location names. - - - - Retrieves locations for which holidays are present. - - A string representing the location of the file containing holidays in MS Outlook format. - An array of strings containing location names. - - - - Loads holidays from the specified file. - - A string that is the location of the holidays file. For MS Office 2013 US English you can find it at C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Office15\1033\outlook.hol. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Loads holidays for specified locations from the specified file. - - A string that is the location of the holidays file. For MS Office 2013 US English you can find it at C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Office15\1033\outlook.hol. - An array of strings containing location names. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Loads holidays for specified locations from the specified file, using the specified encoding. - - A string that is the location of the holidays file. For MS Office 2013 US English you can find it at C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Office15\1033\outlook.hol. - A class representing a character encoding. - An array of strings containing location names. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Loads holidays from the specified stream. - - A containing holidays as they are represented for MS Outlook. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Loads holidays for specified locations from the specified stream. - - A containing holidays as they are represented for MS Outlook. - An array of strings containing location names. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Loads holidays for specified locations from the specified stream, using the specified encoding. - - A containing holidays as they are represented for MS Outlook. - A class representing a character encoding. - An array of strings containing location names. - A collection containing holidays imported from MS Outlook. - - - - Serves as a base class for classes that represent a day, regarding the working activity recognized for the specific date. - - - - - Determines how to treat the specified date in terms of the work day and a holiday. - - A value, representing the date to check. - A enumeration member. - - - - Determines whether the specified date is treated as a working day for the current working day. - - A value representing the date to be identified. - true if the specified date is a working day; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the type of the day that the current instance of the WorkDay class descendant represents. - - A enumeration member specifying the day type. - - - - Lists day types by the working activity. - - - - - Indicates that a particular, exact date is a work day. - - - - - Indicates that this day is a holiday. - - - - - Indicates a weekday. - - - - - Contains classes that allow you to specify security access settings. - - - - - Specifies access permissions. - - - - - Allows access. - - - - - Denies access. - - - - - Allows you to restrict external resource locations for security reasons. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Provides access to the class's instance that allows you to specify data resource access settings. - - The object that allows you to set access rules to data resources. - - - - Provides access to the class's instance that allows you to specify Reporting-specific resource access settings. - - The object that allows you to set Reporting-specific resource access rules. - - - - Sets resource access rules. Raises an exception if this method is called for the second time while the application is running. - - An array of access rules. - - - - Provides access to the class's instance that allows you to specify static resource access settings. - - The object that allows you to set static resource access rules. - - - - Sets resource access rules. - - An array of access rules. - true, if the specified rule collection is registered successfully. Otherwise, false. - - - - A rule that uses a custom logic to determine whether to allow or deny access to a URL/file directory. - - - - - Creates an instance of the CustomAccessRule class. - - The enumeration value that specifies whether the created rule allows or denies access. - - - - Occurs when URI accessibility is checked. - - - - - A rule that allows or denies access to a file directory. - - - - - Creates an instance of the that provides the specified access permission to file directories. - - The enumeration value that specifies whether the created rule allows or denies access to file directories. - - - - Creates the type rule that provides the specified access permission to the specified file directories. - - The enumeration value that specifies whether the created rule allows or denies access to the specified file directories. - An array of file directories that the created rule allows or denies. - - - - Creates the that allows resource loading only from the file directories passed as the parameter. - - An array of file directories that this rule allows. Other directories are considered as denied in this application. - An instance of the class. - - - - Creates the that denies resource load from the file directories passed as the parameter. - - An array of file directories that this rule denies. Other directories are considered as allowed in this application. - An instance of the class. - - - - A rule that allows or denies access. - - - - - Indicates whether the rule allows or denies access. - - The enumeration value. - - - - A rule that allows or denies access to a URI. - - - - - Determines whether the rule allows resource load from the specified URI. - - The URI whose accessibility this method checks. - true, if the application can load resources from the specified URI. Otherwise, false. - - - - A base class for the and classes. - - - - - A rule that allows or denies access to a URL. - - - - - Creates an instance of the that provides the specified access permission to URLs. - - The enumeration value that specifies whether the created rule allows or denies access to URls. - - - - Creates the that provides the specified access permission to specified URLs. - - The enumeration value that specifies whether the created rule allows or denies access to the specified URls. - An array of Urls that the created rule allows or denies. - - - - Creates the rule that allows resource loading only from the URLs passed as the parameter. - - An array of URLs that this rule allows. Other URLs are considered as denied in this application. - An instance of the class. - - - - Creates the that denies resource loading from the URLs passed as the parameter. - - An array of URLs that this rule denies. Other URLs are considered as allowed in this application. - An instance of the class. - - - - Contains classes representing a set of services intended to facilitate the implementation of common tasks, such as keyboard and mouse event handling. - - - - - Defines a service responsible for processing keyboard input. - - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a key down event. - - A object containing information about the pressed key and key modifiers. - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a key press event. - - A object specifying the character that is composed when the user presses a key. - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a key up event. - - A object containing information about the released key and key modifiers. - - - - Defines a service responsible for handling mouse events. - - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a mouse down event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a mouse move event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a mouse up event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method in a descending class to handle a mouse wheel event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Exposes functionality that enables you to display a progress indicator for time-consuming operations. - - - - - Initializes and displays a progress indicator. - - A string indicating what action is currently performed - An integer specifying the minimum indicator value. - An integer specifying the maximum indicator value. - An integer specifying the current indicator value. - - - - Finalizes progress indication. - - - - - Modifies the indicator value to track progress. - - An integer that is the value indicating the current progress. - - - - Represents a base class for custom services used to process keyboard input. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified service. - - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Override this method to handle a key down event. - - A object containing information about the pressed key and key modifiers. - - - - Override this method to handle a key press event. - - A object specifying the character that is composed when the user presses a key. - - - - Override this method to handle a key up event. - - A object containing information about the released key and key modifiers. - - - - Provides access to the service interface of the wrapper. - - An interface of the wrapper. - - - - Represents a base class for custom services used to process mouse events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified service. - - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Override this method to handle a mouse down event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method to handle a mouse move event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method to handle a mouse up event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Override this method to handle a mouse wheel event. - - A object containing information on pressed mouse buttons, coordinates of the mouse, and the amount the mouse wheel moved. - - - - Provides access to the service interface of the wrapper. - - An interface of the wrapper. - - - - Contains utility classes used by DevExpress controls and components. - - - - - Provides an option to fix issues with unexpected output content (such as red crosses X, distorted fonts, etc.) for Printing, Reporting, RichEditDocumentServer and PDF libraries used on the Microsoft Azure Web Sites. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the PDF export mode is Azure-compatible. - - true if the PDF export is Azure-compatible; otherwise false. - - - - Contains classes that implement the Command pattern. - - - - - Represents a command. - - - - - Determines whether the command can execute in its current state. - - true if the command can execute; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the object which invokes the command. - - A enumeration value, specifying the object type. - - - - Creates an object defining the command state for the current command. - - An interface that defines the command state. - - - - Gets the text description of a command. - - A string containing the command's description. - - - - Executes the command on the current command target. - - - - - Performs a command action regardless of a command state. - - An interface defining the command state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the object to which the command is attached is hidden, if the command is disabled. - - true to hide the object with a disabled command; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an image associated with the command. - - A object representing the associated image. - - - - Gets a key tip associated with the command. - - A string value that is the command key tip. - - - - Gets a larger image associated with the command. - - A object representing the associated image. - - - - Gest the menu caption associated with the current command. - - A string representing the text of the menu item. - - - - Indicates whether a command invokes a modal dialog when executing. - - true if a modal dialog is displayed while executing the command; otherwise, false. By default it is false. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Updates the command state. - - An interface defining the state of a command. - - - - Lists the command sources. - - - - - The command is issued from the keyboard. - - - - - The command is issued from the menu. - - - - - The command is issued using a mouse. - - - - - The type of the command source is not known. - - - - - Defines a command state. - - - - - Gets or sets the checked state of the command. - - true if the command state is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value used by a command. - - An object representing the value used by a command. - - - - Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. - - true to enable the command; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the UI element to which the command is attached is visible. - - true to display the UI element; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes that serve as the base for objects implementing particular aspects of DevExpress controls' functionality. - - - - - Provides data for the events that fire after option changes . - - - - - Creates a new object with default values. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - A value representing the name of the option whose value has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - A value representing the option's previous value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value representing the option's current value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the name of the option whose value has been changed. - - A value representing the option's name. - - - - Gets or sets the option's current value. - - A value representing the option's current value. - - - - Gets the option's previous value. - - A value representing the option's previous value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event raised after the option has been changed. - - The event sender. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Serves as a base for classes representing options. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the IViewBagOwner interface. - The string value. - - - - Copies all settings from the options object passed as a parameter. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Locks the object by disallowing visual updates until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Resets all options to their default values. - - - - - Returns a string representing the currently enabled options. - - A value representing the currently enabled options. "" (String.Empty) if no option is enabled. - - - - Lists values which specify the validity of a condition (indicates whether the condition is true or false). - - - - - The value is determined by the current object's parent object setting (e.g., a control setting). - - - - - Corresponds to a Boolean value of false. - - - - - Corresponds to a Boolean value of true. - - - - - Represents the universal collection, which may be used as a base class for other collection classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired item's position within the collection. If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A <T> object which represents the item at the specified position. - - - - Represents the universal collection, which may be used as a base class for other collection classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified capacity. - - An integer value representing the number of elements that the collection can contain. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds the specified object to the collection. - - A <T> object to append to the collection. - An integer value indicating the position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds a collection of elements to the end of the collection. - - A object which represents the collection of elements to append to the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the number of elements that the can contain. - - An integer value representing the number of elements that the collection can contain. - - - - Removes all objects from the instance. - - - - - Determines whether the collection contains the specified item. - - A <T> object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all the elements from the instance to a one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - A one-dimensional array of <T> objects. - An integer value specifying the zero-based index in the target array at which copying begins. - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the instance. - - An integer value representing the number of elements contained in the collection. - - - - Searches for an element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, and returns the first occurrence within the entire . - - The delegate that defines the conditions of the element to search for. - The first element that matches the conditions defined by the specified predicate, if found; otherwise, the default value for type T. - - - - Performs the specified action on each element of the . - - The <T> delegate to perform on each element of the . - - - - Returns an enumerator that iterates through the instance. - - A for the instance. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the specified element in the collection. - - A <T> object to locate in the collection. - An integer value representing the position of the specified element in the collection. - - - - Inserts the specified element into the collection at the specified position. - - An integer value which represents the zero-based index at which the element should be inserted. - A <T> object to insert into the collection. - - - - Removes the specified element from the collection. - - A <T> object to be removed from the collection. - true if the specified element has been successfully removed from the collection; false if the specified element has not been found within the collection. - - - - Removes the element at the specified index of the instance. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the object to remove. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - - - - Sorts the elements in the entire using the specified comparer. - - The implementation to use when comparing elements. - - - - Copies the elements to a new array. - - An array containing the DXCollectionBase<T> elements. - - - - Gets or sets the type of an object, which provides uniqueness for the current . - - A DevExpress.Utils.DXCollectionUniquenessProviderType instance. - - - - - - - - - Lists values of localized strings. See the class description to learn more. - - - - - Return value: "Values above the average". - - - - - Return value: "Above Average". - - - - - Return value: "After a date". - - - - - Return value: "After". - - - - - Return value: "Dates within a range". - - - - - Return value: "All Dates In The Period". - - - - - Return value: "April". - - - - - Return value: "April". - - - - - Return value: "August". - - - - - Return value: "August". - - - - - Return value: "Prior to a date". - - - - - Return value: "Before". - - - - - Return value: "Starts with a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Begins With". - - - - - Return value: "Values below the average". - - - - - Return value: "Below Average". - - - - - Return value: "Values within a range". - - - - - Return value: "Between". - - - - - Return value: "The lowest values". - - - - - Return value: "Bottom N". - - - - - Return value: "Contains a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Contains". - - - - - Return value: "Two conditions combined by the AND or OR operators". - - - - - Return value: "Custom Filter". - - - - - Return value: "Common date ranges". - - - - - Return value: "Specific Date Periods". - - - - - Return value: "December". - - - - - Return value: "December". - - - - - Return value: "Does not start with a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Does Not Begin With". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Return value: "Does not contain a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Does not contain". - - - - - Return value: "Does not end with a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Does Not End With". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Return value: "Does not equal a value". - - - - - Return value: "Does Not Equal". - - - - - Return value: "Ends with a specific text". - - - - - Return value: "Ends With". - - - - - Return value: "Equals a value". - - - - - Return value: "Equals". - - - - - Return value: "February". - - - - - Return value: "February". - - - - - Return value: "Greater than a value". - - - - - Return value: "Greater Than". - - - - - Return value: "Greater than or equal to a value". - - - - - Return value: "Greater Than Or Equal To". - - - - - Return value: "Empty or not specified". - - - - - Return value: "Is Blank". - - - - - Return value: "Not empty". - - - - - Return value: "Is Not Blank". - - - - - Return value: "Not empty". - - - - - Return value: "Is Not Null". - - - - - Return value: "Is empty". - - - - - Return value: "Is Null". - - - - - Return value: "The same date". - - - - - Return value: "Is Same Day". - - - - - Return value: "January". - - - - - Return value: "January". - - - - - Return value: "July". - - - - - Return value: "July". - - - - - Return value: "June". - - - - - Return value: "June". - - - - - Return value: "Last month". - - - - - Return value: "Last Month". - - - - - Return value: "Last quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Last Quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Last week". - - - - - Return value: "Last Week". - - - - - Return value: "Last year". - - - - - Return value: "Last Year". - - - - - Return value: "Less than a value". - - - - - Return value: "Less Than". - - - - - Return value: "Less then or equal to a value". - - - - - Return value: "Less Than Or Equal To". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Return value: "March". - - - - - Return value: "March". - - - - - Return value: "May". - - - - - Return value: "May". - - - - - Return value: "Next month". - - - - - Return value: "Next Month". - - - - - Return value: "Next quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Next Quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Next week". - - - - - Return value: "Next Week". - - - - - Return value: "Next year". - - - - - Return value: "Next Year". - - - - - Return value: "Choose One Description". - - - - - Return value: "Choose One". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Return value: "November". - - - - - Return value: "November". - - - - - Return value: "October". - - - - - Return value: "October". - - - - - Return value: "First quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Quarter 1". - - - - - Return value: "Second quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Quarter 2". - - - - - Return value: "Third quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Quarter 3". - - - - - Return value: "Fourth quarter". - - - - - Return value: "Quarter 4". - - - - - Return value: "Filters Description". - - - - - Return value: "Filters". - - - - - Return value: "Date Filters Description". - - - - - Return value: "Date Filters". - - - - - Return value: "Filters Description". - - - - - Return value: "Filters". - - - - - Return value: "September". - - - - - Return value: "September". - - - - - Return value: "Items Description". - - - - - Return value: "Items". - - - - - Return value: "Percents Description". - - - - - Return value: "Percents". - - - - - Return value: "Numeric Filters Description". - - - - - Return value: "Numeric Filters". - - - - - Return value: "Text Filters Description". - - - - - Return value: "Text Filters". - - - - - Return value: "This month". - - - - - Return value: "This Month". - - - - - Return value: "This quarter". - - - - - Return value: "This Quarter". - - - - - Return value: "This week". - - - - - Return value: "This Week". - - - - - Return value: "This year". - - - - - Return value: "This year". - - - - - Return value: "Today". - - - - - Return value: "Today". - - - - - Return value: "Tomorrow". - - - - - Return value: "Tomorrow". - - - - - Return value: "The highest values". - - - - - Return value: "Top N". - - - - - Return value: "Predefined Filters". - - - - - Return value: "Predefined Filters". - - - - - Return value: "From the beginning of the year to the present". - - - - - Return value: "Year To Date". - - - - - Return value: "Yesterday". - - - - - Return value: "Yesterday". - - - - - Return value: "First". - - - - - Return value: "Choose one...". - - - - - Return value: "Enter a date...". - - - - - Return value: "Enter a value...". - - - - - Return value: "Enter text to search...". - - - - - Return value: "Select a date...". - - - - - Return value: "Select a value...". - - - - - Return value: "Second". - - - - - Return value: "Type". - - - - - Return value: "Value". - - - - - Return value: "Clear Filter". - - - - - Return value: "Close". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Return value: "Values". - - - - - Allows you to localize filter menu elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides formatting settings. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A DevExpress.Utils.IComponentLoading object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A DevExpress.Utils.IComponentLoading object. - An object that implements the IViewBagOwner interface. - The string value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the IViewBagOwner interface. - The string value. - - - - Gets or sets whether a value for the property should be determined each time the property is accessed. - - true if the value for the property should be determined each time the property is accessed. - - - - Copies properties of the specified object to the current object. - - The object whose properties must be copied. - - - - Occurs on changing properties of the current class object. - - - - - Gets a object with default settings. - - The object with default property values. - - - - Gets or sets the object which specifies how values should be formatted. - - The IFormatProvider object which specifies how values should be formatted. - - - - Gets the pattern for formatting values. - - The string representing the format pattern. - - - - Gets or sets the type of formatting specified by the current object. - - One of values specifying the formatting type. - - - - Gets the value formatted according to the format pattern and using the format provider settings. - - The value to format. - The text representation of the specified value according to settings of the current object. - - - - Returns the actual format string. - - The actual format string. - - - - Tests whether properties of the current object are set to default values. - - true if the object properties are set to default values; otherwise,false. - - - - Compares properties of the current object with settings of the specified object. - - The object whose properties are compared. - true if properties of the current object equal to corresponding properties of the info parameter. - - - - The method supports the internal .NET infrastructure and you must not call it from your code. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Performs actions when the property changes. - - - - - Reverts properties of the current object to default values. - - - - - - - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A value that represents the current object. - - - - The method supports the internal .NET infrastructure and you must not call it from your code. - - - - - Enumerates values for the property. - - - - - Use Custom to format string values.Use Custom when assigning a custom to the property. Setting to Custom does not change the and property values. - - - - - Specifies that values should be formatted as the type.Setting to DateTime assigns the static format provider to the property. This defines the format provider for the current culture. -Also is set to "d" (short date pattern). - - - - - No formatting is performed.Setting the property to None clears the property and sets the object to null. - - - - - Specifies that values should be formatted as numbers.Setting to Numeric assigns the static System.Globalization.NumberFormatInfo.CurrentInfo format provider to the property. This defines the format provider for the current culture.Also is set to an empty string. - - - - - Specifies the horizontal alignment of an object or text in a control. - - - - - Centers an object or text within a region. - - - - - Places an object or text at the default position, which is determined by a control. - - - - - Places an object/text at a far position. - - - - - Places an object/text at a near position. - - - - - Contains classes that provide support for the "Inversion of Control" software design pattern in DevExpress products. - - - - - Enables you to register factories that are used to create object instances. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified factory. - - A function, specifying the required . - - - - Modifies the registration so that a new dependency will be created on each method call. - - - - - Releases all resources used by . - - - - - Gets the cached resolved instance for a resolved non-transient dependency. - - A value. - - - - Gets the flag for a transient registration. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Provides a container registration for dependencies that are registered by passing an instance (using the method). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified instance. - - A value. - - - - Gets the passed reference as a dependency. - - A value. - - - - A dependency injection container. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Releases all resources used by . - - - - - Registers a delegate to resolve an instance of the specified type with a specified TServiceType key. - - A function, specifying the type to resolve. - A object. - - - - Registers a delegate with the specified container as an argument to resolve an instance of the specified type with a corresponding TServiceType key. - - A function, specifying the type to resolve. - A object. - - - - Registers the specified instance as a singleton with the specified serviceType key. - - A object. - A value. - An object. - - - - Registers the specified instance as a singleton with the specified TServiceType key. - - A value. - An object. - - - - Registers the specified concreteType with the specified serviceType key. - - A object. - A object. - A object. - - - - Registers the specified TConcreteType as a dependency. - - A object. - - - - Registers the specified TConcreteType with the specified TServiceType key. - - A object. - - - - Gets an instance with the specified serviceType key. - - A object. - A value. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified type with a corresponding TServiceType key. - - A value. - - - - Provides an abstract container registration. - - - - - Occurs if there is an error during registration of a type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified error message. - - A value, specifying the error message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified message and exception details. - - A value, specifying the message displayed when a database connection fails. - A object, specifying the error details. - - - - Occurs if there is an error during request of a dependency. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified error message. - - A value, specifying the error message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified message and exception details. - - A value, specifying the message displayed when a database connection fails. - A object, specifying the error details. - - - - Enables a container registration for dependencies that are registered by type (i.e., by calling the methods). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object. - A object. - - - - Modifies the registration so that a new dependency will be created on each method call. - - - - - Gets the type of a dependency. - - A object. - - - - Gets the selected constructor to be resolved. - - A object. - - - - Releases all resources used by . - - - - - Gets the cached instance for a resolved non-transient dependency. - - A value. - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access. - - A value. - - - - Gets the flag for a transient registration. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets the registered value for a constructor parameter that was registered using the methods. - - A value. - A value. - true, if the constructor parameter value has been obtained; otherwise, false. - - - - Registers a constructor parameter value (if it is not registered in the container as a dependency). - - A value, specifying the parameter name. - A value, specifying the parameter value. - A object. - - - - Provides data for events raised when upgrading a control's layout, allowing you to cancel the upgrade (e.g. , , etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified previous version. - - A specifying the previous version number. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether to allow upgrading the control layout. - - true to allow the operation; otherwise, false. - - - - A method that will handle events raised when upgrading a control's layout, allowing you to cancel the upgrade (e.g. , , etc.). - - The event sender. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the events raised when upgrading a control's layout (e.g., , , etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified previous version. - - A specifying the previous version number. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value used to initialize the property. - A value used to initialize the property. - - - - Returns an array of items that exist in the current control but do not exist in the layout being loaded. These items are hidden. This property is in effect for the . - - An array of items that exist in the current control but do not exist in the layout being loaded. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the previous layout version. - - A representing the previous version of the layout. - - - - A method that will handle events raised when upgrading a control's layout (e.g., , , etc.). - - The event sender. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Represents classes, that implement basic functionality for localization of Windows Forms and Localization controls. - - - - - Represents the base class for all localizer classes. - - - - - Gets or sets a localizer object providing localization of the user interface at runtime. - - A descendant, which is used to localize the user interface at runtime. - - - - Fires immediately after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Returns a localizer object, which provides resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object representing resources based on the thread's culture. - - - - Creates an XML document, which contains resource strings provided by the current object. - - A object. - - - - Returns an active localizer provider for this object. - - An ActiveLocalizerProvider<T> object. - - - - Gets the string, localized by the current , for the specified user interface element. - - A T enumeration value specifying the UI element whose caption (text) is to be localized. - A representing the text to be displayed within the specified UI element. - - - - Returns the name of the language currently used by this localizer object. - - A value that specifies the language of the user interface localization. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Sets an active localizer provider for this object. - - An ActiveLocalizerProvider<T> object. - - - - Saves the current 's resources to the specified XML file. - - A specifying the file name (including the file path), to which all localization resources will be saved. - - - - Represents a base class for collections that are able to send update notifications. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Adds a collection of objects to the end of the current collection. - - An object exposing the interface, which represents the collection of objects to append. - - - - Locks the , preventing change notifications (and visual updates) from being raised by the object until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Occurs when the collection is changed. - - - - - This event occurs when the collection is about to change. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets whether the collection has been locked for updating. - - true if the collection is locked; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains options that specify how column specific settings are stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or the system registry). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the columns that exist in the current control but do not exist in a layout when it's restored should be retained. - - true to retain the columns that exist in the current control's layout but don't exist in the layout being restored; false to destroy such columns. - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the columns that exist in a layout when it's restored but that don't exist in the current control should be discarded or added to the control. - - true to discard the columns that exist in the layout being restored but don't exist in the current control; false to add these columns to the control. - - - - Gets or sets whether all the settings of a control's columns/bands (except for the appearance settings) are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if all the settings of a control's columns/bands are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the appearance settings of the columns and bands are also stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if the appearance settings of the columns and bands are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the position, width and visibility of the columns and bands are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if the position, width and visibility of columns and bands are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the base class for classes which contain the options that are responsible for how the control's layout is stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - - - - - - - Returns an object whose settings indicate that the full layout of the control should be stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - A object whose settings indicate that the full layout of the control should be stored to/restored from storage. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the version of the layout. - - A string representing the version of the layout. - - - - Gets whether the settings should be persisted. - - The component that owns the current settings. - true, if the settings should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Contains options that specify how a control's layout is stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Contains options that specify how the columns' and bands' settings are stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or sysytem registry). - - An object that specifies how the columns' and bands' settings are stored to and restored from storage. - - - - Resets all options to their default values. - - - - - Gets or sets whether all the control's settings (except for the appearance settings and format rules) are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if all the control's settings are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from the storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's appearance settings are also stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if the control's appearance settings are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's grouping, sorting, filtering settings and summaries are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if the control's grouping, sorting, filtering settings and summaries are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether MS Excel-style conditional formatting rules are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if MS Excel-style conditional formatting rules are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's visual options are stored when the layout is saved to storage and restored when the layout is restored from storage. - - true if the control's visual options are included in the layout when it's saved to storage and these settings are restored when the layout is restored from storage; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a point with floating X and Y values. - - - - - For internal use only. Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - For internal use only. Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A value. - A value. - - - - For internal use only. Represents an empty point. - - - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object specifying a instance to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use only. Checks whether the current point object is empty. - - true if the point is empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds the specified values to and . - - A value to be added to . - A value to be added to . - - - - For internal use. Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the X-coordinate of the object. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the Y-coordinate of the object. - - A value. - - - - Contains helper classes that extend serialization capabilities of DevExpress controls. - - - - - When implemented, specifies a converter used to serialize/deserialize arbitrary objects in a custom manner. - - - - - When implemented, returns whether the converter can serialize/deserialize objects of the specified type. - - A that specifies the type to check. - true if the converter can serialize/deserialize objects of the specified type; otherwise, false. - - - - When implemented, deserializes an object of the specified type from the specified string. - - A that specifies the type of object to deserialize. - A that represents the serialized object. - A deserialized object. - - - - When implemented, returns the type by its full name. - - A that specifies the full name of the type to return. - A that identifies the type whose full name is specified by the typeName parameter. - - - - When implemented, serializes the specified object of the specified type. - - A that specifies the type of the object to serialize. - The object to serialize. - A that represents the serialized object. - - - - Provides an API that supports vector images. - - - - - A vector image. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Creates a vector image from the given stream. - - A stream from which the vector icon should be created. - - - - Creates a vector icon from a resource. - - A Type of resource assembly. - Image name. - - - - Copies this vector icon. - - The vector image copy. - - - - You cannot modify SvgImage objects directly. Instead, you need to create their copies and modify them in process. - - A Delegate that modifies the icon. - New vector image copy. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to elements (primitives) from which this vector image consists. - - A List of vector image elements. - - - - Creates a new SvgImage object from a vector image on local storage. - - A path to the image file. - The SvgImage object created from the given file. - - - - Creates a new SvgImage object from a vector image stored in project resources. - - The name an icon has in resources. - The assembly name. - A newly created SvgImage. - - - - Creates a new SvgImage object from a vector image stored in a stream. - - The stream that stores the image. - A newly created SvgImage object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the image height. - - The image height. - - - - Returns the horizontal image offset. - - The horizontal image offset. - - - - Returns the vertical image offset. - - The vertical image offset. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Saves this vector image to the specific file. - - A path to the file where this vector icon should be stored. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets a unique image identifier. - - An Object that identifies this image. - - - - Returns the collection of image tags that are not supported by DevExpress controls. - - Stores unsupported image tags. - - - - Returns the image width. - - The image width. - - - - Lists the values specifying whether a report control allows loading images using the "file://" protocol. - - - - - Enables loading of images from custom directories (defined using the or method). - - - - - Enables loading of images from an application's working directory (defined by the AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory property). - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Enables loading of any image from any directory. - - - - - Forbids loading images using the "file://" protocol (only the "http://", "https://" and "ftp://" protocols are supported). - - - - - Specifies the security settings for resolving URL's in a web application. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Enables using the "file://" protocol for loading images to the specified directories. - - An array of values, specifying the custom directories. - true, if loading images to custom directories is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Enables loading images to the protocols defined in the specified callback. - - A function, specifying a custom callback. - true, if loading images to custom directories is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Specifies whether a report control allows loading images using the "file://" protocol. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the vertical alignment of an object or text in a control. - - - - - Places the text to the bottom of an object. - - - - - Centers the text within an object. - - - - - Places the text to its default position. The default position is in the center of an object. - - - - - Places the text to the top of an object. - - - - - Enumerates wrapping modes. - - - - - Default wrapping mode. The actual wrapping mode is determined by a control. - - - - - The word wrapping feature is disabled. - - - - - The word wrapping feature is enabled. - - - - - Contains classes implementing the common ViewState management functionality for DevExpress Web controls. - - - - - Represents a base for classes providing different options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Contains common utility classes used by WPF controls and components from DevExpress. - - - - - An abstract class that provides access to an application's theme settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the theme applied to the entire application. - - A value that specifies the theme name. - - - - - - - - - - Saves the current theme name to the application configuration file. - - - - - Loads the theme name from the application configuration file. - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies whether the application should use the legacy default theme ("DeepBlue"). - - - - - - Lists the values that specify the compatibility settings version. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to compatibility settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the GridControl's logic of getting/setting the editor's value is enabled. - - true, if the GridControl's logic of getting/setting the editor's value is enabled; otherwise, false.The default value is true. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies whether a recurring appointment is converted to a normal appointment when an end-user drags and drops it to another resource. - - True, if a recurring appointment is converted to normal after a drag-and-drop operation to another resource; otherwise, false. Default is false. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies how the DXBinding (DXEvent, DXCommand) markup extensions resolve input expressions. - - Any of the enumeration values. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to render page content with DirectX. - - true, to enable DirectX page content rendering; false, to render page content with GDI/GDI+. The default is true. - - - - Gets or sets the SchedulerControl UI style. - - By default, Outlook2019. - - - - Specifies whether to use the control to render the 's dropdown window. - - true to use the DateNavigator in the DateEdit's dropdown; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Between Dates and On Dates date operators are used. - - true, to use the Between Dates and On Dates date operators; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the legacy drop-down filter is used. - - true, to use the legacy drop-down filter; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the legacy Null Value button in the ButtonEdit editor and its descendants. - - true, to use the legacy Null Value button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the legacy filter editor is used. - - true, to use the legacy filter editor; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the ThemedMessageBox instead of DXMessageBox in WindowService, DialogService, and WindowedDocumentUIService. - - true, to use the ThemedMessageBox; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the instead of in WindowService, DialogService, and WindowedDocumentUIService. - - true, to use the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists values that specify how the DXBinding (DXEvent, DXCommand) markup extensions resolve input expressions. - - - - - The DXBinding, DXCommand and DXEvent markup extensions interpret their expressions that allows them using dynamic typization, so you do no need to cast values. - - - - - The DXBinding, DXCommand and DXEvent markup extensions compile their expressions thus using static typization, so you do need to cast values. - - - - - Contains classes that provide the basic functionality for the DXPrinting for WPF library. To use these classes in XAML code, add the xmlns:dxp="" namespace reference. - - - - - Registers known types on a WCF-service. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - "GetKnownTypes" - - - - - - Specifies whether or not a custom parameter type is registered. - - A enumeration value. - true if the parameter type is registered; otherwise false. - - - - Registers a collection of custom parameter types. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Registers a custom parameter type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Registers an array of custom parameter types. - - An array of enumeration values. - - - - Registers a custom parameter type. - - - - - Contains classes that support the infrastructure of the eXpress Persistent Objects. - - - - - Contains classes that handle operations on a data store. - - - - - Lists the values that specify the action which is performed when a session is connected to a data store. - - - - - A session will try to automatically create the database if it doesn't exist. It will also create or update the database schema for any persistent classes currently being used. - - - - - A session will not automatically create the database or update the database schema. The database schema is still queried and checked to match the currently used persistent class metadata. - - - - - A session will never query the database for schema to validate against persistent class metadata. This will suppress the SchemaCorrectionNeededException, but a database error may occur during data operations if the schema is not compatible with run-time persistent classes metadata. - - - - - A session will automatically create or update the database schema for the persistent classes currently being used. If the database doesn't exist, it won't be created by a session. - - - - - Serves as the base class for the classes that represent statements. - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns the names of the tables that are referenced in the statement. - - An array of strings that specify the names of the tables that are referenced in the statement. - - - - Returns the names of the tables that are referenced in the specified statements. - - An array of descendants that represents statements. - An array of strings that specify the names of the tables that are referenced in the specified statements. - - - - The collection of operands. - - - - - - Contains values that specify the command pool behavior. - - - - - Pooling of prepared (or compiled) commands in the scope of the database transaction. - - - - - No command pooling. - - - - - Pooling of prepared (or compiled) commands in the scope of the database transaction. - - - - - Pooling of commands in the scope of the database transaction. The method is not called for commands. - - - - - Implements the base functionality for SQL-based data store adapters, including the and other adapters listed in the Database Systems Supported by XPO topic. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets a collection of custom aggregate functions supplied by the current metadata provider. - - A collection of custom aggregate functions. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the timeout value passed to the IDbCommand.CommandTimeout property of each created command, in seconds. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Searches custom aggregate functions registered in an application via the and method calls for a function with the specified name. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - An object that corresponds to the aggregateName, if found; otherwise, null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the timeout value passed to the IDbCommand.CommandTimeout property, in seconds. Can be overridden by the field. The default is 300. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Registers a custom aggregate function to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A custom aggregate function to register. - - - - Registers custom aggregate functions to use in any -based criteria in your application. - - A collection of custom aggregate functions to register. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unregisters a specified custom aggregate function from use in any -based connection provider in your application. - - A custom aggregate function to unregister. - true, if the customAggregate was unregistered successfully; otherwise, false. - - - - Unregisters a custom aggregate function with the specified name from use in any -based connection provider in your application. - - A custom aggregate function's name. This value cannot be null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or match a standard aggregate name: Sum, Min, Max, Avg, Count, Exists, or Single. - true, if a custom aggregate function whose name matches the functionName was unregistered successfully; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Node element that is used to connect to a cached data store's Root or Node element. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings and a specified parent cache element. - - A parent Root or Node element specifying the element to which the current Node is connected. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Synchronizes the Node's table update information with the Root element ( or ). - - - - - Applies specified configuration settings to a cached data store. - - A object containing cache configuration settings. - - - - Returns information that describes the structure of specified tables in a cached data store. - - An array of table names whose information should be retrieved. - An array of objects that describe the structure of the requested tables. - - - - Returns a list of all the tables available in a cached data store. - - true, to include views; otherwise, false. - An array of the table names in the cached data store. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the time period (also known as latency) between regular contacts that the current Node makes to its parent element for up-to-date table update information. The default value is 30 seconds. - - - - - - Specifies the minimum number of query results to retain within the current Node's cache during its automatic purge. The default value is 16. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - The Node element that is used to connect to a cached data store's Root or Node element located on the local host. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings and a specified parent cache element. - - A parent Root or Node element specifying the element (located on the same computer) to which the current Node is connected. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - The Root element that is used to connect Node elements to a cached data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified data store provider connected to a data store to be cached. - - A object which provides connection to a data store to be cached. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Applies specified configuration settings to a cached data store. - - A object containing cache configuration settings. - - - - Returns information that describes the structure of specified tables in a cached data store. - - An array of table names whose information should be retrieved. - An array of objects that describe the structure of the requested tables. - - - - Returns a list of all the tables available in a cached data store. - - true, to include views; otherwise, false - An array of the table names in the cached data store. - - - - The base class for data store providers (the objects providing access to specific data stores). - - - - - Returns which operations are performed when a data store is accessed for the first time. - - An enumeration value that specifies the action which is performed when a data store is accessed for the first time. - - - - Returns registered provider factories. - - An array of provider factories that are registered for the current data store. - - - - Creates a data store based on specified settings. - - An object which implements the interface. - An enumeration value which specifies the action which is performed when connecting to the created data store. The specified value initializes the data store's property. - A data store implementing the interface, which uses the connection to access a database. - - - - Creates a data store based on specified settings. - - A specifying the provider type. Normally, each provider returns its type via the XpoProviderTypeString property. - The connection string which is used to instantiate a connection provider. - An enumeration value which specifies the action which is performed when connecting to the created data store. The specified value initializes the data store's property. - An array of objects that implement the System.IDisposable interface. These objects are automatically disposed of when the created data store is disconnected. - A data store implementing the interface, which uses the connection to access a database. - - - - Registers a data store provider using a specified connection type name and a procedure that establishes a connection for the provider. - - A specifying a connection type name, including a namespace. For instance, the defines this parameter as "System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection". - A DataStoreCreationFromConnectionDelegate delegate to be called when the data store provider is created and connected to a database using a connection of the specified type. - - - - Registers a data store provider using a specified name and a procedure that establishes a connection for the provider. - - A that uniquely identifies a data store provider. - A DataStoreCreationFromStringDelegate delegate to be called when the data store provider is created and connected to a database using a connection string. - - - - Registers a specified data store provider factory. - - A ProviderFactory object exposing members required to create a data store provider. - - - - Updates a data store's schema according to specified settings. - - An array of tables whose structure should be saved in the data store. - - - - Returns a parameter name used to denote a provider type in a connection string. The default value is "XpoProvider". - - - - - - Enables operations performed by a specific object to be logged. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents a tracked data store. - A object that will log data-aware operations performed on the tracked data store - - - - Gets a writer that logs the data-aware operations performed on the tracked data store. - - A object that logs the data-aware operations performed on the tracked data store - - - - The schema of a column in a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the column's type. - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the name of the column data type. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the column type of the specified runtime type. - - A object that represents the exact runtime type. - A enumeration value that corresponds to the specified runtime type. - - - - Gets the column type of the specified runtime type. - - A object that represents the exact runtime type. - true to return the DBColumnType.Unknown value if the specified type cannot be identified; false to raise the exception. - A DevExpress.Xpo.DB.DBColumnType enumeration value that corresponds to the specified runtime type. - - - - Gets the runtime type of the specified column type. - - One of the enumeration values. - A object that represents the exact runtime type of the specified column type. - - - - true if the value of the column increments automatically; otherwise, false. The default value is false. - - - - - - true if the column is the key column; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - - Indicates whether values of the specified column type can be saved to a database. - - One of the enumeration values. - true if values of the specified column type can be saved to a database; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether values of the specified runtime type can be saved to a database. - - A object that represents the exact runtime type. - true if values of the specified type can be saved to a database; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the column's name. - - - - - - The maximum length of a text column. This is ignored for non-text columns. - - - - - - Lists the supported database column types. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the array data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates the data type. - - - - - Indicates a non-standard data type. - - - - - The foreign key of a table. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A collection of strings that specify the names of columns that function as foreign keys for a table. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the name of a primary key table. This value is assigned to the field. - A collection of strings that specify the names of columns that function as primary keys for a table. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - Specifies the name of a primary key table. - - - - - - A collection of strings that specify the names of columns that function as primary keys for a table. - - - - - - For internal use. An index of a table. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A collection of strings that identify the columns that function as primary keys for a table. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the index must be unique; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that is assigned to the property. - A collection of strings that identify columns that function as primary keys for a table. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the index must be unique; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - true if the index must be unique; otherwise, false. If the IsUnique field is set to true, an exception will be thrown when assigning an index that isn't unique. - - - - - - Stores a pair of values, specifying a along with its corresponding name. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. - A enumeration value. - - - - A value, specifying the database column name. - - - - - - Returns a value, specifying the name and type of the data table column (separated by a white space). - - A value. Example: "OrderDate DateTime". - - - - A value, specifying the database column type. - - - - - - The primary key of a table. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified columns that function as primary keys for a table. - - A collection of strings that identify columns that function as primary keys for a table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name and columns that function as primary keys for a table. - - A value that is assigned to the property. - A collection of strings that identify columns that function as primary keys for a table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - A stored procedure. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of a stored procedure's arguments. - - A collection of values. - - - - A value, specifying the stored procedure name. - - - - - - Provides access to the collection of a stored procedure's result sets. - - A collection of values. - - - - Returns the name. - - Always the value. - - - - Provides information about a stored procedure's parameter. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. - A enumeration value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - A value corresponding to an appropriate object. - - - - - - Returns a value, specifying the stored procedure's parameter direction (within brackets and in uppercase letters) along with the name and type of the parameter (separated by a white space). - - A value. Example: "[INOUT] OrderDate DateTime". - - - - Lists the directions available for a stored procedure's parameter. - - - - - Indicates an input parameter of a stored procedure. - - - - - Indicates a bidirectional parameter of a stored procedure. - - - - - Indicates an output parameter of a stored procedure. - - - - - A result set of a stored procedure. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A collection of values. - - - - Provides access to the list of data tables included in a stored procedure's result sets. - - A collection of values. - - - - Returns a value, specifying the number of data table columns included in the stored procedure's result set. - - A value. Example: "5 columns". - - - - A table that stores a persistent object's data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name. - - A value that specifies the table's name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Appends a column to the collection. - - A object that represents the column to be added to the collection. - - - - Appends a object to the collection. - - A object to be added to the collection. - - - - Appends a object to the collection. - - A object to be added to the collection. - - - - Provides access to the current 's column collection. - - A list of objects that represent the columns defined in the current DBTable. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the current 's foreign keys collection. - - A list of objects that represent the foreign keys defined in the current DBTable. - - - - Creates a new column with the specified name and appends it to the collection. - - A value that specifies the column's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the new column. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Provides access to the current 's indexes collection. - - A list of objects that represent the indexes defined for the current DBTable. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified object. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified object. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies the table's name. - - - - - - Specifies a object that represents a primary keys for the table. The primary key must be unique to identify the record in the table. It's also possible to have a table with a primary key made up of two or more columns. - - - - - - - - - - - - An abstract base class for , and . - - - - - Specifies a collection of strings that are the names of the columns comprising the object. In the descendant class, these columns are primary keys. In , these are foreign keys. In , these are columns comprising the index. - - - - - - This member supports the XPO Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Represents the delete statement. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the table. - A value that identifies the table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a string representation of the . - - A string representing the DeleteStatement. - - - - Contains classes that describe exceptions on the datastore level. - - - - - An exception that is thrown when a key or index constraint fails. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the SQL statement that raised the exception. - A string that specifies the parameters for the SQL statement. - An object that represents the inner error. - - - - An exception thrown because an attempt is made to modify a row in a database, but its version doesn't match the version of the row being posted. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - An exception that is thrown when a connection provider cannot identify the type of column to create a column in a data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The type of column that cannot be identified. - - - - Gets the type of column that cannot be identified. - - The type of column that cannot be identified. - - - - An exception that is thrown when the storage schema doesn't match the structure of persistent objects and the schema cannot be modified. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class . - - A SQL statement or the name of the object that raised this exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - A SQL statement or the name of an object that raised this exception. - - A SQL statement or the name of an object that raised this exception. - - - - An exception that is thrown when an unexpected error occurs during the execution of a SQL statement. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the SQL statement that raised the exception. - A string that specifies the parameters for the SQL statement. - An object that represents the inner error. - - - - Gets a string that represents the parameters for the current SQL statement. - - A string that represents the parameters for the SQL statement. - - - - Gets the SQL statement that raised the exception. - - A string that specifies the SQL statement which raised the exception. - - - - An exception that is thrown when a specific object cannot be created in a data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the type of the object that cannot be created. - A string that specifies the name of the object. - A string that specifies the name of the object's parent. - An object that represents the inner error. - - - - Gets the name of the object that cannot be created. - - The name of the object that cannot be created. - - - - Gets the type of the object that cannot be created. - - A string that specifies the type of the object that cannot be created. - - - - Gets the name of the parent which contains the object that cannot be created. - - The name of the parent. - - - - An exception that is thrown when a database either cannot be created or opened. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A connection string that is used to connect to the database. - An object that represents the inner error. - - - - Contains auxiliary (helper) classes that handle operations on data stores. - - - - - Base class for classes that implement data store caching. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - When implemented by a descendant class, applies specified configuration settings to a cached data store. - - A object containing cache configuration settings. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - The name of a category used to tag data cache operations in XPO logs. The default category name is "DataCache". - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - When implemented by a descendant class, resets or clears any cached information on data store tables (such as table update information and cached query results). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Contains configuration settings for cached data stores. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified caching scope settings. - - A enumeration value specifying the scope of tables. The specified value is used to initialize the property. - An array of table names used to determine the caching scope. The specified value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Specifies the scope of table settings in the current configuration. - - A enumeration value which identifies if tables specified via the property are included in or excluded from the caching scope. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns a shallow instance. - - A object instance with no configuration settings specified. - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies tables to be used to determine the caching scope of the current configuration. - - An array of table names specifying the tables to be included in or excluded from the caching scope. - - - - Lists the values that specify the scope of cache configuration settings in cached data stores. - - - - - All tables will be cached, regardless of their inclusion in the configuration settings. - - - - - Only tables specified in configuration settings will be cached. - - - - - All tables except for the tables specified in configuration settings will be cached. - - - - - A cached data store's Root element ( or ) state information stored in a Node element ( or ). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Information on the last state of a cached data store's Root element ( or ), including data modification results. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Information on the last state of a cached data store's Root element ( or ). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Information on the last state of a cached data store's Root element ( or ), including query results. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Information on the last state of a cached data store's Root element ( or ), including schema update results. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Information on the age of tables cached via a object. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - The interface for objects that need to interact with a cached data store. - - - - - Provides methods for transferring data between cached data store elements. - - - - - When implemented by a class, executes specified modification statements against a cached data store, notifies about affected tables and returns the operation result. - - A Root element's state stored by a specific cache Node. - An array of data modification statements. - A denoting the result of the data modifications. - - - - When implemented by a class, informs a cached data store's Root element ( or ) about specific modified tables. - - A Root element's state stored by a specific cache Node. - An array of table names specifying modified tables. - A object specifying a Root element's state. - - - - When implemented by a class, synchronizes table update information with a cached data store's Root element ( or ). - - A Root element's state stored by a specific cache Node. - A object specifying a Root element's state. - - - - When implemented by a class, fetches data from a cached data store using specified query statements and returns the operation result. - - A Root element's state stored by a specific cache Node. - An array of query statements. - A object denoting the result of the data fetch. - - - - When implemented by a class, updates a cached data store's schema according to specified settings and returns the operation result. - - A Root element's state stored by a specific cache Node. - An array of tables whose structure should be saved in the cached data store. - true if the schema should not be created if the table that corresponds to the first item in the tables array doesn't exist in the cached data store; otherwise, false. - An denoting the result of the update operation. - - - - The interface for objects that need to interact with a data store. - - - - - When implemented by a class, returns which operations are performed when a data store is accessed for the first time. - - An value that specifies which operations are performed when a data store is accessed for the first time. - - - - Updates data in a data store using the specified modification statements. - - An array of data modification statements. - The result of the data modifications. - - - - When implemented by a class, fetches data from a data store using the specified query statements. - - An array of statements to obtain data from the data store. - Data retrieved from the data store. - - - - When implemented by a class, updates the storage schema according to the specified class descriptions. - - true if the schema should not be created if the table that corresponds to the first item in the tables array doesn't exist in the data store. - An array of tables whose structure should be saved in the data store. - An value that specifies the result of the update operation. - - - - The interface for objects that need to interact with a data store asynchronously. - - - - - Uses specified modification statements to asynchronously update data in a data store. - - A CancellationToken object that delivers a cancellation notice to the running operation. - An array of data modification statements. - A Task that returns the data modification result. - - - - Uses specified query statements to asynchronously fetch data from a data store. - - A CancellationToken object that delivers a cancellation notice to the running operation. - An array of statements to obtain data from the data store. - A Task that returns data retrieved from the data store. - - - - Represents the insert statement. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the table. - A value that identifies the table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the name of an identity column in a table. - - - - - - Specifies the type of an identity column in a table. - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns a string representation of the . - - A string representing the InsertStatement. - - - - Represents the interface for objects that need to interact with SQL Server databases, - - - - - A object that specifies the connection to a data store, if the specified data store allows commands to be created. - - A object that specifies the connection to the data store, if the specified data store allows commands to be created. - - - - Creates a command if the data store allows commands to be created. - - A command that is executed when connected to a data store. - - - - Serves as a base for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - A object that represent the table. - A value that identifies the table. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value that specifies the join's type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - A value that identifies the table. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the criteria expression. - - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the column with the specified name. - - A value that specifies the column's name. - A object that represents the table column. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Provides access to the collection of sub nodes that is represented by a object. - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A that represents the current object. - - - - A enumeration value that specifies the join's type. - - - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A that represents the current object. - - - - Lists the values that specify the join type. - - - - - Represents an inner join. Inner joins (also known as equijoins) are used to combine information from two or more tables. - - - - - Includes all the records in which the linked field value in both tables is an exact match and every record in the primary for which there is no match. - - - - - Represents the result of an update operation on a data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - An array of identifiers. - - - - - - Serves as the base class for classes that represent modification statements. - - - - - Gets the collection of objects. - - - - - - Specifies the number of records to be modified. - - - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A that represents the current object. - - - - This class supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - Represents a query operand. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified column and alias name. - - A object representing the column that the query operand corresponds to. The name of this column is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the alias name of the table in a query. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified column name and alias name. - - A value that specifies the column's name. This value is assigned to the field. - A value that specifies the alias name of the table in a query. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the column's name. This value is assigned to the field. - A value that specifies the alias name of the table in a query. This value is assigned to the field. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the column's name - - - - - - The column type. - - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the alias name of the table in a query. - - - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes and populates a new instance of the class. - - An array of objects that are added to the collection. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a string representation of the . - - A string representing the QueryParameterCollection. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Represents the result of batch select queries made to a data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An array of objects that represent the result of select operations. - - - - The results of select query statements. To learn more, refer to How to: Access Data in SQL Query Results. - - - - - - Represents the select statement. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the table. - A value that identifies the table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the grouping expression that is represented by a descendant. - - - - - - Provides access to the that specifies the columns by which the result of the current should be grouped. - - A that specifies the columns by which the result of the current SelectStatement should be grouped. - - - - Specifies the number of records to exclude from the query result. - - - - - - Provides access to the collection. - - A object that represents the collection of objects. - - - - Specifies the maximum number of selected records. - - - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A that represents the current object. - - - - Represents the result of a single select query to a data store. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified collection of rows. - - An array of rows that represent the result of a single select query to a data store. Each row contains the values of the queried fields. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified collection of rows. - - A collection of rows that will be copied to the collection being created. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified rows. - - An array of objects that will be represented as the collection's elements. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - An array of rows that represent the result of a single select query to a data store. Each row contains the values of the queried fields. To learn more, refer to How to: Access Data in SQL Query Results. - - - - - - Represents a sorting column in a query. - - - - - Initializes a new class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property and sort direction. - - A descendant representing the query operand that identifies the sorted column in a query. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the column's sort order. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the name of the sorted column in a query. - A value that specifies the alias name of the table in the query. - A enumeration value which specifies the column's sort order. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the column's sort order. - - A enumeration value which specifies the column's sort order. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or set the query operand that identifies the sorted column in a query. - - A descendant representing the query operand that identifies the sorted column in a query. - - - - Lists the values that specify the sort order. - - - - - A property (column) is sorted in ascending order. - - - - - A property (column) is sorted in descending order. - - - - - Lists the values that specify the result of the data store schema update operation. - - - - - Indicates that the table that corresponds to the first item doesn't exist in the data store. - - - - - Indicates that the database schema exists. - - - - - Represents the update statement. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the table. - A value that identifies the table. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a string representation of the . - - A string representing the UpdateStatement. - - - - - - - - - An interface for objects that need to accept and execute commands. All XPO layers implement this interface. - - - - - Accepts and executes a specified command with arguments. - - A command to be accepted and executed. - Arguments the command accepts. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - An interface for objects that need to accept and execute commands asynchronously. All XPO layers implement this interface. - - - - - Asynchronously accepts and executes a specified command with arguments. - - A command to be accepted and executed. - Arguments the command accepts. - A CancellationToken object that delivers a cancellation notice to the running operation. - A Task that returns an object. This object is the operation result. - - - - An element in the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that represents the expression used to sort values. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the property's sort order. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a property name to sort against and the sort order. - - A value which specifies the name of the property to sort against. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the property's sort order. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the property's sort order. - - A enumeration value which specifies the property's sort order. - - - - Gets or sets the expression used to sort values. - - A object that represents the expression used to sort values. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the property to sort against. - - A value which specifies the name of the property that identifies the sorted column in a data store. This value is case-sensitive. - - - - Contains editor classes. They provide the functionality for corresponding controls. Editor specific information is stored within the Persistent classes that are implemented in the namespace. - - - - - Contains classes that support the error handling mechanism. - - - - - Encapsulates error information on a specific property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified error information. - - A string that specifies the error text. This value is used to initialize the property. - An error type. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the error text associated with the current property name. - - A string that represents the error text. - - - - Gets or sets the type of error associated with the current property name. - - An value that represents the error type. - - - - Enumerates error icon types. - - - - - The 'Critical Error' icon: - - - - - The default error icon specified by the property: The event is not raised when an error of the Default type is assigned to an editor. - - - - - The 'Information' icon: - - - - - Indicates that no error is associated with an editor or a cell. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - A user-defined icon to be provided via the event. - - - - - The 'Warning' icon: - - - - - Provides methods to return error information for a business object's properties. - - - - - When implemented by a class, this method returns information on an error associated with a business object. - - An object that contains information on an error. - - - - When implemented by a class, this method returns information on an error associated with a specific business object's property. - - A string that identifies the name of the property for which information on an error is to be returned. - An object that contains information on an error. - - - - Contains values that specify if filters against List properties can be created. - - - - - Allows filters to be created against properties that are List objects. - - - - - Allows filters to be created against properties that are List objects, and against the List's children. - - - - - Doesn't allow filters to be created against List properties and against their children. - - - - - Enumerates filters that identify certain dates and date intervals. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month in three months time and beyond. - - - - - Dates that follow the current year. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month seven months ago and earlier. - - - - - Dates of the current month that are prior to the previous week. - - - - - Dates of the current week that are prior to yesterday. - - - - - Dates of the current year that are prior to the current month. - - - - - Does not specify any condition. - - - - - Dates of the previous week. - - - - - Dates of the current month that follow the next week. - - - - - Dates of the current week starting from the day after tomorrow. - - - - - Dates of the current year starting from the following month. - - - - - Dates that belong to the following month. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month in two months time. - - - - - Dates that belong to the previous month. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month two months ago. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month three months ago. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month four months ago. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month five months ago. - - - - - Dates that belong to the month six months ago. - - - - - Dates that belong to the following week. - - - - - Does not specify any condition. - - - - - Dates that are prior to the current year. - - - - - Not supported when setting the property. - - - - - Dates that belong to the current month. - - - - - Dates that belong to the current week. - - - - - Today. - - - - - Tomorrow. - - - - - Not supported when setting the property. - - - - - Yesterday. - - - - - The interface that a Range Control Client must implement to be embedded in Range Control ( or ). - - - - - This method is fired when the RangeControl's state, size or settings are changed. - - A Rectangle that specifies the bounds of the Range Control's viewport. - - - - - - - - - - - - Renders the Range Control's viewport. - - A RangeControlPaintEventArgs value that contains data to paint the viewport. - - - - This method allows you to manually draw the ruler. It returns a value indicating whether the ruler has been drawn. - - A RangeControlPaintEventArgs value that contains data to paint the ruler. - true if the Client draws the ruler itself; false if the ruler is painted by the Range Control. - - - - - - - - - - Converts a ruler's regular value (between the total range's Minimum and Maximum) into a normalized value (between 0 and 1). - - A ruler's regular value (between the total range's Minimum and Maximum) - A ruler's normalized value (between 0 and 1). - - - - The method should return an object that exposes the Client's customization options for the Range Control. - - An object that exposes the Client's customization options for the Range Control. - - - - This method should return custom ruler values if these values are not equally spaced. - - A RulerInfoArgs object that contains the ruler related information. - A list of ruler values; null if the ruler has equally spaced increments specified by the property. - - - - Converts a ruler's normalized value (between 0 and 1) into a regular value (between the total range's Minimum and Maximum). - - A ruler's normalized value (between 0 and 1). - A ruler's regular value (between the total range's Minimum and Maximum). - - - - This property should specify the description of the Client's current invalid state. - - A string that is the description of the Client's current invalid state. - - - - This property should return a value indicating whether the Range Control must reserve space to paint the ruler. - - true if the Range Control must not reserve space to paint the ruler; otherwise, false. - - - - This property should indicate whether the Client's state is valid and the Client should render itself within the viewport. - - true if the Client's state is valid and the Client should render itself within the viewport; false if the message should be painted within the viewport. - - - - This method indicates whether the specified type of ruler values is supported. - - The type of ruler values being checked. - true if the specified type is supported; otherwise, false. - - - - This property should return the normalized distance between the ruler's adjacent tickmarks. - - An object that identifies the normalized distance between the ruler's adjacent tickmarks. - - - - This method is called when an end-user clicks within the Range Control's viewport. - - A RangeControlHitInfo object that allows you to identify the clicked element. - - - - This method is called by the Range Control to notify the Client that the range has been changed. - - The minimum value of the new range. - The maximum value of the new range. - - - - - - - - - - This method is called when the Range Control's size is changed. - - - - - This property returns the bottom indent of the selection area within the viewport. - - The bottom indent of the selection area within the viewport. - - - - This property returns the top indent of the selection area within the viewport. - - The top indent of the selection area within the viewport. - - - - This event must fire when the Client's range setting is changed. - - - - - This property returns the distance between the ruler's adjacent tickmarks. - - An object that identifies the distance between the ruler's adjacent tickmarks. - - - - Returns the text representation of ruler values - - The zero-based index of a specific ruler value. - A string that is the text representation of the specified ruler value. - - - - This method returns a value indicating whether the Client supports the horizontal and/or vertical orientations. - - An orientation to be checked. - true if the Client supports the specified orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - This method is fired when you move the mouse cursor over the viewport. - - A RangeControlHitInfo object that contains information on the point being hovered over. - - - - This method is fired when you press the mouse button within the viewport (without releasing the mouse button). - - A RangeControlHitInfo object that contains information on the point being pressed. - - - - Validates a range when it is changed. - - A NormalizedRangeInfo object that contains information on the current range. - - - - Validates a scale(zoom) factor. - - A double value that is the new scale factor that is about to be applied. - The valid scale factor. - - - - - - - - - - - Contains information on a range of data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified range bounds. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the end bound of a range. - - The end bound of a range. - - - - Gets or sets the start bound of a range. - - The start bound of a range. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Contains classes that provide information about the grid control, grid levels and implement the functionality for summaries, styles and style conditions. - - - - - Contains values that specify how a column's data is filtered via the auto filter row and filter dropdown. - - - - - A column's data is filtered by the display text. - - - - - A column's data is filtered by the edit values. - - - - - Lists the values that specify how the data rows are combined into groups when in grouping mode. - - - - - Rows are grouped by the character that grouping column values start with. - - - - - This option is in effect only for columns that store date/time values. Rows are grouped by the date part of their values, the time portion is ignored in this grouping mode. - - - - - This option is in effect only for columns that store date/time values. Rows are grouped by the month part of their values. - - - - - This option is in effect for columns that store date/time values. Rows are combined into the following non-overlapping groups according to their date value as compared with today's date: "Beyond Next Month", "Next Month", "Later this Month", "Three Weeks Away", "Two Weeks Away", "Next Week", "Today", "Tomorrow", "Yesterday", "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday", "Last Week", "Two Weeks Ago", "Three Weeks Ago", "Earlier this Month", "Last Month", "Older". - - - - - This option is in effect only for columns that store date/time values. Rows are grouped by the year part of their values. - - - - - For columns which store date/time values, this option is the same as the option. For non date/time columns this option is the same as the option. - - - - - Rows are grouped by display values of the grouping column.In specific instances, column cells can have different edit values, but the same display value. To combine these rows into the same group, use the DisplayText group mode. - - - - - Rows are grouped by values of grouping columns. The number of groups matches the number of unique values within the grouping column.For date/time columns, both the date and time portions are taken into account for value comparison. To specify how date/time values are presented in group rows in WinForms Data Grid, apply formatting to the grouping column (e.g., with the property). - - - - - Lists the values that specify how a column's data should be sorted. - - - - - Enables custom sorting of a column's data. To implement custom sorting, handle the event in the GridControl, and the event in the TreeList.In the GridControl, the Custom mode also enables custom grouping of rows when grouping is applied against the current column. To implement custom grouping, handle the event. - - - - - Sorts the column's data according to the type of the editor assigned to the column. The Default option is equivalent to DisplayText for columns that use , and HypertextLabel () in-place editors.The Default option is equivalent to Value for other columns. Note that for certain editors (, , etc) the edit values match the display values. - - - - - Sorts the column's data by the column's display text (the strings displayed within the column's cells). - - - - - Sorts the column's data by the column's edit values (these are synchronized with the bound data source's values). - - - - - Contains classes that provide the basic functionality for the XtraPrinting library (bricks, pages, document). - - - - - Lists the values used to specify the border's dash style for an . - - - - - Specifies a line consisting of dashes. - - - - - Specifies a line consisting of a repeating dash-dot pattern. Not supported in HTML (becomes visible as Dash) - - - - - Specifies a line consisting of a repeating dash-dot-dot pattern. Not supported in HTML (becomes visible as Dash) - - - - - Specifies a line consisting of dots. - - - - - Specifies a double solid line. - - - - - Specifies a solid line. - - - - - Specifies the borders displayed around a brick. - - - - - Applies all borders to a brick. - - - - - Applies the bottom border to a brick. - - - - - Applies the left border to a brick. - - - - - No borders are applied to a brick. - - - - - Applies the right border to a brick. - - - - - Applies the top border to a brick. - - - - - Specifies brick alignment relative to its layout rectangle. - - - - - Specifies whether a brick is aligned by the center of the layout rectangle. - - - - - Specifies whether a brick is aligned away from the original position of the layout rectangle. - - - - - Specifies that the text shall be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. - - - - - Cancels brick alignment. - - - - - Specifies the border style for a brick. - - - - - The borders are drawn over the contour of the brick's rectangle, so that they are partially inside and outside of the brick. - - - - - The borders are drawn inside the brick's rectangle. - - - - - The borders are drawn outside the brick's rectangle. - - - - - Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) and display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the values of the specified source brick string format. - - A object whose values are used to initialize the item being created. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the values of the specified source brick string format. It also uses the specified text and line alignment settings. - - A object whose values are used to initialize the item being created. - A enumeration value representing text alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing line alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the values of the specified source brick string format. It also uses the specified formatting settings. - - A object whose values are used to initialize the item being created. - A enumeration value that represents formatting settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the values of the specified source brick string format. It also uses the specified trimming settings. - - A object whose values are used to initialize the item being created. - A enumeration value representing the trimming mode. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified string alignment. - - A enumeration value representing text alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and line alignment. - - A enumeration value representing text alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing line alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and line alignment, formatting settings, hotkey prefix and trimming mode. - - A enumeration value representing text alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing line alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value that represents formatting settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing the hotkey prefix. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing the trimming mode. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object from which to initialize a new object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified formatting information. - - A enumeration value representing formatting information. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified formatting information, text and line alignment settings. - - A enumeration value representing formatting information. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing text alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value representing line alignment settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets text alignment information. - - A StringAlignment enumeration value that specifies text alignment information. - - - - Returns a object cloned from the current object, with the new string alignment applied. - - A enumeration value, representing new string alignment. - A cloned object. - - - - Returns a object cloned from the current object, with the new string and line alignment applied. - - A enumeration value, representing new string alignment. - A enumeration value, representing new line alignment. - A cloned object. - - - - Returns a object cloned from the current object. - - A StringFormatFlags enumeration value containing formatting information. - A cloned object. - - - - Returns a object cloned from the current object. - - A StringAlignment enumeration value representing line alignment. - A cloned object. - - - - Creates an exact copy of the object. - - A object created by this method. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - true to enable word-wrapping; otherwise, false. - A new instance with the specified values. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - true to enable word-wrapping; otherwise, false. - A enumeration value. - A new instance with the specified values. - - - - Creates a instance with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - true, to use the word wrap feature; otherwise false. - A enumeration value. - true, to use the right-to-left text orientation; otherwise false. - A value. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - A enumeration value. - A enumeration value. - A new instance with the specified values. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. - - A StringFormatFlags enumeration that contains formatting information. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets the object for this object. - - A enumeration value which represents the hotkey prefix for this object. - - - - Gets or sets line alignment. - - A StringAlignment enumeration value that represents line alignment information. - - - - Gets or sets a prototype string format for the current string format. - - A enumeration value which specifies the prototype string format. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether or not the right-to-left orientation is used. - - true, if the text orientation is right-to-left; otherwise false. - - - - Gets text trimming mode. - - A enumeration value that specifies text trimming mode. - - - - Gets the StringFormat instance representing current text formatting. - - Current text formatting. - - - - Gets a value, specifying whether or not word-wrapping is available for the brick's text. - - true if the word-wrapping is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the prototype string format for the . - - - - - The current string format is based on the default string format. - - - - - The current string format is based on the generic default string format. - - - - - The current string format is based on the generic typographic string format. - - - - - Represents a report drawing style. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value, specifying the visible brick borders. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the border width. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure, specifying the border color. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure, specifying the background color. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure, specifying the foreground color. This value is assigned to the property. - A object, specifying the font settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A object, specifying the text format. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object whose settings are used to initialize the created object's properties. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified dpi value. - - A value which specifies the dpi value for the 's padding. - - - - Gets or sets the background color. - - A Color representing the background color. - - - - Gets or sets the border color. - - A Color representing the border color. - - - - Specifies the dash style for the brick's border. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the border style of a brick. - - A enumeration value that represents the border style of a brick. - - - - Gets or sets the border width. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the string value used to support serialization of the property. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Creates the instance with the defaul settings. - - A object representing a new brick style. - - - - Gets the object whose properties are set to their default values. - - A object representing a report drawing style. - - - - Gets the default font for a brick style. - - The default font for a brick style. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the specified width of the specified borders. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - One or more enumeration values, specifying which sides of a brick have borders. - A value which specifies the width of borders. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the specified width of the specified borders using the specified border style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - One or more enumeration values, specifying which sides of a brick have borders. - A value which specifies the width of borders. - A enumeration value that specifies the brick style. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the width of borders represented by this brick style, and optionally applies the current border style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - One or more enumeration values, specifying which sides of a brick have borders. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the width of borders before deflating. - true to apply the current border style; otherwise, false. The current border style can be accessed via the property. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the width of borders represented by this brick style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the width of borders before deflating. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the width of borders represented by this brick style, and optionally applies the current border style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the width of borders before deflating. - true to apply the current border style; otherwise, false. The current border style can be accessed via the property. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the Font used to display text. - - The Font used to display text. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color. - - The foreground color. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Inflates the specified rectangle by the specified width of specified borders. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be inflated. - A enumeration value that specifies which sides of a brick have borders. - A value which specifies the width of borders. - A value that represents the inflated rectangle. - - - - Inflates the specified rectangle by the specified width of specified borders using the specified border style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be inflated. - A enumeration value that specifies which sides of a brick have borders. - A value which specifies the width of borders. - A enumeration value that specifies the brick style. - A value that represents the inflated rectangle. - - - - Inflates the specified rectangle by the width of borders represented by this brick style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the width of borders before inflating. - A value that represents the inflated rectangle. - - - - Inflates the specified rectangle by the width of borders represented by this brick style, and optionally applies the current border style. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the width of borders before inflating. - true to apply the current border style; otherwise, false. The current border style can be accessed via the property. - A value that represents the inflated rectangle. - - - - For internal use. - - A structure. - A value. - A Boolean value. - A enumeration value. - A structure. - - - - Specifies whether or not the brick's alignment is justified. - - true is the brick has a justified alignment; otherwise false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the brick style paints a transparent brick. - - true if the brick will be painted as transparent; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the brick style is valid. - - true if the current brick style is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the padding values of a brick. - - A object which contains the padding values of a brick. - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets all border settings. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Resets the property value. - - - - - Rescales the brick style to the specified ratio. - - A value specifying the ratio to rescale the brick style. - A object which represents the brick style with the scaling applied. - - - - Sets the brick's alignment. - - A enumeration value. - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets a value defining which borders of the current brick are visible. - - A enumerator value, defining visible brick borders. - - - - Gets or sets a instance specifying text formatting and layout. - - A specifying text formatting and layout. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the text in the brick. - - One of the enumeration's values that specifies how the text is aligned in the brick. - - - - Provides data for the BeforeChange and AfterChange events of the class and the interface. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its property to a specified value. - - A value, specifying the event name. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.ChangeEventArgs.EventInfo class with the specified name and value and adds it to the collection. - - A specifying the event's name. - An specifying the value of the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.ChangeEventArgs.EventInfo object. - - - - Gets the event name that initiated a ChangeEvent. - - The event name that initiated a ChangeEvent. - - - - Returns an object, containing information about the event with the specified name. - - A specifying the event name. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.ChangeEventArgs.EventInfo object with the specified name. - - - - A method that will handle the BeforeChange and AfterChange events of the class and the interface. - - The event source. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Contains classes and interfaces that implement printing of visual data nodes. - - - - - Specifies how groups of records should be split across pages, if required. - - - - - A group is printed so that it is split across several pages, if there isn't enough space on a page to print the entire group. - - - - - A group is printed entirely on a single page (including its group header, rows and footer). This means that if there isn't enough space on a page to print the entire group, this group is printed on the following page. - - - - - A group is split across several pages "as is". However, if there isn't enough space on a page to print a Group Header together with the following group row, they both are moved to the next page, so that a Group Header is never printed on a page alone (with no group rows below it). - - - - - For internal use. Exposes the printable content of a control to the DXPrinting engine. - - - - - If implemented by a class, returns the total number of detail rows. - - An integer value specifying the total detail count. - - - - Lists the available export formats. - - - - - The document is exported in the CSV format. - - - - - The document is exported in the DOCX format. - - - - - The document is exported in the HTML format. - - - - - The document is exported in an image format. - - - - - The document is exported in the MHT format. - - - - - The document is exported in the PDF format. - - - - - The document is exported in the RTF format. - - - - - The document is exported in the text format. - - - - - The document is exported in the XLS format. - - - - - The document is exported in the XLSX format. - - - - - Enables you to calculate the DPI values associated with specific units of measure (and vice versa). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - 96f - - - - - - 75f - - - - - - 300f - - - - - - Converts the specified DPI value to a corresponding unit of measure. - - A value. - A enumeration value. - - - - 914400f - - - - - - Gets the DPI value corresponding to the unit of measure of the specified Graphics object. - - A object. - A value. - - - - - - - - - - - 100f - - - - - - 1f - - - - - - 25.4f - - - - - - 96f - - - - - - 72f - - - - - - 254f - - - - - - 1440f - - - - - - Converts the specified unit of measure to a corresponding DPI value. - - A enumeration value. - A value. - - - - Converts the specified unit of measure to a corresponding DPI value. - - A enumeration value. - A value. - - - - Returns a string value, identifying the specified unit of measure. - - A enumeration value. - A value. - - - - Enables you to convert values that are calculated in some measure units to different measure units. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Adjusts the document margins calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - - - - Adjusts the document margins calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.RectangleDF structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.RectangleDF structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.RectangleDF structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.RectangleDF structure. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the document margins calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A object. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A object. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A structure. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the integer value calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - An integer value. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - An integer value. - - - - Adjusts the floating-point value calculated for the specified unit of measure according to a new unit of measure. - - A value. - A enumeration value, specifying the initial unit of measure. - A enumeration value, specifying the required unit of measure. - A value. - - - - Adjusts the floating-point value calculated for the specified DPI according to a new DPI. - - A value. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A value. - - - - Converts the location and size of a rectangle calculated in device-independent pixels (DIP) to a value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the size calculated in device-independent pixels (DIP) to a size calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the floating-point value calculated in device-independent pixels (DIP) to a value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A value. - A value. - - - - Converts the location and size of a rectangle calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in device-independent pixels (DIP). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the floating-point value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in device-independent pixels (DIP). - - A value. - A value. - - - - Converts the document margins calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in pixels. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object. - - - - Converts the coordinates of a point calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in pixels. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the location and size of a rectangle calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in pixels. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the size calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a size calculated in pixels. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the floating-point value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch) to a value calculated in pixels. - - A value. - A value. - - - - Converts the coordinates of a point calculated in pixels to a value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the location and size of a rectangle calculated in pixels to a value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the size calculated in pixels to a size calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Converts the floating-point value calculated in pixels to a value calculated in document units (measured in 1/300 of an inch). - - A value. - A value. - - - - Adjusts the floating-point coordinates of a point to the nearest integer values. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the floating-point dimensions of a rectangle to the nearest integer values. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Lists the available horizontal content splitting modes. - - - - - When the brick dimensions do not fit into the bottom page margin, the rest of the brick content is split across two pages. - - - - - When the brick dimensions do not fit into the bottom page margin, the brick content is moved to a new page in its entirety. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - When implemented by a class, creates report elements (bricks) for a specific area. - - The name of the report area (section) for which elements should be created. - An object implementing the interface, which is a graphical surface on which report elements will be drawn. - - - - If implemented by a class, finalizes the printing of the report. - - An object implementing the interface used to print a control. - An object implementing the interface, which refers to a control. - - - - When implemented by a class, initializes a control for report creation. - - An object implementing the interface used to print a control. - An object implementing the interface which refers to a control. - - - - Provides the basic functionality to draw visual bricks and specify their properties. - - - - - Obtains the Hashtable collection of properties for the class that implements the interface. - - A Hashtable object that contains properties of the class that implements the interface. - - - - Sets property values for the class which implements the interface -based on the specified Hashtable object. - - Identifies the Hashtable collection of property names and values that must be set. - - - - Sets property values for the class which implements the interface based on the specified properties array. - - A two-dimesional array that identifies property names and values to set. - - - - Provides basic report drawing functions. - - - - - If implemented by a class, gets and sets the default style for bricks. - - The default style for bricks. - - - - If implemented by a class, adds a brick to a report. - - The brick to be added to a report. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick. - The brick added to a report. - - - - If implemented by a class, raises the ModifierChanged event. - - - - - Provides the basic functionality to create documents that are ready to print. - - - - - If implemented by a class, initiates report generation. - - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a document from the link, so the document can be displayed or printed. - - A Boolean value. This value is ignored and has no effect on the document creation process. - - - - Provides access to a link's printing system. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Specifies the alignment of a displayed image in relation to the container control's boundaries. - - - - - An image is aligned to the bottom side of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the bottom left corner of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the bottom right corner of a control. - - - - - The default image alignment is used. - - - - - An image is aligned to the middle of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the left side of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the right side of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the top side of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the top left corner of a control. - - - - - An image is aligned to the top right corner of a control. - - - - - Specifies how an image is positioned within a Picture Box. - - - - - The Picture Box size is adjusted to that of the image it contains. - - - - - This option is obsolete. To achieve the same result, set the property of a Picture Box to and the property to . - - - - - The image is placed in the upper-left corner of the Picture Box. The image is clipped if it does not fit into the control's bounds. - - - - - If the Picture Box dimensions exceed that of the image it contains, the image is centered and shown full-size. Otherwise, the image is resized to fit into the control's dimensions. - - - - - The image is stretched or shrunk to fit into the current Picture Box dimensions. - - - - - The image is replicated within the Picture Box starting from the upper-left corner. The image is clipped if it does not fit into the control's dimensions. - - - - - The image is sized proportionally (without clipping), so that it fits best within the Picture Box dimensions. If the height-to-width ratio of the control and the image are equal, the image will be resized to exactly fit into the control's dimensions. -Otherwise, the closest matching image side (height or width) will be sized to the control, and the other side will be sized proportionally (possibly leaving empty space within the control). - - - - - Defines methods to print different controls using the XtraPrinting Library. - - - - - If implemented by a class, applies all changes made by the Property editor when implemented by a class. - - - - - If implemented by a class, determines whether the created print document contains intersected bricks. - - true if the class creates intersected bricks; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented by a class, determines whether the class provides the Property editor form. - - true, if the class provides the Property editor; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented by a class, returns a form which allows a user to set printing properties when implemented by a class. - - The Property editor form that allows customizing printing properties of a control. - - - - If implemented by a class, cancels changes made by a user in the Property editor when implemented by a class. - - - - - If implemented by a class, invokes the help system for the Property editor when implemented by a class. - - - - - If implemented by a class, determines whether the help system is available for the Property editor when implemented by a class . - - true if the help system is available for the Property editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides the base functionality of the XtraPrinting Library. - - - - - Occurs after certain properties of the object have been changed. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, gets or sets the number of virtual pages which should be placed on one physical page, so their total width is the same as the width of a physical page. - - An integer value which represents the number of pages. - - - - Occurs before certain properties of the object are changed. - - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a brick by its type name. - - A specifying the type name of the brick to be created. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - If implemented by a class, creates an image brick. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IImageBrick interface. - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a panel brick. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IPanelBrick interface. - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a progress bar brick. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IPanelBrick interface. - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a rich text brick. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IRichTextBrick interface. - - - - If implemented by a class, creates a text brick. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IPanelBrick interface. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, contains a collection of images to be cached when creating a document. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.ImagesContainer object. - - - - If implemented by a class, inserts a page break at a specified position. - - A value which specifies the position to insert a page break. - - - - If implemented by a class, changes the visibility of the specified printing system command. - - A object specifying the command whose visibility needs to be changed. - One of the enumeration values specifying a new visibility state for the command. - - - - Identifies the XtraPrinting Library version. - - A text string representing XtraPrinting Library's version info. - - - - Contains classes and enumerations that are intended to localize the User Interface of the XtraPrinting Library. - - - - - A base class that provides necessary functionality for custom localizers of the Printing-Exporting Library. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies a localizer object providing localization of the XtraPrinting Library interface at runtime. - - An descendant, used to localize the user interface at runtime. - - - - Returns a Localizer object storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object, storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - - - For internal use. Returns a Localizer object storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object, storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - - - Returns a localized string for the given string identifier. - - A enumeration value, identifying the string to localize. - A value, corresponding to the specified identifier. - - - - A default localizer to translate the XtraPrinting's resources. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Contains values corresponding to strings that can be localized for the print preview. - - - - - "Main Menu" - - - - - "Status Bar" - - - - - "Toolbar" - - - - - "Apply" - - - - - "Cancel" - - - - - "Help" - - - - - "OK" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - "Date-Time" - - - - - "Letters" - - - - - "Numeric" - - - - - "Date" - - - - - "Fixed-Point" - - - - - "Fixed-Point Positive" - - - - - "Image" - - - - - "Image and Signature" - - - - - "Integer" - - - - - "Integer Positive" - - - - - "Only Latin Letters" - - - - - "Only Letters" - - - - - "Only Lowercase Letters" - - - - - "Only Uppercase Letters" - - - - - "Signature" - - - - - "From" - - - - - "Confirmation password does not match. Please start over and enter the password again." - - - - - "Confirm Document Open Password" - - - - - "Document Open Pa&ssword:" - - - - - "Please confirm the Document Open Password. Be sure to make a note of the password. It will be required to open the document." - - - - - "Confirm Permissions Password" - - - - - "&Permissions Password:" - - - - - "Please confirm the Permissions Password. Be sure to make a note of the password. You will need it to change these settings in the future." - - - - - "(Using System Separator)" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Export watermarks" - - - - - "Keep row height" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Table layout" - - - - - "Character set:" - - - - - "Embed images in HTML" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Different files" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Export watermarks" - - - - - "Page border color:" - - - - - "Page border width:" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Remove carriage returns" - - - - - "Table layout" - - - - - "Title:" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Different files" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Image format:" - - - - - "Page border color:" - - - - - "Page border width:" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Resolution (dpi):" - - - - - "Compressed" - - - - - "PDF/A Compatibility:" - - - - - "None" - - - - - "PDF/A-1b" - - - - - "PDF/A-2b" - - - - - "PDF/A-3b" - - - - - "Any except extracting pages" - - - - - "Commenting, filling in form fields, and signing existing signature fields" - - - - - "Filling in form fields and signing existing signature fields" - - - - - "Inserting, deleting and rotating pages" - - - - - "None" - - - - - "Convert Images to Jpeg" - - - - - "Application:" - - - - - "Author:" - - - - - "Keywords:" - - - - - "Subject:" - - - - - "Title:" - - - - - "Export editing fields to AcroForms" - - - - - "Images quality:" - - - - - "High" - - - - - "Highest" - - - - - "Low" - - - - - "Lowest" - - - - - "Medium" - - - - - "Don't embed these fonts:" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Password Security:" - - - - - "Document Open Password" - - - - - "(none)" - - - - - "Permissions" - - - - - "High Resolution" - - - - - "Low Resolution (150 dpi)" - - - - - "None" - - - - - "Show print dialog on open" - - - - - "None" - - - - - "Issuer:" - - - - - "Valid From: {0:d} to {1:d}" - - - - - "Digital Signature:" - - - - - "Certificate" - - - - - "Contact Info" - - - - - "Location" - - - - - "(none)" - - - - - "Reason" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Export watermarks" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Encoding:" - - - - - "Text export mode:" - - - - - "Text" - - - - - "Value" - - - - - "Quote strings with separators" - - - - - "Text separator:" - - - - - "TAB" - - - - - "Export hyperlinks" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Different files" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Raw data mode" - - - - - "Sheet name:" - - - - - "Show grid lines" - - - - - "Export mode:" - - - - - "Different files" - - - - - "Single file" - - - - - "Single file page-by-page" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "Compression:" - - - - - "Fast" - - - - - "Maximum" - - - - - "Normal" - - - - - "Not compressed" - - - - - "Super fast" - - - - - "Category:" - - - - - "Creator:" - - - - - "Description:" - - - - - "Keywords:" - - - - - "Subject:" - - - - - "Title:" - - - - - "Version:" - - - - - "Page range:" - - - - - "CSV Export Options" - - - - - "DOCX Export Options" - - - - - "HTML Export Options" - - - - - "Image Export Options" - - - - - "MHT Export Options" - - - - - "Native Format Options" - - - - - "PDF Export Options" - - - - - "RTF Export Options" - - - - - "Text Export Options" - - - - - "XLS Export Options" - - - - - "XLSX Export Options" - - - - - "XPS Export Options" - - - - - "Select a folder to save the exported document to:" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - "Bottom Margin" - - - - - "Inch" - - - - - "Left Margin" - - - - - "mm" - - - - - - - - - - ""Right Margin"" - - - - - "Top Margin" - - - - - "&Color..." - - - - - "&Background" - - - - - "Copy" - - - - - "CSV File" - - - - - "DOCX File" - - - - - "E&xit" - - - - - "&Export To" - - - - - "&File" - - - - - "Image File" - - - - - "HTML File" - - - - - "MHT File" - - - - - "&Page Layout" - - - - - "Page Set&up..." - - - - - "PDF File" - - - - - "&Print..." - - - - - "P&rint" - - - - - "Print..." - - - - - "RTF File" - - - - - "Sen&d As" - - - - - "Text File" - - - - - "&View" - - - - - "&Continuous" - - - - - "&Facing" - - - - - "&Statusbar" - - - - - "&Toolbar" - - - - - "&Watermark..." - - - - - "XLS File" - - - - - "XLSX File" - - - - - "Page Width" - - - - - "Text Width" - - - - - "Two Pages" - - - - - "Whole Page" - - - - - "Pages" - - - - - "The output file is too big. Please try to reduce the image resolution,\r\nor choose another export mode." - - - - - "The output file is too big. Try to reduce the number of its pages, or split it into several documents." - - - - - "The output file is too big to create a JPEG file. Please choose another image format or another export mode." - - - - - "The process cannot access the file "{0}" because it is being used by another process." - - - - - - - - - - "Cannot perform the specified task. The following library is missing: "{0}"" - - - - - "The specified file cannot be loaded, because it either does not contain valid XML data or exceeds the allowed size." - - - - - "Control's boundaries are too small for the barcode" - - - - - "Printing" - - - - - "Creating the document..." - - - - - "Warning!" - - - - - "The document does not contain any pages." - - - - - - - - - - "Error" - - - - - "Exporting the document..." - - - - - "The output file already exists. Click OK to overwrite." - - - - - "The specified file doesn't contain valid XML data in the PRNX format. Loading is stopped." - - - - - "The specified file doesn't have a PRNX extension. Proceed anyway?" - - - - - "File "{0}" is set to read-only, try again with a different file name." - - - - - "The font size cannot be set to zero or a negative number" - - - - - "There is no page numbered {0} in this document." - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - "This is not a valid page range" - - - - - "The number must be between {0} and {1}." - - - - - "Cannot find the specified path." - - - - - "Binary data can't be longer than 1033 bytes." - - - - - "There are invalid characters in the text" - - - - - "Invalid text format" - - - - - "This is not a valid measurement." - - - - - "Invalid property name" - - - - - "No printers installed." - - - - - "A document can't be exported to a stream in the DifferentFiles mode. Use the SingleFile or SingleFilePageByPage mode instead." - - - - - "The specified parameters does not exist: {0}." - - - - - "This font is not yet supported" - - - - - "The "{0}" cannot be used since this could be an unsupported OpenType font." - - - - - "Do you want to open this file?" - - - - - "Export" - - - - - "One or more margins are set outside the printable area of the page. Continue?" - - - - - "The path is too long.\r\nTry a shorter name." - - - - - "Search" - - - - - "The separator cannot be an empty string." - - - - - "The net printer is unavailable." - - - - - - - - - - "The current printer doesn't support the selected paper size.\r\nProceed with printing anyway?" - - - - - "The printer name is invalid. Please check the printer settings." - - - - - "An error occurred during printing a document." - - - - - "The created XLS file is too big for the XLS format, because it contains more than 256 columns.\r\nPlease try to use the XLSX format, instead." - - - - - "The created XLS file is too big for the XLS format, because it contains more than 65,536 rows.\r\nPlease try to use the XLSX format, instead." - - - - - "The created XLSX file is too big for the XLSX format, because it contains more than 16,384 columns.\r\nPlease try to reduce the amount of columns in your report and export the report to XLSX again." - - - - - "The created XLSX file is too big for the XLSX format, because it contains more than 1,048,576 rows.\r\nPlease try to reduce the amount of rows in your report and export the report to XLSX again." - - - - - "{0} on {1}" - - - - - "(none)" - - - - - "Preview Document Files (*{0})|*{0}|All Files (*.*)|*.*" - - - - - "Open" - - - - - "[Date Printed]" - - - - - "[Page #]" - - - - - "[Page # of Pages #]" - - - - - "[Time Printed]" - - - - - "[Pages #]" - - - - - "[User Name]" - - - - - "No Look-Up" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - "Parameters" - - - - - - - - - - "Reset" - - - - - - - - - - "Submit" - - - - - "Preview" - - - - - "Flip on Short Edge" - - - - - "None" - - - - - "Flip on Long Edge" - - - - - "The printer is busy." - - - - - "The printer door is open." - - - - - "The printer driver needs to be updated." - - - - - "Error" - - - - - "Initializing the Preview..." - - - - - "The printer's input/output is active." - - - - - "The manual feed is enabled." - - - - - "The printer is not available." - - - - - "The printer has no toner." - - - - - "The printer is offline." - - - - - "The printer is out of memory." - - - - - "The output bin is full." - - - - - "A page punt has occurred." - - - - - "The paper has jammed." - - - - - "The printer is out of paper." - - - - - "A paper-related problem has occurred." - - - - - "The printer is paused." - - - - - "Print task deletion is pending." - - - - - "The power save mode is on." - - - - - "Printing..." - - - - - "Processing..." - - - - - "The printer is ready." - - - - - "The server is offline." - - - - - "The server is unknown." - - - - - "The toner is low." - - - - - "A user intervention has occurred." - - - - - "Waiting..." - - - - - "The printer is warming up." - - - - - "Close Print Preview" - - - - - "Close Print Preview of the document." - - - - - "Close Print Preview" - - - - - "Options" - - - - - "Open the Print Options dialog, in which you can change printing options." - - - - - "Options" - - - - - "Bookmarks" - - - - - "Open the Document Map, which allows you to navigate through a structural view of the document." - - - - - "Document Map" - - - - - "Header/Footer" - - - - - "Edit the header and footer of the document." - - - - - "Header and Footer" - - - - - "CSV File" - - - - - "Comma-Separated Values Text" - - - - - "Export the document to CSV and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to CSV" - - - - - "DOCX File" - - - - - "Microsoft Word 2007 Document" - - - - - "Export the document to DOCX and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to DOCX" - - - - - "Export To" - - - - - "Export the current document in one of the available formats, and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export To..." - - - - - "Image File" - - - - - "BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF, EMF, WMF" - - - - - "Export the document to Image and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to Image" - - - - - "HTML File" - - - - - "Web Page" - - - - - "Export the document to HTML and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to HTML" - - - - - "MHT File" - - - - - "Single File Web Page" - - - - - "Export the document to MHT and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to MHT" - - - - - "PDF File" - - - - - "Adobe Portable Document Format" - - - - - "Export the document to PDF and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to PDF" - - - - - "RTF File" - - - - - "Rich Text Format" - - - - - "Export the document to RTF and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to RTF" - - - - - "Text File" - - - - - "Plain Text" - - - - - "Export the document to Text and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to Text" - - - - - "XLS File" - - - - - "Microsoft Excel 2000-2003 Workbook" - - - - - "Export the document to XLS and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to XLS" - - - - - "XLSX File" - - - - - "Microsoft Excel 2007 Workbook" - - - - - "Export the document to XLSX and save it to the file on a disk." - - - - - "Export to XLSX" - - - - - "XPS File" - - - - - "XPS" - - - - - "Page Color" - - - - - "Choose a color for the background of the document pages." - - - - - "Background Color" - - - - - "Find" - - - - - "Show the Find dialog to find text in the document." - - - - - "Find" - - - - - "Top:\t\t{0}\t\tBottom:\t\t{1}\r\nLeft:\t\t {2}\t\tRight:\t\t {3}" - - - - - "Moderate" - - - - - "Moderate" - - - - - "Narrow" - - - - - "Narrow" - - - - - "Normal" - - - - - "Normal" - - - - - "Wide" - - - - - "Wide" - - - - - "Landscape" - - - - - "" - - - - - "Portrait" - - - - - "" - - - - - "{0} x {1}" - - - - - "Hand Tool" - - - - - "Invoke the Hand tool to manually scroll through pages." - - - - - "Hand Tool" - - - - - "Editing Fields" - - - - - "Highlight all editing fields to quickly discover which of the document elements are editable." - - - - - "Highlight Editing Fields" - - - - - "Magnifier" - - - - - "Invoke the Magnifier tool.\r\n\r\nClicking once on a document zooms it so that a single page becomes entirely visible, while clicking another time zooms it to 100% of the normal size." - - - - - "Magnifier" - - - - - "Many Pages" - - - - - "Choose the page layout to arrange the document pages in preview." - - - - - "View Many Pages" - - - - - "Open" - - - - - "Open a document." - - - - - "Open (Ctrl + O)" - - - - - "Page Background" - - - - - "Close" - - - - - "Document" - - - - - "Export" - - - - - "Navigation" - - - - - "Page Setup" - - - - - "Show the Page Setup dialog." - - - - - "Page Setup" - - - - - "Print" - - - - - "Zoom" - - - - - "Margins" - - - - - "Select the margin sizes for the entire document.\r\n\r\nTo apply specific margin sizes to the document, click Custom Margins." - - - - - "Page Margins" - - - - - "Orientation" - - - - - "Switch the pages between portrait and landscape layouts." - - - - - "Page Orientation" - - - - - "Custom Margins..." - - - - - "Show the Page Setup dialog." - - - - - "Page Setup' - - - - - "Print Preview" - - - - - "Size" - - - - - "Choose the paper size of the document." - - - - - "Page Size" - - - - - "Parameters" - - - - - "Open the Parameters pane, which allows you to enter values for report parameters." - - - - - "Parameters" - - - - - "Pointer" - - - - - "Show the mouse pointer." - - - - - "Mouse Pointer" - - - - - "Print" - - - - - "Select a printer, number of copies and other printing options before printing." - - - - - "Print (Ctrl+P)" - - - - - "Quick Print" - - - - - "Send the document directly to the default printer without making changes." - - - - - "Quick Print" - - - - - "Save" - - - - - "Save the document." - - - - - "Save (Ctrl + S)" - - - - - "Scale" - - - - - "Stretch or shrink the printed output to a percentage of its actual size." - - - - - "Scale" - - - - - "CSV File" - - - - - "Comma-Separated Values Text" - - - - - "Export the document to CSV and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As CSV" - - - - - "DOCX File" - - - - - "Microsoft Word 2007 Document" - - - - - "Export the document to DOCX and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As DOCX" - - - - - "E-Mail As" - - - - - "Export the current document in one of the available formats, and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As..." - - - - - "Image File" - - - - - "BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF, EMF, WMF" - - - - - "Export the document to Image and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As Image" - - - - - "MHT File" - - - - - "Single File Web Page" - - - - - "Export the document to MHT and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As MHT" - - - - - "PDF File" - - - - - "Adobe Portable Document Format" - - - - - "Export the document to PDF and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As PDF" - - - - - "RTF File" - - - - - "Rich Text Format" - - - - - "Export the document to RTF and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As RTF" - - - - - "Text File" - - - - - "Plain Text" - - - - - "Export the document to Text and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As Text" - - - - - "XLS File" - - - - - "Microsoft Excel 2000-2003 Workbook" - - - - - "Export the document to XLS and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As XLS" - - - - - "XLSX File" - - - - - "Microsoft Excel 2007 Workbook" - - - - - "Export the document to XLSX and attach it to the e-mail." - - - - - "E-Mail As XLSX" - - - - - "XPS File" - - - - - "XPS" - - - - - "First Page" - - - - - "Navigate to the first page of the document." - - - - - "First Page (Ctrl+Home)" - - - - - "Last Page" - - - - - "Navigate to the last page of the document." - - - - - "Last Page (Ctrl+End)" - - - - - "Next Page" - - - - - "Navigate to the next page of the document." - - - - - "Next Page (PageDown)" - - - - - "Previous Page" - - - - - "Navigate to the previous page of the document." - - - - - "Previous Page (PageUp)" - - - - - "Thumbnails" - - - - - "Open the Thumbnails." - - - - - "Thumbnails" - - - - - "Watermark" - - - - - "Insert ghosted text or image behind the content of a page.\r\n\r\nThis is often used to indicate that a document is to be treated specially." - - - - - "Watermark" - - - - - "Zoom" - - - - - "Change the zoom level of the document preview." - - - - - "Zoom" - - - - - "Exact" - - - - - "Zoom In" - - - - - "Zoom in to get a close-up view of the document." - - - - - "Zoom In" - - - - - "Zoom Out" - - - - - "Zoom out to see more of the page at a reduced size." - - - - - "Zoom Out" - - - - - "BMP Bitmap Format" - - - - - "CSV Document" - - - - - "DOCX Document" - - - - - "EMF Enhanced Windows Metafile" - - - - - "GIF Graphics Interchange Format" - - - - - "HTML Document" - - - - - "JPEG File Interchange Format" - - - - - "MHT Document" - - - - - "Native Format" - - - - - "PDF Document" - - - - - "PNG Portable Network Graphics Format" - - - - - "Rich Text Document" - - - - - "TIFF Tag Image File Format" - - - - - "Text Document" - - - - - "WMF Windows Metafile" - - - - - "XLS Document" - - - - - "XLSX Document" - - - - - "XPS Document"" - - - - - "Save As" - - - - - "{0} of {1}" - - - - - "Nothing" - - - - - "Page {0} of {1}" - - - - - "Page number in document. Click to open the Go To Page dialog." - - - - - "Stop" - - - - - "Zoom Factor:" - - - - - "Adjust to:" - - - - - "Fit to" - - - - - "% normal size" - - - - - "pages wide" - - - - - "Page" - - - - - "Background" - - - - - "Close Preview" - - - - - "Customize" - - - - - "Header And Footer" - - - - - "Export Document..." - - - - - "First Page" - - - - - "Hand Tool" - - - - - "Highlight Editing Fields" - - - - - "Last Page" - - - - - "Magnifier" - - - - - "Document Map" - - - - - "Multiple Pages" - - - - - "Next Page" - - - - - "Open a document" - - - - - "Page Setup" - - - - - "Parameters" - - - - - "Previous Page" - - - - - "Print" - - - - - "Quick Print" - - - - - "Save the document" - - - - - "Scale" - - - - - "Search" - - - - - "Send via E-Mail..." - - - - - "Thumbnails" - - - - - "Watermark" - - - - - "Zoom" - - - - - "Zoom In" - - - - - "Zoom Out" - - - - - "Please Wait" - - - - - "(Picture)" - - - - - "(Text)" - - - - - "Backward Diagonal" - - - - - "Forward Diagonal" - - - - - "Horizontal" - - - - - "Vertical" - - - - - "Center" - - - - - "Left" - - - - - "Right" - - - - - "Clip" - - - - - "Stretch" - - - - - "Zoom" - - - - - "Select Picture" - - - - - "Bottom" - - - - - "Middle" - - - - - "Top" - - - - - "ASAP" - - - - - "CONFIDENTIAL" - - - - - "COPY" - - - - - "DO NOT COPY" - - - - - "DRAFT" - - - - - "EVALUATION" - - - - - "ORIGINAL" - - - - - "PERSONAL" - - - - - "SAMPLE" - - - - - "TOP SECRET" - - - - - "URGENT" - - - - - Contains padding or margin information associated with a control or a brick. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter according to the specified dpi value. - - A object whose settings are used to initialize the created object's properties. - A value that specifies the dpi of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the dpi of the specified graphics unit. - - A value that specifies the graphics unit of the padding. The dpi value of the graphics unit is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top and bottom values. - - An integer value that specifies the left value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the right value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the top value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the bottom value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top and bottom values, and the dpi of the specified graphics unit. - - An integer value that specifies the left value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the right value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the top value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the bottom value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the graphics unit of the padding. The dpi value of the graphics unit is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, bottom and dpi values. - - An integer value that specifies the left value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the right value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the top value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the bottom value of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the dpi of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer value, specifying the overall padding. - A value, specifying the dpi. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified dpi value. - - A value that specifies the dpi of the padding. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies padding for all the element's sides. - - An integer value, representing the overall padding. - - - - Gets or sets the padding value for the bottom edge. - - An integer value which represents the padding value (in pixels) for the bottom edge. - - - - Deflates the specified rectangle by the rectangle of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the left, top, right and bottom padding values before deflating. - A value that represents the deflated rectangle. - - - - Deflates the specified size by the size of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the size to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the left, top, right and bottom padding values before deflating. - A value that represents the deflated size. - - - - Deflates the specified height value by the height of the current padding. - - A value which specifies the height to be deflated. - A value that represents the deflated height. - - - - Deflates the specified height value by the height of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the height to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the top and bottom padding values before deflating. - A value that represents the deflated height. - - - - Deflates the specified width value by the width of the current padding. - - A value which specifies the width to be deflated. - A value that represents the deflated width. - - - - Deflates the specified width value by the width of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the width to be deflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value which should be applied to the left and right padding values before deflating. - A value that represents the deflated width. - - - - Gets or sets the dpi value used to perform internal calculations. - - A value which represents the dpi value for this padding. - - - - Provides a object with no padding. - - - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Inflates the specified rectangle by the rectangle of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the rectangle to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the left, top, right and bottom padding values before inflating. - A value that represents the inflated rectangle. - - - - Inflates the specified size by the size of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the size to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the left, top, right and bottom padding values before inflating. - A value that represents the inflated size. - - - - Inflates the specified height value by the height of the current padding. - - A value which specifies the height to be inflated. - A value that represents the inflated height. - - - - Inflates the specified height value by the height of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the height to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value to be applied to the top and bottom padding values before inflating. - A value that represents the inflated height. - - - - Inflates the specified width value by the width of the current padding. - - A value which specifies the width to be inflated. - A value that represents the inflated width. - - - - Inflates the specified width value by the width of the current padding with the specified dpi. - - A value which specifies the width to be inflated. - A value which specifies the dpi value which should be applied to the left and right padding values before inflating. - A value that represents the inflated width. - - - - Determines whether the padding is empty (all padding values are null). - - true if the padding is empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the padding value for the left edge. - - An integer value which represents the padding value (in pixels) for the left edge. - - - - Gets or sets the padding value for the right edge. - - An integer value which represents the padding value (in pixels) for the right edge. - - - - Rotates padding values counterclockwise the specified number of times. - - An integer value which specifies the number of times for padding values to rotate. - - - - Gets or sets the padding value for the top edge. - - An integer value which represents the padding value (in pixels) for the top edge. - - - - Contains the values that define what kind of information is displayed in the current . - - - - - Indicates that the current date and time are displayed in the . - - - - - Indicates that the property value is displayed in the current . - - - - - Indicates that the current page number is displayed in the . - - - - - Indicates that both the current page number and the total number of pages in the current report are displayed in the current . - - - - - Indicates that the current page number is displayed in the using roman numerals in uppercase. - - - - - Indicates that the current page number is displayed in the using roman numerals in lowercase. - - - - - Indicates that the total number of pages is displayed in the PageInfoBrick. - - - - - Indicates that the user name for the current thread is displayed in the . - - - - - Specifies the commands which can be executed in the printing system's document preview. - - - - - Identifies the Background menu item, which is a parent for the FillBackground and Watermark subitems. Use this value as a parameter for the method, to hide or show the Background items from the menu of the Print Preview form. - - - - - Closes the preview window. - - - - - Copies the selected document content to the Clipboard. - - - - - Invokes the property editor of the component which is about to be printed. Note that this component should implement the IPrintable interface. - - - - - Shows or hides the Document Map pane, which displays the hierarchy of bookmarks in a report document. - - - - - Invokes the Header/Footer Editor dialog. This dialog is used to insert standard page information into a report's headers and footers. - - - - - Exports a document to a CSV (comma-separated values) file. - - - - - Exports the current document to a DOCX file. - - - - - Exports the current document to a file (a report can be exported to PDF, RTF, HTML, MHT, XLS, TXT, CSV and various image formats). - - - - - Exports the current document to a graphics file (BMP, EMF, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF, WMF formats). - - - - - Exports the current document to an HTML file. - - - - - Exports the current document to an MHT file. - - - - - Exports the current document to a PDF file. - - - - - Exports the current document to an RTF file. - - - - - Exports the current document to a TXT file. - - - - - Exports the current document to an XLS file. - - - - - Exports the current document to an XLSX file. - - - - - Exports the current document to an XPS file. - - - - - Identifies the File menu item, which is a parent for the PageSetup, Print, PrintDirect, ExportFile and SendFile subitems. Use this value as a parameter for the method, to hide or show the File items from the menu of the Print Preview form. - - - - - Invokes the Color dialog which allows the background color of the current document to be specified. - - - - - Invokes the Find dialog in the document's preview. This dialog provides a search dialog which allows end-users to search a report for specific text directly in the preview window. - - - - - Raises the Go To Page dialog to jump to the specified page number. - - - - - Invokes or hides the Hand Tool in the document's preview. This tool is used for scrolling the pages of the document being previewed. - - - - - Highlights all available fields whose content can be edited. - - - - - Invokes the preview magnifier. When the magnifier is activated the mouse cursor resembles a magnifying glass and a click on a preview page zooms in on it. There are two possible values for the magnification level. The first magnification value is always fixed and is equal to 100 %. The other value is calculated so that the entire preview page is visible at once without having to scroll it. - - - - - Shows the layout of the document's preview across multiple pages. To specify a particular number of page rows and columns in a Print Control, use the method. - - - - - Doesn't identify any command. This member is intended for internal use only. - - - - - Opens a document. This command is represented both via the menu item and toolbar button. - - - - - Identifies the item which is the parent to the PageLayoutContinuous and PageLayoutFacing subitems. Use this value as a parameter for the method to hide or show the page layout items from the menu of the Preview Form. - - - - - Changes the view of the document's preview so that the pages are arranged as a continuous vertical column. - - - - - Changes the view of the document's preview so that the pages are arranged side-by-side. - - - - - Selects the margin sizes for the entire document. Note that this command is in use in the Ribbon Print Preview Form only. - - - - - Switches the pages between portrait and landscape layouts. Note that this command is in use in the Ribbon Print Preview Form only. - - - - - Invokes the Page Setup dialog which allows some of the page's settings to be adjusted (orientation, margins, paper size and source). - - - - - Chooses the paper size of the document. Note that this command is in use in the Ribbon Print Preview Form only. - - - - - Shows or hides the Parameters pane, which enables end-users to enter parameter values, apply them to a report's data source and re-generate the report document. - - - - - Shows the mouse pointer, when there is no need to show either the Hand Tool, or the Magnifier. Note that this command is in use in the Ribbon Print Preview Form only. - - - - - Invokes the Print dialog for the current document. This dialog allows the printer to be selected, its properties set, the number of copies entered and the range of pages to print to be specified. - - - - - Prints the document preview directly, without any dialogs. This is useful when the printer's settings don't need to be changed before a document is printed. - - - - - Prints the selected document content. - - - - - Saves a document to a file. This command is represented both via the menu item and toolbar button. - - - - - Stretches or shrinks the document to a percentage of its actual size. Note that if you need to specify a particular scale factor or number of pages a document should be scaled to, the and properties will be useful. - - - - - Scrolls one page down, as when an end-user presses the PAGE DOWN key. - - - - - Scrolls one page up, as when an end-user presses the PAGE UP key. - - - - - Exports the current document to a CSV (comma-separated values) file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to a DOCX file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the document in the preview window, then creates a new e-mail in the default system mailer and attaches the exported document to the e-mail. The exporting format can be specified via the drop-down list. - - - - - Exports the current document to a graphics file (BMP, EMF, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF, WMF formats) and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to an MHT file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to a PDF file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to an RTF file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to a TXT file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to an XLS file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to an XLSX file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Exports the current document to a XPS file and sends it via e-mail. - - - - - Displays the first page in the preview. - - - - - Displays the last page in the preview. - - - - - Moves to the next page in the preview. - - - - - Moves to the previous page in the preview. - - - - - Identifies the Stop button, which is displayed in the status bar to the right of the progress bar, and can be used to stop generating a document. - - - - - Submits the parameters specified in the Parameters panel. - - - - - Toggles the Thumbnails panel visibility. - - - - - Identifies the View menu item, which is a parent for the PageLayout, Toolbar, Status Bar and Customize subitems. Use this value as a parameter for the method, to hide or show the View items from the menu of the Print Preview form. - - - - - Zooms a document in or out so that only one entire page of the document is shown in the preview. - - - - - Invokes the Watermark dialog which can be used to specify either background text or a picture as a document's watermark. Note that a document's watermark can be accessed via the property. - - - - - Zooms in on a document by one of the predefined zoom factors. They are as follows: 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 150%, 200% and 500%. - - - - - Zooms the preview in. Each time this command is performed, the preview gets zoomed in by approximately 10%. - - - - - Zooms the preview out. Each time this command is performed, the preview gets zoomed out by approximately 10%. - - - - - Zooms a document in or out as appropriate, so that the width of the current page fits the preview window. - - - - - Zooms a document in or out as appropriate, so that the width of the text in the current page fits the preview window. - - - - - Zooms a document in or out as appropriate, so that only two entire pages of the document are shown in the preview. - - - - - Zooms a document in or out as appropriate, so that only a single page of the document is shown in the preview. - - - - - Identifies the Zoom trackbar control, which is available in the bottom-right corner of the Print Preview Form with a Ribbon. - - - - - Specifies how the text associated with the control should be aligned. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally justified. This mode is ignored in Silverlight applications. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally justified. This mode is ignored in Silverlight applications. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally justified. This mode is ignored in Silverlight applications. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The text is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - Lists the values indicating the available text rendering modes. - - - - - Antialiased glyph bitmaps without hinting is used. - - - - - Antialiased glyph bitmaps and hinting are used. - - - - - ClearType glyph bitmaps and hinting are used. - - - - - Glyph bitmaps without hinting are used. - - - - - Glyph bitmaps and hinting are used. - - - - - The system default rendering is used. - - - - - Specifies how content bricks are split if they are partially positioned outside the right page margin. - - - - - When the brick dimensions do not fit into the right page margin, the rest of the brick content is split across two pages. - - - - - When the brick dimensions do not fit into the right page margin, the brick content is moved to a new page in its entirety. - - - - - Provides the functionality that is necessary for deep customization of the End-User Report Designer. - - - - - Lists the values that define the order in which complex properties are shown in the Field List. - - - - - The default order of showing complex properties in the Field List is preserved. - - - - - The complex properties are shown at the top of the Field List. - - - - - The complex properties are shown at the bottom of the Field List. - - - - - Contains classes that implement the basic functionality of XtraReports. - - - - - Specifies the type of the value returned by a calculated field. - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a Boolean (true or false) value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns an 8-bit unsigned integer value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a value expressed as a date and time of day (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a decimal value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a double-precision floating-point value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a single-precision floating-point value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a globally unique identifier value (the System.Guid type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a 16-bit signed integer value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a 32-bit signed integer value (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field's type is undefined and determined by evaluating the actually returned object during report generation. - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a string value as a sequence of UTF-16 code units (the type). - - - - - Indicates that the field returns a value as a time interval (the type). - - - - - Contains classes which are used to implement the main functionality of the XtraSpellChecker. - - - - - Provides data for the AfterCheckWord event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with specified settings. - - An object, representing the control being checked. - A string, representing a word before the check. - A string, representing the word modified after the spell check. - A enumeration value, representing the operation type. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object, representing the position in the text where the checked word begins. - - - - Gets the word which replaced the former one after the spelling check is performed. - - A string, representing the word modified after spelling check. - - - - Gets the control being checked. - - An object representing a control being checked. - - - - Gets the type of operation performed with the word in a spell check. - - A enumeration value, representing the operation type. - - - - Gets the word before the spell check is performed. - - A string, representing a word before the check. - - - - Gets the position of a checked word in a text. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object, representing the position in a text where the checked word begins. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - An object that triggers the event. - A object that provides data for the event. - - - - Lists result types of spelling check. - - - - - A misspelled word is found. - - - - - A repeating word is found. - - - - - No errors are found - - - - - Represents the result of the spelling check. - - - - - Gets whether the spelling error is found during a spelling check. - - true if a spelling error is found; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the index of a checked word in a text. - - An integer representing the index of a word in a text. - - - - Gets the length of a checked word. - - An integer representing the number of positions the checked word occupies. - - - - Indicates the result of checking a word. - - A enumeration member. - - - - Gets the text being checked. - - A string containing the text being checked. - - - - Gets the checked word. - - A string representing the checked word. - - - - An interface used to represent a list of words ignored during spell check. - - - - - Adds a specified word to a list of ignored words, so that it is ignored only in the specified location. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text. - A string representing a word to be ignored if located between the start and the end positions. - - - - Adds a specified word to a list of ignored words. - - A string representing a word to be ignored. - - - - Removes all items from the ignore list. - - - - - Determines whether a word is in the list of ignored words, ignored in the specified location. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text being checked. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text being checked. - A string to locate in the list of ignored words. - true if the word is found within the list and marked as effective in the specified location; otherwise false. - - - - Determines whether a word is in the list of ignored words. - - A string to locate in the list of ignored words. - true if the word is found within the list; otherwise false. - - - - Removes a word from the list of words ignored only once. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text being checked. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object representing a position in the text being checked. - A string representing a word to remove from the list. - - - - Removes a word from the list. - - A string representing a word to remove form the list. - - - - The options used for the spelling check. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Start spelling check from the cursor position. - - A enumeration value, specifying whether the spell checker should start checking from the cursor position. - - - - Spell check the selected text first. - - A enumeration value specifying whether the spell checker should start checking the selected text first. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets whether e-mail addresses should be excluded from the check. - - A enumeration value specifying whether words that are e-mail addresses should be checked. - - - - Gets or sets whether text enclosed with specific markup tags should be checked. - - true to exclude text within tags from the check; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the spell checker ignores words containing different case letters in positions other than the first. - - A enumeration value specifying whether mixed case words should be checked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the spell checker ignores repeated words. - - A enumeration value specifying whether the text should be checked for repeated words. - - - - Gets or sets whether the spell checker ignores words in which all letters are uppercase. - - A enumeration value, specifying whether the words in which all letters are uppercase should be checked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the spell checker ignores the URLs in text. - - A enumeration value, specifying whether the words which are URLs should be checked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the spell checker ignores words that contain numbers. - - A enumeration value, specifying whether the words which contain numbers should be checked. - - - - Occurs when any of the spelling check options are changed. - - - - - The base interface for a spell checker. - - - - - Add a word to a custom dictionary. - - A word to add. - - - - Add a word to a custom dictionary. - - A word to add. - A object used to select a dictionary for the specified word. - - - - Occurs after a word is checked. - - - - - Determines whether a word can be added to a custom dictionary. - - true if a word can be added to the dictionary; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether words of the specified language can be added to the dictionary. - - A object that specifies the language of the required dictionary. - true, if the words can be added to the dictionary; otherwise, false. - - - - Checks the specified control for spelling mistakes. - - A object, representing a control to be checked for spelling mistakes. - - - - Checks the spelling of the text available through the controller interface in the specified range and returns on the first error that occurrs. - - An object that is a control to be checked for spelling mistakes. - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.ISpellCheckTextController interface providing text to check. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object containing information on the position where the check statrs. - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object containing information on the position where the check finishes. - An object with the interface providing information on the error type and position. - - - - Checks the specified text in the specified control with the specified culture. - - A control to check. - A string that is a text to check. - An integer specifying the start position within the string. - The object that specifies the culture settings (the symbols encoding, language and phonetic specifics). - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Gets or sets the culture-specific settings of the spell checker. - - A object that specifies culture settings (the symbols encoding, language and phonetic specifics). - - - - Occurs when the current culture setting of a spell checker is changed. - - - - - Occurs when a custom dictionary is modified by an end-user. - - - - - Provides access to spell checking options for a specified control. - - A control for which spelling options are set. - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Constructs an ordered list of suggestions for a given word. - - A System.String representing a word for which the suggestions should be calculated. - A object specifying the culture, ensuring that the proper dictionaries are loaded. - A object representing a sorted list of suggested words. - - - - Disregards a word in a text. - - A control whose content is checked. - A word to ignore while checking. - The position from which to start ignoring the word. - Position to finish ignoring the word. - - - - Skips the specified word throughout the entire content of the specified control. - - A control whose content is checked. - A word to ignore. - - - - Gets whether the spell checker is checking the content. - - true if a spell checker is checking the content; otherwise, false. - - - - Registers a list of words as the words to ignore while checking. - - A control whose content is checked. - An object exposing the interface and representing a list of words to skip. - - - - Gets or sets the spell check mode. - - A enumeration member. - - - - Occurs when the SpellCheckMode is changed. - - - - - Unregisters the previously registered list of words which should be skipped while checking. - - A control whose content is checked. - - - - Occurs after a word is added to a custom dictionary. - - - - - Comprises erroneous word, error type and location. - - - - - Gets the error type. - - A enumeration member. - - - - Gets a misspelled word. - - A string that is the misspelled word. - - - - Gets the end position of a misspelled word. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object containing information on the position of the word. - - - - Gets the start position of a misspelled word. - - A DevExpress.XtraSpellChecker.Parser.Position object containing information on the position of the word. - - - - Lists available operation modes of the spell checker. - - - - - Starts spelling check when you finish typing the word or move the cursor after changing it.This operation mode underlines the misspelled word and allows you to select a suggestion from the context menu, invoked by right-clicking the word. - - - - - Starts spelling check and invokes the spelling form for making corrections. - - - - - Lists implemented spell checker operations. - - - - - Replaces a word in the text with the user input, and adds the replacement to the custom dictionary. - - - - - Stops the spelling checker operation, resets the checking strategy and closes the spelling form. - - - - - Replaces the current word in the text being checked with the suggested word. - - - - - Replaces all occurences of the current word in the text being checked with the suggested word. - - - - - This enumeration member is intended for internal use only. - - - - - Deletes the current word from the text. - - - - - Disregards the current word and proceeds to the next one. - - - - - Disregards the current word and all its occurences in the text. - - - - - This enumeration member is intended for internal use only. - - - - - Invokes the spelling options form. After closing the form, re-checks the text with new spelling options starting with the last checked word. - - - - - Forces the spell checker to check the last checked word again. - - - - - Replaces the current word in the text being checked with the suggested word. For internal use. - - - - - Disregards the current word and proceeds to the next one. For internal use. - - - - - Cancels the effect of the last operation, restoring the text to its previous state. - - - - - Lists error types found during a spell check. - - - - - Erroneously spelled word. - - - - - Repeated word. - - - - - Reserved for internal use. - - - - - Error type unlisted in enumeration. Use it for custom error handling. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A word that has been added to the custom dictionary. - - - - Gets a word added to the dictionary. - - A string representing a word added to the dictionary. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - An object of any type that triggers the event. - A object that provides data for the event. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f390574..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7c9ef18..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6305 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core - - - - - For internal use. Provides the functionality of and classes. - - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - - - - Contains classes and an enumeration that provides the localization functionality common to WinForms and WPF PDF Viewers, and the PDF Document API. - - - - - Provides the means to localize the dialog messages of a PDF Viewer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies a localizer object providing localization of a PDF Viewer's dialog messages at runtime. - - An descendant, used to localize the dialog messages at runtime. - - - - For internal use. Returns a Localizer object storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object, storing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - - - Returns a localized string for the given string identifier. - - A enumeration value, identifying the string to localize. - A value, corresponding to the specified identifier. - - - - Returns the name of the language currently used by this localizer object. - - A value that specifies the language of the user interface localization. - - - - A default localizer to translate the PDF Viewer's resources. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the string, localized by the current , for the specified dialog message. - - A enumeration value, specifying the dialog message whose caption (text) is to be localized. - A value, specifying the text to be displayed within the specified dialog message. - - - - Contains strings that correspond to the dialog messages of the PDF Viewer that are subject to localization. - - - - - "Document" - - - - - "{0:0.00} {1} ({2} Bytes)" - - - - - "{0} Bytes" - - - - - "The form field name cannot be null or an empty string." - - - - - "The siblings can't have the same names in the form field hierarchy." - - - - - "\r\nDescription: {0}" - - - - - "Name: {0}" - - - - - "\r\nModification Date: {0}" - - - - - "\r\nSize: {0}" - - - - - "The selected index cannot be set because there are no possible values." - - - - - Custom property name cannot be null or empty string. - - - - - "Unable to find an entry point named "{0}" in shared library "{1}"" - - - - - "The document structure does not contain a field with the specified name: {0}." - - - - - "Unable to load ICU library." - - - - - "The operation is not supported in {0} compatability mode. Please create document in PdfCompatibility.Pdf compatibility mode." - - - - - "The export value cannot be null or an empty string." - - - - - "The form field name cannot contain a period character." - - - - - "The specified action does not belong to the current document." - - - - - "Bookmark list can't be null." - - - - - "The argument should be the name of a button appearance or a value from the options array." - - - - - "The argument should be a string value or a list of string values from the options array." - - - - - "The color component value should be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1." - - - - - "The dash length should be greater than or equal to 0." - - - - - "The sum of dash and gap lengths should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The dash pattern array must not be empty." - - - - - "The specified destination does not belong to the current document." - - - - - "The destination of a bookmark can't be linked to a page which belongs to another document." - - - - - "Resolution (in dots per inch) should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The flatness tolerance should be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 100." - - - - - "Error while reading the PDF Form from the specified file." - - - - - "The gap length should be greater than or equal to 0." - - - - - "The glyph position should be less or equal than text length." - - - - - "The page number should be greater than 0, and less than or equal to the next available page number (next to the document page count)". - - - - - "The largest edge length should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The line width should be greater than or equal to 0." - - - - - "The list should contain at least one value." - - - - - "The marked content tag can't be empty." - - - - - "The specified annotation does not belong to the current document." - - - - - "The miter limit should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The opacity value should be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1." - - - - - "The page art box should be less than or equal to the media box." - - - - - "The page bleeding box should be less than or equal to the media box." - - - - - "The page croppoing box should be less than or equal to the media box." - - - - - "The page number should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The page rotation angle can have one of the following values: 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees." - - - - - "The page trimming box should be less than or equal to the media box." - - - - - "Input data are not recognized as valid pdf." - - - - - "The Document Open password is empty or incorrect." - - - - - "Unable to create a print document with the specified name: {0}." - - - - - "The top coordinate of the rectangle should be greater than the bottom." - - - - - "The right coordinate of the rectangle should be greater than the left one." - - - - - "The index should be in the range from 0 to {0}." - - - - - "The text value can't be null." - - - - - "The argument should be a string value." - - - - - "The text horizontal scaling value should be greater than 0." - - - - - "The zoom value should be greater than or equal to 0". - - - - - "At least one page number should be specified." - - - - - "The page number should be greater than or equal to 1." - - - - - "This operation cannot be performed in the Partial Trust environment." - - - - - "Unable to load shared library "{0}" or one of its dependencies: "{1}"" - - - - - "All fonts should be embedded to a PDF/A document." - - - - - "The stream is already used for a document. Please use another stream." - - - - - "This operation is not available while no document is being loaded." - - - - - "The text highlight annotation is not supported in a PDF/A-1 document." - - - - - "Custom brushes are not supported." - - - - - "Encryption is not supported in a PDF/A document." - - - - - "The file attachments are not supported in a PDF/A-2b document." - - - - - "This operation is not supported because the PdfGraphics object does not belong to the current document." - - - - - "The Display and World units are not supported for the source image coordinate system." - - - - - "Stream should support the read, write, and seek operations." - - - - - "Stream should support the read and seek operations for loading." - - - - - "Stream should support the write and seek operations for saving." - - - - - "This action can be performed only on Windows operating system." - - - - - "The color should have at least one component." - - - - - "Highlight" - - - - - "Strikethrough" - - - - - "Underline" - - - - - "EB" - - - - - "GB" - - - - - "KB" - - - - - "MB" - - - - - "PB" - - - - - "TB" - - - - - "ZB" - - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint the border of an interactive form field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the color of an interactive form field border. - - A object that specifies the border color. - - - - Specifies the style of an interactive form field border. - - One of the enumeration values that represents the style of an interactive form field border. - - - - Specifies the width of the interactive form field border. - - A value that is the width of the interactive form field border. The default value is 1. - - - - Specifies the border style for an interactive form field. - - - - - Beveled border. - - - - - Dashed border. - - - - - Inset border. - - - - - Solid border. - - - - - Lists values specifying the appearance of the form field's button. - - - - - Check button style. - - - - - Circle button style. - - - - - Cross button style. - - - - - Diamond button style. - - - - - Square button style. - - - - - Star button style. - - - - - Represents a check box field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified check box field name, page number, where the field will be created, and the field rectangle. - - A that specifies the name of check box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which check box field is located on a page. - - - - Specifies a button style which is applied to a check box field. - - A enumeration value that determines the button style applied to a check box field. - - - - Specifies an export value of a check box field. - - A value which represents an export value of a check box field. - - - - Gets or sets whether a check box is checked. - - true, if the check box is checked; otherwise, false. Default value is false. - - - - Specifies whether to generate a down appearance that will appear in a check box when the mouse button is pressed within the check box area. - - true, if a down appearance is generated within the check box area; otherwise, false. Default value is true. - - - - Represents the base class for combo box and list box fields. - - - - - Adds an item to a combo box and list box by their display value. - - A that is a value to be added to a combo box and list box. - - - - Adds an item to a combo box and list box using their display and export values. - - A that is a value to be added to a combo box and list box. - A that is an export value. - - - - Clears the combo box or list box selection. - - - - - Removes all values to be added to the list box and combo box. - - - - - Selects an item of a combo box and list box by their export value. - - A value that represents the item's export value. - true, if the combo box or list box item was successfully selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Sets the specified item's selection state in combo box and list box fields. - - The zero-based index of the item whose selection state will be changed. - true, to select the item; false, to unselect the item. - - - - Represents a combo box field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified combo box field name, page number, where the field will be created, and the field rectangle. - - A that specifies the name of combo box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a combo box field is located on a page. - - - - Gets or sets a value that determines whether text within a text box of the combo box field can be edited. - - true, if text within a text box of the combo box field can be edited; otherwise, false. The default value is false. - - - - Represents the base class for common field types such as text box, check box, list box, combo box, and signature. - - - - - Specifies a rectangle inside which an interactive form field is located on a page. - - A object that represents a field rectangle. - - - - Specifies the horizontal alignment of the interactive form field's text. - - A enumeration value that specifies how the text is horizontally aligned within the interactive form field. - - - - Represents the base class for all interactive form fields. - - - - - Creates a check box field using the field name, page number, and a rectangle where the check box field will be located on a page. - - A that specifies the name of a check box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a check box field is located on a page. - A object that represents a created check box field. - - - - Creates a combo box field using the field name, page number, and a rectangle where the combo box field will be located on a page. - - A that specifies the name of a combo box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a combo box field is located on a page. - A object that represents a created combo box field. - - - - Creates a group form field using the field name. - - A that specifies the name of a group field. - A object that represents a created group form field. - - - - Creates a list box field using the field name, page number and a rectangle where the list box field will be located on a page. - - A that specifies the name of a list box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a list box field is located on a page. - A object that represents a created list box field. - - - - Creates a radio group field using the field name, and page number. - - A that specifies the name of a radio group field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a created radio group field. - - - - Creates a signature field using the field name, page number and a rectangle where a signature field will be located on a page. - - A that specifies the name of a signature field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a signature field is located on a page. - A object that represents a created signature field. - - - - Creates a text box field using the field name, page number, and a rectangle where a text box field will be located on a page. - - A that specifies the name of a text box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a text box field is located on a page. - A object that represents a created text box field. - - - - Specifies the interactive form field name. - - A value that is the field name. - - - - Specifies the form field's tooltip text. - - A value that specifies the text displayed within the form field's tooltip. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint an interactive form field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the form field's background color. - - A object that represents the form field's background. The default value is null that corresponds to a transparent background color. - - - - Specifies the border appearance settings for an interactive form field. - - A object that specifies the border appearance for the interactive form field. The default value is null (a border is not displayed in a form field). - - - - Specifies the font family name for an interactive form field. - - A that specifies the font family name. - - - - Specifies the size of the interactive form field's font. - - A value representing the font size for the interactive form field. The default value: 12. - - - - Specifies the style of the form field font. - - A value, representing the font style. The default value is . - - - - Specifies the foreground color of an interactive form field. - - A object that specifies the interactive form field's foreground color. - - - - Represents a structure which stores information about a collision found in interactive form field names. - - - - - Gets the form field in which a collision with a name was detected. - - A object that represents the interactive form field. - - - - Provides access to the collection of forbidden field names that was generated as a result of a collision found in the field names. - - A object implementing the System.Collections.Generic.ISet interface that represent the forbidden names. - - - - Specifies the rotation to apply to a form field. - - - - - The form field is not rotated. This is the default value. - - - - - Rotate the form field clockwise by 180 degrees. - - - - - Rotate the form field clockwise by 270 degrees. - - - - - Rotate the form field clockwise by 90 degrees. - - - - - Represents a group field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified group field name. - - A that specifies the name of the group field. - - - - Returns the collection of group form field children. - - A list of objects that are the collection of form field child nodes. - - - - Represents a list box field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified list box field name, page number, where the field will be created, and the field rectangle. - - A that specifies the name of list box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a list box field is located on a page. - - - - Specifies whether multiple items can be selected simultaneously in the list box field. - - true, if multiple selections of list box items are allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the index of the first visible item in the list box field. - - An integer value that is the zero-based index of the first visible item in the list box. Default value is 0. - - - - Represents a radio group field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified radio group field name and page number where the field will be created. - - A that specifies the name of radio group field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - - - - Adds a radio button to the radio group field using the radio button name and a rectangle that specifies the location of this button on a PDF page. - - A that specifies the name of a radio button. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a radio button is located on a page. - - - - Specifies the style that defines the appearance of a radio button within a radio group field. - - A enumeration value that determines the style of a radio button within a radio group field. - - - - Removes all radio buttons from the radio group field. - - - - - Gets the number of radio buttons in the radio group field. - - An integer value that is the number of radio buttons in the radio group field. - - - - Specifies index of the selected item in a radio group field. - - An integer value, representing the zero-based index of the radio group's selected item. - - - - Specifies whether to generate a down appearance that will appear when the mouse button is pressed within a radio button area. - - true, if a down appearance is generated within the radio button area; otherwise, false. Default value is true. - - - - Represents a signature field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified signature field name, page number, where the field will be created, and the field rectangle. - - A that specifies the name of the signature field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle inside which a signature field is located on a page. - - - - Specifies the vertical alignment of the string within the signature field. - - A enumeration value that represents vertical line alignment. - - - - Specifies text displayed in a signature field. - - A value which represents the text displayed in the signature field. - - - - Specifies the alignment of a text string within an interactive form field. - - - - - Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the field rectangle. - - - - - Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the field rectangle. - - - - - Specifies that text is aligned near to the origin position of the field rectangle. - - - - - Represents a text box field. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text box field name, page number, where the field will be created, and the field rectangle in user coordinate system. - - A that specifies the name of text box field. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the form field will be created. - A object that represents a rectangle in user coordinate system used to place a text box field. - - - - Specifies the maximum text length for a text box field. - - A positive integer value specifying the maximum number of characters allowed in a text box field or 0 indicating that the number of characters in a text box field is not limited.The default value is 0. - - - - Specifies whether the text box field should contain multiple lines of text. - - true, if the text box field can contain multiple lines of text; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether a text box field can be scrollable when the entered text exceeds the field area. - - true, if a text box field is scrollable when the entered text exceeds the field area; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether text entered to a text box field is spell checked. - - true, if text entered to a text box field is spell checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies text of the text box field. - - A value which represents the text displayed in the text box field. - - - - Specifies the type of the text box field. - - A enumeration value that represents the text box field type. - - - - Specifies the type of text field. - - - - - The text entered in the field represents the pathname of a file whose contents will be submitted as the value of the field. - - - - - The value of this field will be displayed in an unreadable form. - - - - - The value of this field will be displayed as a plain text. - - - - - Represents the base class for visual form fields. - - - - - Specifies the appearance settings for the interactive form field. - - A object that specifies the appearance for the interactive form field. - - - - Specifies page number where the interactive form field will be created. - - An integer value specifying the number of a page. - - - - Specifies whether the current form field is printed. - - true, if the current form field is printed on the page, otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - - Gets or sets whether the interactive form field allows editing. - - true, if end-users cannot modify the form field's value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the required status of the interactive form field. - - true, if the form field must have a value at the time it is exported by a submit-form action; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the rotation to apply to interactive form field. - - A enumeration value that represents the degree by which a form field is rotated counterclockwise relative to the page. - - - - Specifies whether the form field is visible on the page. - - true, if the form field is visible; otherwise, false. The default value is true. - - - - An action that is performed with interactive elements (e.g., bookmarks, annotations) in the PDF document. - - - - - Gets the next action that is performed after the action from the list of objects. - - A list of objects that is the sequence of actions that should be performed. - - - - Represents an annotation that is used for adding text notes and other ancillary information to the document. - - - - - Gets the annotation's appearance state on the PDF form. - - A object that represents the current annotation's appearance state on the PDF form. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the appearance which is currently being used to draw the annotation on the PDF form. - - A value that is the appearance name. - - - - Gets the annotation's border, which will be drawn as a rounded rectangle. - - A object that represents the annotation's border. - - - - Gets the color of the annotation. - - A object that is the annotation color. - - - - Gets the text that will be displayed for the annotation on the PDF form. - - A value that is the text that will be displayed for the annotation. - - - - Gets a set of flags specifying various characteristics of the annotation. - - A object that represents a set of annotation flags. - - - - Gets the date and time when the annotation was most recently modified. - - A structure. - - - - Gets the annotation name. - - A value that defines the string that identifies the annotation on the page. - - - - Gets the optional content specifying the optional content properties for the annotation. - - A object that is the optional content for the annotation. - - - - Gets the page with which the annotation is associated. - - A object that is the individual page in the document. - - - - Gets the annotation rectangle that defines the location of the annotation on the page in default user space units. - - A object that represents the annotation rectangle on the page. - - - - Gets the integer key of the annotation's entry in the structural parent tree. - - A nullable integer value specifying the key of the annotation's entry. - - - - Represents actions that can be performed with the annotation in the document. - - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the cursor enters the annotation's active area. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the cursor exits the annotation's active area. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the annotation loses the input focus. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the annotation receives the input focus. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the mouse button is pressed inside the annotation's active area. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the mouse button is released inside the annotation's active area. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the page containing the annotation is no longer visible in the reader's user interface. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the page containing the annotation becomes visible. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the page containing the annotation is closed. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the page containing the annotation is opened. - - A object that represent the action. - - - - Determines a form with the annotation appearance. - - - - - Gets a default form in which an annotation appearance is represented. - - A object that is a default form. - - - - Gets custom forms with annotation appearances. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their key values. - - - - Represents annotation appearances on the PDF form. - - - - - Gets the annotation's down appearance. - - A object that is the down appearance. - - - - Gets a form on the page with an annotation appearance. - - A object that is the form on the page. - - - - Gets the annotation's normal appearance. - - A object that is the normal appearance. - - - - Gets the annotation's rollover appearance. - - A object that is the rollover appearance. - - - - Represents the annotation's border settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the horizontal corner radius of the annotation's border, which will be drawn as a rounded rectangle. - - A double value that is the horizontal corner radius of the annotation's border. - - - - Gets a value that defines whether the default appearance of the annotation border is drawn on the page. - - true, if the annotation border is drawn with the default appearance; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the line style of the annotation border. - - A enumeration member that is the annotation border line style. - - - - Gets the thickness of the line to be used in drawing the annotation's border. - - A double value that is the line width of the annotation's border. - - - - Gets the vertical corner radius of the annotation's border, which will be drawn as a rounded rectangle. - - A double value that is the vertical corner radius of the annotation's border. - - - - Contains style settings of the annotation's border. - - - - - Gets the line style settings of the annotation's border. - - A object that represents the line style settings of the annotation's border. - - - - Gets the name of the style to be applied to the annotation's border. - - A that is the name of the annotation's border style. - - - - Gets the annotation's border width in points. - - A double value that is the width of the annotation's border. Default value: 1. - - - - Lists the values specifying various characteristics of the annotation. - - - - - Do not display or print the annotation or allow a user to interact with the annotation. - - - - - Do not display the annotation if it does not belong to one of the standard annotation types and no annotation handler is available. - - - - - Do not allow the annotation to be deleted or its properties to be modified by the user. - - - - - Do not allow the contents of the annotation to be modified by the user. - - - - - If active, deactivates all other options. - - - - - Do not rotate the annotation's appearance to match the rotation of the page. - - - - - Do not display the annotation on the screen or allow a user to interact with the annotation. - - - - - Do not scale the annotation's appearance to match the magnification of the page. - - - - - Print the annotation when the page is printed. - - - - - Do not let a user interact with the annotation. - - - - - Invert the interpretation of the NoView flag for certain events. - - - - - Lists values that specify the visual effect that will be used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside its active area. - - - - - Invert the contents of the annotation rectangle. - - - - - No highlighting. - - - - - Invert the annotation's border. - - - - - Display the annotation as if it was being pushed below the surface of the page. - - - - - Display the annotation's down appearance. - - - - - Lists the values used to specify the type of relationship between the document and the attached file. - - - - - The attached file specification has an alternative representation of the content (e.g., audio). - - - - - The attached file represents information used to derive a visual presentation (e.g. for a table or a graph). - - - - - The file specification is an encrypted payload document that should be displayed to the user if the PDF Document Processor has the cryptographic filter needed to decrypt the document. - - - - - The attached file has the original source material for the associated content. - - - - - The attached file represents a supplemental representation of the original source or data. - - - - - The relationship is unknown or does not match any relationship above. - - - - - Contains settings that are used to specify bookmarks in a document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the bookmark action being executed. - - A object that is an action that is performed with bookmarks. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of bookmark children for a document with a tree-structured hierarchy. - - A list of objects that are the collection of bookmark child nodes. - - - - Gets or sets a destination (a particular view of a document) to which a bookmark is referred to. - - A object that is a bookmark destination. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the bookmark text is bold. - - true, if the bookmark text is bold; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether bookmarks are initially closed (bookmark children are hidden) in the navigation panel after a document is loaded. - - true, if the bookmark children are initially hidden (closed) in the navigation panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the bookmark text is italic. - - true, if the bookmark text is italic; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the color for a bookmark's text in the navigation pane. - - A object that is a single color in the RGB (red, green, blue) color scheme for a bookmark's text. - - - - Gets or sets the bookmark's text on the navigation pane. - - A that is the text for a bookmark on the navigation pane. - - - - Represents a button field (a push button, radio button, check box) on a PDF interactive form that the end user can manipulate with the mouse. - - - - - Gets the default state of the button form field. - - A object that represents the default state of the button form field. - - - - Gets the kids state of the button form field. - - A collection of objects that represent the kids state of the button form field. - - - - Gets the state of the button form field. - - A object that represents the state of the button form field. - - - - An individual character in a document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the character's font settings. - - A value. - - - - Returns the character's font size (in points). - - A value, specifying the font size, in points. - - - - Returns a rectangle that surrounds the character. - - A value. - - - - Returns a Unicode representation of the character. - - A value, specifying a character's Unicode representation. - - - - Stores a CMap table that maps character codes to Unicode values. - - - - - Stores raw data of the CMap table. - - An array of values. - - - - Represents a choice field (a combo box, list box) on a PDF form. - - - - - Gets default values of the choice form field. - - A collection of objects that represent default values of the choice form field. - - - - Gets the list of options in the choice field. - - A collection of the objects that represent the list of options in the choice field. - - - - Gets a collection of integers, sorted in ascending order, representing the zero-based indices in the option list of the currently selected option items. - - A collection of integers representing the zero-based indices in the option list of the currently selected option items. - - - - Gets items currently selected in the choice field. - - A collection of objects that represent currently selected items in the choice field. - - - - Gets the index of the first option visible in the option list. - - An integer value that represents the top index. Default value is 0. - - - - Represents a color used in the PDF document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that is the color pattern. - An array of double values that represent the color components. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color components. - - An array of double values representing the components in the color space in which the color is defined. - - - - Provides access to an array of numbers in the range from 0.0 to 1.0, representing the components in the color space in which the color is defined. - - An array of double numbers in the range from 0.0 to 1.0, representing the components in the color space. - - - - Gets the color pattern. - - A object. - - - - Represents a PDF color space. - - - - - Gets the number of color components in the color space. - - An integer value that is the components count. - - - - Represents a command. - - - - - Represents a list of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object implementing the interface. - - A object implementing the System.Collections.IEnumerable interface that represents the command list. - - - - Lists the values specifying the compatibility mode of a document. - - - - - The document supports the ISO 32000-1:2008 standard. - - - - - The document supports the ISO 19005-1:2005 standard. - - - - - The document supports the ISO 19005-2:2011 standard. - - - - - The document supports the ISO 19005-3:2012 standard. - - - - - Represents document creation options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the compatibility mode of a document. - - A enumeration value that specifies the compatibility mode of a document. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether to prohibit embedding all fonts in a PDF document. - - true, to disable embedding all fonts in the PDF; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a list of font families that are not embedded in a document. - - A string list representing the collection of font families that are not embedded in a document. - - - - Represents a destination (a particular view of a document) to which a document target (e.g. a bookmark) is referred to. - - - - - Gets the page of a document where the corresponding destination is located. - - A object that is the page where the destination is located. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of a page where the destination is located. - - An integer value that is the zero-based index of the destination page. - - - - A document contained in a PDF file. - - - - - Provides access to the document's interactive form (AcroForm) properties. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the class that contains references to JavaScript actions which should be taken in response to some events. - - A object. - - - - Indicates whether copying or extracting text and graphics from the document is allowed (in support of accessibility to users with disabilities or for other purposes). - - true, if copying or extracting text and graphics from the document is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether adding and modifying text annotations and interactive form fields is allowed. - - true, if adding and modifying text annotations and interactive form fields is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether data extraction is allowed. - - true, if data extraction is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether inserting, rotating, or deleting pages and creating navigation elements such as bookmarks is allowed. - - true, if inserting, rotating, or deleting pages and creating navigation elements such as bookmarks is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether interactive form fields filling is allowed. - - true, if interactive form fields filling is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether document printing in high resolution is allowed. - - true, if document printing in high resolution is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether document modification and assembling is allowed. - - true, if document modification and assembling is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether document printing is allowed. - - true, if document printing is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the person who created the document. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the bookmarks that are used to navigate from one part of a document to another. - - A list of objects that are the collection of bookmarks. - - - - Gets the date and time when the document was created. - - A nullable structure that is a valid date-time offset. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the conforming product that created the original document, if this document was converted to PDF from another format. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the document's custom properties. - - A dictionary object containing custom properties. - - - - Gets named destinations for targets in the document. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets the file attachments from a document. - - An object implementing the interface that represents the collection of s. - - - - Gets or sets the keywords associated with the document. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the language identifier that specifies the natural language for al document text. - - A object containing language identifier for all document text. - - - - Provides access to the document's structure tree root dictionary. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfLogicalStructure object. - - - - Provides access to the mark information dictionary that contains information about the document's usage of Tagged PDF conventions. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfMarkInfo object. - - - - Provides access to a stream that contains the document metadata. - - A object. - - - - Gets the date and time the document was modified. - - A nullable value that is the date and time of the file's modification. - - - - Provides access to the document's name dictionary. - - A object. - - - - Indicates whether or not to expedite the display of PDF documents containing XFA forms. - - true if the document shall be regenerated when the document is first opened; otherwise false. The default value is false. - - - - Indicates an action to be performed when a document is opened. - - A object that represents an action to be performed when a document is opened. - - - - Indicates a destination that shall be displayed when the document is opened. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the document's optional content properties. - - A object that represents the document's optional content properties. - - - - Provides access to the outline dictionary that shall be the root of the document's outline hierarchy. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the array of output intent dictionaries that specify the color characteristics of output devices on which the document might be rendered. - - A collection of DevExpress.Pdf.PdfOutputIntent objects. - - - - Provides access to the number tree defining the page labeling for the document. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPageLabel objects, along with their integer key values. - - - - Indicates the page layout of the opened document. - - A enumeration value. The default value is . - - - - Gets or sets the document's page mode that specifies how to display the opened document (for example, whether to show page thumbnails or outlines automatically for a document). - - A enumeration value. The default value is UseNone. - - - - Provides access to the collection of document pages. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Provides access to the page-piece dictionary associated with the document. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPieceInfoEntry objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the conforming product that converted the original document to PDF from another format. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the subject of a document. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the array of thread dictionaries that contains the document's article threads. - - A collection of DevExpress.Pdf.PdfArticleThread objects. - - - - Gets or sets the document's title. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the document has been modified to include trapping information. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Indicates the version of the PDF specification to which the document conforms if later than the version specified in the file's header. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfFileVersion object. - - - - Provides access to the viewer preferences dictionary specifying how to display the document on the screen. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfViewerPreferences object. - - - - Represents an action that is performed with a document. - - - - - Initializes a new PdfDocumentActions object with the specified settings. - - A target document. - - - - Gets an action performed when the document is closing. - - A object that represents the document closing action. - - - - Gets an action performed when the document is printed. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the document is printing. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action performed when the document is saved. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - Gets an action that is performed when the document is saving. - - A object that represents the action. - - - - A document area. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer value. This value is assigned to the property. - A object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns a document area corresponding to the specified rectangle. - - A object. - - - - Creates a document area based on the specified start and end positions. - - A object. - A object. - A object. - - - - Indicates the page number corresponding to the current document area. - - An integer value that is the page number. - - - - Provides information about the PDF content type at a specific client point. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the document content has been selected; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Indicates the type of the PDF content corresponding to a specific document point. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Indicates the document position corresponding to the PDF content. - - A object. - - - - Indicates whether or not the PDF content has been selected. - - true if the document content has been selected; otherwise false. - - - - Lists the values indicating the type of the PDF content corresponding to a specific document point. - - - - - The PDF content is an annotation. - - - - - The PDF content is an image. - - - - - The PDF content is not defined. - - - - - The PDF content is text. - - - - - Lists the values specifying permissions that are used to restrict or allow access to data extraction operations. - - - - - Allow PDF Viewers to access document contents by using the Viewer's accessibility features. - - - - - Permit data extraction operations (copying or text and graphics extraction from the document) including access for the software that uses assistive technologies. - - - - - Prohibit data extraction operations (copying or text and graphics extraction from the document) including access for the software that uses assistive technologies. - - - - - Lists the values specifying permissions that are used to restrict or allow access to document interaction operations. - - - - - Permit interactive operations (adding or modifying text annotations, filling in interactive form fields, and creating or modifying interactive form fields) in the PDF document. - - - - - Prohibit interactive operations in the PDF document except filling existing form fields and document signing. - - - - - Prohibit all interactive operations (adding or modifying text annotations, filling in interactive form fields, and creating or modifying interactive form fields) in the PDF document. - - - - - Lists the values specifying permissions that are used to restrict or allow access to document modification operations. - - - - - Permit document modification and assembling. - - - - - Allow only document assembling such as inserting, rotating or deleting pages, as well as bookmark creation on the navigation pane. - - - - - Prohibit document modification and assembling. - - - - - Represents the PDF coordinates of a hit point and the page number. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer value. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Indicates the number of a page corresponding to the hit point. - - An integer value that is the page number. - - - - Returns the hit point coordinates in a PDF. - - A structure. - - - - Lists the values specifying permissions that are used to restrict or allow access to document printing operations. - - - - - Permit document printing. - - - - - Prohibit document printing at the highest quality level. - - - - - Prohibit document printing. - - - - - This class supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Lists the available algorithms to encrypt a document. - - - - - Use the 128-bit AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) algorithm. - - - - - Use the 256-bit AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) algorithm. - - - - - Use the 128-bit ARC4 algorithm. - - - - - Contains settings to protect a PDF document with a password and user permissions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class without encryption settings specified for a PDF document. - - - - - Specifies an algorithm to encrypt a PDF document. - - A enumeration value that specifies an encryption algorithm. - - - - Specifies the permissions on data extraction operations. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the permissions on interaction operations. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the permissions on document modification operations. - - A enumeration value. - - - - This property is now obsolete. To specify an owner password, use the property instead. - - A object that is an owner password. - - - - Specifies an owner password that is used to allow full access to a document. - - A object that is an owner password. - - - - Specifies the permissions on printing operations. - - A enumeration value. - - - - This property is now obsolete. To specify a user password, use the property instead. - - A object that is a user password. - - - - Specifies a user password that is used to protect opening the document. - - A object that is a user password. - - - - Represents an attachment where a file can be embedded to a PDF document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets date when the file attachment was created in the document. - - A nullable structure that is a valid date-time offset. - - - - Gets or sets the data of the attached file represented as a byte array. - - The file content data represented as a byte array. - - - - Specifies the description for the attached file shown in the Attachments panel of a PDF Viewer. - - A string that is an attached file description. - - - - Gets or sets the attached file name. - - A string value that is the name of an attached file. - - - - Gets or sets the MIME type (content type) of the attached file. - - A that represents the MIME type of the attached file. - - - - Gets or sets the date and time of the attachment file's last modification. - - A nullable value that is the date and time of the attachment file's last modification. - - - - Gets or sets the relationship between the document and the attachment file. - - A enumeration value that specifies the relationship between the document and the attachment file. - - - - Gets the size of the file attachment. - - An integer value that is the file attachment size, in bytes. - - - - Represents the file specification that gives the name of the target file in a standard format, and can also contain information related to one or more specific file systems. - - - - - Gets the date and time when the file was created. - - A nullable structure that is a valid date-time offset. - - - - Gets the descriptive text associated with the file specification. - - A string that is a file specification description. - - - - Gets the data of the file specification represented as a byte array. - - The file content data represented as a byte array. - - - - Returns the file name. - - A value that is the file name. - - - - Gets the name of the file system that is used to interpret this file specification. - - A value that is the name of the file system. - - - - Gets the zero-based index associated with the file specification. - - An integer value that is the zero-based index associated with the file specification. - - - - Gets the MIME type (content type) of the file. - - A that represents the MIME type of the file. - - - - Gets the date and time of the file's last modification. - - A nullable value that is the date and time of the file's last modification. - - - - Gets the relationship between the document and the file. - - A enumeration value that specifies the relationship between the document and the file. - - - - Gets the size of the file attachment. - - An integer value that is the file attachment size, in bytes. - - - - Represents an image filter. - - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with its contents magnified just enough to fit its bounding box entirely within the window both horizontally and vertically. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the page that contains the content magnified just enough to fit its bounding box entirely within the window. - - A object that is the PDF page. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with its vertical coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window and the contents magnified just enough to fit the entire width of its bounding box within the window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page and the top vertical coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - A object that is the PDF page. - A nullable double value that is the top vertical page coordinate. - - - - Gets the top vertical page coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that it the vertical page coordinate. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with the horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window with its contents magnified just enough to fit the entire height of its bounding box within the window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page and the left horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window. - - A object that is the PDF page. - A nullable double value that is the left horizontal page coordinate. - - - - Gets the left horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that it the left horizontal coordinate. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with its contents magnified just enough to fit the entire page within the window both horizontally and vertically. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the page that contains the contents magnified just enough to fit the entire page within the window both horizontally and vertically. - - A object that is the PDF page. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with the vertical coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window and the contents magnified just enough to fit the entire width of the page within the window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page and the top vertical coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - A object that is the PDF page with contents. - A nullable double value that is the top vertical coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - - - Gets the top vertical page coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that is the top vertical page coordinate. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with its contents magnified just enough to fit the specified by the , , , coordinates entirely within the window both horizontally and vertically. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page and rectangle specified by the coordinates left, bottom, right, and top. - - A object that is the page with its contents. - A that is the rectangle specified by the coordinates left, bottom, right, and top. - - - - Gets a rectangle specified by the coordinates left, bottom, right, and top to place the page entirely within the window both horizontally and vertically. - - A that is a rectangle specified by the coordinates left, bottom, right, and top. - - - - Represents a destination that displays the page with the horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window and the contents magnified just enough to fit the entire height of the page within the window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page and the left horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window. - - A object that is the PDF page with the contents. - A nullable double value that is the left horizontal page coordinate. - - - - Gets the horizontal left coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that it the left horizontal coordinate. - - - - A font assigned to a document text. - - - - - The PostScript name of the font. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the PDF font options. - - A object. - - - - The PostScript name of the font. - - A value, specifying the font name. - - - - Specifies a font subset. - - A value. - - - - Converts PDF character codes to Unicode values. - - A object, providing a CMap table that maps character codes to Unicode values. - - - - Provides the PDF font options. - - - - - Indicates the maximum height above the baseline reached by glyphs in this font. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the average width of glyphs in the font. - - A value. - - - - The vertical coordinate of the top of flat capital letters, measured from the baseline. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the character names defined in a font subset. - - A list of values. - - - - Provides access to a dictionary identifying which CIDs are present in the CIDFont file. - - A dictionary, containing the System.Int16 objects, along with their key values. - - - - Indicates the maximum depth below the baseline reached by glyphs in this font. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to a collection of flags defining various characteristics of the font. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Indicates a rectangle, expressed in the glyph coordinate system, that shall specify the font bounding box. - - A object. - - - - Indicates the preferred font family name. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the PostScript name of the font. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the font stretch value. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Indicates the weight (thickness) component of the fully-qualified font name or font specifier. - - An integer value. - - - - The angle, expressed in degrees counterclockwise from the vertical, of the dominant vertical strokes of the font. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the spacing between baselines of consecutive lines of text. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the maximum width of glyphs in the font. - - A value. - - - - The width to use for character codes whose widths are not specified in a font dictionary's Widths array. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the thickness, measured vertically, of the dominant horizontal stems of glyphs in the font. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the thickness, measured horizontally, of the dominant vertical stems of glyphs in the font. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the font's X-height: the vertical coordinate of the top of flat nonascending lowercase letters (like the letter x), measured from the baseline, in fonts that have Latin characters. - - A value. - - - - Lists the values that correspond to flags defining various characteristics of the font. - - - - - "0x10000" - - - - - "0x00001" - - - - - "0x40000" - - - - - "0x00040" - - - - - "0x00000" - - - - - "0x00020" - - - - - "0x00008" - - - - - "0x00002" - - - - - "0x20000" - - - - - "0x00004" - - - - - Lists the font stretch values. - - - - - "Condensed" - - - - - "Expanded" - - - - - "ExtraCondensed" - - - - - "ExtraExpanded" - - - - - "Normal" - - - - - "SemiCondensed" - - - - - "SemiExpanded" - - - - - "UltraCondensed" - - - - - "UltraExpanded" - - - - - Lists the form field's font styles. - - - - - Bold text. - - - - - Italic text. - - - - - Normal text. - - - - - Text with a line through the middle. - - - - - Underlined text. - - - - - Represents a PDF document form. - - - - - Gets a document rectangle in the form coordinate system of the form's bounding box. - - A object that is the document rectangle. - - - - Returns the PDF form commands. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets the modification date to be sure which of the application data dictionaries it contains corresponds to the current content of the form. - - A nullable structure that is a valid date-time offset. - - - - Returns a transformation matrix which maps the form space into user space. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfTransformationMatrix object that is the PDF transformation matrix. - - - - Gets a page-piece dictionary which holds private product data. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPieceInfoEntry objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets an integer key of the form entry in the structural parents tree. - - A nullable integer value specifying the key of the form entry. - - - - Contains data values stored in the PDF Form. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the predefined stream. - - A class descendant containing a file with the interactive form data (Fdf, Txt, Xfdf or Xml format). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the predefined stream and data format. - - A class descendant containing a file with the form data (Fdf, Txt, Xfdf or Xml format). - A enumeration value specifying the format in which interactive form values are stored. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the predefined file name. - - A containing the path to a file with the interactive form data (Fdf, Txt, Xfdf or Xml format). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the predefined file name and data format. - - A containing the path to a file with the interactive form data (Fdf, Txt, Xfdf or Xml format). - A enumeration value specifying the format in which interactive form values are stored. - - - - Returns the name of all fields contained in this PDF form. - - A list of values. - - - - Returns an individual field by its name on the PDF Form. - - A string representing the field name. - A object. - - - - Returns the name of the field represented by this object. - - A value. - - - - Saves the interactive form data to a stream using form data format. - - A class descendant, specifying the stream into which the interactive form should be saved. - A enumeration value, specifying into which format interactive form values should be saved. - - - - Saves the interactive form data into a file using form data format. - - A specifying the file path and file name. - A enumeration value, specifying into which format interactive form values should be saved. - - - - Specifies a value to the interactive form field represented by this object. - - A class descendant. - - - - Lists formats allowed for PDF Form data values. - - - - - Data is represented as FDF (Forms Data Format). - - - - - Data is represented as text. - - - - - Data is represented as XFDF (XML Forms Data Format). - - - - - Data is represented as XML. - - - - - An action that changes the view to a specified destination (page, location, and magnification factor). - - - - - Initializes a new PdfGoToAction object with specified settings. - - A target document. - A PdfDestination object that is a destination (a particular view of a document). - - - - Contains values that specify how to interpret a point passed to one of the overload methods that take a PointF object as an argument. - - - - - The point passed to one of the methods that take a PointF object is on the text baseline. - - - - - The point passed to one the methods that take a PointF object is the top left corner of the text bounding rectangle. - - - - - Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text. - - - - - Do not display the hot-key prefix. - - - - - No hot-key prefix. - - - - - Contains properties that define how to display the button's icon within the annotation rectangle of its widget annotation. - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether the button appearance is scaled to fit fully within the bounds of the annotation without taking into consideration the line width of the border. - - true, to fit fully within the bounds of the annotation otherwise, false. The default value is false. - - - - Gets the horizontal leftover of the icon within an annotation rectangle. - - A double value that is the horizontal leftover of the icon within an annotation rectangle. - - - - Gets the circumstances under which the icon shall be scaled inside the annotation rectangle. - - A enumeration value that lists the circumstances for scaling an icon. - - - - Get the type of icon scaling. - - A enumeration value that is the icon scaling type. - - - - Gets the vertical leftover of the icon within an annotation rectangle. - - A double value that is the vertical icon leftover within the annotation rectangle. - - - - Lists the circumstances under which the icon will be scaled inside the annotation rectangle. - - - - - Always scale. - - - - - Scale only when the icon is bigger than the annotation rectangle. - - - - - Never scale. - - - - - Scale only when the icon is smaller than the annotation rectangle. - - - - - Lists the type of icon scaling within the annotation rectangle. - - - - - Scale the icon to fill the annotation rectangle exactly, without regard to its original aspect ratio. - - - - - Scale the icon to fit the width or height of the annotation rectangle while maintaining the icon's original aspect ratio. - - - - - Represents an image in the PDF document. - - - - - Gets the number of bits used to represent each color component. - - An integer value that is the number of bits used to represent each color component. - - - - Gets a color key mask. - - A collection of objects that represents a range of colors to be masked out. - - - - Gets the color space in which image samples shall be specified. - - A object that is the color space required for an image. - - - - Gets the image data. - - The image data represented as a byte array. - - - - Gets a collection of numbers describing how to map image samples into the range of values appropriate for the image's color space. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets image filters. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets the height of the image, in pixels. - - An integer value that is the image height. - - - - Gets the name of a color rendering intent to be used in rendering the image. - - A nullable enumeration value that is the name of a color rendering intent. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether image interpolation shall be performed. - - true, if image interpolation should be performed while rendering this image; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value that determines whether an image is a stencil mask image. - - true, if an image is a stencil mask image; otherwise, false. - - - - An image XObject defining an image mask to be applied to this image. - - A that is an image mask to be applied to this image. - - - - Gets a collection of component values specifying the matte color with which the image data in the parent image shall have been preblended. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets a subsidiary image XObject defining a soft-mask image that shall be used as a source of the mask shape or mask opacity values in the transparent imaging model. - - A object that represents a subsidiary image XObject defining a soft-mask image. - - - - Gets the width of the image, in pixels - - An integer value that is the image width. - - - - An interactive form (AcroForm) that represents a collection of fields for gathering information interactively from the user. - - - - - Gets a collection of default appearance commands. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets the default justification that is used in displaying the annotation's text. - - A enumeration value that represents the default text justification. - - - - Gets the document's root fields. - - A collection of objects that contain the document's root fields. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether to construct appearance streams and appearance dictionaries for all widget annotations in the document. - - true to construct appearance streams and appearance dictionaries for all widget annotations; otherwise false. Default value: false. - - - - Gets flags specifying various document-level characteristics related to signature fields. - - A enumeration values that represent the signature flags. - - - - Gets an XFA form. - - A object that represents the XFA form. - - - - Represents interactive form field data (e.g., text boxes, radio buttons, combo boxes) in a document. - - - - - Provides access to actions that define the field's behavior in response to various trigger events. - - A object that contains interactive form fields actions. - - - - Gets an alternate name specified for an interactive form field. - - A value that is the alternate name for an interactive form field. - - - - Gets the appearance commands for an interactive form field. - - A collection of objects that represent appearance commands. - - - - Gets the default style string. - - A value that represents the name of the default style applied to the interactive form. - - - - Gets flags specifying various document-level characteristics related to interactive form fields. - - enumeration values that represent flags specifying various document-level characteristics. - - - - Provides access to the contents and properties of a document's interactive form. - - A object that represents the document's interactive form. - - - - Gets the collection of interactive form field children. - - A collection of the objects containing the immediate children of the interactive form field. - - - - Gets the mapping name that is used when exporting interactive form field data from the document. - - A value that represents the mapping name. - - - - Gets the partial field name. - - A value that is the partial field name. - - - - Gets the parent of the field in the interactive form field hierarchy. - - A object that represents the parent of the interactive form field. - - - - Gets the rich text string that contains formatting (style) information. - - A value that is the rich text data. - - - - Gets the form of quadding (justification) that is used in displaying the text. - - A object that represents the form of text justification. - - - - Gets the widget annotation associated with the interactive form field. - - A object that is the widget annotation. - - - - Represents an action that is performed with the interactive form fields. - - - - - Gets a JavaScript action that is executed when the user modifies a character in a text field or combo box or modifies the selection in a scrollable list box. - - A object that represents the JavaScript action that is executed when the user modifies a character. - - - - Gets a JavaScript action that is executed before the field is formatted to display its value. - - A object that represents the JavaScript action that is executed before the field is formatted to display its value. - - - - Gets a JavaScript action that is performed to recalculate the value of this field when another field is changed. - - A object that represents the JavaScript action performed to recalculate the value of this field. - - - - Gets a JavaScript action that is performed when the field's value is changed. - - A object that represents the JavaScript action performed when the field's value is changed. - - - - Represents flags specifying various document-level characteristics related to interactive form fields. - - - - - This flag is set only if the entry is present in the text field dictionary and if the , , and flags are clear. If this flag is active, the field shall be automatically divided into as many equally spaced positions, or combs, as the value of MaxLen, and the text is laid out into those combs. - - - - - If this flag is active, the field is a combo box. Otherwise, the field is a list box. - - - - - If the flag is set, the new value shall be committed once a selection is made. Otherwise, the new value is not committed until the end user exits the field. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field shall not scroll to accommodate more text than fits within its annotation rectangle. Once the field is full, no further text shall be accepted for interactive form filling. - - - - - If this flag is set, text entered in the field shall not be spell-checked. This flag shall not be used unless the and flags are both set. - - - - - If this flag is set, the combo box shall include an editable text box as well as a drop-down list. Otherwise, the combo box shall include only a drop-down list. This flag shall be used only if the flag is set. - - - - - If this flag is set, the text entered in the field represents the pathname of a file whose contents shall be submitted as the value of the field. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field may contain multiple lines of text. Otherwise, the field's text shall be restricted to a single line. - - - - - If this flag is set, more than one of the field's option items may be selected simultaneously. Otherwise, only one item shall be selected. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field shall not be exported by a submit-form action. - - - - - If active, deactivates all other options. - - - - - This flag is used for radio buttons only. If active, exactly one radio button shall be selected at all times; selecting the currently selected button has no effect. Otherwise, clicking the selected button deselects it, leaving no button selected. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field is intended for entering a secure password that should not be echoed visibly on the screen. Characters typed from the keyboard shall instead be echoed in an unreadable form, such as asterisks or bullet characters. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field is a pushbutton that does not retain a permanent value. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field is a set of radio buttons. Otherwise, the field is a check box. This flag may be set only if the flag is clear. - - - - - If this flag is set, a group of radio buttons within a radio button field that use the same value for the on state will turn on and off in unison; that is if one is checked, they are all checked. Otherwise, the buttons are mutually exclusive. - - - - - If this flag is set, the end user may not change the value of the field. Any associated widget annotations will not interact with the end user. This flag is useful for fields whose values are computed or imported from a database. - - - - - If this flag is set, the field shall have a value at the time it is exported by a submit-form action. - - - - - If this flag is set, the value of this field shall be a rich text string. - - - - - If the flag is set, the field's option items shall be sorted alphabetically. - - - - - Represents a JavaScript action that executes a script that is written in the JavaScript programming language. - - - - - Initializes a new PdfGoToAction object with specified settings. - - A string value that is the JavaScript code. - A target document. - - - - Gets a JavaScript script. - - A value that is the JavaScript script. - - - - Serves as the base for classes that allow jumping to a destination in the current document () or a destination in another PDF file (). - - - - - Gets the destination that will be displayed when the action is performed. - - A object that represents the destination. - - - - Provides the style settings used to paint the lines in a document. - - - - - Creates a dashed guideline style using the dash length, gap length, and dash phase. - - A double value that is the dash length. - A double value that is the gap length. - A double value that is the dash phase. - A object that is the dashed guideline style. - - - - Creates a dashed guideline style using the dash pattern and dash phase. - - An array of double values that represents the dash pattern. - A double value that is the dash phase. - A object that is the dashed guideline style. - - - - Create the solid guideline style. - - A object that represents the created style. - - - - Gets a line dash pattern specified by a dash array and a dash phase. - - An array of double values that represent the line dash pattern. - - - - Gets the dash phase, which specifies the distance into the dash pattern at which to start the dash. - - A double value that is the dash phase. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether a line is dashed. - - true, if the line is dashed; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the link annotation (a hypertext link to a destination) in a document. - - - - - Provides access to the link annotation action being executed. - - A object that is an action that is performed with the link annotation. - - - - Gets the annotation border style specifying the line width and dash pattern to be used in drawing the annotation's border. - - A object that contains properties to specify the annotation border style. - - - - Gets a destination that will be displayed when the annotation is activated. - - A object that is the link annotation destination. - - - - Gets the link annotation's highlighting mode. - - A enumeration value that represents the visual effect that will be used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside its active area. - - - - Gets the region in which the annotation link should be activated. - - A list of objects that represent the coordinates of quadrilaterals in the default user space that comprises the region. - - - - Gets a URI action that is associated with the annotation. - - A object that is the URI action. - - - - Represents a markup annotation that is used to mark up PDF documents. - - - - - Gets the date and time when the annotation was created in the document. - - A nullable structure that is a valid date-time offset. - - - - Gets an annotation that requires a reply to another annotation. - - A object that represents an annotation that requires a reply to another annotation. - - - - Gets the name that describes the intent of the markup annotation. - - A value that is the name that describes the markup annotation intent. - - - - Gets the opacity value that is used in painting the annotation. - - A double value that is the annotation opacity. - - - - Gets a pop-up annotation for entering or editing the text associated with this annotation. - - A object that is the popup annotation. - - - - Gets a name specifying the relationship (the reply type) between this annotation and the annotation obtained in the property. - - A enumeration value that represents the annotation reply type. - - - - Gets a rich text that is displayed in the pop-up window when the annotation is opened. - - A string value that represents the rich text. - - - - Gets a description of the subject being addressed by the annotation. - - A string value that is the text representing a short description of the subject. - - - - Gets the text displayed in the title bar of the annotation's pop-up window when the annotation is open and active. - - A string value that is the annotation title. - - - - Represents data common to all markup annotations. - - - - - Specifies the author of a text markup annotation. - - A string that specifies the text markup annotation's author. - - - - Gets the markup annotation's bounds on the page. - - A object that represents the markup annotation's bounds on the page. - - - - Specifies the markup annotation color. - - A object that specifies the markup annotation color. - - - - Specifies the text that is displayed in the markup annotation's pop-up window. - - A value that specifies the text that is displayed in the markup annotation's pop-up window. -. - - - - Specifies the date and time when the markup annotation was created on the page. - - A nullable structure that is the date and time of the markup annotation's creation on the page. - - - - Specifies the date and time of the markup annotation's last modification. - - A nullable value that is the date and time of the markup annotation's last modification. - - - - Specifies the markup annotation name. - - A value that specifies the annotation name. - - - - Specifies the opacity value that is used in painting the annotation. - - A double value that is the annotation opacity. - - - - Specifies a short description of the subject being addressed by the annotation. - - A string value that specifies the text representing a short description of the subject. - - - - List values that specify the relationship (the "reply type") between one annotation and another. - - - - - The annotation is grouped with the annotation obtained in the property. - - - - - The annotation is considered a reply to the annotation obtained in the property. - - - - - Represents global information about the document such as the document's title, author, and creation and modification dates. - - - - - Gets the data for the document components. - - A string value that represents the data of document components. - - - - Represents a named action. - - - - - The name of the named action that should be performed. - - A value that is the name of the action. - - - - Stores names of various PDF entities. - - - - - Provides access to a dictionary of annotation appearances. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets embedded files in which the destination is located. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfFileSpecification objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets Java Script actions found in the document. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their System.String key values. - - - - Gets page destinations for targets in the document. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their key values. - - - - Provides access to a dictionary of page names. - - A dictionary, containing the objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets a web capture content dictionary, which maps digital identifiers (IDs) to PDF objects such as pages and forms. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfSpiderSet objects, along with their key values. - - - - Gets a web capture content dictionary which maps URLs to PDF objects such as pages and forms. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfSpiderSet objects, along with their key values. - - - - Represents content in a PDF document that can be selectively viewed or hidden. - - - - - Represents different presentations of a document's optional content groups. - - - - - Gets a state value that is used to initialize the states of all the optional content groups in a document when this configuration is applied. - - A enumeration value that initializes the states of all the optional content groups in a document when this configuration is applied. - - - - Gets the name of the application or feature that created this content configuration. - - A value that is the name of the application or feature. - - - - Gets intent names that are used to determine which optional content groups' states to consider and which to ignore in calculating the visibility of content. - - A enumeration values that list intent names. - - - - Gets a collection of optional content groups that shall be locked when this configuration is applied. - - A collection of objects that represent optional content groups that shall be locked when this configuration is applied - - - - Gets the name of the optional content configuration. - - A value that is the configuration name. - - - - Gets the collection of optional content groups whose state shall be set to Off when this configuration is applied. - - A collection of objects that represent optional content groups whose state shall be set to Off when this configuration is applied. - - - - Gets the collection of optional content groups whose state shall be set to On when this configuration is applied. - - A collection of objects that represent optional content groups whose state shall be set to On when this configuration is applied. - - - - Gets the order for presentation of optional content groups. - - A object that is the order for presentation of optional content groups. - - - - Gets a name specifying which optional content groups in the property will be displayed to the user. - - enumeration values that list the optional content order. - - - - Gets a collection consisting of one or more collections, each of which represents a collection of optional content groups whose states shall be intended to follow a radio button paradigm. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets a collection of usage applications specifying which usage categories will be used to automatically manipulate the state of optional content groups. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Represents the optional content group that is used to control the visibility of graphic objects. - - - - - Gets a single intent name containing any combination of names. - - A enumeration values that list intent names. - - - - Gets the name of the optional content group. - - A value that is the optional content group name. - - - - Gets the content usage describing the nature of the content controlled by the group. - - A object that represents the content usage. - - - - Lists names that are used to determine which optional content group states to consider and which to ignore in calculating the visibility of content. - - - - - Indicates the set of all intents, including those not yet defined. - - - - - Indicates the Design intent name. - - - - - Indicates the View intent name. - - - - - Represents the order for presentation of optional content groups. - - - - - Gets items of the optional content that will be displayed in the user interface. - - A collection of objects that represent items of the optional content. - - - - Gets a name of the optional content group displayed in the user interface. - - A value that is the name of the optional content group. - - - - Lists values that specify which optional content groups in the property will be displayed to the user. - - - - - Display all groups in the property. - - - - - Display only those groups in the property that are referenced by one or more visible pages. - - - - - Contains a list of all the optional content groups in the document, as well as information about the default and alternate configurations for optional content. - - - - - Gets a collection of alternate optional content configurations. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets the default viewing optional content configuration. - - A object that is the default optional content configuration. - - - - Gets a collection of all the optional content groups in the document. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Represents a collection of optional content groups whose states are intended to follow a radio button paradigm. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Lists the states of all the optional content groups in a document when the optional content configuration is applied. - - - - - The states of all groups will be turned OFF. - - - - - The states of all groups will be turned ON. - - - - - The states of all groups will be left unchanged. - - - - - Represents an optional content group's usage that contains information describing the nature of the content controlled by the group. - - - - - Gets a value that is used by the creating application to store application-specific data associated with this optional content group. - - A PdfOptionalContentUsageCreatorInfo object that contains information that is used by the creating application. - - - - Gets a value that indicates the recommended state for content in this group when the document is saved to a format that does not support optional content (for example, a raster image format). - - A enumeration member that indicates the recommended state for content in this group. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether a partial match exists between the system language and the language strings in the entire usage. - - true, if the language is preferred; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the language of the content controlled by this optional content group. - - A object containing the language of the content. - - - - Gets the magnification factor below which the content in this optional content group is best viewed. - - A double value that is the magnification factor below which the group will be ON. - - - - Gets the minimum magnification factor at which the content in this optional content group is best viewed. - - A double value that is the minimum magnification factor at which the group will be ON. The default value: 0. - - - - Gets a value indicating that the group contains a pagination artifact. - - A PdfPageElement enumeration value. - - - - Gets a name specifying the kind of content controlled by the group (e.g.,Trapping, PrintersMarks and Watermark). - - A value that is the name specifying the kind of content controlled by the group. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether the group is set to either the ON or OFF state when the document is printed. - - A enumeration member that specifies whether the group is set to the state when the document is printed. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether the group is set to either the ON or OFF state when the document is opened. - - A enumeration member that specifies whether the group is set to the state when the document is opened. - - - - Represents the optional content usage application. - - - - - Gets names, each of which corresponds to a usage dictionary entry. - - A collection of strings that represent names, each of which corresponds to a usage dictionary entry. - - - - Gets a name defining the situation in which this usage application should be used. - - A PdfOptionalContentUsageApplicationEvent enumeration value that defines the situation in which this usage application should be used. - - - - Gets optional content groups that will have their states automatically managed based on information in their usage. - - A collection of objects that represent optional content groups. - - - - Represents the list of options in the choice field, each of which shall be represented by a text string that shall be displayed on the screen. - - - - - Gets a text that represents the option's export value. - - A object that represents the option's export value. - - - - Gets the text representing one of the available options in the choice field. - - A object that represents one of the available options in the choice field. - - - - A rectangle that delimits a page area around a specific document element. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location and size. - - A object that represents the top left corner of the rectangular region. - A value that represents the width of the rectangular region. - A value that represents the height of the rectangular region. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location, size, and angle. - - A object that represents the top left corner of the rectangular region. - A value that specifies the width of the rectangular region. - A value that specifies the height of the rectangular region. - A value that specifies the rotation angle of the rectangle (in radians). A positive value indicates counterclockwise rotation; a negative value indicates clockwise rotation. - - - - Gets the rotation angle of the rectangle. - - A value that is the rotation angle of the rectangle in radians. - - - - Determines whether the current PdfOrientedRectangle object contains the specified rectangle. - - Specifies the rectangle to test. - true, if the specified rectangle belongs to the current PdfOrientedRectangle object; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the current PdfOrientedRectangle object contains the specified point. - - Specifies the point to test. - true, if the specified point belongs to the current PdfOrientedRectangle object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the rectangle height. - - A value that is the rectangle height. - - - - Gets the rectangle position in relation to the left edge of the page. - - A value. - - - - Gets the rectangle position in relation to the top edge of the page. - - A value. - - - - Gets the rectangle width. - - A value that is the rectangle width. - - - - Represents a document outline that allows the user to navigate interactively from one part of the document to another. - - - - - Provides access to the action that should be performed when the outline item is activated. - - A object that is an action that is performed with outlines. - - - - Gets the color of the outline entry's text in the navigation pane. - - A object that represents the color for an outline entry's text. - - - - Gets a destination (a particular view of a document), which is displayed when an outline item is activated. - - A object that is an outline destination. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the outline's text is formatted as bold. - - true, if the outline's text is bold; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the value indicating whether the outline's text is formatted as italic. - - true, if the outline's text is italic; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the next item at the outline level. - - A object that is the next outline item. - - - - Gets the parent of the outline item in the outline hierarchy. - - A object that represents the parent of the outline item. - - - - Gets the previous item at the outline level. - - A object that is the previous outline item. - - - - Gets the text that is displayed for the outline item. - - A string that is displayed on the screen for the outline item. - - - - Represents an outline item in the tree-structured hierarchy of outlines. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the outline item is closed when it is displayed on the screen. - - true, if the outline item is hidden (closed); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the total number of visible outline items at all levels of the outline. - - An integer value that is the outline items count. - - - - Gets the first top-level item in the outline. - - A object that is the first top-level item in the outline. - - - - Gets the last top-level item in the outline. - - A object that is the last top-level item in the outline. - - - - Represents the root of a document's outline hierarchy. - - - - - An individual page in a document. - - - - - Provides access to a dictionary of additional actions to be performed when the page is opened or closed. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPageActions object. - - - - Provides access to the collection of annotation dictionaries that contain indirect references to all annotations associated with the page. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Indicates the tab order that shall be used for annotations on the page. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfAnnotationTabOrder enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the art box defining the boundaries of the meaningful content (including potential white space) on a page as intended by the page's creator. - - A object, specifying the art box. - - - - Provides access to the collection of indirect references to all article beads appearing on the page. - - A collection of DevExpress.Pdf.PdfBead objects. - - - - Specifies the bleed box defining the region to which the contents of the page shall be clipped when output in a production environment. - - A object, specifying the bleed box. - - - - Gets the PDF page commands. - - A object that represents the page commands. - - - - Indicates the display duration of a page (also called its advance timing): the maximum length of time, in seconds, that the page shall be displayed during presentations before the viewer application shall automatically advance to the next page. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the digital identifier of the page's parent Web Capture content set. - - A array. - - - - Specifies the date and time when the page's contents were most recently modified. - - A nullable value. - - - - Provides access to a metadata stream that contains metadata for the page. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to a page-piece dictionary associated with the page. - - A dictionary, containing the DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPieceInfoEntry objects, along with their keys. - - - - Specifies the page's preferred zoom factor, i.e. the factor by which it shall be scaled to achieve the natural display magnification. - - A nullable value. - - - - Indicates the key of the page's entry in the structural parent tree. - - A nullable integer value. - - - - Provides access to a stream object that defines the page's thumbnail image. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfImage object. - - - - Provides access to a transition dictionary describing the transition effect that shall be used when displaying the page during presentations. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfPagePresentation object. - - - - Specifies the group attributes dictionary that specifies the attributes of the page's page group for use in the transparent imaging model. - - A DevExpress.Pdf.PdfTransparencyGroup object. - - - - Specifies the trim box defining the intended dimensions of the finished page after trimming. - - A object, specifying the trim box. - - - - Indicates the size of default user space units, in multiples of 1⁄72 inch. - - A value. The default value is 1.0 (user space unit is 1⁄72 inch). - - - - Lists the values that define how the page is positioned in the PDF Viewer. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays pages in one column. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays one page at a time. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays the pages in two columns, with odd-numbered pages on the left. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays pages in two columns, with odd-numbered pages on the right. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the left. - - - - - The PDF Viewer displays the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the right. - - - - - Lists values that specify how to display the opened document. - - - - - When a document is opened in the viewer, it shows pages in full screen mode (no menu bar, window controls, or any other window is visible). - - - - - When a document is opened in the viewer, it shows pages and opens the Attachments panel to display attachments. - - - - - When a document is opened in the viewer, it shows only pages (Bookmarks, Attachments, Page Thumbnails, and Layers panels are hidden). - - - - - When a document is opened, for example, in the Adobe Acrobat Reader, the Reader shows pages and opens the optional content group panel (the Layers panel). - - - - - When a document is opened in the viewer, it shows pages and opens the Bookmarks panel to display outlines (bookmarks). - - - - - When a document is opened in the viewer, it shows pages and opens the Page Thumbnails panel to display thumbnails. - - - - - Provides settings that define page boundaries for specific content types. - - - - - Specifies the crop box imposing the page boundaries displayed in a PDF Viewer. - - A object, specifying the crop box. - - - - Specifies the media box defining the boundaries of the physical medium on which the page is to be printed. - - A object, specifying the media box. - - - - Rotates the document page at the specified angle. - - An integer value, specifying the page rotation angle (in degrees). - - - - Contains the standard paper sizes. - - - - - The PDF paper size for the A2 paper type is 420 x 594 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A3 paper type is 297 x 420 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A3 Extra paper type is 322 x 445 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A3 Extra Transverse paper type is 322 x 445 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A3 Rotated paper type is 420 x 297 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A3 Transverse paper type is 297 x 420 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 paper type is 210 x 297 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 Extra paper type is 235 x 322 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 Plus paper type is 210 x 330 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 Rotated paper type is 297 x 210 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 Small paper type is 210 x 297 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A4 Transverse paper type is 210 x 297 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A5 paper type is 148 x 210 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A5 Extra paper type is 174 x 235 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A5 Rotated paper type is 210 x 148 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A5 Transverse paper type is 148 x 210 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A6 paper type is 105 x 148 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the A6 Rotated paper type is 148 x 105 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the APlus paper type is 227 x 356 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B4 paper type is 250 x 353 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B4 Envelope paper type is 250 x 353 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B4 (JIS) Rotated paper type is 364 x 257 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B5 paper type is 176 x 250 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B5 Envelope paper type is 176 x 250 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B5 Extra paper type is 201 x 276 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B5 (JIS) Rotated paper type is 257 x 182 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B5 Transverse paper type is 182 x 257 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B6 Envelope paper type is 176 x 125 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B6 (JIS) paper type is 128 x 182 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the B6 (JIS) Rotated paper type is 182 x 128 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the BPlus paper type is 305 x 487 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C3 Envelope paper type is 324 x 458 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C4 Envelope paper type is 229 x 324 mm (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C5 Envelope paper type is 162 x 229 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C65 paper type is 114 x 229 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C6 Envelope paper type is 114 x 162 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the C paper type is 17 x 22 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the DL Envelope is 110 x 220 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the D paper type is 22 x 34 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the E paper type is 34 x 44 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Executive paper type is 7.25 x 10.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Folio paper type is 8.5 x 13 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the German legal fanfold paper type is 8.5 x 13 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the German standard fanfold paper type is 8.5 x 12 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Invitation envelope paper type is 220 x 220 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the ISO B4 paper type is 250 x 353 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Italy envelope paper type is 110 x 230 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Japanese double postcard paper type is 200 x 148 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Japanese double postcard rotated paper type is 148 x 200 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Japanese postcard paper type is 100 x 148 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Japanese postcard rotated paper type is 148 x 100 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Ledger paper type is 17 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Legal paper type is 8.5 x 14 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Legal Extra paper type is 9.275 x 15 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter paper type is 8.5 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter Extra paper type is 9.275 x 12 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter extra transverse paper type is 9.275 x 12 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter plus paper type is 8.5 x 12.69 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter rotated paper type is 11 x 8.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter small paper type is 8.5 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Letter transverse paper type is 8.275 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Monarch envelope paper type is 3.875 x 7.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Note paper type is 8.5 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Number 10 envelope paper type is 4.125 x 9.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Number 11 envelope paper type is 4.5 x 10.375 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Number 12 envelope paper type is 4.75 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Number 9 envelope paper type is 3.875 x 8.875 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Personal envelope paper type is 3.625 x 6.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 16K paper type is 146 x 215 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 16K rotated paper type is 146 x 215 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 32K paper type is 97 x 151 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 32K big paper type is 97 x 151 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 32K big rotated paper type is 97 x 151 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China 32K rotated paper type is 97 x 151 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 1 envelope paper type is 102 x 165 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 10 envelope paper type is 324 x 458 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 10 rotated envelope paper type is 458 x 324 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 1 rotated envelope paper type is 165 x 102 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 2 envelope paper type is 102 x 176 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 2 rotated envelope paper type is 176 x 102 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 3 envelope paper type is 125 x 176 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 3 rotated envelope paper type is 176 x 125 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 4 envelope paper type is 110 x 208 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 4 rotated envelope paper type is 208 x 110 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 5 envelope paper type is 110 x 220 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China Envelope number 5 rotated envelope paper type is 220 x 110 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 6 envelope paper type is 120 x 230 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 6 rotated envelope paper type is 230 x 120 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 7 envelope paper type is 160 x 230 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 7 rotated envelope paper type is 230 x 160 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 8 envelope paper type is 120 x 309 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 8 rotated envelope paper type is 309 x 120 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 9 envelope paper type is 229 x 324 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the People's Republic of China number 9 rotated envelope paper type is 324 x 229 (millimeters). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Quarto paper type is 215 x 275 (millimeters). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Standard paper type is 10 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Standard paper type is 10 x 14 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Standard paper type is 11 x 17 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Standard paper type is 12 x 11 (inches). Requires Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or later. - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Standard paper type is 15 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Statement paper type is 5.5 x 8.5 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Tabloid paper type is 11 x 17 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the Tabloid extra paper type is 11.69 x 18 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - The PDF paper size for the US standard fanfold is 14.875 x 11 (inches). - - A page rectangle. - - - - Provides the security password to open a protected PDF file in the PDF Viewer and PDF Document Processor. - - - - - Returns the file name of a document that is requested to be opened in the PDF Viewer or PDF Document Processor. - - A value, specifying the file name. - - - - This property is now obsolete. Use the property instead. - - A value. - - - - Returns the current number of password request attempts. - - An integer value that is the current number of password requests. - - - - Specifies the security password to open a PDF file. - - A value. - - - - This event handler is used to programmatically provide a document opening password in a PDF Viewer and PDF Document Processor to open a document without end-user interaction. - - The event sender. - A object that is used to provide the security password to open a protected PDF file in the PDF Viewer and PDF Document Processor. - - - - Represents a color pattern. - - - - - Gets a pattern matrix that specifies the transformation from pattern space to user space. - - A PdfTransformationMatrix object that represents the pattern matrix. - - - - Specifies the coordinates of a PDF point. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified coordinates. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the X coordinate of the . - - A value that is the PDF point's X coordinate. - - - - Gets the Y coordinate of the . - - A value that is the PDF point's Y coordinate. - - - - Represents a pop-up annotation that displays text in a pop-up window for editing the annotation text. - - - - - Gets the value that indicates whether the popup annotation is opened on the page. - - true if the popup annotation is opened on the page; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the parent of the popup annotation item in the annotation hierarchy. - - A object that represents the popup annotation parent. - - - - Represents a quadrilateral that comprises the annotation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the coordinates of the first quadrilateral point. - A object that represents the coordinates of the second quadrilateral point. - A object that represents the coordinates of the third quadrilateral point. - A object that represents the coordinates of the fourth quadrilateral point. - - - - Gets the first quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - A object that is the first quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - - - Gets the second quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - A object that represents the second quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - - - Gets the third quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - A object that is the third quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - - - Gets the fourth quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - A object that is the fourth quadrilateral point in the default user space. - - - - Represents a range of colors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the upper value to which the corresponding sample value in the image is mapped. - - A value that is the upper value to which the corresponding sample value in the image is mapped. - - - - Gets the lower value to which the corresponding sample value in the image is mapped. - - A value that is the lower value to which the corresponding sample value in the image is mapped. - - - - A rectangle used to describe locations on a page and bounding boxes for various PDF objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - Specifies the lower left x-coordinate. - Specifies the lower left y-coordinate. - Specifies the upper right x-coordinate. - Specifies the upper right y-coordinate. - - - - Gets the 's bottom coordinate. - - A value, representing the bottom coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's bottom left coordinate. - - A structure, representing the bottom left coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's bottom right coordinate. - - A structure, representing the bottom right coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Determines whether a point is inside the current rectangle. - - A structure that represents the point in a two-dimensional coordinate space. - true if a point is inside the current rectangle; otherwise false. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets the 's height. - - A value that is the height of the PDF rectangle, in points (1/72 of an inch). - - - - Gets the 's left coordinate. - - A value, representing the left coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's right coordinate. - - A value, representing the right coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's top coordinate. - - A value, representing the top coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's top left coordinate. - - A structure, representing the top left coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's top right coordinate. - - A structure, representing the top right coordinate of the PDF rectangle. - - - - Gets the 's width. - - A value that is the width of the PDF rectangle, in points (1/72 of an inch). - - - - An action that jumps to a destination in another PDF file instead of the current file. - - - - - Gets the file in which the destination will be located. - - A object that represents the file in which the destination will be located. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether to open the destination document in a new window. - - true to open the destination document in a new window; otherwise false. - - - - Lists rendering intents that determine how a color management system handles color conversion from one color space to another. - - - - - Colors shall be represented solely with respect to the light source; no correction shall be made for the output medium's white point (such as the color of unprinted paper). - - - - - Colors shall be represented in a manner that provides a pleasing perceptual appearance. - - - - - Colors shall be represented with respect to the combination of the light source and the output medium's white point (such as the color of unprinted paper). - - - - - Colors shall be represented in a manner that preserves or emphasizes saturation. - - - - - Provides PDF rendering settings to optimize JPEG image decoding. - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies whether the external Windows Imaging Component (WIC) decoder can be used to optimize JPEG image decoding. - - true, to allow using the external DCT decoder to optimize JPEG image decoding; false, the GDI+ decoder is used for JPEG image decoding. The default value is true. - - - - An action that resets selected interactive form fields to their default values. - - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether to exclude fields obtained in the property from resetting. - - if true all fields in the document's interactive form will be reset except those listed in the property; otherwise false. - - - - Gets a collection of fields that indicate which fields to reset or which to exclude from resetting, depending on the value of the property. - - A collection of the objects that represent fields. - - - - Represents the red, green, and blue color components in the range of 0 to 1. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified red, green, and blue color components. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. This value must be between 0 and 1. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. This value must be between 0 and 1. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. This value must be between 0 and 1. - - - - Gets or sets the blue color component value. - - A double value that is the blue color component value in the range of 0 to 1. - - - - Gets or sets the green color component value. - - A double value that is the green color component value in a range of 0 to 1. - - - - Occurs every time any of the class properties has changed its value. - - - - - Gets or sets the red color component value. - - A double value that is the red color component value in a range of 0 to 1. - - - - A class that provides document encryption options and document signature to save the document. - - - - - Specifies encryption options of a PDF document. - - A object that represents encryption options of a PDF document. - - - - Gets or sets the signature, which can contain signing info, reason and location, to be used to save the signed document. - - A object that represents the PDF signature. - - - - An electronic signature used to sign a PDF file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified certificate. - - A object that is an X.509 certificate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified certificate, image data represented by a byte array, page number, signature bounds and signature rotation angle represented by a object. - - A object that is an X.509 certificate. - An array of bytes containing an image. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the signature should be added. - A object that represents the signature bounds in the default user space and signature rotation angle (in radians). A positive angle means counterclockwise rotation; a negative angle means clockwise rotation. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified certificate, image data represented by a byte array, page number and the signature bounds represented by a object. - - A object that is an X.509 certificate. - An array of bytes containing an image. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the signature should be added. - A object that represents the signature bounds in the default user space. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified certificate, image data represented by a stream, page number, signature bounds and signature rotation angle represented by a object. - - A object that is an X.509 certificate. - A System.IO.Stream class descendant, specifying the stream with the image data. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the signature should be added. - A object that represents the signature bounds in the default user space and signature rotation angle (in radians). A positive angle means counterclockwise rotation; a negative angle means clockwise rotation. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified certificate, image data represented by a stream, page number and the signature bounds represented by a object. - - A object that is an X.509 certificate. - A System.IO.Stream class descendant, specifying the stream with the image data. - An integer value that specifies the page number where the signature should be added. - A object that represents the signature bounds in the default user space. - - - - Specifies the contact information which helps a recipient to verify the signature provided by the signer. - - A object that is the contact information provided by the signer to a recipient. - - - - Gets or sets the CPU host name or physical location of the signature. - - A object that is the location associated with the identity. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the person or authority signing the document. - - A object that is the person or authority name signing the document. - - - - Gets or sets the reason for a document signature. - - A object that is the reason for a document signature. - - - - Gets the time the document was signed. - - A nullable structure that is the date and time the document was signed. - - - - Lists values that specify various document-level characteristics related to signature fields. - - - - - The document contains signatures that may be invalidated if the file is saved (written) in a way that alters its previous contents. - - - - - No signature is applied to the document. - - - - - The document contains at least one signature field. - - - - - Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle. - - - - - The text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle. - - - - - The text is aligned far from the original position of the layout rectangle. - - - - - The text is aligned near the layout. - - - - - Contains settings to format strings in a document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified string format. - - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified string format flags. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the string. - - A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string. - - - - Creates a copy of this object. - - The object this method creates. - - - - Gets or sets a enumeration that contains format information. - - A enumeration that contains format information. - - - - Gets a generic default object. - - The generic default object. - - - - Gets a generic typographic object. - - A generic typographic object. - - - - Gets or sets the object for this object. - - The object. - - - - Gets or sets a value that is the fraction of the font em-size used as both horizontal and vertical leading string margins. - - A double value that is the fraction of the font em-size used as both horizontal and vertical leading string margins. - - - - Specifies the vertical alignment of the string. - - A enumeration that represents the vertical alignment of the string. - - - - Gets or sets a value that is the fraction of the font em-size used as the horizontal trailing string margin. - - A double value that is the fraction of the font em-size used as the horizontal trailing string margin. - - - - Gets or sets the enumeration for this object. - - A enumeration that indicates how text is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle. - - - - Specifies the display and layout information for text strings. - - - - - Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. - - - - - Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. - - - - - Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to be displayed. - - - - - Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length. - - - - - Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. - - - - - The text is trimmed to the nearest character. - - - - - The text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. - - - - - The text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. - - - - - Specifies no trimming. - - - - - The text is trimmed to the nearest word. - - - - - Represents a text annotation (a "sticky note" attached to a point in a document). - - - - - Gets the name of an icon that will be used in displaying the annotation. - - A value that is the name of a text annotation icon. - - - - Gets a value that indicates whether the annotation is opened on the page. - - true if the annotation is opened on the page; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the annotation state. - - A object that represents the annotation state. - - - - Gets a model corresponding to the specific annotation state. - - A string that represents the state model of the annotation. - - - - Represents a text field on a PDF form. - - - - - Gets the default text of the text form field. - - A object that represents the field's default text. - - - - Gets the maximum length of the field's text, in characters. - - A nullable integer value specifying the maximum length of the field's text. - - - - Gets the text form field's text. - - A object that represents the field's text. - - - - Lists the form of justification that is used in laying out the overlay text. - - - - - The centered form of justification is used in displaying the text. - - - - - The left justified form of justification is used in displaying the text. - - - - - The right justified form of justification is used in displaying the text. - - - - - Represents a text markup annotation. - - - - - Gets a collection of quadrilaterial points that encompass the areas of this annotation. - - An array of objects that represent the quadrilateral points. - - - - Gets the type of a text markup annotation. - - One of the enumeration values that represents the text markup annotation type. - - - - Represents text markup annotation data. - - - - - Specifies the text markup annotation type. - - One of the enumeration values that specifies the text markup annotation type. - - - - Gets a collection of quadrilaterals that encompass the text markup annotation drawing area. - - An array of objects that represent the quadrilaterals points. - - - - Specifies the type of a text markup annotation. - - - - - The type of a text markup annotation is highlight. - - - - - The type of a text markup annotation is squiggly underline. - - - - - The type of a text markup annotation is strikeout. - - - - - The type of a text markup annotation is underline. - - - - - Lists the available text search direction modes. - - - - - Specifies a backward search in the document. - - - - - Specifies a forward search in the document. - - - - - Specifies the options applied to a text search. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not to ignore the letter case when searching text in a PDF. - - true, to take into account the letter case; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the direction of text search. - - A enumeration value, specifying the search direction. - - - - Specifies whether or not to take into account only whole words when searching text in a PDF. - - true, if whole words should match the search criteria; otherwise false. - - - - Provides the information related to a PDF text search result. - - - - - Provides access to the page containing the text found. - - A object. - - - - Indicates the zero-based index of a page that contains the found text. - - An integer value, specifying the zero-based page index. - - - - Indicates the number of a page that contains the text that was found. - - An integer value, specifying the page number. - - - - Provides access to the document area containing the text found. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Indicates the current text search operation status. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Returns the collection of words corresponding to the text that was found. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Lists the values specifying the status of a PDF text search operation. - - - - - The text search has finished. - - - - - The text, which is being searched for, has been found. - - - - - The text, which is being searched for, has not been found. - - - - - Represents a URI (uniform resource identifier) action associated with the annotation. - - - - - Gets a value that determines whether to track the mouse position when the URI is resolved. - - true to track the mouse position when the URI is resolved; otherwise false. Default value: false. - - - - Returns the URI (uniform resource identifier) action that causes a URI to be resolved. - - A string that identifies a resource on the Internet. - - - - Represents the widget annotation for the interactive forms in a document. - - - - - Gets an action that will be performed when the widget annotation is active. - - A object that is the widget annotation action. - - - - Gets actions that will be performed when the annotation is activated. - - A object that represents actions that will be performed when the annotation is activated. - - - - Gets the appearance characteristics specifying the widget annotation's visual presentation on the page. - - A object that represents the appearance characteristics of the widget annotation. - - - - Gets a value specifying the width and line style that shall be used in drawing the widget annotation's border. - - A object that represents the widget annotation border style. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's highlighting mode - the visual effect that shall be used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside its active area. - - A enumeration value that represents the widget annotation's highlighting mode. - - - - Gets an interactive form field that the widget annotation used to represent the appearance of fields and to manage user interactions. - - A object that is the interactive form field for the widget annotation. - - - - Lists values that specify the text position of the widget annotation's caption relative to its icon. - - - - - Caption above the icon. - - - - - Caption below the icon. - - - - - Caption overlaid directly on the icon. - - - - - Caption to the left of the icon. - - - - - Caption to the right of the icon - - - - - No caption, icon only. - - - - - No icon, caption only. - - - - - Contains appearance characteristics for constructing the annotation's appearance. - - - - - Gets the widget annotation's alternate (down) caption, which shall be displayed when the mouse button is pressed within its active area. - - A value that is the widget annotation's alternate (down) caption. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's alternate (down) icon, which will be displayed when the mouse button is pressed within its active area. - - A object that is a form XObject defining the widget annotation's alternate (down) icon. - - - - Gets a value specifying the color of the widget annotation's background. - - A object that is the color of the widget annotation's background. - - - - Gets the value specifying the color of the widget annotation's border. - - A object that is the color of the widget annotation's border. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's normal caption, which will be displayed when it is not interacting with the user. - - A value that is the widget annotation's normal caption. - - - - Gets the value specifying how the widget annotation's icon will be displayed within its annotation rectangle. - - A enumeration value that specifies how the widget annotation's icon will be displayed within its annotation rectangle. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's normal icon, which will be displayed when it is not interacting with the user. - - A object that is the widget annotation's normal icon. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's rollover caption, which will be displayed when the user rolls the cursor into its active area without pressing the mouse button. - - A object that is the widget annotation's rollover caption. - - - - Gets the widget annotation's rollover icon, which will be displayed when the user rolls the cursor into its active area without pressing the mouse button. - - A object that is the form XObject defining the widget annotation's rollover icon. - - - - Gets the number of degrees by which the widget annotation shall be rotated counterclockwise relative to the page. - - An integer value that is the widget annotation rotation angle. - - - - Gets the text position of the widget annotation's caption relative to its icon. - - A enumeration value that is the text position of the widget annotation. - - - - An individual word in a document. - - - - - Returns a list of the word's characters. - - A collection of values. - - - - Returns rectangles surrounding the word. - - A collection of values. - - - - Returns a list of the word's segments. - - A collection of values that represent the word's segments. - - - - Returns a Unicode representation of the word's characters. - - A value. - - - - Represents a word segment in a document. - - - - - Returns a list of the word segment's characters. - - A collection of values. - - - - Returns a rectangle surrounding the word's segment. - - A object that is the rectangle surrounding the word's segment. - - - - Returns a Unicode representation of the word's segments. - - A System.String value. - - - - Represents an interactive form based on the Adobe XML Forms Architecture (XFA). - - - - - Gets the content of a XFA form. - - A object that represents the content of a XFA form. - - - - Represents a form XObject in a PDF document content. - - - - - Provides access to a stream that contains the form X-Object metadata. - - A object that represents the metadata stream of the form X-Object. - - - - Gets an Open Prepress Interface (OPI) dictionary for the form XObject. - - A PdfOpenPrepressInterface object that is the OPI dictionary. - - - - Gets the value specifying the optional content properties for the form XObject. - - A object that contains the optional content properties for the form XObject. - - - - Gets the integer key of the form XObject's entry in the structural parent tree. - - A nullable integer value specifying the key of the form XObject's entry - - - - Represents a destination that displays the PDF page with the , coordinates positioned at the upper-left corner of the window and the contents of the page magnified by the factor zoom (the property). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page, top and left coordinates that will be shown on the upper-left corner of the window, and zoom level to show the page. - - A object that is the PDF page with contents. - A nullable double value that is the left page coordinate. - A nullable double value that is the top page coordinate. - A nullable double value that is the zoom factor by which the page is magnified. - - - - Gets the left horizontal coordinate positioned at the left edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that it the left horizontal coordinate. - - - - Gets the top vertical page coordinate positioned at the top edge of the window. - - A nullable double value that is the vertical page coordinate. - - - - Gets the contents of the page magnified by the zoom factor. - - A nullable double value that is the zoom factor. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index aff0a52..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b098cf5..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26249 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core - - - - - Contains classes that provide service model functionality to a report service. - - - - - Contains classes that provide data contracts and client factory functionality to the report and export services. - - - - - If implemented by a class, provides a service contract for an export service client. - - - - - Starts clearing the content of the specified document. - - A object, identifying the document. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the exported document. - - An object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the current status of the exported document. - - An object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts the initial phase of asynchronous document export. - - A object. - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends clearing the content of a document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends obtaining the exported document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A array containing document data. - - - - Ends obtaining the current status of the exported document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An structure. - - - - Ends the initial phase of asynchronous document export. - - An object containing information about a status of an asynchronous operation. - An object. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides a service contract for the . - - - - - Starts obtaining the document build status. - - A object, identifying the document. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the document data. - - A object, identifying the document. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the parameter lookup values. - - An value. - An array of objects. - An array of values, specifying the parameter paths (for example, "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the document pages. - - A object. - An array of integer values. - A enumeration value. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the printed document. - - A object, identifying the printed document. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the status of the printed document. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the report parameters. - - An object, identifying the report. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts the initial phase of asynchronously building the report. - - An object, identifying the report. - A object, storing the arguments required to create the report. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts the initial phase of asynchronously printing of the specified document. - - A object. - A enumeration value. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts the terminal phase of asynchronously building the report. - - A object that identifies the report document. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts the terminal phase of asynchronously printing the document. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends obtaining the document build status. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A structure. - - - - Ends obtaining the document data. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends obtaining the parameter lookup values. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An array of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the document pages. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A array. - - - - Ends obtaining the printed document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A array. - - - - Ends obtaining the status of the printed document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends obtaining the report parameters. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends the initial phase of asynchronously building the report. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends the initial phase of asynchronously printing the document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends the terminal phase of asynchronously building the document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends the terminal phase of asynchronously printing the document. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides the client-side functionality for a WCF Report Service. - - - - - Starts clearing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document has been cleared. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document build status (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the created document's status has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document data (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document data has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the exported document (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the exported document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the exported document has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the exported document's status (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the exported document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the exported document's status has been obtained. - - - - - Asynchronously obtains a collection of parameter values assigned to a lookup editor. - - An value. - An array of objects. - An array of values, specifying the parameter paths (for example, "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when a lookup editor has finished obtaining the appropriate parameter values. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document pages (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - An array of integer values, specifying the document pages. - A enumeration value, specifying the markup compatibility. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document pages have been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the printed document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the printed document has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the status of the printed document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the printed document's status has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the report parameters (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the report parameters have been obtained. - - - - - Starts building the report (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the report. - A object, storing the arguments required to create the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document build has started. - - - - - Starts exporting the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A object, storing the arguments required to export the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document export has started. - - - - - Starts printing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A enumeration value, specifying the markup compatibility. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document printing has started. - - - - - Stops building the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document build has stopped. - - - - - Stops printing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document printing has stopped. - - - - - If implemented by a class, supports automatic creation on the client side. - - - - - Provides the client-side functionality for a WCF Report Service. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Starts clearing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document has been cleared. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document build status (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the created document's status has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document data (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document data has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the exported document (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the exported document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the exported document has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining document export status (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the exported document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document export status has been obtained. - - - - - Returns a collection of parameter values assigned to a lookup editor. - - An value. - An array of objects. - An array of values, specifying the parameter paths (for example, "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously obtains a collection of parameter values assigned to a lookup editor. - - An value. - An array of objects. - An array of values, specifying the parameter paths (for example, "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when a lookup editor has finished obtaining the appropriate parameter values. - - - - - Starts obtaining the document pages (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - An array of integer values, specifying the document page indexes. - A enumeration value, specifying the markup compatibility. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document pages have been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the printed document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the printed document has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the status of the printed document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the printed document's status has been obtained. - - - - - Starts obtaining the report parameters (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the report parameters have been obtained. - - - - - Starts building the report (asynchronously). - - An object, identifying the report. - A object, storing the arguments required to create the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document build has started. - - - - - Starts exporting the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A object, storing the arguments required to export the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document export has started. - - - - - Starts printing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A enumeration value, specifying the markup compatibility. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document printing has started. - - - - - Stops building the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document build has stopped. - - - - - Starts printing the document (asynchronously). - - A object, identifying the printed document. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when the document printing has stopped. - - - - - Supports automatic creation on the client side. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified remote address. - - An object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified remote address and binding. - - An object. - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified endpoint configuration name. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified endpoint configuration name and remote address. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - An object. - - - - Creates a . - - An object implementing the interface (typically, this is a object). - - - - Contains DTO classes required for client-server interaction with the . - - - - - Represents a structure which stores the information about a document's build status. - - - - - Identifies the document. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the service fault. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the current number of pages in the created document. - - An integer value, specifying the number of pages. - - - - Specifies the current progress of the document creation. - - An integer value, specifying the progress position, in percents. - - - - Specifies the task status. - - A enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. Contains information about the document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the available document export modes. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. Checks whether or not it is possible to modify the page settings. - - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the document map. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the document export options. - - - - - - For internal use. - - An enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the document name. - - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the serialized page data. - - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the serialized watermark settings. - - A array. - - - - Stores the arguments required to export a document (its format and export options). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides the information about a request to export a document on the server. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document's export format. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the export options of a document, serialized to a array. - - An array of values. - - - - Identifies the report document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. - - A value. It is assigned to the property. - - - - Assigns an unique ID to the document. - - A object. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document ID. - - A value. - - - - Contains information that identifies the exported document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. - - A value. It is assigned to the property. - - - - Assigns an unique ID to the exported document. - - An object. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document ID. - - A value. - - - - Contains information about the status of the exported document. - - - - - Identifies the exported document. - - An object. - - - - Details the specifics of an export service fault. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the current progress of the document export. - - An integer value, specifying the progress position. - - - - Details the current status of an exported document. - - A enumeration value. - - - - The report identifier. - - - - - Lists the values that specify the compatibility mode of a document. - - - - - The document is HTML-compatible. - - - - - The document is PNG-compatible. - - - - - The document is PRNX-compatible. - - - - - The document is Silverlight-compatible. - - - - - The document is WPF-compatible. - - - - - Stores the parameter look-up values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the collection of parameter lookup values. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the parameter path, relative to its parent container (e.g., "subreport1.subreportParameter1" for a subreport's parameter, or "parameter1" for a report's parameter). - - A value, specifying the parameter path (e.g., "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - - - - Identifies the printed document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value. - - A value, specifying the document's ID. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Assigns an unique ID to the printed document. - - A object. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Specifies the printed document's ID. - - A value, identifying the document. - - - - Contains the information related to the current status of a printed document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies information about the service fault that occurred while printing the document. - - A object. - - - - Identifies the printed document. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the progress position of the current task (as percentage). - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies information about the current service task status. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Stores the arguments required to create a report (its watermark and page settings, as well as parameters). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Provides the information about a request to export a document on the server. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the report parameters, serialized to a array. - - An array of objects. - - - - Specifies the contents of a page, serialized to a array. - - A array. - - - - Specifies the watermark settings of a page, serialized to a array. - - A array. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - A ParameterPath object. - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A ParameterPath value. - A object. - A Boolean value. - - - - - - - - - - Assigns the settings of a specified parameter to the current parameter. - - A object whose settings to assign to the current parameter. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the parameter description. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the collection of values for the parameter's look-up editor. - - A object. - - - - Specifies whether or not a parameter can have multiple values. - - true, if a parameter can have multiple values; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the parameter name. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the parameter path, relative to its parent container (e.g., "subreport1.subreportParameter1" for a subreport's parameter, or "parameter1" for a report's parameter). - - A value, specifying the parameter path (e.g., "subreport1.subreportParameter1"). - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. Specifies the parameter value. - - A type. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the parameter visibility. - - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the parameters available in a report. - - An array of objects. - - - - For internal use. Specifies whether should wait for a user to submit parameter values, or pass the default values to the report. - - true to wait until a user submits parameter value(s); otherwise false. - - - - Contains information about the service faults. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified exception. - - An object. - - - - Specifies the full message of the service fault. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the short message of the service fault. - - A value. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Lists the values that describe various task statuses. - - - - - The task is compete. - - - - - The task is fault. - - - - - The task is in progress. - - - - - Identifies the uploaded document resources, stored in the PRNX format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified resources. - - A value. - - - - Assigns an unique ID to the uploaded resources. - - An object. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document resources. - - A value, specifying the document resources. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - If implemented by a class, provides the service contract to a report parameter on the client side. - - - - - - - - - - - Provides the parameter description. - - A value, describing the parameter. - - - - Specifies whether or not a parameter can have multiple values. - - true, if a parameter can have multiple values; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the parameter name. - - A value, identifying the parameter. - - - - Classifies the parameter based on the data type implied in its value. - - A value, specifying the parameter data type. - - - - Assigns a fixed value to the parameter. - - A that is the parameter value. - - - - Specifies whether or not the parameter is visible and its value is requested in a Document Preview. - - true, to make the parameter visible; otherwise false. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides information about report parameters. - - - - - Counts the parameters that are available in a collection. - - An integer value, specifying the parameter count. - - - - Obtains an individual parameter by its path. - - A value. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Contains classes that provide basic functionality to documents published using the control. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. Occurs after all document pages have been created. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. Occurs before document pages are created. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. Occurs when any exception is raised during document creation. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. Occurs when a Document Viewer receives a document change notification. - - - - - For internal use. Gets a value indicating whether or not the document is being created. - - true if the document creation isn't finished; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Indicates whether or not the document is empty (i.e., does it contain at least one page). - - true if the document is emtpy; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the orientation of the document's content. - - true, if the right-to-left layout is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - A collection of objects implementing the interface. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Contains values that enumerate possible ways of exporting bands and columns from Banded Views. - - - - - The layout of grid bands and columns is preserved in the output worksheet. - - - - - Bands and columns are stretched out in a single line in the output worksheet. Bands are presented in the output by worksheet collapsible columns without data. - - - - - Columns from all visible grid bands are stretched out in a single line in the output worksheet. Grid bands are not added to the output. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object that encapsulates a native Excel table to which data is exported. - - The object that encapsulates a native Excel table to which data is exported. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the native Excel table footer (supports only a single line of summaries) or emulate this footer using formulas (multi-line summaries are supported in this mode). - - true, to use the native Excel table footer; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the , , and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to an object that contains methods used to modify an exported worksheet. - - An object that exposes the interface. - - - - Provides data for events that allow cells in the export output to be customized. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Specifies the hyperlink, which belongs to the currently processed cell. - - A , that specifies the processed cell's hyperlink. - - - - Gets or sets information on the summary calculated in the currently processed cell. This property is in effect only for summary cells. - - An object that contains information on the summary calculated in the currently processed cell. - - - - Specifies the value of the cell currently being processed. - - An object which represents the processed cell's value. - - - - Provides data for events that allow cells in the export output to be customized. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the current cell in the export document. - - The type of the current cell in the export document. - - - - Gets or sets the data source field name to which the current cell corresponds. - - The data source field name. - - - - Gets or sets the object that defines the cell's formatting settings (font, alignment, background color, format string, etc.) - - The object that defines the cell's formatting settings. - - - - Provides data for events that allow cells in the export output to be customized. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Allows you to get information on the currently processed column object. - - The currently processed column object. - - - - Allows you to get information on the currently processed row object. - - The currently processed row object. - - - - Represents a method for handling CustomizeCell events that take a object as a parameter. - - Data for the event. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the data field's name for the current column. - - A string that is the name of the data field. - - - - Gets or sets the worksheet column. - - An object that is the individual worksheet column. - - - - - - - - - - Provides data used to identify elements of controls during an export procedure. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the source control being exported. - - The control being exported. - - - - Gets the data source row index to which the current cell belongs. - - A zero-based index of the current row in the underlying data source. - - - - Gets the index of the row in the export output to which the current cell is exported. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the index of the row in the export output. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event is handled, and thus your cell customizations will be applied. - - true if the event is handled, and thus your cell customizations will be applied; false if your cell customizations (if any) will be ignored, and the cell will be exported using the default settings. - - - - Gets the handle (identifier) of the current data row in the source control. - - The handle of the current data row in the source control. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the field name of the currently processed data column. - - The column's field name. - - - - Specifies the column index among exported columns. - - A zero-based index of the currently exported column. - - - - Gets or sets the filter to apply to the currently processed column. - - The filter to apply to the column. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - An object that provides data for the event. - - - - Contains settings that regulate data export from controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the default mode of a control's data export to XLS(x) and CSV formats. Choosing the export mode is only supported for certain controls. - - The default export mode. - - - - - - - - - - Lists the values corresponding to the different export modes available when saving a document to the XLS, XLSX and CSV formats. - - - - - Export type that uses a new data export engine that features improved performance and memory usage. When exporting to XLS and XLSX formats, specific data-shaping options (e.g., summaries, filtering, sorting, data groups and lookup values) of a source control are retained in the export output. When exporting to CSV format, the control's data shaping options are not included in the export document, which simplifies subsequent analysis and processing of text data.The layout of control elements may not be retained in the export document. Other limitations also apply.Not all controls support the DataAware export mode. - - - - - The default export mode.For the property, the Default value is equivalent to the DataAware value.If the , or property is set to Default, the actual export mode is specified by the property. - - - - - Export type that uses the export engine of the XtraPrinting library. -When exporting to XLS and XLSX formats, the layout of control elements is retained in the export document; specific data shaping options are not retained, compared to the DataAware export mode. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the type of the currently processed summary footer. - - A value that identifies the type of the currently processed summary footer. - - - - Gets the field name of the grouping column to which the currently processed group summary footer corresponds. - - The field name of the corresponding grouping column. - - - - Gets the hierarchy level of the currently processed group summary footer. - - The zero-based integer value that specifies the hierarchy level of the currently processed group summary footer. - - - - Gets the index of the currently processed line in a multi-line summary footer. - - The zero-based index of a line in a multi-line summary footer. - - - - Gets or sets whether to hide the currently processed summary footer (or multi-line summary footer's line). - - true, to hide the current row/line; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the handle of the currently processed group footer. These handles match group row handles in the , - - The handle of the currently processed group footer - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event's data. - - - - Contains classes and interfaces that constitute the Excel Export Library used for generating spreadsheet files. - - - - - Represents a single cell in a worksheet. - - - - - Applies the specified formatting settings to the cell. - - An object that specifies format characteristics to be applied to the cell. - - - - Gets the index of the column that contains the current cell. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the index of the column containing the current cell. - - - - Gets or sets cell format characteristics. - - An object that specifies format characteristics applied to the cell. - - - - Gets the position of the current cell in a worksheet. - - An object specifying coordinates of a cell in a worksheet. - - - - Gets the index of the row that contains the current cell. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the index of the row containing the current cell. - - - - Assigns the specified formula to a cell. - - An object with the interface which can be transformed into an expression. - - - - Assigns the specified formula expression to a cell. - - A object that is a collection of syntactic tokens (PTGs, an acronym of "parsed thing"). - - - - Assigns the specified formula string to a cell. - - A string that is a formula contained in the cell. - - - - Assigns the rich formatted text to a cell. - - An object that is a combination of specifically formatted text regions. - - - - Creates the shared formula based on the formula contained in the host cell. - - An structure that determines a cell which contains the host formula. - - - - Assigns the specified formula expression to the given cell range to create a shared formula. - - An object used to specify a shared formula. - An object that is the worksheet cell range in which each cell will contain a shared formula. - - - - Assigns the specified formula string to the given cell range to create a shared formula. - - A string that is the textual expression used as a cell formula. - An object that is the worksheet cell range in which each cell will contain a shared formula. - - - - Gets or sets a cell value. - - An object. - - - - Contains information about a cell error. - - - - - Gets the description of the cell error. - - A string that represents the error description. - - - - Returns the cell error name. - - A string that represents the error name. - - - - Gets the cell error type. - - An enumeration member that specifies the error type. - - - - Returns an corresponding to the current cell error. - - An object. - - - - Represents a single column in a worksheet. - - - - - Applies the specified formatting settings to the entire column. - - An object that specifies format characteristics to be applied to column cells. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the current column. - - An integer specifying the position of the column in the worksheet. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics of the column. - - An object that specifies format characteristics applied to column cells. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group related to this summary column is collapsed. - - true, if the group is collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the column is visible or hidden. - - true, if the column is hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the column width in characters of the default font specified by the Normal style. - - A value that is the number of characters that can be accommodated into the column width when the column is formatted with the Normal style. - - - - Gets or sets the column width in pixels. - - An integer value that is the column width in pixels. -1 sets the default column width. - - - - Represents an interface that exposes the specific functionality of a workbook. - - - - - Creates a new worksheet in the workbook and returns the object. - - An object that is the newly created worksheet. - - - - Provides access to options that contain information about document culture and format specifications. - - An object containing document options. - - - - Provides access to the document properties associated with a workbook. - - An object containing information about a workbook. - - - - Changes the position of the specified worksheet within a workbook. - - A value specifying the name of the worksheet to be moved. - A zero-based integer that is the position at which the worksheet should be inserted. - - - - Gets or sets the theme to be applied to the workbook. - - An enumeration member specifying the document theme. - - - - Contains options related to culture-specific settings of a workbook and document format specifications and limits. - - - - - Provides access to the culture-specific settings of the document. - - A object that specifies the culture settings currently being used. - - - - Gets the file format to which the document is exported. - - An enumeration value that specifies the document format. - - - - Gets the maximum number of columns supported by the output file format. - - An value that is the maximum number of columns. - - - - Gets the maximum number of rows supported by the output file format. - - An value that is the maximum number of rows. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document can contain multiple worksheets. - - true, if document can contain multiple worksheets; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document can contain formulas. - - true, if document can contain formulas; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document supports grouping functionality. - - true, if the grouping functionality is supported by the document; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents an exporter used to create a spreadsheet document and export it to a stream. - - - - - Creates a new document and writes it to the specified stream. - - The System.IO.Stream object to output the document to. - An object that is the newly created workbook. - - - - Creates a password-protected document using the specified encryption options. - - The System.IO.Stream object to output the document to. - An object containing encryption settings. - An object that is the newly created encrypted workbook. - - - - A collection of objects. - - - - - Adds a new filter column to the worksheet collection of filters. - - An object that should be added to the collection. - - - - Removes all columns from the collection. - - - - - Determines whether the collection contains the specified item. - - An object to search for. - true, if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the object by its index in the filtered range. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the required column in the filtered range. - An object with the specified index. - - - - Returns the index of the specified column in the collection. - - An object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer which specifies the column position within the collection. -1 if the column doesn't belong to the collection. - - - - Provides access to a filtered column by its index in the collection. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the column to be obtained. - An object which represents the filtered column at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified column from the collection. - - An object to be removed from the collection. - - - - Removes the column at the specified index from the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the column to be removed. It should be non-negative and less than the number of elements in the collection. - - - - A base interface for classes that specify the filter criteria applied to worksheet and table columns. - - - - - Gets the type of the filter applied to a column of a table or filtered range. - - An enumeration member which indicates the filter type. - - - - An internal representation of an expression. Used to set the cell formula. - - - - - Converts an internal formula representation to a string. - - A object that specifies culture settings on which function names and numeric formatting depend. - A string that is the textual formula. - - - - Represents a collection of merged cells in a worksheet. - - - - - Merges cells in the specified cell range and appends the resulting merged range to the end of the collection. - - A object that specifies a range of cells to be merged. - - - - Merges cells in the specified cell range and appends the resulting merged range to the end of the collection. - - A object that specifies a range of cells to be merged. - true, to check whether the specified cell range to be merged intersects other merged cells; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes all merged cells from the collection. - - - - - Determines whether the collection contains the specified merged cell. - - A object associated with the merged cell to locate in the collection. - true, if the specified cell range is merged and belongs to the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the index of the specified merged cell in the collection. - - A object associated with the merged cell to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer which specifies the merged cell's position within the collection. -1 if the specified cell range doesn't belong to the collection of merged cells. - - - - Provides access to the merged cell by its index in the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the merged cell's position within the collection. If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A object associated with the merged cell. - - - - Removes the specified merged cell from the collection. - - A object associated with the merged cell to be removed. - - - - Removes the merged cell at the specified index from the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the merged cell to be removed. It should be non-negative and less than the number of elements in the collection. - - - - Contains options used to specify the summary rows and columns location. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the summary rows are located below detail rows - - true, if summary rows are below each group of detail rows; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the summary columns are located to the right of detail columns. - - true, if summary columns are to the right of each group of detail columns; otherwise, false. - - - - A collection of page breaks in a worksheet. - - - - - Inserts a page break at the specified position. - - A positive integer that is the index of a row or column after which a page break should be inserted.This value should start from 1 and cannot exceed 1,048,575 for rows or 16,383 for columns. - - - - Removes all page breaks from the collection. - - - - - Determines whether the collection contains a page break at the specified position (after the specified row or column). - - A positive integer that is the index of a row or a column starting from 1 and not exceeding 1,048,575 for rows or 16,383 for columns. - true, if the collection contains a page break at the specified position; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the index of the specified page break in the collection. - - An integer that is the row or column index after which the page break to be found is inserted. - A zero-based integer which specifies the page break's position within the collection. -1 if the page break doesn't belong to the collection. - - - - Gets the position of the specified page break by its index in the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired page break's position within the collection. If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A positive integer that is the index of the row or column after which the page break is inserted. - - - - Removes the page break at the specified row or column index. - - An integer that is the row or column index after which the page break is inserted. - - - - Removes a page break at the specified index from the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the page break to be removed. It should be non-negative and less than the number of elements in the collection. - - - - Represents a picture embedded in a worksheet. - - - - - Gets or sets the positioning and resizing behavior of a picture which is anchored to two cells in a worksheet. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the anchoring type used to position a picture within a worksheet. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the anchor for the bottom-right corner of a picture. - - An object that specifies the anchor cell for a picture and optional offsets from the top and left edges of this cell. - - - - Fits an object in the specified cell. - - An XlCellPosition object that specifies the position of the cell where the picture should be located. - A value that is the width of the cell into which the picture fits. - A value that is the height of the cell into which the picture fits. - A value specifying whether the picture should be center-aligned in the cell. - - - - Gets or sets the file format of a picture. - - A object that represents the file format of a picture. - - - - Gets a hyperlink associated with the current object. - - An object that is a hyperlink associated with a picture in a worksheet. - - - - Gets or sets the image residing in the object. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the picture. - - A value that is the picture's name. - - - - Anchors an object to an absolute position in a worksheet. - - A value that specifies the distance from the left edge of the worksheet in pixels. - A value that specifies the distance from the top edge of the worksheet in pixels. - A value that is the desired width of the picture in pixels. - A value that is the desired height of the picture in pixels. - - - - Anchors an object to a specific cell in a worksheet. - - An object that specifies the anchor cell for the top-left corner of the picture and optional offsets from the top and left edges of this cell. - A value that is the desired width of the picture in pixels. - A value that is the desired height of the picture in pixels. - - - - Anchors an object to two cells in a worksheet. - - An object that specifies the anchor cell for the top-left corner of the picture and optional offsets from the top and left edges of this cell. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies the anchor cell for the bottom-right corner of the picture and optional offsets from the top and left edges of this cell. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration value that specifies the positioning and resizing behavior of the picture. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the portion of the picture to draw. - - An object that specifies the source rectangle's offsets from the corresponding edges of the picture's bounding box. - - - - Stretches an object to fill the specified cell. - - An XlCellPosition object that specifies the position of the cell where the picture should be located. - - - - Gets or sets the anchor for the top-left corner of a picture. - - An object that specifies the anchor cell for a picture and optional offsets from the top and left edges of this cell. - - - - Represents a single row in a worksheet. - - - - - Applies the specified formatting settings to the entire row. - - An object that specifies format characteristics to be applied to row cells. - - - - Starts generating a table in the worksheet. - - A list of the objects containing the unique names of table columns and their formatting settings. - A value indicating whether the header row is displayed for the table. - An object that specifies format settings for the header row of the table. - An object representing the generated table. - - - - Starts generating a table in the worksheet. - - A list of string values representing the unique captions for table columns. - A value indicating whether the header row is displayed for the table. - An object representing the generated table. - - - - Starts generating a table in the worksheet. - - A list of string values representing the unique captions for table columns. - A value indicating whether the header row is displayed for the table. - An object that specifies format settings for the header row of the table. - An object representing the generated table. - - - - Creates the specified number of empty cells to which specific formatting options are applied. - - A positive integer that specifies the number of blank cells to be created. - An object that specifies formatting settings to be applied to the created cells. If formatting is null, a System.ArgumentNullException exception occurs. - - - - Creates cells with the specified values and format characteristics. - - An object exposing the System.Collections.IEnumerable interface that provides values for cells to be created.If the values parameter is null, a System.ArgumentNullException exception occurs. - An object that specifies formatting settings be applied to the created cells. If null, no special formatting is applied. - - - - Creates a new cell in the row and returns the object. - - An object that is the newly created cell. - - - - Creates a new cell at the intersection of the current row and the specified column. - - An integer specifying the zero-based index of the column where the created cell should be located. - An object that is the newly created cell. - - - - Finishes table generation after calling the method. - - An object that is the generated table. - A value indicating whether the total row is displayed for the table. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics of the row. - - An object that specifies format characteristics applied to row cells. - - - - Gets or sets the row height in pixels. - - An integer value that is the row height in pixels. -1 sets the default row height. - - - - Gets or sets the row height in points. - - A value that is the row height in points. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group related to this summary row is collapsed. - - true, if the group is collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the row is visible or hidden. - - true, if the row is hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the current row. - - An integer specifying the position of the row in the worksheet. - - - - Specifies the number of successive cells to be skipped in the row before starting to create a new cell. - - A positive integer value that specifies the number of cells in the row to be skipped. - - - - Represents a worksheet in a workbook. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of column filters. - - An collection containing columns to which the filter criteria is applied. - - - - Gets or sets the cell range for which filtering is enabled. - - An object specifying a cell range for which the AutoFilter functionality is enabled. - - - - Starts filtering data in the specified cell range. - - An object that is the header row of the cell range to be filtered. - - - - Starts creating a new group in the worksheet. - - true, to collapse the group; otherwise, false. - An integer value specifying the outline level of the created group. - - - - Starts creating a new group in the worksheet. - - An integer value specifying the group's outline level. This value must be between 1 and 7. - true, to collapse the group; otherwise, false. - An integer value that is the current outline level of the created group. - - - - Provides access to the collection of column page breaks in a worksheet. - - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Returns the cell range that contains all custom columns manually generated in the worksheet. - - An object that encompasses all columns manually generated in the worksheet. - - - - Provides access to the collection of conditional formatting rules in a worksheet. - - A collection of objects which specify worksheet ranges and conditional formatting rules applied to them. - - - - Creates a new column in the worksheet and returns the object. - - An object that is the newly created column. - - - - Creates a new column in the worksheet with the specified index. - - An integer specifying the zero-based index of the created column. If it is negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - An object that is the newly created column. - - - - Creates a picture to be inserted into the worksheet. - - An object that is the inserted picture. - - - - Creates a new row in the worksheet and returns the object. - - An object that is the newly created row. - - - - Creates a new row in the worksheet with the specified index. - - An integer specifying the zero-based index of the created row. If it is negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - An object that is the newly created row. - - - - Gets the index of the column where the document exporter is currently positioned. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the column index. - - - - Gets the outline level of the currently generated group. - - A zero-based integer that is the outline level of the current group. - - - - Gets the index of the row where the document exporter is currently positioned. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the row index. - - - - Gets the cell range that encompasses all cells containing data. - - An object containing all nonempty cells in a worksheet. - - - - Provides access to the collection of data validation rules specified in a worksheet. - - A collection of objects that specify data validation rules applied to cell ranges. - - - - Finishes filtering data in the cell range after calling the method. - - - - - Finalizes the group creation after calling the method. - - - - - Provides access to options which determine the worksheet header and footer characteristics. - - An object containing options specific to headers and footers. - - - - Provides access to the collection of hyperlinks contained in a worksheet. - - A collection of objects contained in worksheet cells. - - - - Gets or sets the type of a formula error to be skipped in the worksheet data range. - - An enumeration value that specifies the error type to be ignored. - - - - Provides access to the collection of merged cells in a worksheet. - - An object that stores all merged cells in a worksheet. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the worksheet. - - A value which specifies the worksheet name. - - - - Provides access to the group settings that control the summary row and column location. - - An object that specifies the grouping direction. - - - - Gets or sets page margins used to align the worksheet content on a printed page. - - An object that controls the worksheet's margin settings. - - - - Gets or sets the page layout and printing options for a worksheet. - - An object that contains page formatting options. - - - - Gets or sets the cell range to be printed. - - An object that specifies an area on the worksheet to be printed. - - - - Gets or sets specific options that control how a worksheet is printed. - - An object that contains worksheet print options. - - - - Provides access to an object used to specify rows and columns to be repeated on every printed page. - - An object that specifies titles to be repeated on every printed page. - - - - Provides access to the collection of row page breaks in a worksheet. - - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Provides access to an object that allows you specify the cell selection. - - Specifies a selection and an active cell in a worksheet. - - - - Specifies the number of successive columns to be skipped in the worksheet before starting to generate a new column. - - A positive integer value that specifies the number of columns to be skipped. - - - - Specifies the number of successive rows to be skipped in the worksheet before starting to generate a new row. - - A positive integer value that specifies the number of rows to be skipped. - - - - Provides access to a collection of sparkline groups in a worksheet. - - A collection of objects contained in a worksheet. - - - - Freezes a specific number of rows and columns above and to the left of the specified cell. - - An object specifying the position of a cell below the rows and to the right of the columns that should be frozen. - - - - Provides access to the read-only collection of tables contained in the worksheet. - - An object specifying the worksheet's collection of tables. - - - - Provides access to an object that specifies display settings for a worksheet. - - An object that contains worksheet display options. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current worksheet is visible, hidden or "very hidden". - - An enumeration member that specifies the worksheet visibility type - - - - Defines the cell selection within a worksheet. - - - - - Gets or sets an active cell in a worksheet. - - Specifies an active cell's position in a worksheet. - - - - Gets or sets cell ranges selected in a worksheet. - - A list of selected ranges. - - - - Provides access to a set of display options for a worksheet. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the worksheet is displayed from right to left. - - true, to display the worksheet from right to left; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the formula in each cell instead of the formula result. - - true, to display formulas; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether worksheet gridlines are visible. - - true, to display worksheet gridlines; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether outline symbols are visible on the worksheet that contains outlined data. - - true, to display outline symbols; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether row and column headers are visible on the worksheet. - - true, to display row and column headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display zero values in worksheet cells. - - true, to display zero values; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a table in a worksheet. - - - - - Provides access to the read-only collection of table columns. - - An object specifying the table's collection of columns. - - - - Gets or sets a string that provides additional information about the table. - - A value that specifies a comment associated with the table. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the data area of the table. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the table's data area. - - - - Returns a reference to the specified part of the table. - - An enumeration member specifying the part of the table to which the structured reference should refer. - An object that specifies the created reference. - - - - Returns a reference to the specified part of the table column. - - An enumeration member that specifies the part of the table column to use in the reference. - A string that is the name of the column to the specified portion of which the structured reference should refer. - An object that specifies the created reference. - - - - Returns a reference to the specified part of the table bounded by the specified columns. - - An enumeration member that specifies the part of the table to use in the reference. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the left bound of the referenced table range. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the right bound of the referenced table range. - An object that specifies the created reference. - - - - Gets a reference to the cell at the intersection of the current row and the specified table column. - - A string that is the name of the column containing a value to which the structured reference should refer. - An object that specifies the created reference. - - - - Returns a reference to the portion of the current row bounded by the specified columns. - - A string that is the name of the column specifying the leftmost cell in the referenced row. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the rightmost cell in the referenced row. - An object that specifies the created reference. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering functionality is enabled for the table. - - true, to enable filtering for the table; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the header row is displayed for the table. - - true, if the table has the visible header row; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the total row is displayed at the end of the table. - - true, if the table total row is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the table name. - - A value that specifies the name of the table. - - - - Gets the range of cells occupied by the table. - - An IXlCellRange object specifying the cell range that contains the table. - - - - Provides access to the table style options. - - An object that controls style settings for the table. - - - - Gets or sets border settings for a table. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies border formatting applied to the table's borders. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the total row of the table. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the table's total row. - - - - A read-only collection of tables contained in a worksheet. - - - - - Represents a single column in a table. - - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the data area of the table column. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the column's data area. - - - - Gets or sets the filter criteria that should be applied to the table column. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether the AutoFilter button for the specified table column should be hidden. - - true, to hide the button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the unique name of the table column. - - A value that specifies the table column name. - - - - Specifies the formula to apply to all cells in the table column. - - An object exposing the interface that specifies a formula contained in the cells of the table column. - - - - Specifies the formula to apply to all cells in the table column. - - An object that is a collection of formula tokens (aka PTGs, "parsed things") arranged in Reverse-Polish Notation order. - - - - Specifies the formula to apply to all cells in the table column. - - A string that specifies a formula contained in the cells of the table column. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the total row cell of the table column. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the column's total cell. - - - - Gets or sets the function to calculate the total of the table column. - - The enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the total cell of the table column. - - A value that specifies the text contained in the total cell of the table column. - - - - A collection of columns in a table. - - - - - Returns the index of the specified column in the collection. - - A value that specifies the name of the column to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer specifying the position of the column in the table. -1 if the column doesn't belong to the table. - - - - Contains table style settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the built-in style applied to a table. - - A string specifying the built-in table style name. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether alternate shading should be applied to the table columns. - - true, to apply striped column formatting to the table; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether special formatting should be applied to the first column of the table. - - true, to apply special formatting to the first column of the table; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether special formatting should be applied to the last column of the table. - - true, to apply special formatting to the last column of the table; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether alternate shading should be applied to the table rows. - - true, to apply striped row formatting to the table; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents an anchor point used to position a picture in a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the column containing the anchor cell for a picture. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the row containing the anchor cell for a picture. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the column containing the anchor cell for a picture. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the row containing the anchor cell for a picture. - An integer value that is the column offset within the anchor cell in pixels. - An integer value that is the row offset within the anchor cell in pixels. - - - - Gets the index of the column that contains the anchor cell. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the column. - - - - Gets the horizontal offset from the left edge of the anchor cell to the actual position of the anchor point. - - An integer value that is the column offset within the anchor cell in pixels. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets the index of the row that contains the anchor cell. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the row. - - - - Gets the vertical offset from the top edge of the anchor cell to the actual position of the anchor point. - - An integer value that is the row offset within the anchor cell in pixels. - - - - Lists anchoring types used to position an object in a worksheet or specifies how a picture should be moved and resized when a two cell anchoring is used. - - - - - Absolute Anchoring. The picture does not move or resize with the underlying cells. - - - - - One Cell Anchoring. The picture moves with the anchor cell, but its size remains the same. - - - - - Two Cell Anchoring. The picture moves and/or resizes with the underlying cells as specified by the property. - - - - - Provides access to the line characteristics of a cell border. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Returns the object that specifies all outside borders of a cell. This method is equivalent to the method and is reserved for future use. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An class instance. - - - - Returns the object that specifies all outside borders of a cell.This method is equivalent to the method and is reserved for future use. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of borders. - An class instance. - - - - Gets or sets the line color of the cell's bottom border. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Gets or sets the line color of the cell's diagonal borders. - - A object that specifies the border line color. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Gets or sets the line color of the horizontal inner borders of a cell range. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Specifies all inside borders of a cell range. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An class instance. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Specifies all inside borders of a cell range. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of borders. - An class instance. - - - - Gets or sets the line color of the cell's left border. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - Returns the object specifying that a cell has no visible borders. - - An class instance. - - - - Returns the object that specifies the outside borders of a cell. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An class instance. - - - - Returns the object that specifies the outside borders of a cell. - - An object that defines the line color of borders. - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of borders. - An class instance. - - - - Gets or sets the line color of the cell's right border. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - Gets or sets the line color of the cell's top border. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Gets or sets the line color of the vertical inner borders of a cell range. - - An object that specifies the border line color. - - - - Lists values used to specify the line styles for cell borders. - - - - - Specifies the thin dash-dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the thin dash-dot-dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the thin dashed border line. - - - - - Specifies the thin dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the double border line. - - - - - Specifies the hair border line. - - - - - Specifies the medium solid border line. - - - - - Specifies the medium dash-dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the medium dash-dot-dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the medium dashed border line. - - - - - Specifies that a border is not painted. - - - - - Specifies the medium slanted dash-dotted border line. - - - - - Specifies the thick solid border line. - - - - - Specifies the thin solid border line. - - - - - Serves as a base for the class and specifies the border line style options. - - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's bottom border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current object of the type. - - An object that represents the object from which the settings will be copied. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the downward diagonal border should be displayed in a cell. - - true, to display a downward diagonal border; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's downward diagonal border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's diagonal borders. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of borders. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the upward diagonal border should be displayed in a cell. - - true, to display an upward diagonal border; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's upward diagonal border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Gets or sets the line style for the horizontal inner borders of a cell range. - - An enumeration member that specifies the border line style. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's left border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Gets or sets a value indicating whether the left, right, top and bottom borders should be applied only to the outside borders of a cell range. - - The default is true. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's right border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the cell's top border. - - An enumeration member that specifies the line style of a border. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Gets or sets the line style for the vertical inner borders of a cell range. - - An enumeration member that specifies the border line style. - - - - Lists calendar types used to interpret filter values defined by the instances. - - - - - Specifies the Hijri (Arabic Lunar) calendar. - - - - - Specifies the localized version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Arabic version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Middle East French version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the transliterated English version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the transliterated French version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the U.S. English version of the Gregorian calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Hebrew (Lunar) calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Japanese Emperor Era calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Korean Tangun Era calendar. - - - - - The calendar type is not specified. - - - - - Specifies the Taiwan Era calendar. - - - - - Specifies the Thai calendar. - - - - - Contains alignment settings for a cell. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Creates the object using the specified horizontal and vertical alignment settings. - - An enumeration member specifying how cell data should be horizontally aligned. - An enumeration member specifying how cell data should be vertically aligned. - An class instance. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the cell content. - - An enumeration member specifying how cell data should be horizontally aligned. - - - - Gets or sets the cell content indention from the cell edge depending on the applied horizontal alignment. - - An unsigned integer that specifies a space between the cell content and cell edge. An indent increment is equal to three spaces of the Normal style font. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the justified or distributed alignment should be applied to the last line of the cell text. - - true, to distribute the last line of the text in a cell; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets the reading order for text in a cell. - - One of the enumeration members that specifies the reading order. - - - - Reserved for future use. Gets or sets the additional indent value to add some extra space between the cell content and the cell edge. - - An integer value that specifies the relative indent for text in a cell. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font size of the cell text should be automatically adjusted to fit the cell width. - - true, if the cell text size should be shrunk; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the rotation angle of the cell content. - - An integer value that specifies the rotation angle of the cell content (in degrees). The value must be between 0 and 180; 255 changes text orientation to vertical. If a value is outside the allowable range of values, the System.ArgumentException will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the cell content. - - An enumeration member specifying how cell data should be vertically aligned. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text contained in a cell should be wrapped into multiple lines. - - true, if the cell text should be line-wrapped; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists values used to specify the type of cell errors. - - - - - The formula includes division by zero or by a cell that does not contain any data. This error is indicated as #DIV/0!. - - - - - The formula includes text that is not recognized (for example, a function name that is spelled incorrectly, a cell range reference without colon, etc.). This error is indicated as #NAME?. - - - - - The value is not available to the formula or function. This error is indicated as #N/A. - - - - - The specified intersection includes two ranges that do not intersect. This error is indicated as #NULL!. - - - - - The formula or function includes invalid numeric values. This error is indicated as #NUM!. - - - - - The formula includes an invalid cell reference. This error is indicated as #REF!. - - - - - The formula includes a value of the wrong data type. This error is indicated as #VALUE!. - - - - - Represents the object that specifies cell format characteristics. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Bad MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Bad style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Calculation MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Calculation style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Check Cell MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Check Cell style. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Determines whether the specified instances of the class are considered equal. - - An object that is the first object to compare. - An object that is the second object to compare. - true, if the objects are considered equal; otherwise false. If both first and second objects are null, the method returns true. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Explanatory... MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Explanatory... style. - - - - Specifies a number format for cell values based on the given .NET-style format string. - - A value that represents the format pattern. - true, if the formatString parameter is a date and time format specifier; otherwise, false. - An object that specifies the number format options to be applied to a cell. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Good MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Good style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Heading 1 MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Heading 1 style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Heading 2 MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Heading 2 style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Heading 3 MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Heading 3 style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Heading 4 MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Heading 4 style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Hyperlink MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Hyperlink style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Input MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Input style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Linked Cell MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Linked Cell style. - - - - Combines formatting settings of the target and source instances of the class. - - An object that is the target object for merging. - An object that is the source object for merging. - An object that is a result of the merge operation. - - - - Combines the format settings of the specified object with the current instance of the class. - - An object that specifies the object to combine with the current instance. - - - - Combines the format settings of the specified XlDifferentialFormatting object with the current instance of the class. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting object that specifies the object to combine with the current instance. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Neutral MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Neutral style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Note MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Note style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Output MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Output style. - - - - Creates the object that specifies themed formatting for a cell. - - An enumeration member that is one of the six Accent colors used to fill the cell background. If the themeColor is other than any of the theme accent colors, the System.ArgumentException occurs. - A value from -1 to 1 used to darken (negative values) or lighten (positive values) the original theme color. If a value is outside the allowable range of values, the System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - An class instance that contains theme formatting settings. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Title MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Title style. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Converts the current cell format to the differential formatting object. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting object that specifies the incremental formatting to be appled. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Total MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Total style. - - - - Returns the object that provides format characteristics corresponding to the Warning Text MS Excel style. - - An object that specifies format options corresponding to the Warning Text style. - - - - Defines the column, row and the reference type (relative or absolute). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified column and row indexes. - - An integer that is the zero-based column index. - An integer that is the zero-based row index. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified column and row indexes and reference type. - - An integer that is the zero-based column index. - An integer that is the zero-based row index. - A enumeration member that specifies the column reference type. - A enumeration member that specifies the row reference type. - - - - Returns a new instance transformed into absolute reference. - - An object with absolute reference. - - - - Returns a new instance transformed into relative reference. - - An object with relative reference. - - - - Gets the index of a column in the position. - - An integer that is the zero-based column index. - - - - Gets the reference type of the column in the position. - - An enumeration member that is the column reference type. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - True if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets a numerical value that is used to identify an object during equality testing. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - A static method to get a special instance that denotes an invalid position. - - An structure with special property values to identify an invalid position. - - - - Gets whether both the column and the row are absolute references. - - True, if the position has the absolute column reference and the absolute row reference; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the position refers to the entire column. - - True, if the position refers to the entire column; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the position refers to the entire column or the entire row. - - True if the position refers to the entire row or the entire column; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether both the column and the row are relative references. - - True if the position has the relative column reference and the relative row reference; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the position refers to the entire row. - - True if the position refers to the entire row; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the instance denotes a valid position. - - True if the position is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the maximum number of columns. - - An integer that is the maximum number of columns; at the moment it is 16384. - - - - Gets the maximum number of rows. - - An integer that is the maximum number of rows; at the moment it is 1048576. - - - - Gets the index of a row in the position. - - An integer that is the zero-based row index. - - - - Gets the reference type of the row in the position. - - An enumeration member that is the row reference type. - - - - Returns the top left position in a worksheet which is the point of reference for cell coordinates. - - An that is the origin of cell positions. - - - - Constructs a textual cell reference from the position. - - A string that is the textual cell reference. - - - - Defines a range of cells. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which defines a single cell. - - A structure which defines the cell position. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified top left and bottom right positions. - - A structure which defines the top left cell of the range. - A structure which defines the bottom right cell of the range. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified worksheet, top left and bottom right positions. - - A string that is the name of a worksheet. - A structure which defines the top left cell of the range. - A structure which defines the bottom right cell of the range. - - - - Returns a new instance transformed into absolute reference. - - A object with absolute references. - - - - Returns a new instance transformed into relative reference. - - A object with relative references. - - - - Gets or sets the position which specifies the bottom right cell in the range. - - An structure which defines a cell. - - - - Returns a range that is a continuous interval of entire columns. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the leftmost column. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the rightmost column. - A object that references the column interval. - - - - Returns a range that is a continuous interval of entire columns referenced using the specified reference type. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the leftmost column. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the rightmost column. - A enumeration member that specifies the reference type. - A object that references the column interval. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - True if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Returns a object by the indexes of the bounding rows and columns. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the left column. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the top row. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the right column. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the bottom row. - A object that defines a worksheet range. - - - - Gets a numerical value that is used to identify an object during equality testing. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns a object by its reference string in the in the A1 reference style. - - A string that specifies the cell range reference in the A1 reference style. - A object created for the specified reference. - - - - Returns a range that is a continuous interval of entire rows referenced using the specified reference type. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the top row. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the bottom row. - A object that references the row interval. - - - - Returns a range that is a continuous interval of entire rows referenced using the specified reference type. - - An integer that is the zero-based index of the top row. - An integer that is the zero-based index of the bottom row. - A enumeration member that specifies the reference type. - A object that references the row interval. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the worksheet that owns the range. - - A string that is the worksheet name. - - - - Gets or sets the position which specifies the top left cell in the range. - - An structure which defines a cell. - - - - Get a string reference to the range defined by the object. - - A string that is the reference to the worksheet range in A1 style. If a worksheet name is present (the is not null), it is included in the reference. - - - - Get a string reference to the range defined by the object. - - True, to get single cell reference displayed as an interval; otherwise, false. - A string that is the reference to the worksheet range in A1 style. If a worksheet name is present (the is not null), it is included in the reference. - - - - Get a string reference to the range defined by the object. - - A object providing culture-specific information. - A string that is the reference to the worksheet range in A1 style. - - - - Represents a color used in the spreadsheet document. - - - - - Gets an object whose value is . - - An object that represents an automatic color. - - - - Gets the indexed color value. Only used for backwards compatibility. - - An integer value that is a zero-based color index. - - - - Gets the type of the current color. - - One of the enumeration values specifying the color type. - - - - Returns the object that represents the default background color with the color index 65. - - An object that is the default background color. - - - - Returns the object that represents the default foreground color with the color index 64. - - An object that is the default foreground color. - - - - Gets an object whose value is . - - An object that represents an empty color. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Creates the object from the specified 8-bit color values (red, green, and blue). - - An 8-bit integer that specifies the red component value for the new color. Valid values are 0 through 255. - An 8-bit integer that specifies the green component value for the new color. Valid values are 0 through 255. - An 8-bit integer that specifies the blue component value for the new color. Valid values are 0 through 255. - An class instance. - - - - Creates the object from a 32-bit ARGB value. - - A value specifying the 32-bit ARGB value. - An class instance. - - - - Creates the object from the theme color using the specified saturation value. - - An enumeration member that is one of 12 base colors used by the current document theme. - A value from -1 to 1. If a value is outside the allowable range of values, the ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - An class instance. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current color is automatic or empty. - - true, if the color is automatic or empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current color is empty. - - true, if the color is empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an ARGB value of the current color. - - A object that represents an ARGB color. - - - - Gets the theme color based on which the object is created. - - An enumeration member that is one of 12 base colors used by the current document theme. - - - - Gets the tint value applied to the theme color. - - A value from -1 to 1. - - - - Converts the object to a human-readable string. - - A value that consists of the theme color and the tint value if the is created from a theme color by using the method; otherwise a string that consists of the ARGB component values. - - - - A filter by cell fill or font color. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the color to filter by. - - An value that specifies the color used by the filter criteria. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the cell's fill or font color in the filter criteria. - - true, to filter by the fill color; otherwise, false.The default is true. - - - - Returns the value that is the current filter's type. - - An value. - - - - Gets or sets the pattern color used in the filter criteria. - - An object that specifies the foreground color of the pattern fill used as a filter criterion. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the pattern used in the filter criteria. - - An enumeration member that specifies the type of the pattern fill used as a filter criterion. - - - - Lists values used to specify the color type. - - - - - Specifies an automatic color. - - - - - Specifies an empty color. - - - - - Specifies an indexed color. - - - - - Specifies an ARGB (alpha, red, green, blue) color. - - - - - Specifies a theme-based color. - - - - - Lists values used to specify how comments anchored to worksheet cells are printed. - - - - - Cell comments are printed as they are displayed on a worksheet. - - - - - Cell comments are printed in a separate page at the end of a worksheet printout. - - - - - Cell comments are not printed. - - - - - Lists the types of format operators used in the "Above or Below Average..." conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Formats cells whose values are above the average value in a range of cells. - - - - - Formats cells whose values are above or equal to the average value in a range of cells. - - - - - Formats cells whose values are below the average value in a range of cells. - - - - - Formats cells whose values are below or equal to the average value in a range of cells. - - - - - List values that specify the axis position between negative and positive bars when the data bar conditional formatting is applied. - - - - - Displays the axis at a variable position based on negative and positive values. - - - - - Displays the axis at the midpoint of the cell. - - - - - No axis is displayed. Negative and positive bars are displayed in the same direction. - - - - - Lists types of the color scale for the color scale conditional formatting rule. - - - - - A two-color scale. - - - - - A three-color scale. - - - - - Provides access to the particular icon in the custom icon set. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The zero-based integer that is the desired icon's position within the icon set. - One of the enumeration values specifying the type of the icon set. - - - - Gets or sets the icon set to which the specified icon belongs. - - A object that defines the built-in icon sets. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the particular icon in the icon set. - - An integer that is the desired icon's position within the icon set. - - - - Lists values that sets the icon set type for the icon set conditional format. - - - - - Specifies the 3 arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 4 arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 5 arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 gray arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 4 gray arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 5 gray arrows icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 5 boxes icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 flags icon set. - - - - - Icon set type is not specified. - - - - - Specifies the 5 quarters icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 4 ratings icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 5 ratings icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 4 "red to black" icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 signs icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 stars icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 symbols icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 symbols (circled) icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 traffic lights icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 traffic lights (rimmed) icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 4 traffic lights icon set. - - - - - Specifies the 3 triangles icon set. - - - - - Lists the types of relational operators used in the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Format cells that begin with the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells that are between two specified values. - - - - - Format cells that contains the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells that end with the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells whose values are equal to a specified value. - - - - - Format cells whose values are greater than a specified value. - - - - - Format cells whose values are greater than or equal to a specified value. - - - - - Format cells whose values are less than a specified value. - - - - - Format cell whose values are less than or equal to a specified value. - - - - - Formats cells that are not between two specified values. - - - - - Format cells that do not contain the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells whose values are not equal to a specified value. - - - - - Base class for the conditional formatting rules. - - - - - Specifies the priority of the conditional formatting rule. - - A positive integer that is the precedence of the conditional formatting rule. - - - - Gets the type of the specified conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values indicating the type of the conditional formatting rule. - - - - Gets or sets whether the conditional formatting rules with lower priority can be applied. - - true, to prevent applying conditional formatting rules with a lower priority; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the "Above or Below Average..." conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the conditional format operator used in the "Above or Below Average..." conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values representing the operator type. - - - - Gets or sets the number of standard deviations included above or below the average in the "Above or Below ASverage..." conditional formatting rule. - - An integer value that is the number of standard deviations. - - - - Represents the conditional formatting rule that highlights blank/non-blank cells. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - true, to use the created formatting rule to highlight blank cells; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the conditional formatting rule that uses the relational operator. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of relational operator used in a conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values representing the operator type. - - - - Gets or sets the second threshold value in the conditional formatting rule. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlValueObject object that is the second value. - - - - Gets or sets the threshold value in the conditional formatting rule. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlValueObject object representing the threshold value. - - - - Represents the Color Scale conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the color scale used in the current conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the color for a cell with the maximum value. - - A object that is the color of a cell with the maximum value. - - - - Provides access the maximum threshold value of the color scale formatting rule. - - A object that is the maximum threshold value. - - - - Gets or sets the color corresponding to the cell with the midpoint value. - - A object that is the color for the cell with the midpoint value. - - - - Provides access to the midpoint threshold value of the color scale formatting rule. - - A value that is the midpoint value. - - - - Gets or sets the color corresponding to a cell with the minimum value. - - A object that is the color. - - - - Provides access to the minimum threshold value of the color scale formatting rule. - - A object that is the minimum threshold. - - - - Represents the Data Bar conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the color of the axis between positive and negative bars. - - A object that is the data bar axis color. - - - - Gets or sets the axis position in a cell. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the data bar borders. - - A object that is the data bar borders color. - - - - Gets or sets the direction of data bars. - - One of the enumerator values. - - - - Gets or sets the data bar fill color. - - A object that is the data bar fill color. - - - - Gets or sets whether to apply the gradient fill type. - - true to use the gradient fill type; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum length of the data bar. - - A object that is the length of the longest data bar. This length is calculated as a percentage of the column width, thus the value must be a whole number between 0 and 100. The default value is 90. - - - - Provides access to the maximum value within the cells range to which the data bat formatting rule is applied. - - A object that is the maximum value. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum length of the data bar. - - A object that is the length of the smallest data bar. This length is calculated as a fixed percentage of the column width, thus the value must be a whole number between 0 and 100. The default value is 10. - - - - Provides access to the minimum value within the cell range to which the data bar conditional formatting rule is applied. - - A object that is the minimum value. - - - - Gets or sets the border color of a negative data bar. - - A object that is the data bar border color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of a negative data bar. - - A object that is the negative data bar color. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display cell values to which the data bar conditional formatting rule is applied. - - true, to show values; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the conditional formatting rule for cells with duplicate values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Represents the conditional formatting rule that uses a relational operator to determine which cells to format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the expression used in the conditional formatting rule. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value representing the formula used in the current formatting rule. - - - - Gets the expression used in the conditional formatting rule. - - A object that is the expression. - - - - Gets the formula used in the conditional formatting rule. - - A that is the target formula. - - - - Represents the Icon Set conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of custom icons used in the conditional formatting rule. - - A <,> object representing the list of the custom icons. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the icon set used in the current formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values representing the icon set type. - - - - Gets or sets whether the custom icon set is specified. - - true to use the custom icon style; otherwise, false. The default value is false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the thresholds indicate percentile values instead of number values. - - true, to consider values percentile; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the icons in the icon set used in the conditional formatting rule are shown in reverse order. - - true, to show icons in reverse order; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show values in the cells satisfying the format condition. - - true, to show cell values; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the list of threshold values used in the icon set conditional formatting rule. - - A <,> object representing the list of threshold values. - - - - Represents "A Text That Contains..." conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - One of the enumeration values representing the type of the operator used in the current formatting rule. - A String value that is the value to determine. - - - - Gets or sets the text used as a formatting criterion in the conditional formatting rule. - - A that is the target text. - - - - Represents the "Date Occurring..." conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the time period used as a formatting criterion used in the "date occurring..." conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values indicating the time period. - - - - Represents the "Top/Bottom N" conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to identify bottom cell values within the cell range. - - true, to apply formatting to the cell values falling in the bottom N bracket; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the thresholds indicate percentile values instead of number values. - - true, if the thresholds indicate percentile values; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the rank value used in the conditional formatting rule. - - A object representing the rank value. - - - - Represents the conditional formatting rule for cells with unique values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides formatting settings for the conditional formatting rules. - - - - - Provides access to a set of formatting properties applied to cells when the status of the conditional formatting rule is true. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlDifferentialFormatting object representing the available formatting properties. - - - - List values specifying the type of the conditional format operator in a conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Format cells that begin with the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells that contain the specified text string. - - - - - Format cell that end with the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells that do not contain the specified text string. - - - - - Lists applicable time periods in a "date occurring..." conditional formatting rule. - - - - - A date in the last seven days. - - - - - A date occurring last month. - - - - - A date occurring last week. - - - - - A date occurring next month. - - - - - A date occurring next week. - - - - - A date occurring this month. - - - - - A date occurring this week. - - - - - Today's date. - - - - - Tomorrow's date. - - - - - Yesterday's date. - - - - - Lists the types of the conditional formatting operators used in the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Format cells whose values are above or below the average for all values in the range. - - - - - Format cells that begin with the specified text string. - - - - - Format a cell using the relational operator. - - - - - Format cells using color scales. - - - - - Format blank or empty cells. - - - - - Format cells that contain errors. - - - - - Format cells that contain the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells using data bars. - - - - - Format cells with duplicate values. - - - - - Format cells that end with the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells using an expression. - - - - - Format cells using icon set. - - - - - Format non-empty cells. - - - - - Format cells that do not contain errors. - - - - - Format cells that do not contain the specified text string. - - - - - Format cells that contain dates in the specified time period. - - - - - Format cells values that fall in the top/bottom N bracket. - - - - - Format cells that contains unique values. - - - - - Represents a minimum or maximum threshold for a conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the "greater than or equal to" comparison operator is used by the threshold value of the icon set conditional formatting rule to determine to which cells the icon should be applied. - - true, to use the "greater than or equal to" comparison operator with the current threshold value; otherwise, false. If false, the "greater than" comparison operator is used. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the threshold value specified in the conditional formatting rule. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the threshold value specified in the conditional formatting rule. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlValueObject object that represents the threshold value. - - - - Lists values the specify the type of the threshold value to be used in conditional formatting rules - - - - - For the data bar conditional formatting rule only. Indicates that the minimum threshold value is automatically set to zero or the minimum value in the range of cells, whichever is smaller. - - - - - For the data bar conditional formatting rule only. Indicates that the maximum threshold value is automatically set to zero or the maximum value in the range of cells, which ever is larger. - - - - - Indicates that a formula is used to specify the threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Indicates that the highest value in the range is used to specify the maximum threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Indicates that the lowest value in the range is used to specify the minimum threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Indicates that a number value is used to specify the threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Indicates that a percent value is used to specify the threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Indicates that a percentile value is used to specify the threshold value for the conditional formatting rule. - - - - - Represents the worksheet ranges and conditional formatting rules applied to them. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of ranges to which the conditional formating rule is applied. - - A <,> object that is the ranges collection. - - - - Provides access to the collection of conditional formatting rules contained in the current instance. - - A <,> object representing the rules collection. - - - - Specifies a criterion value and comparison operator for a custom filter. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An enumeration member that specifies the comparison operator used to construct the filter expression. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies the filter criterion value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the comparison operator to use with the custom filter value. - - An enumeration member specifying the comparison operator used to construct the custom filter expression. - - - - Gets or sets the custom filter criteria value. - - An object that specifies the filter value. - - - - A custom filter that uses filter values and comparison operators to construct the filter expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the filter criterion. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the first filter criterion. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies the second filter criterion. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the first filter criterion. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies the second filter criterion. This value is assigned to the property. - A value indicating whether the logical operator "AND" should be used to combine two filter criteria. If false, the "OR" operator is used. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the logical AND operator should be used to combine two filter criteria. - - true, to use the AND operator; otherwise, false. If false, the OR operator is used. - - - - Returns the value that is the current filter's type. - - An value. - - - - Gets or sets the first filter criterion. - - An object that specifies the filter criterion value and the comparison operator used to construct the filter expression. - - - - Gets or sets the second filter criterion. - - An object that specifies the filter criterion value and the comparison operator used to construct the filter expression. - - - - Represents the value of a custom document property. - - - - - Returns a boolean value assigned to a custom document property. - - A value that is the custom property value. - - - - Returns the date and time value assigned to a custom document property. - - A value that is the custom property value. - - - - Returns an empty custom property value. - - - - - - Returns a numeric value assigned to a custom document property. - - A value that is the custom property value. - - - - Returns a string assigned to a custom document property. - - A value that is the custom property value. - - - - Gets the type of data assigned to a custom document property. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Lists values that specify the direction of data bars when the data bar conditional format is applied. - - - - - Specifies the direction based on the current locale. - - - - - Specifies the left-to-right direction. - - - - - Specifies the right-to-left direction. - - - - - Represents the data validation rule defined for a current worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the data validation treats empty or blank entries as valid. - - true, to define empty cells as valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value used in the criterion for data validation. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlValueObject object. - - - - Gets or sets the value used in the criterion for data validation. - - A DevExpress.Export.Xl.XlValueObject object. - - - - Gets or sets the error message to display when the entered data is not valid. - - A text for the error message. - - - - Gets or sets the style or the alert dialog window used to show the error message. - - One of the enumeration values representing the alert dialog style. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the error alert window. - - A that is the caption text. - - - - Gets or sets the input method editor (IME) mode used by the data validation. - - One of the enumeration values - - - - Gets or sets the text for the input prompt message. - - A that is the message text. - - - - Gets or sets the lists of cell ranges to which the data validation rule is applied. - - A object representing the lists of cell ranges. - - - - Provides access to the list of values used in the data validation rule. - - A <,> object that is the list of values. - - - - Gets or sets the relational operator used in the data validation rule. - - A enumeration values that specifies the relational operator. - - - - Gets or sets the title bar text of the prompt dialog window. - - A that is the title text. - - - - Provides access to the collection of cell ranges to which the data validation rule is applied. - - A <,> object representing the list of cell ranges. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the dropdown combo box for validation of the type. - - true, to display a dropdown combo box ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the error message when the user input is not valid. - - true, to show the error message; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the input message. - - true, to show the message prompt; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the type of data validation. - - One of the enumeration values that specifies the data validation type. - - - - Lists the styles of the data validation error alerts. - - - - - The dialog displays the Information icon; the end-user can click OK to accept the invalid value or Cancel to reject it. - - - - - The dialog displays the Stop icon; the only options are Retry or Cancel; end-users are not allowed to enter invalid data in the cell. - - - - - The dialog displays the Warning icon; the end-user can decide whether to allow entry of the invalid data, to retry, or to remove the invalid entry. - - - - - Lists values that specify how the input method editor (IME) is controlled by data validation. - - - - - The IME control is disabled when the cell is selected. - - - - - The IME control is full width alphanumeric input mode when the cell is selected. - - - - - The IME control is full width with Hangul input mode when the cell is selected. Applies only when Korean language supports has been installed and selected. - - - - - The IME control is full width Katakana input mode when the cell is selected. Applies only when Japanese language support has been installed and selected. - - - - - The IME control is in half width alphanumeric input mode when the cell is selected. - - - - - The IME control is in half width Hangul input mode when the cell is selected. Applies only when Korean language support has been installed and selected. - - - - - The IME control is in half width Katakana input mode when the cell is selected. Applies only when Japanese language support has been installed and selected. - - - - - The IME control is in Hiragana input mode when the cell is selected. Applies only when Japanese language support has been installed and selected. - - - - - Data Validation does not control the IME mode. - - - - - The IME control is off (does not start) when the cell is selected. - - - - - The IME control starts when the cell is selected. - - - - - Lists the types of operators that can be used in certain data validation types. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value falls within a specified range of values. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value equals a specified value. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value is greater than a specified value. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value is greater than or equal to a specified value. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value is less than a specified value. - - - - - Checks whether the cell values is less than or equal to a specified value. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value does not fall with a specified range of values. - - - - - Checks whether the cell value is not equal to a specified value. - - - - - Lists the types of data validation. - - - - - The data is validated by an arbitrary formula. - - - - - Checks for date values conforming the given condition. - - - - - Checks for decimal values conforming the given condition. - - - - - Checks the values that matches the list or certain values. - - - - - No value conforms the validation criteria. - - - - - Checks text values which lengths conforms the given condition. - - - - - Checks for time values conforming the given condition - - - - - Checks for whole numeric values conforming the given condition. - - - - - A group of dates or times used in the filter criteria. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value which is used to specify a filter criteria according to the grouping type. - A enumeration member that specifies what part of the DateTime value is used in the criteria. - - - - Gets which part of the DateTime value is used in the filter criteria. - - An enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets the base date or time value used to construct the filter criteria. - - A object. - - - - Lists grouping types used to specify the filter criteria for DateTime values. - - - - - Groups the values by day. - - - - - Groups the values by hour. - - - - - Groups the values by minute. - - - - - Groups the values by month. - - - - - Groups the values by second. - - - - - Groups the values by year. - - - - - Lists values used to specify how empty cells are displayed on a sparkline. - - - - - Empty cells are not plotted resulting in gaps on a chart. - - - - - Empty cells are plotted as interpolated using a line which connects data points (for the Line type of a sparkline). - - - - - Empty cells are plotted as zero values. - - - - - Contains custom document properties associated with a workbook. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Removes all the custom document properties from a workbook. - - - - - Returns the number of custom document properties associated with a workbook. - - An integer value that specifies the number of custom properties defined in a workbook. - - - - Gets or sets the specified custom document property by its name. - - A string that specifies the name of the custom property to be set or obtained. - An object that is the value of the custom property. - - - - Provides access to the collection of custom property names. - - A collection of custom property names which implements the <,> interface. - - - - Lists values used to specify the document format. - - - - - The CSV format (Comma-Separated Values) - the file format to store tabular data as plain text using commas as separators between cells. - - - - - MS Excel 97-2003 binary file format. - - - - - The OpenXML file format for the workbook (default MS Excel 2007 format). File extension - .xlsx. - - - - - Contains basic document properties associated with a workbook. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the name of the application where the document was created. - - A value that is an application name. - - - - Specifies the author of the workbook. - - A value that is an author's name. - - - - Specifies the category of the document content. - - A value that is the category name. - - - - Specifies a company associated with the workbook. - - A value that is the company name. - - - - Specifies the date and time when the workbook was created. - - A object that represents the date and time of the document creation. - - - - Provides access to the custom document properties associated with a workbook. - - An object that stores all the custom document properties defined for a workbook. - - - - Gets or sets the description of the document content. - - A value that is the document's description. - - - - Specifies the set of keywords to support searching and indexing. - - A value containing document keywords. - - - - Specifies the name of the manager associated with the workbook. - - A value that is the name of the manager. - - - - Specifies the security level of the document. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the subject of the document. - - A value that is the document's subject. - - - - Gets or sets the title of the document. - - A value that is the document's title. - - - - Gets or sets the version of the application where the document was created. - - A value that is the version number. - - - - Lists the security levels of the document. - - - - - Document is locked for annotation. - - - - - Allows free access to the document. - - - - - Workbook is enforced to be opened as read-only. - - - - - Document is recommended to be opened as read-only. - - - - - Lists values used to specify the document theme. - - - - - Theme settings are not written to a workbook. - - - - - Specifies the Office 2007 - 2010 document theme. - - - - - Specifies the Office 2013 document theme. - - - - - A dynamic filter that shows dates that fall within a specified time period or displays values that are above or below the average. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An enumeration member that specifies the dynamic filter type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An enumeration member that specifies the dynamic filter type. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies a filter value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An enumeration member that specifies the dynamic filter type. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies a minimum value for a dynamic filter. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies a maximum value for a dynamic filter. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the dynamic filter. - - An enumeration member that specifies the dynamic filter type. - - - - Returns the value that is the current filter's type. - - An value. - - - - Gets or sets a maximum value for the dynamic filter. - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets a dynamic filter value. - - An object. - - - - Lists the types of dynamic filter, i.e., a filter whose results may depend on the data to which it is applied or the current date. - - - - - Shows values that are above the average value. - - - - - Shows values that are below the average value. - - - - - Shows dates occurring last month. - - - - - Shows dates occurring last quarter. - - - - - Shows dates occurring last week. - - - - - Shows dates occurring last year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in January, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in October, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in November, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in December, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in February, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in March, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in April, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in May, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in June, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in July, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in August, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in September, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring next month. - - - - - Shows dates occurring next quarter. - - - - - Shows dates occurring next week. - - - - - Shows dates occurring next year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in the 1st quarter, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in the 2nd quarter, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in the 3rd quarter, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring in the 4th quarter, regardless of the year. - - - - - Shows dates occurring this month. - - - - - Shows dates occurring this quarter. - - - - - Shows dates occurring this week. - - - - - Shows dates occurring this year. - - - - - Shows today's dates. - - - - - Shows tomorrow's dates. - - - - - Shows dates occurring between the beginning of the current year and today, inclusive. - - - - - Shows yesterday's dates. - - - - - Lists values used to specify how cell errors are printed. - - - - - Cell errors are not printed. - - - - - Cell errors are printed as double dashes (--). - - - - - Cell errors are printed as they are displayed on a worksheet. - - - - - Cell errors are printed as #N/A. - - - - - Represents an object that creates an exporter for generating spreadsheet files of the specified format. - - - - - Creates an exporter that performs data export to the specified Excel format. - - One of the enumeration members that specifies the type of the output document. - An object exposing the interface. - - - - Creates an exporter that performs data export to the specified Excel format using the specified formula parser. - - One of the enumeration members that specifies the type of the output document. - An object exposing the IXlFormulaParser interface that provides the capability to parse worksheet formulas. Required to validate worksheet formulas before export. - An object exposing the interface. - - - - An object which can be used to specify a worksheet cell formula. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Constructs a textual expression from the object. - - A string expression. - - - - Constructs a textual expression from the object using the specified settings. Intended for internal use. - - An DevExpress.Export.Xl.IXlExpressionContext object that contains culture-specific, reference style and other settings. - A string expression. - - - - Lists possible ways to interpret and calculate a formula in a worksheet. - - - - - Formula is calculated as an array formula in a worksheet. - - - - - The formula works with an array of values. - - - - - Formula is calculated as if it is entered in the worksheet cell in the usual way. It does not operate with arrays to return arrays. - - - - - Formula is calculated as a shared formula in a worksheet. - - - - - Contains the cell background attributes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the cell pattern fill. - - An value that specifies the background color. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the cell pattern fill. - - An value that specifies the pattern color. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns the object specifying that a cell has no fill. - - An class instance. - - - - Creates the object that specifies the automatic pattern fill for a cell background. - - An enumeration member that is a preset type of the cell pattern fill. - An object that specifies the cell background fill. - - - - Creates the object that specifies the pattern fill for a cell background. - - An enumeration member that is a preset type of the cell pattern fill. - An object that specifies the background color of the pattern fill. - An object that specifies the foreground color of the pattern fill. - An object that specifies the cell background fill. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the pattern applied to a cell background. - - An enumeration member that is a preset type of pattern fill. - - - - Creates the object that specifies the solid fill for a cell background. - - An object that is the color used to fill a cell background. - An object that specifies the cell background fill. - - - - A column in the filter range to which filtering is applied. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A zero-based index of the column in the filtered range to which a filter should be applied. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A zero-based index of the column in the filtered range to which a filter should be applied. - An object implementing the interface which specifies the filter criteria to be applied to this column. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the current column in the filtered range. - - An integer specifying the position of the column in the filtered range. - - - - Gets or sets the filter criteria that should be applied to the current column. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether the AutoFilter button for the specified column should be hidden. - - true, to hide the button; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists comparison operators used in a custom filter. - - - - - Filters values that are equal to a specified criterion value. - - - - - Filters values that are greater than a specified criterion value. - - - - - Filters values that are greater than or equal to a specified criterion value. - - - - - Filters values that are less than a specified criterion value. - - - - - Filters values that are less than or equal to a specified criterion value. - - - - - Filters values that are not equal to a specified criterion value. - - - - - Lists types of filters available for the AutoFilter functionality. - - - - - Specifies the filter by color. - - - - - Specifies the custom filter based on a comparison operator. - - - - - Specifies the dynamic filter. - - - - - Specifies the filter by conditional formatting icons. - - - - - Specifies the "Top 10" filter. - - - - - Specifies the filter by values and date intervals. - - - - - Contains the cell font attributes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Returns the object corresponding to the body font used in the current document theme. - - An class instance that represents the theme body font. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the font applied to the cell content. - - An object that specifies the font color. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current instance of the class. - - An class instance representing the source object for copying. - - - - Creates the object that specifies a custom font with the given face name. - - A value that specifies the font name. - An class instance that represents the custom font. - - - - Creates the object that specifies a custom font with the given face name and size. - - A value that specifies the font name. - A value that specifies the font size in points. - An class instance that is the custom font with specified characteristics. - - - - Creates the object that specifies a custom font with the given face name, size and color. - - A value that specifies the font name. - A value that specifies the font size in points. - An object that specifies the font color. - An class instance that is the custom font with specified characteristics. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the font family of the font applied to cell content. - - An object that specifies the font family. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns the object corresponding to the heading font used in the current document theme. - - An class instance that represents the theme heading font. - - - - Serves as a base for the class and specifies the common font characteristics. - - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content is formatted as bold. - - true, if the cell text is bold; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the basic set of characters associated with the current font. - - An integer value that represents the font character set. Valid values are 0 to 255. - - - - Compatibility setting. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cell font is condensed. - - true, to squeeze text characters together; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the appropriate properties of the specified object into the current object of the type. - - An object that represents the object from which the settings will be copied. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise false. - - - - Compatibility setting. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cell font is extended. - - true, to stretch the text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content is formatted as italic. - - true, if the cell text is italic; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the font applied to the cell content. - - A value that specifies the font name. - - - - Compatibility setting. Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content is formatted as an outline. - - true, to display only inner and outer borders of each character; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the font scheme for the current font. - - One of the enumeration members. - - - - Formats the cell content as subscript or superscript. - - An enumeration member indicating whether the text is subscript or superscript. - - - - Compatibility setting. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cell font is formatted as shadowed. - - true, to add a shadow to the cell text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the font applied to the cell content. - - A value specifying the font size in points. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content is formatted as strikethrough. - - true, if the strikethrough formatting is applied to the cell text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the type of underline applied to the cell content. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Lists values used to specify the font family to which a cell font may belong. - - - - - Specifies that information about a font family of the given font does not exist. In this case, the default font family is used. - - - - - Specifies a novelty font. - - - - - Specifies a monospace font with or without serifs. - - - - - Specifies a proportional font with serifs. - - - - - Specifies a script font that is designed to mimic the appearance of handwriting. - - - - - Specifies a proportional font without serifs. - - - - - Lists values used to specify the font scheme. - - - - - Specifies the major font of the document theme. - - - - - Specifies the minor font of the document theme. - - - - - Specifies that the given font is not a theme font. - - - - - Serves as a base for the class and provides properties to change cell format settings. - - - - - Gets or sets alignment options to be applied to the cell content. - - An object that specifies cell alignment settings. - - - - Gets or sets border settings to be applied to a cell. - - An object that specifies a border style and color. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets or sets fill settings to be applied to the cell background. - - An object that specifies cell background characteristics. - - - - Gets or sets font settings to be applied to the cell content. - - An object that specifies cell font attributes. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the format string assigned to the property is a date and time format string. - - true, if the .NET-style format string is used to format a date and time value in a cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the .NET-style format string that specifies how a numeric value should be displayed in a cell. - - A value that represents the format pattern. - - - - Gets or sets an MS Excel-style number format that specifies how a numeric value should be displayed in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Provides static methods used to construct an internal representation of an expression (an object). - - - - - An AVERAGE statistical function. - - An array of objects interpreted as function parameters. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A COLUMN reference function - - An object that is the function result. - - - - A COLUMN reference function. - - An that is the worksheet range. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A CONCATENATE text function. - - An array of the objects which are the strings to join. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A COUNT statistical function. - - An array of objects interpreted as function parameters. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A COUNTA statistical function. - - An array of objects interpreted as function parameters. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A COUNTBLANK statistical function. - - A that specifies the range containing the cells to be counted. - An object that is the function result. - - - - An IF logical function. - - A object that is the predicate. - A object that is returned if a predicate is true. - A object that is returned if a predicate is false. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A MAX statistical function. - - An array of objects interpreted as function parameters. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A MIN statistical function. - - An array of objects interpreted as function parameters. - An object that is the function result. - - - - Creates a new object from the specified value. - - An object. However, a value of any standard type can be supplied because the class implements multiple implicit constructors. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A ROW reference function - - An object that is the function result. - - - - A ROW reference function - - An that is the worksheet range. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A SUBTOTAL mathematical function. - - A object which references the cells containing values for calculation. - A enumeration member that specifies the calculation type, i.e. the function used for calculation. - True to include hidden rows or columns in the calculation; otherwise, false. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A SUBTOTAL mathematical function. - - A list of objects which are the references to cells containing values for calculation. - A enumeration member that specifies the calculation type, i.e., the function used for calculation. - True, to include hidden rows or columns in the calculation; otherwise, false. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A SUM mathematical function. - - An array of objects which are the constants, expressions or function results to sum. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TEXT text function. - - An object that is the function parameter. - A object that specifies the formatting applied to the function parameter. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TEXT text function. - - An object that is the function parameter. - A .NET Framework format string. - True if the format string is the date and time format string; otherwise, false. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TEXT text function. - - An value. However, a value of any standard type can be supplied because class implements multiple implicit constructors. - A object that specifies the formatting applied to the function parameter. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TEXT text function. - - An object. However, a value of any standard type can be supplied because the class implements multiple implicit constructors. - A .NET Framework format string. - True if the format string is the date and time format string; otherwise, false. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TRUNC mathematical function. - - An object that is the function parameter. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A TRUNC mathematical function. - - An object that is the function parameter. - An integer that is the number of decimal places left in the truncated number. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A VLOOKUP reference function - - An object that is the lookup value. - A object that is the reference to the range to search. - An integer that is the index of a column in the range to search from which to retrieve a value. - True means that if the function cannot find an exact match to the lookup value, it should use the closest match below the supplied value; false means that if the function cannot find an exact match, it should return an error. - An object that is the function result. - - - - A VLOOKUP reference function. - - An object that is the lookup value. However, a value of any standard type can be supplied because the class implements multiple implicit constructors. - A object that is the reference to the range to search. - An integer that is the index of a column in the range to search from which to retrieve a value. - True means that if the function cannot find an exact match to the lookup value, it should use the closest match below the supplied value; false means that if the function cannot find an exact match, it should return an error. - An object that is the function result. - - - - Represents the object that specifies headers and footers of a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header or footer edges should be aligned with page margins. - - true, to align the header or footer with page margins; otherwise, false. - - - - Turns bold on or off for the characters that follows. - - - - - - Prints the name of the workbook. - - - - - - Prints the workbook file path. - - - - - - Centers the characters that follow. - - - - - - Removes headers and footers from a worksheet. - - - - - Prints the current date. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the first page of the worksheet has unique headers and footers. - - true, to specify a unique header or footer for the first page; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the odd-numbered pages have headers and footers different from those on even-numbered pages. - - true, to specify different headers and footers for the odd-numbered and even-numbered pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Turns double underline on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the footer of even-numbered pages. - - A object that specifies the footer for even-numbered pages. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the header of even-numbered pages. - - A object that specifies the header for even-numbered pages. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the footer of the first worksheet page. - - A object that specifies the footer for the first page. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the header of the first worksheet page. - - A object that specifies the header for the first page. - - - - Specifies the left-aligned, centered and right-aligned text for the header of footer. - - A System.String that specifies the text to be displayed in the left header or footer section. - A System.String that specifies the text to be displayed in the center header or footer section. - A System.String that specifies the text to be displayed in the right header or footer section. - A System.String that represents the resulting text string included in the header or footer. - - - - Turns italic on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Left aligns the characters that follow. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the footer of odd-numbered pages. - - A object that specifies the footer for odd-numbered pages. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed in the header of odd-numbered pages. - - A object that specifies the header for odd-numbered pages. - - - - Prints the current page number. - - - - - - Prints the total number of pages in the document. - - - - - - Right aligns the characters that follow. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether headers and footers should be scaled proportionately when print scaling is used to fit information on the specified number of pages. - - true, to scale headers and footers with document scaling; otherwise, false. - - - - Prints the name of the worksheet. - - - - - - Turns strikethrough on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Turns subscript on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Turns superscript on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Prints the current time. - - - - - - Turns underline on or off for the characters that follow. - - - - - - Lists values used to specify the horizontal alignment of the cell content. - - - - - The cell content is centered horizontally across the cell. - - - - - The cell content is centered horizontally across multiple cells. - - - - - The text is wrapped to fit into the cell width and each line of text is horizontally distributed across the full width of the cell. This alignment type allows applying an indent to both the left and right sides of the cell. - - - - - Repeats the cell content across the entire width of the cell. - - - - - The cell content is horizontally aligned according to the data type (text is aligned to the left; numbers, date and time values are aligned to the right; boolean and error values are centered). - - - - - The text is wrapped to fully fit into the cell width and each line of text (except the last line) is horizontally justified to the right and left of the cell. - - - - - The cell content is horizontally aligned to the left edge of the cell. - - - - - The cell content is horizontally aligned to the right edge of the cell. - - - - - Represents a hyperlink in a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Compatibility setting. Gets or sets the text to be displayed for the specified hyperlink. - - A value that specifies the display text for a hyperlink. - - - - Gets or sets the cell or cell range that contains the hyperlink. - - An object specifying the location of a hyperlink in a worksheet. - - - - Serves as the base for the and classes that define hyperlinks for cells and pictures. - - - - - Gets or sets the hyperlink destination. - - A value that specifies the destination to which a hyperlink refers. - - - - Gets or sets a text for the tooltip displayed when the mouse hovers over a hyperlink. - - A value that specifies the tooltip text for the hyperlink. - - - - Lists the types of errors which occur in cell formulas and can be skipped using the property. - - - - - All errors are ignored. - - - - - The cell in a calculated column contains a formula that is different from the calculated column formula.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - The formula contains a reference to an empty cell. The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - The cell contains a formula that results in an error. Error values include #DIV/0!, #N/A, #NAME?, #NULL!, #NUM!, #REF!, and #VALUE!. - - - - - The formula does not match the pattern of nearby formulas. The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - The formula omits certain cells in a region. The rule checks whether the formula in the cell which references a cell range includes a range of cells that is adjacent to the cell that contains the formula.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - A cell value does not comply with the data validation rule restricting data to predefined items in a list.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - No errors are ignored. - - - - - Numbers stored as text or preceded by an apostrophe.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - A text date that might be misinterpreted as the wrong century.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - The cell containing a formula is not locked for protection.The screenshot that illustrates this error type is taken in Microsoft® Excel®. - - - - - Represents the object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - - Gets the object that uses the "d-mmm" format code to display a cell value as a date. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the format code corresponding to the current number format. - - A value that is the format string. - - - - Gets the unique identifier associated with the current number format. - - An integer value that is the number format ID. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "# ?/?" format code to display a cell number as a fraction. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "# ??/??" format code to display a cell number as a fraction. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the General format to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current is a date and time format. - - true, if the is used to format a date and time value in a cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "d-mmm-yy" format code to display a cell value as a date. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "h:mm:ss AM/PM" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "h:mm:ss" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "mm:ss" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "mm:ss.0" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "mmm-yy" format code to display a cell value as a date. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0;(#,##0)" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0.00;(#,##0.00)" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0;[Red]#,##0)" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0.00;[Red]#,##0.00)" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "0" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "0.00" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "#,##0.00" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "0%" format code to display a cell number as a percentage. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "0.00%" format code to display a cell number as a percentage. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "0.00E+00" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "##0.0E+0" format code to display numeric data in a cell. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "mm-dd-yy" format code to display a cell value as a date. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "m/d/yy h:mm" format code to display a cell value as a date and time. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "h:mm AM/PM" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "h:mm" format code to display a cell value as a time value. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "[h]:mm:ss" format code to display a cell value as the total amount of time elapsed. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - Gets the object that uses the "@" character to display a cell value as a text. - - An object that specifies a cell number format. - - - - A static class that implements methods to create arithmetic and logical operations in the expression. - - - - - An arithmetic addition operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is right the operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A division operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - An equality operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A "Greater than" operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A "Greater than or equal" operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A "Less than" operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A "Less than or equal" operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A multiplication operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - An inequality operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - A subtraction operator. - - An object that is the left operand. - An object that is the right operand. - An object that is the operation result. - - - - Represents the object that specifies page margins for a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the bottom margin of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the bottom margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the space between a footer and the bottom edge of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the footer margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the space between a header and the top edge of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the header margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the left margin of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the left margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the unit of margin measurement. - - An enumeration value that specifies the unit of measurement for worksheet margins.The default is XlPageUnits.Inches. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the right margin of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the right margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the top margin of a printed page. - - A value that specifies the top margin in a unit of measurement defined by the property. - - - - Lists values used to specify the page orientation applied when a worksheet is being printed. - - - - - Worksheet page orientation is default. - - - - - Worksheet page orientation is landscape. - - - - - Worksheet page orientation is portrait. - - - - - Lists values used to specify the order in which worksheet pages are numbered and printed when the worksheet data does not fit on one page. - - - - - Worksheet pages are numbered and printed from the top down and then left to right. - - - - - Worksheet pages are numbered and printed from left to right and then from the top down. - - - - - Represents the object that specifies page formatting options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the first page number should be selected automatically. - - true, to use the default page number for the first printed page; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to print the worksheet in black and white or in color. - - true, to print the worksheet in black and white; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets how comments contained in a worksheet are printed. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the number of worksheet copies to print. - - A positive integer that is a number of copies to print.If the number of copies is less than 1 or greater than 32767, a System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the worksheet should be printed without graphics and graphic elements (such as gridlines). - - true, to exclude graphics from the printout; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets how errors contained in worksheet cells are printed. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the number from which pagination starts on the current worksheet. - - An integer that is the number of the first page of the printed worksheet. - - - - Gets or sets the number of pages by height in which the worksheet should fit when printed. - - A positive integer value that specifies the number of pages that the worksheet should fit on.This value must be between 0 and 32767; otherwise, a System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the worksheet content should be scaled to fit on a specific number of pages. - - true, if the FitToPage print option is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the number of pages wide the worksheet should fit on when printed. - - A positive integer value that specifies the number of pages that the worksheet should fit on.This value must be between 0 and 32767; otherwise, a System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch. - - A positive integer that specifies the printing resolution.The default value is 600 DPI. - - - - Gets or sets the page orientation applied when a worksheet is being printed. - - An enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets the order in which worksheet pages are numbered and printed. - - An enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the paper size used when a worksheet is being printed. - - One of the enumeration values. - - - - Gets or sets the percentage by which to scale the worksheet content. - - A positive integer value that determines print scaling. This value must be between 10 and 400; otherwise, a System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the default page settings specified by the printer. - - true, to use the printer's defaults settings for a printed page; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch. - - A positive integer that specifies the printing resolution.The default value is 600 DPI. - - - - Lists values used to specify the units of margin measurement. - - - - - Specifies centimeters as a unit of margin measurement. - - - - - Specifies inches as a unit of margin measurement. - - - - - Lists the types of patterns available for cell shading. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thick downward diagonal stripes. - - - - - Specifies the 75% gray pattern. - - - - - Specifies the thick grid pattern. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thick horizontal stripes. - - - - - Specifies the thick diagonal trellis pattern. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thick upward diagonal stripes. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thick vertical stripes. - - - - - Specifies the 6.25% gray pattern. - - - - - Specifies the 12.5% gray pattern. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thin downward diagonal stripes. - - - - - Specifies the 25% gray pattern. - - - - - Specifies the thin grid pattern. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thin horizontal stripes. - - - - - Specifies the thin diagonal trellis pattern. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thin upward diagonal stripes. - - - - - Specifies a pattern that is a series of thin vertical stripes. - - - - - Specifies the 50% gray pattern. - - - - - No background (solid color or fill pattern) is applied to a cell. - - - - - Specifies that a cell is filled with a solid color. - - - - - Represents a hyperlink associated with a picture. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the hyperlink associated with a picture refers to an external resource (web page, e-mail address, file or directory) or to an internal resource (to a cell range in the current workbook). - - true, if the hyperlink refers to an external resource; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the target frame in which to display the web page when the hyperlink is clicked. - - A value representing a predefined name of the target window (frame). By default, it is an empty string. - - - - Lists reference types used to specify a cell position. - - - - - Absolute reference type. - - - - - Relative reference type. - - - - - Represents the object that specifies printing options for a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether worksheet gridlines should be printed. - - true, to print worksheet gridlines; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether row and column headings should be printed. - - true, to print row and column headings; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether worksheet data is centered horizontally on a printed page. - - true, to center worksheet data; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether worksheet data is centered vertically on a printed page. - - true, to center worksheet data; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the object that specifies rows and columns to be repeated on every printed page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that is the worksheet containing row and column titles to be printed. - - - - Gets or sets specific columns to be repeated on every printed page. - - An object that specifies worksheet columns repeated on every printed page. - - - - Gets or sets specific rows to be repeated on every printed page. - - An object that specifies worksheet rows repeated on every printed page. - - - - Sets columns to be repeated on the left side of every printed page. - - A zero-based integer representing the index of the first column to be printed on each page. - A zero-based integer representing the index of the last column to be printed on each page. - - - - Sets rows to be repeated at the top of every printed page. - - A zero-based integer representing the index of the first row to be printed on each page. - A zero-based integer representing the index of the last row to be printed on each page. - - - - Returns a string reference to a range that includes the entire rows and/or columns repeated on every printed page. - - A string reference to the title rows and/or title columns printed on every page. - - - - Lists values used to specify the reading order of the cell. - - - - - Specifies that the reading order depends on the context and is determined by the first strong character: if it is a right-to-left character, the reading order is also right-to-left; otherwise, the reading order is left-to-right. - - - - - Specifies that the reading order is left-to-right. - - - - - Specifies that the reading order is right-to-left. - - - - - Represents a region of the cell text with its own set of font characteristics. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the text of this cell region. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that specifies font attributes to be applied to the text. If null, the default font is used. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the font settings of the current region of the cell text. - - An object providing members to change font attributes of the cell text region. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the text of the current cell region with a specific font. - - A value that specifies the text associated with the current cell region. - - - - Represents a rich formatted text in a cell. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value that is the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the rich text in a cell is a plain text rather than formatted. - - true, if the rich text is empty or not formatted; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of cell text regions, each formatted with its own font. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets or sets the full rich text of a cell. - - A value that specifies the text displayed in a cell. - - - - Lists values used to format the text in a cell as superscript or subscript. - - - - - Specifies that the cell text should be located at the normal baseline and should have the same size as the surrounding text. - - - - - Specifies that the cell text should be formatted as subscript. - - - - - Specifies that the cell text should be formatted as superscript. - - - - - Lists values used to specify the worksheet visibility. - - - - - A worksheet is hidden. - - - - - A worksheet is hidden and cannot be unhidden from the user interface. - - - - - A worksheet is visible. - - - - - Specifies the portion of the picture to display in a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the source rectangle's offset from the left edge of the picture's bounding box. - A value that specifies the source rectangle's offset from the top edge of the picture's bounding box. - A value that specifies the source rectangle's offset from the right edge of the picture's bounding box. - A value that specifies the source rectangle's offset from the bottom edge of the picture's bounding box. - - - - Gets the offset from the bottom edge of the bounding box. - - A value. A positive value indicates an inset and a negative value specifies an outset. - - - - Gets whether properties of the current object are set to 0. - - true, if the object's properties have the default value 0; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the offset from the left edge of the bounding box. - - A value. A positive value indicates an inset and a negative value specifies an outset. - - - - Gets the offset from the right edge of the bounding box. - - A value. A positive value indicates an inset and a negative value specifies an outset. - - - - Gets the offset from the top edge of the bounding box. - - A value. A positive value indicates an inset and a negative value specifies an outset. - - - - A single sparkline in the sparkline group. - - - - - Creates a single sparkline for the specified data and location. - - A object that specifies the cell range containing the source data for the sparkline. - A object that specifies the cell range where the sparkline should be located. - - - - Gets or sets the cell range that contains the source data for a single sparkline. - - A object that contains sparkline values. - - - - Gets or sets the location of an individual sparkline in a worksheet. - - A object that specifies the cell in which the sparkline is located. - - - - Lists values used to specify how to calculate the minimum and maximum values for the vertical axis of a sparkline group. - - - - - Specifies that the minimum or maximum value for the sparkline vertical axis should be set to the custom value defined by the or property, respectively. - - - - - Specifies that the minimum or maximum value for the sparkline vertical axis should be calculated automatically and shared across all the sparklines in the group. - - - - - Specifies that the minimum or maximum value for the sparkline vertical axis should be automatically set to the lowest or highest value calculated individually for each sparkline in the group. - - - - - A sparkline group in a worksheet. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a line sparkline group for the specified data and location. - - A object that specifies the cell range containing the source data for the group. - A object that specifies the cell range where the sparkline group should be located. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the horizontal axis. - - An object that specifies the axis color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the first data point for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the point color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the highest data point for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the point color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the last data point for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the point color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the lowest data point for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the point color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the data markers for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the marker color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the negative data points for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the point color. - - - - Gets or sets the color for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - An object that specifies the line color. - - - - Gets or sets the date range for the sparkline group. - - A object that contains the date values for the sparkline data. - - - - Gets or sets how empty cells are plotted. - - A enumeration member that specifies how blank values are displayed on a sparkline. - - - - Gets or sets whether data in hidden cells are plotted in the sparkline group. - - True to display data in hidden cells; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether data markers are displayed for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - True to display data markers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the horizontal axis is displayed for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - True to display the horizontal axis; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the first data point in the sparkline should be colored differently. - - True, to highlight the first data point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the highest data point in the sparkline should be colored differently. - - True to highlight the highest data point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the last data point in the sparkline should be colored differently. - - True to highlight the last data point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the lowest data point in the sparkline should be colored differently. - - True to highlight the lowest data point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether negative data points in the sparkline should be colored differently. - - True to highlight negative data points; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the line weight for each sparkline in the sparkline group. - - A value that is the line weight measured in points. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum for the vertical axis that is the same for all sparklines in the sparkline group. - - A value that specifies the maximum value for the vertical axis. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum for the vertical axis that is the same for all sparklines in the sparkline group. - - A value that specifies the maximum value for the vertical axis. - - - - Specifies how the vertical axis maximums for the sparklines in the sparkline group are calculated. - - A enumeration member that determines how to calculate vertical axis maximums. - - - - Specifies how the vertical axis minimums for the sparklines in the sparkline group are calculated. - - A enumeration member that determines how to calculate vertical axis minimums. - - - - Gets or sets whether the data points on the horizontal axis are plotted in right-to-left order. - - True, to plot values right-to-left; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of sparklines contained in the sparkline group. - - A <,> object that is a collection of sparklines. - - - - Gets or sets the type of a sparkline group. - - A enumeration member value that specifies the sparkline group type. - - - - Lists values used to specify sparkline chart types (types of sparkline groups). - - - - - Sparkline data points are plotted as vertical bars. - - - - - Sparkline data points are plotted as a line. - - - - - Sparkline data points are plotted with identically sized bars above the horizontal axis for positive values (win) and below the horizontal axis for negative values (loss), - - - - - Lists summary functions used in subtotals. - - - - - The AVERAGE statistical function. - - - - - The COUNT statistical function. - - - - - The COUNTA statistical function. - - - - - The MAX statistical function. - - - - - The MIN statistical function. - - - - - The PRODUCT mathematical function. - - - - - The STDEV.P statistical function. - - - - - The STDEV.S statistical function. - - - - - The SUM mathematical function. - - - - - The VAR.P statistical function. - - - - - The VAR.S statistical function. - - - - - Represents an object used to create a table column with custom formatting applied to its regions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string specifying the unique name of the table column. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the data area of the table column. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting object that specifies format characteristics applied to the column's data area. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the header row cell of the table column. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the column's header cell. - - - - Gets the unique name of the table column. - - A value that specifies the table column name. - - - - Gets or sets format characteristics for the total row cell of the table column. - - An XlDifferentialFormatting instance that specifies format characteristics applied to the column's total cell. - - - - Lists special item specifiers used within structured references to refer to specific parts of a table or table column(s). - - - - - A special item specifier that refers to the entire table, including column headers, data, and totals (if any). - - - - - No special item specifiers are defined to restrict the portion of the table used in the structured reference. - - - - - A special item specifier that refers to the data area. - - - - - A special item specifier that refers to the header row. - - - - - A special item specifier that refers to the cells in the same row as the formula. - - - - - A special item specifier that refers to the total row. - - - - - Represents a reference to table data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the referenced table. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration member specifying the part of the table to which the structured reference refers. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the referenced table. - A string that specifies the name of the column containing data to which the structured reference refers. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the referenced table. - A string that is the name of the column to the specified portion of which the structured reference refers. - An enumeration member that specifies the part of the table column to use in the reference. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the referenced table. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the left bound of the referenced data range. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the right bound of the referenced data range. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the referenced table. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the left bound of the referenced range. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that is the name of the column specifying the right bound of the referenced range. This value is assigned to the property. - An enumeration member that specifies the part of the table to use in the reference. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the name of the column used as the left bound to specify the portion of the table to be referenced. - - A string that specifies the column name. - - - - Gets the name of the column used as the right bound to specify the portion of the table to be referenced. - - A string that specifies the column name. - - - - Gets a special item specifier used by the current structured reference to refer to a specific part of the table. - - An enumeration member. - - - - Gets the table to which the current structured reference refers. - - An object that is the referenced table. - - - - Converts a table reference to a string. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of a table reference. - - - - Converts a table reference to a string. - - A object that provides culture-specific information. - A string that specifies the textual representation of a table reference. - - - - Lists the base colors of the document theme. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 1 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 2 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 3 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 4 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 5 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Accent 6 theme color. - - - - - Specifies the Dark 1 text/background color. - - - - - Specifies the Dark 2 text/background color. - - - - - Specifies the theme color used to highlight the visited hyperlink. - - - - - Specifies the theme color used to highlight the inserted hyperlink. - - - - - Specifies the Light 1 text/background color. - - - - - Specifies the Light 2 text/background color. - - - - - Specifies that theme colors are not used to set a foreground or background color. - - - - - A Top 10 filter that displays top/bottom ranked values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that is the actual cell value used by the filter to perform the comparison. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that is a number or percentage of column values to display. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that is the actual cell value used by the filter to perform the comparison. This value is assigned to the property. - A value indicating whether to filter column values by top order. This value is assigned to the property. - A value indicating whether to show values that fall in the top/bottom N percent of column values. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the value that is the current filter's type. - - An value. - - - - Gets or sets the actual cell value which is used to perform the comparison for the current filter. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show values that fall in the top/bottom N percent of a column. - - true, to filter by the top/bottom N percent of column items; otherwise, false. A false value filters by a number of items. - - - - Gets or sets whether top items should be included in the "Top 10" filtering results. - - true, to filter by top order; otherwise, false. If false, bottom items satisfying the filter criteria are displayed. - - - - Gets or sets a top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. - - A value that is a number or percentage of column items to display. For example, "Filter by Top 5 Items" or "Filter by Top 10 Percent". - - - - Lists functions to calculate the totals of table columns. - - - - - Returns the average (arithmetic mean) of the numbers contained in the table column. - - - - - Returns the number of cells with non-empty values contained in the table column. - - - - - Returns the number of cells with numeric values contained in the table column. - - - - - Returns the largest number contained in the table column. - - - - - Returns the smallest number contained in the table column. - - - - - Indicates that the total for the table column is not calculated. - - - - - Calculates the standard deviation based on the sample contained in the table column. - - - - - Returns the sum of the numbers contained in the table column. - - - - - Calculates the variance of the sample contained in the table column. - - - - - Lists underline styles. - - - - - Specifies a double underline. - - - - - Specifies a double accounting underline. Adds a double-line underline that is displayed lower than the underline and fills the entire cell width if the cell contains text or date values. - - - - - Specifies that the text is not underlined. - - - - - Specifies a single underline. - - - - - Specifies a single accounting underline.Adds a single-line underline that is displayed lower than the underline and fills the entire cell width if the cell contains text or date values. - - - - - A filter by a list of cell values or date and time values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the calendar type for date groups used in filtering. - - An enumeration member. - - - - Provides access to the collection of date and time values to filter by. - - A collection of objects specifying date and time values that should be used in a filter. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether blank cells should be included in the filtering results. - - true, to filter blank cells; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the value that is the current filter's type. - - An value. - - - - Provides access to the collection of cell values to filter by. - - A collection of values to be used in a filter. - - - - A variant value that can be used as a cell value, filter value or function argument. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A value that is the base date December 30, 1899. - - - - Gets or sets the boolean value stored by the object. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the date and time value stored by the object. - - A value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object that represents the 60-day time interval. - - - - Returns the object specifying an empty value. - - - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Returns the object specifying the #DIV/0! cell error. - - - - - - Returns the object specifying the #VALUE! cell error. - - - - - - Returns the object specifying the #NAME? cell error. - - - - - - Returns the object specifying the #NULL! cell error. - - - - - - Returns the object specifying the #NUM! cell error. - - - - - - Returns the object specifying the #REF! cell error. - - - - - - Gets or sets the cell error stored by the object. - - An object implementing the interface that contains information on a cell error. - - - - Returns the object specifying the #N/A cell error. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The string "FALSE". - - - - Converts the specified object to . - - An object to be converted to an . - An object that corresponds to the specified object. If the conversion cannot be performed, an empty is returned. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets whether the current object contains a Boolean value. - - true, if the current value is of the Boolean type; otherwise, false - - - - Gets whether the current object has an empty value. - - true, if the current value is empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current object contains an error. - - true, if the current value is of the error type; otherwise, false - - - - Gets whether the current object contains a number. - - true, if the current value is of the numeric type; otherwise, false - - - - Gets whether the current object contains text. - - true, if the current value is of the text type; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the number stored by the object. - - A value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A serial value. - true, to use the 1904 date system; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the text stored by the object. - - A value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Returns a value containing a textual representation of the object. - - An object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.Returns a value containing a textual representation of the object. - - A object specifying the culture settings. - An object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The string "TRUE". - - - - Gets the type of the object. - - An enumerator member specifying the value type. - - - - Lists values used to specify a variant value type. - - - - - A variant value contains data of the boolean type. - - - - - A variant value contains a number that is regarded as date and time. - - - - - A variant value contains data of the error type. - - - - - The value type is unknown. - - - - - A variant value contains data of the numeric type. - - - - - A variant value contains data of the text type. - - - - - Lists values used to specify the vertical alignment of the cell content. - - - - - The cell content is vertically aligned at the bottom. - - - - - The cell content is centered vertically. - - - - - The text is vertically distributed across the cell height. - - - - - The cell content is vertically justified. - - - - - The cell content is vertically aligned at the top. - - - - - Contains cell formatting settings applied when exporting a control's data to XLS(X) format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets text alignment, wrapping, rotation, best-fit and indentation options. - - Options that define how text is aligned, wrapped, rotated, best-fit and indented. - - - - Gets or sets the cell's background color. - - The cell's background color. - - - - - - - - - - Copies the font, format string and background color settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are copied. - A value to be assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets font attributes for the currently processed cell. - - An object that contains font attributes for the currently processed cell. - - - - Gets the pattern for formatting values. - - The string representing the format pattern. - - - - Gets or sets the type of formatting applied to the current value. - - The formatting type. - - - - Gets or sets the native Excel format string used to format the currently processed value. - - A string value, representing the XLSX format string. - - - - Contains classes that provide the core printing functionality. - - - - - Lists the values specifying the information related to a Field List node. - - - - - The Array item kind. - - - - - The Boolean item kind. - - - - - The Boolean Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The Date-Time Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The Default Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The Float Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The Integer Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The String Calculated Field item kind. - - - - - The CheckBox Control item kind. - - - - - The Label Control item kind. - - - - - The Line Control item kind. - - - - - The PictureBox Control item kind. - - - - - The Shape Control item kind. - - - - - The Date item kind. - - - - - The Default item kind. - - - - - The Float item kind. - - - - - The Integer item kind. - - - - - The List item kind. - - - - - The List of Parameters item kind. - - - - - The List Datasource item kind. - - - - - The None item kind. - - - - - The String item kind. - - - - - - - - - - A base interface that implements methods to modify the exported spreadsheet. - - - - - Adds an empty row. - - - - - Adds an empty row and populates it with values. - - An array of cell values to insert in the added row. - - - - Adds an empty row and populates it with the specified values. - - An array of cell values to insert in the added row. - - - - Inserts an image into the specified cell range. - - A object that is the image to insert. - An object that specifies a cell range. - - - - Merges cells in the specified range. - - An object that specifies a cell range. - - - - Implements methods which allow you to modify a header or footer in the exported spreadsheet. - - - - - Inserts a n image into the sheet's header of footer. - - A object that is the image to insert. - A structure that specifies the image size. - - - - Contains classes that provide printing functionality to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the authentication service client. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Lists the values, specifying the supported user authentication types. - - - - - The remote document source is a Report and Dashboard Server that supports the Forms authentication type. - - - - - The remote document source is a Report and Dashboard Server that supports the Guest authentication type. - - - - - The remote document source is a custom WCF report service. - - - - - The remote document source is a Report and Dashboard Server that supports the Windows authentication type. - - - - - A method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified user credentials. - - A value, specifying the user name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the password. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies whether or not the event was handled. - - true if the event was handled; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the user password to login to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the password. - - - - Specifies the user name to login to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - - - - A document that is created by a remote service (a Report and Dashboard Server or custom WCF report service). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Printing System. - - A descendant. - - - - Specifies whether continuous document export can be performed. - - true, if continuous document export can be performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Releases all resources used by . - - - - - Indicates whether or not the document is empty (i.e., does it contain at least one page). - - true if the document is emtpy; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the total number of pages within a report. - - An integer value, specifying the number of report pages. - - - - Asynchronously obtains the specified report created by a remote document source. - - An object, identifying the report. - An object implementing the interface, specifying the report parameters. - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - - - - Provides functionality to publish objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Occurs when connecting to an . - - - - - Specifies the user authentication type that is appropriate to an assigned remote document source. - - An enumeration value. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Triggers the document generation. - - - - - Triggers the document generation with the specified settings. - - A object. - - - - Specifies a prefix that precedes Report and Dashboard Server endpoint configurations located in the Web.config file. - - A value. - - - - Occurs before displaying the Parameters panel in a Print Prevew. - - - - - Occurs when the parameter values are changed in the Parameters UI. - - - - - Identifies documents that are created remotely by a . - - An object, identifying a document. - - - - Specifies the name of a remotely created document. - - A value, specifying the document name. - - - - Intended to request user credentials to login to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - Occurs when connecting to a report service client. - - - - - Specifies the uniform resource identifier (URI) of a remote document source. - - A value, specifying the document source URI. - - - - Renders documents that are generated by remote sources (i.e., by a report service or Report Server). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, this is a object.) - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies a custom report service client. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Contains classes that provide additional printing functionality to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Prints the specified document. - - A delegate of a object. - A System.Func<TResult> delegate of a object. - - - - Prints the specified page range. - - An integer value. - An integer value. - A System.Action<string> delegate. - - - - Contains classes that provide client-side functionality to the service model of a Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - Provides the client-side functionality for the Report and Dashboard Server authentication service. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified channel. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Logs into a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An action delegate containing a object that returns a Boolean value, specifying the operation result. - - - - Asynchronously logs into a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a Boolean value. - - - - Supports automatic creation on the client side. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object, specifying the authentication service address. - An enumeration value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object, specifying the authentication service address. - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified endpoint configuration name. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - An object, specifying the authentication service address. - - - - Creates a . - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - An extension for sharing the Report Server authentication cookie between an and the to link them. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets a value indicating the behavior type. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Shares the Report Server authentication cookie between an and the to link them. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Passes data to bindings (for custom behavior support). - - A object, specifying the endpoint to modify. - A object, specifying the objects required by binding elements to support the behavior. - - - - Implements a modification or extension of the authentication service client across a contract. - - A object, specifying the endpoint. - A object, specifying the client runtime. - - - - Implements a modification or extension of the authentication service across an endpoint. - - A object, specifying the endpoint that exposes the contract. - An object, specifying the endpoint dispatcher to be modified or extended. - - - - Examines the description tree and a corresponding runtime object to ensure it conforms to some set of criteria. - - A object, specifying the endpoint. - - - - Used to detect the authentication cookie by the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified cookie. - - A object. - - - - Ensures that no invalid messages received from the service are relayed to the client user code. - - A reference. - A value. - - - - Ensures that no invalid messages are sent to the service. - - A reference. - An object implementing the interface. - A value. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides functionality for the DevExpress Report Server authentication service. - - - - - Logs into a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - true if the attempt to login is successful; otherwise false. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides a service contract for the . - - - - - Starts logging in to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends logging in to a Report and Dashboard Server. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - true if the user has been successfully logged in; otherwise false. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides the client-side functionality for the DevExpress Report Server authentication service. - - - - - Logs into a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - A value, specifying the operation state. - An action delegate containing a object that returns a Boolean value, specifying the operation result. - - - - Asynchronously logs into a Report and Dashboard Server. - - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the password. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a Boolean value. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides the client-side functionality for a DevExpress Report Server. - - - - - Creates a copy of the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a source report. - A data transfer object specifying properties of the created report copy. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Provides the controls for the context of a channel. - - An object implementing the System.ServiceModel.IContextChannel interface. - - - - Asynchronously creates a report category. - - A value, specifying the report category name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the category ID. - - - - Creates a copy of the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a source report. - A data transfer object specifying properties of the created report copy. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously creates a new report. - - A object, providing information about the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the . - - - - Creates a new report category with the specified name. - - A System.String value specifying a category name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be callled when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously creates a scheduled job. - - A object, specifying properties of the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the job ID. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a report category. - - An integer value, identifying the report category. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Deletes the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying a report to delete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Deletes the specified report category. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report category to delete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously executes a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A nullable integer value. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the job ID. - - - - Returns a collection of items to be displayed in the categories list. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously returns a collection of report categories. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the data columns corresponding to a specified data member. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A object, identifying the data member. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the data columns corresponding to a specified data member. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A object, identifying the data member. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs on completion of obtaining the information about data columns from the server. - - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of data members corresponding to a specified data source. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of data members corresponding to a specified data source. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs on completion of obtaining the information about data members from the server. - - - - - Asynchronously gets a data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously gets a collection of data models. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of available data sources. - - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of available data sources. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Obtains an XML schema of the specified data source. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a data source. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.String containing a data source schema. - - - - Occurs on completion of obtaining the information about data sources from the server. - - - - - Gets properties of the specified report to be displayed in a report catalog. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A data transfer object containing the values of the report properties to be displayed in a report catalog. - - - - Gets a collection of revisions for the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Gets a collection of items to be displayed in a report catalog. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously gets a collection of reports. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously returns the logs corresponding to a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the total number of logs corresponding to a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the total number of logs. - - - - Asynchronously returns the result of a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the result of a scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously returns the history of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the total number of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the total number of job results. - - - - Asynchronously returns all scheduled jobs. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Loads the specified report from the server storage. - - A System.Int32 specifying a report to load. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously loads a report. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the . - - - - Gets the specified revision of a report layout. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A System.Int32 value specifying a report revision. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Locks the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying the report to lock. - - - - Checks a server for availability. - - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Rolls the layout of a report back to the specified revision. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to roll back. - A System.Int32 value specifying a target layout revision. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Saves the specified report to the server storage. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to save. - A Data Transfer Object containing report data. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Unlocks the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying the report to unlock. - - - - Asynchronously updates a report category. - - An integer value identifying the report category. - A value specifying the report category name. - A nullable integer value specifying a category version used for optimistic locking. - A value containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously updates a data model. - - A object. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Updates properties of the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to update. - A data transfer object containing new values for report properties. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously updates an existing report. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - A object, providing information about the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the report ID. - - - - Updates the name of the specified report category. - - A System.Int32 specifying the report category to update. - A System.String value specifying a new name for the report category. - A nullable integer value specifying a category version used for optimistic locking. - A value containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously updates a scheduled job. - - A object, specifying properties of the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Uploads report layout data onto a server. - - A System.IO.Stream containing layout data. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides a service contract for the . - - - - - Starts creating a report copy. - - An integer value, identifying the report to clone. - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts creating a report. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts creating a report category. - - A value, specifying the report category name. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts creating a scheduled job. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts deleting a report category. - - An integer value, specifying the report category ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts deleting a data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts deleting a report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts deleting a scheduled job. - - An integer value, specifying the scheduled job ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Begins executing a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A nullable integer value. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the report categories. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the columns from a data source. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A object, specifying the data member. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the data members from a data source. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the available data models. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the data sources. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the report revisions. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the reports. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the scheduled job logs. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the total number of scheduled job logs. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the scheduled job result. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job result. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the history of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining the total number of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts obtaining all scheduled job. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts loading a report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts loading the layout of a specific report revision. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - An integer value, specifying the revision ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts pinging the Report Server facade. - - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts rolling back a report revision. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - An integer value, specifying the revision ID. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts saving the specified report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts updating the data model. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts updating the specified report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts updating the specified report category. - - An integer value specifying the report category ID. - A value specifying the new category name. - A nullable integer value specifying a report category version used for optimistic locking. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts updating the scheduled job. - - A object. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Starts uploading a report layout. - - A object, containing the report layout. - References a method to be called when a corresponding asynchronous operation is completed. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends creating a report copy. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends creating a report. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends creating a report category. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the report category ID. - - - - Ends creating a scheduled job. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the scheduled job ID. - - - - Ends deleting a report category. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends deleting a data model. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends deleting a report. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends deleting a scheduled job. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Begins executing a scheduled job. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A nullable integer value. - - - - Ends obtaining the report categories. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the columns from a data source. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the data members from a data source. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining a data model. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends obtaining the available data models. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the data sources. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the report revisions. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the reports. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the scheduled job. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends obtaining the scheduled job logs. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the total number of scheduled job logs. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the total number of scheduled job logs. - - - - Ends obtaining the scheduled job result. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends obtaining the scheduled job results. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends obtaining the total number of results corresponding to a scheduled job log. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the total number of scheduled job results. - - - - Ends obtaining the scheduled jobs. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A collection of objects. - - - - Ends loading the reports. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Ends loading the report layout bytes. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A array, containing the report layout. - - - - Ends pinging the Report Server facade. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends rolling back a report revision. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends saving the specified report. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - - - - Ends updating a data model. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends updating the specified report. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - - - - Ends updating a report category. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends updating the scheduled job. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - - - - Ends uploading a report layout. - - An object containing information about the status of an asynchronous operation. - A object. - - - - Obtains the data source schema. - - An integer value, specifying the data source ID. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A value, containing the data source schema. - - - - Returns a data transfer object (DTO), corresponding to the report catalog item. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - A value. - - - - Locks the specified report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - - - - Unlocks the specified report. - - An integer value, specifying the report ID. - - - - Provides the client-side functionality for a DevExpress Report Server. - - - - - Initialize a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the interface. - A value, containing the address of the Report Server's REST endpoint. - - - - Creates a copy of the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a source report. - A data transfer object specifying properties of the created report copy. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Provides the controls for the context of a channel. - - An object implementing the System.ServiceModel.IContextChannel interface. - - - - Asynchronously creates a report category. - - A value, specifying the report category name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the category ID. - - - - Creates a new report on the server. - - A data transfer object specifying properties of the created report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously creates a new report. - - A object, providing information about the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the . - - - - Creates a new report category with the specified name. - - A System.String value specifying a category name. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be callled when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously creates a scheduled job. - - A object, specifying properties of the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the job ID. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a report category. - - An integer value, identifying the report category. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Deletes the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying a report to delete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Deletes the specified report category. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report category to delete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously deletes a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously executes a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A nullable integer value. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the job ID. - - - - Returns a collection of items to be displayed in the categories list. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously returns a collection of report categories. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the data columns corresponding to a specified data member. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - A object, identifying the data member. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously obtains a collection of columns available in the specified data member. - - A value, specifying a data source. - A value, specifying a data member. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when data member columns have been obtained. - - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of data members corresponding to a specified data source. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously obtains a collection of data members available in the specified data source. - - A value, specifying a data source. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Occurs when a collection of data members has been obtained. - - - - - Asynchronously gets a data model. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously gets a collection of data models. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the list of available data sources. - - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously obtains a collections of data sources available on a server. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Obtains an XML schema of the specified data source. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a data source. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.String containing a data source schema. - - - - Occurs when a collection of data sources has been obtained. - - - - - Gets properties of the specified report to be displayed in a report catalog. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A data transfer object containing the values of the report properties to be displayed in a report catalog. - - - - Gets a collection of revisions for the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Gets a collection of items to be displayed in a report catalog. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously gets a collection of reports. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously returns the logs corresponding to a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the total number of logs corresponding to a specified scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the total number of logs. - - - - Asynchronously returns the result of a scheduled job. - - An integer value, identifying the result of a scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a object. - - - - Asynchronously returns the history of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - A descendant, specifying how the data should be paginated. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Asynchronously returns the total number of results corresponding to a specified scheduled job log. - - An integer value, identifying the scheduled job log. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the total number of job results. - - - - Asynchronously returns all scheduled jobs. - - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - An asynchronous operation result, containing a collection of objects. - - - - Loads the specified report from the server storage. - - A System.Int32 specifying a report to load. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously loads a report. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the . - - - - Gets the specified revision of a report layout. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report. - A System.Int32 value specifying a report revision. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Locks the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying the report to lock. - - - - Checks a server for availability. - - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - - - - Rolls the layout of a report back to the specified revision. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to roll back. - A System.Int32 value specifying a target layout revision. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Saves the specified report to the server storage. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to save. - A Data Transfer Object containing report data. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Unlocks the specified report. - - A System.Int32 specifying the report to unlock. - - - - Asynchronously updates a report category. - - An integer value identifying the report category. - A value specifying the report category name. - A nullable integer value specifying a category version used for optimistic locking. - A value containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Asynchronously updates a data model. - - A object. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Updates properties of the specified report. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report to update. - A data transfer object containing new values for report properties. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously updates an existing report. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - A object, providing information about the report. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying the report ID. - - - - Updates properties of the specified report category. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a report category to update. - A System.String specifying a category name. - A nullable integer value specifying a report category version used for optimistic locking. - A value containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Asynchronously updates a scheduled job. - - A object, specifying properties of the scheduled job. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A , specifying an asynchronous operation. - - - - Uploads report layout data onto a server. - - A System.IO.Stream containing layout data. - A value, containing information about the asynchronous operation. - A System.Action delegate to be called when the operation is complete. - - - - Supports automatic creation on the client side. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified remote address. - - An object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified remote address and binding. - - An object. - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified endpoint configuration name. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified endpoint configuration name and remote address. - - A value, specifying the endpoint configuration name. - An object. - - - - Creates a . - - An object implementing the interface (typically, this is a object). - - - - Provides methods for converting components to specific types. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Checks whether or not the component can be converted to the specified type. - - An object implementing the interface. - A enumeration value. - true if the valid conversion is possible; otherwise false. - - - - Converts the component to the specified type. - - An object implementing the interface. - A object. - A value. - A enumeration value. - A value. - - - - Contains classes that enable users to connect to the Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - The base for classes that provide the functionality to connect to the Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified server address. - - A value, specifying the server address. - - - - Asynchronously logins to a report server and initializes a report server client within the current login session. This method combines the functionality of the and methods. - - A , specifying the object implementing the interface. - - - - Initializes a report service client within the current login session, established by calling the method. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Asynchronously logins to a report server. - - A , specifying whether or not the connection to the report server was successful. - - - - Enables a client application to log in to the Report and Dashboard Server using the Guest account's permissions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified server address. - - A value, specifying the server address. - - - - Asynchronously logins to a report server. - - A , specifying whether or not the connection to the report server was successful. - - - - Enables a client application to log in to the Report and Dashboard Server using the Forms authentication. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified server address and user credentials. - - A value, specifying the server address. - A value, specifying the user name. - A value, specifying the user password. - - - - Asynchronously logins to a report server. - - A , specifying whether or not the connection to the report server was successful. - - - - Enables a client application to log in to the Report and Dashboard Server using the Windows Authentication. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified server address. - - A value, specifying the server address. - - - - Asynchronously logins to a report server. - - A , specifying whether or not the connection to the report server was successful. - - - - Contains classes that provide data transfer object (DTO) functionality to the service model of a Report and Dashboard Server. - - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides the information about a report category. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Identifies the category. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the category name. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the category version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the category version. - - - - Provides information about the created report. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Identifies the report version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the report version. - - - - Identifies the report. - - An integer value. - - - - Identifies the report revision. - - An integer value. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides the information about a data model. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the connection string. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the database schema. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data model description. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data model ID. - - An integer value, identifying the data model. - - - - Specifies the data model name. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the data model version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the data model version. - - - - Specifies the data provider. - - A value. - - - - The base for classes that provide the data pagination functionality. - - - - - Enables you to paginate the obtained data by the specified number of records. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the maximum number of records that a single data page can contain. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the record number from which the page's data count starts. - - An integer value. - - - - Enables you to paginate the obtained data by the specified time span. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the date and time of the first record on the data page. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the time interval to be included on the data page. - - A structure. - - - - Lists the available reference points that can be used to calculate date-time parameter values. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the current day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the current month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the current quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the current week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the current year. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the next day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the next month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the next quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the next week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the next year. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous task. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the end of the previous year. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the current day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the current month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the current quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the current week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the current year. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the next day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the next month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the next quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the next week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the next year. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous day. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous month. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous quarter. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous task. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous week. - - - - - The reference point corresponds to the start of the previous year. - - - - - Specifies whether recipients should receive individual emails, or a common email with all recipients listed in the "To" section. - - - - - All recipients receive the same email to which they are all listed in the "To" section. - - - - - Each recipient receives an individual email. - - - - - Lists the available report delivery formats. - - - - - Each email contains a report attached as an XLSX file. - - - - - Each email has a report embedded into its body as inline HTML content. - - - - - Each email contains a report attached as a PDF file. - - - - - Each email contains a URL, specifying the address of a web page that displays a report. - - - - - Identifies report documents generated by a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified ID. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - - - - Specifies the report ID. - - An integer value, identifying the report. - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Lists the possible results of a scheduled job. - - - - - The task execution failed. - - - - - The task is currently being executed. - - - - - The task execution is postponed for one minute due to problems connecting to the Report Server or database. - - - - - The task execution was successful. - - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides the information about a report revision layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the report revision commentary. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the report revision. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the date and time of the report revision. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the report revision number. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the author of the report revision. - - A value. - - - - When scheduling a billing statement, enables you to specify a data model that contains a query, table or view storing recipient emails. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the name of a table, view or query from the selected data model. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the data model. - - An integer value, specifying the data model ID. - - - - Specifies the name of a data field containing the display name associated with the email address. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the name of a data field containing the list of recipient emails. - - A value. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides the information about a report catalog item. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Identifies the report catalog item's category. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the report catalog item description. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the report category item. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the user who locked the report catalog item. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the last user who modified the report catalog item. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the date and time when the report catalog item was last modified. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies the report catalog item name. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the report catalog version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the report catalog version. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides the information about a report. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Identifies the report category. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the report commentary. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the report description. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the report. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the report layout bytes. - - A array, specifying the report layout bytes. - - - - Specifies the report name. - - A value. - - - - Identifies the report version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the report version. - - - - Identifies the report revision. - - An integer value. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides general information about a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the task is allowed to run automatically. - - true if the task is allowed to run; otherwise false. - - - - Identifies the task. - - An integer value, specifying the task ID. - - - - Specifies the task name. - - A value, specifying the task name. - - - - Identifies the report generated by the task. - - A nullable integer value, specifying the report ID. - - - - Specifies the date and time at which the task should start running. - - A structure. - - - - Specifies whether the task should generate a report or billing statement. - - A enumeration value. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides detailed information about a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not to send blank reports by email, should they be created based on their underlying data. - - true to send blank reports by email; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether recipients should receive individual emails, or a common email with all recipients listed in the "To" section. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Specifies how reports should be delivered by email. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the path to a local or remote folder where the created reports should be stored. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the comma-separated list of email subscribers to the task that are not registered users of the Report Server. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the registered Report Server users subscribed to the task. - - A collection of integers, identifying user accounts subscribed to emails. - - - - Identifies the scheduled job version used for optimistic locking. - - A nullable integer value that specifies the scheduled job version. - - - - Specifies for how many days to store created documents on the server. - - An integer value, specifying the number of days for which the server must store created documents. A zero value indicates unlimited document storage time. - - - - Specifies the collection of report parameters whose values should be supplied by the scheduled task. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the serialized recurrence options of the task. - - A value, specifying the recurrence options of the task. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides a log storing the information about each run of a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the date and time at which a task execution was started. - - A structure. - - - - Identifies the executed task. - - An integer value, specifying the task ID. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides general information about the results of executing a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the date and time at which the task execution result was obtained. - - A structure. - - - - Identifies the result of a task execution. - - An integer value, specifying the task result ID. - - - - Specifies the status of a task or result of its execution. - - A enumeration value. - - - - A data transfer object (DTO) that provides detailed information about the results of executing a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Lists the values of parameters that were used to create a document. - - A value, listing parameters as name-value pairs separated by semicolons. - - - - Describes the error that prompted a task execution to fail. - - A value, specifying the error message. - - - - Lists the recipients that will receive created reports by email. - - A value. - - - - Lists the available task execution modes. - - - - - The task generates a set of uniform documents that are tailored to specific recipients. - - - - - - - - - - The task generates a single report document that does not vary depending on who receives it. - - - - - A report parameter whose value should be supplied by a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameter source and value. - - A object. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameter value. - - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the source from which parameter values are supplied. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the parameter value. - - A value. - - - - A collection of report parameters whose values should be supplied by a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the binding that enables a parameter to obtain its values from a database table. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the dictionary storing the report parameters. - - A object. - - - - A serialized collection of report parameters whose values should be supplied by a scheduled job. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Lists the available kinds of sources from which report parameters can obtain their values to execute a scheduled job. - - - - - A parameter value is supplied from a specified data source. This option is only available when the property is set to . - - - - - A date-time parameter value is calculated at the time of performing the scheduled task and corresponds to the selected temporal reference point (e.g., start of the previous task or end of the previous month). - - - - - A parameter value is specified manually. - - - - - Temporarily identifies a report to provide its document for preview in an End-User Report Designer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the textual representation of . - - A value. - - - - Contains classes providing CSV format-specific options. - - - - - Specifies options for exporting the document to CSV format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the culture-specific settings of the document. - - A object that specifies the culture settings currently being used. By default, it is set to the System.Globalization.CultureInfo.InvariantCulture value. - - - - Gets the file format to which the document is exported. - - A value that specifies the CSV document format. - - - - Gets or sets the character encoding of the CSV document. - - A object that specifies the character encoding of the CSV document. By default, System.Text.Encoding.UTF8. - - - - Gets whether a custom value separator is specified. - - True if a custom value separator is specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the maximum number of columns supported by the output file format. - - An value that is the maximum number of columns. - - - - Gets the maximum number of rows supported by the output file format. - - An value that is the maximum number of rows. - - - - Gets or sets whether the newline character sequence is inserted after the last row of the resulting text. - - True, to insert newline after the last row in the exported text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a character sequence used to define a new line. - - A value that is the character used to identify a new line in a CSV document. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to prevent Formula Injection into the CSV file. - - true, to prevent CSV Injection; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to put quotes around all text values in CSV output. - - A DevExpress.XtraExport.Csv.CsvQuotation enumeration value that specifies whether to always quote text values, never put quotes around text values, or let the built-in algorithm decide. - - - - Sets value separator to its default character. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document can contain multiple worksheets. - - Always false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document can contain formulas. - - Always false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the document supports grouping functionality. - - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets the character that encloses values in the resulting text. - - A that is the character used as the text qualifier. By default, it is the double quotation mark. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the cell property to convert a cell numeric value to a string. - - True to use cell formatting to convert a cell value to a string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a character used to separate values in the resulting text. - - A object that is the character used as a value separator. By default, it is "," (comma). - - - - Gets or sets whether to write a prefix that is the sequence of bytes that specifies the encoding used. - - True to write a byte array containing a sequence of bytes that specifies the encoding used; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists characters used to identify a new line in a CSV document. - - - - - A carriage return character. - - - - - A carriage return/linefeed character combination. - - - - - A form feed character for the print function. - - - - - A line feed character. - - - - - A carriage linefeed/return character combination. - - - - - A vertical tab character. - - - - - This class supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Specifies whether the resulting file should be automatically opened in the default program, after exporting a document which is currently displayed in the Print Preview. - - - - - After exporting is finished, the message box with the following text is shown: "Do you want to open this file?", so that an end-user may choose whether the resulting file should be automatically opened in the default program, or not. - - - - - No action is performed after exporting is finished. - - - - - After exporting is finished, the default program which is currently associated with the type of the resulting file is launched, and the file is automatically opened in this application. - - - - - Contains classes and enumerations that implement the bar code functionality in XtraPrinting. - - - - - The base class for generators of 2D bar codes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - A array. - - - - Lists the possible errors that may be identified during bar code validation. - - - - - The control's dimensions are too small to correctly render the current bar code.The displayed error message corresponds to the enumeration value. - - - - - - - - - - The binary data assigned to the bar code is longer than 1033 bytes or does not meet specific requirements of the current symbology.The displayed error message corresponds to the enumeration value. - - - - - The bar code is assigned text containing invalid characters.The displayed error message corresponds to the enumeration value. - - - - - The bar code text is incompatible with the selected symbology.The displayed error message corresponds to the enumeration value. - - - - - No errors were detected during bar code validation. The bar code content is rendered correctly. - - - - - Defines the base class for all the classes used to generate bar codes. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to calculate a checksum for the bar code. - - true if the barcode object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IGraphicsBase interface. - A structure. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the interface. - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the interface. - A value. - - - - Gets the name of the bar code type, which is represented by a current class. - - A string, which is the name of the bar code type. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Indicates whether or not the bar code is correctly rendered. - - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IGraphicsBase interface. - A structure. - An object implementing the interface. - A enumeration value, identifying the error ( if the bar code validation succeeds). - - - - Specifies by what angle a bar code is rotated. - - - - - A bar code is displayed in its normal orientation. - - - - - A bar code is rotated 90 degrees counter clockwise. - - - - - A bar code is rotated 90 degrees clockwise. - - - - - A bar code is rotated 180 degrees. - - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Codabar bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the first (start) symbol used to code the bar code's structure. - - A enumeration value that specifies the start symbol. - - - - Gets or sets the last (stop) symbol used to code the bar code's structure. - - A enumeration value that specifies the stop symbol. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the density of a bar code's bars. - - A float value specifying the density of a bar code's bars. - - - - Specifies the first (start) and last (stop) symbols used to code the Codabar bar code structure. - - - - - The first element in a bar code is "A" and the last element is "T". - - - - - The first element in a bar code is "B" and the last element is "N". - - - - - The first element in a bar code is "C" and the last element is "*". - - - - - The first element in a bar code is "D" and the last element is "E". - - - - - The are no start (first) and stop (last) elements used in a bar code. - - - - - Specifies the first (start) and last (stop) symbols used to code the Codabar bar code structure. - - - - - The first/last element in a bar code is "A". - - - - - The first/last element in a bar code is "B". - - - - - The first/last element in a bar code is "C". - - - - - The first/last element in a bar code is "D". - - - - - The first/last element in a bar code is not specified. - - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 11 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the character set that is used to encode characters of the Code 128 bar code. - - - - - Includes ASCII characters 00 to 95 (0-9, A-Z and control codes), special characters and FNC 1 (code that is used for special purposes). - - - - - Uses A, B and C character sets and switches between them automatically according to bar code text. - - - - - Includes ASCII characters 32 to 127 (0–9, A–Z, a–z), special characters, and FNC 1 (code that is used for special purposes). - - - - - Includes ASCII digit strings (00-99) and FNC 1 (code that is used for special purposes). - - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 128 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Adds a zero sign prefix to the number that is being encoded. - - true to add a leading zero to the encoded numbers; otherwise false. - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the character set type for the bar code. - - A enumeration value, specifying a character set to be used. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 39 Extended bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 39 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the density of a bar code's bars. - - A float value specifying the density of a bar code's bars. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 93 Extended bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Code 93 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an MSI bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the checksum type for the bar code. - - An enumeration value which represents the checksum type. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Generates a GS1 (DataBar) bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not to calculate a checksum for the bar code. - - true, if the bar code object requires a checksum calculation; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the bar code's text that will be replaced with the FNC1 functional character when the bars are drawn. - - A value, specifying the symbols to be replaced. - - - - Gets or sets the number of data segments per row in the Expanded Stacked type of a GS1 DataBar bar code. - - A System.Int32 value specifying a number of data segments per row. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the type of a GS1 DataBar bar code. - - A value specifying the GS1 DataBar bar code's type. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the type of the DataBar bar code. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Expanded bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Limited bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Stacked bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional bar code is generated. - - - - - A GS1 DataBar Truncated bar code is generated. - - - - - Specifies the kind of data that should be coded into the ECC200 - Data Matrix and PDF417 bar codes. - - - - - Data is encoded into text using the ASCII standard, which uses 4 bits (for double digits), 8 bits (for ASCII 0-127 symbols), or 16 bits (for ASCII 128-255 symbols). - - - - - Data is encoded into a binary array, using 8 bits per symbol. - - - - - Data is encoded into text using the C40 standard, which uses 5.33 bits (for upper register characters and digits) or 10.66 bits (for lower register and special characters) per symbol. - - - - - Data is encoded into text using the EDIFACT standard, which uses 6 bits per symbol. - - - - - Data is encoded into text, which uses 5.33 bits (for upper register characters and digits) or 10.66 bits (for lower register and special characters) per symbol. - - - - - Data is encoded into text using the X12 standard, which uses 5.33 bits (for upper register characters, digits and the three standard ANSI X12 terminator and separator characters) or 10.66 bits (for lower register and special characters) per symbol. - - - - - Generates an ECC200 - Data Matrix bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the bar code's data, as well as its encoding. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the bar code matrix size. - - A enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Generates a GS1 (Data Matrix) bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object. - - - - Specifies whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the bar code's data, as well as its encoding. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the bar code's text that will be replaced with the FNC1 functional character when the bar code's bars are drawn. - - A value, specifying the symbols to be replaced. - - - - Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the bar code's text. - - true to insert parentheses into the bar code's printed text; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Lists the available data matrix size options related to the ECC200 - Data Matrix bar code. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 104x104. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 10x10. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 120x120. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 12x12. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 12x26. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 12x36. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 132x132. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 144x144. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 14x14. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 16x16. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 16x36. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 16x48. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 18x18. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 20x20. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 22x22. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 24x24. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 26x26. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 32x32. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 36x36. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 40x40. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 44x44. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 48x48. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 52x52. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 64x64. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 72x72. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 80x80. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 88x88. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 8x18. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 8x32. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is 96x96. - - - - - The bar code matrix size is auto-adjusted, depending on the quantity of encoded data. - - - - - Represents the class used to generate an EAN-128 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the symbol (or set of symbols) in the bar code's text that will be replaced with the FNC1 functional character when the bar code's bars are drawn. - - A specifying the symbols to be replaced. - - - - Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the bar code's text. - - true to insert parentheses into the bar code's printed text; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an EAN 13 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an EAN 8 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the coding of the PDF417 bar code to compensate for calculation errors. - - - - - Identifies the zero error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the first error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the second error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the third error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the fourth error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the fifth error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the sixth error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the seventh error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Identifies the eighth error correction level of the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - For internal use. Provides options that are used to manage a bar code's content. - - - - - Gets the barcode's alignment settings. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets the value indicating whether or not the barcode's auto-module setting is enabled. - - true if the property is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the barcode's module setting. - - A value of the property. - - - - Gets the barcode's orientation setting. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets the value indicating whether or not the barcode shows its text. - - true if the property is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the bar code's style settings. - - A object that is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the bar code's text. - - A value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an Industrial 2 of 5 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the density of a bar code's bars. - - A float value specifying the density of a bar code's bars. - - - - Generates an Intelligent Mail bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. - - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - A array. - - - - Generates an Intelligent Mail Package bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This property is not in effect for the class. - - - - - - This property is not in effect for the class. - - - - - - This property is not in effect for the class. - - - - - - Represents the class used to generate an Interleaved 2 of 5 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the density of a bar code's bars. - - A float value specifying the density of a bar code's bars. - - - - Generates an ITF-14 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the density of a bar code's bars. - - A float value specifying the density of the bar code's bars. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a Matrix 2 of 5 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Specifies which formula is used to calculate the checksum for the MSI bar code. - - - - - The checksum is calculated with respect to base 10 twice. - - - - - The checksum is calculated with respect to base 10. - - - - - The checksum is not calculated. - - - - - Specifies the kind of data that should be coded into the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Specifies that the byte array should be coded into the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Specifies that the textual information should be coded into the PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Generates a PDF417 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object, which represents the source used to generate a PDF417 bar code. - - - - Gets or sets the number of bar code columns, which allows control of the logic width of the bar code. - - An integer, specifying the logic width of the bar code. - - - - Gets or sets whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the bar code's data. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of redundancy built into the bar code's coding, to compensate for calculation errors. - - An enumeration value, specifying the error correction level. - - - - Gets or sets the number of bar code rows, which allows control of the logic height of the bar code. - - An integer, specifying the logic height of the bar code. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the special end-symbol should be appended to the bar code. - - true if the end symbol should be appended; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the height-to-width ratio of a logical unit's graphic representation. - - A value specifying the height-to-width ratio of a logical unit's graphic representation. - - - - Represents the class used to generate a PostNet bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the kind of data that should be coded into the QR Code. - - - - - A combination of alphabetic and numeric characters is encoded. Max. 4,296 characters. - - - - - Binary data is encoded. Max. 2,953 bytes. - - - - - Numeric data is encoded. Max. 7,089 characters. - - - - - Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the coding of the QR Code to compensate for calculation errors. - - - - - 30% codewords can be restored. - - - - - 7% codewords can be restored. - - - - - 15% codewords can be restored. - - - - - 25% codewords can be restored. - - - - - Generates a QR Code bar code. - - - - - For internal use. Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets whether numeric, alpha-numeric or byte information should be used as the bar code's data. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of redundancy built into the bar code's coding, to compensate for calculation errors. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the image that overlays the QR code. - - The image to be displayed on the QR code. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the bar code's size. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the QR Code bar code's size. - - - - - The version is auto-calculated. - - - - - 21x21 - - - - - 57x57 - - - - - 61x61 - - - - - 65x65 - - - - - 69x69 - - - - - 73x73 - - - - - 77x77 - - - - - 81x81 - - - - - 85x85 - - - - - 89x89 - - - - - 93x93 - - - - - 25x25 - - - - - 97x97 - - - - - 101x101 - - - - - 105x105 - - - - - 109x109 - - - - - 113x113 - - - - - 117x117 - - - - - 121x121 - - - - - 125x125 - - - - - 129x129 - - - - - 133x133 - - - - - 29x29 - - - - - 137x137 - - - - - 141x141 - - - - - 145x145 - - - - - 149x149 - - - - - 153x153 - - - - - 157x157 - - - - - 161x161 - - - - - 165x165 - - - - - 169x169 - - - - - 177x177 - - - - - 33x33 - - - - - 177x177 - - - - - 37x37 - - - - - 41x41 - - - - - 45x45 - - - - - 49x49 - - - - - 53x53 - - - - - Represents the class used to generate an UPC-A bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an UPC-E0 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an UPC-E1 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Defines the base class for the and classes. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an UPC Supplemental 2 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Represents the class used to generate an UPC Supplemental 5 bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - For internal use. Gets the bar code symbology for the current generator object. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.BarCode.Native.BarCodeSymbology enumeration value. - - - - Defines the base class for the and classes. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - true if the bar code object needs a checksum to be calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - A visual brick that contains a barcode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the barcode in the brick rectangle. - - A enumeration value that specifies how the barcode is aligned within the brick. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the property value should be calculated automatically based upon the bar code's size. - - true if the barcode's module is calculated automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the byte array to be coded into the PDF417 bar code. - - An array of values. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "BarCode". - - - - Create a copy of the current object. - - An object that is a copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the default text . Currently it is set to value. - - - - - - Specifies the default value. Currently it is set to false. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default value for the property. - - - - - - Specifies the default value. Currently it is set to 2.0 - - - - - - Specifies the default value. Currently it is set to . - - - - - - Specifies the default value. Currently it is set to true. - - - - - - For internal use only. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the symbology (code type) for the barcode and the text displayed in the . - - A object representing the symbology used in the current . - - - - Gets or sets the width of the narrowest bar or space in the current instance. - - A value which represents the width of the narrowest bar or space. - - - - Gets or sets how a barcode should be rotated in a report. - - A enumeration value specifying the angle at which a barcode is rotated. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is displayed in this . - - true if the text is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the bar code text. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Contains information about a bookmark that is related to a printing brick. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. This value is assigned to the property. - A value. This value is assigned to the property. - A object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the element's bookmark. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the bookmark's owner brick. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - A value. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not there are bookmarks specified for the brick. - - true, if there are bookmarks assigned to the element; otherwise false. - - - - Provides access to the bookmark's parent brick. - - A object. - - - - Specifies information about the bookmark's parent. - - A object. - - - - Represents a bookmark shown in the report's document map. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text. - - A specifying the bookmark's text which will be shown in the document map. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text, for the specified brick on the specified page. - - A specifying the bookmark's text which will be shown in the document map. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the brick that the created bookmark will reference. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the page on which the brick is situated. Note that this parameter is required because a brick may be split across two pages. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text, and for the specified pair of a brick and a page. - - A specifying the bookmark's text which will be shown in the document map. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the brick-page pair, associated with the current bookmark. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the brick which the current bookmark is associated with. - - A object representing the brick which the current bookmark references. - - - - Gets a string value, which is intended for serialization of the bookmark's page index. - - A value. - - - - Gets the collection of child bookmarks for the current bookmark. This collection is used when creating a hierarchical document map. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IBookmarkNodeCollection object representing the bookmarks which are shown as child bookmarks in a document map. - - - - Gets the page which contains the brick for the current bookmark. - - A object representing the page in the document which contains the brick for the current bookmark. - - - - Gets an index of a page, which contains a bookmark's brick. - - An integer value representing a page index. - - - - Provides access to the brick-page pair, associated with the current bookmark. - - A object, representing a navigational brick-page pair. - - - - Gets the text of a bookmark node. - - A specifying the text shown for a bookmark in the document map. - - - - Represents a document map which contains a collection of all the bookmarks in a document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - The base for all visual brick classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets an anchor name assigned to the object. - - A value. - - - - Gets a collection of bricks which are contained in this . - - Always returns the empty collection of bricks. - - - - Override this property to get the text string, containing the brick type information. - - - - - - Releases all resources used by . - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection of bricks. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - Defines the text displayed as the current brick hint. - - A value that represents the current brick hint text. - - - - Identifies the current brick. - - A used to identify a specific brick. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which specifies the printing system used for the current graphics object. - A value which specifies the rectangle to be deflated. - - - - Specifies the visibility of . - - true if the brick is visible; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the parent document band for the current brick. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.DocumentBand object which is the parent for this brick. - - - - Gets or sets the Printing System used to create and print this brick. - - A object which specifies the Printing System used to create and print this brick. - - - - Defines the current brick's location and size, in GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - A rectangle representing the current brick location and size. - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - A value. - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - - - - - Override this property to specify whether the current brick can be divided into multiple parts when a document is repaginated. - - true if the current brick can be split; otherwise, false. - - - - Override this property to get or set the setting specifying whether the brick can be split horizontally on repagination. - - true if a brick can be divided horizontally; otherwise, false. - - - - Override this property to get or set the setting specifying whether the brick can be split vertically on repagination. - - true if a brick can be divided vertically; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - An value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the target attribute assigned to this and used when a property is specified. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - An value. - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Specifies the link to an external resource. - - A value representing the link to a resource. - - - - For internal use. Checks whether the specified brick fits the empty space on the bottom of the page, and if it doesn't, moves it (or part of it) to the next page. - - A object specifying the new position of the current page. - true to forcibly split non-separable bricks; otherwise, false. - A object specifying the suggested new bottom position of the current page. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IPrintingSystemContext interface, used to access page settings. - A value specifying the new location of the empty space on the bottom of the page. In an instance where the brick on the page has to be moved to the next page, the new bottom position of the current page will be returned. - - - - Checks whether the specified brick fits the empty space on the right side of the page and if it doesn't, moves it (or part of it) to the next page. - - A value specifying the right edge of the current page. - A object specifying the suggested new right position of the current page. - A value specifying the new location of the empty space on the right side of the page. In an instance where the brick on the page has to be moved to the next page, the new right position of the current page will be returned. - - - - Gets or sets an object, containing additional information on the current brick. - - Additional information on the current brick. - - - - This class is the basic class for all brick classes. - - - - - Specifies whether or not a brick is displayed in a printed or exported document. - - true, to display a brick in a printed or exported document; false, to display a brick only in a preview. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Defines the current brick's location, in GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - A value that represents the current brick's location. - - - - Specifies the page area for displaying a specific brick. - - A enumeration value that represents the page area for displaying a specific brick. - - - - Specifies whether or not a brick's bounds can be clipped. - - true to disable clipping a brick's bounds; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether the current brick will be printed. - - true, if the current brick will be printed, otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the current brick's location and size, in GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - A value that represents the current brick's location and size. - - - - Specifies whether to repeat a brick for a content that is split across multiple pages vertically. - - true, to print a brick on each document page that corresponds to vertically split content; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the current brick's size, in GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - A value that represents the current brick's size. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Serves as the base class for classes that represent collections of bricks. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - A that is the owner of . - - - - Represents the base for all classes that provide data for the brick-related events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick. - - A object specifying the brick for which an event has been raised. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets a brick for which an event has been raised. - - A class descendant. - - - - Represents the base method for all brick-related events. - - The event sender. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Implements report drawing functions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used for the current graphics object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Defines the background color for the current object. - - The background color for the current object. - - - - Starts to calculate the size of the rectangle required for all the bricks being added to the document. - - - - - Must be called before the creation of a brick group. - - - - - Specifies the border color for the current object. - - The border color for the current object. - - - - Specifies the border width of the current object. - - A value representing the border width, measured in units. - - - - Returns the dimensions of a report page without margins. - - Page dimensions without margins. - - - - Gets or sets the default . - - The default . - - - - Specifies the default font for a report. - - The default report font. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Converts a value specified via the parameter to GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - The value to convert. - A value in GraphicsUnit.Document measurement units. - - - - Adds a brick to a report. - - The brick to be added to a report. - The brick added to a report. - - - - Adds a brick to a report. - - The brick to be added to a report. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - The brick added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for a specific . - The color to fill the background of a specific . - true, if the checkbox is in a checked state, otherwise, false. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - true, if the checkbox is in a checked state, otherwise, false. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The location and size of the . - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific brick to a report. - - The image to draw within a specifc brick. - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific brick to a report. - - The image to draw within a specifc brick. - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for a specific . - The color to be displayed in the transparent image. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific object to a document. - - A object specifying where the line starts. - A object specifying where the line ends. - A object specifying the line's color. - A float value specifying the line's width. - A object that represents the line drawn in the document. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The image to draw in a specific brick. - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for a specific . - The color to be displayed in the transparent portions of an image. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The type of infomation, displayed in the . - The text to display in the . - The text color for the added . - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for the . - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for the current . - The background color for a brick. - The color of the brick's border. - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The text displayed in a specific . - The color used to draw text. - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - Border settings for a specific . - The added to a report. - - - - Adds a specific to a report. - - The text displayed in a specific . - The RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the current brick in measurement units, specified via the property value. - The added to a report. - - - - Finishes calculating the size of the rectangle required for all the bricks being added to the document. - - A object representing the rectangle containing all the bricks added after calling the method. - - - - Indicates the completion of brick group creation. - - - - - Specifies the font of the current object. - - The font of the current object. - - - - Defines the foreground color of the current object. - - The foreground color of the current object. - - - - Measures the specified string when drawn. - - String to measure. - This method returns a structure that represents the size, measured in pixels. - - - - Calculates the length of a specified text. - - A value. - A object. - A structure, specifying the string length. - - - - Calculates the length of a specified text. - - A value. - A object. - An integer value. - A object. - A structure, specifying the string length. - - - - Measures the height and width of the specified text string. - - String to measure. - A object that defines the text format of the string. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the measured string. - A object that represents the string's formatting. - A enumeration value that specifies the unit of measurement for the return value. - This method returns a structure that represents the size, measured in pixels. - - - - Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified maximum width. - - String to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the measured string. - This method returns a structure that represents the size, measured in pixels. - - - - Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified maximum width and format. - - String to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the measured string. - The formatting settings for the measured string. - This method returns a structure that represents the size, measured in pixels. - - - - Specifies the page area for displaying a specific brick. - - A enumerator value that defines the page area for displaying a specific brick. - - - - Defines the background color for all report pages. - - The background color of report pages. - - - - Defines graphic measurement units. - - The type of drawing units. - - - - Gets the owner of the current object. - - The owner of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) and display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution). - - A object containing text information. - - - - Adds a new rectangle item to the rectangle that was calculated after the method was called. - - A object representing the rectangle to be added. - - - - Converts the value specified via a parameter to the value that uses the current measurement units. - - The value to convert. - The obtained value in current measurement units. - - - - Specifies the report section's modifiers. - - - - - Represents the detail section of the document. - - - - - Represents the detail footer section of the document. - - - - - Represents the detail header section of the document. - - - - - Represents the inner page footer section of the document. - - - - - Represents the inner page header section of the document. - - - - - Represents the marginal page footer section of the document. - - - - - Represents the marginal page header section of the document. - - - - - This value doesn't represent any section of the document. It is used when specifying the property, to specify that no section should be skipped when creating a document. Note that you can't create a document using this brick modifier value. - - - - - Represents the report footer section of the document. - - - - - Represents the report header section of the document. - - - - - For internal use. An association of a brick and a page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets a brick object of the brick-page pair. - - A object. - - - - Creates a new brick-page pair with the specified brick and page. - - A object specifying a brick component of the pair. This value is assigned to the property. - A object specifying a page component of the pair. This value is assigned to the property. - A new instance with the specified values. - - - - Creates a new brick-page pair with the specified integer indices and page. - - An array of integer values, which specify indices for the created object. - A object specifying a page component of the pair. This value is assigned to the property. - A new instance with the specified values. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets an empty brick-page pair. - - A value, representing a brick-page pair with null components. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets a page object of the brick-page pair. - - A object. - - - - - - - - - - Contains classes that enable report document caching. - - - - - A component that manages caching logic and acts as a mediator between a report and a Document Viewer. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies the default settings. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies its and properties. - - The report to be displayed and/or exported. - The storage used for caching the document that is generated from the specified report. - - - - Creates the class' instance. - - A that represents a container for the Cached Report Source. - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies its and properties. - - The report to be displayed and/or exported. - The storage used for caching the document that is generated from the specified report. - - - - Creates a document from the report specified by the property, so it can be displayed, printed and exported. Runs document generation in an individual task asynchronously. - - The task where document generation is performed. - - - - Contains the basic functionality for the and classes. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies the default settings. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and sets its and properties. - - The report to be displayed and/or exported. - The storage used for caching the document that is generated from the specified report. - - - - Creates the class' instance and sets its and properties. - - The report to be displayed and/or exported. - The storage used for caching the document that is generated from the specified report. - - - - - - - - - Indicates whether to generate information required for a single-file export. - - true to generate information required for a single-file export; false to prevent generation. - - - - - - - - - Creates a document from the report specified by the property, so it can be displayed, printed and exported. - - - - - Creates a document from the report specified by the property, so it can be displayed, printed and exported. Runs the document generation in an individual task asynchronously. - - The task where document generation is performed. - - - - Adds and/or removes the generated document's pages. - - A delegate method that allows you to modify the report document using the object passed as a parameter. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the Printing System associated with the cached document. - - A instance that provides print and export capabilities for the cached document. - - - - Specifies the report for which a document is generated. - - The report for which a document is generated. - - - - Interrupts the document generation process. - - - - - Specifies a storage for the document generated from the . - - The class' descendant used to store a generated document in a certain place (e.g. a file system or database). - - - - A base class for storages used by the and objects to cache the document that they generate to display/export/print a report. - - - - - Deletes the storage's content. - - - - - Specifies weather to delete the content located in the storage when it is disposed of. - - true, if the storage must be cleared. Otherwise, false. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Lists possible locations for storing different document parts in a . - - - - - The -specific location for storing the elements that are common to the entire document - bookmarks, navigation, page numbers, etc. - - - - - The -specific location for storing information required to export the document in the continuous (single file) mode. - - - - - The -specific location for storing document metadata. - - - - - The -specific location for storing document pages individually. - - - - - A file storage used by the and objects to cache the document that they generate to display/export/print a report. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies the default settings. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies its property. - - Specifies a path to the directory used to store a cached document. - - - - Deletes the folder where a cached document is stored. - - - - - Specifies the directory used to store a cached document. - - Specifies a path to the directory used to store a cached document. - - - - A memory storage used by the and objects to cache the document that it generates to display/export/print a report. - - - - - Creates the class' instance and specifies the default settings. - - - - - Clears all the memory streams used to store the cached document. - - - - - Specifies the document changing permissions. - - - - - Permits any changes for the PDF document, except extracting its pages. - - - - - Permits commenting, filling in form fields, and signing existing signature fields for the PDF document. - - - - - Permits filling in form fields and signing existing signature fields for the PDF document. - - - - - Permits inserting, deleting and rotating the PDF document's pages. - - - - - Specifies that no changes are permitted to the PDF document. - - - - - A visual brick containing text whose characters are displayed in individual cells. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string containing the brick type information. - - A string characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "CharacterComb". - - - - Specifies the cell height in a . - - A value specifying the cell height. - - - - Specifies the horizontal spacing between adjacent cells in a . - - A value. - - - - Specifies whether the cell size should depend on the current font size. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the vertical spacing between adjacent cells in a . - - A value. - - - - Specifies the cell width a . - - A value specifying the cell width. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Returns the 's client rectangle. - - A object specifying the brick layout rectangle. - A value specifying the printing resolution. - A object specifying the brick's client rectangle. - - - - A visual brick containing a check box. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified visible borders, their width, color, and the background color of a check box brick. - - A enumeration value(s) which specifies the borders displayed around the brick. - A value which specifies the border width of the brick, measured in pixels. - A object which specifies the border color of the brick. - A object which specifies the background color of the brick. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - A value, specifying the border width. - A value, specifying the border color. - A value, specifying the background color. - A value, specifying the foreground color. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick style. - - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "CheckBox". - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the check box can be set to the value. - - true if the value can be used for setting the property; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the size of a content shown within a check box brick. Use the property instead of CheckSize. - - A value, specifying the size of a check box content. - - - - Gets or sets the current state of the object. - - A enumeration value which determines the state of a checkbox. - - - - Gets or sets the text associated with the object. - - A value. - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Stores a custom glyph image for each checkbox state (Checked/Unchecked/Indeterminate). - - Custom glyph images for each checkbox state - - - - Returns the check box birck's state. - - A nullable Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets the checkbox glyph pixel size. - - The checkbox glyph pixel size - - - - Gets or sets the checkbox glyph style. - - The checkbox glyph style - - - - Stores a custom glyph image for each checkbox state (Checked/Unchecked/Indeterminate). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified glyph images collection. - - - - - - Adds a glyph image for the specified check state. - - The control's check state - The glyph image - - - - Gets or sets a glyph image for the specified check state. - - The checkbox checkstate - An image for the specified check state - - - - An editing field for changing the state of a check box in Print Preview. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the specified visual brick. - - A visual brick used to render an editing field in Print Preview. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the current state of a object. - - A enumeration value which determines the state of a check box. - - - - Overrides the property. - - - - - - Specifies the ID of a logical group to which a belongs. - - A string that specifies the ID of a logical group owning the . - - - - Lists the values used to specify the column layout direction for a multi-column report. - - - - - The Detail bands are printed horizontally, then vertically (in rows). - - - - - The Detail bands are printed vertically, then horizontally (in columns). - - - - - Specifies the visibility levels for the printing system commands. - - - - - Both the command's toolbar item and menu item are visible. - - - - - Deprecated; use CommandVisibility All instead. Both the command's toolbar item and menu item are visible. - - - - - Both the command's toolbar button and menu item are invisible. - - - - - Deprecated; use CommandVisibility All instead. Both the command's toolbar item and menu item are visible. - - - - - Unites multiple visual bricks and defines how to render contained bricks on a document page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A collection of objects. - A structure. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to a collection of bricks contained within the instance. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets or sets the amounts to adjust the location of the CompositeBrick. - - A object, representing the adjustments of X and Y coordinates for the CompositeBrick. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - The base for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object implementing the interface which specifies the owner container of a class instance. - - - - Adds a subreport to the current report. - - A object which specifies the vertical offset of the subreport within the current report. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed by the link. - - A class descendant representing the type of object that will be printed by this link. This class should implement the interface. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object implementing the interface. - - - - Provides data for all area creation events. - - - - - Gets a object used to draw in the current report. - - A object. - - - - A method that will handle all creation events of the class. - - The event source. - A that contains event data. - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to CSV format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator and encoding settings. - - A value, specifying the symbols that are used to separate the text elements in the created CSV file. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant, specifying the encoding of the created CSV document. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator, encoding and text export mode settings. - - A containing symbols which will be used to separate the document's text elements in the created CSV file. This value is assigned to the property. - A class descendant, specifying the encoding of the created CSV document. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value, specifying a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator, encoding and other settings. - - A value, specifying the symbols that are used to separate the text elements in the created CSV file. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant, specifying the encoding of the created CSV document. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value, specifying a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true to include the empty rows into the resulting CSV file; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to include the empty columns into the resulting CSV file; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies if CSV export should follow the report layout. - - true, to follow the report layout in CSV export; false otherwise. - - - - Returns the character(s) used as text separators for CSV export. - - A value, specifying the actual separator character(s). - - - - Specifies the character(s) used to separate text elements when exporting a document to a text-based file. - - A value, specifying the separator character(s). - - - - Specifies whether or not to include the empty columns into the resulting CSV file. - - true to omit the empty columns during export; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not to include the empty rows into the resulting CSV file. - - true to omit the empty rows during export; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether to use the default system or a custom separator character for CSV export. - - true, to use a custom separator; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Contains options that define how a control is exported to CSV format in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value, specifying the symbols that are used to separate the text elements in the created CSV file. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant, specifying the encoding of the created CSV document. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value, specifying a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true to include the empty rows into the resulting CSV file; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to include the empty columns into the resulting CSV file; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Allows you to substitute a cell value in the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the export document's culture which defines numeric and date-time data formatting settings.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - The export document's culture - - - - Fires repeatedly while the data is being exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets export type. - - The current export type. - - - - Specifies the symbol that is used to separate the text elements in the created CSV file.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A containing the symbol which will be used to separate text elements in the created CSV file. - - - - Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - - Get or sets whether to include a sequence of bytes that specifies the encoding used in the resulting CSV file.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, to include a sequence of bytes that specifies the encoding used; otherwise, false. - - - - The rendered and ready-to-print report document. - - - - - Specifies the number of virtual pages to fit into one physical page, so their total width is the same as the width of a physical page. - - An integer value, specifying the number of pages. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the base offset point for the created document. - - A value, specifying the offset point. - - - - Specifies the text of a root bookmark displayed in the Document Map. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the collection of bookmarks available in the document and displayed in the Document Map of Print Preview. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IBookmarkNodeCollection object, specifying the collection of bookmarks. - - - - Specifies whether or not the document's page settings can be changed. - - true, if page settings can be changed; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - A object. - - - - Indicates whether or not the document is still being created. - - true, if the document creation is in progress; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether or not the document has any pages. - - true, if the document has no pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether or not the current instance is locked. - - true, if the document is locked; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether or not any changes were made to the instance after it was created. - - true, if the document was modified; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the document name. - - A value. - - - - Indicates the total number of pages within a document. - - An integer value, specifying the number of document pages. - - - - Provides access to the collection of pages within the current document. - - A object, specifying the collection of pages. - - - - Provides access to the Printing System for the current document. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the document's scale factor (in fractions of 1). - - A value, specifying the current scale factor. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - Override this method to draw the specified brick on a new page. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. Updates the value of the base offset point indicating the position where the new brick will be inserted into the document. - - - - - Provides options that specify the Document Properties of the resulting DOCX file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies the settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Specifies the document author. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document category. - - A value. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Specifies the document comments. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document keywords. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document subject. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the document title. - - A value. - - - - Lists the available DOCX export modes. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file. In this mode, page headers and footers are added to the resulting DOCX file only once, at the beginning and end of the document. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file, page-by-page. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to DOCX format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether to embed floating pictures into exported DOCX files. - - true, to embed floating pictures into DOCX files; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Provides access to an object, specifying the exported document's options. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating how a document is exported to DOCX. - - An enumeration value that specifies the DOCX export mode. - - - - Specifies whether the height of table rows in a resulting document should have fixed values, or adding a new line of text to a cell's content should increase the row height. - - true, to make the row height unaffected by adding new content to a cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether to use the table or frame layout in the resulting DOCX file. - - true, to use a table layout; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes which are used to draw a watermark in XtraPrinting documents. - - - - - Specifies the incline of the 's text. - - - - - Specifies an incline from upper left to lower right. - - - - - Specifies an incline from upper right to lower left. - - - - - Specifies an incline from left to right. - - - - - Specifies an incline from top to bottom. - - - - - An image source that has an assigned ID. - - - - - Creates an object with the specified and properties. - - The image source ID. - An image source object that stores an image. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - An ID for the specified image source. - - The image source ID. - - - - The image source that has the ID specified by the property. - - An object that stores an image. - - - - A collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Creates an object and adds it to the collection. - - The image item's ID. - An object that stores an image. - - - - Adds an array of image items to the end of the collection. - - An array of image items to append to the collection. - - - - Determines whether the collection contains the specified image item. - - The image item's ID. - true, if the collection contains the specified image item; otherwise, false. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Returns the image source of the image item that has the specified ID. - - The ID of the requested image item. - An object that stores an image. - - - - An object that stores a specified image. - - - - - Creates an ImageSource object and sets its property to the image passed as a parameter. - - An SVG image that the ImageSource object stores. - - - - Creates an ImageSource object and sets its property to the SVG image passed as a parameter. - - An SVG image the ImageSource object stores. - true, if the created image source is used by multiple objects; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates an ImageSource object and sets its property to the image passed as a parameter. - - An image the ImageSource object stores. - - - - Creates an ImageSource object and sets its property to the image passed as a parameter. - - The image the ImageSource object stores. - true, if the created image source is used by multiple objects; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Disposes of the object and sets the property to null. - - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current ImageSource object. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true, if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates an ImageSource object and specifies its or property depending on the image stored in the specified file. - - A file name to be used to get an image for the created ImageSource object. - An ImageSource object that stores the image from the specified file. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets floating-point width and height of the image the ImageSource object stores. - - true to use the original image resolution; otherwise false. - An object that provides the floating-point width and height of the image the ImageSource object stores. - - - - Returns an image. - - The image the ImageSource object stores. - - - - Indicates whether the ImageSource object stores an image. - - true, if both the and properties are not specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the specified ImageSource object stores an image. - - An ImageSource object to be tested. - true, if the specified ImageSource object is null or its and properties are not specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns an SVG image. - - An SVG image the ImageSource object stores. - - - - Specifies how an image is positioned within an image control. - - - - - The image is placed in the upper-left corner of the image control. The image is clipped if it's larger than the image control which contains it. - - - - - The image within the image control is stretched or shrunk, as appropriate, to fit the size of the image control. - - - - - The image is sized proportionally (without clipping), so that it best fits the image control. If the height and width ratio of the image control is the same as the image's ratio it will be resized to exactly fit into the image control. Otherwise, the closest fitting side (height or width) of the image will be sized to the control. The other side (height or width) of the image will be sized proportionally (leaving empty space). - - - - - Represents a page's watermark. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - - - - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the font of the . - - A object that defines the text's format, including font face, size, and style attributes. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the 's text. - - A object representing the foreground color of the text. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use. - - A object specifying the watermark's picture. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the 's picture. - - A enumeration value specifying how a picture is aligned on the document page. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating if a 's picture should be tiled. - - true to tile a watermark's picture; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the transparency of the watermark's image. - - An integer value specifying the images's transparency. It should be between 0 and 255, inclusive. - - - - Gets or sets the mode in which a picture is displayed. - - An enumeration value specifying how the picture should be displayed. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a watermark should be printed behind or in front of the contents of a page. - - true to print a watermark behind the contents of a page; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a 's text. - - A specifying the text of a watermark. - - - - Gets or sets the incline of the 's text. - - A enumeration value representing the text incline. - - - - Gets or sets the transparency of the 's text. - - An integer value specifying the text's transparency. It should be between 0 and 255, inclusive. - - - - A document's watermark. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Duplicates the properties of the specified watermark object into the current instance of the class. - - A object whose properties are to be copied. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - For internal use. - - An integer value. - An integer value. - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets the range of pages which contain a watermark. - - A specifying the range of pages which contain a watermark. - - - - Loads a watermark's settings from the system registry. - - A value specifying the system registry path. - - - - Loads a watermark's settings from the specified stream. - - A object from which the watermark's settings are read. - - - - Loads a watermark's settings from the specified XML file. - - A value specifying the XML file from which watermark settings are read. - - - - Saves the current watermark to the registry. - - A value specifying the registry path at which to save the watermark. - - - - Saves the current watermark to the specified stream. - - A descendant to which the watermark is written. - - - - Saves the current watermark to an XML file. - - A specifying the path to the file in which the watermark will be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Provides the base functionality for fields whose content can be edited in Print Preview. - - - - - Gets a visual brick used to render an editing field in Print Preview. - - A object used to render an editing field. - - - - Specifies the current value of an editing field. - - An object that specifies the current field value. - - - - Returns the location and size of an editing field. - - A structure specifying the editing field's dimensions and location. - - - - Returns the current value of an editing field. - - A <T> object that specifies the current field value. - - - - Returns a document page on which an editing field is located. - - A object containing information about a document page. - - - - Specifies the unique identifier of an editing field. - - A string that specifies the editing field's ID. - - - - Gets the index of the page on which an editing field is located. - - An integer value which specifies the page index. - - - - Specifies whether an editing field's content can be customized in Print Preview. - - true, if a field cannot be edited in Print Preview; otherwise, false. - - - - The collection of fields whose content can be edited in Print Preview. - - - - - Attempts to obtain an editing field corresponding to the specified brick. - - A brick for which an editing field should be obtained. - An editing field corresponding to the specified brick. - true, if an editing field has been obtained; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies editors that can be used for changing control content in Print Preview. - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering date-time values. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering real values. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering positive real values. - - - - - - An editor that allows end-users to specify an image. - - - - - - An editor that allows end-users to specify an image and/or draw something (e.g., a signature). - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering integer values. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering positive integer values. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering Latin letters only. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering letters only. - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering lowercase letters only (entered characters are converted to lowercase). - - - - - - An editor with a mask for entering uppercase letters only (entered characters are converted to uppercase). - - - - - - An editor that allows end-users to draw a signature. - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Create a new instance of the class with the specified editing field. - - An whose value has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets an editing field whose value has been changed. - - An whose value has been changed. - - - - Represents different settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from the Print Preview. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of email recipients. - - A class descendant. - - - - Appends a specified recipient to the end of the collection. - - A to add to the collection. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the text which is appended to an e-mail as its body, when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from its Print Preview. - - A which represents the e-mail body. - - - - Inserts a to the collection at the specified position. - - A value that specifies the position to insert a recipient. - A to insert to the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the text which is used as an e-mail's recipient address, when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from its Print Preview. - - A which represents the e-mail recipient address. - - - - Gets or sets the prefix appended to the property value. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the text which is used as an e-mail's recipient name, when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from its Print Preview. - - A which represents the e-mail recipient name. - - - - Gets or sets the text which is used as an e-mail's subject, when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from its Print Preview. - - A which represents the e-mail subject. - - - - For internal use. Intended to create indivisible brick groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Empty". - - - - Includes a brick specified via the parameter in the layout rectangle of the previously created . - - The brick included in the layout rectangle of the previously created . - - - - Lists the types of encoding to be used when a document is exported to a Text-based format. - - - - - A document is exported using the ASCII (7-bit) character set. - - - - - A document is exported using the UTF-16 format with the big-endian byte order. - - - - - A document is exported using the system's current ANSI code page. - - - - - A document is exported using the UTF-16 format with the little-endian byte order. - - - - - A document is exported using the UTF-32 format with the little-endian byte order. - - - - - A document is exported using the UTF-7 format. - - - - - A document is exported using the UTF-8 format. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the exception. - - A object, representing errors that occur during application execution. - - - - Specifies whether or not the corresponding event was handled. - - true if the exception was handled; otherwise, false. - - - - A method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. - An object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Contains classes which are used to implement exporting in the XtraPrinting library. - - - - - Defines the common properties representing the view data of a brick. - - - - - For internal use. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object. - A structure. - An object implementing the interface. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a rectangle object specifying the height, width and location of the brick. - - A object representing a rectangular region by its height, width and location. - - - - Gets or sets a rectangle object specifying the height, width and location of the brick. - - A object representing a rectangular region by its height, width and location. - - - - Gets or sets the height of the brick. - - An integer value representing the height of the brick. - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - Gets the original bounds of the brick view data. - - A value. - - - - Gets the original bounds of the brick view data. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the instance used to render a brick in an appropriate format. - - A instance to render a brick. - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - Gets or sets the width of the brick. - - An integer value representing the width of the brick. - - - - Provides the basic functionality for sending documents via e-mail. - - - - - Sends the document(s) to the specified recipient via e-mail. - - An array of values specifying the file names for the documents embedded into the e-mail. - A object storing the e-mail options. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the format settings that are applied to a document when it is exported to XLS format. - - - - - - For internal use. Intended to support exporting bricks to some formats. - - - - - - Contains internal classes that are required to support scripting in XtraReports. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Lists the values that specify the available export formats. - - - - - The CSV export format. - - - - - The DOCX export format. - - - - - The HTML export format. - - - - - The image export format. - - - - - The MHT export format. - - - - - The PDF export format. - - - - - The PRNX export format.For internal use only. - - - - - The RTF export format. - - - - - The TXT export format. - - - - - The XLS export format. - - - - - The XLSX export format. - - - - - The XPS export format. - - - - - Specifies the export options items which are displayed when an end-user exports a document from its Print Preview. - - - - - The property of the DOCX export options. - - - - - The property of the DOCX export options. - - - - - The property of the DOCX export options. - - - - - The property of the DOCX export options. - - - - - The property of the DOCX export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the HTML export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the Image export options. - - - - - The property of the native format Save options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the PDF export options. - - - - - The property of the RTF export options. - - - - - The property of the RTF export options. - - - - - The property of the RTF export options. - - - - - The property of the Text export options. - - - - - The property of the Text export options. - - - - - The property of the Text export options. - - - - - The property of the Text export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - The property of the XLS export options. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - The property of the XLSX export options. - - - - - The property of the XLSX export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - The property of the XPS export options. - - - - - Stores the document export options for different export formats. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to CSV format. - - A object which contains CSV export settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to DOCX format. - - A object. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported and sent via e-mail from the Print Preview. - - A object which contains e-mail settings. - - - - Gets the current visibility of the specified export option in the Print Preview. - - An enumeration value which specifies the export option whose visibility state is to be determined. - true if the specified export option is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to HTML format. - - A object which contains HTML export settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to image. - - A object which contains Image export settings. - - - - Provides access to an object that contains options which define how a document is exported to a mail message. - - A value. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to MHT format. - - A object which contains MHT export settings. - - - - Provides access to the object, which contains settings for saving the PrintingSystem document in native format. - - A class instance, containing native format save settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to PDF format. - - A object which contains PDF export settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify how a document is exported from the Print Preview. - - A object which contains Print Preview export settings. - - - - Loads export options from the system registry. - - A value specifying the system registry path. - - - - Loads export options from the specified stream. - - A object from which the export options are read. - - - - Loads export options from the specified XML file. - - A value specifying the XML file from which export options are read. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to RTF format. - - A object which contains RTF export settings. - - - - Saves the current export options to the registry. - - A value specifying the registry path in which to save the export options. - - - - Saves the current export options to the specified stream. - - A descendant to which the export options are written. - - - - Saves the current export options to an XML file. - - A specifying the path to the file in which the export options will be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Changes the visibility of the specified export options in the Print Preview. - - An array of enumeration values specifying the export options whose visibility needs to be changed. - true to make the export options visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Changes the visibility of the specified export option in the Print Preview. - - An enumeration value which specifies the export option whose visibility needs to be changed. - true to make the export option visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to text. - - A object which contains Text export settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify exporting parameters when a document is exported to XLS format. - - An object which contains XLS export settings. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify export parameters when a document is exported to XLSX format. - - An object which contains XLSX export settings. - - - - Represents the base class for objects which define specific export options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - The base for classes that provide options for export to RTF and DOCX formats. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies the settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Specifies whether or not the header and footer contents should be displayed on the first page of the final document. - - true, to display the header and footer on the first page; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not page breaks should be included in the resulting file when a document is exported to RTF/DOCX. - - true, to include page breaks in the resulting file; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not watermarks should be included in the resulting file. - - true, to include watermarks; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether the height of table cells in a resulting document should have fixed values, or adding a new line of text to a cell's content should increase the row height. - - true, to make the row height unaffected by adding new content to a cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the range of pages to be exported. - - A value, specifying the range of pages. - - - - The checkbox glyph styles enumeration. - - - - - The Heart checkbox glyph style - - - - - The RadioButton checkbox glyph style - - - - - The Smiley checkbox glyph style - - - - - The StandardBox1 checkbox glyph style - - - - - The StandardBox2 checkbox glyph style - - - - - The Star checkbox glyph style - - - - - The Thumb checkbox glyph style - - - - - The Toggle checkbox glyph style - - - - - The YesNo checkbox glyph style - - - - - The YesNoBox checkbox glyph style - - - - - The YesNoSolidBox checkbox glyph style - - - - - Lists the available HTML export modes. - - - - - A document is exported to multiple files, page-by-page. In this mode every document page is exported to a single HTML file. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file. Note that in this mode, page headers and footers are added to the resulting HTML file only once, at the beginning and at the end of the document. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file, page-by-page. In this mode, all pages are exported one under another, separated by page borders (which are specified by the and properties). - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to HTML format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified encoding name. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified encoding name and title. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - true to remove secondary symbols; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Represents the base class for objects which define export options specific to HTML and MHT formats. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the JavaScript code can be placed in URLs in the resulting HTML document. - - true, to allow inserting the JavaScript code to URLs; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the encoding name used when exporting a document to HTML. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). - - - - Specifies whether or not images are embedded in HTML content. - - true to embed images in HTML; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating how a document is exported to HTML. - - An enumeration value which represents the HTML export mode. - - - - Specifies whether to export watermarks to HTML along with the rest of the document content. - - true to export watermarks to HTML; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether the style properties are written to the <head> section of an HTML document, or they are defined at the same place where a specific style is assigned in a document. - - true to define the style properties at the same place where a specific style is assigned in a document, otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the color of page borders when a document is exported to HTML page-by-page. - - A value which represents the page border color. - - - - Gets or sets the width (in pixels) of page borders when a document is exported to HTML page-by-page. - - An integer value which represents the page border width. - - - - Gets or sets the range of pages to be exported. - - A specifying the range of pages. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether secondary symbols should be removed from the resulting HTML file, to reduce its size. - - true to remove secondary symbols; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether to use the table or non-table layout in the resulting HTML file. - - true, to use a table layout; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a title of the created HTML file - - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. - - - - Specifies whether or not the document navigation is implemented by using scripts. - - true to use standard HTML link references in document navigation; otherwise false. - - - - Lists the acceptable line directions for HTML export. - - - - - Specifies the default line direction when exported into HTML. - - - - - Specifies the horizontal line in HTML export. - - - - - Specifies the vertical line in HTML export. - - - - - If implemented by a class, provides methods for handling commands in Print Preview. - - - - - Indicates whether or not the specified Printing System command can be handled. - - A enumeration value. - An object implementing the interface (typically, this is a instance). - true, if the command can be handled; otherwise, false. - - - - If implemented by a class, allows you to handle Printing System commands (listed in the enumeration). - - A enumeration value. - An array of values, specifying the command arguments. - An object implementing the interface (typically, this is a instance). - true, if the command has been handled; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - A descendant. - - - - Provides the essential functionality for document printing. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - An integer value. - A value. - An integer value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - - - - A visual brick containing an image. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A BorderSide enumeration value which specifies the borders displayed around the . - A float value which specifies the border width of the , measured in pixels. - A object which specifies the border color of the . - A object which specifies the background color of the current . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick style. - - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Image". - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether it is necessary to dispose of an image assigned to the property, when disposing the object. - - true to dispose of the image; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the path to the image to display in the . - - A which represents the path to an image. - - - - Defines the image displayed within the brick. - - The image displayed within the brick. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the current brick. - - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets the value used to support serialization of the property. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.ImageEntry object. - - - - Defines the image displayed within the brick. - - The image displayed within a brick. - - - - Specifies the size mode for the . - - An enumeration value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Specifies whether the original or default image DPI (dots per inch) value should be taken into account when rendering the image in a document. - - true to use the original image resolution; otherwise false. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - An editing field that allows end-users to change an image content in Print Preview. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ImageEditingField class. - - A visual brick used to draw an image in a document. - - - - Specifies the name of an editor used to change the image editing field's value in Print Preview. - - A string that specifies the editor name. - - - - Overrides the property. - - - - - - The image alignment of the associated image brick. - - The image brick's option value. - - - - The size mode of the associated image brick. - - The image brick's option value. - - - - Specifies the image that the associated image brick currently displays. - - An image brick's current image. - - - - Stores the image that the associated image brick had when the ImageEditingField object was created. - - The image that the image brick had at the moment when the ImageEditingField was created. - - - - Lists the available image export modes. - - - - - Exports each document page to a separate image (with the image file name indicating the page number).The document's page headers and footers, and the top and bottom margins are repeated only once - at the beginning and end of the resulting image. - - - - - Exports the document to a single image without indicating the borders of individual pages.The document's page headers and footers, and the top and bottom margins are repeated only once - at the beginning and end of the resulting image.When this export mode is used, the property is ignored. - - - - - The document is exported to a single image with borders drawn around each page.The document's page headers and footers, and top and bottom margins appear on every page.The border settings are specified by the and properties. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to an image. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image format. - - An object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies the settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Specifies whether document pages are exported to a single or multiple images. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Specifies the image format for exporting a document. - - A value. - - - - Lists the available image formats (".bmp", ".gif", ".jpg", ".png", ".emf", ".wmf", ".tiff"). - - - - - - Specifies the page border color when a document is exported to a single image page-by-page. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the page border width (in pixels) when a document is exported to a single image page-by-page. - - An integer value, specifying the page border width (in pixels). - - - - Specifies the range of pages to be exported. - - A value, specifying the range of pages. The ranges are defined using hyphens and separated by commas. For example: "1,3,5-12". - - - - Specifies the image resolution (in DPI). - - An integer value, specifying the image resolution (in DPI). - - - - Specifies whether a report is printed with a white or transparent background when the () property is set to transparent. - - true, to retain the transparency in a published report; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the quality of text rendering in images (especially in images having small DPI values and a transparent background). - - A enumeration value. - - - - Provides the basic functionality for the component. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the Printing System used to create and print a document for the link associated with the . - - A descendant. - - - - If implemented by a class, provides access to the object that reflects the current state of a document's generation or export. - - A object which is intended to track the process of a document's creation. - - - - For internal use. Provides information about the Printing System. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - A descendant. - - - - A visual brick that contains a rotated text. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets or sets the rotation angle of the text displayed within the brick. - - A value, specifying the text angle in degrees. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Label". - - - - Specifies whether or not a brick's height can be automatically changed based on the amount of its contents. - - true to enable automatic adjustment of a brick's height; otherwise false. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether text within a label brick is drawn vertically. - - true if the text is shown in a vertical mode; otherwise, false. - - - - A visual brick containing a line. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Line". - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the line displayed in the current line brick. - - A object specifying the foreground color of the line. - - - - Gets or sets the line direction in HTML output. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the line direction. - - A enumeration value, which determines the current line direction. - - - - Gets or sets the style used for a dashed line. - - A enumeration value that represents the style used for a dashed line. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the line displayed in the line brick. - - An integer value representing the width of the line. - - - - Overrides the property to change its return value. - - Always true. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - The base class for all printing links. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object implementing the interface which specifies the owner container of a class instance. - - - - Gets the current document creation status. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Adds a subreport to the specified band in the current report. - - A descendant. - A report band where the subreport shall be inserted. - A object which specifies the vertical offset of the subreport within the current report. - - - - Adds a subreport to the current report. - - A value which specifies the vertical offset of the subreport within the current report. - - - - Occurs after all sections of the document have been generated. - - - - - Occurs before any section of the document is generated. - - - - - Indicates whether or not the specified Printing System command can be handled. - - A enumeration value that specifies the command. - An object implementing the interface that specifies the print control (most typically, it is a class instance). - true if the command can be handled; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes all pages from the current document. - - - - - Occurs when a detail section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a detail footer section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a detail header section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Creates a report using the current PrintingSystem. - - - - - Creates a document from the link using the specified Printing System. - - A class instance, specifying the printing system of the link. - - - - Occurs when an inner page footer section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when an inner page header section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a marginal page footer section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a marginal page header section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a report footer section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Occurs when a report header section of the document is being generated. - - - - - Gets or sets a size of a custom paper (measured in hundredths of an inch). - - A value, specifying the size of a custom paper (measured in hundredths of an inch). - - - - Enables the Header and Footer dialog used for editing a document page's headers and footers. - - true if the Header and Footer dialog is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in CSV format. - - A object to which the created CSV file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in CSV format using the defined CSV-specific options. - - A object to which the created CSV file should be sent. - A object which specifies the CSV export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in CSV format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created CSV file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in CSV format using the defined CSV-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created CSV file. - A object which specifies the CSV export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in DOCX format. - - A object to which the created DOCX file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in DOCX format using the defined DOCX-specific options. - - A object to which the created DOCX file should be sent. - A object that specifies the DOCX export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in DOCX format. - - A value that specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created DOCX file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in DOCX format using the specified DOCX-specific options. - - A value that specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created DOCX file. - A object that specifies the DOCX export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in HTML format. - - A object to which the created HTML file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in HTML format using the defined HTML-specific options. - - A object to which the created HTML file should be sent. - A object which specifies the HTML export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in HTML format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created HTML file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in HTML format using the defined HTML-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created HTML file. - An object which specifies the HTML export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Image format. - - A object to which the created Image file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Image format using the defined Image-specific options. - - A object to which the created Image file should be sent. - An object which specifies the Image export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Image format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Image file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Image format using the defined Image-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Image file. - A object which specifies the Image export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in MHT format. - - A object to which the created MHT file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in MHT format using the defined MHT-specific options. - - A object to which the created MHT file should be sent. - An object which specifies the MHT export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in MHT format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created MHT file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in MHT format using the defined MHT-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created MHT file. - An object which specifies the MHT export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in PDF format. - - A object to which the created PDF file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in PDF format using the defined PDF-specific options. - - A object to which the created PDF file should be sent. - A object which specifies the PDF export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in PDF format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PDF file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in PDF format using the defined PDF-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PDF file. - A object which specifies the PDF export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in RTF format. - - A object to which the created RTF file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in RTF format using the defined RTF-specific options. - - A to which the created RTF file should be sent. - An object, representing options, which define how a document is exported to RTF format. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in RTF format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created RTF file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in RTF format using the defined RTF-specific options. - - A , which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created RTF file. - An object, representing options, which define how a document is exported to RTF format. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Text format. - - A object to which the created Text file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Text format using the defined Text-specific options. - - A object to which the created Text file should be sent. - A object which specifies the Text export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Text format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Text file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Text format using the defined Text-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Text file. - A object which specifies the Text export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLS format. - - A object to which the created XLS file should be sent. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLS format using the defined XLS-specific options. - - A object to which the created XLS file should be sent. - An object, specifying the XLS export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLS format. - - A value, specifying the file name (including the full path) for the created XLS file. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLS format using the defined XLS-specific options. - - A value, specifying the file name (including the full path) for the created XLS file. - An object, specifying the XLS export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLSX format. - - A object to which the created XLSX file should be sent. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLSX format using the defined XLSX-specific options. - - A object to which the created XLSX file should be sent. - An object, specifying the XLSX export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLSX format. - - A value, specifying the file name (including the full path) for the created XLSX file. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLSX format using the defined XLSX-specific options. - - A value, specifying the file name (including the full path) for the created XLSX file. - An object, specifying the XLSX export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Handles the specified Printing System command. - - A enumeration value which specifies the command to be handled. - A collection of objects representing the parameters to be passed to the handled command. - An object implementing the interface (most typically, it is the class instance). - true if the command has been handled by a link; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page orientation is landscape. - - true if the page orientation is landscape; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the margins of a report page (measured in hundredths of an inch). - - A object, specifying the margins of a report page (measured in hundredths of an inch). - - - - Specifies the minimum printer margin values. - - A object, specifying the minimum printer margins. - - - - For internal use. - - A descendant. - - - - Gets or sets the object used to fill the document's area that is occupied by the page header and page footer. - - A used to fill the document's area that is occupied by the page header and page footer. - - - - Gets or sets the type of paper for the document. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom paper which is used in the printer that the document is going to be printed on. - - A specifying the name of the paper. - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed. - - A object representing the type of object to be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the Printing System used to create and print a document for this link. - - A object which specifies the Printing System used to create and print a document. - - - - Loads a Page Header/Footer dialog's settings from the system registry. - - A value specifying the system registry path. - - - - Loads a Page Header/Footer dialog's settings from the specified stream. - - A object from which the header/footer's settings are read. - - - - Loads a Page Header/Footer dialog's settings from the specified XML file. - - A value specifying the XML file from which header/footer settings are read. - - - - Specifies the orientation of the document's content. - - true, if the right-to-left layout is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the RTF text, which will be printed as a Report Footer. - - A containing RTF text. - - - - Gets or sets the RTF text, which will be printed as a Report Header. - - A containing RTF text. - - - - Saves the Page Header/Footer dialog's settings to the registry. - - A value specifying the registry path at which to save the header/footer. - - - - Saves the Page Header/Footer dialog's settings to the specified stream. - - A descendant to which the header/footer is written. - - - - Saves the Page Header/Footer dialog's settings to an XML file. - - A specifying the path to the file in which the header/footer will be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object implementing the interface. - - - - Gets or sets report areas that should be skipped. - - Report areas that should be skipped. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether content bricks, which are outside the right page margin, should be split across pages, or moved in their entirety to the next page. - - A enumeration value, which specifies the way of splitting method of content bricks in the vertical direction. - - - - A collection of objects. - - - - - Adds the specified object to the collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - An integer value indicating the position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the elements of a to the end of the . - - An array of objects to be added to the end of the . - - - - Determines whether the specified object is a member of the collection. - - The object to locate in the collection. - true if the link is a member of the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the elements of a from a compatible one-dimensional collection. - - An object which the links will be copied from. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the specified link in the collection. - - The object to locate in the collection. - An integer value representing the position of the specified link in the collection. - - - - Inserts the specified object into the collection at the specified position. - - The zero-based index at which the link should be inserted. - The object to insert into the collection. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the collection. - - A zero-based integer, specifying the desired item's position within the collection. If it is negative or exceeds the last available index, a is thrown. - A class descendant representing the link at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified object from the collection. - - The object to remove from the collection of links. - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to a mail message. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - true to remove secondary symbols; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies whether or not images are embedded in HTML content. - - true to embed images in HTML; otherwise, false. - - - - Overrides the corresponding property of the class to hide it. - - Always true. - - - - Overrides the corresponding property of the class to hide it. - - Always true. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Gets changed page margins. - - The changed page margin. - - - - Gets or sets the changed margin size in hundredths of an inch. - - The changed margin size in hundredths of an inch. - - - - A method that will handle the and events of the class. - - The event source. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Specifies page margin(s). - - - - - Specifies all report page margins. - - - - - Specifies the bottom report page margin. - - - - - Specifies the left report page margin. - - - - - Specifies no report page margin. - - - - - Specifies the right report page margin. - - - - - Specifies the top report page margin. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to MHT format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified encoding name. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified encoding name and title. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A representing the encoding name set in the HTML file (e.g. "UTF-8"). This value is assigned to the property. - A containing the name shown as the title of the created HTML file. This value is assigned to the property. - true to remove secondary symbols; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Overrides the property, to hide it. - - - - - - Contains the class that provides various compatibility options. - - - - - Enables you to overcome possible issues related to document rendering after migrating to newer versions of XtraReports. - - - - - Enables you to display a non-modal Microsoft Outlook dialog before sending a report by email. - - true to display a non-modal dialog when sending a report by email; otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Enables you to prevent PDF drawing exceptions related to the GDI+ engine from being handled by the DevExpress export engine. - - true to avoid handling PDF drawing exceptions; otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - - - - - - - Enables you to avoid possible issues related to PDF export that you may encounter after upgrading to version 16.1. - - true to use the newer PDF rendering engine; otherwise false. The default is true. - - - - Specifies whether or not to substitute missing fonts in the Rich Text when a report is exported to HTML. - - true, to automatically substitute fonts missing in the system; otherwise, false. - - - - Enables you to make the Pivot Grid width equal to the page width when setting the property to . - - true to make the Pivot Grid occupy the entire page width; otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to the native Printing System file format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the resulting PRNX file should be compressed. - - true to compress the resulting PRNX file; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value which indicates whether a Native Format Options window should be shown when an end-user saves a document from the Print Preview. - - true to show the Native Format Options window; otherwise, false. - - - - A single document page. - - - - - Adds the specified brick to the page. - - The brick to be added to the page. - - - - Assigns a new watermark to a page's property. - - A object which specifies a new watermark for a page. - - - - Gets the document which contains the page. - - A object representing the document containing the current page. - - - - Returns the size and location of the specified brick in the current page. - - A object representing the brick whose size and location should be returned. - A object specifying the width, height and location of the brick. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the page's identifier. - - An integer value specifying the page's identifier. - - - - Gets the page index within the collection. - - The page index within the collection. - - - - Provides access to the inner bricks of . - - A collection of descendants. - - - - Gets the margins value (measured in three hundredths of an inch) of the current page. - - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object which represents the margins (measured in 1/300 of an inch) of the current page. - - - - Gets or sets the page index within the page collection when the document is created. - - An integer, representing a page number in a document. - - - - Gets or sets the page count when the document is created. - - An integer, representing the number of pages in a document. - - - - Gets the size of the current page. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the scale factor (in fractions of 1), by which a page is scaled. - - A value, which represents the current scale factor. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Provides access to the current watermark on this page. - - A object which represents the current watermark. - - - - Serves as the base for classes that specify information to be displayed in page header and page footer areas. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content, font and line alignment. - - An array of values, representing content strings. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, which is used to draw the page area's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the content alignment. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to a collection of strings, representing the content of a page header or page footer. - - A object, containing content strings. - - - - Creates the page area using the specified brick graphics and image collection. - - A object. - An array of objects. - - - - Gets or sets the font used to draw the page area's text. - - A object that defines the text's format, including font face, size, and style attributes. - - - - For internal use. - - A object. - A array. - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying which edge (top, center or bottom) of the page area its content should be aligned. - - A enumeration value specifying the content alignment. - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the base class for objects which define specific export options for those export formats which support page-by-page export (HTML, MHT and PDF). - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the page range to be exported. - - A page range. - - - - Specifies the resolution (in DPI) used to rasterize vector images on export to the corresponding document format. - - The resolution (in DPI) used to rasterize vector images. - - - - Specifies whether or not vector images should be rasterized on export to the corresponding document format. - - true, to rasterize vector images; otherwise, false. - - - - For Internal use. Provides data for the event. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - A method that handles all page events within the XtraPrinting Library. - - The event source. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Represents the object that specifies information to be displayed in a page footer area. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content, font and line alignment. - - An array of values, representing content strings. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, which is used to draw the page area's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the content alignment. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Represents the object that specifies information to be displayed in a page header area. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content, font and line alignment. - - An array of values, representing content strings. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, which is used to draw the page area's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the content alignment. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Represents the object, containing information about the page header and page footer areas. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified page header and page footer. - - A object representing the page header. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the page footer. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to the page footer area. - - A object representing the page footer. - - - - Provides access to the page header area. - - A object representing the page header. - - - - Specifies whether or not the page margin is increased if its content does not fit. - - true to increase the page margin; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the header/footer. - - Always . - - - - A visual brick within the page header or page footer section, containing an image. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A BorderSide enumeration value which specifies the borders displayed around the . - A float value which specifies the border width of the , measured in pixels. - A object which specifies the border color of the . - A object which specifies the background color of the current . - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of brick within the page layout rectangle. - - A enumeration, specifying the alignment. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "PageImage". - - - - Specifies the alignment of an image. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the brick alignment related to the top of the parent area. - - A enumeration member, specifying the alignment. - - - - A visual brick which is displayed in the page header or page footer sections, and contains information specific to the current page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value, specifying the brick's border settings. - A value, specifying the border width. - A structure, specifying the border color. - A structure, specifying the background color. - A structure, specifying the foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of brick within the page layout rectangle. - - A enumeration, specifying the alignment. - - - - Determines whether the current brick is resized in order to display the entire text of a brick. - - true, if brick width changes in order to display the entire brick text, otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "PageInfo". - - - - Gets or sets the brick alignment related to the top of the parent area. - - A enumeration member, specifying the alignment. - - - - A service enabling the control to display custom information (e.g., the name of a logged user instead of a user under whose account the web server is running). - - - - - Enables you to obtain and customize the text of the Page Info control. - - A object. - A descendant. - A value. - - - - The base for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified visible borders, their width, color, and background and foreground colors. - - A enumeration value(s) which specifies the borders displayed around the brick. - A value which specifies the border width of the brick, measured in pixels. - A object which specifies the border color of the brick. - A object which specifies the background color of the brick. - A object which specifies the foreground color of the brick. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "PageInfo". - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page number should be changed according to reordering in the Pages collection. - - A enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets the format string to display text information within the brick. - - A string, consisting of alternating fixed text and indexed placeholders. - - - - Gets or sets the type of information to be displayed within the . - - A enumeration member, indicating information type and its representation. - - - - Gets or sets the initial value of a page counter. - - An integer value representing an initial number for pagination. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed within the current brick. - - A representing the text to be displayed within the brick. - - - - The base for the and classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. - A structure. - A structure. - A structure. - A structure. - - - - For internal use. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Specifies the format string to display text information within the brick. - - A value, consisting of alternating fixed text and indexed placeholders. - - - - Specifies the type of information to be displayed within the brick. - - A enumeration value, specifying information type and its representation. - - - - Specifies the initial value of a page counter. - - An integer value, specifying an initial number for pagination. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the format settings that are applied to a document when it is exported to XLS format. - - A enumeration value. - - - - A collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified document. - - A object which specifies the document which contains this page list. The created is assigned to the property of the specified document. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which specifies the document which contains this page list. The created is assigned to the property of the specified document. - A collection of objects that specify document pages. - - - - Adds the specified object to the collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - - - - Appends an array of pages to the collection. - - An array of the objects to append to the collection. - - - - Clears the collection. - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified item. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true, if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all s from this collection to a compatible target one-dimensional array, starting from the specific index of the target array. - - An array to which all items should be copied. - A zero-based index starting from which copied elements should be arranged in the target array. - - - - Counts the number of items in the collection. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets the first page within the collection. - - An object of the class. - - - - Obtains the collection's enumerator. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the specified page in the collection. - - The object to locate in the collection. - An integer value representing the position of the specified page in the collection. - - - - Inserts the specified page into the list at the specified position. - - An integer value which represents the zero-based index at which the page should be inserted. - A object to insert into the list. - - - - Gets or sets an item within the collection at a specific index. - - The zero-based index of the item to get or set. - An item at a specific index. - - - - Gets the last page in the collection. - - An object of the class. - - - - Removes the specified page from the collection. - - A object to remove from the collection. - true, if the specified page has been successfully removed; false, if the page is not found in the collection. - - - - Removes the collection's item at the specified position. - - An integer value. - - - - Copies the elements of the to a new array of objects. - - An array of objects containing the copies of the elements of the . - - - - - - - - - - - - Tries to get a page by the specified index. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the page. - An object that specifies the page. - true, if the page has been found; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Provides access to the graphics object on which the is painted. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Provides access to the page for which the or event is raised. - - A object. - - - - Returns the bounds (size and location) of the page for which the or event is raised. - - A object. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event source. This parameter identifies the which raised the event. - A object which contains event data. - - - - Enables you to override the default printer settings in your application. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies a custom letter paper size. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the page settings defined for the system's default printer. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the page settings defined for the system's default printer. - - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Returns the minimum page margins supported by the specified page settings. - - A object. - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Specifies an instance of the class. - - The instance of the class. - - - - Indicates whether or not there are any printers installed on the machine. - - true, if there is at least one printer installed on the machine; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the default printer settings. - - A object. - A object. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Assigns the specified printer name to the default printer settings (if such a printer is installed on the machine). - - A object. - A value, specifying the printer name. - - - - A visual brick comprised of rows and columns. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of brick within the page layout rectangle. - - A enumeration, specifying the alignment. - - - - Gets a collection of bricks which are contained in this . - - A object, which contains bricks belonging to this table brick. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "PageTable". - - - - Gets or sets the brick alignment related to the top of the parent area. - - A enumeration member, specifying the alignment. - - - - Gets the collection of rows owned by the object. - - A object representing the collection of rows. - - - - Refreshes the size of the entire . - - - - - Lists the available page view modes. - - - - - The document is re-sized to fit the page width into the Print Preview's dimensions. - - - - - The document is re-sized to fit the specified number of page rows and columns. - - - - - The document zooming is adjusted so as to fit the whole page width. - - - - - The document is re-sized to fit the entire page within the Print Preview's dimensions. - - - - - A visual brick containing other bricks. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick style. - - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets a collection of bricks which are contained in this . - - A object which contains bricks belonging to this panel brick. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Panel". - - - - Center-aligns child bricks contained within the current panel brick. - - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether child bricks that are contained within the current panel brick should be merged into a single object. - - true if child bricks should be merged; otherwise, false. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Lists the values specifying the PDF/A compatibility mode of a document. - - - - - The document is not PDF/A-compatible and supports the ISO 32000-1:2005 specification. - - - - - The document supports the PDF/A-1b (ISO 19005-1) specification. - - - - - The document supports the PDF/A-2b (ISO 19005-2:2011) specification. - - - - - The document supports the PDF/A-3b (ISO 19005-3:2012) specification. - - - - - Represents a file attached to a PDF document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the date of the attachment file creation. - - A <,> value, that specifies the date of the attachment file creation. - - - - Specifies the document's attachment file as a byte array. - - A array that contains the document's attachment file. - - - - Specifies the attachment file's description. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the name of the attachment file. - - A value that specifies the name of the attachment file. - - - - Specifies the path to the file to be attached to the document. - - A value, specifying the path to the file to be attached to the document. - - - - Specifies the date of the attachment file's last modification. - - A <,> value that specifies the date of the attachment file's last modification. - - - - Specifies the relation between the document and the attachment file. - - A value, specifying the relation between the document and the attachment file.The default is .Alternative. - - - - Specifies the data type of the attachment file. - - A value, specifying the data type of the attachment file. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the type of relationship between the document and the attachment file. - - - - - The attachment file data is an alternative representation of the PDF content. - - - - - The attachment file contains data which is used for the visual representation in the PDF part. - - - - - The attachment file contains the source data for the visual representation derived from the PDF part. - - - - - The attachment file contains additional information. - - - - - The relationship is unknown or does not match any relationship above. - - - - - Contains options which specify the Document Properties of the created PDF file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as an Application property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores an Application name. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - A object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as an Author property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores an Author name. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - A object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the default value of the property for all generated PDF files. - - A which stores the Producer name. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Keywords property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores keywords. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Producer property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores a Producer name. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Subject property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores a Subject. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Title property of the resulting PDF file. - - A which stores a Title. - - - - Lists the algorithms that can be used to encrypt PDF data. - - - - - Specifies the 128-bit AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) encryption algorithm. - - - - - Specifies the 256-bit AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) encryption algorithm. - - - - - Specifies the 128-bit ARC4 (Alleged Rivest Cipher 4) encryption algorithm. - - - - - Contains options that define how a document is exported to PDF format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the additional metadata that is added to the PDF document's metadata. - - A value. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - A object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Provides access to the attachment files list of the document. - - A <,> collection of files to be attached to the document. - - - - Specifies whether or not all bitmaps contained in the document should be converted to JPEG format during exporting to PDF. - - true to convert images to JPEG; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the options to be embedded as Document Properties of the created PDF file. - - A object which contains Document Properties options. - - - - Specifies whether to convert a report's editing fields to AcroForms on PDF export. - - true, to export report editing fields to PDF AcroForms; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the quality of images in the resulting PDF file. - - A enumeration value which specifies the quality of images in the resulting PDF file. - - - - Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited string of values with the font names which should not be embedded in the resulting PDF file. - - A which contains the font names delimited by a semicolon. - - - - Provides access to the PDF security options of the document, which require specifying a password. - - A object, representing the security options. - - - - Specifies document compatibility with the PDF/A specification. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Obsolete. Use the property instead. - - true if the document supports PDF/A; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Print dialog should be displayed when a PDF file is opened in an appropriate application. - - true, to show the Print dialog on open; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the digital signature options of . - - A object. - - - - Checks the validity of PDF export options and returns a list of any detected inconsistencies. - - A collection of values, specifying inconsistencies detected in the PDF export options. - - - - Specifies how images are exported to PDF format. - - - - - The resulting Jpeg image quality is high (the resulting PDF file size is big). - - - - - The resulting Jpeg image quality is the highest (the resulting PDF file size is the biggest). - - - - - The resulting Jpeg image quality is low (the resulting PDF file size is small). - - - - - The resulting Jpeg image quality is the lowest (the resulting PDF file size is the smallest). - - - - - The resulting Jpeg image quality is medium (the resulting PDF file size is also medium). - - - - - Defines the security access options for the exported PDF document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the algorithm used to encrypt PDF content. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the password for opening the exported PDF document. - - A value, representing the password. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the PDF permission options of the document. - - A object, representing the security permission options for the exported PDF document. - - - - Specifies the PDF permissions password for the document. - - A value, representing the permissions password. - - - - Defines the security permission options for the exported PDF document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Specifies the permissions for changing the exported PDF document. - - A object, that contains the changing permissions. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - A object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the permissions for copying the exported PDF document. - - true to enable document copying; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the permissions for copying the content of the exported PDF document. - - true to enable copying of the document content; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the permissions for screen readers access to the exported PDF document. - - true to enable screen readers access; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - The object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the permissions for printing the exported PDF document. - - A object, containing the printing permissions. - - - - Used to apply an X.509 certificate to the resulting PDF file, to digitally sign the document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Specifies an X.509 certificate of . - - A object. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies the contact information of the person in charge of the certificate. - - A value. - - - - Determines whether or not the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - A instance against which to compare with the current instance. - true if a specific instance equals the current instance; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as the default hash function. - - An integer value, specifying the hash code for the current object. - - - - Specifies the certificate's location. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the reason for encrypting the file. - - A value. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Gets the object that sends the document's output to a printer. - - A object representing the printing settings of the document. - - - - Represents the method that will handle the event. - - An object of any type that triggers the event. - A object that provides data for the event. - - - - Represents options that specify which of the default printer's settings should be used when printing a document. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified values for its properties. - - A object specifying the initial values for the class properties. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified paper kind and orientation settings of the system's default printer. - - true to use the paper kind of the default printer's settings; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to use the landscape values of the default printer's settings; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether or not all of the default printer settings are used for printing a report. - - true, if all of the default printer settings are used for printing a report; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether or not any of the default printer settings are used for printing a report. - - true, if at least one of the default printer settings is used for printing a report; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Landscape setting of the system's default printer is used when printing a document. - - true, to use the page orientation of the default printer's settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the Paper Kind setting of the system's default printer is used when printing a document. - - true, to use the paper kind of the default printer's settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the document printing permissions. - - - - - Permits the PDF document's printing in high resolution only, unless the are accessed and modified. - - - - - Permits the PDF document's printing in low resolution only (150 dpi), unless the are accessed and modified. - - - - - Forbids printing of the PDF document, unless the are accessed and modified. - - - - - Lists the available activity modes that relate to a link's property. - - - - - The document is being exported. - - - - - The document creation process is idle. - - - - - The document creation process is being prepared. - - - - - The document is being printed. - - - - - The base for classes that provide the basic printing functionality in different environments. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance and adds it to the form's container. - - An IContainer that contains an XtraPrintingSystemBase component, if any. - - - - Adds the specified command handler to the command handlers list for one or several of the printing system commands (listed in the enumeration). - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Adds the specified service to the service container. - - The type of service to add. - A callback object that can create the service. This allows a service to be declared as available, but delays creation of the object until the service is requested. - - - - Adds the specified service to the service container. - - The type of service to add. - A callback object that can create the service. This allows a service to be declared as available, but delays creation of the object until the service is requested. - true if this service should be added to any parent service containers; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds the specified service to the service container. - - The type of service to add. - An instance of the service to add. This object must implement or inherit from the type indicated by the _serviceType_parameter. - - - - Adds the specified service to the service container. - - The type of service to add. - An instance of the service type to add. This object must implement or inherit from the type indicated by the serviceType parameter. - true if this service should be added to any parent service containers; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after a band has been printed on a page. - - - - - For internal use. Occurs after all document pages have been created. - - - - - Occurs on raising any PrintingSystem event that does not have the "Before" prefix in its name. - - - - - Occurs when page margins change. - - - - - Occurs after a specific page has been painted in a Print Preview. - - - - - For internal use. Occurs after every time any page of the printing system's is printed. - - - - - For internal use. Occurs before document pages are created. - - - - - Occurs on raising any PrintingSystem event that has the "Before" prefix in its name. - - - - - Occurs when page margins are about to change. - - - - - Occurs before a specific page has been painted in a Print Preview. - - - - - Indicates that report generation has started. - - - - - Must be called before subreport creation. - - The distance between the current subreport and the previously created item. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Clears the current document. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages should be renumbered following reordering in the collection. - - true to renumber pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a specific brick type. - - The type of created brick. - The created brick. - - - - Occurs when an exception is raised during document creation. - - - - - Creates a new empty page using the current printing system's page settings. - - A object which represents a new empty page. - - - - Specifies the culture that is used to display date-time values by the control. - - A object. - - - - Gets the current document. - - A object. - - - - Occurs each time a value of an editing field changes. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of fields whose content can be edited in Print Preview. - - The collection of fields whose content can be edited in Print Preview. - - - - Finishes a report's generation. - - - - - Finishes a report's generation. - - true to enable accessing document pages progressively as they are created; otherwise false. - - - - Occurs after the printing system's document is set to the selected printer's printing queue. Does not indicate the success of the actual printing process. - - - - - Signals that subreport creation is completed. - - - - - Executes the specified printing system command. - - A enumeration value representing the command to be executed. - - - - Executes the specified printing system command and passes the specified parameters. - - A enumeration value representing the command to be executed. - A collection of objects, representing the parameters to be passed to the executing command. - - - - Gets the settings used to specify export parameters when exporting a printing system's document. - - An object which contains the export settings for a printing system's document. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in CSV format. - - A object to which the created CSV file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in CSV format using the defined CSV-specific options. - - A object to which the created CSV file should be sent. - A object which specifies the CSV export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in CSV format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created CSV file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in CSV format using the defined CSV-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created CSV file. - A object which specifies the CSV export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in DOCX format. - - A object to which the created DOCX file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in DOCX format using the specified DOCX-specific options. - - A object to which the created DOCX file should be sent. - A object that specifies the DOCX export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in DOCX format. - - A value that specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created DOCX file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in DOCX format using the specified DOCX-specific options. - - A value that specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created DOCX file. - A object that specifies the DOCX export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in HTML format. - - A object to which the created HTML file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in HTML format using the defined HTML-specific options. - - A object to which the created HTML file should be sent. - A object which specifies the HTML export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in HTML format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created HTML file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in HTML format using the defined HTML-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created HTML file. - An object which specifies the HTML export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Image format. - - A object to which the created Image file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Image format using the defined Image-specific options. - - A object to which the created Image file should be sent. - An object which specifies the Image export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in the specified Image format. - - A object to which the created Image file should be sent. - A object which specifies the image format. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Image format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Image file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Image format using the defined Image-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Image file. - A object which specifies the Image export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path using the specified image format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Image file. - A object which specifies the image format. - - - - Exports a document to HTML and then inserts it into a specified e-mail. - - A object. - - - - Exports a document to HTML and then inserts it into a specified e-mail. - - A object. - A object. - - - - Exports a document to HTML and then inserts it into a specified e-mail. - - A object. - A value, specifying the sender. - A value, specifying a comma-separated list of recipients. - A value, specifying the e-mail subject. - A object. - - - - Exports a document to HTML and then inserts it into a specified e-mail. - - A value, specifying the sender. - A value, specifying a comma-separated list of recipients. - A value, specifying the e-mail subject. - A object. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in MHT format. - - A object to which the created MHT file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in MHT format using the defined MHT-specific options. - - A object to which the created MHT file should be sent. - An object which specifies the MHT export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in MHT format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created MHT file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in MHT format using the defined MHT-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created MHT file. - An object which specifies the MHT export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in PDF format. - - A object to which the created PDF file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in PDF format using the defined PDF-specific options. - - A object to which the created PDF file should be sent. - A object which specifies the PDF export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in PDF format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PDF file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in PDF format using the defined PDF-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PDF file. - A object which specifies the PDF export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in RTF format. - - A object to which the created RTF file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in RTF format using the defined RTF-specific options. - - A to which the created RTF file should be sent. - An object, representing options, which define how a document is exported to RTF format. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in RTF format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created RTF file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in RTF format using the defined RTF-specific options. - - A , which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created RTF file. - An object, representing options, which define how a document is exported to RTF format. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Text format. - - A object to which the created Text file should be sent. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in Text format using the defined Text-specific options. - - A object to which the created Text file should be sent. - A object which specifies the Text export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Text format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Text file. - - - - Exports a document to the specified file path in Text format using the defined Text-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created Text file. - A object which specifies the Text export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLS format. - - A object to which the created XLS file should be sent. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLS format using the defined XLS-specific options. - - A object to which the created XLS file should be sent. - An object which specifies the XLS export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLS format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created XLS file. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLS format using the defined XLS-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created XLS file. - An object which specifies the XLS export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLSX format. - - A object to which the created XLSX file should be sent. - - - - Exports a report to the specified stream in XLSX format using the defined XLSX-specific options. - - A object to which the created XLSX file should be sent. - An object which specifies the XLSX export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLSX format. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created XLSX file. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XLSX format using the defined XLSX-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created XLSX file. - An object which specifies the XLSX export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Exports a document to the specified stream in XPS format using the specified XPS-specific options. - - A object to which the created XPS file should be sent. - An object which specifies the XPS export options to be applied when a document is exported. - - - - Exports a report to the specified file path in XPS format using the specified XPS-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created XPS file. - An object which specifies the XPS export options to be applied when a report is exported. - - - - Fires after page rendering if a gap remains between the rendered areas. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Gets the current visibility of the specified printing system command. - - A enumeration value which represents the visibility of the specified command. - A enumeration value which specifies the command whose visibility is to be determined. - - - - Gets the intersecting bricks within the document. - - A collection of intersecting objects. - - - - Gets a object used for drawing in the current report. - - A object. - - - - Highlights the intersecting bricks within the document. - - A to paint the intersecting bricks. - - - - - - - - - - Inserts a page break at a specified position. - - A value which specified the position to insert a page break. - - - - Inserts a page break at a specified position, with the specified settings for the subsequent page. - - A value which specifies the position to insert a page break. - A object. - A enumeration value. - A structure. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the orientation of a report page. - - true, if the landscape page orientation is used; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads a document from a object, containing data in a native XML format (PRNX). - - A object containing PRNX data. - - - - Loads a document from a file in a native XML format (PRNX). - - A , which specifies the file name (including the full path) of the PRNX file to be loaded. - - - - Prevents the document from being modified. - - - - - Draws a selection rectangle around the specified brick located on the specified page. - - A object representing the brick around which a selection rectangle will be drawn. - A object representing the page on which the brick is located. Note that if a brick is split across two or more pages, then only the part of the brick which is located on the specified page will be selected. - - - - Gets the bounds of a report page. - - A that represents page length and width (in hundredths of an inch). - - - - Gets the number of document pages. - - An integer value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Gets the current page margin settings. - - The current page margin. - - - - Provides access to a collection of pages generated for this printing system. - - A object which represents a collection of pages. - - - - Gets the current page settings. - - An object containing the current page settings. - - - - Occurs when page settings change. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Occurs before sending every document page to a printer to indicate the current printing progress. - - - - - Provides access to the object that reflects the current state of a document's generating or exporting. - - A object which is intended to track the process of a document's creation. - - - - Removes the existing command handler for one or several of the printing system commands (listed in the enumeration). - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Removes the specified service type from the service container. - - The type of service to remove. - - - - Removes the specified service type from the service container. - - The type of service to remove. - true if this service should be removed from any parent service containers; otherwise, false. - - - - Resets all settings of the printing system's . - - - - - Saves a document to a object in a native XML format (PRNX). - - A object to which the created PRNX file should be sent. - - - - Saves a document to a object in a native XML format (PRNX) using the specified PRNX-specific options. - - A object to which the created PRNX file should be sent. - A object which specifies the PRNX-specific options to be applied when a document is saved. - - - - Saves a document to the specified file path in a native XML format (PRNX). - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PRNX file. - - - - Saves a document to the specified file path in a native XML format (PRNX) using the specified PRNX-specific options. - - A which specifies the file name (including the full path) for the created PRNX file. - A object which specifies the PRNX-specific options to be applied when a document is saved. - - - - Occurs when a scale factor of the current document has been changed. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Changes the visibility of the specified printing system command. - - A enumeration value which specifies the command whose visibility needs to be changed. - A enumeration value which specifies the new visibility state for the commands. - - - - Changes the visibility of the specified printing system command. - - An array of enumeration values which specify the commands whose visibility needs to be changed. - A enumeration value which specifies the new visibility state for the commands. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies whether an error message is shown when the page margins are set outside the printable area. - - true to show the margins warning dialog; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not to show a print status dialog when printing a document. - - true to show the print status dialog; otherwise false. - - - - Occurs before the printing system's document is printed. - - - - - Unlocks a previously locked document. - - - - - Removes a selection rectangle which was previously drawn around the specified brick using the method. - - A object representing the brick which should be deselected. - A object representing the page on which the brick is located. Note that if a brick is split across two or more pages, then only the part of the brick which is located on the specified page will be deselected. - - - - Specifies the name of the user that created the document. - - A value. - - - - Gets the document's watermark. - - A object specifying the document's watermark. - - - - Occurs after creation of an XLS or XLSX document worksheet has finished. - - - - - Represents different settings used to specify how a document is exported from the Print Preview. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which indicates whether the resulting file should be automatically opened after exporting a document from the Print Preview. - - An enumeration value which specifies the action performed after export is finished. - - - - Gets or sets the file path to which, by default, a document is exported from the Print Preview. - - A which represents the default file path. - - - - Specifies the default format to which a document is exported from the Print Preview form. - - A enumeration value, corresponding to the required export format. - - - - Gets or sets the file name to which, by default, a document is exported from the Print Preview. - - A which represents the default file name. - - - - Identifies the default file name for a document being exported from the Print Preview. - - - - - - Specifies the default format to which a document is converted, when the command is executed. - - A enumeration value, corresponding to the required format. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies how the file path to export a document is obtained when exporting a document from the Print Preview. - - A enumeration value which specifies how the file path is obtained. - - - - Gets or sets a value which indicates whether an Export Options window should be shown when an end-user exports a document from the Print Preview. - - true to show the Export Options window; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Gets the index of the current page that should be sent to a printer, next. - - An integer value representing the zero-based page index. - - - - Gets or sets the page settings of the current page that should be sent to a printer, next. - - A object, containing page settings of the current page. - - - - Gets a value indicating what type of print operation is occurring. - - One of the enumeration vlaues. - - - - Represents the method that will handle the event. - - An object of any type that triggers the event. - A object that provides data for the event. - - - - The base class for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Printing System. - - A object that represents the Print Tool's Printing System. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Prints the current document. - - - - - Prints the current document on the specified printer. - - A representing the name of the printer on which the current document should be printed. - - - - Provides access to the corresponding printer settings. - - A object. - - - - Provides access to the Printing System of the . - - A class descendant. - - - - A visual brick containing a progress bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified position. - - An integer value specifying the progress bar position. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "ProgressBar". - - - - Gets or sets the color to fill a progress bar brick's content. - - A object which specifies the fill color of a progress bar. - - - - Gets or sets the color of progress bars displayed in the current brick. - - A which represents the progress bars color. - - - - Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar brick. - - An integer value which represents the current position (0-100). - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property. - - A which represents the text value that will be shown as the brick's text. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Provides functionality to reflect the current state of a document's printing or exporting. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the 's range can be auto-created. - - true if a range can be auto-created; otherwise, false. - - - - Disables the progress reflector. - - - - - Enables the progress reflector. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Initializes the and sets its maximum value to the specified value. - - An integer value to be set to the maximum value of the . - - - - Initializes the 's range using the specified maximum value. - - An integer value to be set to the maximum value of the . - - - - Specifies the logic for the class. For internal use only. - - - - - - Sets the maximum value that is possible for the current range, indicating that the process has been finished. - - - - - Sets the maximum possible value to the property, indicating that the process has been finished. - - - - - Gets the maximum value of the current . - - An integer value. - - - - Gets the value indicating the current position of the . - - An integer value. - - - - Occurs after the position of the current range has been changed. - - - - - Returns the number of sub-ranges for the . - - An integer value, specifying the number of ranges. - - - - Gets or sets a value which reflects the state of a process within the current range. - - A value which represents the state of a process. - - - - Registers the specified progress reflector as an active reflector to show current progress. - - A object to register as the active reflector. - - - - Sets the ranges which will be used by the to reflect progress states. - - An array of values which represent the ranges reflecting progress states. - - - - For internal use. Sets the ranges which will be used by the to reflect progress states. - - An array of values which represent the ranges reflecting progress states. - A ProgressReflectorLogic object. - - - - Sets the ranges which will be used by the to reflect progress states. - - An array of float values which represent the ranges reflecting progress states. - - - - Unregisters the specified progress reflector, so it will no longer show the current progress. - - A object to unregister. - - - - Gets or sets a value which reflects the state of a process being tracked by this . - - A float value which represents the state of a process. - - - - Defines the recipient settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified recipient address. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified address and field type. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient field type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified address and contact name. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient contact name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified address, contact name, and field type. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient contact name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient field type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified address, contact name, field type and the message prefix. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient contact name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the prefix defining a way to send messages. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified address, contact name and the message prefix. - - A value that specifies the recipient e-mail address. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient contact name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the prefix defining a way to send messages. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the recipient field type. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the recipient's email address. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the email recipient name. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the email recipient type. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the email message prefix (e.g., "SMTP:" or "Fax:"). - - A value. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the class. - - A value. - - - - A collection of objects, specifying the list of recipients who are to receive an exported document via email. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Appends an array of recipients to the collection. - - An array of the class descendants to append to the collection. - - - - Provides access to individual items in the collection by their address. - - A value specifying the address of the recipient to get. - A which represents the recipient with the specified address. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the field type to which the current recipient belongs. - - - - - Indicates the BCC (blind carbon copy) field type. - - - - - Indicates the CC (carbon copy) field type. - - - - - Indicates the To field type (the field of primary recipients). - - - - - Lists the available RTF export modes. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file. Note that in this mode, page headers and footers are added to the resulting RTF file only once, at the beginning and at the end of the document. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file, page-by-page. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to RTF format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating how a document is exported to RTF. - - An enumeration value which represents the RTF export mode. - - - - Specifies how the file path to export a document is obtained, when exporting a document which is currently displayed in the Print Preview. - - - - - A document is exported to the path specified by the and properties. So, the Save File dialog isn't shown in this case. - - - - - A document is exported using the file path and the file name specified by an end-user in the Save File dialog, which is shown prior to exporting a document. - - - - - Contains classes that implement the shape functionality in XtraPrinting. - - - - - Defines the base class for all the shape types represented by a closed figure. - - - - - Defines the base class for all the shape types whose corners can be filleted. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying how shape corners are rounded (in percent). - - An integer value which shows how corners are rounded. This value should be from 0 to 100. - - - - Contains the enumeration that is used to localize the names of various supported shapes. - - - - - Lists the values that are used to localize the names of supported kinds. - - - - - "Arrow" - - - - - "Backslant Line" - - - - - "Bottom Arrow" - - - - - "Brace" - - - - - "Bracket" - - - - - "Cross" - - - - - "8-Point Star" - - - - - "Ellipse" - - - - - "5-Point Star" - - - - - "4-Point Star" - - - - - "Hexagon" - - - - - "Horizontal Line" - - - - - "Left Arrow" - - - - - "Line" - - - - - "Octagon" - - - - - "Pentagon" - - - - - "Polygon" - - - - - "Rectangle" - - - - - "Right Arrow" - - - - - "6-Point Star" - - - - - "Slant Line" - - - - - "Square" - - - - - "Star" - - - - - "3-Point Star" - - - - - "Top Arrow" - - - - - "Triangle" - - - - - "Vertical Line" - - - - - Represents the arrow shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the height of an arrow (in percent). - - An integer value which represents the height of an arrow. This value should be from 0 to 100. - - - - Gets or sets the width of an arrow (in percent). - - An integer value which represents the width of an arrow. This value should be from 0 to 100. - - - - Defines the base class for all the shape types. - - - - - Override this method to get the name of the shape. - - A string, representing the shape's name. - - - - Represents the brace shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies how brace corners are rounded. - - An integer value which represents how brace corners are rounded. - - - - Gets or sets the length of a brace's tail. - - An integer value which represents a tail's length. - - - - Represents the bracket shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the length of a brace's tip. - - An integer value which represents a tip's length. - - - - Represents the cross shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal line width of a cross (in percents). - - An integer value which represents the width of a horizontal line. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical line width of a cross (in percents). - - An integer value which represents the width of a vertical line. - - - - Represents the ellipse shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Represents the line shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Represents the regular polygon shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of polygon sides. - - An integer value which represents the number of sides in a polygon. - - - - Defines the base class for all the shape types based on a regular polygon. - - - - - Represents the rectangle shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Represents the regular star shape type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the star's concavity value. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the number of points for the star shape. - - An integer value that specifies the number of points for the star shape. - - - - A visual brick containing a shape. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets or sets the angle (in degrees) by which the shape's image is rotated. - - An integer value specifying the angle by which the shape's image is rotated. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Shape". - - - - Gets or sets the color to fill the shape's contents. - - A object which represents the fill color of a shape. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the shape displayed in the current brick. - - A which represents the shape color in the current brick. - - - - Specifies the 's line style. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the line which is used to draw the shape image. - - An integer value representing the width of the line. - - - - Gets or sets an object which determines a particular shape type along with its settings. - - A class descendant which contains settings for a particular shape type. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not to stretch a shape when it's rotated. - - true to stretch the shape; otherwise, false. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Lists the cell size modes supported by the control. - - - - - Only the cell height depends on the current font size of a control (the property is ignored), and the value is specified manually.With this setting, the actual cell height does not depend on the specified border width of a control, while the effective cell width is the difference between the specified and values. - - - - - The cell size depends on the current font size of a control (the and properties are ignored).With this setting, the actual cell size does not depend on the specified border width of a control. - - - - - Only the cell width depends on the current font size of a control (the property is ignored), and the value is specified manually.With this setting, the actual cell width does not depend on the specified border width of a control, while the effective cell height is the difference between the specified and values. - - - - - The cell size is determined by the and property values and does not depend on the assigned font size.With this setting, the actual cell size is less than the specified CellHeight and CellWidth by the value. - - - - - Represents a row in the . - - - - - Initializes an instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the array of bricks held by the . - - A BrickList object which represents the array of bricks held by the . - - - - Represents a collection of rows owned by the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty and has the default initial capacity. - - - - - Adds the specified object to the collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - An integer value indicating the position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and adds it to the collection. - - The object added to the collection of rows. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired item's position within the collection. If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A object which represents the table row at the specified position. - - - - A visual brick that contains text. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value, specifying the visibility of the brick's borders. - A value, specifying the brick's border width. - A structure, specifying the color of the brick's borders. - A structure, specifying the brick's background color. - A structure, specifying the brick's foreground color. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick style. - - A object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Text". - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Defines the font used to draw text within the current brick. - - The text font within the current brick. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text. - - A value that specifies the horizontal alignment of the text. - - - - Gets or sets the formatting string applied to the brick's text. - - A object which represents the formatting string for the brick's text. - - - - Gets an object which represents the value that will be shown as the brick's text. - - A which represents the text value that will be shown as the brick's text. - - - - Gets or sets the format string which is applied to the . - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text. - - A value that specifies the vertical alignment of the text. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the format settings that are applied to a document when it is exported to XLS format. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the format settings used when a document is exported to an Excel file (XLS or XLSX). - - A value, representing the format string. - - - - Represents the base class for brick classes which contain text. - - - - - Gets or sets the color of the text displayed in the current brick. - - A which represents the text color in the current brick. - - - - Gets or sets the text to be displayed within the current brick. - - A representing the text to be displayed within the brick. - - - - An editing field for changing the content of text controls in Print Preview. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the specified visual brick. - - A visual brick used to render an editing field in Print Preview. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the name of an editor used to change a field value in Print Preview. - - A string that specifies the editor name. - - - - Specifies whether to use the formatting of the data fields in the bound dataset for the cells in the exported XLS (or XLSX) document. - - - - - Exports all data fields to the XLS (or XLSX) file as strings, with the corresponding formatting embedded into those strings. - - - - - Exports all data fields to the XLS (or XLSX) file using the same formatting as they have in the original document. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to text. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator settings. - - A containing symbols which will be used to separate the document's text elements in the created text file. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator and encoding settings. - - A containing symbols which will be used to separate the document's text elements in the created text file. This value is assigned to the property. - A class descendant specifying the encoding of the created text document. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified separator, encoding and text export mode settings. - - A containing symbols which will be used to separate the document's text elements in the created text file. This value is assigned to the property. - A class descendant specifying the encoding of the created TXT document. This value is assigned to the property. - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - - - - Contains the default value for the property. By default, when a document is exported to a Text file, this value is equal to "\t". - - - - - - Represents the base class for objects which define export options specific for Text and CSV formats. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the encoding of the text-based file to which a report is exported. - - A class descendant specifying the encoding of the text-based file. - - - - Gets or sets a value used to serialize the property. - - An enumeration value which represents the encoding type of the created text-based document. - - - - Returns the character(s) used as text separators for CSV export. - - A value, specifying the actual separator character(s). - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a string with separators should be placed in quotation marks when a document is exported to a Text-based file. - - true to quote (place quotation marks around) text elements containing symbols which are the same as the specified separator string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the symbol(s) to separate text elements when a document is exported to a Text-based file. - - A containing the symbol(s) which will be used to separate text elements in the created Text-based file. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the formatting of the data fields in the bound dataset for the cells in the exported TXT, CSV, XLS or XLSX document. - - A enumeration value. - - - - An object implementing the interface that is drawn using the method. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of brick within the page layout rectangle. - - A enumeration, specifying the alignment. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "PageUser". - - - - Gets or sets the brick alignment related to the top of the parent area. - - A enumeration member, specifying the alignment. - - - - A visual brick that is drawn on a page by an object implementing the interface. - - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Default". - - - - Gets a user implementation of the interface drawn via the method. - - User implementation of the interface. - - - - For internal use. Checks whether the specified brick fits the empty space on the bottom of the page, and if it doesn't, moves it (or part of it) to the next page. - - A object value specifying the bottom of the current page. - true to forcibly split non-separable bricks; otherwise, false. - A object specifying the suggested new end position of the current page. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IPrintingSystemContext interface, used to access page settings. - A value specifying the new location of the empty space on the bottom of the page. In an instance where the brick on the page has to be moved to the next page, the new bottom position of the current page will be returned. - - - - Checks whether the specified brick fits the empty space on the right side of the page and if it doesn't, moves it (or part of it) to the next page. - - A value specifying the right edge of the current page. - A object specifying the suggested new right position of the current page. - A value specifying the new location of the empty space on the right side of the page. In an instance where the brick on the page has to be moved to the next page, the new right position of the current page will be returned. - - - - A visual brick that is rendered on a page as a simple rectangle and the base for all other visual bricks. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value(s) which specifies the borders displayed around the brick. - A value which specifies the border width of the brick, measured in pixels. - A object which specifies the border color of the brick. - A object which specifies the background color of the brick. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified brick style. - - A object specifying the brick style. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Defines the background color for the current . - - The background color for the current . - - - - Gets an object containing information about the bookmark for this . - - A object. - - - - Defines the border color for the current . - - The border color for the current . - - - - Specifies the dash style for the brick's border. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the border style of a brick. - - A enumeration value that represents the border style of a brick. - - - - Specifies the border width of the current object. - - A value representing the border width, measured in units. - - - - Gets the owner of this brick. - - An object, which implements the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "Visual". - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - This method is intended for internal use only. Normally, you don't need to use it. - - A float value specifying the dpi for the created layout data object. - An object implementing the DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.LayoutAdjustment.ILayoutData interface. - - - - Returns the client rectangle of this . - - A object, representing the brick layout rectangle. - A value, specifying the printing resolution. - A object, representing the brick's client rectangle. - - - - For internal use. - - An object implementing the interface. - A value. - - - - Defines the text displayed as the current brick hint. - - A value that represents the hint text of the brick. - - - - Gets a string value, which is intended for serialization of the brick's bookmark. - - A value. - - - - Gets an index of a page, which contains a bookmark's brick. - - An integer value representing a page index. - - - - Provides access to the brick-page pair, associated with the current brick. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the padding values of a brick. - - A object which contains the padding values of a brick (measured in pixels). - - - - Gets or sets the Printing System used to create and print this brick. - - A object which specifies the Printing System used to create and print this brick. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Determines whether the current brick can be divided into several parts horizontally. - - true if the current brick can be split horizontally; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the current brick can be divided into several parts vertically. - - true if the current brick can be split vertically; otherwise, false. - - - - Defines the border settings for the current . - - The border settings for the current . - - - - Gets or sets the instance used to render a brick in an appropriate format. - - A instance to render a brick. - - - - Gets or sets the text associated with the . - - Always returns . - - - - Specifies the original value for the . - - The original value for the . - - - - Specifies the format string applied to the visual brick's TextValue. - - A value. - - - - Specifies whether the brick hint's content corresponds to the brick's text. - - true to use the brick's text for the hint; otherwise, false. - - - - Checks whether the specified brick fits the empty space on the right side of the page and if it doesn't, moves it (or part of it) to the next page. - - A value specifying the right edge of the current page. - A object specifying the suggested new right position of the current page. - A value specifying the new location of the empty space on the right side of the page. In an instance where the brick on the page has to be moved to the next page, the new right position of the current page will be returned. - - - - Specifies the native XLSX format string, to accompany the instance. - - A value, representing the XLSX format string. - - - - Contains classes that provide data contracts functionality to the client side of web reporting controls. - - - - - Provides information about a data source. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the data serialized to the report layout in JSON format using the property. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the name of a data source serializer. - - A value, specifying the data source serializer name. - - - - Specifies the data source ID. - - A value, specifying the data source ID. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the data source is a object. - - true if the data source is a ; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the data source name. - - A value, specifying the data source name. - - - - Lists the available modes for color palette compatibility with different workbooks versions. - - - - - Degrade the color values to match the 56 standard colors of the default workbook palette. - - - - - Keep the original color values, but include only the first 56 colors into the palette. - - - - - Contains classes that are intended to support XAML serialization of documents on various platforms. - - - - - Lists the values that indicate the document markup compatibility of various software platforms. - - - - - XAML is Silverlight-compatible. - - - - - XAML is WPF-compatible. - - - - - Provides options that specify the Document Properties of the resulting Excel file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Program name property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document application name. - - - - Copies all settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Authors property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document author. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Categories property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document categories. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - An object that is a copy of the current object. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Comments property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies comments about the document. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Company property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document company. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Subject property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document primary subject. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Tags property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies document tags. - - - - Specifies a string to be added as the Title property of the resulting XLS file. - - A string value that specifies the document title. - - - - Provides the options to encrypt XLSX files. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the password to open the file. - - A vaue, specifying the password to open the file. The default is string.Empty. - - - - Specifies the applied encryption mechanism. - - An enumeration value, specifying the encryption mechanism. - - - - Lists the supported encryption types. - - - - - Applies the Standard Encryption mechanism that is compatible with Excel 2007. - - - - - Applies the Agile Encryption mechanism. - - - - - Represents the base class for objects which define export options specific to XLS and XLSX formats. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode and grid lines settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode, grid lines and hyperlinks settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to fit the output document to the page width when printing. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to fit the output document to the page width when printing. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies whether to align the output document layout to support locales using right-to-left fonts. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a System.ArgumentNullException will be thrown. - - - - Provides access to options to be embedded as the resulting XLS or XLSX file's Document Properties. - - An object that specifies the resulting document options. - - - - Provides access to the XLS and XLSX file encryption options. - - An object. - - - - Specifies whether or not hyperlinks should be exported to Excel. - - true to export hyperlinks; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the output document should be fit to the page height when printed. - - true, to fit the output document to the printed page height; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the output document should be fit to the page width when printed. - - true, if the output document should be fit to the printed page width. - - - - Specifies the document errors to be ignored in a resulting Excel file. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Enables the mode that produces simple tabular data without graphic elements, style and appearance settings. - - True, to enable the raw data export mode; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the layout of the resulting XLS document should be aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - A value indicating whether the document layout is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Gets or sets a name of the sheet in the created XLS file to which a document is exported. - - A representing the sheet name set in the resulting XLS file. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid lines should be visible in the resulting XLS file. - - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cells in the resulting XLS document should use the same formatting as the original document. - - A enumeration value, specifying the text export mode in the resulting XLS document. - - - - Lists the document errors that should be ignored by Excel. - - - - - No document errors are ignored in a resulting Excel file. - - - - - Values stored as text are ignored in a resulting Excel file. - - - - - Lists the available XLS export modes. - - - - - A document is exported to multiple files, page-by-page. In this mode every document page is exported to a single XLS file. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file. Note that in this mode, page headers and footers are added to the resulting XLS file only once, at the beginning and at the end of the document. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file, page-by-page. In this mode, each page is exported to an individual sheet of the same XLS file. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to XLS format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode and grid lines settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode, grid lines and hyperlinks settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to show the grid lines in the resulting XLS file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to fit the output document to the page width when printing. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - true to display the grid lines; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to export hyperlinks; otherwise false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to allow more than 256 columns without warning; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to allow more than 65536 rows without warning; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Specifies whether the document should be exported to a single or different XLS files, each page in a separate file. - - An enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the range of pages to be exported. - - A specifying the range of pages. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress the exception that raises when trying to export a document to an XLS file with more than 256 columns. - - true, to suppress the exception and reduce the number of columns in the resulting XLS file; false, to cancel the export and fire the exception. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to suppress the exception that raises when trying to export a document to an XLS file with more than 65,536 rows. - - true, to suppress the exception and reduce the number of rows in the resulting XLS file; false, to cancel the export and fire the exception. - - - - Specifies the color palette compatibility mode with different workbooks versions. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Contains options that define how a document is exported to XLS format in the data-aware export mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode. - - A enumeration value, specifying a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Fires immediately after a row is added to the output document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets whether cell merging is enabled for band headers in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell merging is enabled for band headers in the exported document. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether cell merging is enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell merging is enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether the headers of the same name are exported as merged cells. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - to export the headers of the same name as merged cells; when unspecified and to not allow header cells to merge. - - - - Gets or sets whether conditional formatting rules applied to columns are preserved in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether conditional formatting rules are preserved in the exported document. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets or sets whether the column header panel is anchored to the top of the export document and not scrolled vertically. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether the column header panel is anchored to the top of the export document - - - - Gets or sets whether left fixed columns enabled in a grid control are fixed in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column anchoring is enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether data groups are exported from the source control to the output document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether data groups are exported from the source control to the output document. - - - - Gets or sets whether hyperlinks are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether hyperlinks are exported to the resulting document. - - - - Gets or sets whether combo-box and lookup columns' lookup values are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether lookup values of combo-box and lookup columns are exported. - - - - Gets or sets whether columns' sorting and filtering functionality is enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether the sorting and filtering functionality is enabled for columns in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether sparklines are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether sparklines are exported. - - - - Gets or sets whether cell formatting (cell appearance and borders) is applied to the entire sheet columns (faster) or individual sheet cells in the range of exported rows (slower). Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell formatting is applied to entire sheet columns or to individual sheet cells within the range of exported rows. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets or sets whether to set the minimum value for the Icon Set conditional formatting rule explicitly.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - to specify the conditional formatting rule's minimum value in the exported document; when unspecified and to leave the rule's minimum value unassigned. - - - - Gets or sets how bands and columns are arranged in the output worksheet (when exporting from Banded Views).Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that identifies the current layout of bands and columns in the output worksheet. - - - - Allows you to customize a native Excel table's settings before export. This event is in effect when the property is set to Table.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a formula exported as total summary excludes cells with group summary values even if group summaries are calculated at runtime as custom summaries.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - True, if the total summary in the exported document is calculated against multiple cell ranges excluding cells with group summary values; otherwise, false. - - - - When exporting to XLS format, this event allows you to customize a cell in the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize an individual column in the exported document - change its width, formatting, collapse the group containing the column or hide the column. - - - - - Allows you to add a footer to the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to add a header to the output document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize the output document's settings. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to apply filters to the exported document's columns.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the export document's culture which defines numeric and date-time data formatting settings. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - The export document's culture. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the property instead.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - - Fires repeatedly while the data is being exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the export type - WYSIWYG or Data Aware. - - The enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets data groups' expanded state in the exported document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies the expanded state of data groups in the output document. - - - - Gets or sets whether data is exported in regular mode or as a native Excel table.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether data is exported in regular mode or as a native Excel table. The default value is Standard. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether band headers are visible in the exported document. This option is in effect when exporting from Banded Grid Views if the option is set to Default. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether band headers are visible in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether column headers are visible in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column headers are visible in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether group summaries are enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether group summaries are enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether a title is displayed for each print preview page of the exported document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether a title is displayed for each print preview page of the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether total summaries are enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether total summaries are enabled in the exported document. - - - - Allows you to hide certain summary footers (or certain multi-line summary footers' lines) from the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Count summary function takes all cells into account or only non-blank cells when exporting to Excel format.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, if non-blank and blank cells are counted; false if non-blank cells are only counted. The default value is false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the source control cells with Empty Strings are exported as Blank cells in Excel format.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, to export the source control cells with Empty Strings as Blank cells; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether column values or column expressions are exported for unbound (calculated) columns.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column values or column expressions are exported for unbound (calculated) columns. The default value is AsValue. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An integer value, specifying the Excel sheet index number. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the Excel sheet name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the Excel sheet index number. - - An integer value. - - - - Specifies the Excel sheet name. - - A value. - - - - Lists the available XLSX export modes. - - - - - A document is exported to multiple files, page-by-page. In this mode every document page is exported to a single XLSX file. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file. Note that in this mode, page headers and footers are added to the resulting XLSX file only once, at the beginning and at the end of the document. - - - - - A document is exported to a single file, page-by-page. In this mode, each page is exported to an individual sheet of the same XLSX file. - - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to XLSX format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode and grid lines settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLSX file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode, grid lines and hyperlink settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. - true to show the grid lines in the resulting XLSX file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object, which specifies a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to show the grid lines in the resulting XLSX file; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to export hyperlinks; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to fit the output document to the page width when printing. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a System.ArgumentNullException will be thrown. - - - - Specifies whether the source is exported as a single XLSX file or multiple files, and whether each page is exported as a separate worksheet. - - An enumeration value, representing the XLSX export mode. - - - - Gets or sets the range of pages to be exported. - - A specifying the range of pages. - - - - Contains options that define how a document is exported to XLSX format in the data-aware export mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text export mode. - - A enumeration value, specifying a format in which data values should be saved. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Fires immediately after a row is added to the output document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets whether cell merging is enabled for band headers in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell merging is enabled for band headers in the exported document. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether cell merging is enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell merging is enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether the headers of the same name are exported as merged cells. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - to export the headers of the same name as merged cells; when unspecified and to not allow header cells to merge. - - - - Gets or sets whether conditional formatting rules applied to columns are preserved in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether conditional formatting rules are preserved in the exported document. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets or sets whether the column header panel is anchored to the top of the export document and not scrolled vertically. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether the column header panel is anchored to the top of the export document - - - - Gets or sets whether left fixed columns enabled in a grid control are fixed in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column anchoring is enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether data groups are exported from the source control to the output document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether data groups are exported from the source control to the output document. - - - - Gets or sets whether hyperlinks are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether hyperlinks are exported to the resulting document. - - - - Gets or sets whether combo-box and lookup columns' lookup values are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether lookup values of combo-box and lookup columns are exported. - - - - Gets or sets whether columns' sorting and filtering functionality is enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether the sorting and filtering functionality is enabled for columns in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether sparklines are exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether sparklines are exported. - - - - Gets or sets whether cell formatting (cell appearance and borders) is applied to the entire sheet columns (faster) or individual sheet cells in the range of exported rows (slower). Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether cell formatting is applied to entire sheet columns or to individual sheet cells within the range of exported rows. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets or sets whether to set the minimum value for the Icon Set conditional formatting rule explicitly.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - to specify the conditional formatting rule's minimum value in the exported document; when unspecified and to leave the rule's minimum value unassigned. - - - - Gets or sets how bands and columns are arranged in the output worksheet (when exporting from Banded Views).Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that identifies the current layout of bands and columns in the output worksheet. - - - - Allows you to customize a native Excel table's settings before export. This event is in effect when the property is set to Table. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a formula exported as total summary excludes cells with group summary values even if group summaries are calculated at runtime as custom summaries.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - True, if the total summary in the exported document is calculated against multiple cell ranges excluding cells with group summary values; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to customize a cell in the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize an individual column in the exported document - change its width, formatting, collapse the group containing the column or hide the column.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize the footer in the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize the header in the output document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to customize the output document's settings. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Allows you to apply filters to the exported document's columns.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the export document's culture which defines numeric and date-time data formatting settings. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - The export document's culture. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the property instead.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - - Fires repeatedly while the data is being exported.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the export type - WYSIWYG or Data Aware. - - The enumeration member. - - - - Gets or sets data groups' expanded state in the exported document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies the expanded state of data groups in the output document. - - - - Gets or sets whether data is exported in regular mode or as a native Excel table.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether data is exported in regular mode or as a native Excel table. The default value is Standard. - - - - Gets or sets whether band headers are visible in the exported document. This option is in effect when exporting from Banded Grid Views if the option is set to Default. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether band headers are visible in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether column headers are visible in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column headers are visible in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether group summaries are enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether group summaries are enabled in the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether a title is displayed for each print preview page of the exported document. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether a title is displayed for each print preview page of the exported document. - - - - Gets or sets whether total summaries are enabled in the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether total summaries are enabled in the exported document. - - - - Allows you to hide certain summary footers (or certain multi-line summary footers' lines) from the exported document.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Count summary function takes all cells into account or only non-blank cells when exporting to Excel format.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, if non-blank and blank cells are counted; false if non-blank cells are only counted. The default value is false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the source control cells with Empty Strings are exported as Blank cells in Excel format.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, to export the source control cells with Empty Strings as Blank cells; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to suppress the exception that is raised if you export more than 16,384 columns to an XLSX file.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, to prevent the exception from raising; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to suppress the exception that is raised on attempting to export more than 1,048,576 rows to an XLSX file. Only available in data-aware export mode. - - true, to prevent the exception from raising; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether column values or column expressions are exported for unbound (calculated) columns.Only available in data-aware export mode. - - A value that specifies whether column values or column expressions are exported for unbound (calculated) columns. The default value is AsValue. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the compression level of the XPS document. - - - - - XPS document is compressed fast, but with a lower level of compression. - - - - - XPS document is compressed with the best level of compression, but it requires more time. - - - - - XPS document is compressed with a normal level of compression. - - - - - XPS document is not compressed. - - - - - XPS document is compressed very fast, but with the lowest level of compression. - - - - - Contains options which specify the Document Properties of the created XPS file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Category property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Category. - - - - Creates a copy of the current object. - - A object which is a copy of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Creator property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Creator. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Description property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Description. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Keywords property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores keywords. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Subject property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Subject. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Title property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Title. - - - - Gets or sets the string to be added as a Version property of the resulting XPS file. - - A which stores a Version. - - - - Contains options which define how a document is exported to XPS format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the compression level of the XPS document. - - An enumeration level. - - - - Gets the options to be embedded as Document Properties of the created XPS file. - - An object which contains Document Properties options. - - - - The base for classes that provide functionality to print reports. - - - - - Applies the defined page settings. - - Current page settings. - A enumeration value. - A value which represents the size of a custom paper. - A object representing the margins (in hundredths of an inch) of a report page. - A object representing the minimum margins. - true if the page orientation is landscape; otherwise, false. - true to apply page settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Applies the defined page settings. - - Current page settings. - A enumeration value. - A value which represents the size of a custom paper. - A object representing the margins (in hundredths of an inch) of a report page. - A object representing the minimum margins. - true, if the page orientation is landscape; otherwise, false. - A string representing the name of a custom paper. - true, to apply page settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Assigns the page margins, minimum margins, paper kind and other document settings, simultaneously. - - DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object that specifies the page margins. - DevExpress.XtraPrinting.Native.MarginsF object that specifies the minimum value of the document margins. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - A object that specifies the paper size of the document pages. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - A value, specifying the paper name. - - - - Assigns the page margins, paper kind, paper size and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - The margins (measured in 1/300 of an inch) of a report page. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that specifies the paper size of the document pages. This value is assigned to the property. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Assigns the page margins, minimum margins, paper kind and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - A object that specifies the page margins. - A object that specifies the minimum value of the document margins. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - A object that specifies the paper size of the document pages. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - Assigns the page margins, minimum margins, paper kind and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - A object that specifies the margins of the document. - A object that specifies the minimum value of the document margins. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - A object that specifies the paper size of the document pages. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the name of the custom paper which is used in the printer that the document is going to be printed on. - - - - Assigns the page margins, paper kind and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - A object that specifies the page margins of the document. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - Assigns the page margins, paper kind, paper size and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - A object that specifies the page margins. - A value that specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - A object that specifies the size of the document's pages. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - Assigns the page margins, paper kind, paper name and page orientation of a document, simultaneously. - - A object which specifies the margins of the document. - A value which specifies one of the standard paper sizes. - A value which specifies the name of the custom paper which is used in the printer that the document is going to be printed on. - true to print a page in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. - - - - Assigns the specified page settings with the specified minimum margins. - - A object, providing the page settings. - A object that specifies the minimum value of the document margins. - - - - Assigns the default page settings to a report document. - - - - - Assigns the printer settings to the current page settings according to the specified value. - - A value which specifies the name of the printer. - A value which specifies the name of the custom paper which is used in the printer that the document is going to be printed on. - A object specifying which of the printer settings should be assigned. - - - - Gets or sets the bottom page margin. - - The bottom page margin, in hundredths of an inch. - - - - Gets or sets the bottom page margin. - - A value. - - - - Gets the bounds of a report page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property. - - A that represents page length and width (in hundredths of an inch). - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the default margins for a report's pages. - - A object representing the default margins (in hundredths of an inch) of a report page. - - - - Specifies the default minimum margins for a report's pages. - - A object representing the minimum margins (in hundredths of an inch) of a report page. - - - - Represents the default paper type () used in a report. - - - - - - Disposes of the object. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page orientation is landscape. - - true if the page orientation is landscape; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the left page margin. - - The left page margin, in hundredths of an inch. - - - - Gets or sets the left page margin. - - A value. - - - - Gets the margins of a report page. - - The margins (in hundredths of an inch) of a report page. - - - - Gets the margins of a report page measured in three hundredths of an inch. - - The margins (measured in 1/300 of an inch) of a report page. - - - - Gets the minimum size allowed for a report's margins. - - A object which represents the minimum margin size allowed (in hundredths of an inch) for a report page. - - - - Gets or sets the type of paper for the document. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the custom paper used in the printer to be used in printing the document. - - A value, specifying the name of the paper. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the printer to use when printing the document. - - A value which represents the name of the printer to use. - - - - Restores the document page settings from the specified registry. - - A value. - - - - Restores the document page settings from the specified stream. - - A object. - - - - Restores the document page settings from the specified XML file. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the right page margin. - - The right page margin, in hundredths of an inch. - - - - Gets or sets the right page margin. - - A value. - - - - Specifies whether the document is supposed to be printed on roll paper (i.e., as a single uninterrupted page). - - true to provide a continuous document layout, suited for roll paper printing; otherwise false. - - - - Saves the document page settings to the specified registry. - - A value. - - - - Saves the document page settings to the specified stream. - - A object. - - - - Saves the document page settings to the specified XML file. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the top page margin. - - The top page margin, in hundredths of an inch. - - - - Gets or sets the top page margin. - - A value. - - - - Gets the rectangle on the page (in hundredths of an inch) that can contain data. - - A object representing the rectangle on a page which can contain data. - - - - Gets the width and height (in hundredths of an inch) of the page region that can contain data. - - The width and height (in hundredths of an inch) of the page region that can contain data. - - - - Gets the width and height (in pixels) of the page region that can contain data. - - The width and height (in pixels) of the page region that can contain data. - - - - A visual brick that contains a zip code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IBrickOwner interface. - - - - Gets the text string, containing the brick type information. - - A string, characterizing the brick's type. Always returns "ZipCode". - - - - Gets or sets the width of the lines that the numbers in a zip code brick are drawn with. - - An integer value specifying the width (in pixels) of a 's lines. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A . - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Contains classes which provide printing and exporting functionality for standard Windows Forms controls. - - - - - The base class for classes that provide the composite link functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Printing System. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object implementing the interface which specifies the owner container of a class instance. - - - - Specifies the indent between the printed content of individual links. - - An integer value, specifying the blank space between the links' content. - - - - Used to export each link contained in the Composite Link to a separate page (e.g., when exported to PDF, Excel or RTF files). - - - - - Gets a collection of links of a object. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the Printing System used to create and print a document for this link. - - A class descendant. - - - - The base class for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object implementing the interface which specifies the owner container of a class instance. - - - - Adds a subreport to the current report. - - A object which specifies the vertical offset of the subreport within the current report. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the height of the DataGrid to be printed should be calculated automatically. - - true to automatically calculate a data grid's height; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a object to be printed via the current link. - - A object to be printed. - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed by the link. - - A class descendant representing the type. - - - - Gets or sets the data grid's printing style. - - A object. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object to be printed by this link. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this class descendant should use the visual style of the DataGrid it prints. - - true to use the DatGrid style; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a print style used to print the via the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified source print style. - - A object whose properties are to be copied. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified data grid. - - A object whose print style settings are to be copied. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of odd-numbered rows of the grid. - - A that represents the alternating background color. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of even-numbered rows of the grid. - - A that represents the color of rows in the grid. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the caption area. - - A that represents the caption's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the caption area. - - A that represents the foreground color of the caption area. - - - - Duplicates the properties of the specified print style into the current instance. - - A object whose properties are to be copied. - - - - Duplicates the properties of the specified data grid's print style into the current instance. - - A object whose print style settings are to be copied. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid is printed in flat mode. - - true if the grid is displayed flat; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color (typically the color of the text) of the data grid. - - A that represents the foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the grid lines. - - A that represents the color of the grid lines. - - - - Gets or sets the line style of the grid. - - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of all row and column headers. - - A that represents the background color of row and column headers. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of headers. - - A that represents the foreground color of the grid's column headers, including the column header text and the plus/minus glyphs. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the print style. - - A value which specifies the full name of the class. - - - - The base class for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Adds a subreport to the current report. - - A object which specifies the vertical offset of the subreport within the current report. - - - - Gets or sets a object to be printed via the current link. - - A object to be printed. - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed by the link. - - A class descendant representing the System.Windows.Forms.ListView type. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object to be printed by this link. - - - - Provides the general functionality to print controls that implement the interface. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object implementing the interface which specifies the owner container of a class instance. - - - - Gets or sets a user implementation printed via the current link. - - An user implementation. - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed by the link. - - A class descendant representing the type of object that will be printed by this link. This class should implement the interface. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object implementing the interface. - - - - The base class for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified printing system. - - A object which specifies the printing system used to draw the current link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the type of the object to be printed by the link. - - A class descendant representing the type. - - - - Sets the object to be printed by this link. - - A object to be printed by this link. - - - - Gets or sets a object to be printed via the current link. - - A object to be printed. - - - - Contains classes that implement functionality specific to XtraReports. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - When implemented in a class, helps you access, add and remove document pages. - - - - - Adds specified pages to the end of the report document's page collection. - - The page collection to be added to the end of the report document's page collection. - - - - Returns the index of the page whose is specified as a parameter. - - The page ID. - The page index that corresponds to the page ID passed as a parameter. - - - - Inserts a specified page at a specified position. - - The position to insert a page. - The page to insert. - - - - Returns the report document's page count. - - A integer value specifying the report document's page count. - - - - Removes a page at a specified position. - - The position at which to remove a page. - - - - For internal use. Provides the basic functionality for the class. - - - - - - - - - - - If implemented by a class, interrupts the process of document creation. - - - - - Provides access to a document's watermark. - - A object. - - - - Contains classes that are used to handle parameters in XtraReports. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Provides the look-up editor settings for report parameters that are bound to a datasource. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the data adapter for the report parameter. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data member name for the report parameter. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data source for the report parameter. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data member for the report parameter's display name. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data member that is used to sort parameter values in the lookup editor. - - The name of the data field used to sort parameter values in the lookup editor. - - - - Specifies the sort order for the parameter values in the lookup editor. - - A enumeration member specifying the order in which parameter values in the lookup editor are sorted. - - - - Specifies the data member for the report parameter's value. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Enables you to obtain parameter values that were selected in the look-up editor. - - - - - Returns a collection of parameter values that have been selected in a look-up editor. - - A object. - A object. - A object. - - - - Returns a collection of parameter values that have been selected in a look-up editor. - - A object. - A object. - An object implementing the interface. - A object. - - - - Returns an updated collection of parameter values available in a look-up editor. - - A value, specifying the previously selected parameter values. - A collection of objects, specifying the look-up values available for the parameter. - A value, specifying the currently selected parameter values. - - - - Returns an updated collection of parameter values available in a look-up editor. - - A value, specifying the previously selected parameter value. - A collection of objects, specifying the look-up values available for the parameter. - A value, specifying the currently selected parameter value. - - - - The base class for classes that provide the look-up editor settings for report parameters. - - - - - Specifies the data adapter that is used to provide parameter values to the lookup editor. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data member that is used to provide parameter values to the lookup editor. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the data source that is used to provide parameter values to the lookup editor. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the filter criteria applied to the object. - - A value, specifying the filter string. - - - - A parameter's value that is shown in its look-up editor for end-users. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value. - A value. - - - - Creates a new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - A new instance, which is a copy of the current instance. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the parameter value description. - - A value. - - - - "Description" - - - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the parameter value. - - A value. - - - - "Value" - - - - - - A collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Appends an array of look-up values to the collection. - - An array of objects to append to the collection. - - - - Provides functionality to a report parameter. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Indicates whether the parameter's value can be unspecified. - - true, to allow the parameter to be unspecified; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies a description displayed to an end-user, along with the parameter's editor in the Parameters UI, that is generated if the property is enabled. - - A containing the parameter's description. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the look-up editor settings of the parameter. - - A object. - - - - Specifies whether or not a parameter can have multiple values. - - true if a parameter can have multiple values; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the parameter name. - - A that specifies the parameter name. - - - - For internal use. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. Specifies the type of the value associated with the parameter. - - A enumeration value. - - - - For internal use. - - A . - - - - Specifies the object that contains data about the report parameter. - - An that contains data about the report parameter. - - - - Determines which values a report parameter can accept. - - A object, specifying the type declarations. - - - - Specifies the report parameter's value. - - A , which represents the parameter's value. - - - - For internal use. Stores additional information relating to the parameter's value. - - A value. - - - - - - - - - - Specifies whether a parameter's editor should be displayed in the Parameters UI, which is invoked for an end-user if the property is enabled. - - true to display the parameter's editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Appends an array of parameters to the collection. - - An array of objects to append to the collection. - - - - Provides access to individual items in the collection by their names. - - A value specifying the name of the parameter to get. - A object which represents the parameter with the specified name. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Represents a class containing information about a specific parameter and its editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameter and the editor for this parameter. - - A object specifying the parameter for which an event has been raised. This value is assigned to the property. - A class descendant specifying the editor for this parameter. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameter and the editor for this parameter. - - A object specifying the parameter for which an event has been raised. This value is assigned to the property. - A class descendant specifying the editor for this parameter. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets an editor, used to enter a parameter's value. - - A class descendant. Normally, it should be one of the DevExpress XtraEditors. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - Provides access to the parameter associated with the current object. - - A object. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Provides access to information about the requested parameters. - - An array of objects. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Contains information about the parameter, which value was changed. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the type of the value that should be passed to a parameter. - - - - - The parameter returns a Boolean value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a date-time value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a decimal value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a double-precision floating-point number, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a floating-point value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns an integer value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a 64-bit signed integer value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - The parameter returns a string value, corresponding to the type. - - - - - Provides the look-up editor settings for report parameters that are not bound to a datasource. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - A value. - - - - Provides access to the list of static values for the report parameter. - - A object. - - - - Contains classes that enable you to convert a to an . - - - - - Provides options that control the layout of an that is generated by a based on a 's data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not column widths are automatically modified so that the width of total columns matches the width of a View. - - true, to enable the auto width feature; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies whether even rows in the resulting report are painted using the appearance settings provided by the property. - - or to render even rows in the report using the corresponding grid view appearance settings; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether odd rows in the resulting report are painted using the appearance settings provided by the property. - - or to render odd rows in the report using the corresponding grid view appearance settings; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether to add band headers to the report. This option is in effect when the source object supports bands ( and ). - - or to add band headers to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether to add column headers to the report. - - or to add column headers to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether to include group rows in the report. - - or to include group rows in the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether to add group footers to the report. - - or to add group footers to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies the visibility of horizontal grid lines in the report. - - or to add horizontal grid lines to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether to add the summary footer to the report. - - or to add the summary footer to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies the visibility of vertical grid lines in the report. - - or to add vertical grid lines to the report; otherwise . - - - - Specifies whether dedicated print appearance settings () or regular appearance settings () are used when generating a report. - - to use print appearance settings; or to use regular appearance settings. - - - - Lists the horizontal anchoring styles available for a report control. - - - - - A control is anchored to both the left and right edges of its container. - - - - - A control is anchored to the left edge of its container. - - - - - A control is not anchored to any edge of its container. - - - - - A control is anchored to the right edge of its container. - - - - - For internal use. Provides the basic functionality for the class. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, approves the parameters. - - - - A Boolean value. - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, stops displaying the report. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, stops displaying the report. - - - - - Gets the information about the report's parameters. - - A list of the objects that contain information about a specific parameter and its editor. - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, prints the current document. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, prints the current document to the specified printer. - - A representing the name of the printer on which to print the report. - - - - If implemented by a class, invokes the Print dialog. - - true if the user clicks OK in the dialog box; false if the user clicks Cancel; otherwise null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - If implemented by a class, invokes a Page Setup dialog - - A value. - true if the user clicks OK in the dialog box; false if the user clicks Cancel; otherwise null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Print Preview Form which shows the print preview of the report document. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Print Preview Form which shows the print preview of the report document. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Print Preview Form which modally shows the print preview of the report document. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Print Preview Form which modally shows the print preview of the report document. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Ribbon Print Preview showing the report document. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Ribbon Print Preview showing the report document. - - A value. - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Ribbon Print Preview Form which modally shows the print preview of the report. - - - - - For internal use. If implemented by a class, invokes the Ribbon Print Preview Form which modally shows the print preview of the report. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the direction of a line drawn inside an control. - - - - - A line is drawn between the upper-left and bottom-right corners of the rectangle occupied by the control. - - - - - A line is drawn horizontally. - - - - - A line is drawn between the bottom-left and upper-right corners of the rectangle occupied by the control. - - - - - A line is drawn vertically. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the page band should be printed on the same pages with Report Header and Report Footer bands. - - - - - A band is printed on all report pages in the ordinary manner. - - - - - A band is hidden if a page contains a Report Footer. - - - - - A band is hidden if a page contains a Report Header. - - - - - A band is hidden if a page contains a Report Header or Report Footer. - - - - - Enables publishing a report in a Windows Forms application by creating a . - - - - - Enables publishing a report in a Windows Forms application. - - An . - A . - - - - Specifies how a control anchors to the top and/or bottom edges of its container. - - - - - A control is anchored to both the top and bottom edges of its container. - - - - - A control is anchored to the bottom edge of its container. - - - - - A control is not anchored to any edge of its container. - - - - - A control is anchored to the top edge of its container. - - - - - Enables you to convert value types and adjust values to different measure units. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified DPI. - - A value. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the specified DPI according to the current DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the specified DPI according to the current DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the specified DPI according to the current DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the integer value calculated for the specified DPI according to the current DPI. - - An integer value. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - An integer value. - - - - Adjusts the document margins according to the specified DPI setting. - - A object. - A value, specifying the initial DPI setting. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A object. - - - - Adjusts the coordinates of a point calculated for the current DPI according to the specified DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the location and size of a rectangle calculated for the current DPI according to the specified DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the size calculated for the current DPI according to the specified DPI. - - A structure. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - A structure. - - - - Adjusts the integer value calculated for the current DPI according to the specified DPI. - - An integer value. - A value, specifying the required DPI setting. - An integer value. - - - - Returns the current DPI value. - - A value. - - - - Converts the specified string array to a string value that delimits the array values with the "\r\n" sequence. - - An array of values. - A value. - - - - Splits the specified string into an array of substrings at the positions defined by the "\r\n" sequence. - - A value. - An array of values. - - - - Adjusts the specified value to a corresponding value. - - A enumeration value. - A enumeration value. - - - - Adjusts the specified value to a corresponding value. - - A enumeration value. - A enumeration value. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 065138e..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.xml deleted file mode 100644 index eb0ac09..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core - - - - - Contains classes required for DevExpress sparklines. - - - - - The Area sparkline view. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies the opacity (0-255) of the area sparkline. - - A value from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets the type of the sparkline view. - - Always . - - - - Invokes the Visit method of the specified visitor for the current object. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - The Bar sparkline view. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the type of the sparkline view. - - Always . - - - - Invokes the Visit method of the specified visitor for the current object. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - The base for Bar and WinLoss sparkline views. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Specifies the distance between two bars of a bar sparkline. - - An integer value (in pixels). - - - - Interface implementing the Visitor pattern. - - - - - Performs the operation as required by the Visitor and the View, as defined in the Visitor pattern. - - An object for which the operation is performed. - - - - Performs the operation as required by the Visitor and the View, as defined in the Visitor pattern. - - An object for which the operation is performed. - - - - Performs the operation as required by the Visitor and the View, as defined in the Visitor pattern. - - An object for which the operation is performed. - - - - Performs the operation as required by the Visitor and the View, as defined in the Visitor pattern. - - An object for which the operation is performed. - - - - The Line sparkline view. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline marker. - - A value that is the actual marker color. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets whether anti-aliasing (smoothing) is applied to the line view. - - True to apply anti-aliasing to the line view; False to disable anti-aliasing. - - - - Gets or sets the size of an end point's marker. - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Specifies the width of a line in a . - - An integer value specifying the line width (in pixels). - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw line markers. - - A that defines the color to draw line markers. - - - - Gets or sets the size of markers for data points in a line sparkline. - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the marker size of a data point that has the maximum value among all data points. - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the marker size of a data point that has the minimum value among all data points. - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the marker size of all data points that have negative values (less than 0). - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - - - - - - - Sets size for all markers of a sparkline. - - An integer value specifying the new size for sparkline markers (in pixels). - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the visibility of point markers on a sparkline. - - true to show markers for each data point; false to hide them. - - - - Gets or sets the size of a start point's marker. - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Gets the type of the sparkline view. - - Always . - - - - Invokes the Visit method of the specified visitor for the current object. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Represents a range to be used in DevExpress Sparkline controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified minimum and maximum limits. - - A value, specifying the minimum limit. This value is assigned to the property. - A value, specifying the maximum limit. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not range limits should be calculated automatically. - - true to calculate range limits automatically; false to use the and property values. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the first limit of the range. - - A value that specifies the first limit. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the second limit of the range. - - A value that specifies the second limit. - - - - This event is hidden, because it is not appropriate for the class. - - - - - Returns the textual representation of the . - - A value which is the textual representation of the . - - - - The base class for sparkline views. - - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline. - - A value that is the actual sparkline color. - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline end point. - - A value that is the actual point color. - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline maximum point. - - A value that is the actual point color. - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline minimum point. - - A value that is the actual point color. - - - - Gets the actual color of sparkline negative points. - - A value that is the actual point color. - - - - Gets the actual color of a sparkline start point. - - A value that is the actual point color. - - - - Copies all the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object (which is the descendant) whose settings are assigned to the current object. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), then a will be thrown. - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw a sparkline. - - A that defines the color to draw a sparkline. - - - - Creates a sparkline view of the specified type. - - A enumeration value specifying the type of view to create. - A class descendant. - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw the end point of a sparkline. - - A that defines the color to draw the end point. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether or not to highlight the end point of a sparkline. - - true, to highlight the end point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether or not to highlight a sparkline point that has the highest value among all points. - - true, to highlight a point with the maximum value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether or not to highlight a sparkline point that has the lowest value among all points. - - true, to highlight a point with the minimum value; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether or not to highlight the start point of a sparkline. - - true, to highlight the start point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw a sparkline point that has the highest value among all data points. - - A that defines the color to draw a data point with the maximum value. - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw a sparkline point that has the lowest value among all data points. - - A that defines the color to draw a data point with the minimum value. - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw sparkline points that have negative values (less than 0). - - A that defines the color to draw data points with negative values. - - - - Occurs when any property of the object has changed its value. - - - - - Gets or sets the color to draw the start point of a sparkline. - - A that defines the color to draw the start point. - - - - Returns a human-readable string that represents the object. - - A value that represents the object. - - - - Gets the type of the sparkline view. - - A enumeration value specifying the view type. - - - - Invokes the Visit method of the specified visitor for the current object. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - - Lists the values used to specify the available view types of a sparkline. - - - - - Sparkline data points are represented as area. - - - - - Sparkline data points are represented as bars. - - - - - Sparkline data points are represented as a line. - - - - - Sparkline data points are represented as win and loss squares. - - - - - The WinLoss sparkline view. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the type of the sparkline view. - - Always . - - - - Invokes the Visit method of the specified visitor for the current object. - - An object implementing the interface. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 63c38c1..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 52be0f3..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16208 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.Utils.v19.2 - - - - - Contains classes that provide basic functionality to documents published using the control. - - - - - Contains classes that provide basic functionality to the control. - - - - - The base for classes that provide the Print Preview functionality in Windows Forms applications. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether or not the auto-zoom mode is enabled for the print preview. - - true, if the auto-zoom mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the background color of a . - - A structure, specifying the background color of the Document Viewer. - - - - This property is overridden and never used. To customize the 's background image, use custom skins. - - - - - - Hides the event of the base class. - - - - - This property is overridden and never used. To customize the 's background image and its layout, use custom skins. - - - - - - Hides the event of the base class. - - - - - Specifies the border style of the . - - One of the enumeration values, representing the border style. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies the document assigned to the . - - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, this is a object.) - - - - Occurs when a receives a document change notification. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Specifies whether or not the current document is empty. - - true if the document is empty; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies the foreground color of the . - - A structure, specifying the foreground color of the Document Viewer. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not to use the metric system for measurements in the print preview. - - true, to use the metric system for measurements made in the document's preview; otherwise, false. The default value is set to the System.Globalization.RegionInfo.CurrentRegion.IsMetric property value. - - - - Provides access to the settings that control the 's look and feel. - - A object that specifies the Document Viewer's look and feel. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets the maximum number of columns for multi-page reports displayed within the . - - An integer value, specifying the maximum number of columns in a multi-page report. - - - - Gets the maximum number of rows for a multi-page report displayed within the . - - An integer value, specifying the maximum number of rows in a multi-page report. - - - - Gets the maximum zoom factor of a report page within the . - - A value, specifying the maximum zoom factor of a report page within the Document Viewer. - - - - Gets the minimum zoom factor of a report page within the . - - A value, specifying the minimum zoom factor of a report page within the Document Viewer. - - - - Specifies the color used to draw borders around all pages in the . - - A structure that specifies the color of page borders. - - - - Specifies whether or not borders should be painted around all and selected document pages in the . - - A enumeration value, that specifies the visibility of page borders. - - - - Specifies the width of the borders around all pages in the . - - An integer value, specifying the width of the page borders. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Sets the property to . - - - - - Sets the property to . - - - - - Scrolls one page down. - - - - - Scrolls one page up. - - - - - Obtains the currently selected report page. - - An object implementing the interface, corresponding to the currently selected report page. (Typically, this is a object.) - - - - Specifies the color of borders around the currently selected page in the . - - A structure, specifying the border color of the selected page. - - - - Specifies the width of the borders around the currently selected page in the . - - An integer value, specifying the width of the selected page's borders. - - - - Occurs when the selected page within the print preview is changed. - - - - - Specifies the index of a currently selected page in the . - - An integer value, specifying the index of the currently selected page. - - - - Moves selection to the first page of a document in the . - - - - - Moves selection to the last page of a document in the . - - - - - Moves selection to the next page of a document in the . - - - - - Moves selection to the previous page of a document in the . - - - - - Sets the cursor kind to be used within the . - - A object, specifying the cursor kind. - - - - Sets the input focus to the current instance of . - - - - - Determines the number of columns and rows used to display pages of a multipage report within a Print Preview. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Determines the number of columns and rows used to display pages of a multipage report within a Print Preview. - - The number of columns. It will not exceed the property value. - The number of rows. It will not exceed the property value. - - - - Shows the specified page in the Document Viewer. - - An object implementing the interface. (Typically, this is a object.) - - - - Specifies whether or not the shows page margin lines. - - true to show page margin lines; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not to display hints in the . - - true to display hints; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies whether or not the current document is empty or null. - - A value. - - - - Specifies the background color of all tooltips in the . - - A structure, specifying the background color of the tooltips. - - - - Specifies the font of all tooltips in the . - - A structure, specifying the text settings that include the font face, size, and style attributes. - - - - Specifies the foreground color of all tooltips in the . - - A structure, specifying the foreground color of the tooltips. - - - - For internal use. Redraws the current page view in the . - - - - - Redraws the control's scroll bars. - - - - - For internal use. - - An integer value. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - For internal use. - - An integer value. - - - - Allows you to show the currently displayed page in full. - - - - - Specifies the current zoom factor of a document page in the . - - A value, specifying the current zoom factor of a document page. - - - - Occurs after the document current zoom factor has changed. - - - - - Zooms in on the page currently displayed in the . - - - - - Zooms out the page currently displayed in the . - - - - - Lists the values used to specify the visibility of page borders. - - - - - Both standard borders and selection borders are painted around pages. - - - - - Only standard page borders are painted. - - - - - Borders are not painted around pages at all. - - - - - Contains classes that provide a common look and feel management for DevExpress controls. - - - - - Enumerates values for the property. - - - - - Control borders are flat. The following screenshot shows the Flat style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Borders and buttons have an Office 2003 style. The borders and client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them or they are focused. -The following screenshot shows the Office2003 style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Control elements are painted using the skin determined by the property. The following screenshot shows a button editor painted using the default Caramel skin. - - - - - Control borders are three-dimensional. The following screenshot shows the Style3D style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Borders have an Office XP style. Borders and the client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them or they are focused. -The following screenshot shows the UltraFlat style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Control elements are painted using the XP theme. The following screenshot shows the WindowsXP style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Provides centralized access to global look-and-feel settings that affect all DevExpress controls in your application. - - - - - Creates an instance of the object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - A that represents the container for the Default LookAndFeel object. - - - - Registers the Bonus Skins for runtime use. - - true to register the Bonus Skins. - - - - Gets the object defining Default LookAndFeel settings. - - A object defining Default LookAndFeel settings. - - - - Contains classes that support the look-and-feel mechanism for DevExpress controls and components. - - - - - Contains settings that specify the look and feel of an XtraUserControl and all DevExpress controls placed on it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - The owner of the created object. - - - - Copies properties of the specified object to the current object. - - The source object. - - - - Disposes of the current object. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets the actual touch UI scale factor for the current container. - - The actual touch UI scale factor for the current container. - - - - Gets the actual availability of touch UI mode for the current container. - - A Boolean value that specifies the actual availability of touch UI mode for the current container. - - - - Reverts the look and feel settings to their default values. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. - - The scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current container and its child controls use touch UI mode, in which the controls automatically increase their size and the distance between some of their elements. - - A value that specifies if touch UI mode is enabled for the current container and its child controls. - - - - Contains settings that specify the look and feel of the current form and all DevExpress controls placed on the form. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns the newly created object. - - - - Enumerates values for the property. - - - - - Control borders are flat. The following screenshot shows the Flat style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Borders and buttons have an Office 2003 style. The borders and client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them or they are focused. -The following screenshot shows the Office2003 style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Control elements are painted using the skin specified by the property. The following screenshot shows a button editor painted using the default Caramel skin. - - - - - Control borders are three-dimensional. The following screenshot shows the Style3D style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Borders have an Office XP style. Borders and the client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them or they are focused. -The following screenshot shows the UltraFlat style applied to a button edit control. - - - - - Contains values used to set the property. - - - - - The same as False. - - - - - Touch UI mode is disabled. - - - - - Touch UI mode is enabled. - - - - - Represents look and feel settings for controls provided by DevExpress. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which represents the control that will own the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the actual object currently applied. - - A object currently applied. - - - - Gets the name of the currently applied skin. - - A string which specifies the name of the currently applied skin. - - - - Gets the style currently applied. - - A value specifying the currently applied style. - - - - Returns the name of the currently applied swatch. - - A String value that is the swatch name. - - - - Copies properties of the specified object to the current object. - - The source object. - - - - Gets the Default LookAndFeel object to use for controls when the property is set to true. - - The Default LookAndFeel object. - - - - Gets the name of the default skin style. - - - - - - Explicitly disposes of the object currently utilized. - - - - - Releases all resources used by the current object. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - Gets the actual value of the setting for the current object. - - The actual value of the setting for the current object. - - - - Gets the actual value of the setting for the current object. - - The actual value of the setting for the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Use the property instead. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets whether the or property is specified for the current object. - - true, if the or setting is specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether two objects have the same property values. - - The object to which the current object is compared. - true if the current object has the same property values as the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the control that owns the current object. - - An object which represents the control that owns the current object. - - - - Gets the painter based on the style currently applied for drawing control's elements. - - A BaseLookAndFeelPainters class descendant specifying the painter corresponding to the current style which is defined by . - - - - Gets or sets the parent LookAndFeel. - - A object specifying the parent LookAndFeel; null if the parent LookAndFeel is not assigned. - - - - Reverts the look and feel settings to their default values. - - - - - Sets the property to its default value. - - - - - Sets the and properties to an empty color (System.Drawing.Color.Empty). - - - - - Applies the default look and feel settings to a control. - - - - - Applies the Flat style to a control. - - - - - Applies the Office2003 style to a control. - - - - - Sets the and properties to the specified values. - - A new value for the property. - A new value for the property. - - - - Applies the desired DevExpress skin to the application. - - A DevExpress.LookAndFeel.SetSkinStyle enumerator value that specifies the skin name. - - - - Applies the specified skin and palette. - - A SkinSvgPalette object specifying the skin and palette to apply. - - - - Applies the specified skin. - - A string value specifying the skin name to apply. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Applies the specified skin and palette. - - A string value specifying the name of the skin to apply. - The name of the palette used to color vector images to apply. - - - - This method supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object. - - A enumeration value which specifies the style of the current object. - true if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. - true to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to apply the current object's settings. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A enumeration value which specifies the style of the current object. - true if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. - true to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to apply the current object's settings. - A string value specifying the skin name. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A value which specifies the style of the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false, to apply the current object's settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the skin name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies whether touch-aware mode needs to be enabled or disabled. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A value which specifies the style of the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false, to apply the current object's settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the skin name. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies whether touch-aware mode needs to be enabled or disabled. This value is assigned to the property. - The scale factor applied when touch-aware mode is enabled. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A enumeration value which specifies the style of the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to apply the current object's settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the skin name. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to enable the touch-aware mode; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A enumeration value which specifies the style of the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to apply the current object's settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the skin name. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to enable the touch-aware mode; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The scale factor applied when touch-aware mode is enabled. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the look and feel settings of the current object to the specified values. - - A enumeration value which specifies the style of the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if a control should be painted using the WindowsXP theme; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true to use the look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to apply the current object's settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the skin name. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the name of the palette used to color vector images. - - - - Applies the Style3D style to a control. - - - - - Applies the UltraFlat style to a control. - - - - - Applies the WindowsXP style to a control. - - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a custom hue applied to some skin elements. - - A custom hue applied to skin elements. - - - - Gets or sets the second custom hue, typically applied to some skin elements when they are highlighted/hovered. - - The second custom hue applied to some skin elements. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a skin style. - - A string value specifying the skin style's name. - - - - Gets or sets the style of the current object. - - The style of the current object. - - - - Occurs on changing properties of the current object or the parent LookAndFeel specified by the member. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - The text representation of the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Notifies controls that look-and-feel settings have been changed and the controls need to be refreshed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object's settings are in effect. - - true to use look and feel settings provided by the parent object or default look and feel object; false to enable this object's settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether borders of controls are painted in the same manner as borders of standard text editors built into Microsoft Windows 7. This property is in effect if the current OS is Windows 7 and the property is set to true. - - true if borders of controls are painted in the same manner as borders of standard text editors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether controls should be painted using the native Windows theme. - - true if controls should be painted using the native Windows theme; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes for skin management. - - - - - Manages skins for DevExpress controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether dragging-and-dropping columns/fields is indicated using arrow indicators. - - true if dragging-and-dropping columns is indicated using arrow indicators; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the form title bar skinning feature is enabled. - - true if the form title bar skinning feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the window ghosting feature is enabled for skinned XtraForm objects. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the window ghosting feature is enabled. The default value is false. - - - - Provides access to the default skin manager. - - A object that represents the default skin manager. - - - - Gets the name of the default skin, which is used by controls by default. - - - - - - Disables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes. - - - - - Disables the title bar skinning feature for MDI child DevExpress forms. - - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes. - - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes, if the application is running under Microsoft Windows XP. - - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for MDI child DevExpress forms. - - - - - Returns a list of the currently available skins. - - A list of the currently available skins. - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Returns a skin element with the specified name of a control in the specified product displayed using the specified skin provider. - - A DevExpress.Skins.SkinProductId enumeration value that specifies the product in which the required element is contained. - An object implementing the DevExpress.Skins.ISkinProvider interface that is used for painting controls. - A String value that specifies the name of the required element. - A DevExpress.Skins.SkinElement object that represents a skin element of a control. - - - - This method returns the specified skin name, if it's valid. If the skin name is invalid, the default skin's name is returned. - - A string that specifies the skin name to test. - A string that specifies the valid skin name. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Registers the specified assembly that contains custom skins. - - An assembly that should be registered. - true, if the assembly is successfully registered; othrewise, false. - - - - Registers the specified skin stored as a BLOB for runtime use. - - An object that provides information on the target BLOB skin. - - - - Registers the specified assembly that contains custom skins. - - An assembly that should be registered. - true, if the assembly is successfully registered; othrewise, false. - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Sets the current process as dots per inch (dpi) aware. - - - - - Gets the collection of skins that are currently available for use in DevExpress controls. - - A DevExpress.Skins.SkinContainerCollection collection that stores available skins. - - - - Contains utility classes used by DevExpress controls and components. - - - - - Contains controls supporting animation effects. - - - - - An object that animates the target control. - - - - - Initializes a new Transition instance with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to Bar indicator settings. This indicator is active when the WaitingAnimatorType is set to "Bar". - - An object that stores Bar waiting indicator settings. - - - - Gets or sets the control whose navigation is animated by this Transition object. - - The control whose navigation is animated by this Transition object. - - - - Gets or sets the mathematical algorithm that specifies the speed and acceleration mode for the Transition animation effects. - - An EasingMode enumerator value that specifies the speed and acceleration mode for the Transition animation effects. - - - - Provides access to Bar indicator settings. This indicator is active when the WaitingAnimatorType is set to "Line". - - An object that stores Line waiting indicator settings. - - - - Provides access to Bar indicator settings. This indicator is active when the WaitingAnimatorType is set to "Ring". - - An object that stores Ring waiting indicator settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Transition should display a waiting indicator until its animation starts. Use the WaitingAnimatorType property to specify the waiting indicator type. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this Transition should display a waiting indicator. - - - - Gets or sets the type of animation effect applied by this Transition. This property accepts "...Transition" objects from the DevExpress.Utils.Animation namespace. - - An object that specifies the animation effect applied by this Transition. - - - - Gets or sets the Wait Indicator type - bar, ring, or line. Wait Indicators are visible when the ShowWaitingIndicator property is enabled. - - The Wait Indicator type. - - - - Provides access to common Wait Indicator settings. Wait Indicators are visible when the ShowWaitingIndicator property is enabled. - - An object that stores common Wait Indicator settings. - - - - Allows you to implement animated transitions between control states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A container for the being created. - - - - Serves as a notification event that an animated transition between a control's states is complete. - - - - - Allows you to perform custom actions before a transition between control states starts, or allows you to cancel the transition. - - - - - Allows you to customize an animated state transition. - - - - - Finalizes the current animated state transition. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of animation frames. - - The number of animation frames. - - - - Gets or sets the time between animation frames, in special units. - - The time between animation frames. - - - - Returns the type of the transition associated with the spceified control and converted to the specified type. - - A control for which to return the associated transition type. - The transition type associated with the spceified control. - - - - Gets whether the is being disposed of. - - true, if the is being disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether an animated transition between the start and end control states is in progress. - - true, if the animated transition between the states is in progress; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the wait/load indicator is displayed during animation. - - true, if the wait/load indicator is displayed during the animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Starts an animated state transition for the specified control. - - The control for which to start the animated state transition. - - - - Shows the wait indicator over the specified control using the specified properties. - - A Control over which to show the wait indicator. - A IWaitingIndicatorProperties object that comprises the wait indicator properties. - - - - Shows the wait indicator of the specified type over the specified control. - - A Control over which to show the wait indicator. - A WaitingAnimatorType enumeration value that specifies the type of indicator to show. - - - - Hides the wait indicator. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of control state transitions. - - The collection of control state transitions. - - - - Gets or sets whether the DirectX Hardware Acceleration is enabled for this Transition Manager. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this control employs the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True if the static method was called, or to DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - A DirectX-based transition that animates navigation between application layers. - - - - - Initializes a new ZoomTransition instance with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that stores core ZoomTransition settings: the animation direction ("in" or "out"), initial and final animation bounds. - - An object that stores core ZoomTransition settings. - - - - Stores core settings: animation bounds and direction. - - - - - Initializes a new ZoomTransitionSettings instance with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether a that owns this object should play the "zoom in" or "zoom out" animation. - - A ZoomTransitionDirection enumeration value that specifies the animation direction. - - - - Gets or sets initial bounds from which the ZoomTransition animation should zoom in or out to . - - A Rectangle that specifies initial animation bounds. - - - - Gets or sets the final bounds to which the ZoomTransition animation should arrive from its initial . - - A Rectangle that specifies the final ZoomTransition animation bounds. - - - - Represents an appearance object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object containing the default appearance settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parent. - - An object representing the parent appearance object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object whose settings are used to initialize the created object's properties. - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An representing the appearance object whose settings are used to initialize the created object's properties. - A DefaultAppearance object representing default appearance settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name and parent. - - An object which represents the parent of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - A value specifying the name of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner and parent appearance object. - - An object implementing the IAppearanceOwner interface. - An object which represents the parent appearance object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner, parent and name. - - An object implementing the IAppearanceOwner interface. - An object which represents the parent of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - A value specifying the name of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name. - - A value specifying the name of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the appearance object's settings to default values. - - An AppearanceDefault object containing default appearance settings. - - - - Copies all settings from the appearance object passed as a parameter. - - An object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Copies all the settings in the appearance object passed as the parameter to the current object without raising the event. - - An object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets the background color if the property's value is Color.Empty. Otherwise, it specifies the gradient's starting color. - - A object specifying the background color. - - - - Gets or sets the end color of the background's gradient brush. - - A object specifying the end color of the linear gradient brush used to fill the background. - - - - Locks the object by disallowing visual updates until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the border color. - - A object specifying the border color. - - - - Calculates the size of a string painted with the default font. - - A System.Drawing.Size structure which represents the size (in pixels) of a string. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Calculates the size of a string painted with the font specified by the current object. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of a string. - - - - Calculates the string size. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormatInfo object that stores line spacing, alignment and other formatting setting for the string. - A String value that is the string, whose size is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string width. - A Size structure that is the string size. - - - - Calculates the string size. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormatInfo object that stores line spacing, alignment and other formatting setting for the string. - A String value that is the string, whose size is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string width. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string height. - A Size structure that is the string size. - - - - Calculates the string size. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormatInfo object that stores line spacing, alignment and other formatting setting for the string. - A String value that is the string, whose size is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string width. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string height. - A Boolean value that specifies whether or not the string is trimmed. - A Size structure that is the string size. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string drawn with the specified object. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A object which represents formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment, for the string. - A value which represents a string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure which represents the size, in pixels, of the string. - - - - Calculates the string size. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormat object that stores line spacing, alignment and other formatting setting for the string. - A String value that is the string, whose size is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string width. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string height. - A Size structure that is the string size. - - - - Calculates the string size. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormat object that stores line spacing, alignment and other formatting setting for the string. - A String value that is the string, whose size is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string width. - An Int32 value that is the maximum allowed string height. - A Boolean value that specifies whether or not the string is trimmed. - A Size structure that is the string size. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string. - - A object which provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - The string to be measured. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string drawn with the specified object. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - A StringFormatInfo object which represents formatting information, such as the line spacing for the string. - A value which represents the string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string drawn with the specified object. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - A object which represents formatting information, such as the line spacing for the string. - A value which represents the string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string drawn with the specified format, fitting the string into a clipping rectangle. - - A System.Drawing.Graphics object which provides painting facilities. - A object that contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to be measured. - The maximum width of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The maximum height of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font, fitting the string into a clipping rectangle. Allows you to determine whether the string does not fit the clipping rectangle. - - A System.Drawing.Graphics object which provides painting facilities. - Contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to be measured. - The maximum width of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The maximum height of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - true if the text is trimmed (its size is larger than the clipping rectangle); otherwise, false. - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - The string to be measured. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string, in pixels. - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string drawn with the specified formatting. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A StringFormatInfo object that contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string drawn with the specified object. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - A object that contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string drawn with the specified formatting. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - A StringFormatInfo object that contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string drawn with the specified object. - - A object that provides painting facilities. - A object that contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Calculates the length of the specified string. - - A object which provides painting facilities. - The string to measure. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A System.Drawing.Size structure that is the size of the string (in pixels). - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when the appearance object's properties are changed. - - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current appearance object. - - - - Copies the activated settings from the appearance object passed as the parameter. - - An object whose settings are going to be copied. - - - - Gets the default appearance settings which are used to paint 3-D elements in Windows. - - An object which represents the default appearance settings used to paint 3-D elements in Windows. - - - - Gets or sets the default font for controls. - - A object which is the default font for controls. The default value is the Tahoma font. - - - - Gets and sets the font used to display text on menus. - - A object which is the default font for menu items. If not set, the property value is specified by the System.Windows.Forms.SystemInformation.MenuFont property. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current appearance object. - - - - - Draws the background for the area contained within the specified boundary. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A structure specifying the drawing area. - - - - Draws the background for the area contained within the specified boundary. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A structure specifying the drawing area. - A Boolean value. - - - - Draws the background. - - A object that provides a means for painting. - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A structure specifying the drawing area. - - - - Draws the background for the area contained within the specified boundary. - - A object that provides a means for painting. - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A structure specifying the drawing area. - A Boolean value. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle using the specified formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified color. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle using the specified formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified color and format. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - A object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Color using the formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Color using the specified TextOptions. - - GraphicsCache object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - String to draw. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - Color of the drawn text. - Settings applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Color using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat. - - GraphicsCache object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - String to draw. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - Color of the drawn text. - StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Font using the specified formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Font using the specified formatting attributes. - - A GraphicsCache object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A String to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified font, color and format. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A object which specifies formatting attributes such as the line spacing and alignment that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Font using the specified formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Color and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat. - - GraphicsCache object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - String to draw. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Color of the drawn text. - StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified font and format. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified format. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A value representing the drawing area. - A object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Font using the formatting attributes. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A value representing the drawing area. - A StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - An integer value specifying the angle in degrees at which the text should be drawn. - - - - Draws a text string vertically with the specified angle and at the specified position using the specified font, color and format. - - A object which provides the storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A object which specifies formatting attributes such as the line spacing and alignment that are applied to the drawn text. - An integer value specifying the angle in degrees at which the text should be drawn. - - - - Returns an empty appearance object. - - An object whose settings are not initialized. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the drawing area. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A object providing storage for the pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. - A value representing the drawing area. - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets the font used to paint the text. - - A object specifying the font used to display the contents of elements. - - - - Gets the height of the font used by the appearance object. - - An integer value which specifies the font's height. - - - - Gets or sets an integer value by which the font size is adjusted. - - An integer value by which the font size is adjusted. - - - - Gets or sets an additional style to be applied to the font. - - A System.Drawing.FontStyle enumeration value that specifies a style by which to modify the font. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color. - - A structure specifying the foreground color. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets the solid brush used to draw the element's background. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A descendant representing the brush specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the brush used to draw an element's background. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A structure specifying the rectangle for which a brush is created. - A descendant representing the brush specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the background color specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object representing the background color specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Returns the BackColor () for the target LookAndFeel object. - - An ISkinProvider that is a LookAndFeel object whose BackColor is to be returned. - A Color that is the BackColor for the target LookAndFeel object. - - - - Gets the ending color of the linear gradient brush, specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object representing the end color of the linear gradient brush as specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the pen used to draw the element's background lines and curves. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A object representing a pen specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the pen used to draw the element's background lines and curves. - - A GraphicsCache object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - An Int32 value that specifies the width of the returned Pen. - A object representing a pen specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the brush used to draw the element's border. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A descendant representing a brush specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the element's border color specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object representing the element's border color specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Returns the BorderColor () for the target LookAndFeel object. - - An ISkinProvider that is a LookAndFeel object whose BorderColor is to be returned. - A Color that is the BorderColor for the target LookAndFeel object. - - - - Gets the pen used to draw the border's lines and curves. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A object representing a pen specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the pen used to draw the element's borders. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - An Int32 value that specifies the width of the returned Pen. - A object that is the pen specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the font settings specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object specifying the font used to display the contents of elements. - - - - Returns the font height. - - A object that stores graphics and font settings. - An Int32 value that is the font height. - - - - Gets the solid brush whose color is specified by the property. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A descendant representing a brush specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the foreground color specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A structure specifying the element content's foreground color. - - - - Returns the ForeColor () for the target object. - - A Color that is the GraphicsCache's foreground color. - A Color that is the ForeColor for the target object. - - - - Gets the pen whose color is specified by the property. - - A object that provides access to the pens and brushes used for painting. - A object representing a pen specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the background gradient's direction specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A enumeration value giving the gradient's direction as specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the background image specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object representing the element's background image as specified by the appearance object's settings. - - - - Gets the formatting attributes specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment. - - - - Gets the formatting attributes specified by the object passed as the parameter. - - A object which provides the text settings. - A object which specifies formatting attributes (such as the line spacing and alignment) based on the text settings specified. - - - - Gets the formatting attributes specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A StringFormatInfo object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment. - - - - Returns a StringFormatInfo object initialized with settings of the specified TextOptions object. - - The object used to initialize the StringFormatInfo. - The StringFormatInfo object initialized with the specified TextOptions object. - - - - Gets the text options specified by the appearance object's settings. - - A TextOptions object containing the text options. - - - - Returns a TextureBrush object which uses the image specified by the property to fill the interior of a shape. - - A System.Drawing.TextureBrush object which represents the brush that fills the interior of a shape with the image specified by the property. - - - - Gets or sets the background gradient's direction. - - A enumeration value specifying the gradient's direction. - - - - Gets the horizontal alignment of the appearance object's text. - - A enumeration value specifying the horizontal alignment of the text. - - - - Gets or sets the background image. - - A object specifying the background image. - - - - Gets whether the current object has been disposed of. - - true if the current object has been disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether two objects have the same property values. - - The object to which the current object is compared. - true if the current object has the same property values as the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the current appearance object. - - A value which specifies the name of the current appearance object. - - - - Provides access to the appearance object's options. - - An object containing the appearance options. - - - - Occurs when specific settings that control the text appearance are changed. - - - - - Gets the parent appearance object. - - An object representing the parent appearance object. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no parent appearance object is assigned. - - - - Reverts the appearance object's properties to their default values. - - - - - Tests whether the should be persisted. - - true, if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when specific settings that control the size of text are changed. - - - - - Provides access to text rendering options (horizontal and vertical alignment, word wrapping, trimming options, etc.). - - A object containing text options. - - - - Returns a string representing the current appearance object. - - A value which represents an appearance object. - - - - Represents an appearance object with extended settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object implementing the IAppearanceOwner interface. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object implementing the IAppearanceOwner interface. - An object which represents the parent appearance object. This value is assigned to the property. - A value specifying the name of the created object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Sets the appearance object's settings to default values. - - An AppearanceDefault object containing default appearance settings. - - - - Creates a copy of the current instance. - - An object which represents an exact copy of the current object. - - - - Provides access to the appearance object's options. - - An object containing the appearance options. - - - - Provides appearance options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies all settings from the options object passed as the parameter and assigns them to the current object. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Returns an object whose settings are not initialized. - - An object whose settings are not initialized. - - - - Tests whether two objects have the same property values. - - The object to which the current object is compared. - true if the current object has the same property values as the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the background color specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the border color specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the font settings specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the foreground color specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the background image specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true to use the property value; false to use the text options specified by the parent appearance object. - - - - Provides appearance options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter and assigns them to the current object. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the settings specified by the current appearance object have the highest priority. - - true to set the current appearance settings to the highest priority; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as a base for the classes that provide the appearance settings used to paint DevExpress .NET controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A descendant representing the source of the operation. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic) this method does nothing. - - - - Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter without raising the event. - - A descendant representing the source of the operation. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic) this method does nothing. - - - - Locks the , preventing change notifications (and visual updates) from being raised by the object until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when the collection is changed. - - - - - Copies the activated appearance settings of the object passed as the parameter to the current object, any properties that aren't activated are set to the value in the default appearance object. - - A descendant representing the source of the operation. - An array of DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefaultInfo objects which represent the default appearance settings. - - - - Copies the activated appearance settings of the object passed as the parameter and activates their corresponding options, any properties not activated are set to the value in the default appearance object. - - A descendant representing the source of the operation. - An array of DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefaultInfo objects which represent the default appearance settings. - true to enable options which correspond to the activated appearance settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets an appearance object contained within the collection by its name. - - A value specifying the name of the required appearance object. - The object within the collection which has the specified name. - - - - Returns an that can iterate through the hashtable. - - An for the hashtable. - - - - Gets whether the current object has been disposed of. - - true if the current object has been disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the collection's owner is currently being initialized. - - false always. - - - - Occurs when specific settings that control the text appearance are changed. - - - - - Resets the properties of all the appearance objects within the collection to their default values. - - - - - Restores the appearance settings stored at the specified system registry path. - - A string value specifying the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, calling this method has no effect. - - - - Restores the appearance settings from the specified stream. - - A descendant from which the appearance settings are read. - - - - Loads the appearance settings stored in the specified XML file. - - A string value specifying the path to the XML file which contains the appearance settings to be loaded. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Saves the appearance settings to a system registry path. - - A string value specifying the system registry path to which the appearance settings are saved. - - - - Saves the appearance settings to a specific stream. - - A descendant to which the appearance settings are written. - - - - Saves the appearance settings to a specific XML file. - - A string value specifying the path to the file in which the appearance settings should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Tests whether the should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when specific settings that control text size are changed. - - - - - Updates the right-to-left text direction option. - - true, if the text is directed from right to left; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes that support the Behaviors mechanism for DevExpress controls. - - - - - Attaches additional behaviors (pieces of functionality) to DevExpress controls. - - - - - A context button displaying a check box that can be checked by an end-user. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current button is in the checked state. - - true, if the current button is in the checked state; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by the current button in the checked state when it is not hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by the current button. - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the checked state glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the hovered state glyph actually assigned. - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the hovered checked state glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the hovered checked state glyph actually assigned. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a checked state glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a checked state glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a hovered checked state glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a hovered checked state glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by the current button in the checked state when it is hovered over with the mouse cursor. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by the current button. - - - - Provides access to all properties related to the icon. - - A DevExpress.Utils.CheckContextButtonImageOptions object that stores all icon-related settings. - - - - Provides access to image-related settings for each visual state - Normal, Hovered, Checked, HoveredChecked. - - A DevExpress.Utils.CheckContextButtonImageOptionsCollection object that stores image-related settings for every visual state. - - - - A regular context button that can be clicked. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the pressed state glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the pressed state glyph actually assigned. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a pressed state glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a pressed state glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize glyphs for this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextButtonImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize glyphs for this . - - - - Provides access to image-related settings for each visual state - Normal, Hovered, Pressed. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextButtonImageOptionsCollection object that stores image-related settings for every visual state. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by the current item in the normal (not hovered) state. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by the current item in the normal state. - - - - A base class for context buttons. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current button's caption is formatted using HTML tags. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the current button's caption is formatted using HTML tags. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and binds it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and binds it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets the current button's caption. - - A string value that specifies the current button's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the button height. - - An integer value that specifies the button height. - - - - Fires when a hyperlink in the button caption is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the color of the hyperlink text in the current button's caption. - - A Color object that specifies the color of the hyperlink text in the current button's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum height of the current button. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum height of the current button. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width of the current button. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum width of the current button. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the current button. - - A Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the current button. - - - - Gets or sets the button width. - - An integer value that specifies the button width. - - - - The base class for the context buttons. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the current item's alignment relative to the owner control. This property is obsolete, use instead. - - A ContextItemAlignment enumeration value that specifies the current item's alignment relative to the owner control. - - - - Provides access to options that specify the panel in which the item is displayed, and its position in the panel. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemAlignmentOptions object that specifies the panel in which the item is displayed, and its position in the panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current item's glyph is painted using the foreground color. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the current item's glyph is painted using the foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the current item relative to the anchor element. - - An AnchorAlignment enumeration value that specifies the alignment of the current item relative to the anchor element. - - - - Gets or sets an item (anchor element) relative to which the current item is aligned. - - A relative to which the current item is aligned. - - - - Gets or sets the globally unique identifier of the item (anchor element), relative to which the current item is aligned. - - A object which represents a globally unique identifier (GUID) of the item, relative to which the current item is aligned. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between the current item and the anchor element. - - An integer value that specifies the indent, in pixels, between the current item and the anchor element. - - - - Gets or sets the translation of the current item from the anchor element. - - A Point structure by which the current item is translated. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the animation used to show and hide the current item. - - A ContextAnimationType enumeration value that specifies the type of the animation used to show and hide the current item. - - - - Provides access to the settings used to paint the current item in the hovered state. - - An object that provides the settings used to paint the current item. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the current item in the normal (not hovered) state. - - An object that provides the appearance settings used to paint the current item. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when the current item is clicked. - - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - A new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Gets the collection to which the current item belongs. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection to which the current item belongs. - - - - Allows the hint for the current item to be customized. This event is only raised for objects. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current item can respond to end-user interaction. - - true, if the current item can respond to end-user interaction; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the glyph actually assigned. - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the hovered state glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the hovered state glyph actually assigned. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by the current item in the normal (not hovered) state. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by the current item in the normal state. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a glyph assigned. - - true if this has a glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a hovered state glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a hovered state glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by the current item in the hovered state. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by the current item in the hovered state. - - - - Gets or sets the current item's unique identifier. - - A object which represents a globally unique identifier (GUID). - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize a glyph for this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize a glyph for this . - - - - Provides access to image-related settings for each visual state. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemImageOptionsCollection object that stores image-related settings for every visual state. - - - - Gets or sets the current item's name. - - A string value that specifies the current item's name. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Raises the event. - - A MouseEventArgs object. - A ContextItemViewInfo object. - - - - Removes the object assigned to the current context item. - - - - - Gets or sets whether hints can be displayed for the current item. - - true, if hints can be displayed for the current item; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current item's size. - - A structure that specifies the current item's height and width. - - - - Gets or sets a for the current context item. - - A object associated with the current context item. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current item. - - Custom data associated with the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the text of the hint for the current item. - - A String value that specifies the text of the hint for the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the type of icon displayed in the hint for the current item. - - A enumeration value that specifies the type of icon displayed in the hint for the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the title of the hint for the current item. - - A String value that specifies the title of the hint for the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the item visibility. - - A ContextItemVisibility enumeration value that specifies the item visibility. - - - - Contains classes that serve as the base for objects implementing particular aspects of DevExpress controls' functionality. - - - - - Represents the base class for most controls and editors available in the DevExpress Editors Library, along with their descendants. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Clears the value of the size of a rectangular area, into which the specified control can fit, from the program cache. - - A Control whose size should be removed from the cache. - - - - Clears the value of the size of a rectangular area, into which the specified control can fit, from the program cache. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - The cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - - - Returns the value of the control's CanProcessMnemonic property, if this property exists. - - The control whose CanProcessMnemonic property value is returned. - The value of the control's CanProcessMnemonic property. true if the property doesn't exist. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns the ValidationCancelled property value of a control, if this property exists. - - A that represents the control whose ValidationCancelled property value is returned. - true if the validation is cancelled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the parent container of the specified control that canceled validation. - - The control whose ancestor canceled validation. - The parent container control that canceled validation. - - - - Gets whether the 's visual elements are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if 's visual elements are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns if the validates its value before the user may proceed. - - The control that needs to be checked. - true, to reset the control's ValidationCanceled property value; otherwise, false. - true, if the validates its value before the user may proceed; otherwise, false. - - - - Resets the control's ValidationCancelled property. This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A control. - - - - Contains values that specify the direction of an expand button's arrow. - - - - - Indicates the normal direction of an expand/collapse button's arrow. - - - - - Indicates the inverted direction of an expand/collapse button's arrow. - - - - - Defines an interface a control that can be implemented to provide layout information to a Layout Control. - - - - - The control that implements this interface must fire the Changed event when specific settings that affect the layout information have been changed, and the Layout Control must update the layout as a result. - - - - - When implemented by a control, specifies whether a text label should be visible by default when this control is added to a Layout Control. - - true if a text label should be visible by default when the control is added to a Layout Control; otherwise, false. - - - - When implemented by a control, specifies its default maximum size which is in effect when the control is displayed within a Layout Control. - - A structure that specifies the control's default maximum size. - - - - When implemented by a control, specifies its default minimum size which is in effect when the control is displayed within a Layout Control. - - A structure that specifies the control's default minimum size. - - - - Manages tooltips for all DevExpress controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Returns the object which represents the Default ToolTipController. - - A object which represents the Default ToolTipController. - - - - Returns whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - A control for which this tooltip setting is to be obtained. - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is supported in tooltips for the specified control. - - - - Gets a object associated with the specified control. - - A control whose SuperToolTip object is to be obtained. - A object associated with the control. - - - - Gets a regular tooltip's title displayed within the specified control. - - A control whose tooltip's title is to be obtained. - A string representing a regular tooltip's title for the control. - - - - Gets a regular tooltip for the specified control. - - A control whose tooltip should be obtained. - A string representing a regular tooltip for the control. - - - - Gets the type of the icon displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - A control whose tooltip's icon type is to be obtained. - A value representing the icon type displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - - - Sets whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - A control for which the tooltip information is to be changed. - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - - - Associates a object with the specified control. - - A control for which to set the tooltip. - A object to associate with the control. - - - - Sets a regular tooltip's title for the specified control. - - A control for which to set a regular tooltip's title. - A string representing a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Sets a regular tooltip for the specified control. - - A control for which to set the tooltip. - A string representing a regular tooltip. - - - - Sets the type of the icon displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - A control for which the icon type is set. - A value representing the type of the icon that should be displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - - - Storage that serves as an external icon source for DevExpress controls. Automatically replaces default images with their larger counterparts at higher DPI settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer descendant that owns this newly created object. - - - - Copies all available property settings from the target to this . - - A object whose settings should be copied to this . - - - - Begins the initialization. - - - - - Occurs whenever the changes its image set and allows you to respond to these changes. - - - - - Finishes the initialization. - - - - - Returns the image stored within this . - - An Int32 value that specifies the returned image's position within this . - An Image stored within this . - - - - Returns the image stored within this . - - A String value that specifies the image name. - An Image stored within this . - - - - Provides access to default images. - - A DevExpress.Utils.DefaultImageList collection that stores default images. - - - - Gets or sets the image size that should be retrieved at the default 96 DPI setting. - - A Size structure that specifies the default image size. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent. - - A Color object that specifies a color, which is not drawn when the image is rendered. - - - - The namespace contains types that support the Drag-and-Drop Behavior. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new BeginDragDropEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new BeginDragDropEventArgs class instance with the specified settings. For internal use. - - true to cancel the operation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the dragged data elements. - - An object that specifies the dragged data elements. - - - - Gets or sets a preview of dragged data elements (rows/nodes/items). - - An Image object that specifies a preview of dragged data elements. - - - - Enumerates actions available in a drag-and-drop operation. - - - - - The combination of the Copy, Move, and Scroll actions. - - - - - The data from the source control is copied to the target control. - - - - - The data from the source control is linked to the target control. - - - - - The data from the source control is moved to the target control. - - - - - The target control does not accept data. - - - - - The target control is scrolled while dragging a node to a position that is not currently visible in the target control. - - - - - Represents the Drag-and-Drop Behavior that can be attached to a data control to allow users to move/reorder data elements with the mouse. - - - - - Initializes a new DragDropBehavior class instance with the specified settings. For internal use. - - The Type of the control to which the Behavior is attached. - true to show a preview of dragged data elements; otherwise, false. - true to show where dragged data elements will be inserted; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drop data elements on the attached control; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drag data elements from the attached control; otherwise, false. - A DragDropEvents component that provides access to the drag-and-drop events. - - - - Returns a new Drag-and-Drop Behavior. For internal use. - - The Type of the control to which the Behavior is attached. - true to show a preview of dragged data elements; otherwise, false. - true to show where dragged data elements will be inserted; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drop data elements on the attached control; otherwise, false. - A DragDropBehavior object that specifies the Drag-and-Drop Behavior. - - - - Returns a new Drag-and-Drop Behavior. For internal use. - - The Type of the control to which the Behavior is attached. - true to show a preview of dragged data elements; otherwise, false. - true to show where dragged data elements will be inserted; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drop data elements on the attached control; otherwise, false. - A DragDropEvents component that provides access to drag-and-drop events. - A DragDropBehavior object that specifies the Drag-and-Drop Behavior. - - - - Returns a new Drag-and-Drop Behavior. For internal use. - - The Type of the control to which the Behavior is attached. - true to show a preview of dragged data elements; otherwise, false. - true to show where dragged data elements will be inserted; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drop data elements on the attached control; otherwise, false. - true to allow users to drag data elements from the attached control; otherwise, false. - A DragDropEvents component that provides access to drag-and-drop events. - A DragDropBehavior object that specifies the Drag-and-Drop Behavior. - - - - Represents a base class for the Drag-and-Drop Behavior. - - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is initiated. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dropped on the control. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged into the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged out of the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged over the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is completed. - - - - - Provides access to the Drag-and-Drop Behavior options (preview, indicator, etc.). - - A TDragDropBehaviorProperties object that contains the Behavior options. - - - - Contains the Drag-and-Drop Behavior options. - - - - - Initializes a new DragDropBehaviorProperties class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets whether users are allowed to drag data elements from the control. - - true if users are allowed to drag data elements from the control; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether users are allowed to drop data elements on the attached control. - - true to allow users to drop data elements on the attached control; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the Drag-and-Drop Behavior events. For internal use. - - A DragDropEvents object that contains the Drag-and-Drop Behavior events. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the indicator that shows the position in the target control where dragged elements will be inserted. - - true to show the insert indicator; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a preview of the dragged element is displayed during a drag-and-drop operation. - - true to display a preview of the dragged element; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new DragDropEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the operation. - - An object that contains data associated with the operation. - - - - Provides access to a control's Drag-and-Drop Behavior events. - - - - - Initializes a new DragDropEvents class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Initializes a new DragDropEvents class instance with the specified settings. For internal use. - - An IContainer object that contains this component. - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is initiated. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dropped on the control. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged into the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged out of the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged over the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is completed. - - - - - Enumerates states that specify pressed keyboard keys and mouse buttons. - - - - - The Alt key is pressed. - - - - - The Ctrl key is pressed. - - - - - The left mouse button is pressed. - - - - - The middle mouse button is pressed. - - - - - No keyboard keys or mouse buttons are pressed. - - - - - The right mouse button is pressed. - - - - - The Shift key is pressed. - - - - - Represents the Drag-and-Drop Behavior manager. - - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is initiated. - - - - - Cancels the currently performed drag-and-drop operation. For internal use. - - - - - Provides access to the default Drag-and-Drop Behavior manager. - - A DragDropManager object that is the default Drag-and-Drop Behavior manager. - - - - Initiates a drag-and-drop operation. For internal use. - - Information about the operation. - - - - Initiates a drag-and-drop operation. For internal use. - - A source control. - Dragged data elements. - A preview of the dragged data elements. - The initial drag-and-drop effect. - - - - Occurs when a data element is dropped on the control. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged into the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged out of the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a data element is dragged over the control's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when a drag-and-drop operation is completed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to indicate where dragged data elemets will be inserted. - - true to indicate where dragged data elements will be inserted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a preview of dragged data elements is displayed near the mouse pointer during drag-and-drop operations. - - A PreviewImageShowMode enumeration values that specifies whether to show a preview of dragged elements. - - - - Allows you to provide a preview of the dragged data elements. - - - - - Registers the specified Drag-and-Drop Behavior. For internal use. - - An IDragDropBehavior object that specifies the Drag-and-Drop Behavior to register. - - - - Unregisters the specified Drag-and-Drop Behavior. For internal use. - - The IDragDropBehavior object specifies the Drag-and-Drop Behavior that should be unregistered. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new DragEnterEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to drop data elements to the target control. - - true to allow users to drop data elements to the target control; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new DragLeaveEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets the mouse pointer. - - A Cursor enumeration value that specifies the mouse pointer. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new DragOverEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets an image that represents the insert indicator. - - An Image object that specifies the insert indicator image. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the defalt insert indicator. - - A Point structure that specifies the location of the default insert indicator. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the default insert indicator. - - A Size structure that specifies the size of the default insert indicator. - - - - Provides basic data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new DragOverEventArgsBase class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets whether dragged data elements are inserted before or after a data element under the mouse pointer, or as a child (for tree list only). - - An InsertType enumeration value that specifies where dragged elements will be inserted. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the drag-and-drop operation. - - Custom data associated with the drag-and-drop operation. - - - - Allows you to invoke or suppress actions the attached control performs on a particular drag-and-drop operation stage. - - - - - Initializes a new DXDefaultEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Invokes the default action the attached control performs on the current drag-and-drop operation stage. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the event was handled and allows you to suppress the default action. - - true to suppress the default action; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a base class for drag-and-drop event arguments. - - - - - Initializes a new DXDragEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets or sets the drag-and-drop action (Copy, Move, etc.) to perform. - - A DragDropActions enumeration value that specifies the drag-and-drop action (Copy, Move, etc.) to perform. - - - - Gets or sets the mouse pointer. - - A Cursor enumeration value that specifies the mouse pointer. - - - - Gets or sets the data elements being dragged. - - An object that specifies the data elements being dragged. - - - - Returns the data elements being dragged. - - The data type. - - - - Gets the pressed mouse buttons (left, middle, right) and modifier keys (Shift, Ctrl, Alt). - - A DragDropKeyState enumeration value that specifies the pressed mouse buttons and modifier keys. - - - - Gets the mouse cursor's position. - - A Point structure that specifies the mouse pointer's position. - - - - Gets the source control. - - An object that specifies the source control. - - - - Gets the target control. - - An object that specifies the target control. - - - - Enumerates types that specify how to drop dragged data elements based on the mouse pointer's position. - - - - - Drop the dragged data element after the data element under the mouse pointer. - - - - - Drop the dragged data element as a child of the data element under the mouse pointer (tree list only). - - - - - Drop the dragged data element before the data element under the mouse pointer. - - - - - It is not allowed to drop data elemements on the target control. - - - - - Enumerates modes that specify whether to show a preview of dragged elements next to the mouse pointer. - - - - - A preview of the dragged data element is always displayed. - - - - - A preview of the dragged data element is only displayed when a user drag it over the target control. - - - - - A preview of the dragged data element is never displayed. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new QueryDragPreviewImageEventArgs class instance with the default settings. For internal use. - - - - - Gets the drag-and-drop action (Copy, Move, etc.) to perform. - - A DragDropActions enumeration value that specifies the drag-and-drop action (Copy, Move, etc.) to perform. - - - - Gets or sets whether dragged data elements will be inserted before or after data element under the mouse pointer, or as a child (for tree list only). - - An InsertType enumeration value that specifies where dragged elements will be inserted. - - - - Gets the pressed mouse buttons (left, middle, right) and modifier keys (Shift, Ctrl, Alt). - - A DragDropKeyState enumeration value that specifies the pressed mouse buttons and modifier keys. - - - - Gets or sets a preview of dragged data elements (rows/nodes/items). - - An Image object that specifies a preview of dragged data elements. - - - - Gets the source control. - - An object that specifies the source control. - - - - Gets the target control. - - An object that specifies the target control. - - - - Contains classes that provide painting facilities for DevExpress controls. - - - - - Provides methods to paint on drawing surfaces in GDI+ and DirectX modes (see DirectX hardware acceleration). -Provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.DXPaintEventArgs object that contains data used to perform painting. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This value is assigned to the property. - - A PaintEventArgs object that contains data used for painting. This value is assigned to the property. - A ScaleHelper object used to appropriately adjust the values for font and drawing APIs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.DXPaintEventArgs object that contains data used to perform painting. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.Utils.Paint.XPaint object that provides methods used for drawing objects. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This value is assigned to the property. - - A PaintEventArgs object that contains data used for painting. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.Utils.Paint.XPaint object associated with this object. - A ScaleHelper object used to appropriately adjust the values for font and drawing APIs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - The object to initialize the property. - - - - This value is assigned to the property. - - A Graphics object that serves as the painting surface and provides painting facilities. This value is assigned to the property. - A ScaleHelper object used to appropriately adjust the values for font and drawing APIs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that contains data used to paint. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A PaintEventArgs object that contains data used for painting. This value is assigned to the property. - A ScaleHelper object used to appropriately adjust the values for font and drawing APIs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A object that contains data used for painting. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.Utils.Paint.XPaint object providing painting methods used in the control. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the name of a currently applied Application Skin. - - A String value that is the applied skin's name. - - - - Returns the name of an active skin palette. - - A String value that is the active palette's name. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ResourceCache object. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A structure. - A structure. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font. - - A value which represents a string to measure. - A object which defines the font and the associated settings of the text. - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font. - - A value which represents a string to measure. - A object which defines the font and the associated settings of the text. - A structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font and using the specified formatting. - - A value which represents a string to measure. - A object which defines the font and the associated settings of the text. - A object which represents formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment, of the string. - A structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font and using the specified formatting. - - A value which represents a string to measure. - A object which defines the font and the associated settings of the text. - A object which represents formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font and formatting, fitting the string into a clipping rectangle. - - The string to be measured. - The font in which to paint the string. - Contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The maximum width of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The maximum height of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font and using the specified formatting, fitting the string into a clipping rectangle. Allows you to determine whether the string does not fit the clipping rectangle. - - The string to be measured. - The font in which to paint the string. - Contains formatting information, such as the line spacing and alignment of the string. - The maximum width of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - The maximum height of the clipping rectangle that will fit the string (in pixels). - Returns whether the text is trimmed (its size is larger than the clipping rectangle). - The measured size of the string, in pixels. - - - - Calculates the size of the specified string when it's drawn with the specified font. - - A value which represents a string to measure. - A object which defines the font and the associated settings of the text. - An integer value specifying the maximum width of the string (in pixels). - A structure which represents the size (in pixels) of the string. - - - - Clears the internal hash tables that store the pens, fonts and, solid and linear gradient brushes that have recently been used. - - - - - Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. - - A Color structure that represents the background color of the drawing surface. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GraphicsClip object. - - - - Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - Returns the current display DPI value. - - The current display DPI value. - - - - Releases all resources used by this object. - - - - - Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. - structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. - - - - Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. - structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. - - - - Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. - - - - Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. - - - - Draws a Bezier spline defined by four structures. - - structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. - structure that represents the starting point of the curve. - structure that represents the first control point for the curve. - structure that represents the second control point for the curve. - structure that represents the ending point of the curve. - - - - Draws a Bezier spline defined by four structures. - - structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. - structure that represents the starting point of the curve. - structure that represents the first control point for the curve. - structure that represents the second control point for the curve. - structure that represents the ending point of the curve. - - - - Draws a Bezier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. - The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. - The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. - The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. - The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. - The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. - The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. - The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. - The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. - - - - Draws a series of Bezier splines from an array of structures. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. - Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. - - - - Draws a series of Bezier splines from an array of structures. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. - Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10. - - - - Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding Rectangle structure. - - A Pen object that specifies the ellipse color, style and line thickness. - A Rectangle structure that defines the ellipse boundaries. - - - - Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding RectangleF structure. - - A Pen object that specifies the ellipse color, style and line thickness. - A Rectangle structure that defines the ellipse boundaries. - - - - Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by the rectangle upper-left corner coordinates, a height, and a width. - - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the bounding rectangle's upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the bounding rectangle's upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the bounding rectangle width. - An Int32 value that is the bounding rectangle height. - An ellipse color. - An Int32 value that specifies the ellipse line thickness. - - - - Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a height, and a width. - - A Single value that is the x-coordinate of the bounding rectangle's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the y-coordinate of the bounding rectangle's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the bounding rectangle width. - A Single value that is the bounding rectangle height. - An ellipse color. - An Int32 value that specifies the ellipse line thickness. - - - - Draws a focus rectangle on the specified graphics surface and within the specified bounds. - - The Graphics surface to draw on. - The dimensions of the focus area. - The foreground color of the object to draw the focus rectangle on. - The background color of the object to draw the focus rectangle on. - - - - Draws a focus rectangle within the specified bounds. - - The dimensions of the focus area. - The foreground color of the object to draw the focus rectangle on. - The background color of the object to draw the focus rectangle on. - - - - Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure. - - to draw. - structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the icon parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. - - - - Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates. - - to draw. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. - - - - Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image. - - to draw. - structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. - - - - Draws the Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Point structure that specifies the image upper-left corner's location. - - - - Draws the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three Point structures that define a parallelogram. - - - - Draws the specified Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three Point structures that define a parallelogram. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three PointF structures that define a parallelogram. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A color-adjustment matrix for the default category. - - - - Draws the Image with its original physical size and at the specified location. - - An Image to draw. - A PointF structure that specifies the image upper-left corner's location. - - - - Draws the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three PointF structures that define a parallelogram. - - - - Draws the Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three PointF structures that define a parallelogram. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the portion of the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - An array of three Point structures that define a parallelogram. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A color-adjustment matrix for the default category. - - - - Draws the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image location and size. - - - - Draws the specified Image portion with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the drawn image's location and size. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - true if the image should be painted as is; false to draw a grayed-out "disabled" image. - - - - Draws the portion of the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the drawn image's location and size. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the portion of the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the drawn image's location and size. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A color-adjustment matrix for the default category. - - - - Draws the specified Image portion at the specific coordinates and with the specified attributes and size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the drawn image's location and size. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes object that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. - - - - Draws an Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image location and size. The image is scaled to fit this rectangle. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image portion' upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image portion' upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate the image portion's width. - An Int32 value that is the image portion' height. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the x, y, width and height parameters. - - - - Draws an Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image location and size. The image is scaled to fit this rectangle. - A Single value that is the x-coordinate of the image portion's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the y-coordinate of the image portion's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the image portion's width. - A Single value that is the image portion's height. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcX, srcY, srcHeight and srcWidth parameters. - - - - Draws an Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image location and size. The image is scaled to fit this rectangle. - A Single value that is the x-coordinate of the image portion's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the y-coordinate of the image portion's upper-left corner. - A Single value that is the image portion's width. - A Single value that is the image portion's height. - A color-adjustment matrix for the default category. - - - - Draws the Image at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image location and size. - - - - Draws an Image portion at the specified location and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image location and size. The image is scaled to fit this rectangle. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the specified Image with its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - - - - Draws the specified Image portion at the specific coordinates and with the specified size. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - true if the image should be painted as is; false to draw a grayed-out "disabled" image. - - - - Draws an image portion at a specified location. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the given images at specific coordinates and with specific size. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the image width. - An Int32 value that is the image height. - - - - Draws the Image using its original physical size and at the specified location. - - An Image to draw. - An Single value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Single value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - - - - Draws an image portion at the specified location. - - An Image to draw. - An Single value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Single value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - A RectangleF structure that specifies the image portion to be drawn. - A GraphicsUnit enumeration value that specifies the measure units for the srcRect parameter. - - - - Draws the Image at the specific location and with the specific size. - - An Image to draw. - An Single value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Single value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Single value that is the image width. - An Single value that is the image height. - - - - Draws an image at the specific location using its original physical size. - - An Image to draw. - A Point structure that specifies the image upper-left corner location. - - - - Draws an image at the specific location using its original physical size. - - An Image to draw. - A Rectangle structure, whose X and Y properties specify the image upper-left corner coordinates, and Width and Height properties are ignored. - - - - Draws an image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - - - - Draws an image at the specific location using its original physical size. - - An Image to draw. - An Int32 value that is the x-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - An Int32 value that is the y-coordinate of the image upper-left corner. - Not used. - Not used. - - - - Draws a line on the current painting surface connecting two Point structures. - - A Pen object specifying the Pen used to draw the line. - A Point structure that represents the first point to connect. - A Point structure that represents the second point to connect. - - - - Draws a line connecting two Point structures. - - Point structure that represents the first point to connect. - Point structure that represents the second point to connect. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the line. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the line. - - - - Draws a line connecting two PointF structures. - - A PointF structure that represents the first point to connect. - A PointF structure that represents the second point to connect. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the line. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the line. - - - - Draws a line connecting two Point structures. - - The x-coordinate of the Point structure that represents the first point to connect. - The y-coordinate of the Point structure that represents the first point to connect. - The x-coordinate of the Point structure that represents the second point to connect. - The y-coordinate of the Point structure that represents the second point to connect. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the line. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the line. - - - - Draws a line connecting two PointF structures. - - The x-coordinate of the PointF structure that represents the first point to connect. - The y-coordinate of the PointF structure that represents the first point to connect. - The x-coordinate of the PointF structure that represents the second point to connect. - The y-coordinate of the PointF structure that represents the second point to connect. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the line. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the line. - - - - Draws a polygon defined by an array of Point structures. - - Array of Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the lines. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the lines. - - - - Draws a polygon defined by an array of PointF structures. - - Array of PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the lines. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the lines. - - - - Draws a . - - that determines the color, width, and style of the path. - to draw. - - - - Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. - structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. - - - - Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. - structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. - - - - Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. - - - - Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. - - that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. - Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. - - - - Draws a polygon defined by an array of Point structures. - - Array of Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the polygon. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the polygon. - - - - Draws a polygon defined by an array of PointF structures. - - Array of PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. - A Color structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the polygon. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the polygon. - - - - Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A object which specifies the color, width and style of the rectangle. - A structure which represents the rectangle to draw. - - - - Draws a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A structure that represents the rectangle to draw. - A structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the rectangle. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the rectangle. - - - - Draws a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. - Width of the rectangle to draw. - Height of the rectangle to draw. - A structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the rectangle. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the rectangle. - - - - Draws a rectangle with the specified border color and thickness. - - An Single value that is the top left corner's x-coordinate. - An Single value that is the top left corner's y-coordinate. - A Single value that is the rectangle width. - A Single value that is the rectangle height. - A Color object that specifies the border color. - An Int32 value that specifies the border thickness. - - - - Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. - - Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. - A structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the rectangles. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the rectangles. - - - - Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures. - - Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw. - A structure that indicates the color of the Pen used to draw the rectangles. - A value indicating the width of the Pen used to draw the rectangles. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects using the specified formatting attributes. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects using the specified formatting attributes. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a text string at the specified position using the specified font, color and format. - - A value representing the text to be drawn. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A object which specifies formatting attributes, such as the line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Brush and Font objects. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. - StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Brush and Font objects using the specified formatting attributes. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Color of the drawn text. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Brush and Font objects using the specified formatting attributes. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Color of the drawn text. - Rectangle structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo object that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Brush and Font objects using the specified formatting attributes. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Color of the drawn text. - RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - StringFormatInfo that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified Brush and Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified StringFormat. - - String to draw. - Font that defines the text format of the string. - Color of the drawn text. - RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. - StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. - - - - Draws a vector image at the given coordinates. - - The vector image to draw. - A Point structure that specifies the coordinates for the drawn image. - An object that retrieves vector skin palettes. Vector image colors are slighly adjusted depending on the active palette. - - - - Draws a vector image - - The image to draw. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. - An object that retrieves vector skin palettes. Vector image colors are slighly adjusted depending on the active palette. - - - - Draws a text string vertically with the specified angle and at the specified position using the specified font, color and format. - - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A StringFormatInfo object which specifies formatting attributes such as the line spacing and alignment that are applied to the drawn text. - An integer value specifying the angle in degrees at which the text should be drawn. - - - - Draws a text string vertically with the specified angle and at the specified position using the specified font, color and format. - - A value which represents the text to be drawn. - A object which defines the font and associated settings of the text to be drawn. - A object which specifies the color and texture of the drawn text. - A structure which represents the drawing area. - A object which specifies formatting attributes such as the line spacing and alignment that are applied to the drawn text. - An integer value specifying the angle in degrees at which the text should be drawn. - - - - Allows the target painter to utilize the DirectX API. - - A DirectXPaint object that is the target painter. - - - - Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. - - A structure that indicates the color of the from the current cache that determines the characteristics of the fill. - A structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - - - - Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure. - - A structure that indicates the color of the from the current cache that determines the characteristics of the fill. - A structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - - - - Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - A structure that indicates the color of the from the current cache that determines the characteristics of the fill. - - - - Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. - Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a . - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - that represents the path to fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines. - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. - - - - Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. - - - - Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. - Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. - - - - Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by Point structures. - - Array of Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. - A Color structure that specifies the color of the fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by PointF structures. - - Array of PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. - A Color structure that specifies the color of the fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - An object specifying the background color used to fill the rectangle. - A structure which represents the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A object which represents the brush used to fill the rectangle. - A value which represents the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A object which represents the brush used to fill the rectangle. - A value which represents the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. - Width of the rectangle to fill. - Height of the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. - - that determines the characteristics of the fill. - The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. - The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. - Width of the rectangle to fill. - Height of the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the specified rectangular area with the specified color. - - A value that specifies the filling color. - A value which represents the rectangle to be filled. - - - - Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure. - - A structure that represents the color of this brush used to fill the rectangle. - A structure which represents the rectangle to fill. - - - - Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. - - A structure that indicates the color of the from the current cache that determines the characteristics of the fill. - Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. - - - - Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures. - - A structure that indicates the color of the from the current cache that determines the characteristics of the fill. - Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill. - - - - Gets a font object with the specified settings. - - A object whose settings specify the desired font's typeface and size. - A bitwise combination of enumeration values specifying the desired font style. - A object representing a font with the specified settings. - - - - Returns a linear gradient brush with specified settings. - - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the endpoints of the linear gradient. The starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle, and the endpoint is the upper-right corner of the rectangle. - A System.Drawing.Color object that represents the starting color for the gradient. - A System.Drawing.Color object that represents the ending color for the gradient. - A System.Drawing.Drawing2D.LinearGradientMode enumeration value specifying the gradient orientation. - A System.Drawing.Brush descendant representing the requested linear gradient brush (typically a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.LinearGradientBrush object). - - - - Returns a linear gradient brush with the specified settings. - - A structure that specifies the endpoints of the linear gradient. The starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle, and the endpoint is the upper-right corner of the rectangle. - A object that represents the starting color for the gradient. - A object that represents the ending color for the gradient. - A enumeration value specifying the gradient's orientation. - An integer value specifying the number of blend patterns for the brush. - A descendant representing the requested linear gradient brush (typically a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.LinearGradientBrush object). - - - - Returns the pixel-wide pen with a specified color. - - A System.Drawing.Color object specifying the pen color. - A System.Drawing.Pen object representing the requested pen. - - - - Returns a pen with specified settings. - - A System.Drawing.Color object specifying the pen color. - An integer value specifying the pen width. - A System.Drawing.Pen object representing the requested pen. - - - - Gets a solid brush with specified parameters. - - A System.Drawing.Color object specifying the brush color. - A System.Drawing.Brush descendant representing the requested brush (typically a System.Drawing.SolidBrush object). - - - - Gets an object that serves as the painting surface and provides painting facilities. - - A object providing painting facilities. - - - - Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - Returns whether the region which is bounded by the specified rectangle needs to be redrawn. - - A structure that specifies the rectangle to test. - true if the specified rectangle needs to be redrawn; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether the region which is bounded by the specified rectangle needs to be redrawn, taking into account clip regions, if any. - - A structure that specifies the rectangle to test. - true, if the specified rectangle needs to be redrawn; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A structure. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A structure. - - - - Gets or sets a DevExpress.Utils.Paint.XPaint object. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Paint.XPaint object. - - - - Gets an object providing information for painting. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.DXPaintEventArgs object that contains data used to perform painting. - - - - Gets or set a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - Retrieves clip regions from a display device context. - - - - - Resets a Matrix object used to perform geometric transformations. - - - - - Gets or sets the ScaleHelper object that adjusts font sizes and drawing API values according to the current DPI. - - The ScaleHelper object that adjusts font sizes and drawing API values according to the current DPI. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from code. - - - - - - Copies the skin information from the LookAndFeel parameter into the object. - - The object that contains the skin to be saved. - - - - Specifies the GraphicsCache and properties. - - The property value. - The property value. - - - - Gets or sets the rendering quality for the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with the cached . - - One of the values. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object. - - - - Returns whether or not the application currently uses the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. - - true, if the application currently uses the DirectX Hardware Acceleration; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies how an image can be aligned within another object. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The default layout. - - - - - An image is horizontally and vertically aligned at the center. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the center, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the center, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - An image is displayed as is, if its actual size is smaller than the size of the container. If the image size is larger than the container's size, the image is shrunk proportionally to fit the container's bounds. - - - - - An image is stretched to fill the available client area. - - - - - An image is stretched horizontally. - - - - - An image is stretched vertically. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - An image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - Zooms an image proportionally so that it's displayed within the client area in its entirety. - - - - - Zooms an image proportionally, making its smaller side (width or height) to be displayed entirely. The image is centered, so the larger side (height or width) will not be displayed in its entirety. - - - - - Contains values that specify how progress is indicated on progress bar controls. - - - - - A control repeatedly scrolls the block from one edge to another. - - - - - The same, as the option. - - - - - A control scrolls the block from one edge to another, by moving the block back when it reaches any control's edge. - - - - - Provides appearance and behavior settings for stub glyphs. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not items that have no images should display stub glyphs. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not items that have no images should display stub glyphs. -The value is equal to . - - - - Copies all settings of the target object to this object. - - A target object whose settings are to be copied. - - - - Gets or sets the case mode for stub glyph captions. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GlyphTextCaseMode enumerator value that specifies the case mode for stub glyph captions. - - - - Occurs whenever the object changes. - - - - - Gets or sets the stub glyphs' color scheme. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GlyphColorMode enumerator value that specifies the stub glyphs' color scheme. - - - - Gets or sets the corner radius for rectangular stub glyphs. - - An Int32 value that is the corner radius for rectangular stub glyphs. - - - - Provides access to the default stub glyph caption font. - - A Font object applied to stub glyph captions by default. - - - - Gets or sets the font that should be applied to stub glyph captions. - - A Font object that should be applied to stub glyph captions. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of stub glyphs' captions. - - A enumerator value that specifies the horizontal alignment of stub glyphs' captions. - - - - Gets or sets the number of initial letters of a bar item caption that should be displayed by this item's stub glyph. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GlyphTextSymbolCount enumerator value that allows you to choose between one and two characters. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between glyph borders and inner text content. - - A Padding structure that is the distance between glyph borders and inner text content. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not different hues of the same color are allowed. - - true, to allow different hues of the same color; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether or not the should be persisted. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the stub glyph shape. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GlyphBackgroundType enumerator value that specifies the stub glyph shape. - - - - Gets or sets whether font settings stored in the section should be applied to stub glyphs' captions. - - true, if font settings stored in the section should be applied to stub glyphs' captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of stub glyphs' captions. - - A enumerator value that specifies the vertical alignment of stub glyphs' captions. - - - - Provides data for mouse events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameters. - - A enumeration value that defines which mouse button was pressed. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the x-coordinate of a mouse click, in pixels. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the y-coordinate of a mouse click, in pixels. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that defines which mouse button was pressed. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the x-coordinate of a mouse click, in pixels. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the y-coordinate of a mouse click, in pixels. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the event hasn't been handled by a control; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Converts the object passed as a parameter to a object. - - A descendant. - A object which contains data for the mouse events. - A object which provides data for the mouse events. - - - - Converts the object passed as a parameter to a object. - - A object which contains data for the MouseUp, MouseDown, and MouseMove events. - A object which provides data for the mouse events. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether an event has been handled. - - true if the event hasn't been handled by a control; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether these event arguments provide data for the MouseUp, MouseDown, and MouseMove events. - - true if this object is of the MouseEventArgs type; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Contains values that specify how an in-place editor is activated for a cell in a container control. - - - - - If a cell is focused and not being edited, an in-place editor is opened on a click (the mouse button is pressed and then released). Clicking a non-focused cell focuses the cell first, and a subsequent click activates the in-place editor (if not prohibited). - - - - - Specifies the default behavior.For the Grid Control, the Default value is equivalent to:For the PivotGrid control, this option acts as the option. - - - - - A cell's in-place editor is activated when the left mouse button is pressed. - - - - - If a cell is focused and not being edited, an in-place editor is opened on pressing the mouse button. Clicking a non-focused cell focuses the cell first, and a subsequent mouse-down event activates the in-place editor (if not prohibited). - - - - - A cell's in-place editor is activated when a mouse button is released from a click within the cell. - - - - - Contains classes used to create a filtering UI. - - - - - Generates a filtering UI for a data-aware control (Data Grid, Tree List, Chart Control, etc.) or Data Model. - - - - - The floating panel that is displayed and hidden using an animation effect. See Flyout Panel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the speed of the animation used to show and hide the . - - An integer value specifying the rate of the animation used to show and hide the . - - - - Fires when a check button within the button panel of this is checked. - - - - - Occurs when a button in the 's built-in button panel is clicked. - - - - - Fires when a check button within the button panel of this is unchecked. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. -Use the property to specify the position at which the panel is displayed. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns a color for the glyph skinning feature. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A BaseButtonInfo object. - A System.Drawing.Color structure. - - - - Fires after the panel has been hidden. - - - - - This method is not supported by the class. Use the method instead. - - - - - Hides the current displayed as a beak form using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - - - - Hides the current displayed as a beak form immediately or using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - true, if the beak form should be hidden immediately; otherwise, false. - - - - Hides the using an animation effect specified by the property. - - - - - Hides the immediately or using an animation effect specified by the property. - - true, to hide the panel immediately; false to hide the panel using an animation effect. - - - - Fires when a panel is about to be hidden. - - - - - Gets whether the current is displayed. - - true, if the current is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum size of the . - - A object that specifies the minimum size of the . - - - - Contains the FlyoutPanel's view and behavior options. - - The FlyoutPanel's view and behavior options. - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the current displayed as a beak form. - - A BeakPanelOptions object representing the settings applied to the current displayed as a beak form. - - - - Provides access to the set of options applied to the built-in button panel. - - A object representing a set of options applied to the built-in button panel. - - - - Gets or sets the FlyoutPanel's owner, relative to which the panel is displayed. - - The FlyoutPanel's owner, relative to which the panel is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the form that owns this . - - A Form that owns this . - - - - This method is not supported by the class. Use the method instead. - - - - - Displays the current as a beak form using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - - - - Displays the current as a beak form immediately or using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form at the specified position using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - A System.Drawing.Point object that specifies the location on the screen where the beak form should be displayed. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form at the specified position using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property or immediately. - - A System.Drawing.Point object that specifies the location on the screen where the beak form should be displayed. - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form at the specified position using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property or immediately. - - A System.Drawing.Point object that specifies the location on the screen where the beak form should be displayed. - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - A Control that owns the current . - - - - Displays the current as a beak form at the specified position with the specified offset using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property or immediately. - - A System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location on the screen where the beak form should be displayed. - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - A Control that owns the current . - A System.Drawing.Point structure by which the location specified with the loc parameter should be translated. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form at the specified position with the specified offset using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property or immediately. - - A System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location on the screen where the beak form should be displayed. - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - A Control that owns the current . - A System.Drawing.Point structure by which the location specified with the loc parameter should be translated. - An IFlyoutPanelPopupController implementation that specifies the beak form behavior. For instance, whether to automatically close the opened beak form on a mouse move depending on the mouse coordinates relative to the form location. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form relative to the specified rectangle using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - A structure that specifies an area on the screen relative to which a beak form should be displayed. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form relative to the specified rectangle using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property. - - A structure that specifies an area on the screen relative to which a beak form should be displayed. - A object that specifies the location on the screen where a beak form should be displayed if the rect parameter is Rectangle.Empty. - - - - Displays the current as a beak form relative to the specified rectangle with the specified offset using an animation effect specified by the OptionsBeakForm.AnimationType property or immediately. - - A structure that specifies an area on the screen relative to which a beak form should be displayed. - A object that specifies the location on the screen where a beak form should be displayed if the rect parameter is Rectangle.Empty. - true, if the beak form should be displayed immediately; otherwise, false. - A Control that owns the current . - A System.Drawing.Point structure by which the location specified with the loc parameter should be translated. - An IFlyoutPanelPopupController implementation that specifies the beak form behavior. For instance, whether to automatically close the opened beak form on a mouse move depending on the mouse coordinates relative to the form location. - - - - Fires when the panel is about to be displayed. - - - - - Fires after the panel has been displayed. - - - - - Displays the panel at the position specified by the property using an animation effect specified by the property. - - - - - Displays the panel at the position specified by the property immediately or using an animation effect specified by the property. - - true, if the panel is displayed immediately (without an animation); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by buttons in the button panel. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by buttons in the button panel. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the and methods to control the panel visibility. - - - - - - Contains miscellaneous settings applied to a 's built-in button panel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether button glyphs are painted based on the 's foreground color. - - true, if button glyphs are painted based on the 's foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the 's buttons in different visual states. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ButtonsPanelControl.ButtonsPanelControlAppearance object that stores appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of buttons within the button panel. - - A System.Drawing.ContentAlignment enumeration value that specifies the alignment of buttons within the button panel. - - - - Gets or sets the built-in button panel's height. - - A value specifying the button panel's height, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the built-in button panel in the . - - A FlyoutPanelButtonPanelLocation enumeration value specifying the location of the built-in button panel in the . - - - - Provides access to the collection of buttons displayed in the 's built-in button panel. - - A BaseButtonCollection object representing a button collection. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within buttons. - - A that is an image collection providing images for buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the button panel. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the button panel. - - - - Resets settings applied to the built-in button panel to the default values. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true, if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the built-in button panel is displayed in the . - - true, if the built-in button panel is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains view and behavior options for a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the position at which the is displayed relative to its owner (). - - The position at which the FlyoutPanel is displayed relative to its owner. - - - - Gets or sets the animation effect used to display and hide the . - - The animation effect used to display and hide the FlyoutPanel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is automatically closed when the owner control is hidden. - - true, if the is automatically closed when the owner control is hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is hidden on clicking outside the panel's bounds. - - true, if the is hidden on clicking outside the panel's bounds; otherwise, false. - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - The default value for the property. - - - - - - Gets or sets the panel's horizontal indent from the owner's top left or top right corner when the property is set to TopLeft or TopRight. - - The panel's horizontal indent from a corner, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the display position of the when the property is set to Manual. The position is relative to the owner's top left corner. - - The display position of the FlyoutPanel when the AnchorType property is set to Manual, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's vertical indent from the owner's top left or top right corner when the property is set to TopLeft or TopRight. - - The panel's vertical indent from a corner, in pixels. - - - - Contains values that specify how an element is displayed relative to a text label within a group control. - - - - - Displays an element after a text label. - - - - - Displays an element before a text label. - - - - - Specifies the default position of an element relative to a text label. -Currently, the Default option is equivalent to the BeforeText option. - - - - - Prevents default actions when handling specific events. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Provides values that indicate different ways to interpret an ampersand character (&) in item captions. - - - - - A default control behavior. - - - - - The ampersand character (&) is hidden, the next character is not underlined. - - - - - The ampersand character (&) is shown, the next character is not underlined. - - - - - The ampersand character (&) is hidden, the next character is underlined. - - - - - The collection of objects to be used within DevExpress controls. -The ImageCollection is also used as a part of the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - true to permit image modification; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Appends the specified image to the collection. - - The image to add to the collection. - - - - Adds an image with the specified name to the collection. - - An Image to be added to the collection. - A string that specifies the image's name. You can then retrieve images by name via the property. - - - - Appends the specified image to the specified list. - - An object that represents the collection of images. - The image to add to the specified collection. - - - - Adds the images from the specified horizontal image strip to the collection. - - The image(s) to add to the collection. - - - - Adds the images from the specified vertical image strip to the collection. - - The image(s) to add to the collection. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Notifies the image collection that initialization is starting. - - - - - Fires after the image collection has been changed. - - - - - Removes all images from the collection. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Draws the image. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes used when painting. - The to draw. - An object that represents the image source. This parameter is in effect if the image parameter is null. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. This parameter is in effect if the image parameter is null. - A structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the image. - true, to draw an image in enabled state; otherwise, false. - - - - Draws the specified image using the specified paint settings. - - Provides the paint surface and storage of the recently used pens, fonts and brushes. - The to draw. - An object that represents the source of images. This parameter is in effect if the image parameter is null. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. This parameter is in effect if the image parameter is null. - A structure that specifies the drawing area. - Contains information about how image colors are manipulated during rendering. - - - - Draws the specified image at the specified location. - - A object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - An object that represents the source of the images. - A zero-based integer that specifies the index of the image within the images. - A structure that specifies the drawing area. - - - - Draws the specified image using the specified paint settings. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes used when painting. - An object that represents the image source. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. - A structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the image. - An ISvgPaletteProvider object specifying colors used to paint vector images. - - - - Draws the image. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes used when painting. - An object that represents the image source. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. - A structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the image. - true to draw an image in enabled state; otherwise, false. - - - - Draws the specified image using the specified paint settings. - - A object that provides storage for pens, fonts and brushes used when painting. - An object that represents the image source. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. - A structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the image. - true, to draw an image in enabled state; otherwise, false. - An ISvgPaletteProvider object specifying colors used to paint vector images. - - - - Draws the specified image using the specified paint settings. - - Provides the paint surface and storage of the recently used pens, fonts and brushes. - An object that represents the source of images. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. - A structure that specifies the drawing area. - Contains information about how image colors are manipulated during rendering. - - - - Draws the specified image using the specified paint settings. - - Provides the paint surface and storage of the recently used pens, fonts and brushes. - An object that represents the image source. - An integer value that identifies the image within the collection. - A structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the image. - Contains information about how image colors are manipulated during rendering. - An ISvgPaletteProvider object specifying colors used to paint vector images. - - - - Draws the specified image in the specified state and at the specified location. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GraphicsInfoArgs object. - An object that represents the source of the images. - A zero-based integer that specifies the index of the image within the images. - A structure that specifies the drawing area. - true to draw the image in the enabled state; otherwise, false. - - - - Notifies the image collection that initialization is complete. - - - - - Saves the contents of the current collection to a file. - - A string that specifies the name of the file to which the contents of the image collection is saved. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the number of images within the specified source of images. - - An object that represents the source of images. - An integer value that specifies the number of images within the specified image source. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the size of the specified image or of an image in the image list addressed by a specific index. - - An image whose size is returned. - An object that represents the source of images. This parameter is in effect if the image parameter is set to null. - The index of the required image in the images list. - A value that specifies the size of a specific image. - - - - - - - - - - - - When the option is enabled, the GetImageSize event allows you to customize the size of images returned by the . This event is fired on finishing an object initialization. - - - - - Returns the image stored in the specified file. - - A string that specifies the full path to the file. - A object that represents the image stored in the specified file; null if the image cannot be loaded. - - - - Provides access to the collection of images. - - A object that represents the collection of images. - - - - Gets or sets the size of images in the image collection. -For the , this property specifies the size of images fetched from an image strip (at design time or via the and methods). - - A structure which specifies the height and width of the images in the list. - - - - Gets or sets the handle to the associated with the current image collection. - - A handle to the for the current image collection. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the current image collection is empty. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - Inserts an image from project resources. - - An image to be inserted. - The name of the image to be inserted. - The type of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - An integer value that specifies the position at which the image needs to be inserted in the image collection. - - - - Inserts an image from project resources. - - An image to be inserted. - The name of the image to be inserted. - The type of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - An integer value that specifies the position at which the image needs to be inserted in the image collection. - The name of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies that when requesting an image from the ImageCollection, another DPI-specific image corresponding to the requested image is returned instead. - - The DefaultBoolean.True value if a requested image is replaced with a DPI-specific image; DefaultBoolean.False or DefaultBoolean.Default if this feature is disabled. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The . - An object that represents the image source. - An integer value that specifies the position of the image within the collection. - The Boolean value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Determines whether the image exists at the specified position within the specified source of images. - - An object that represents the source of images. - A zero-based integer that specifies the index of the image within the images. - true if the image exists at the specified position within the specified source of images; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Returns whether the specified collection contains DPI-specific images. - - An image collection to check for DPI-specific images. - An integer value specifying a zero-based index to check whether an image with this index exists in the specified collection. - true, if the specified collection contains DPI-specific images; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether an image with the specified index exists in the specified collection. - - An object that represents the source of images. - The index of the required image in the images list. - true, if an image exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Registers specific external image-containing assemblies within your application. - - A String array that contains names of the assemblies that should be registered. - - - - Provides access to external image-containing assemblies, registered by this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollectionRegisteredAssemblies object that stores registered assemblies. - - - - When requesting an image from the ImageCollection, the ResolveImage event fires when the project resources do not contain a DPI-specific image that matches the requested image and allows you to provide this DPI-specific image manually. This event is in effect when the option is enabled and the requested image was loaded into the ImageCollection from the project resources. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent. - - The which represents the color that is not rendered when the image is drawn. - - - - A base class that provides API for the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ImageCollection class descendant with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ImageCollection class descendant with the specified settings. - - An IContainer that specifies an object that owns this image collection descendant. - - - - Adds a specific image to this collection. - - The image to add. - - - - Adds a specific image to this collection. - - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The image to add. - - - - Adds an image to this collection by its URI. - - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The URI of the added image. See Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images article to learn more. - - - - Adds an image from the resource assembly to this collection. - - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The complete image name that includes the assembly name and the extension. - The assembly name. - - - - Adds a resource image to this collection. - - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The image name as it appears in resources. - The resource class type. - - - - Adds multiple images to this collection. - - An IEnumerable object that contains multiple images to be added. - - - - Starts the collection's initialization. - - - - - Fires when the collection changes. - - - - - Removes all images from this collection. - - - - - Checks whether this collection contains the target image. - - The image to check. - true, if the collection has this image; otherwise, false. - - - - Checks whether this collection has an image with the specific name. - - The image name to check. - true, if the collection has an image with such name; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all collection images to the specific array. - - An array to which the collection should copy its images. - An Int32 value that specifies the copied images' starting position within the array. - - - - Returns the current number of images in this collection. - - The image number. - - - - Finalizes the collection initialization. - - - - - Returns a regular raster image of the specific size. This raster image is produced from a source vector image, and colorized according to the provided palette. Throws the System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the collection has no vector image with the given index. - - An Index of a source vector image within this collection. - Specifies a palette according to which the produced raster image should be colorized. See the How To: Draw and Use SVG Images article (the Colors section) to learn why and how images change their colors depending on skins and palettes. - The produced image's size. - An Image that is the raster image produced from a vector image. - - - - Returns a regular raster image of the desired size. The image is produced from a source vector image. Throws the System.ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the collection has no vector image with the given index. - - An Index of a source vector image within this collection. - The produced image size. - An Image that is the raster image produced from a vector image. - - - - Returns a regular raster image of the specific size. This raster image is produced from a source vector image, and colorized according to the provided palette. Returns null if the collection has no vector image with the given name. - - The image name within the collection. - An ISvgPaletteProvider object that specifies a palette according to which the produced raster image should be colorized. See the How To: Draw and Use SVG Images article (the Colors section) to learn why and how images change their colors depending on skins and palettes. - A Size structure that is the produced image' size. - An Image that is the raster image produced from a vector image. - - - - Returns a regular raster image of the desired size. The image is produced from a source vector image. Returns null if the collection has no vector image with the given name. - - The vector image name within the collection). - The produced image's size. - An Image that is the raster image produced from a vector image. - - - - Returns the Info objects for all images owned by this collection. - - The collection that stores info objects for every ImageCollection image. - - - - Gets or sets the default image size. If you do not manually set a control's ImageOptions.SvgImageSize setting, an vector icon assigned to this control will have this default size. - - The default image size. - - - - Returns the collection index of the specific image. - - The image whose index is to be obtained. - The image index inside this collection. - - - - Adds the specific image to this collection, , and places this image to the specific position. - - The position the added image should have inside this collection. - The image to be added. - - - - Adds the specific image to this collection, and places it to the specific position. - - The position the added image should have inside this collection. - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The image to add. - - - - Adds an image to this collection by its URI, and places this image to the specific position. - - The position the added image should have inside this collection. - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The URI of the added image. See Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images article to learn more. - - - - Adds an image from the assembly to this collection, and places this image to the specific position. - - The position the added image should have inside this collection. - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The complete image name that includes the assembly name and the extension. - The assembly name. - - - - Adds an image from resources, and places this image to the specific position. - - The position the added image should have inside this collection. - The name that the added image will have in this collection. - The image name as it appears in resources. - The resource class type. - - - - Returns a collection image by its index. - - The image index inside this collection. - The image that occupies the given position in this collection. - - - - Returns a collection image by its name. - - The image name. - The image that has the given name. - - - - Returns names for all images kept in this collection. - - An IEnumerable object that stores all image names. - - - - Removes the image from this collection. - - The image to remove. - true, if the image was successfully removed; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes an image with the specific index from this collection. - - The index of an image to be removed. - - - - Removes an image with the specific name from this collection. - - The name of an image to be removed. - - - - Returns the actual (DPI-aware) size of images stored in this . - - A Size structure that is the actual image size. - - - - Renames the target image. - - An SvgImage that is the image to be renamed. - The new image name. - - - - Renames the target image. - - Tthe position of an image that needs to be renamed. - The new image name. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object that represents the image collection which owns this object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the object's owner. - true to permit image modification; otherwise, false. - - - - Appends the specified image to the current collection of images. - - A object to append to the collection. - An integer value indicating the position at which the new element was inserted. -1 if the specified image is null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or empty. - - - - Adds an image with the specified name to the collection. - - An image to add to the collection. - A string that specifies the name of the image, - An integer value that specifies the position at which the image has been added. - - - - Adds images from the specified horizontal image strip to the collection. - - The image(s) to add to the collection. - - - - Adds images from the specified vertical image strip to the collection. - - The image(s) to add to the collection. - - - - Adds images from the specified list to the current collection. - - A IList object that contains images to be added to the collection. - - - - Adds an array of images to the current collection. - - An array of images to be added to the collection. - - - - Clears the current collection. - - - - - Gets whether the collection contains the specified element. - - An object to locate in the collection. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the collection contains the specified element. - - - - Copies the collection to a compatible one-dimensional Array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in the array in which copying begins. - - - - Gets the number of items in the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the number of items in the collection. - - - - Returns an enumerator for the collection. - - An IEnumerator for the collection. - - - - Returns an image from the image collection at the specified position within the specified height and width. - - A object which resolution settings will be applied to the resulting image. - An integer value that specifies the width of the resulting image. - An integer value that specifies the height of the resulting image. - An integer value that specifies the vertical position of the resulting image in the images collection. - An integer value that specifies the horizontal position of the resulting image in the images collection. - A object which represents an image at the specified position of the specified size. - - - - Searches for the specified Object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the collection. - - The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the collection, if found; otherwise, -1. - The Object to locate in the collection. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An InnerImagesList object. - - - - Inserts an image from project resources. - - An image to be inserted. - The name of the image to be inserted. - The type of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - An integer value that specifies the position at which the image needs to be inserted in the image collection. - An integer value that specifies the index of the inserted image in the image collection. - - - - Inserts an image from project resources. - - An image to be inserted. - The name of the image to be inserted. - The type of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - An integer value that specifies the position at which the image needs to be inserted in the image collection. - The name of the class where the image to be inserted is defined. - An integer value that specifies the index of the inserted image in the image collection. - - - - Inserts an image into the collection at the specified position. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based position at which the specified image is inserted. - An image to insert into the collection. - - - - Inserts an image with the assigned name into the collection at the specified position. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based position at which the specified image is inserted. - An image to insert into the collection. - A string that specifies the name to be associated with the image. - - - - Inserts an image from the target assembly. - - A String value that is the name of the source assembly that stores the required image. - A String value that is the image name. - A String value that is the path to the source assembly. - An Int32 value that is the position within the collection at which the target image should be placed. - An Int32 value that is the index of the successfully inserted image. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. - - false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). - - true. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired item's position within the collection. If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A object which represents the image at the specified position. - - - - Provides access to the images in the collection by their names. - - A string that specifies the name of the image to locate in the collection. - An image with the specified name. - - - - Gets the collection of names assigned to the images in the current collection. - - A StringCollection of names assigned to the images in the current collection. - - - - Removes the specified image from the collection. - - An image to remove from the collection. - - - - Removes an image at the specified position from the collection. - - A zero-based index of the required image. - - - - Removes an image with the specified name from the collection. - - A string that specifies the name of the required image. - - - - Assigns a name to the image located at the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the required image. - A string that specifies the name to be assigned to the image. - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - The current object. - - - - Copies the elements of the to a new array of objects. - - An array of objects containing the copies of the elements of the . - - - - A class used by various controls to provide shortcut keys. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class and sets the shortcut to the value. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class with the specified shortcut. - - The key combination to initialize the property. Values of the type can be combined using the OR operator. - - - - Creates an instance of the class with the specified shortcut. - - The key combination to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the name of the ALT key which is dependent upon the end-user's regional settings. - - A string which specifies the name of the ALT key. - - - - Gets the name of the CONTROL key which is dependent upon the end-user's regional settings. - - A string which specifies the name of the CONTROL key. - - - - Gets the static object whose property is set to . - - - - - - Tests whether the shortcuts of the current and specified objects are identical. - - The object representing the object. - true if the function parameter represents a object and its shortcut is equal to the shortcut of the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified System.Windows.Forms.Keys object. - - The object whose text representation is to be obtained. - The text representation of the specified Keys object. - - - - Tests whether the current shortcut specifies a valid key combination. - - true if the current shortcut specifies a valid key combination; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the shortcut used to activate particular functionality. - - The value representing the shortcut. - - - - Gets the name of the SHIFT key which is dependent upon the end-user's regional settings. - - A string which specifies the name of the SHIFT key. - - - - Gets the text representation of the current shortcut. - - The text representation of the current shortcut. - - - - Provides simplified form layout panels: the and objects. - - - - - A panel that arranges its child element into a single line that can be oriented either vertically or horizontally. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the StackPanel class with default settings. - - - - - Returns whether the control from the panel Controls collection occupies all available panel space. - - A Control whose stretch mode is to be obtained. - true, if the control stretches; otherwise, false. - - - - Retrieves the object that provides current StackPanel settings. - - A StackPanelObjectInfoArgs object that provides current StackPanel settings. - - - - Gets or sets the direction along which this stack panel arranges its child controls. - - Specifies the layout direction for child stack panel items. - - - - Forces the control lying on the stack panel to occupy the entire free space available in this panel. The size of a stretched control cannot exceed this control's MaximumSize. The control is strethed in the direction that matches the panel orientation (i.e., vertically for TopDown and BottomUp panels). - - A control from the panel's Controls collection. - true, to stretch the control; otherwise, false. - - - - A panel with a table layout, where each cell can host a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the TablePanel class with default settings. - - - - - Provides access to this panel's column collection. - - A collection of the Table Panel columns. - - - - If a target control lies in a Table Panel cell, this method returns the index of a column that owns this cell. - - The Control to check. - The index of a parent column. - - - - If a target control lies in a Table Panel cell and stretches horizontally across multiple cells, this method returns the number of columns this control occupies. - - The Control to check. - The number of columns across which this Control spans. - - - - If a target control lies in a Table Panel cell, this method returns the index of a row that owns this cell. - - The control to check. - The index of a parent row. - - - - If a target control lies in a Table Panel cell and stretches vertically across multiple cells, this method returns the number of rows this control occupies. - - The Control to check. - The number of rows across which this Control spans. - - - - Retrieves the object that provides current TablePanel settings. - - A TablePanelObjectInfoArgs object that provides current TablePanel settings. - - - - Provides access to this panel's row collection. - - A collection of the Table Panel rows. - - - - Moves a control in the specific Table Panel cell. Note that you should first add the control to the panel Controls collection. - - The Control to move. - The new index of a row. - The new index of a column. - - - - Places the control into a cell that belongs to this column. Note that this method can be called only for controls from the panel's Controls collection. - - The control to move. - The new index of a Panel column. - - - - Stretches the control horizontally across the given number of cells. Note that this method can only be called for controls from the panel's Controls collection. - - The stretched control. - The number of rows occupied by this control. - - - - Places the control into a cell that belongs to this row. Note that this method can be called only for controls from the panel's Controls collection. - - The control to move. - The new index of a Panel row. - - - - Stretches the control vertically across the given number of cells. Note that this method can only be called for controls from the panel's Controls collection. - - The stretched control. - The number of rows occupied by this control. - - - - Gets or sets whether this TablePanel should draw its grid lines at runtime. - - Specifies whether this panel should show its grid lines at runtime. The DefaultBoolean.Default setting is equal to DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Contains values that specify how a specific element is positioned relative to another element. - - - - - An element is located at the bottom edge of another element. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - An element is located at the left edge of another element. - - - - - An element is located at the right edge of another element. - - - - - An element is located at the top edge of another element. - - - - - The Magnifier that allows users to pick colors from anywhere around the screen. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IWin32Window object that owns this Magnifier. - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IWin32Window object that owns this Magnifier. - A object that stores Magnifier settings. - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IWin32Window object that owns this Magnifier. - A Single value that is the initial Magnifier zoom level. Users can zoom in and out using a mouse scroll wheel. - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IWin32Window object that owns this Magnifier. - A Single value that is the initial Magnifier zoom level. Users can zoom in and out using a mouse scroll wheel. - true if the Magnifier should automatically close immediately after a user clicks the left mouse button to select a color; false if the Magnifier closes only when user presses "Esc" or clicks the right mouse button. - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Displays the with specific parameters. - - An interface descendant that owns this . - An Int32 value that specifies the 's initial zoom level. - true, if the should automatically close when a user presses the left mouse button; otherwise, false. - true to copy a clicked color to the clipboard; otherwise, false. - A object that stores selected colors and zoom level. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IWin32Window object that owns this Magnifier. - A Single value that is the initial Magnifier zoom level. Users can zoom in and out using a mouse scroll wheel. - true if the Magnifier should automatically close immediately after a user clicks the left mouse button to select a color; false if the Magnifier closes only when user presses "Esc" or clicks the right mouse button. - true, if the selected color should be copied to the clipboard; otherwise, false. - A ColorFormat that specifies whether the Magnifier displays remembered and hovered colors in RGB or HEX format. - A object that stores the last remembered Magnifier zoom level and colors selected by a user. - - - - Displays the with specific parameters. - - An interface descendant that owns this . - An Int32 value that specifies the 's initial zoom level. - true if the should automatically close when a user presses the left mouse button; otherwise, false. - true to copy a clicked color to the clipboard; otherwise, false. - A ColorFormat enumeration value that specifies whether the should return selected colors as Hexadecimal or ARGB values. - true, to show a pixel grid inside the Magnifier; otherwise, false. - A object that stores selected colors and zoom level. - - - - Provides settings that allow you to invoke the with specific settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Specifies whether a Magnifier should automatically close immediately after a user clicks the left mouse button to select a color. - - true if the Magnifier should automatically close immediately after a user clicks a left mouse button to select a color; false if the Magnifier closes only when user presses "Esc" or clicks the right mouse button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Magnifier displays hovered and remembered colors in RGB or HEX format. - - A ColorFormat enumeration value that specifies whether the Magnifier displays hovered and remembered colors in RGB or HEX formats. - - - - Gets or sets the Magnifier start-up zoom level. End-users can scroll in and out by using a mouse scroll wheel. - - A Single value that specifies the Magnifier start-up zoom level. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not a color chosen by a user should be automatically copied to the clipboard. - - true, to copy a selected color to the clipboard; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the should display a pixel grid inside its client area. - - true, to display a pixel grid; otherwise, false. - - - - An object that stores colors chosen by a user in the and the Magnifier's last remembered zoom level. - - - - - Retrieves the last color under the Magnifier crosshair. - - A Color that was the last color under the Magnifier crosshair before the Magnifier closed. - - - - Retrieves the last color picked by a user. A user must click the left mouse button to select a color. - - A nullable Color value that is the last color picked by a user. - - - - Retrieves the last remembered Magnifier zoom level. - - A Single value that is the last remembered Magnifier zoom level. - - - - Contains classes that are used to implement context menus in DevExpress controls. - - - - - Base class for the popup (context) menu of Office-inspired controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and the handler for the event. - - An event handler that will be invoked when the menu is about to be displayed. This value is assigned to the event. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and disable it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and disable it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - true to search nested menus recursively; otherwise, false. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and enable it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and enable it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - true to search nested menus recursively; otherwise, false. - - - - Searches for a menu item specified by its ID within a specified menu object. - - A object that is the menu from which a search starts. - An integer that is the position of the menu item within the menu object. - true, to search nested menus recursively; otherwise, false. - A object if the menu with a specified identifier is found; otherwise null (or Nothing in Visual Basic) - - - - Gets or sets menu identifier. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - - - - Moves a menu item with a check mark to a specified position. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - An integer that is the position of a menu item within the menu object. - - - - Moves a menu item to a specified position. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - An integer that is the position of a menu item within the menu object. - - - - Moves a menu item to a specified position. - - A object that is the menu item. - An integer that is the position of a menu item within the menu object. - - - - Moves a submenu item to a specified position. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - An integer that is the position of a menu item within the menu object. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and remove it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - - - - Find a menu item specified by its Id and remove it. - - An object serving as a menu identifier. - true, to search nested menus recursively; otherwise, false. - - - - A group of buttons that can be displayed within a object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance with the default settings. - - - - - Represents a menu item that can be checked and unchecked. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption. - - A string that specifies the menu item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and check state. - - A string that specifies the menu item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies the menu item's check state. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption, image, check state and event handler. - - A string that specifies the menu item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies the menu item's check state. This value is assigned to the property. - An image that is displayed within the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the check state is toggled. This value is assigned to the event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. - - true if the menu item is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the menu item's check state is toggled. - - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Represents a regular menu item. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and display priority. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - A DXMenuItemPriority enumeration value that specifies the display priority for the current item in a . This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and Click event handler - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the menu item is clicked or selected. This value is assigned to the event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption, display priority and Click event handler. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the menu item is clicked or selected. This value is assigned to the event. - A DXMenuItemPriority enumeration value that specifies the display priority for the current item in a . This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The menu item's caption. - The EventHandler object that handles the menu item's Click event. - The property value. - The property value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption, image and Click event handler - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the menu item is clicked or selected. This value is assigned to the event. - An image that is displayed within the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string used to initialize the item's property. - A handler for the event. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string used to initialize the item's property. - A handler for the event. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the menu item is clicked or selected. This value is assigned to the event. - An image that is displayed within the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - An Image used to initialize the property. - A DXMenuItemPriority enumeration value that specifies the display priority for the current item in a . This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current icon should be painted in the 's foreground color. - - true, if the current icon should be painted in the 's foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the in the normal state. - - An object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the in the disbled state. - - An object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the in the hovered state. - - An object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current menu item starts a group. - - true if the menu item starts a group; otherwise, false. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Specifies the text displayed within the menu item. - - A string that specifies the text displayed within the menu item. - - - - Occurs when the menu item's functionality needs to be invoked. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the menu item collection which owns the current menu item. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Menu.DXMenuItemCollection collection which owns the current menu item. - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu item is enabled. - - true if the menu item is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Invokes the event handler assigned to the event. - - - - - Returns the actual raster image displayed by this . - - An ISvgPaletteProvider that colorizes SVG icons depending on the currently applied DevExpress skin. - An Image displayed by this . - - - - Returns the size of the image displayed by this . - - A Size structure that specifies the size of the image displayed by this . - - - - Returns whether the current menu item is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if the current item is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this has an image assigned. - - true, if this has an image assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed within the menu item, - - A object that specifies the image displayed within the menu item. - - - - Gets or sets an image representing the menu item in the disabled state. - - An Image object representing the menu item in the disabled state. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to set up raster and vector icons for this . - - An DevExpress.Utils.Menu.DXMenuItemImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu item is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if the menu item is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a large image for the current menu item. - - An Image object that is a large image for the current menu item. - - - - Gets or sets a large image displayed in the current menu item when it is in the disabled state. - - An Image object that is a large image displayed in the current menu item when it is in the disabled state. - - - - Gets or sets the object that owns this . - - An object that owns this . - - - - Gets or sets the display priority for the current item in a . - - A DXMenuItemPriority enumeration value that specifies the display priority for the current item in a . - - - - Gets or sets a shortcut displayed within the menu item - - A value that specifies a shortcut. - - - - Gets or sets whether the ampersand ('&') character, when it is found in the item's , acts as a shortcut prefix, or it is displayed as is. - - true if the ampersand ('&') character, when it is found in the item's , acts as a shortcut prefix; false if the ampersand ('&') is displayed as is. - - - - Gets or sets a super tip for this . - - A object assigned to this . - - - - Gets or sets the vector image that is this icon. - - An SvgImage object that is the vector image assigned to this . - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with the menu item. - - An object that contains the information which is associated with the menu item. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu item is visible. - - true if the menu item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - A base class for popup menus in DevExpress .NET controls. - - - - - This method supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - This method supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - - This method supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the menu's alignment relative to the mouse cursor. - - The ContentAlignment value that is the alignment of the menu relative to the mouse cursor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires after the menu has been closed. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from code. - - - - - - This method supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - Fires a specific event that typically occurs after the menu has disappeared. - - - - - Returns whether the menu items are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if menu items are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Hides the current popup menu. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if the menu is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires whenever a user clicks any item that belongs to this . - - - - - Specifies the maximum menu depth for all descendants in this solution. Menus with a nesting level that exceeds this value will be unable to expand certain sub-menu items. - - - - - - Gets or sets how the current menu is displayed (as a menu, floating bar or ). - - A MenuViewType value - - - - Gets or sets whether items in this can be displayed in multiple columns. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not items in this can be displayed in multiple columns. - - - - Provides access to the set of properties that manage multi-column item layout in this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.Menu.OptionsMultiColumn object that stores properties which manage multi-column item layout in this . - - - - Gets or sets the object that created the current popup menu. For internal use. - - An object that created the current popup menu. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should display its caption. This setting is in effect only when the menu is associated with the Bar Manager. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether this items should display their hints. - - true, if these items should display their hints; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the at specific coordinates. - - A Control that is the parent control for this . - A Point structure that specifies the menu location. - - - - Displays the at specific coordinates. For internal use. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies a submenu. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and the handler for the event. - - A string that specifies the text displayed by the menu item. This value is assigned to the property. - A handler for the event. - - - - Allows you to dynamically provide sub-items for the current object. - - - - - Invokes the event handler assigned to the event. - - - - - Gets a collection of items displayed when the current submenu is expanded. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Menu.DXMenuItemCollection object which contains menu items displayed when the submenu is expanded. - - - - Contains methods to operate on objects. - - - - - Hides the current popup control. - - - - - Displays the current popup control using a menu manager. - - An IDXMenuManager object that displays a popup control in a specific manner. - A parent control for the current popup control. - A position where a popup control will be displayed. - - - - Gets whether the current popup control is visible. - - true if the current popup control is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains values that specify how a is displayed. - - - - - A menu is displayed as a regular popup menu. - - - - - A menu is displayed as a . - - - - - A menu is displayed as a popup bar. - - - - - Contains classes used to build MVVM-aware applications. - - - - - Generates View Models and manages their lifecycle. - - - - - A context item that allows an end-user to rate the content using the grading scale. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the glyph representing checked points. - - An Image that specifies the glyph representing checked points. - - - - Gets or sets whether the rating can be specified with precision up to integers, integers and half-integers, or decimals. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.RatingItemFillPrecision enumeration value that specifies the rating precision. - - - - Returns the Image object specifying the checked point glyph actually assigned. - - An ISkinProvider object. - The Image object specifying the checked point glyph actually assigned. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a checked point glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a checked point glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to all properties related to the grading scale glyphs. - - A DevExpress.Utils.RatingContextButtonImageOptions object that stores all icon-related settings. - - - - Provides access to individual image-related property sets for every visual state - Normal, Hovered, and Checked. - - A DevExpress.Utils.RatingContextButtonImageOptionsCollection object that stores image-related settings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the number of points in the grading scale. - - An integer value that specifies the number of points in the grading scale. - - - - Gets or sets the rating specified by the current item. - - A decimal value that specifies the content rating. - - - - The image collection that allows you to share images between controls within multiple forms. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not s are allowed to modify the project resource file. - - true, if s are allowed to modify the project resource file; otherwise, false. - - - - Notifies the image collection that initialization has started - - - - - Notifies the image collection that initialization is complete. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the inner collection of images for the . - - A object that is the inner collection of images. - - - - Gets the number of existing instances. - - An integer value that is the number of existing instances. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - The enumeration specifies the size of images being displayed within an object, when images are obtained from a . - - - - - The size of an image being displayed by an object is determined by the ImageSize property of the bound . - - - - - The size of an image being displayed by an object is determined by the size of the corresponding Image item in the bound . - - - - - Represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A SerializationInfo object. - A StreamingContext object. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed in the current SuperToolTip object. - - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is allowed in the tooltip. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Copies the settings and contents of the specified tooltip to the current object. - - A source object. - - - - Returns a copy of the current object. - - A object which is a copy of the current tooltip. - - - - The default distance between items. This constant specifies the default value for the property. - - - - - - Specifies the distance between tooltip items. - - An integer which specifies the distance between tooltip items. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip's width is fixed or automatically adjusted to fit the tooltip's contents entirely. - - true if the tooltip's width is fixed; false if the tooltip is automatically resized to fit its contents entirely. - - - - Gets whether the is empty. - - true if the doesn't contain any information to display; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the collection of items which constitute the object. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipItemCollection which contains items displayed by the object. - - - - This property is not supported by this class. - - A object. - - - - Specifies the tooltip window's maximum width, in pixels. - - An integer value that specifies the tooltip window's maximum width. - - - - Gets whether HTML formatting in a SuperToolTip is allowed by the ToolTipController object that displays the current object. - - true if HTML formatting is allowed by the ToolTipController object that displays the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets padding within the . - - A object that specifies the tooltip's internal spacing characteristics. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltip's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if tooltip's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates tooltip items based on the specified setup information. - - A DevExpress.Utils.SuperToolTipSetupArgs object which contains initialization information. - - - - Gets the textual representation of the current . - - A string which specifies the tooltip's textual representation. - - - - Stores vector images added by you and provides these images to DevExpress controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer that specifies an object that owns this . - - - - Generates a new instance filled with images from a project assembly. - - A String value that specifies the path to assembly images within a project. - An Assembly that contains the target embedded resource images. - A object that contains images from a project assembly. - - - - Returns the SvgImageInfo objects for all images owned by this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageInfoCollection object that stores information for all the images. - - - - Contains classes implementing the functionality of the . - - - - - Contains classes supporting the functionality of the . - - - - - Defines the set of values that specify the position of the Frequent/Recent category in the Jump List. - - - - - The Frequent/Recent category is displayed at the bottom of the Jump List. - - - - - The Frequent/Recent category is displayed at the top of the Jump List. - - - - - Defines the set of values that specify whether the Frequent category or Recent category is displayed in the Jump List, or none of them are displayed. - - - - - The Frequent Category is displayed in the Jump List. This category contains the list of files that are frequently opened with the current application. - - - - - Neither Frequent nor Recent category is displayed in the Jump List. - - - - - The Recent Category is displayed in the Jump List. This category contains the list of files that are recently opened with the current application. - - - - - Contains values that specify the type of progress indicator to be displayed within taskbar buttons. - - - - - The same as the Normal mode, but the progress bar turns red to indicate that an error has occurred. - - - - - An indeterminate marquee-style progress indicator, which cycles repeatedly along the length of the taskbar button. - - - - - Stops displaying progress and returns the button to its regular state. - - - - - The determinate progress indicator that grows in size from left to right. Advance the progress value with the property. - - - - - The same as the Normal mode, but the progress turns yellow to indicate that progress is currently stopped. - - - - - This interface supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Represents a custom category in a Jump List. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value that is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets a caption of the . - - A caption of the . - - - - Gets or sets a collection of tasks in the . - - A collection of tasks in the . - - - - Represents the collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Releases all resources used by elements of the . - - - - - Represents the collection of items in a Jump List category. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Releases all resources used by elements of the . - - - - - Represents the separator that separates tasks in the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Converts an object to its string representation. - - This method returns "Separator". - - - - Represents a task in a Jump List. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value that is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the arguments for a command file specified in the property. - - The arguments for a command file specified in the property. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets a caption of the . - - A caption of the . - - - - Fires when a task has been clicked. - - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current . - - A new object that is a copy of the current . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the task description shown in the tooltip. - - A String value that specifies the task description shown in the tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an icon contained in the image source specified by the property or in the resources of the assembly. - - The index of an icon that is contained in the assembly resources. - - - - Gets or sets the path to an assembly or an image that is used to specify the icon for the current task. - - A string value that specifies the path to an assembly or an image that is used to specify the icon for the current task. - - - - Gets or sets the full path to a destination folder or a file that is launched by the . - - The full path to a destination folder or a file that is launched by the . - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the program starts minimized, maximized, or normally. - - The WindowShowCommand enumeration value that specifies whether the program starts minimized, maximized, or normally. The default value is WindowShowCommand.Normal. - - - - Gets or sets the current directory for a process launched with a click on the current task. - - The current directory for a process that is launched with a click on the . - - - - Provides methods to manipulate an application taskbar button, Jump List and thumbnail preview. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Assigns the specified parent control to the current component. - - A Control to be assigned the current component. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets the default component. - - The default component. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Flashes the parent window. It does not change the window's active state. - - A FlashFlags enumeration value that specifies the flash status (flash the window caption, flash the taskbar button, flash continuously until the window comes to the foreground, etc.). The enumeration supports bitwise operations, you can enable multiple flags. - An integer value that specifies the number of flashes. - An integer value that specifies the flash rate, in milliseconds. 0 to use the default cursor blink rate. - true, if the window caption was drawn as active before the call; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the name of the assembly that contains icons (in resources) for Jump List tasks. - - A string value that specifies the name of the assembly that contains icons (in resources) for Jump List tasks. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of custom categories in the Jump List. - - The collection of custom categories in the Jump List. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the Frequent or Recent category in the Jump List. - - The position of the Frequent or Recent category in the Jump List. - - - - Gets or sets which category (Recent or Frequent) is enabled in the Jump List. - - A value that specifies which category (Recent or Frequent) is enabled in the Jump List. - - - - Provides access to the collection of items within the standard Tasks category in the Jump List. - - The collection of items within the standard Tasks category in the Jump List. - - - - The maximum number of thumbnail buttons in the live thumbnail preview. This field is equal to 7. - - - - - - Gets or sets a small overlay icon displayed over the application icon. - - A small overlay icon displayed over the application icon. - - - - Gets or sets the Control to which the current is bound. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Control object to which the current is bound. - - - - Gets or sets the current value of a progress indicator within an application's taskbar button. - - The current value of a progress indicator within an application's taskbar button. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value of a progress indicator within an application's taskbar button. - - The maximum value of a progress indicator within an application's taskbar button. - - - - Gets or sets the type of progress indicator within the taskbar button. - - A value that specifies the type of progress indicator within the taskbar button. - - - - Updates the application taskbar button. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of buttons displayed in the toolbar in the live thumbnail preview. - - A collection of toolbar buttons in the live thumbnail preview. - - - - Gets or sets the region of the application window that is used as a thumbnail in the live thumbnail preview. - - The region of the application window that is used as a thumbnail in the live thumbnail preview. - - - - Gets or sets whether a single instance of the Jump List is used for all instances of the current application. - - true, if a single instance of the Jump List is used for all instances of the current application; false if every application instance uses its own Jump List instance. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets the window handle that the is bound to. - - The window handle that the is bound to. - - - - Gets the that raised the event. - - The that raised the event. - - - - A button within the live thumbnail preview window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Fires when the button is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a click on this button automatically closes the live thumbnail preview. - - true, if the live thumbnail preview is automatically closed on clicking the button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button is enabled. - - true, if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the button. - - The image displayed within the button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button's pressed state is visually indicated. - - true, if the button's pressed state is visually indicated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the button's tooltip. - - The button's tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button is visible. - - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Represents the collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Disposes the current object and releases all the allocated resources. - - - - - Contains options that specify how text is rendered. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner, the text settings are set to default values. - - An object which becomes the owner of the current object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified alignments, word wrapping and text trimming options. - - A value that specifies the horizontal alignment of text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the vertical alignment of text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies word wrapping mode. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies text trimming mode. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified alignments, word wrapping and text trimming options. - - A value that specifies the horizontal alignment of text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the vertical alignment of text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies word wrapping mode. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies text trimming mode. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value that specifies the hotkey prefix for the text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets an object that specifies the default text options. - - A object that specifies the default text options. - - - - Gets an object whose settings force text to be centered. - - A object with its settings set to the corresponding values. - - - - Gets an object whose settings allow text to wrap. - - A object with its settings set to the corresponding values. - - - - Gets an object whose settings prevent text from wrapping. - - A object with its settings set to the corresponding values. - - - - Gets an object whose settings force text to be centered and prevent it from wrapping. - - A object with its settings set to the corresponding values. - - - - Gets an object that contains the default formatting settings. - - A object containing the default formatting settings. - - - - Specifies how the default string format referred to by the property is constructed. - - - - - Returns a object whose settings reflect the alignment, word wrapping and text trimming options of the object. - - A object whose properties are set to match the appropriate values. - - - - Returns a object whose settings reflect the alignment, word wrapping and text trimming options of the specified object. - - A object whose settings are used to initialize the corresponding settings of the object that is to be returned. - A object whose properties are set to match the appropriate values. - - - - Returns a StringFormatInfo object whose settings reflect the alignment, word wrapping and text trimming options of the object. - - A StringFormatInfo object whose properties are set to match the appropriate values. - - - - Returns a StringFormatInfo object whose settings reflect the alignment, word wrapping and text trimming options of the object. - - A object whose settings are used to initialize the corresponding settings of the StringFormatInfo object that is to be returned. - A StringFormatInfo object whose properties are set to match the appropriate values. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of text. - - A value that specifies the text horizontal alignment. - - - - Converts the specified value to a corresponding value. - - A value that is to be converted. - A value that corresponds to the specified value. - - - - Gets or sets the hotkey prefix for the text. - - A enumeration value which represents the hotkey prefix for the text. - - - - Tests whether two objects have the same property values. - - The object to which the current object is compared. - true if the current object has the same property values as the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Resets all the text settings to their default values. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the text is directed from right to left. - - true, if the text is directed from right to left; otherwise, false. - - - - Sets the property without the property changed notifications. - - A enumeration value which represents the hotkey prefix for the text. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - The text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets text trimming mode. - - A value that specifies text trimming mode. - - - - For internal use. Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of text. - - A value that specifies the text vertical alignment. - - - - Converts the specified value to a corresponding value. - - A value that is to be converted. - A value that corresponds to the specified value. - - - - Gets or sets text wrapping mode. - - A value that specifies text wrapping mode. - - - - Provides data for events that maintain the Asynchronous Image Load feature. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The index of the currently processed item among other items. This value is used to initialize the property. - An object that performs image load. - An object that stores detailed information about the item. - - - - Creates a thumbnail image that will be assigned to an item that supports the asynchronous image load feature. - - An Image that will be transformed to the thumbnail image. - An Image created by this method. - - - - Creates a thumbnail image of the specific size. This image will be later assigned to an item that supports the asynchronous image load feature. - - An Image that will be transformed to the thumbnail image. - A Size structure that is the size of the thumbnail image. - An Image created by this method. - - - - Gets the index of the currently processed item among other items in the source (the item's index in the bound data source for data-aware controls, e.g., ). - - An Int32 value that specifies the index of the currently processed item among other items in the source. - - - - Stores the desired size of thumbnail images, generated using the method. - - A Size structure that is the desired size of thumbnail images, generated using the method. - - - - Resets the image cache and causes all items that are not currently visible to reload their images when displayed again. - - - - - Gets or sets the image that will be assigned to an item that fired this event. - - An Image that will be assigned to an item that fired this event. - - - - Contains tooltip information. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier and tooltip text. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier, tooltip text and icon type. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. This value is assigned to the - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier, tooltip text, icon type and delay flag. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether a tooltip needs to be displayed immediately or after a delay. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. This value is assigned to the - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier, tooltip text and title. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier, tooltip text, title and icon type. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. This value is assigned to the - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identifier, tooltip text, title, icon type and delay flag. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether a tooltip needs to be displayed immediately or after a delay. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. This value is assigned to the - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object used as an identifier of the currently processed visual element. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies a tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether a tooltip needs to be displayed immediately or after a delay. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. This value is assigned to the - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is supported in tooltips. This value is assigned to the property - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is supported in tooltips. - - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is supported in tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets a control shown within a flyout tooltip. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip should be forcibly shown for the same visual element via the method. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the tooptip should be forcibly shown for the same visual element. - - - - Gets or sets whether the shown tooltip hides when an end-user moves the mouse. - - A Boolean value specifying whether the shown tooltip hides when an end-user moves the mouse. - - - - Gets or sets the kind of predefined icon to display in a tooltip. - - A value specifying the kind of predefined icon to display. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip will be displayed immediately or after a delay. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether a tooltip will be displayed immediately after an event handler call. - - - - Gets or sets the interval that must pass before a tooltip is displayed. - - An integer value that specifies the delay, in milliseconds. - - - - Removes the '0x0' character from the and strings. - - - - - Gets or sets an object which uniquely identifies the currently processed element. - - An object which uniquely identifies the currently processed element. - - - - Gets or sets the bounds of the object for which a tooltip is displayed. - - The bounds of the object for which a tooltip is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets a that will be displayed if the property is set to SuperTip - - A object that has been assigned to this property. The default value is null. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip's text. - - A string that specifies the tooltip's text. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip's title. - - A string that specifies the tooltip's title. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the owning control. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the owning control. - - - - Gets or sets the image to display within the current tooltip. - - An object that specifies the image to display within the current tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets the space, in pixels, between the tooltip and the associated visual element. - - An integer value specifying the space, in pixels, between the tooltip and the associated visual element. The default is 16. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip location. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip's position in screen coordinates. - - A structure that specifies the tooltip's position, in pixels, relative to the top left corner of the screen. - - - - Gets or sets the type of tooltip to be displayed. - - A value that specifies the type of tooltip to be displayed. - - - - Provides tooltip management for individual controls. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - A that represents the container for the tooltip controller. - - - - Gets or sets whether the component's functionality is enabled. - - true if displaying tooltips is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the active control, if it implements the IToolTipControlClient interface. - - A DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient object. - - - - Returns the object that identifies which of the bound control's elements the tooltip is displayed for. - - A object representing the bound control's element that the tooltip is displayed for. - - - - An object containing tooltip information for the current element of a bound control. - - A object containing tooltip information for the current element of a bound control. - - - - Enables the display of tooltips for the specified control implementing the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface. - - The control, implementing the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface, for which tooltips should be enabled. - - - - Enables the display of tooltips for the specified control implementing the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface. - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting tags can be used to format text in tooltips. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether HTML formatting tags can be used to format text in tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the settings that control the appearance of a tooltip's window and text. - - An object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Provide the settings that control the appearance of a tooltip's title. - - An object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the timeframe during which a tooltip is visible on-screen. - - Integer value that specifies the tooltip duration. - - - - Enables you to customize the text and settings of the tooltip before displaying it onscreen. - - - - - Enables you to specify the position and size of the tooltip window. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip is closed on a click. - - A value that specifies whether a click on a tooltip closes this tooltip. - - - - Returns a object containing settings of the current tooltip controller. - - A object with settings of the current tooltip controller. - - - - Enables a tooltip's window to be custom painted. - - - - - Gets the default used for displaying tooltips. - - A default object. - - - - Allows you to provide custom tooltips for any element of a control that implements the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface. - - - - - Returns whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - A control for which this tooltip setting is to be obtained. - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is supported in tooltips for the specified control. - - - - Gets a object associated with the specified control. - - The control whose SuperToolTip object is to be obtained. - A object associated with the control. - - - - Gets a regular tooltip's title displayed within the specified control. - - A control whose regular tooltip's title is to be obtained. - A string representing a regular tooltip's title for the control. - - - - Gets a regular tooltip for the specified control. - - A control whose tooltip should be obtained. - A string representing a regular tooltip for the control. - - - - Gets whether the tooltip associated with the specified control is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the owning control. - - The control from which to retrieve how the associated tooltip is anchored. - A ToolTipAnchor value that specifies how the tooltip associated with the specified control is anchored. - - - - Gets the type of the icon displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - A control whose tooltip's icon type is to be obtained. - A value representing the type of the icon displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - - - Hides the hint if it is being displayed. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a hyperlink within a control's tool-tip or super tool-tip. - - - - - Gets or sets tooltip icon size. - - The enumerator. - - - - Gets or sets tooltip icon type. - - The enumerator. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image to be displayed within tooltips. - - The integer value specifying the index of an image to be displayed within tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the source of the images that can be displayed within tooltips. - - An object that is the source of images that can be displayed within tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the time interval between a visual element being hovered, and its tooltip being shown on-screen. - - Integer value that specifies the time a visual element needs to display its tooltip. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a displayed tooltip remains visible while the mouse cursor keeps moving (without pauses) towards the tooltip and while it hovers the tooltip. - - true, if a tooltip remains displayed while the mouse cursor is over this tooltip; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Disables displaying tooltips for the specified control implementing the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface. - - The control, implementing the DevExpress.Utils.IToolTipControlClient interface, for which the 's functionality should be disabled. - - - - Resets the timer which controls when a tooltip's window is hidden. - - - - - Gets or sets the time interval that must pass before another hint is displayed if another hint is currently visible. - - An integer value specifying the time interval in milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip's corners are rounded. - - true to display hints with rounded corners; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the radius of the rounded corners of the tooltip window. - - The radius of the rounded corners. - - - - Sets whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - A control for which the tooltip information is to be changed. - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is enabled in tooltips for the specified control. - - - - Associates a object with the specified control. - - A control for which to set the tooltip. - A object to associate with the control. - - - - Sets a regular tooltip's title for the specified control. - - A control for which to set a regular tooltip's title. - A string representing a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Sets a regular tooltip for the specified control. - - A control for which to set the tooltip. - A string representing a regular tooltip's text. - - - - Sets whether the tooltip associated with the specified control is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the owning control. - - The control from which to set how the tooltip is anchored. - A value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the owning control. - - - - Sets the type of the icon displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - A control for which the icon type is set. - A value representing the type of the icon that should be displayed within the specified control's regular tooltip. - - - - Tests whether callout beaks are displayed for hints. - - true if the callout beak is displayed when a hint appears; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a hint using the specified tooltip information. - - A object containing information for displaying a hint. - - - - Displays a hint relative to the mouse cursor using specified settings. - - A object specifying settings for displaying tooltips. - - - - Displays a hint relative to a specific point using specified settings. - - A object specifying settings for displaying tooltips. - A point relative to which the hint should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint for a control using specified settings. - - A object specifying the settings used to display tooltips. - The control for which to display the tooltip. - - - - Displays a hint relative to the mouse cursor using current settings. - - The text to display as a tooltip. - - - - Displays a hint at the specified position relative to the mouse cursor. - - The text to display as a tooltip. - The position relative to the mouse cursor at which the hint should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint at a specified position relative to a specific point. - - The text to display as a tooltip. - The position relative to the specified point at which the hint should be displayed. - The point relative to which the hint should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint relative to the specified point using current settings - - The text to display as a tooltip. - The point relative to which the tooltip should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint with the specified text and title relative to the mouse cursor using the current settings. - - A string that represents a tooltip's text. - A string that represents a tooltip's title. - - - - Displays a hint with the specified text and title relative to the mouse cursor's position. - - A string that represents a tooltip's text. - A string that represents a tooltip's title. - The position relative to the specified control at which the tooltip should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint with the specified text and title relative to the specified point. - - A string that represents a tooltip's text. - A string that represents a tooltip's title. - The position relative to the specified control at which the tooltip should be displayed. - A point relative to which the hint should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint with the specified text and title at the specified point using the current settings - - A string that represents a tooltip's text. - A string that represents a tooltip's title. - A point relative to which the hint should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint with the specified text and title relative to the specified control. - - A string which represents the tooltip's text. - A string which represents the tooltip's title. - The control to display the tooltip for. - The position relative to the specified control at which the tooltip should be displayed. - - - - Displays a hint relative to a specific control. - - The text to display as a tooltip. - The control for which to display the tooltip. - The position relative to the specified control at which the tooltip should be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltips are shown shadowed. - - true if the tooltips are shown shadowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the hints of bound controls. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the hints of bound controls. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are anchored relative to the mouse pointer or relative to the owning control. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether tooltips are anchored relative to the mouse pointer or relative to the owning control. By Default, tooltips are anchored relative to the mouse pointer. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip location. - - The enumerator. - - - - Gets or sets the look-and-feel of regular tooltips. - - A value that specifies the look-and-feel of regular tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the type of tooltips displayed by the controller. - - A value that specifies the type of tooltips to be displayed. - - - - Obsolete. Gets or sets whether the default style should be used for the hint. - - true if the default style is applied to the hint; false if the is used - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This identifies the component which fires the event. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object for which the event is fired. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which identifies the element that the tooltip is displayed for. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that provides additional event data. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object for which the event is fired. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which identifies the element for which the tooltip is displayed. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the tooltip's contents. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object for which the event is fired. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which identifies the element which the tooltip is displayed for. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the tooltip's contents. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which specifies the tooltip's bounds. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which specifies the screen coordinates of the top left tooltip corner. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the coordinates of the top left tooltip corner. - - The object specifying the coordinates of the top left tooltip corner relative to the desktop. - - - - Gets the additional event data. - - A object that provides additional event data. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip dimensions. - - The object specifying the width and height of a tooltip rectangle. - - - - Gets the tooltip's title. - - A value which specifies the tooltip's title. - - - - Gets the text to be displayed within the tooltip. - - The object specifying the text to be displayed within the tooltip. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This identifies the component which fires the event. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the information required to paint a tooltip. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which specifies the tooltip's boundaries. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the painted tooltip. - - A structure which specifies the tooltip's boundaries. - - - - Gets an object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes - - A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - - - Gets or sets whether an event was handled, if it was handled the default actions are not required. - - true if default painting isn't required; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object which provides the information required to paint a tooltip. - - A object which provides the information required to paint a tooltip. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This parameter identifies the tooltip controller which raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - The base class for classes providing data for 's events. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the control for which a tooltip controller's event is fired. - - A object for which the event is fired. - - - - Gets or sets the element of the control for which the tooltip should be displayed. - - An object defining the element for which to display the tooltip. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The control for which a tooltip controller's event is fired. This value is assigned to the property. - The element of the control (or the type of the element) for which the tooltip is displayed. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which uniquely identifies the current element for which the tooltip is displayed. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure that specifies the position of the mouse cursor relative to the control's upper left corner. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the position of the mouse cursor relative to the control's upper left corner. - - A structure that specifies the position of the mouse cursor relative to the control's upper left corner. - - - - Gets or sets an object which uniquely identifies the visual element at the current position. - - A object which identifies the visual element at the current position. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This parameter identifies the ToolTip Controller which fires this event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class and initializes properties with default values - - - - - Creates an instance of the class and initializes the and properties. - - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - A value that specifies the tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the relative position of the tooltip window. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the callout beak is displayed when a hint appears; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if tooltip window's corners are rounded; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The radius of the rounded corners. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of the predefined icon. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the icon's size. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that represents the source of the images that can be displayed within tooltips. This value is assigned to the property. - The index of the image to display in the tooltip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that provides the tooltip's appearance settings. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that provides the appearance settings used to paint the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The object to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - A value that specifies the tooltip's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the relative position of the tooltip window. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the callout beak is displayed when a hint appears; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if tooltip window's corners are rounded; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The radius of the rounded corners. This value is assigned to the property. - The regular tooltip's style, which controls the look-and-feel settings. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the kind of the predefined icon. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the icon's size. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that is the source of the images that can be displayed within tooltips. This value is assigned to the property. - The index of the image to display in the tooltip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that provides the tooltip's appearance settings. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that provides the appearance settings used to paint the tooltip's title. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting tags can be used to format the tooltip's text. - - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting tags can be used to format the tooltip's text. - - - - Gets the tooltip's appearance settings. This property is not in effect for objects. - - An object which provides the tooltip's appearance settings. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the tooltip's title. This property is not in effect for objects. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the tooltip's title. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is hidden after a specific time ellapses. - - true if the tooltip is hidden after a specific time period ellapses; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether two objects are equal. - - The object specifying a instance to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current instance. - - - - Gets a control that should be shown within a flyout tooltip. - - A Control object. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets the actual location of the tooltip window relative to the position where the tooltip should appear. - - A value specifying the relative position of the tooltip window. - - - - Gets the size of the predefined icon to display in the tooltip. - - A value specifying the icon size. - - - - Gets or sets the kind of predefined icons to display in the tooltip. - - A value specifying the kind of predefined icon to display. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image from the to display in the tooltip. - - The index of a custom image to display in the tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within tooltips. - - An object that represents the source of images that can be displayed within tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the bounds of the current object for which a tooltip is displayed. - - The bounds of the object for which a tooltip is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if tooltip's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip window has rounded corners. - - true if tooltip window's corners are rounded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the radius of the rounded corners of the tooltip window. - - The radius of the rounded corners. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip should be displayed. - - true if the tooltip should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether callout beaks are displayed for hints. - - true if the callout beak is displayed when a hint appears; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets a . - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the regular tooltip's title. - - A value which specifies the regular tooltip's title. - - - - Gets or sets the text for the regular tooltip. - - The string that is the text to display in the regular tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or relative to the editor. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or relative to the owning control. By Default, the behavior depends on the property and the owning control's ToolTipAnchor setting. - - - - Gets or sets the image to display within the current tooltip. - - An object that specifies the image to display within the current tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets the space, in pixels, between the tooltip and the associated visual element. - - An integer value specifying the space, in pixels, between the tooltip and the associated visual element. The default is 16. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the tooltip window relative to the position where the tooltip should appear. - - A value specifying the relative position of the tooltip window. - - - - Gets or sets the look-and-feel settings of the regular tooltip displayed. - - A value that specifies the look-and-feel of regular tooltips. - - - - Gets or sets the type of tooltip to be displayed. - - A value that specifies the type of tooltip to be displayed. - - - - Specifies the size of a predefined icon displayed within a tooltip. - - - - - An icon displayed within a tooltip is large. The icon type can be selected via the property or can be specified in a handler of the event via property. - - - - - An icon displayed within a tooltip is small. The icon type can be selected via the property or can be specified in a handler of the event via property. - - - - - Lists values specifying icon types to be displayed within tooltips. - - - - - A tooltip contains the default application icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system asterisk icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system error icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system exclamation icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system hand icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system information icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains no predefined icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system question icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the system warning icon. - - - - - A tooltip contains the Windows logo icon. - - - - - A regular tooltip item in a that displays text and/or an image. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed for the item's text (). - - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is allowed in the tooltip. - - - - Gets the default property value. - - An integer value that is the default property value. - - - - Releases all unmanaged resources used by the . - - - - - Gets or sets the font used to paint the item's text. - - The font used to display the 's text (specified in the property). - - - - Gets or sets the icon displayed in the object. - - An System.Drawing.Icon that is displayed in the object. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed in the ToolTipItem object. - - A System.Drawing.Image that is displayed in the tool tip. - - - - Gets or sets the image or icon alignment. - - The image or icon alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the zero-based index of an image in a collection to be displayed in a object. - - The zero-based index of an image in an collection to be displayed in a object. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to assign and customize an image for this tooltip item. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipItemImageOptions object that stores properties that allow you to assign and customize an image for this tooltip item. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed in a object. - - The source of images that can be displayed in a object. - - - - Gets or sets a space that visually detaches an image and text displayed in a . - - The distance between an image and text displayed in a , in pixels - - - - Gets whether the is empty. - - true, if content (text, image and icon) is empty; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the indent from the left edge of a . - - The indent from the left edge of a , in pixels. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether the object (the owner) allows using HTML tags. - - true, if the object (the owner) allows using HTML tags.; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip item text. - - Specifies the text in a . - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the location where a tooltip is displayed in relation to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally centered relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - The default tooltip location. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the left, and vertically aligned at the bottom relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the left, and vertically centered relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the left, and vertically aligned at the top relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the right, and vertically aligned at the bottom relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the right, and vertically centered relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears horizontally aligned on the right, and vertically aligned at the top relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally centered relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - A tooltip appears vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right relative to the mouse cursor position. - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - Enumerates paint styles for tooltips. - - - - - The style of regular tooltips is automatically determined by the Windows OS and currently selected Windows theme. -In Windows Vista and Windows 7, if no classic Windows theme is applied, tooltips are painted using the style. -In other cases, tooltips are painted using the style. - - - - - Regular tooltips are painted as those in Windows 7 (this style is in effect when a program runs under Windows Vista or Windows 7, provided that no classic Windows theme is applied). - - - - - Regular tooltips are painted as those in Windows XP. - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - Enumerates tooltip types that are supported by controls. - - - - - The default tooltip type. The actual tooltip type is determined by a control. - - - - - A tooltip that allows you to display any control in the control. - - - - - A regular tooltip that consists of the title and contents regions. - - - - - A that supports multiple text and image regions. - - - - - A scrollable context item. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the tick is displayed in the middle of the track and enables using a custom middle tick value. - - true, if the tick is displayed in the middle of the track; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Provides access to individual image-related property sets for every visual state. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemImageOptionsCollection object that stores image-related settings. - - - - Gets the maximum track value. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum track value. - - - - Gets or sets the value located in the middle of the track. - - An integer value located in the middle of the track. - - - - Gets the minimum track value. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum track value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the zoom buttons are displayed. - - true, if the zoom buttons are displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the property when one of the zoom buttons is clicked. - - An integer value to be added to or subtracted from the property when a zoom button is clicked. - - - - Gets or sets the length, in pixels, of the track. - - An integer value that specifies the length, in pixels, of the track. - - - - Gets or sets the track value. - - An integer value that specifies the track value. - - - - List values that specify how the characters in a string that do not completely fit into a layout shape are trimmed. - - - - - Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. - - - - - Trimming is determined by a control's current settings. The default value is automatically set for a control if an end-user doesn't specify a value. - - - - - Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. - - - - - The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. - - - - - Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. - - - - - Specifies no trimming. - - - - - Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. - - - - - Contains controls that manage the visual effects of forms or other controls (e.g., the AdornerManager). - - - - - The base class for all adorner elements (e.g., s). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to multiple sets of appearance settings, applied in different visual states. - - An DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.AdornerAppearanceCollection object that stores sets of appearance settings, applied in different visual states. - - - - Copies all settings from the target to this . - - An object whose settings are to be copied to this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Occurs when end-users clicks this . - - - - - Duplicates this . - - An Object that is this object's copy. - - - - Gets whether the is being disposed of. - - true, if the is being disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to a set of properties. - - An DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.AdornerElementDefaultProperties object that stores settings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the tab index for this . - - An Int32 value that is the tab index for this . - - - - Gets or sets any object associated with this . - - An Object that is the tag for this . - - - - Gets or sets the UI element to which this is bound. - - An Object related to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be aligned relatively to the target element's header or child control. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.TargetElementRegion enumeration value that specifies whether this should be aligned relatively to the target element's header or child control. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this is visible. - - true, if this is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Stores elements of the type. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Adds a specific to the current . - - An AdornerElement to be added to this . - - - - Adds multiple s to this . - - An IEnumerable structure containing s to be added. - - - - Fires when the is modified. - - - - - Checks whether or not this contains the target . - - The to be checked. - true, if this contains the target ; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all s from this to a target one-dimensional array, starting from the specific index of the target array. - - An AdornerElement[] array to which all items should be copied. - An Int32 value that is the index of the host array, starting from which copied elements should be arranged. - - - - Gets all elements of the specific type that are stored within this . - - A typed elements array. - - - - Gets all s related to the target UI element. - - An Object that is the source UI element, whose related adorner elements should be returned. - An AdornerElements array. - - - - Gets s of the specific type that are related to the target UI element. - - An Object that is the source UI element, whose related adorner elements should be returned. - A one-dimensional array containing elements of the specific type. - - - - Returns the object that iterates through the current . - - An IEnumerator object that iterates through this . - - - - Gets the current position of the target element within this . - - An whose index is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the current position of the target element within this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this can be modified. - - true, if this is in read-only mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the located at the target position within this . - - An Int32 value that is the element position within the . - An located at the target position within this . - - - - Removes the target from this . - - An AdornerElement to be removed. - true, if the element was successfully removed; otherwise, false. - - - - The component that provides a transparent adorner layer for highlighting certain UI elements and/or displaying notifications for these elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer object that owns this newly created . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users can cycle through selectable adorner elements (e.g., guides) by pressing arrow keys. - - true, if end-users can use arrow keys to cycle through selectable adorner elements; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users can cycle through selectable adorner elements (e.g., guides) by pressing Tab. - - true, if end-users can use the Tab key to cycle through selectable adorner elements; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings common to all elements within this . - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings common to all elements within this . - - - - Provides access to properties that affect all elements within this . - - A object that stores properties common to all elements within this . - - - - Locks the current and allows you to modify the control without immediately reflecting their changes. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Allows you to paint any manually. - - - - - Allows you to paint objects manually. - - - - - Allows you to paint objects manually. - - - - - Provides zero-based indexed access to s of any type owned by this . - - An object that stores all child objects for this . - - - - Unlocks the and forces it to repaint itself. - - - - - Provides access to four sets of appearance settings common to all objects owned by this manager. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.GuidesAppearances collection that stores sets of appearance settings, applied to guides in their corresponding visual states. - - - - Provides access to behavior settings common to all objects owned by this manager. - - A collection that stores behavior settings, applied to all guides owned by this manager. - - - - Hides all s owned by this . - - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by this . - - - - - Gets whether or not this has been locked for updating. - - true, if this has been locked for updating; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control that owns this . - - A ContainerControl that owns this . - - - - Occurs when a is activated and allows you to populate a flyout panel associated with this guide. - - - - - Redraws all elements. - - - - - Returns the currently selected adorner element. - - A currently selected . - - - - Occurs when a currently selected element changes. - - - - - Selects the specific element. - - An to be selected. - true, if the specific element was successfully selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Activates the item within the collection that follows the currently selected item. - - - - - Activates the item within the collection that precedes the currently selected item. - - - - - Forces the to display all its child s whose visibility is currently set to true. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not adorner guides should be displayed. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not adorner guides should be displayed. - - - - Updates the region occupied by this . - - - - - Provides access to three sets of appearance settings, applied to child objects in corresponding validation states. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintsAppearances collection that stores appearance setting for valid, invalid and indeterminate hint states. - - - - Provides access to behavior settings common to all objects owned by this manager. - - A collection that stores behavior settings, applied to all hints owned by this manager. - - - - A simple element within the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings that affect this . - - An object that stores appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to advanced settings. - - A object that stores advanced badge settings. - - - - Provides members that specify the appearance and behavior of the current . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and inherits its property values from the parent object. - - A BadgeProperties object whose property values are copied to the newly created object. - - - - Gets the current image displayed by this badge. - - An Image, currently displayed by this badge. - - - - Returns the current stretch margins applied to this 's image. - - A Padding structure that is the current image stretch margins of this badge. - - - - Returns the current alignment relative to its target element. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current alignment relative to its target element. - - - - Returns the current offset. - - A Point structure that is the current offset. - - - - Returns the paint style currently applied to this badge. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.BadgePaintStyle enumerator value that is the paint style currently applied to this badge. - - - - Returns the text currently displayed in this badge. - - A String value that is the currently displayed badge text. - - - - Returns margins currently applied to this 's text. - - A Padding structure that specifies margins currently applied to this 's text. - - - - Gets whether or not this badge will be trimmed if it goes beyond its target element's parent. - - true, if the badge should be trimmed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the glyph skinning feature is applied to this badge. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not the glyph skinning feature is applied to this badge. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this badge recognizes HTML tags in its text. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this badge recognizes HTML tags in its text. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this badge should display its image. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this badge should display its image. - - - - Returns whether or not this badge can recognize HTML tags in its caption string. - - true if this badge can recognize HTML tags in its caption string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this image can be stretched. - - true, if this 's image can be stretched; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not an image, assigned to this will be displayed. - - true, if an image, assigned to this will be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an image, used by this . - - An Image displayed within this badge. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to assign both raster and vector images to a badge. - - Provides access to badge image properties. - - - - Gets or sets the image region that can be stretched. - - A Padding structure that is the image stretch region. - - - - Gets whether or not this badge should colorize its glyph. - - true, if this badge should colorize its glyph; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the relative position for this . - - A ContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the relative position for this . - - - - Gets or sets this badge's offset from its relative position. - - A Point structure that specifies this badge's offset from its relative position. - - - - Gets or sets the paint style applied to this badge. - - A <DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.BadgePaintStyle,> enumerator value that specifies the paint style currently applied to this badge. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should stretch its image to fit the text block. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this should stretch its image to fit the text block. - - - - Gets or sets the text string, displayed by this . - - A String value that is the text. - - - - Gets or sets margins for this 's text. - - A Padding structure that specifies margins for this 's text. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should be trimmed to match its target element's parent. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this badge should be trimmed to match its target element's parent. - - - - Provides members that specify the appearance and behavior of all s within this adorner manager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all badges within this should colorize their images using background colors. - - true, if all badges within this should colorize their images using background colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any badge owned by this manager should use HTML tags to format its caption string. - - true, if any badge owned by this manager should use HTML tags to format its caption string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not badges within this should display their icons. - - true, if badges within this should display their icons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the default image, displayed by all badges within this . - - An Image object that is the default image, displayed by all badges within this . - - - - Gets or sets the image region that can be stretched. - - A Padding structure that is the image region that can be stretched. - - - - Gets or sets the URI that specifies an image from the DevExpress Image Gallery assigned to this badge. - - Specifies an image from the DevExpress Image Gallery assigned to this badge. - - - - Gets or sets the relative position, based on which all s within this are aligned. - - A ConenteAlignment enumerator value that specifies the relative position shared by all badges. - - - - Gets or sets the offset, common to all s within this . - - A Point structure that is the offset, common to all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets the paint style common to all badges owned by this manager. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.BadgePaintStyle enumerator value that specifies the paint style common to all badges owned by this manager. - - - - Gets or sets whether all badges should stretch their images according to the displayed text. - - true, if all badges should stretch their images according to the displayed text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the vector image assigned to a badge. - - The badge image. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the vector image assigned to a badge. - - The vector image size. - - - - Gets or sets the default text, displayed by all s within this . - - A String value that is the default text, displayed by all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets the global text margin, common to all s within this . - - A Padding structure that is the global text margin, common to all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the should trim any that is bigger than its target element's parent. - - true, to trim badges; otherwise, false. - - - - A child Adorner UI Manager element that highlights specific form regions. Provides a built-in flyout panel for displaying additional information and/or actions related to the highlighted region. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to a group of s that store appearance settings for this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.GuideAppearances object that stores guide appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the object that stores settings for this . - - A object that stores guide settings. - - - - Contains properties that affect invidual adorner guides only. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that stores global guide settings. These settings will be inherited by the newly created object. - - - - Returns the current flyout backcolor for this guide. - - A Color that is the current flyout backcolor for the current guide. - - - - Returns the current flyout border color for this guide. - - A Color that is the current flyout border color for the current guide. - - - - Returns the current flyout location for this guide. - - A enumeration value that is the current flyout location for the current guide. - - - - Returns the current flyout opacity for this guide. - - A Double value that is the current flyout opacity for the current guide. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this guide should display its flyout panel. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this guide should display its flyout panel. - - - - Gets or sets the flyout backcolor for the current guide. - - A Color applied to a flyout background of the current guide. - - - - Gets or sets the color applied to flyout borders of the current guide. - - A Color applied to flyout borders of this guide. - - - - Gets or sets the flyout position relative to the current guide. - - A <,> enumerator value that specifies the flyout position relative to the current guide. - - - - Gets or sets the flyout opacity for this guide. - - A <,> value that is the flyout opacity for this guide. - - - - Returns whether or not this guide will show its flyout panel when selected. - - true, if this guide will show its flyout panel when selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides flags that can be passed to the and properties to specify the flyout panel position relative to it's parent adorner guides. - - - - - The flyout panel is displayed below its parent guide. - - - - - A default setting equal to the value. - - - - - The flyout panel is displayed to the left of its parent guide. - - - - - The flyout panel is displayed to the right of its parent guide. - - - - - The flyout panel is displayed above its parent guide. - - - - - Provides properties that affect all adorner guides owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether any guide owned by this Adorner UI Manager can display flyout panels. - - true, to enable flyout panels for all guides; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the background flyout panel color for any guide owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - A Color applied to the flyout panel background. - - - - Gets or sets the flyout panel border color for any guide owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - - - - - Gets or sets the flyout panel relative position for any guide owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - - - - - Gets or sets the flyout panel opacity for any guide owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a keyboard shortcut that can be pressed at runtime to display guides. - - A enumerator value that is the keyboard shortcut that invokes guides. - - - - An object used by an Adorner UI Manager component to apply visual effects to controls based on these controls' validation states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for the current validation hint. - - A object that stores appearance settings for this hint. - - - - Provides access to base validation hint properties. - - A object that stores properties applied to this . - - - - Provides three property groups that store the appearance settings for all possible validation states of a target control, related to the object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used by a when its target control is in the indeterminate state. - - An that stores appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used by a when its target control is in the invalid state. - - An that stores appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used by a when its target control is in the valid state. - - An that stores appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to base validation hint properties. Objects of this type affect individual validation hints only. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that stores base validation hint settings. These settings will be inherited by the newly created object. - - - - Returns which regions will be painted with this hint's background color. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintBackgroundMode enumeration value. - - - - Returns the current text-to-border indent for this . - - An Int32 value that is the distance between a border and a hint of this object. - - - - Returns the current hint position for this object. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current hint position for this object. - - - - Returns the current hint padding for this object. - - A Padding structure applied to a hint of this object. - - - - Returns the icon currently displayed by this object's hint. - - An Image currently displayed by this object's hint. - - - - Returns the image-to-text indent for this object's hint. - - An Int32 value that is the image-to-text indent for this object's hint. - - - - Returns the predefined icon displayed within this object's hint. - - A enumerator value that specifies which predefined icon is displayed within this object's hint. - - - - Returns the unified resource identifier (URI) that specifies the image displayed by this object. - - A String value that is the URI of the displayed image. - - - - Returns the text currently displayed by this object's hint. - - A String value that is the text currently displayed by this object's hint. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not HTML tags in this object's hint text should be used to format this text string. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this should recognize HTML tags in its hint text. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between a border and a hint of this object. - - A <,> object that specifies the indent between a border and a hint of this object. - - - - Returns whether or not this object can format its hint text using HTML tags. - - true, if the object can format its hint text using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this object should display a border around its target UI element. - - true, if this object should display a border; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this object should display a hint next to its target UI element. - - true, if this object should display a hint; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this object can currently display a glyph within its hint. - - true, if this object can currently display a glyph within its hint; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the position of this object's hint relative to its target UI element. - - A enumeration value that specifies the relative hint position. - - - - Gets or sets the padding for this object's hint. - - A Padding structure that is the padding for this object's hint. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within this object's hint. - - An Image object displayed within this object's hint. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between text and image within a hint, displayed by this object. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between text and image within a hint, displayed by this object. - - - - Gets or sets one of the predefined images to be displayed within the object's hint. - - A ValidationHintIconType enumeration value that specifies one of predefined images to be displayed within the object's hint. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to assign raster and vector images to validation hints. - - Stores validation hint image settings. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within this object's hint. The required image will be taken from the DevExpress Image Gallery. - - A String value that specifies the image displayed within this object's hint. - - - - Gets or sets what object's regions should be painted using this object's background color. - - A <DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintBackgroundMode,> object that specifies what object's regions should be painted using this object's background color. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this object should draw a border around its target UI element. - - A DefaultBoolean enumeration value that specifies whether or not this object should draw a border around its target UI element. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this object should display a hint next to its target UI element. - - A DefaultBoolearn enumerator value that specifies whether or not this object should display a hint next to its target UI element. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should display a glyph within its hint. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this should display a glyph within its hint. - - - - Gets or sets a text string displayed within this object's hint. - - A String displayed within this object's hint. - - - - Provides access to base validation hint properties. Objects of this type affect all validation hints owned by an Adorner UI Manager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any owned by this manager should recognize HTML tags in its hint text. - - true, if objects should recognize HTML tags in their hint texts; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between the object's border and hint. This setting is common to all s owned by this manager. - - An Int32 value that is the indent between the object's border and hint. - - - - Gets or sets the relative hint position for any object owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - A enumeration value that specifies the relative hint position for any object owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - - - Gets or sets the padding. This setting affects all validation hints owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - A Padding structure applied to all hints owned by this manager. - - - - Gets or sets the icon. This icon will be displayed for all validation hints owned by the Adorner UI Manager. - - An Image displayed by any validation hint owned by this manager. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between text and icon within a object's hint. This setting is applied to all child validation hints for the current Adorner UI Manager. - - An Int32 value that is the default distance between hint text and image. - - - - Gets or sets one of predefined icons to be displayed within object hints. This setting affects all validation hints owned by this Adorner UI Manager. - - A enumerator value that specifies a default validation hint icon. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within a hint of any object owned by this manager. The required image will be taken from the DevExpress Image Gallery. - - A String value that specifies the image displayed within a hint of any object owned by this manager. - - - - Gets or sets elements that will be colorized using the background color. This setting is applied to all objects owned by this manager. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintBackgroundMode enumerator value that specifies elements that will be colorized using the background color. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any object owned by this Adorner UI Manager should display borders around its target UI element. - - true, if validation hints should display borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any object owned by this Adorner UI Manager should display hints next to its target UI element. - - true, if validation hints should display hints; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not a should display a glyph within its hint. This setting is applied to all validation hints owned by this manager. - - true, if a should display a glyph within its hint; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a vector images assigned to a validation hint. - - The vector image assigned to a hint. - - - - Gets or sets the size of vector images assigned to validation hints. - - The vector image size. - - - - Gets or sets the default text. - - A String value that is the default validation hint text. - - - - An object that stores individual validation hint properties for all three control validation states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A ValidationHintProperties object whose settings should be inherited by the newly created object. - - - - Returns the current validation state of this object. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintState enumerator value that returns the current validation state. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Provides access to the behavior settings applied when its target UI element is not yet validated. - - A object that stores behavior settings applied when the target UI element that is yet to be validated. - - - - Provides access to the behavior settings applied when its target UI element fails validation. - - A object that stores behavior settings applied when the target UI element fails validation. - - - - Gets or sets the current validation state of this . - - A ValidationHintState enumerator value that is the current validation state of this . - - - - Provides access to the behavior settings applied when its target UI element successfully passes validation. - - A object that stores behavior settings applied when the target UI element passes validation. - - - - This enumeration's values can be passed to the and properties to choose a predefined image for individual or all objects. - - - - - An application icon. - - - - - An error icon. - - - - - An information icon. - - - - - A will not display any icon. - - - - - A question icon. - - - - - A warning icon. - - - - - Provides flags that can be passed to the and properties to set hint locations relative to their parent objects. - - - - - The hint will be displayed below the target UI element. - - - - - A default location. This value is equal to . - - - - - The hint will be displayed to the target UI element's left. - - - - - The hint will be displayed to the target UI element's right. - - - - - The hint will be displayed above the target UI element. - - - - - An object that stores global validation hint properties for all three control validation states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to settings that will be in effect only when the parent is in the indeterminate state. - - A object that stores settings for the indeterminate object state. - - - - Provides access to settings that will be in effect only when the parent is in the invalid state. - - A object that stores settings for the invalid object state. - - - - Gets or sets this object's current state. - - A DevExpress.Utils.VisualEffects.ValidationHintState enumerator value that specifies this object's current state. - - - - Provides access to settings that will be in effect only when the parent is in the valid state. - - A object that stores settings for the valid object state. - - - - Contains classes supporting the functionality of the . - - - - - Contains values that specify the position at which a is displayed relative to its owner. - - - - - The panel, when displayed, is stretched along the owner's bottom edge. - - - - - The panel is displayed at the center of the owner. The display size is specified by the panel's Size property. - - - - - The panel, when displayed, is stretched along the owner's left edge. - - - - - The panel is displayed at the position specified by the property. - - - - - The panel, when displayed, is stretched along the owner's right edge. - - - - - The panel, when displayed, is stretched along the owner's top edge. - - - - - The panel is displayed at the owner's top left corner in the original size specified by the Size property. When using the animation effect, the panel slides from top to bottom. -Use the and properties to shift the display position inward from the top left corner. - - - - - The panel is displayed at the owner's top right corner in the original size specified by the Size property. When using the animation effect, the panel slides from top to bottom. -Use the and properties to shift the display position inward from the top right corner. - - - - - Enumerates animation modes. - - - - - A fade animation effect. - - - - - A slide-in animation effect. - - - - - Provides arguments for the , , , , and events. - - - - - Initializes a new WorkspaceEventArgs class instance. - - An IWorkspace object that specifies the processed workspace. This parameter is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the processed workspace. - - An IWorkspace object that specifies the processed workspace. - - - - Manages layouts of all DevExpress controls in the application as one global workspace. Workspaces can be saved and restored to (from) a local storage or stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer that is the target control of the newly created object. - - - - Occurs after a workspace was applied. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not changing workspaces within this should be followed by animation effects. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not changing workspaces within this should be followed by animation effects. - - - - Locates a workspace with the target name within the collection and applies it to the application. - - A String value that is the workspace name within the collection. - - - - Occurs immediately after the method is called. - - - - - Captures the current form layout and places it to the collection under the specific name. - - A String value that is the name of the captured workspaces. - true, if the workspace should include the layout of child controls hosted within controls on the current form (user control); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should automatically close streams opened when loading workspaces. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this should automatically close streams opened when loading workspaces. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should automatically close streams opened when saving workspaces. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this should automatically close streams opened when saving workspaces. - - - - Gets a stored within the target control. - - A Control from which a is extracted. - A stored within the target control. - - - - Returns a workspace with a specific index from the collection. - - An Int32 value that is the index of a workspace to be obtained. - An IWorkspace object that is the workspace with the target index. - - - - Returns a workspace with a specific name from the collection. - - A String value that is the name of a workspace to be obtained. - An IWorkspace object that is the workspace with the target name. - - - - Loads a workspace from the target stream and places it in the collection under the specific name. - - A String value that is the name of the loaded workspace within the collection. - A Stream that contains the required workspace. - true, if the workspace was successfully loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads a workspace from the target stream and places this workspace in the collection under the specific name. - - A String value that is the name this workspace will have in the collection. - A Stream that contains the desired workspace. - true, if the workspace name written in a stream has a priority over the name parameter of this method; otherwise, false. - true if the workspace was successfully loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads a workspace from the target local file and places it in the collection under the specific name. - - A String value that is the name under which the loaded workspace is kept in the collection. - An Object that is the location of the file that stores a workspace. - true, if the workspace was successfully loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads a workspace from the target file and places this workspace in the collection under the specific name. - - A String value that is the name this workspace will have in the collection. - A String value that is the path to a local storage file, which contains the required workspace. - true, if the workspace name written in a file has a priority over the name parameter of this method; otherwise, false. - true, if the workspace was successfully loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads all workspaces in the target stream into the collection. - - A Stream that stores workspaces to be loaded. - - - - Loads all workspaces in the target file into the collection. - - A String value that specifies the path to a file that stores workspaces. - - - - Occurs whenever a property is about to be restored from a workspace. - - - - - Occurs whenever a property is about to be written into a workspace. - - - - - Provides access to the recently used workspaces collection. - - A List object containing the recently used workspaces collection. - - - - Removes a workspace with the target name from the collection. - - A String value that is the name under which the workspace is stored within the collection. - - - - Renames the target workspace. - - A String value that is the name under which the workspace is currently stored in the collection. - A String value that is the new name for the workspace. - - - - Retrieves the stored layout version of the root control from a stream. - - A root control (see the property) whose layout is to be loaded. - A Stream that keeps the control layout. - - - - Retrieves the stored layout version of the root control from a file. - - A root control (see the property) whose layout is to be loaded. - A String value that is the path to a file that stores the control layout. - - - - Saves the layout of one specific control to a target stream. - - A Control whose layout is to be saved. - A Stream that should keep the control layout. - - - - Saves the layout of one specific control to a target local storage location. - - A Control whose layout is to be saved. - A String value that is the path to a file that should keep the layout of a control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the should store settings like "Bounds" or "State" for the form assigned to the property. - - true, if the should save parent form settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves a workspace from the collection to a stream. - - The name of the target workspace in the collection. - The stream to which the target workspace is to be saved. - true to capture and then save the current controls' layouts to a stream if the collection does not contain a workspace with the specified name.false to interrupt the workspace saving if the collection does not contain a workspace with the specified name. - true, if the workspace was successfully saved; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves a workspace from the collection to a local file. - - The name of the target workspace in the collection. - The path to which the target workspace is to be saved. - true to capture and then save the current controls' layouts to a file if the collection does not contain a workspace with the specified name.false to interrupt the workspace saving if the collection does not contain a workspace with the specified name. - true, if saving was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves all workspaces in the collection to the target stream. - - A Stream to which workspaces should be saved. - - - - Saves all workspaces in the collection to the target file. - - A String value that specifies the path to a file. - - - - Allows you to exclude a specific control from the global application workspace. - - A Component that is the target control. - false to force the to ignore the target control; otherwise, true. - - - - Gets or sets whether the "Workspaces" dialog should display the column that shows paths to workspace files. - - true, if the "Workspaces" dialog should display the column that shows paths to workspace files; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a control whose layout is managed by this . - - A Control whose layout is managed by this . - - - - Gets or sets the transition animation that follows applying workspaces. - - An ITransitionAnimator object that is the transition animation with its parameters. - - - - Occurs whenever a new workspace was added to the collection. - - - - - Occurs whenever the collection of the current Workspace Manager component changes. - - - - - Fires when a workspace was removed from the collection. - - - - - Provides access to all currently active workspaces. - - A List structure that stores all currently active workspaces. - - - - Occurs after the method was called. - - - - - Contains values specifying whether bound controls is drawn using XP style. - - - - - If bound control can display or edit data using inplace editors, latter are painted in the same style as its container. Otherwise it is drawn in XP style, if it is supported by a user's system. - - - - - An editor is drawn in Windows Classic style. - - - - - An editor is drawn in XP style if it is supported by user's system. - - - - - Contains classes that are used to emulate the UI found in Visual Studio 2010. - - - - - Provides members that specify whether a button is a regular (push button) or check-button. - - - - - Specifies whether a custom header button is a check or a group radio button. - - - - - Specifies a custom header button is a regular (push) button. - - - - - Contains editor classes. They provide the functionality for corresponding controls. Editor specific information is stored within the Persistent classes that are implemented in the namespace. - - - - - Contains classes that provide the base button functionality. - - - - - Contains properties for objects. - - - - - Provides access to the current object's appearance settings. - - An AppearanceObject that stores the current IButton object's appearance settings. - - - - Locks the by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object and its elements without immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets the current object's caption. - - A String value that is the current IButton object's caption. - - - - Gets or sets if the current is checked. - - A Boolean value specifying whether the current IButton is checked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is enabled. - - true if the current object is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks an causing immediate visual update of the object and all its elements. - - - - - Gets or sets a collection of glyphs for the current object. - - An Object that is the glyphs collection for the current IButton object. - - - - Gets or sets a group index for the current object. - - An Int32 value that is the group index for the current IButton object. The default value is -1. - - - - Gets or sets the current object's icon. - - An Image object that is the current IButton object's icon. - - - - Gets or sets an collection member used as the current object's glyph. - - An Int32 value that points to an collection member used as the current object's glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the current object's icon location relative to its . - - An ImageLocation enumerator value specifying the current IButton object's icon location relative to its . - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ButtonPanel.BaseButtonImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Gets a collection of images that can be used as the current object's icon. - - The Object that is the source of images assigned to the parent dock panel's property. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the button. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A string value that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the button. - - - - Gets whether the current is locked for any visual update. - - true if the current is locked for any visual update; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current object's type. - - A ButtonStyle enumerator value that specifies the current IButton object's type. - - - - Gets or sets a super tool-tip for the current . - - A object associated with the current . - - - - Gets or sets the current object's tag. - - An Object that is the current IButton object's tag. - - - - Gets or sets a tool-tip for the current . - - A String value that is the current 's tool-tip. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object's is visible. - - true if the current object's is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object's icon is visible. - - true if the current object's icon is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is visible. - - true if the current object is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current object's relative position. - - An Int32 value specifying the current IButton object's relative position. - - - - Provides values that specify whether Data Grid and Tree List columns should display Excel-style or classic filter menus. - - - - - Grid and TreeList columns display classic drop-down filter menus. - - - - - Equivalent to the setting. - - - - - Grid and TreeList columns display Excel-style filter menus. - - - - - Contains classes that provide editor functionality and specify editor appearance. - - - - - Contains values specifying border sides. - - - - - All border sides are painted. Enabling this flag results in enabling the Left, Top, Right and Bottom flags and disabling the None flag. - - - - - Bottom border side is painted. - - - - - Left border side is painted. - - - - - None of border sides is painted. Enabling this option results in disabling all other options. - - - - - Right border side is painted. - - - - - Top border side is painted. - - - - - Specifies the style for borders to draw on a Graphics surface. - - - - - The border style is determined by the current Look-and-Feel settings.For example, text editors' borders are painted according to the object's settings. - - - - - Borders are flat.The image below demonstrates the Flat style applied to the control. - - - - - Borders are flat. Borders and the client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them.The image below demonstrates the HotFlat style applied to the control. - - - - - There are no borders.The image below demonstrates the NoBorder style applied to the control. - - - - - Borders have an Office 2003 style.The image below demonstrates the Office2003 style applied to a control. - - - - - Borders are flat.The image below demonstrates the Simple style applied to the control. - - - - - Borders are three-dimensional.The image below demonstrates the Style3D style applied to the control. - - - - - Borders have an Office XP style. Borders and the client area are highlighted when the mouse pointer is positioned over them or they are focused. Otherwise, there are no borders.The image below demonstrates the UltraFlat style applied to the control. - - - - - Specifies the surface image of a button. - - - - - A Clear symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Close symbol is displayed on the button's surface. - - - - - A Down-arrow for a combo box is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Delete symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Down-arrow is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Down-arrow is drawn on the button's surface. Unlike, the Down button, this kind of button allows text to be displayed next to the down-arrow. - - - - - An Ellipsis symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A custom bitmap is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Left-arrow symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Minus sign is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - An OK sign is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Plus sign is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Redo symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Right-arrow is drawn the button's surface. - - - - - A Search symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - A Separator. - - - - - A down-arrow for a spin editor is displayed on the button's surface. - - - - - A left-arrow for a spin editor is displayed on the button's surface. - - - - - A right-arrow for a spin editor is displayed on the button's surface. - - - - - An up-arrow for a spin editor is displayed on the button's surface. - - - - - An Undo symbol is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - An Up-arrow is drawn on the button's surface. - - - - - Specifies the state of an . - - - - - A button is highlighted when mouse crosses the entire button boundaries. - - - - - A button is disabled and does not respond to end-user actions. - - - - - A button is highlighted when the mouse enters its boundaries. - - - - - A button is drawn using its default look and feel. - - - - - A button is drawn to reflect a pressed state. - - - - - Contains values specifying the look of the check box within a control. - - - - - A radio button (the appearance depends on the control's look-and-feel): In the Skin, Office 2003 and WindowsXP paint schemes, the Indeterminate and Unchecked check styles look the same. - - - - - The default mode (the appearance depends on the control's look-and-feel) : - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Predefined custom style. - - - - - Allows you to customize the check box glyph using the property. - - - - - Contains check box paint styles applied in the indeterminate state. - - - - - A check box is drawn grayed. In skin paint themes, the Inactive option is equivalent to InactiveChecked. - - - - - A check box is drawn grayed. An additional gray tick mark is displayed in the Flat, UltraFlat and Style3D paint themes. - - - - - A check box is drawn unchecked. - - - - - Lists modes which specify the Expression Editor version. - - - - - Specifies a new version of the Expression editor. - - - - - Editor version depends on the value. If its value is v16 or less, it is the legacy version; otherwise, the new version is used. - - - - - Specifies a legacy version of the Expression editor. - - - - - Enumerates display styles of filter criteria in a control's Filter Panel and Filter Editor. - - - - - When a control's FilterCriteriaDisplayStyle property is set to Default, the actual display style is specified by the property.For the Report Designer and Dashboard Designer, the default display style is Visual.For other controls, the default display style is Text. - - - - - Renders filter criteria in a text-based format. - - - - - Renders filter criteria in an easy-to-read format and uses skin-based colored highlights to differentiate between column names, functions and values. In the Filter Panel, the 'x' button is displayed when you hover over a condition. This button allows users to quickly remove individual conditions from the filter. - - - - - Enumerates a Find Panel's search modes. - - - - - When the property is set to Default, the actual setting is Filter. -When a control's OptionsFind.Behavior property is set to Default, the actual setting is specified by the property. - - - - - Hide records that do not match a query. Highlight search results in cells. - - - - - Highlight search results in cells and on the scrollbar - - - - - Enumerates border effects for forms and dialogs. - - - - - The default border adorning effect, applied as follows:For the , a shadow is displayed in the "McSkin" skin. No adorning effect is applied in other skins.For the , a shadow is displayed in the following skins: "Office 2013", "Office 2013 Dark Gray", "Office 2013 Light Gray", and "McSkin". No adorning effect is applied in other skins. - - - - - A glow effect. The default colors can be changed via the and properties. - - - - - No adorning effect. - - - - - Displays a shadow around the form. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. This value is assigned to the Cache property. - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ObjectPainter object that provides facilities for painting an element using the default mechanism. This value is assigned to the Painter property. - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ObjectInfoArgs object that contains information about the element being painted. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A GroupCaptionCustomDrawEventArgs object whose settings should be copied. - - - - Gets the painted caption's bounding rectangle. - - A structure which represents the painted caption's bounding rectangle. - - - - Performs default painting of the control's caption. - - - - - Performs default painting of the control's caption background. - - - - - Performs default painting of the buttons embedded in the control's caption. - - - - - Performs default painting of the control's caption image. - - - - - Performs default painting of the text in the control's caption. - - - - - Gets information on the painted group. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.GroupObjectInfoArgs object which provides information about the painted group. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This parameter identifies the group control which raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - The panel with a title which can be aligned along the top, bottom, left or right edge. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to colorize the group caption and border with the BorderColor setting in skinning paint schemes. This property is ignored by default starting from v18.2. - - true, to apply a custom color to the group control's border and caption background in skinning paint schemes; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an image within the 's caption should be painted using the control's foreground color. - - true, if an image within the 's caption should be painted using the control's foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the control's . - - true if HTML tags can be used to format the control's ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the group's caption and border. - - The group control's caption and border appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the distance, in pixels, between . - - An integer value that specifies the distance, in pixels, between . - - - - Gets or sets the image to display within the group's caption area. - - A object that specifies the group's caption image. - - - - Gets or sets the relative position of an image within the group caption. - - A value that specifies the image's position. - - - - Provides access to properties that affect this 's caption image. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.GroupCaptionImageOptions object that stores properties that affect this 's caption image. - - - - Gets or sets the outer indents for the image within the group caption, in pixels. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding object that specifies padding information for the image. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) that specifies the image assigned for this . - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that is the uniform resource identifier (URI) for this . - - - - Gets or sets the location of the group control's caption. - - A enumeration member which specifies the group caption's location. - - - - Occurs whenever a check button from the collection is checked. - - - - - Occurs whenever a push button from the collection is clicked. - - - - - Occurs whenever a check button from the collection is unchecked. - - - - - Allows you to custom paint the caption region. - - - - - Allows you to custom paint header buttons (). - - - - - Provides access to the custom header buttons' collection. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ButtonPanel.BaseButtonCollection object that stores custom header buttons for this . - - - - Gets or sets the position of . - - A enumerator value that specifies the position of within this . - - - - Gets the bounds of the control's client region. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the control's client region. - - - - Retrieves detailed information about a tool-tip located at the specific position. - - A Point structure to check whether it belongs to a tool-tip. Coordinates are referenced from the 's top left corner. - A ToolTipControlInfo object that stores the tool-tip's information. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the style of this 's borders and header. - - A DevExpress.Utils.GroupStyle object enumeration value that specifies the style of this 's borders and header. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into the control's caption () using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Gets or sets a collection that stores caption images. - - An Object that stores caption images. - - - - Invalidates the entire surface of the control and causes the control to be redrawn. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the group's caption is displayed. - - true to display the group's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's text. - - A string that specifies the control's text. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by custom header buttons. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by custom header buttons. - - - - The horizontal scrollbar. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Serves as the base for class. - - - - - Gets the value indicating whether the scroll bar is horizontal or vertical. - - A enumeration member specifying the scroll bar's orientation. - - - - The panel with or without a border. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the panel. - - An object which contains the panel's appearance settings. - - - - Not supported. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Not supported. - - A object that represents the height and width of the auto-scroll margin, in pixels. - - - - Not supported. - - A object that represents the minimum height and width of the control's scrollbars, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's background color. - - A structure which specifies the panel's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the control's background image. This member is not supported by the class. Use the Appearance.Image property instead. - - A object. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - An value that specifies the position of an image on the control. - - - - Starts the panel's initialization. Initialization occurs at runtime. - - - - - Gets or sets the panel's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the panel's border style. - - - - Returns the panel's bounding rectangle, calculated from the bounds of its client region. - - A object. - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the panel's client region. - A structure which represents the panel's bounding rectangle, calculated from the bounds of its client region. - - - - Gets or sets the group's background image that is displayed "as is", and can be aligned to any panel's edge. - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets the content image's alignment within the panel. - - A value that specifies the content image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the content image's alignment within the panel. - - A value that specifies the content image's alignment. - - - - Gets the bounds of the panel's client region. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the panel's client region. - - - - Ends the 's initialization. - - - - - Gets or sets the panel's font. - - A object which specifies the panel's font. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's foreground color. - - A structure which specifies the panel's foreground color. - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Gets or sets the text associated with the panel control. - - A string value specifying the text associated with the panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the PanelControl should use the non-default painting mode. - - true if the PanelControl control uses the non-default painting mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to stress the control's disabled state with a semi-transparent gray layer that overlaps the control. - - true, to paint a semi-transparent gray layer above the control in the disabled state; otherwise, false - - - - Serves as the base for , , and classes. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Applies the default scroll mode to the specified scroll bar. - - A control to which the default UI mode should be applied. - A control whose UI mode has been set. - - - - Applies the specified UI mode to the specified scroll bar. - - A control to which the specified UI mode should be applied. - A enumeration value specifying the UI mode to be applied. - A control whose UI mode has been set. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the scroll bar is autosized. - - true if auto size is applied; otherwise false. - - - - Overrides the base class BackColor property. - - A object representing the control's background color. - - - - Overrides the base class BackgroundImage property. - - A object representing the image to display in the control's background. - - - - Locks the object by disallowing visual updates until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. Prevents the control from being updated until the or method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the control after a method call without causing immediate repainting. - - - - - Occurs before the scroll bar is shown on-screen and allows you to manually re-paint it. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Unlocks the control after a method call and causes its immediate repainting. - - - - - Overrides the base class Font property. - - A object to apply to the text displayed by the control. - - - - Overrides the base class ForeColor property. - - A object representing the control's foreground color. - - - - Returns an object which implements the accessibility information. - - A BaseAccessibility object. - - - - Returns the default height, in pixels, of horizontal scroll bars displayed in the current scroll UI mode. - - A value that indicates the default height, in pixels, of a horizontal scroll bar. - - - - Returns the default width, in pixels, of vertical scroll bars displayed in the current scroll UI mode. - - A value that indicates the default width, in pixels, of a vertical scroll bar. - - - - Returns the value of the control's Enabled property. - - The value of the Enabled property. - - - - Returns the value of the control's Height property. - - The value of the Height property. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Returns the UI mode in which the specified scroll bar is displayed. - - A object whose UI mode should be returned. - The scroll bar's UI mode. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Returns the value of the control's Width property. - - The value of the Width property. - - - - Gets or sets the Input Method Editor(IME) mode supported by this control. - - A ImeMode enumeration member specifying the Input Method Editor (IME) status of an object when the object is selected. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the increment applied to the property when the scroll box is moved by a 'page'. - - An integer value representing the increment applied when the scroll box is moved by a 'page'. - - - - Gets a value providing access to settings controlling the control's look and feel. - - A object whose properties specify the control's look and feel. - - - - Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. - - An integer value representing the value's upper limit. - - - - Gets or sets the lower limit of the scrollable range. - - An integer value representing a lower limit. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A ScrollNotifyAction enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the opacity level of the control. - - A value that specifies the opacity level of the control. The default is 1. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when the scroll thumb has been moved either by a mouse or keyboard action. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the scroll bar is automatically sized. - - true if the auto sizing feature is enabled; otherwise false. - - - - Fires after the property's value has been changed. - - - - - Gets the value indicating whether the scroll bar is horizontal or vertical. - - A enumeration member specifying the scroll bar type. - - - - Gets or sets the time interval, in milliseconds, between scroll box steps while a scroll bar button or scroll bar track is clicked and held. - - An integer value that specifies the time interval, in milliseconds, between scroll box steps while the scroll bar button or scroll bar track is clicked and held. - - - - Sets the visibility of the current control. This method is not in effect if the scroll bar is displayed in the touch UI mode. - - true to display the control; false to hide the control. - - - - Gets or sets the value by which the property changes when the user presses one of the arrow keys or clicks one of the scroll-bar buttons. - - An integer value by which the property changes. - - - - Gets whether the scroll bar is in normal state, or the increase/decrease/thumb button/area is pressed/hot-tracked. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.ScrollBarState enumeration value that specifies the scroll bar state. - - - - Returns whether this scroll bar can display Scrollbar Annotations. - - true, if this scroll bar can display annotations; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a user can focus the scroll bar control using the TAB key. - - true if a user can focus the scroll bar using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Overrides the base class Text property. - - A string value representing the text associated with this control. - - - - Gets or sets whether scrollbars are optimized for desktop or touch applications. - - A enumeration value that specifies how scrollbars are displayed. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the scroll box's current position. - - An integer value representing the scroll box's current position. - - - - Fires immediately after the property has been changed. - - - - - Contains values specifying the type of ScrollBar control. - - - - - Corresponds to the horizontal orientation of the scroll bar. - - - - - Corresponds to the vertical orientation of the scroll bar. - - - - - Enumerates modes that specify the appearance and behavior of scroll bars. - - - - - The same as Desktop. - - - - - Scroll bars optimized for desktop applications.The scroll bar displays the arrow buttons. The auto-hide and auto-expand functionality are not supported. - - - - - Scroll bars optimized for Fluent Design Forms.The scroll bar supports the auto-expand functionality. It automatically expands when an end-user flicks the scrollable content (or the mouse cursor moves over the control), and collapses to a thin stripe if the control is not scrolled (or the mouse cursor does not move) for some time. The arrow buttons are never displayed. - - - - - Scroll bars optimized for touch applications.The scroll bar supports the auto-hide functionality. It automatically appears when an end-user flicks the scrollable content (or the mouse cursor moves over the control), and disappears if the control is not scrolled (or the mouse cursor does not move) for some time. The arrow buttons are never displayed. - - - - - Allows you to delimit controls within the layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control client area size is automatically calculated based on the separating line thickness and paddings. - - true, if the control client area size is automatically calculated based on the separating line thickness and paddings; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Invalidates the entire surface of the control and causes the control to be redrawn. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the separating line within the control client area. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Alignment enumeration value that specifies the alignment of the separating line within the control client area. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the separating line. - - A structure that specifies the color of the separating line. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the separating line. - - A enumeration value that specifies the orientation of the separating line. - - - - Gets or sets the dash style of the separating line. This property is in effect when the control is painted using any paint theme, except skins. - - A enumeration value that specifies the dash style of the separating line. - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the separating line. This property is in effect when the control is painted using any paint theme, except skins. - - An integer value that specifies the width, in pixels, of the separating line. - - - - Provides access to settings controlling the look and feel of the control. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the control. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the separating line. - - A structure that specifies the amount of space around the separating line. - - - - Sets the property to Color.Empty. - - - - - Sets the property to the default value. - - - - - Sets the property to the default value. - - - - - Returns whether the property should be serialized. - - true, if the property should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether the property should be serialized. - - true, if the property should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether the property should be serialized. - - true, if the property should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - A panel with one-pixel borders that supports panel snapping and the overlay resize feature. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users can resize this by dragging its border. - - true, if end-users can resize this by dragging its border; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not borders of this are allowed to snap to borders of other panels at runtime. - - true, if borders of this panel can snap to other panels' borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to this panel's appearance settings. - - A object that stores appearance settings applied to this . - - - - Gets or sets this panel's background color. - - A Color that is this panel's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the border thickness. - - An Int32 value that specifies the border thickness. - - - - Returns the rectangle structure that specifies the position and size of this . - - A structure that stores this 's position and size. - - - - Gets or sets the parent container side to which this is docked. - - A enumeration value that specifies the parent container side to which this is docked. - - - - Gets or sets the fore color of this and its child controls. - - A Color that is the fore color of this and its child controls. - - - - Gets or sets the actual border thickness scaled according to the current DPI settings. - - An Int32 value that specifies the border thickness. - - - - Provides access to Look and Feel settings of this . - - A object that stores look&feel settings of this . - - - - Occurs when a mouse pointer enters the overlay resize zone of this panel. - - - - - Gets or sets the width of a 's overlay resize zone. - - An Int32 value that specifies the width of a 's overlay resize zone. - - - - Resets this panel's property to its default value. - - - - - Gets or sets the distance from the border of this to the border of another panel, starting from which the panel snapping feature activates. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between panel borders, starting from which the panel snapping feature activates. - - - - Represents the base class for controls which support the DevExpress look and feel mechanism. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the style used to draw the control's border. - - A enumeration member specifying the border style of the control. - - - - Gets an object containing the control's look and feel settings. - - A object containing the control's look and feel settings. - - - - The control that consists of two panels separated by a splitter, which can be dragged by an end-user to resize the panels. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets if end-users can scroll the by dragging its content. - - true, if end-users can scroll the by dragging its content; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Starts the split container's initialization. Initialization occurs at runtime. - - - - - Occurs after an end-user clicks the 's splitter. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the panel referred to by the property is collapsed. - - true if the panel is collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the panel that is automatically collapsed when clicking on a splitter. - - A SplitCollapsePanel enumeration value that specifies the panel automatically collapsed when clicking on a splitter. - - - - Gets the collection of controls contained within the split container control. - - A object which represents the collection of controls contained within the split container control. - - - - Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the current . - - A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor object that represents the cursor to display when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - Not supported for this class. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Ends the split container's initialization. - - - - - Gets or sets a panel that remains static when the split container size changes. - - A enumeration value which specifies the fixed panel. - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the panels are arranged horizontally or vertically. - - true if the panels are arranged horizontally; false if the panels are vertically. - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets whether the panel specified by the property is collapsed. - - true if this panel is collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 's splitter is locked at the current position. - - true, if the 's splitter is locked at the current position; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the left (or top) panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.SplitGroupPanel object which represents the left (or top) panel. - - - - Gets the right (or bottom) panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.SplitGroupPanel object which represents the right (or bottom) panel. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the panels. - - A enumeration value which specifies the visibility of panels. - - - - Loads the current 's layout from the system registry. - - A String value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - - - - Loads the current 's layout from the specific stream. - - The Stream from which the the current 's layout should be restored. - - - - Loads the current 's layout from the specific XML file. - - A String value that is the path to an XML file where the current 's layout should be restored from. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to the system registry. - - A String value that is the system registry path to which the current 's layout should be saved. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to a stream. - - A stream where the layout should be stored. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to the specific XML file. - - A String value that is the path to an XML file where the current 's layout should be saved. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies the border style of the panels. - - A enumeration value specifying the border style of the panels. - - - - Collapses or restores the panel referred to by the property. - - true to collapse the panel; false to restore the panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the split container's caption is displayed. - - true to display the split container's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the split glyph. - - A value that specifies the spit glyph's visibility. The DefaultBoolean.Default value, if the paint theme (skin) controls the split glyph visibility. - - - - Allows you to respond to collapsing/restoring a panel. - - - - - Allows you to prevent a panel from being collapsed/restored. - - - - - Gets the splitter's size and location. - - A structure which represents the size and location of the splitter. - - - - Occurs after the splitter's position has been changed. - - - - - Occurs when the splitter's position is being changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the splitter's location. - - An integer value specifying the splitter's current location in pixels, from the side of the fixed panel. - - - - Occurs after the splitter's position has been changed. - - - - - Swaps the contents of the first and second panels. - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Lists values that specify which panel within the split container is fixed. - - - - - The panels' widths (or heights) are proportionally changed when a split container is being resized. - - - - - The width (height if the panels are displayed one above another) of the isn't changed when the split container is resized. - - - - - The width (height if the panels are displayed one above another) of the isn't changed when the split container is resized. - - - - - Lists values that specify the visibility of the panels within a split container. - - - - - Both Panel1 and Panel2 are visible. - - - - - Panel2 is hidden. - - - - - Panel1 is hidden. - - - - - Allows end-users to resize controls that are docked to the splitter's edges. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the splitter. - - An object which contains the splitter's appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the splitter's background color. - - A structure which specifies the splitter's background color. - - - - Provides access to the settings which control the splitter's look and feel. - - A object whose properties specify the splitter's look and feel. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the split glyph. - - A value that specifies the spit glyph's visibility. The DefaultBoolean.Default value, if the paint theme (skin) controls the split glyph visibility. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Contains classes that support the internal infrastructure of DevExpress editors and controls. - - - - - Lists the available scroll bar visibility modes. - - - - - The scroll bar is hidden. - - - - - The scroll bar is visible. - - - - - The vertical scrollbar. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - This member overrides Control.RightToLeft. - - One of the System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft values. - - - - Sets the visibility of the current control. - - true to display the control; false to hide the control. - - - - Returns whether this scroll bar can display Scrollbar Annotations. - - true, if this scroll bar can display annotations; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as the base for class. - - - - - Gets the value indicating whether the scroll bar is horizontal or vertical. - - A enumeration member specifying scroll bar orientation. - - - - Provides appearance and behavior settings common to all DevExpress controls. - - - - - Gets or sets whether dragging-and-dropping columns/fields is indicated using arrow indicators. This is a static property. - - true, if dragging-and-dropping columns is indicated using arrow indicators; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Data Grid and TreeList automatic filtering rows should display buttons that allow end-users to change the filtering condition. - - A DefaultBoolean value that specifies whether or not DataGrid and TreeList automatic filtering rows should display buttons that allow end-users to change the filtering condition. - - - - Gets or sets whether a control is scaled according to its scale factor (which is dependent on the monitor DPI setting). This is a static property. - - Default or True if control auto-scaling is enabled; False if this mode is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not automatically generated UI elements (e.g., Grid context menu items) should display vector icons. - - DefaultBoolean.True if UI elements should display vector icons; DefaultBoolean.False to display raster icons instead. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not DevExpress Skins can be scaled on high-DPI devices. - - true, if DevExpress Skins can be scaled on high-DPI devices; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the form title bar skinning feature is enabled. This is a static property. - - true, if the form title bar skinning feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether animation on hovering objects is enabled. This is a static property. - - A value that specifies whether animation on hovering objects is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether the window bounce (panning feedback) is enabled when an end-user tries to pan (scroll with the finger) beyond a control's pannable area. This is a static property. - - Default or True if the window panning feedback is enabled; False if this visual effect is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether smooth pixel-based scrolling is enabled for controls. This is a static property. - - A DefaultBoolean value that specifies whether smooth pixel-based scrolling is enabled for controls. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all s used within this app should use the Windows 7 Aero effect. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not all s used within this app should use the Windows 7 Aero effect. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not you can use this application to preview custom skins in WinForms Skin Editor. - - true, if this application can be used to preview custom skins; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the window ghosting feature is enabled for skinned XtraForm objects. This is a static property. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the window ghosting feature is enabled. The default value is false. - - - - Gets or sets whether DevExpress controls animate end-user operations (expand/collapse, tab switch, sorting, etc.). This is a static (shared in VB) property. - - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.AnimationMode enumeration value that specifies whether DevExpress controls use animation effects. The default is DevExpress.XtraEditors.AnimationMode.Default. - - - - This method is called by DevExpress demos to apply specific settings. This is a static method. - - - - - Gets or sets whether UI elements should automatically adjust their foreground colors when these elements use DX Skin Colors for backgrounds. This behavior ensures the foreground color has enough contrast against the background to improve readability. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether background/border DX Skin Colors should adjust foreground colors as well. - - - - Gets or sets what colors assigned to or properties can blend with skin element bitmaps. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.BackgroundSkinningMode object enumerator value that specifies what appearance colors can blend with skin element bitmaps. - - - - Allows you to restore default filtering conditions for all Data Grid auto-filter rows to their 16.2 versions. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ColumnAutoFilterMode enumerator value. - - - - Gets or sets the default display mode of column filter dropdowns in all s, s and s in the current application. - - A value that specifies the default display mode of column filter dropdowns in all GridControls and TreeLists in the current application. - - - - Reduces control paddings and margins to display more information on-screen in data-intensive applications. You can enable this mode at design time in the Project Settings Page. - - Specifies whether the Compact UI mode is enabled. The Default value is equal to True. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not customization forms can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - A SnapMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not dock panels can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - - - Indicates whether HTML text formatting is enabled for controls by default. This is a static property. - - true, if HTML text formatting is enabled for controls by default; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the default font for DevExpress controls (except menus and toolbars). This is a static property. - - A object which is the default font for controls. The default value is the Tahoma font. - - - - Gets the default object which is used for painting controls. This is a static property. - - A object. - - - - Gets and sets the default font used to display text on menus, toolbars and popup menus (except Ribbon elements). This is a static property. - - A object which is the default font for menu items. If not set, the property value is specified by the System.Windows.Forms.SystemInformation.MenuFont property. - - - - Gets or sets the default text font for printing. This is a static property. - - A System.Drawing.Font object that defines the default text font for printing. - - - - Gets or sets the default style for all s in the application. - - The 's default style. - - - - Modifies default values of various properties according to the selected DevExpress installation version. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether DevExpress controls' accessibility features (interaction with accessibility tools, e.g., MS Narrator) is disabled. This is a static property, and thus it affects all controls in your application. - - DefaultBoolean.True if accessibility features are disabled; otherwise, DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Disables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes. - - - - - Disables the title bar skinning feature for MDI child DevExpress forms. - - - - - Gets or sets the style for all and panels in this application. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.DockingViewStyle enumeration value that specifies the style for all and panels in this application. - - - - Gets or sets whether the scroll bar thumb restores its previous position or keeps the terminal position when it is dragged beyond a control. This is a static property. - - A DragScrollThumbBeyondControlMode enumeration value that specifies whether the scroll bar thumb restores its previous position or keeps the terminal position when dragged beyond a control. - - - - Gets or sets the threshold, in pixels, beyond which the previous scroll bar thumb position is restored. This property is in effect in the RestoreThumbPosition mode. This is a static property. - - An integer value that specifies the threshold, in pixels, beyond which the previous scroll bar thumb position is restored. The default value is 50 pixels. - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes. - - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for DevExpress forms and message boxes, if the application is running under Microsoft Windows XP. - - - - - Enables the title bar skinning feature for MDI child DevExpress forms. - - - - - Gets or sets the default display style of filter conditions in a control's Filter Panel and built-in Filter Editor. - - The default display style of filter conditions in a control's Filter Panel and built-in Filter Editor - - - - Gets or sets whether records that do not match a query in the Find Panel are hidden. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.FindPanelBehavior enumeration value that specifies whether records that do not match the query are hidden. - - - - Specifies the default comparison operator (Contains, Equals, StartWith, etc.) a control uses to search for words entered in a Find Panel. This setting is applied to all controls that have their OptionsFind.Condition properties set to Default. - - The default comparison operator. - - - - Specifies the default behavior of a control's Find Panel when it combines entered words to create a search query. This setting is applied to all controls that have their OptionsFind.ParserKind properties set to Default. - - The default property value for all Data Grids in the project. - - - - Gets or sets the style of dashed lines to paint focus rectangles. This is a static property. - - A DXDashStyle enumeration value that specifies the style of dashed lines to paint focus rectangles. - - - - Gets or sets the behavior specifying fonts used by DevExpress and standard .Net controls. This is a static property. Setting this property modifies the property. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.WindowsFormsFontBehavior enumeration value that specifies the behavior specifying fonts used by DevExpress and standard .Net controls. - - - - Enables the mixed use of the DevExpress text rendering library and System.Windows.Forms.TextRenderer class functionality. - - - - - Turns the DirectX Hardware Acceleration on. - - - - - Enables the use of the System.Drawing.Graphics class for text rendering. - - - - - Allows you to trace all outdated APIs that are not recommended for use with DirectX-rendered and Per-Monitor DPI-aware applications. Starting with version 18.2, also traces Appearance.BackColor properties modified for skinned UI elements. - - A enumerator value that specifies how the application responds to this inadvisable API. - An optional object that allows you to implement a custom trace behavior. - - - - Enables the use of the System.Windows.Forms.TextRenderer class for rendering text. - - - - - Gets or sets whether all and forms in the application should display increased borders. - - true, to display thick borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the actual value of the auto-scaling setting for controls. This is a static property. - - The actual value of the auto-scaling setting for controls. - - - - Returns the actual value of the property. - - true, if generated UI elements should receive vector icons; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether animation on hovering objects is enabled. This is a static method. - - An object that provides information on the current skin. - true, if animation on hovering objects is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether this application can serve as an External Preview Application in WinForms Skin Editor. See the property for the details. - - true, if this application can serve as an External Preview Application in WinForms Skin Editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the current property setting. - - true, if the property equals DefaultBoolean.Default or DefaultBoolean.True; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the specified control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. This is a static method. - - A Control object. - true, if the specified control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a Boolean value that specifies whether DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. The method parameter allows the default behavior to be specified. This is a static method. - - A RightToLeft enumeration value that specifies the default behavior that is used if the property equals Default. - true, if DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. The method parameter allows the default behavior to be specified. This is a static method. - - A default Boolean value that is returned if the property equals Default. - A Boolean value that indicates whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - - - Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on for the specified control or form. This is a static method. - - A Control object. - A Boolean value that indicates whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on for the specified control or form. - - - - Returns a RightToLeft enumeration value that indicates whether the specified control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. This is a static method. - - A Control object. - A System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft enumeration value that indicates whether the specified control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Returns a RightToLeft enumeration value that specifies whether DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. The method parameter allows the default behavior to be specified. This is a static method. - - A default System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft enumeration value that is returned if the property equals Default. - A System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft enumeration value that specifies whether DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Gets or sets edit value update mode for s which display inplace editors in bars (see Bar Manager) and Ribbon controls. -This property is supported for a limited set of inplace editors. See the Remarks section for more information. - - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.InplaceEditorUpdateMode enumerator value that specifies the edit value update mode for inplace editors. - - - - Gets whether smooth pixel-based scrolling is enabled for controls. -This is a static property. - - true, if smooth pixel-based scrolling is enabled for controls; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads application settings and updates the corresponding CLR properties accordingly. - - - - - Gets or sets whether all child MDI and forms in the application should display increased borders. - - true, to display thick borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the animation effects that follow expanding and collapsing popup menus. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupAnimation enumerator value that specifies animation effects that follow expanding and collapsing popup menus. - - - - Gets or sets whether the DevExpess controls' built-in context menus are displayed in the classic rectangular or radial style. This is a static property. - - A PopupMenuStyle enumeration value that specifies the style in which built-in context menus are displayed. - - - - Specifies the shadow style applied to all popup menus in this application. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupShadowStyle enumerator value that specifies the shadow style applied to all popup menus in this application. - - - - Gets or sets the culture settings used by date-time (calendar, scheduler, etc.) controls for month names, day abbreviations, and the first day of week. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.DateTimeCulture enumeration value, such as CurrentCulture and CurrentUICulture, that specifies the culture used by date-time controls. - - - - Gets or sets whether visual elements of DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. This is a static property. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether visual elements of DevExpress controls are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Gets or sets whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - A value that specifies whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - - - Gets or sets whether scrollbars are optimized for desktop or touch applications. This is a static (Shared in VB) property. - - A enumeration value that specifies how scroll bars are displayed. - - - - Sets the current process as dots per inch (dpi) aware. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a control's scroll bars appear on screen when an end-user moves the mouse pointer over the scrollable content. This is a static property. - - true, if scroll bars appear on screen when an end-user moves the mouse pointer over the scrollable content; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the mouse wheel scrolls the control that is currently hovered over with the mouse pointer or the control that is currently focused. This property is in effect for controls that reside within an or . This is a static property. - - true, if the mouse wheel scrolls the control that is currently hovered with the mouse pointer; false, if the focused control is scrolled with the mouse wheel, regardless of the mouse cursor position.The default is true. - - - - Gets or sets the rendering quality of vector images. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImageRenderingMode enumeration value that specifies the rendering quality, such as HighSpeed or HighQuality, of vector images. Default equals HighQuality. - - - - Gets or sets the width of XtraForm and RibbonForm "thick" borders. Forms use thick borders when you enable the and\or properties. - - The border thickness. - - - - Gets or sets the scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. This is a static property. - - The scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether touch UI mode is enabled, in which controls automatically increase their size and the distance between some of their elements. This is a static property. - - A value that specifies if touch UI mode is enabled. - - - - Specifies whether WinForms data-aware controls should use the advanced Filter Editor Control that features a single-tab interface and enhanced text criteria builder. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not WinForms data-aware controls should use the advanced Filter Editor Control. - - - - Gets or sets whether DevExpress controls and components that display Open File, Save File and Folder Browser dialogs should display standard WinForms dialogs or their DevExpress counterparts (, , and ). - - A enumeration value that specifies whether DevExpress controls and components should replace standard Open File, Save File and Folder Browser dialogs with skinnable DX Dialogs. - - - - A form that supports title bar and border skinning. Provides centralized control over the look and feel settings of the DevExpress controls placed on it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the acrylic material's opacity. The Acrylic effect is applied to an area occupied by the . - - Tint layer's opacity. 0 for maximum transparency; 255 for no transparency. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the glow adorning effect applied to the form's borders when the form is active. - - The color of the glow adorning effect applied to the form's borders when the form is active. - - - - Gets or sets whether the form's title bar and borders are painted using the current skin. This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - true if the form's title bar and borders are painted using the current skin; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an MDI bar is allowed for this form. This property is in effect for a parent MDI form, when the title bar skinning feature is enabled. - - true if the MDI bar is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the form. - - An object which contains the form's appearance settings. - - - - Applies the Acrylic accent (a semi-partial transparent background) to a control that resides within the current form. The Acrylic accent is only supported for certain controls. - - The target control that supports the Acrylic accent. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the form's client region. - - A structure which specifies the background color of the form's client region. - - - - Specifies the background image for the form. - - A object that represents the background image. - - - - Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. - - A value that specifies the background image layout. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An ImageLayout value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An Image object. - - - - Clears the Acrylic accent (a semi-partial transparent background) for a control that resides within the current form. The Acrylic accent is only supported for certain controls. - - The target control that supports the Acrylic accent. - - - - Gets or sets whether the form's Close button (x) is visible. This property is in effect when the Form Title Bar Skinning feature is enabled. - - true if the form's Close button (x) is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Acrylic accent is enabled for the Accordion Control, Layout Control and Calendar Control when they reside within the current form. The property also enables the Reveal Highlight effect for the Accordion Control and Calendar Control. - - true, to enable the Acrylic effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the form's font. - - A object which specifies the form's font. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the form's client region. - - A structure which specifies the foreground color of the form's client region. - - - - Gets or sets the form's border adornment effect. - - The form's border adornment effect. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into the form's caption using the image tag. This property is in effect when the Form Title Bar Skinning feature is enabled. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Allows you to specify the form's caption and format it using HTML tags. The property is in effect when the Form Title Bar Skinning feature is applied. - - A string that specifies the form's caption, formatted using HTML tags. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to image settings that allow you to assign raster and vector images to XtraForms (instead of traditional .ico images). - - Provides access to form icon-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the glow adorning effect applied to the form's borders when the form is not active. - - The color of the glow adorning effect applied to the form's borders when the form is not active. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Contains settings that specify the look and feel of the current form and all DevExpress controls placed on the form. - - A object that stores look&feel settings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum allowed client size for a form. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the form's maximum size. - - A Size structure that specifies the form's maximum size. - - - - Gets or sets the composite format string used to format the merged MDI parent and child captions. - - A string value that represents the composite format string used to format the merged MDI parent and child captions. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum allowed client size for a form. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the form's minimum size. - - A Size structure that specifies the form's minimum size. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Resumes the usual layout logic. - - - - - Resumes the usual layout logic, optionally forcing an immediate layout of pending layout requests. - - true to execute pending layout requests; otherwise, false. - - - - Resumes painting the form whose painting had been suspended. - - - - - Shows the form as a modal dialog box with the specified owner. - - Any object implementing that represents the top-level window that will own the modal dialog box. - One of the values. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the caption of the currently active multiple-document interface (MDI) child is merged with the MDI parent caption, and shown in the form's title bar. - - true, if the MDI child caption is merged with the MDI parent caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the site of the . - - The ISite associated with the , if any. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. - - - - - Suspends painting the form. - - - - - Gets or sets the form's caption. - - A string that specifies the form's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within a tab corresponding to the current form. This property is in effect when the current form represents an MDI child within an container. - - A string value. - - - - Represents the base class for panels. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to scroll to any control placed outside its visible boundaries. - - true if the auto-scrolling feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the panel is automatically resized according to the value of the property. - - true if the panel's auto-resizing feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the value of the property is changed. - - - - - Indicates the automatic sizing behavior of the panel. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's border style. - - A value that specifies the panel's border style. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the panel can be fitted. - - A custom-sized area for the panel. - A Size value that specifies a rectangle into which the panel can be fit. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - Resets the property to its default value. - - - - - Gets whether the property should be serialized. - - true if the property should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can focus this control using the TAB key. - - true if the user can focus this control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - The skinnable panel with built-in auto-scroll functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets if end-users can scroll the by dragging its content. - - true, if end-users can scroll the by dragging its content; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the XtraScrollableControl's view is automatically scrolled to completely display the active control if it is invisible, or partly visible. - - true to automatically scroll the view to completely display the active control if it is invisible, or partly visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the control's appearance settings. - - An object that contains appearance settings used to paint the control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the XtraScrollableControl enables the user to scroll to any controls placed outside its visible boundaries. - - true to enable auto-scrolling; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the auto-scroll margin. - - A object that represents the height and width of the auto-scroll margin, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. - - A object that represents the minimum height and width of the area through which a user can scroll, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. - - A structure that represents the auto-scroll position, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the control's background color. - - A value that specifies the control's background color. - - - - Gets the rectangle that represents the XtraScrollableControl's view area. - - A object that represents the control's view area. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the event fires when using the mouse wheel. - - true if the event fires when using the mouse wheel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control's foreground color. - - A value that specifies the control's foreground color. - - - - Gets the horizontal scrollbar's settings. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.HorizontalScroll object that represents the horizontal scrollbar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the scroll direction is inverted when scrolling on touch devices via the pan gesture. - - true, if the scroll direction is inverted; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the Look And Feel and Skinning settings of this object. - - A object that stores look-and-feel settings. - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Fires when the control's view is scrolled. - - - - - Gets or sets the distance the XtraScrollableControl's view is scrolled when the user clicks one of the scroll buttons. - - An integer value that specifies the distance, in pixels, the control's view is scrolled when the user clicks one of the scroll buttons. - - - - Scrolls the XtraScrollableControl's view to display the specified control. - - A descendant that represents the control which is invisible, or partly visible, within the XtraScrollableControl. - - - - Specifies the size of the auto-scroll margin. - - An integer value that specifies the width of the auto-scroll margin, in pixels. - An integer value that specifies the height of the auto-scroll margin, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the text associated with the control. - - A string value that specifies the text associated with the control. - - - - Gets the vertical scrollbar's settings. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.VerticalScroll object that represents the vertical scrollbar. - - - - The user control that supports look and feel and skinning technology. Provides centralized control over the look and feel settings of the DevExpress controls placed on it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the user control. - - An object which contains the user control's appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the user control's background color. - - A structure which specifies the user control's background color. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets font settings applied to the control. - - A object that contains font settings. - - - - Gets or sets the control's foreground color. - - A Color structure that specifies the control's foreground color. - - - - Contains settings that specify the look and feel of the current and all DevExpress controls placed on it. - - An object that provides look-and-feel settings. - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Sets the property to Color.Empty. - - - - - Gets or sets the site of the . - - The ISite associated with the , if any. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6c2cf97..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c5fc618..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35496 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2 - - - - - The XtraBars namespace contains classes implementing the XtraBars's functionality.The classes derived from the class represent different types of toolbar items. The visual representation of each item within a toolbar or a menu is implemented via an appropriate item link class. For instance, the item link class representing the within a bar or menu, is implemented via the class, etc.There are some classes representing the different collections used in the XtraBars. These collections are used to store bars and bar items within the , item links within the , etc.The enumerations (, , , etc.) define the look and feel of toolbars and bar items created via the XtraBars Suite. - - - - - Contains the classes that maintain the AlertControl's infrastructure. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object used to initialize the property. - A object used to initialize the property. - An AlertFormCore object used to initialize the property. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the button that has been clicked. - - An object containing settings of the button that has been clicked. - - - - Gets the name of the button that has been clicked. - - A string that specifies the clicked button's name. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. Identifies the that raised the event. - A object containing event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object used to initialize the property. - An AlertFormCore object used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the owner (a form) of the current alert window is activated after executing your event handler. - - true if the owner (a form) of the current alert window is activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the currently processed alert window. - - An AlertFormCore object that represents the currently processed alert window. - - - - Gets an object that contains information displayed in the currently processed alert window. - - A object that contains information displayed in an alert window. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. Identifies the that raised the event. - A object containing event data. - - - - The component that supports displaying alert windows. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - A object. - - - - Fires when the text of alert windows is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the list of active alert windows. - - A list of active alert windows. - - - - Gets or sets whether text in alert windows is hot-tracked when hovering over it with the mouse. - - true if text in alert windows is hot-tracked when hovering with the mouse; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format an alert window's caption and text. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether HTML formatting is supported for an alert window's caption and text. - - - - Provides appearance settings that are used to paint the captions of alert windows. - - An AppearanceCaptionObject object containing corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides appearance settings that are used to paint the text in alert windows when the text is hovered over. - - An object containing corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides appearance settings that are used to paint the text in alert windows when the text is not hovered over. - - An object containing corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets an alert window's delay, in milliseconds. - - An integer value that specifies an alert window's delay, in milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets whether the height of alert windows are automatically calculated, according to their content. - - true if the height of alert windows are automatically calculated, according to their content; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires before displaying an alert window and allows it to be customized. - - - - - Fires when a custom button within an alert window has been clicked. - - - - - Fires when the pressed state of a custom check button within an alert window has been changed. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of custom buttons that can be displayed in alert windows. - - An object that contains custom buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the position of an alert window's control box. - - An value that specifies the position of an alert window's control box. - - - - Fires when an alert window is about to be closed. - - - - - Gets or sets the speed of the appearance of an alert window. - - A value that specifies the speed of appearance of an alert window. - - - - Fires after an alert window has been created, and allows you to customize the window and window's buttons. - - - - - Gets or sets the screen position where alert windows appear. - - An value that specifies the screen position where alert windows appear. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of simultaneously displayed alert windows. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of simultaneously displayed alert windows. 0 if this number is not limited. - - - - Gets or sets an animation effect applied when displaying an alert window. - - An value that specifies the type of animation effect applied when displaying alert windows. - - - - Allows you to set an alert window's width. - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - false - - - - Gets or sets the source of images for buttons that can be displayed in alert windows. - - An object that specifes the source of images for buttons in alert windows. - - - - Provides access to settings controlling the look and feel of alert windows. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of alert windows. - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer enters an alert window. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer leaves an alert window. - - - - - Gets or sets a popup menu associated with alert windows. - - A object associated with popup menus. - - - - Provides access to alert windows whose display is postponed. - - A list of alert windows whose display is postponed. - - - - Raises the event. - - An object that contains information displayed in the currently processed alert window. - An AlertFormCore object that specifies the currently processed alert window. - The value of the parameter returned from your event handler. - - - - Raises the event. - - An object passed to the event. - A object passed to the event. - An AlertFormCore object passed to the event. - - - - Raises the event. - - An object passed to the event. - An object passed to the event. - An AlertFormCore object passed to the event. - - - - Raises the event. - - An AlertFormClosingEventArgs object. - - - - Raises the event. - - An AlertFormCore object passed to the event. - - - - Raises the event. - - An AlertFormWidthEventArgs object passed to the event. - The value of the Width event parameter. - - - - Raises the event. - - An AlertEventArgs object passed to the event. - The value of the Cancel event parameter. - - - - Raises the event. - - An AlertEventArgs object passed to the event. - The value of the Cancel event parameter. - - - - Displays an empty alert form. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - - - - Displays an alert window displaying information from the specified structure. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - An object that contains settings used to initialize the newly created alert window. - - - - Displays an alert window with the specified text and caption. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - A string that specifies the window's caption. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - - - - Displays an alert window with customized content settings. - - A Form that owns the displayed alert. - A String value that is the alert form's caption. - A String value that is the alert form's text. - true, if the alert form should be closed on click; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays an alert window with the specified caption, text and image. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - A string that specifies the window's caption. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - An image to be displayed within the alert window. - - - - Displays an alert window with the specified text, caption and the text displayed when the window's text region is hot-tracked. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - A string that specifies the window's caption. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - - - - Displays an alert window with the specified text, caption, image and the text displayed when the window's text region is hot-tracked. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - A string that specifies the window's caption. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - An image to be displayed within the alert window. - - - - Displays an alert window with the specified settings. - - An owner of the window. In a multi-monitor system, if the owner is set to null, the window will be displayed on the main monitor. Otherwise, the window will be displayed on the same monitor as the owner. - A string that specifies the window's caption. - A string that specifies the window's text, displayed when the text region is not hovered over. - A string that specifies the text which is displayed when the text region is hovered over. - An image to be displayed within the alert window. - Any custom data associated with the window. - - - - Displays an alert with customized settings and the capability to close on click. - - A Form that owns the displayed alert. - A String value that is the alert form's caption. - A String value that is the alert form's text. - A String value that is the alert form's text displayed only when hovered over (see the property). - An Image displayed by this alert window. - An Object that serves as a unique ID associated with this alert. - true, if the alert form should be closed on click; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Close button must be displayed in newly created alert windows. - - true if the Close button must be displayed in newly created alert windows; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Pin button must be displayed in newly created alert windows. - - true if the Pin button must be displayed in newly created alert windows; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are enabled for custom buttons in alert windows. - - true if tooltips in alert windows are supported; otherwise, false. - - - - Lists values specifying the manner in which the item's menu appears onscreen. - - - - - Equivalent to the System value. - - - - - The menu is faded in. - - - - - The menu is shown immediately without any visual effects. - - - - - The animation effects are randomized. - - - - - The menu is slid in vertically, from top to bottom. - - - - - The animation type is determined by the system settings. - - - - - The menu is unfolded from the top left corner to the bottom right corner. - - - - - Represents a Windows-like toolbar. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A that will contain the new class instance. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A representing the owner of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the name of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - A that will contain a new class instance. - The name of the created class instance. Determines the property. - The dock style of the created class instance. Determines the property. - This parameter is ignored. - The bounding rectangle of the new class instance. - An object containing information on component links. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The component that will contain the current bar. - The current bar name. - The current bar docking style. Obtained from the enumeration. - This parameter is ignored. - The current bar rectangle when it is floating. - A LinksInfo class instance. - The current bar docking position. - The current bar offset - - - - Initializes a new object with the specified settings. - - A object representing the owner of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the name of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - The dock style of the created class instance. Determines the property. - This parameter is ignored. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An integer value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - A that will contain a new class instance. - The current bar's name. - The current bar's docking style. Obtained from the enumeration. - This parameter is ignored. - The current bar's rectangle when floating. - A LinksInfo class instance. - The current dock position. - The current offset. - The current set of posssible dock styles. - The current background color. - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - A that will contain a new class instance. - The current bar's name. - The current bar's docking style. Obtained from the enumeration. - This parameter is ignored. - The current bar's rectangle when floating. - A LinksInfo class instance. - The current dock position. - The current offset. - The current set of posssible dock styles. - The current background color. - The current background image. - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - A object representing the owner of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the name of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the edge of the container to which the bar is docked. This value is assigned to the property. - This parameter is ignored. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An integer value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color structure that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Image object representing the bar's background image. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the same direction as the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the opposite direction of the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new object with the specified settings. - - A object representing the owner of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the name of the created bar. This value is assigned to the property. - The dock style of the created class instance. Determines the property. - This parameter is ignored. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An integer value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color structure that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the same direction as the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the opposite direction of the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color value that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color value that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - An Image object that is the bar's background image. Specifies the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color value that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - An Image object that is the bar's background image. Specifies the property. - An Int32 value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the same direction as the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - An Int32 value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the opposite direction of the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Bar Manager that owns the newly created Bar. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that is the 's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A BarDockStyle enumerator value that specifies the 's dock style. Determines the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the floating size and location of the created bar. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - A LinksInfo object representing the internal links collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the position of the created bar among other bars docked to the same container's edge. This value is used to initialize the and properties. - An Int32 value that specifies the offset of the created bar from the dock site's left or top edge (when the bar is oriented horizontally or vertically, respectively). This value is assigned to the property. - A set of flags that specifies edges of the container to which the bar can be docked. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Color value that specifies the bar's background color. This value is assigned to the property. - An Int32 value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the same direction as the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - An Int32 value specifying the indent of item contents to their edges in the opposite direction of the current bar's orientation. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds a link to the control. - - A descendant instance. - An instance of the new link. - - - - Creates links to bar items passed as an array. - - An array of descendants, links to which are to be created. - - - - Specifies appearance settings for the bar. - - An object representing appearance settings for the bar. - - - - Applies changes made by the and properties. - - - - - Returns a to its designed state. - - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the . - - The background color of the . - - - - Gets or sets the background image of the . - - The background image of the . - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint s within the current in different visual states. - - A object that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the size of the horizontal indent between a link's border and its content, in pixels. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels separating the content of bar items from their borders, horizontally. -1 if the indent is specified by the property of the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings). - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the size of the vertical indent between the link's borders and their content, in pixels. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels separating the contents of bar items from their borders vertically. -1 if the indent is specified by the of the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings). - - - - Gets or sets the name of the bar. - - A string value representing the name of the bar. - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the manner in which a bar can be docked. - - A set of flags specifying the manner in which a bar can be docked. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the can be moved. - - true, if the can be moved; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes all links from the control. - - - - - Occurs after the bar has been docked to another position by an end-user. - - - - - Gets or sets the bar column index position when it is docked. - - The horisontal bar column index when it is docked. - - - - Gets or sets the bar row index when it is docked. - - The bar row index when it is docked. - - - - Gets or sets the dock style. - - The dock style. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Get or sets the location in screen coordinates if the bar is floating. - - The location in screen coordinates if the bar is floating. - - - - Get or sets the size of the in pixels if the bar is floating. - - The size of the in pixels if the bar is floating. - - - - Forces the current to be refreshed. - - - - - Forces this to redraw itself. - - - - - Retrieves the list of links currently displayed within this . - - A object that contains links currently displayed within this . - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Controls.CustomBarControl object. - - - - Returns the actual horizontal indent between the content and the borders of bar links, measured in pixels. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and the borders of bar links. - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the actual vertical indent between the content and the borders of bar links, measured in pixels. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and the borders of bar links. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current child bar is hidden from the child form during a merge operation. -This option is in effect if you subscribed to the parent BarManager's and events. - - A value that specifies whether the current child bar is hidden from the child form during a merge operation. - - - - Inserts a link in the at the specified index. - - An instance of the link before which a new link is inserted. - A descendant instance whose link is inserted. - An instance of the added link. - - - - Updates a bar control. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the is floating. - - true if the is floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates that the Bar Manager is being loaded. - - true, if the Bar Manager is being loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the is the application's main menu. - - true, if the is the application's main menu; otherwise false. - - - - Gets whether another bar has been merged into the current bar. - - true if another bar has been merged into the current bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the bar is a status bar. - - true if the bar is a status bar, otherwise false. - - - - Gets the collection of item links belonging to the current bar. - - A object representing the collection of item links belonging to the bar. - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been added to the bar. - - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been removed from the bar. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value representing the Bar Manager that owns this bar. - - A object representing the Bar Manager owning this bar. - - - - Adds the visible links from the specified bar onto the current bar. - - A bar whose links will be added onto the current bar. The current and the specified bar must belong to different BarManagers. - - - - Gets the collection of item links that have been merged into the current bar. - - A collection that specifies the collection of item links that have been merged into the current bar. - - - - Gets or sets the offset in pixels from the left or top border of the bar container based on the dock style. - - The offset in pixels from the left or top border of the bar container based on the dock style. - - - - Gets or sets the options used to create a . - - The options used to setup a . - - - - Provides access to customization options for the current bar. - - A object containing bar customization options. - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific link from the . - - The link to remove from the . - - - - Returns a to its designed state. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets the bar's size. - - A Size value that specifies the bar's size. - - - - Gets or sets the control to which the bar belongs, if any. - - A to which the bar belongs. null if the bar doesn't belong to a StandaloneBarDockControl. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the control to which the bar belongs, if any. - - A string that specifies the name of the control to which the bar belongs. An empty string if the bar doesn't belong to a StandaloneBarDockControl. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An object that contains custom data for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the bar's display text. - - A string identifying the bar's display text. - - - - Returns a that represents the current . - - A that represents the current . - - - - Restores the links layout of the current bar after another bar has been merged with it. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is displayed. - - true, if the is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires immediately after the visibility of the bar has been changed. - - - - - Gets the collection of visible bar item links displayed within the bar. - - A collection of visible bar item links. - - - - Allows you to customize the form-scope display and behavior settings for controls and components included in the XtraBars library - bars, dock panels, Ribbon controls, App UI Manager () and tabbed windows (). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its properties to their default values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - A object that provides functionality for containers. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An object that implements the IBarAndDockingControllerClient interface. - - - - Provides the default appearance settings applied to controls. - - An object that provides appearance settings applied to controls. - - - - Provides the default appearance settings of the Bars UI, implemented with the component. - - A object providing the default appearance settings of the Bars UI. - - - - Provides the default appearance settings for all dock panels, implemented with the component. - - A object providing the appearance settings for dock panels. - - - - Contains the default appearance settings applied to Views of the component. - - The default appearance settings applied to Views of the component. - - - - Provides the default appearance settings of the Ribbon Controls and Ribbon Forms. - - The default appearance settings of the Ribbon Controls and Ribbon Forms. - - - - Starts the runtime component initialization. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Occurs when a BarAndDockingController's settings are modified. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to the Default BarAndDockingController, which contains the application-scope settings for the XtraBars controls and components. - - The Default BarAndDockingController - - - - Gets an array of cursors that can be used for drag operations on links. - - An ArrayList of objects. - - - - Ends the runtime component initialization. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Returns the control's default controller. - - A Control that owns the client. - A control that implements the IBarAndDockingControllerClient interface and is the control whose default controller is to be retrieved. - A object that is the control's default controller. - - - - Provides Look And Feel and Skinning settings for the controls/components included in the XtraBars library. - - A object that stores Look And Feel and Skinning settings common to all components related to this . - - - - Gets the object that provides information on the current paint scheme. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Styles.BarManagerPaintStyle descendant that provides information on the current paint scheme. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the paint scheme applied to the Bars UI (), dock panels () and MDI tabbed windows (). - - A string specifying the paint scheme name. - - - - Contains paint information for the available paint schemes. - - A collection of paint styles. - - - - Contains the default customization settings of the Bars UI (). - - A object, containing bar settings. - - - - Provides the default customization settings for the Application UI Manager () and Dock Manager. - - An object that stores default settings common to the Application UI Manager and Dock Manager controls. - - - - Provides the default customization properties for the Ribbon UI elements. - - The Ribbon UI customization properties. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An object that implements the IBarAndDockingControllerClient interface. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An object that implements the IBarAndDockingControllerClient interface. - - - - Updates the style settings with respect to the painting style applied. - - - - - Contains look and feel settings for the controls/components that are managed by a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - The owner of the created object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that owns this . - A object associated with this . - - - - Copies all settings from a target UserLookAndFeel object to this UserLookAndFeel instance. - - The object whose settings should be copied. - - - - Gets or sets the color scheme of a Ribbon that utilizes this . - - A enumerator value that specifies the color scheme of a Ribbon that utilizes this . - - - - Gets or sets the scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. - - The scale factor used to calculate the size and distance between specific control elements when touch UI mode is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether the touch UI mode is enabled for the controls managed by the current BarAndDockingController. - - A value that specifies whether the touch UI mode is enabled for the controls managed by the current BarAndDockingController. - - - - Returns the color scheme name. - - The color scheme whose name shall be returned. - The color scheme name. - - - - Gets the actual touch UI scale factor for controls managed by the current BarAndDockingController. - - The actual touch UI scale factor for the current container. - - - - Gets the actual availability of touch UI mode for controls managed by the current BarAndDockingController. - - A Boolean value that specifies the actual availability of touch UI mode for corresponding controls. - - - - - - - - - - - Serves as a base class for classes that implement functionality for button items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether all the button items in a group can be in the normal (elevated) state at a time. - - true if all the button items in a group can be in the normal (elevated) state at a time; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the button item's style which determines how it functions. - - A value that determines how this item functions. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the button item has two states (normal and pressed). - - true if the button item has two states (normal and pressed); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether only the submenu owning the current button is closed on a click, but not precedent submenus. - - true, if only the submenu owning the current button is closed on a click; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a submenu which contains the button item's link is closed on a click. - - true, if a submenu containing the button item's link is closed on a click; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button item is pressed down. - - true if the button item is pressed down; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after the item's pressed state has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the group index of the button item. - - The group index of the button item. - - - - Specifies whether the bar item image should go before or after this item caption. - - Specifies whether the image should be drawn before or after the item text. - - - - Toggles the button item's state. - - - - - Toggles the button item's (link's) state. - - A object that will be passed to the event. - - - - Represents a link to the item. - - - - - Gets the bar item which the current link corresponds to. - - A object representing the item which the current link corresponds to. - - - - Represents a group of links that correspond to the bar button items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarManager. - - A object that represents the Bar Manager that will manage the created bar button group. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the Bar Manager that will control the created bar button group. - An array of descendants that represent items to which links are created and added to the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the number of rows that all s that follow this will occupy. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ButtonGroupsLayout enumerator value that specifies the number of rows that all s that follow this will occupy. - - - - Provides access to links that are owned by the current group. - - A object that contains links owned by the container item. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - Always null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - Represents a link to the item. - - - - - Gets the default value for the property. - - true - - - - Represents a toolbar button or menu item. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance . - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A class instance specifying the manager owning the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager owning the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the image assigned to the item by its index within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the Bar Manager owning the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the image of the created item by its index within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A object specifying the keyboard shortcut assigned to the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be displayed as a single element. This property is in effect when the property is set to . - - true, if this should be displayed as a single element; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an arrow for the pop-up button should be displayed. - - true, if an arrow for the pop-up button should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the drop-down should display an arrow in menus. - - true, if the drop-down should display an arrow in menus; otherwise, false. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Get or sets the button item's style which determines how the current bar button item functions. - - A value that determines how this item functions. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Dropdown button of the component can be pressed. - - true, if the Dropdown button of the component can be pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's caption. - - A String value that is the 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether clicking the current 's link within a should close this menu. - - true, if clicking the current 's link within a should close this menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's description. - - A String value that is the 's description. - - - - Gets or sets a Dropdown control for the component. - - A Dropdown control for the component. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a dropdown control, assigned to the property, is enabled. - - true if the associated dropdown control is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's regular icon. - - An Image that is the 's regular icon. - - - - Gets or sets a regular icon for the disabled . - - An Image that is the disabled regular icon. - - - - Specifies the bar item's regular hint. - - A string that specifies the bar item's regular hint. - - - - Gets or sets the index of a regular icon assigned to the . - - An Int32 value that is the index of a regular icon assigned to the . - - - - Provides access to properties that affect this button's icon. - - A object that stores image-related settings for this object. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current item. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen, based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the 's large icon. - - An Image that is the 's large icon. - - - - Gets or sets the large icon for the disabled . - - An Image that is the large icon for the disabled . - - - - Gets or sets the index of a large icon assigned to the . - - An Int32 value that is the index of a large icon assigned to the . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current Split Button should repeat the last selected command from its drop-down when clicked. - - true, if the current Split Button should repeat the last selected command from its drop-down when clicked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Super Tip for the current . - - A SuperToolTip object that is the Super Tip for the current . - - - - Represents a link to the . - - - - - Copies the values of the and properties from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose and properties' values are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Dropdown button of the can be pressed. - - true, if the Dropdown button of the can be pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Disposes of the current object. - - - - - If the button acts as a dropdown, this property gets or sets the Key Tip used to activate the dropdown. - - A string that specifies the Key Tip used to activate the button's dropdown, if any. - - - - Indicates whether the item to which the current link corresponds is enabled. - - true, if the item to which the current link corresponds is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Hides the dropdown control associated with the current bar item. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image from the collection that should be used as an icon for this link. - - An Int32 value that is the index of an image from the collection that should be used as an icon for this link. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Dropdown control of an item is visible. - - true if the Dropdown control of an item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a to which the current item link corresponds. - - A to which the current item link corresponds. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the Dropdown control of an item is visible. - - true if the Dropdown control of an item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the dropdown control associated with the current bar item. - - - - - Specifies the control style. - - - - - Applies the Check style to the component. - - - - - Combines Check and DropDown styles. The target bar button item supports checked/unchecked states and has an assigned drop-down control. - - - - - Applies the Default style to the component. The default style means that the link represents a regular push button. - - - - - Applies the DropDown style to the component. - - - - - Specifies how a bar can be docked. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to all sides of the owner control. Additionally, the control can be in a floating state. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to the bottom of the owner control. - - - - - Allows a control to float. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to the left side of the owner control. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to the right side of the owner control. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to a control. - - - - - Allows a control to be docked to the top of the owner control. - - - - - Represents a bar item with toggle button functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarManager. - - A object representing the Bar Manager responsible for managing the current item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Bar Manager and state. - - A object representing the Bar Manager responsible for managing the current item. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the item is checked; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - An equivalent of the property, used exclusively for data bindings. - - true, if this is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the property changes its value. - - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Get or sets the bar item's style. - - A enumeration value specifying the bar item's style. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the item's check box. - - A CheckBoxVisibility enumerator value that specifies the visibility of the current 's check box. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is in the pushed state. - - true, if the item is currently in the pushed state; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the check state of a link associated with the check item has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the check box style. - - A BarCheckStyles enumerator value that specifies the check box style. - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether the item is in the pushed state. - - true if the item is currently in the pushed state; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a link to the . - - - - - Provides the functionality for all container items. - - - - - Gets or sets the background color of items contained within a descendant. - - The background color of items contained within a descendant. - - - - Gets or sets the background image of items contained within a descendant. - - The background image of items contained within a descendant. - - - - Occurs when an item submenu closes. - - - - - Returns whether the current container item owns the link which refers to the specified item. - - A object representing the item to locate. - true, if the container item contains a link referring to the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to provide child items for the current object, or to customize the existing child items. - - - - - Provides access to links owned by the container item. - - A object containing links owned by the container item. - - - - Provides access to style settings for links owned by the current container item. - - A object providing style settings for links owned by the container item. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the bar displayed to the left of the sub-menu. - - An integer value specifying the width of the menu bar in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets a caption displayed when the current object's items are represented as a popup menu. - - A string that specifies the menu caption. - - - - Gets or sets the menu's display mode. - - A value that specifies the menu's display mode. - - - - Enables you to paint the content of the bar displayed to the left of the sub-menu. - - - - - Occurs when an item's submenu pops up. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu header is visible when the current object's items are displayed as a popup menu. - - true if the menu header is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the navigation header that provides navigation through the menu hierarchy, is shown at the top of the current . This property is in effect when the current is displayed in the Inplace popup show mode. - - A value that specifies whether the navigation header that provides navigation through the menu hierarchy, is shown in the current . - - - - Represents a bar element that can contain links to other items. - - - - - Indicates whether the current menu can be opened. - - true, if the current menu can be opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes the control submenu. - - - - - Gets the display caption of the current . - - The current caption. - - - - Releases all resources used by the . - - - - - Gets the item to which this link corresponds. - - A object representing the item associated with this link. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Dropdown control of an item is visible. - - true, if the Dropdown control of an item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Opens the control submenu. - - - - - Gets whether the navigation header that provides navigation through the menu hierarchy, is shown at the top of the current . This property is in effect when the current is displayed in the Inplace popup show mode. - - A value that specifies whether the navigation header that provides navigation through the menu hierarchy, is shown in the header of the current - - - - Provides access to the links owned by the corresponding container item. - - A object containing links owned by the corresponding container item. - - - - Provides data for the and event. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A System.Drawing.Graphics class representing the painting surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure representing the bounding rectangle of the painted object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the painted element. - - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure representing the bounding rectangle of the element being painted. - - - - Gets the drawing surface of the element being painted. - - A System.Drawing.Graphics object used to paint. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether default painting must be performed. - - true if the default painting of the element must not be performed; otherwise false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The source of the event (typically, the object whose content is being painted). - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Represents a Bar Dock Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control can be disposed of. - - true if the control can be disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the dock control. - - A object that contains the dock control's appearance settings. - - - - Gets the background color for the bar dock control. - - A object that specifies the background color. - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the collection of controls contained within the bar dock control. - - A object which represents the collection of controls contained within the bar dock control. - - - - Returns the rectangle that represents the 's display area. - - A structure that represents the 's display area. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies how the bar dock control is aligned within its parent control. - - A enumeration value which specifies the manner in which a bar dock control is docked. - - - - Gets a value which specifies how the bar dock control is aligned within its parent control. - - A enumeration value which specifies the manner in which a bar dock control is docked. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. - - - - Gets whether the bar dock control is oriented vertically. - - true if the bar dock control is oriented vertically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the . - - A System.Point structure that specifies the control's location relative to the owner's top left corner. - - - - Gets or sets a counter that controls updates of the . - - An integer that specifies the value of the counter used to control updates of the . - - - - Gets or sets the control's name. - - A value that specifies the name of the bar dock control. - - - - Gets or sets a for a control. - - A for a control. - - - - Gets or sets the width and height of the bar dock control. - - A structure which specifies the width and height of the bar dock control, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key. - - true if an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Updates the bar dock control. - - - - - Gets the bar dock control's view information. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ViewInfo.DockControlViewInfo object that provides view information on all the control's elements. - - - - Displays commands to manipulate documents that are created by the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is synchronized with the property. - - The value of the property. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the currently active document. - - An integer value that is the index of the currently active document. - - - - Provides access to the collection of links displayed by the . - - The collection of links displayed by the . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of documents displayed by the . - - An integer value that is the maximum number of documents displayed by the . - - - - Gets or sets whether the check sign is displayed for the link corresponding to the active document. - - true if the check sign is displayed for the link corresponding to the active document; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether links corresponding to documents are numerated. - - true if links corresponding to documents are numerated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the collection containing captions of existing documents. - - The collection containing captions of existing documents. - - - - Displays a within a bar or a menu. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current menu can be opened. - - true if the current menu can be opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Enumerates dock styles for bar objects. - - - - - A bar object is docked to the bottom of the owner control. - - - - - A bar object is docked to the left side of the owner control. - - - - - A bar object is floating. - - - - - A bar object is docked to the right side of the owner control. - - - - - Identifies a control. - - - - - A bar object is docked to the top of the owner control. - - - - - Represents a dock window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Begins initialization of the component. - - - - - Ends component initialization. - - - - - Represents the collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Represents a bar item that can contain an editor. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarManager. - - A object representing the Bar Manager responsible for managing the current item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Bar Manager and editor. - - A object representing the Bar Manager responsible for managing the current item. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant representing the editor associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the width of links corresponding to this is automatically increased to fill the owning bar row in its entirety. - - true, if the links corresponding to this item are automatically enlarged to fill the width of the owning bar row; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this 's editor should be resized to fit the menu width or use its own width settings. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether this editor should be resized to fit the menu width or use its own width settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether editors should automatically lose focus when a value is being selected from their dropdown lists. - - true if editors should automatically lose focus when selecting a value from their dropdown lists; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the editor of the current can be activated. - - true, if an editor can be activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the item's caption relative to the edit box. - - A value that specifies the caption's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the indentation of the editor from the caption. - - An integer value that specifies a distance, in pixels, between the caption and editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies an editor associated with the current . - - A RepositoryItem representing a specific item editor. - - - - Specifies the current editor's height. - - The editor's height. - - - - Gets or sets the padding for the editor within this . - - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies how an item's editor is activated. - - A enumeration value which specifies how an item's editor is activated. - - - - Gets or sets the in-place editor's value. - - An Object that specifies the editor's value. - - - - Occurs when the property value changes. - - - - - Gets or sets the width of an editor, hosted within this . - - An Int32 value that is the width of an editor, hosted within this . - - - - Occurs when an editor is closed. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether links can be highlighted when this item's editor is active. - - true if links can be highlighted when this item's editor is active; otherwise false. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Occurs before activating an editor. - - - - - Occurs after an editor has been activated. - - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not to enable the bar item's padding. This property is only in effect within a . - - true, to enable the bar item's padding; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the current is visible, if a specific bar is vertically oriented. - - true, if the current is visible in a vertical bar, otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Represents the within a bar or a menu. - - - - - Returns the currently active editor. - - A BaseEdit object representing the currently active editor. - - - - Closes the item link editor without saving changes to the item editor. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether an editor can be activated for this link. - - true if the editor specified by the corresponding item can be activated in this link; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the link that corresponds to a bar edit item can be resized. - - true if the link that corresponds to a bar edit item can be resized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this link can be shown. - - true, if this link can be shown; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the link's caption relative to the edit box. - - A value that specifies the caption's alignment. - - - - Hides the active editor saving any changes made. - - true if the link's editor has been closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor associated with a . - - A descendant providing information on the editor type and its edit settings. - - - - Indicates that the current link's editor is active. - - true, if the current link's editor is active, otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the edit value in the referenced by the current link. - - An Object expression that represents the edited value. - - - - Gets or sets the width of an editor, hosted within this . - - An Int32 value that is the width of an editor, hosted within this . - - - - Activates and moves focus to the editor associated with the link. - - - - - Closes the editor of an item link without saving changes. - - - - - Returns a to which the current item link corresponds. - - A to which the current item link corresponds. - - - - Gets the minimum width of the current item link. - - The current item link's width, in pixels. - - - - Saves changes made by the item link editor. - - - - - Activates this link's editor. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Displays static text using a heading style which is determined by the current skin. The text is typically painted bold against a background that is different from the background of regular buttons. Use BarHeaderItem to add headers to a or (sub-menu) to separate sets of items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings for the current header. - - A BarItemAppearance object that contains the appearance settings for the current header. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the items below the current are displayed in columns. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the items are displayed in columns. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the multicolumn mode of displaying items below the current header. - - An OptionsMultiColumn object that encapsulates the settings of the multicolumn mode. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the 's size. - - A Size structure that is this 's size. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - A link to the object. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - Always false. - - - - Returns a to which the current item link corresponds. - - A to which the current item link corresponds. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Provides the functionality of bar elements. - - - - - Gets or sets the description of the bar item used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the bar item's description used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the bar item's name which is used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the name of the bar item used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the item's link(s). - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.BarItemLinkAlignment enumeration value that specifies the horizontal alignment of the item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs for this should be painted using the text foreground color. - - A enumerator value specifying whether this should be painted using the text foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether the and can be formatted using HTML tags. - - A value that specifies if HTML tags can be used to format bar item text. - - - - Gets or sets if the current command's functionality is invoked via the right mouse click when in a sub-menu or popup menu. - - true if the current command's functionality is invoked via the right mouse click when in a sub-menu or popup menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this item and all its links should display a stub glyph when it has no custom icon assigned. - - True, if this item and all its links should display a stub glyph when it has no custom icon assigned; otherwise, False. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings for the current bar item, applied when the bar item is in the regular state. - - A BarItemAppearance object that contains the appearance settings for the current bar item. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings for the current bar item, applied when the bar item is disabled. -This property is supported for bar items used within a . - - A BarItemAppearance object that contains the appearance settings for the current bar item. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets a BindingContext object that manages data bindings for this . - - A BindingContext object that manages data bindings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the border style for links that refer to the current item. - - A enumeration value specifying a bound link's border style. - - - - Specifies the border style for the current . - - A enumerator value specifying the border style of the current . - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - A string containing the item's caption. - - A string that specifies the item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets a category where the bar item is displayed. - - A object representing a category where the item is displayed. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the item has no owning BarManager. - - - - Gets or sets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category where the item is displayed. - - A object representing the category's globally unique identifier (GUID). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the category to which the current item belongs. - - The category index of the current item. - - - - Gets or sets whether data validation is performed on the currently focused control when clicking on the bar item. - - true if data validation is performed on the currently focused control when clicking on the bar item; otherwise, false - - - - Indicates whether the item contains the item specified. - - A descendant representing an item to locate. - true, if the item contains the item specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment mode for this 's content. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.BarItemContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the horizontal alignment mode for this 's content. - - - - Provides access to the collection of data bindings for the . - - A object representing a collection of data bindings. - - - - Specifies the bar item's description. - - A string that specifies the bar item's description. - - - - Gets or sets a object that is displayed when the current item displays a separate dropdown arrow and this arrow is hot-tracked. - - A object that specifies a tooltip for a separate dropdown button. - - - - Determines whether the current is active. - - true, if the current is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the font to display links of the current item. - - The item's link font. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the list of all currently visible links to this . - - A object that stores all currently visible links to this . - - - - Gets or sets the item's image. - - An object that is the image that will be displayed within the item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the image corresponding to the item's disabled state. - - An object representing the image that will be displayed within the disabled item's link(s). - - - - Specifies the bar item's regular hint. - - A string that specifies the bar item's regular hint. - - - - Occurs each time an end-user click a hyperlink within the current . - - - - - Uniquely identifies the current . - - The current 's unique identifier. - - - - Gets or sets the index of a small image assigned to the item. - - The index of an image in the collection of small images. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within corresponding links when they are disabled. - - An integer value specifying the image by its zero-based index within the source collection. -1 implies that the image is not set. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Gets the object which contains images that can be displayed within the current item. - - A which provides images for bar items. - - - - Gets or sets a uniform resource identifier of an image from the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current item. An -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies a uniform resource identifier of an image to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Gets whether HTML tags can be used to format bar item captions. - - true if HTML tags can be used to format bar item captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether an image which is associated with the bar item actually exists. - - true if the image which is associated with the bar item actually exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether a large image which is associated with the bar item actually exists. - - true if the large image which is associated with the bar item actually exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint links to the current object when the links are in different visual states. - - A BarItemAppearances object that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Occurs when the current item is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets when the Click events for the bar item fire, immediately or asynchronously, after all events in the system event queue are processed. - - A value that specifies the Click event firing mode. - - - - Fires when a link to an item is double-clicked. - - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint links to the current in different visual states when they are displayed within a sub-menu or popup menu. - - A BarItemAppearances object that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Fires immediately after a link associated with an item has been pressed. - - - - - Gets or sets the shortcut used to access associated links using the keyboard. - - A object specifying the key combination used to access links associated with this item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's large image. - - A object that represents the large image that will be displayed within the item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the large image that corresponds to the item's disabled state. - - A object that represents the large image that will be displayed within the disabled item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the large image which is displayed within the item's link(s). - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the large image within the source collection. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the large image which is displayed within the disabled item's link(s). - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the large image within the source collection. - - - - Gets the source of large images. - - A which provides large images for bar button items. - - - - Gets or sets the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. This property is in effect for bar item links displayed within the Ribbon Control and RibbonStatusBar controls. - - An integer value that specifies the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. - - - - Gets the collection of links to the item. - - A object representing the item's link collection. - - - - Specifies the responsible for managing the current item. - - A responsible for managing the current item. - - - - Defines the visual position of the bar item after merging bars on a parent MDI form. - - An ordinal number determining the position of the bar item after merging bars on a parent MDI form. - - - - Gets or sets how the item behaves during merge operations in MDI applications. - - A value specifying how the bar item behaves during merge operations. - - - - Gets or sets the 's name. - - The 's name. - - - - Specifies the font used to display the captions of links corresponding to this item. - - A System.Drawing.Font object that specifies the font used to display the captions of associated links. - - - - Specifies the style with which to display a specific within a bar. - - A enumerator value specifying the item style. - - - - Fires the ItemClick events for the current bar item. - - - - - Fires the ItemClick events for the current bar item and its link. - - A object which represents one of the item's links. - - - - Forces the controls that contain the bar item's links to invalidate their client area. - - - - - Resets the current to the original state. - - - - - Clears the SuperTip that has been assigned to the property. - - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current bar item. - - - - - Gets or sets the options that specify the bar item's possible states within a Ribbon Control. - - A set of flags that specify the bar item's possible states within a Ribbon Control. - - - - Gets or sets a comma-separated list of keywords by which this bar item can be found using the ribbon search menu. - - A string value that specifies a comma-separated list of keywords. - - - - Specifies the shortcut key combination for the current item. - - A Shortcut enumerator value, specifying the shortcut key combination for the current item. - - - - Gets or sets a custom display string for the shortcut assigned to the item via the property. - - A string that specifies a custom display string for the item's shortcut. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar item is visible at runtime in the Customization Window. - - true if the bar item is visible at runtime in the Customization Window; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should display its shortcut in sub-menus and pop-up menus. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether this should display its shortcut in sub-menus and pop-up menus. - - - - Gets or sets the 's size. - - A Size structure that is the 's size. - - - - Gets or sets the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. This property is in effect for bar item links displayed within the Ribbon Control and RibbonStatusBar controls. - - An integer value that specifies the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. - - - - Gets or sets the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. This property is in effect for bar item links displayed within the Ribbon Control and RibbonStatusBar controls. - - An integer value that specifies the width of links corresponding to the current item, when they are painted using the paint style. - - - - Gets or sets a for the current bar item. - - A object associated with the item. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current item. - - An Object that contains data on the current item. - - - - Returns this 's caption (the property value). - - A String value that is this 's caption. - - - - Updates data bindings used by this . - - A BindingContext property that is the updated context for data bindings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item's links are painted using the item's own font (Appearance.Font). - - true if the item's links are painted using the item's own font; otherwise false. - - - - Specifies when the item is visible. - - A enumeration value that specifies the visibility of this item. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar item can be found using the ribbon search menu. - - , if this bar item can be found using the ribbon search menu; otherwise, . - - - - Determines whether an item is visible when the bar is vertically oriented . - - true, if an item is visible within a vertical bar; otherwise, false. - - - - When overridden in a derived class, this property specifies the current item width. - - Item width. - - - - Specifies border settings for a specific item. - - - - - Reserved for future use. - - - - - Specifies no border. - - - - - Reserved for future use. - - - - - Specifies a single line as a border. - - - - - Contains values specifying the position of caption text relative to the image. - - - - - Positions the item's caption text under the image. - - - - - Positions the item's caption text to the left of the image. - - - - - Positions the item's caption text to the right of the image. - - - - - Positions the item's caption text above the image. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A GraphicsCache object associated with this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A GraphicsCache object associated with this . - A RibbonItemViewInfo object that stores info about the ribbon item, related to this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A GraphicsCache object associated with this . - A BarLinkViewInfo object that stores info about the bar item link, related to this . - - - - Returns this bar item link's bounds. - - A Rectangle structure that specifies the area occupied by this bar item link. - - - - Provides access to this bar item link's graphics cache. - - A object associated with this bar item link. - - - - Draws the related item link entirely with its default appearance. - - - - - Draws a drop-down arrow with its default appearance. - - - - - Draws the default background for the current bar item link. - - - - - Draws a border with its default appearance. - - - - - Draws a checkbox with its default appearance for this bar item link. - - - - - Draws the default background for this bar item link's drop-down menu. - - - - - Draws a required editor with default appearance settings within this bar item link. - - - - - Draws the default icon for this bar item link. - - - - - Gets whether or not this bar item link should display only its caption. - - true, if this bar item link should display only its caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Draws the default text for this bar item link. - - - - - Draws the default text with custom appearance settings for this bar item link. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings that should be applied to the drawn text. - - - - Gets the area occupied by the drop-down menu for this bar item link. - - A Rectangle structure that specifies the area occupied by this bar item link's drop-down menu. - - - - Gets the icon that should be displayed for this bar item link by default. - - An Image object that is the default icon for this bar item link. - - - - Gets the area occupied by this bar item link's default icon. - - A Rectangle structure that is the area occupied by this bar item link's default icon. - - - - Provides access to the Graphics object associated with this bar item link. - - A Graphics object associated with this bar item link. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this item link is painted manually. - - true if this item link is painted manually; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the info for the bar item link related to this event. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ViewInfo.BarLinkViewInfo object that stores the info for the bar item link related to this event. - - - - Specifies the info for the ribbon item related to this event. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonItemViewInfo object that stores info for the ribbon item related to this event. - - - - Gets whether or not this bar item link should display a check box. - - true, if this bar item link should display a check box; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this bar item link should display its drop-down menu by default. - - true, if this bar item link should display its drop-down menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this bar item link should display an editor. - - true, if this bar item link should display an editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the current bar item link state (normal, selected, pressed, checked, disabled etc.). - - A BarLinkState enumerator value that is the current state for this bar item link. - - - - Gets the default text that should be displayed by this bar item link. - - A String value that is the default text that should be displayed by this link. - - - - Gets the area occupied by this bar item link's default text. - - A Rectangle structure that is the area occupied by this bar item link's default text. - - - - The method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the bar item link which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Contains values that specify when the Click events for a bar item fire. - - - - - This option is equivalent to the option. - - - - - The Click events for a specific bar item fire immediately. - - - - - The Click events for a specific bar item are postponed. They fire after all events in the event queue have been processed. - - - - - Provides options to specify images and image settings for bar items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object specifying the bar item associated with the image options being created. - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs for this should be painted using the text foreground color. - - A enumeration value specifying whether this should be painted using the text foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this item and all its links should display a stub glyph when it has no custom icon assigned. - - True if this item and all its links should display a stub glyph when it has no custom icon assigned; False if not; Default uses the setting. - - - - Gets or sets the default vector image. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object specifying the default vector image. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the default vector image. - - A object specifying the size of the default vector image. - - - - Gets or sets the image corresponding to the item's disabled state. - - An object representing the image that is displayed in the disabled item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image that corresponds to the item's disabled state. - - An integer value specifying the image by its zero-based index in the image source collection. -1 implies that the image is not set. - - - - Gets or sets the large image that corresponds to the item's disabled state. - - A object that represents the large image that is displayed in the disabled item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the large image that corresponds to the item's disabled state. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the large image in the image source collection. - - - - Gets or sets the vector image for the item's disabled state. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object specifying the vector image for the item's disabled state. - - - - Gets or sets the required size of the vector image in disabled state. - - A structure that specifies the required size for rendering the vector image in disabled state. - - - - Returns the required image form the associated image collections. - - An ISvgPaletteProvider object specifying colors used to paint vector images. - true to get a large image; false to get a small image. - true to get an image for the disabled state; false to get an image for the normal state. - The required image. - - - - Returns whether or not this has a context-dependent image. - - true if this has a context-dependent image; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a glyph assigned. - - true, if this item has a glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a large glyph assigned. - - true, if this item has a large glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this has a context-dependent large image. - - true if this has a context-dependent large image; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this has a vector icon assigned to it. - - true if this has a vector icon assigned to it; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's glyph. - - An object representing the glyph that is displayed in the 's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of a small glyph assigned to this . - - The index of an image in the collection of small images. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the glyph in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current . -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the glyph to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Returns the BarItem that owns these image settings. - - The BarItem that owns these image settings. - - - - Gets or sets the item's large image. - - A object that represents the large image that is displayed in the item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the large image in the image source collection. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the large image in the image source collection. - - - - Gets the source of large glyphs. - - A which provides large images for this . - - - - Gets or sets a vector image displayed in the item. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object that specifies the vector image displayed in the item. - - - - Gets or sets the required size of the vector image. - - A structure that specifies the required size for rendering the vector image. - - - - Specifies a bar element. - - - - - Gets the hotkey combination for the current . - - The hotkey combination. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar item link is arranged in the same manner as a object. This property is only in effect within a . - - true if the bar item link is arranged using the Button Group Layout; false, if the bar item link is arranged using the regular layout. - - - - Gets the link's horizontal alignment. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.BarItemLinkAlignment enumeration value that specifies the link's horizontal alignment. - - - - If the property equals Office2019, users can switch between normal and Simplified Ribbon states. In the Simplified state, a Ribbon has only one row for all its items, and hides some of them if there is not enough free space. The AllowCollapseInSimplifiedRibbon property specifies whether a Simplified Ribbon can hide this item link, or it should be always visible. - - Specifies whether or not a Simplified Ribbon can hide this item link. - - - - Gets whether HTML text formatting is enabled for the corresponding BarItem object. - - The value of the bar item's property. - - - - Copies the value of the property from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose property's value is copied to the current object. - - - - Returns a to which the current item link belongs. - - A containing the current item link. - - - - Determines whether the current item link starts a group. - - true, if the current item link starts a group, otherwise, false. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets the bounds of the current link. - - A structure that specifies the link's boundaries. - - - - Gets whether users can move this link between bars and remove it. For internal use. - - true if users can move this link between bars and remove it; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current item link can be pressed. - - true, if the current item link can be pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the link can be resized. - - Always false. - - - - Indicates whether the current item link can be selected when customization is performed. - - true. if the current item link can be selected when customization is performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the bar item link's super tip can be displayed. - - Always true. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the link can be visible. - - true if the link can be visible; otherwise false. - - - - A string containing the item's caption. - - The item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the number of times the current has been clicked. - - The number of times the current has been clicked. - - - - Indicates whether the contains a specific . - - A class instance to check. - true, if the contains a specific ; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains data associated with the current item link. - - An Object representing data associated with the current item link. - - - - Gets the display caption of the current . - - The current caption. - - - - Gets a value actually displayed as a hint for the current . - - The actulal hint for the current item link. - - - - Releases all resources used by the . - - - - - Indicates whether the item to which the current link corresponds is enabled. - - true, if the item to which the current link corresponds is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Moves focus to the link. - - - - - Gets the font to display the current item link. - - The item link font. - - - - Gets the name of a object that is associated with the current link, - - A string that specifies the name of a corresponding object. An empty string if the link is not associated with any RibbonGalleryBarItem object. - - - - For a link representing a object within the Quick Access Toolbar, this property returns the index of the link within the Ribbon Page Group's link collection. - - An integer value representing the link's index in the Ribbon Page Group's link collection. - - - - Gets the default value for the property. - - false - - - - Returns if a bar item link starts a group. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether a bar item link actually starts a group. - - - - Returns the size of the horizontal indent between the content and the borders of a bar link. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and the borders of the bar link. - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the size of the vertical indent between the content and the borders of a bar link. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and the borders of the bar link. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets a SuperToolTip object for the current . - - A object for the current . - - - - Gets the bar item link's image. - - An object representing the image displayed within the link. - - - - Hides the hint. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image used by the item link. - - The index of the item's image. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current link. - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Redraws the current . - - - - - Gets whether the link's caption can be formatted using HTML tags. - - true if the link's caption can be formatted using HTML tags.; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the property is set to its default value. - - true if the property is set to its default value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the link represents a gallery within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - true if the link represents a gallery within the Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether an image associated with the current item link actually exists. - - true, if an image associated with the current item link exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether a large image that is associated with the link's item actually exists. - - true if the large image which is associated with the link's item actually exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the current is located within the opened menu. - - true, if the current is located within the opened menu, otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this is merged from a child . - - true, if this is merged from a child ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the link represents a Ribbon page group within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - true if the link represents a Ribbon page group within the Ribbon Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether link's owning bar is oriented vertically. - - true if the bar that owns this link is oriented vertically; otherwise false. - - - - Returns a to which the current item link corresponds. - - A to which the current item link corresponds. - - - - Obtains the property value of the item corresponding to the current link. - - The property value of the item corresponding to the current link. - - - - Gets the key combination used to access this link. - - A object that specifies the key combination used to access this link. - - - - Gets or sets the Key Tip for a bar item link. - - A value that specifies the Key Tip associated with the bar item link. - - - - Gets the bar item link's large image. - - An object representing the large image associated with the link. - - - - For internal use only. - - - - - - Converts the coordinates of a specific Point that belongs to the current link into screen coordinates. - - A Point belonging to the current link. - A Point with screen coordinates. - - - - Gets the link collection that owns the current link. - - A object, representing the link collection that owns the current link. - - - - Specifies the managing the current item link. - - A managing the current item link. - - - - Returns the minimum width of the current . - - The return value is 0. - - - - Determines whether the current item link is initially visible when inside a submenu. - - true, if the current item link is initially visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a link's owner item. - - A descendant representing an item that owns the link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the link doesn't belong to any item. - - - - Gets or sets the that owns the current item link. - - A object that owns the current item link. - - - - Gets the name of a Ribbon page group associated with the current link. - - A string that specifies the name of the associated Ribbon page group - - - - Gets the style to display the to which the current corresponds. - - A enumerator value specifying the style to display the to which the current corresponds. - - - - Specifies the index of the current item link among the list of the most recently used item links. - - The current item link's index among the most recently used item links. - - - - Converts a rectangle's coordinates, which are relative to the current link, to coordinates relative to the screen. - - A rectangle whose coordinates are relative to the current link. - A rectangle whose coordinates are relative to the screen. - - - - Redraws the current link. - - - - - Disables all link options defined by a user. - - - - - Gets the bounds of the current link, its position is in screen coordinates. - - A structure that specifies the link's boundaries, in screen coordinates. - - - - Converts the coordinates of a specific screen Point into the coordinates of the current item link. - - A Point with screen coordinates. - A Point belonging to the current link. - - - - Returns the string representation of the shortcut assigned to this link. - - The textual representation of the link's shortcut. - - - - Moves the mouse pointer to the current link and shows the hint for the bar item which the link corresponds to. - - - - - Returns a vector image displayed by this . - - An DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object that is the vector image displayed by this . - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the current . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.BarItemLinkAlignment enumerator value that specifies the horizontal alignment of the current . - - - - Gets or sets the link's caption defined by a user. - - A string value specifying the link's caption defined by a user. - - - - Gets or sets link options that specify which link settings are determined by a user. - - A bitwise combination of enumeration members that represent link options. - - - - Gets or sets the width of an editor within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the width of an editor within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the link's glyph defined by a user. - - A object representing a user-defined glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the link's paint style defined by a user. - - A enumerator value specifying the link's paint style defined by a user. - - - - Gets or sets the options that specify the current 's possible states within a Ribbon Control. - - A set of flags that specify the bar item's possible states within a Ribbon Control. - - - - Gets or sets the link's width defined by a user. - - An integer value specifying the link's width in pixels. - - - - Determines whether the current item link is visible at runtime. - - true, if the current item link is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the current item link's width. - - The current item link's width. - - - - Represents a collection of links. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Creates a new object with the specified owner. - - An object which will own the new collection. - - - - Creates a link to the specified bar item and adds it to the end of the collection. - - A descendant, for which a link is added to the collection. - A object representing the link added. - - - - Adds a new item link to the collection. - - A descendant for which a link is added to the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true to begin a group; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the added link. - - - - Adds a new item link to the collection. - - A descendant, for which the link is created and added to the collection. - true to begin a group; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the Key Tips for the new link. - A object that represents the added link. - - - - Creates a link to the specified bar item with the specified Key Tips, and adds it to the end of the collection. The method enables you to specifiy whether the created link starts a group. - - A descendant for which a link is added to the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true to begin a group; otherwise, false. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A string that specifies the Key Tip for the link. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A string that specifies the Key Tip used to open the bar button item's dropdown, if any. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A object representing the added link. - - - - Creates a link to the specified bar item with the specified Key Tips, and adds it to the end of the collection. The method enables you to specifiy whether the created link starts a group, and whether it must be arranged in the same manner as a . - - A descendant for which a link is added to the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true to begin a group; otherwise, false. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A string that specifies the Key Tip for the link. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A string that specifies the Key Tip used to open the bar button item's dropdown, if any. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the bar item link is arranged in the same manner as a object . This value is used to initialize the created link's property. This parameter is in effect in a . - A object representing the added link. - - - - Creates a new item link with the specific settings, and places it into this collection. - - A BarItem that the newly created link should represent. - true, if this link should start a group; otherwise, false. - The property for this link. - The property value for this link. - The property value for this link. - The property value for this link. - A newly created BarItemLink. - - - - Adds a link to the specified bar item and key tip, and adds it to the end of the collection. - - A descendant, for which the link is created and added to the collection. - A value that specifies the Key Tips for the new link. - A object that represents the added link. - - - - Creates a link to the specified bar item with the specified Key Tips, and adds it to the end of the collection. - - A descendant, for which a link is created. - A string that specifies the Key Tip for the link. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A string that specifies the Key Tip used to open the bar button item's dropdown, if any. This value is used to initialize the created link's property. - A object representing the added link. - - - - Creates an array of links to the specified bar items and adds them to the end of the collection. - - An array of descendants, for which links are created and added to the collection. - - - - Adds s for each of the target objects. - - An IEnumerable object containing s, for which s should be added to this . - - - - Copies item links from the source collection to the current collection. - - A object representing the source collection whose elements are copied to the current collection. - - - - Removes all item links from the collection. - - - - - Fires when changes are made to the collection. - - - - - Creates a new link to the specified bar item and adds it before the specified link in the collection. - - A object representing an item link before which the new link is inserted. - A descendant for which the link is created and added to the collection. - A object representing the link inserted. - - - - Creates a new link to the specified bar item and adds it to the specified position within the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the new bar item link's position within the collection. - A descendant for which the link is created and added the collection. - A object representing the link inserted. - - - - Removes a link from the collection. - - A object representing the link to remove. - - - - Removes the link at the specified position from the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the link to remove. If negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - - - - A read-only bar item link collection. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - - - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified link. - - A object or descendant to locate in the collection. - true, if the collection contains the specified link; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a recently used item link by its index. - - A zero-based integer representing the index of the recently used item link. - A descendant representing the recently used item link at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Returns the specified link's position within the collection. - - A object or descendant to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the link's position within the collection. -1 if the collection does not contain the specified link. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual links. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired link's position within the collection. - A object or descendant representing the item link at the specified position. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection does not contain the link at the specified position. - - - - Gets the total number of items that have recently been used. - - An integer value representing the number of items recently used. - - - - Defines the paint style for a specific item. - - - - - Specifies that a specific item is represented by its caption only. - - - - - Specifies that a specific item is represented both by its caption and the glyph image. - - - - - Specifies that a specific item is represented by its caption when it is in a submenu, or by its image when it is in a bar. - - - - - Specifies that a specific item is represented using its default settings. - - - - - Represents a collection of existing items for a specific . - - - - - Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. - - A descendant representing the item to be added. - A zero-based integer value representing the index of the item added. - - - - Adds an array of bar items to the end of the collection. - - An array of bar items which should be added to the . - - - - Fires when changes to the bar item collection are made. - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified item. - - A descendant to locate in the collection. - true, if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new with the specified caption and adds it to the collection. - - A value that specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the created bar item. - - - - Creates a new and adds it to the collection. - - A value that specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the item is checked; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the created bar item. - - - - Creates a new and adds it to the collection. - - A value that specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An array of objects (or descendants) that represents the collection of sub items. - A object that represents the created bar item. - - - - Creates a new with the specified manager. - - A object which will manage the created popup menu. - A object that represents the created popup menu. - - - - Creates a new split button and adds it to the collection. - - A value that specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the button's drop down control. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents the created bar item. - - - - Returns an item identified by its unique identifier. - - A zero-based integer specifying the item's unique identifier. - A descendant with the specified unique identifier. - - - - Returns a list of alphabetically sorted child elements. - - A List that contains items owned by this collection. Items in this list are sorted alphabetically. - - - - Returns the specified item's position within the collection. - - A descendant to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the item's position within the collection. -1 if the collection does not contain the specified item. - - - - Inserts a specifc Object into the collection at the specified location. - - The zero-based index at which an item is inserted. - The Object to insert in the . - - - - Gets a class instance at a specified index. - - The zero-based index of the class instance to get. - A class instance at the specified index. - - - - Gets an individual bar items by its name. - - A string value that represents the name of the item to be obtained. This value is compared to the property of items when searching. - A object representing the bar item located at the specified position within the collection. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified item has not been found. - - - - Removes an item from the collection. - - A descendant representing the item to remove. - - - - Removes the item at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the item to remove. - - - - Contains values specifying the visibility of links. - - - - - Indicates that associated links are visible regardless of whether the runtime customization is performed. - - - - - Indicates that associated links are hidden regardless of whether the runtime customization is performed. - - - - - Indicates that associated links are only visible when the runtime customization is performed. - - - - - Indicates that associated links are only visible when the runtime customization is not performed. - - - - - Represents a bar item whose links can display different images when located on toolbars and menus. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class with a predefined caption. - - A object that specifies the Bar Manager that will own the created item. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. - - - - Creates an instance of the class with predefined settings. - - A object representing the Bar Manager that will own the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the index of the image assigned to the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class with predefined settings. - - A object that specifies the Bar Manager owning the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the index of the image displayed within links associated with the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that specifies the key combination used to access links associated with the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the caption text relative to the image. - - One of the enumeration values specifying caption text position. - - - - Specifies whether the bar item image should go before or after this item caption. - - Specifies whether the image should be drawn before or after the item text. - - - - Gets or sets the large image displayed within associated links when they are hot-tracked. - - An object representing the large image that will be displayed within the hot-tracked item's link(s). - - - - Gets or sets the index of the large image displayed within associated links when they are hot-tracked. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the large image displayed within hot-tracked links. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum width and height of the links that refer to the current item. - - A structure that identifies the minimum width and height of the corresponding links. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether captions are displayed within links residing on toolbars. - - true if captions are displayed in links residing on toolbars; otherwise false. - - - - Represents a link to a large button item. - - - - - Gets the large button item representing this link. - - A object representing the item corresponding to this link. - - - - Represents a link container. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Adds another link to the . - - A descendant instance. - An instance of the added link. - - - - Adds links to an array of items. - - An array of objects that specifies items, to which links are added. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not links contained within this should be serialized. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not links contained within this should be serialized. - - - - Removes all links from the control. - - - - - Inserts a link in the at the specified index. - - An instance of the link before which a new link is inserted. - A whose link is to be inserted. - An instance of the added link. - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been added to the sub links collection. - - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been removed from the sub links collection. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Adds the subitems of the specified container item to the current container item. - - A container item whose subitems are added to the current container item. The types of the two container items should be identical. In addition, the container items must belong to different BarManagers. - - - - Gets or sets whether the sub-menu items are displayed in multiple columns. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the sub-menu items are displayed in multiple columns. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the multicolumn mode of displaying items in the current sub-menu. - - An OptionsMultiColumn object that comprises the settings of the multicolumn mode. - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific link from the . - - The link to remove from the . - - - - Returns the to its precompiled state. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Restores the original layout of subitems for the container item after a previous merge operation. - - - - - Represents a bar element with a submenu contaning links. - - - - - Indicates whether the current menu can be opened. - - true, if the current menu can be opened; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - Lists values specifying which link settings are determined by a user. - - - - - If active, the link's alignment is specified by the property. Otherwise, the caption is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, the link's caption is specified by the property. Otherwise, the caption is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, a key tip has been assigned to a link via the property. Otherwise, no key tip has been assigned to this property. - - - - - If active, the width of an editor within the is specified by the property. Otherwise, the caption is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, the link's image is specified by the property. Otherwise, the image is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, a key tip has been assigned to a link via the property. Otherwise, no key tip has been assigned to the link. - - - - - If active, disables all other options. - - - - - If active, the link's painting style is specified by the property. Otherwise, the painting style is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, the link's style is specified by the property. Otherwise, the caption is specified by the item's property. - - - - - If active, the link's width is specified by the property. Otherwise, the width is specified by the item's property. - - - - - A bar item containing a list of items. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A responsible for managing the current item. This value is assigned to the property. - A String value that specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Specifies the index of the selected item in a list. - - The selected item index. - - - - Determines whether the current bar item is active. - - true if the current bar item is active; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Specifies the index of the selected(checked) item in a list. - - The selected(checked) item index. - - - - Enables you to provide responses to list item clicks. - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum length (in pixels) of the items that belong to the current object. - - An integer that specifies the maximum length of the items that belong to the current BarListItem object. - - - - Determines whether the selected string in a is checked. - - true, if the check mark is displayed for the selected string in a ; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether to display the strings enumeration. - - true, if the strings enumeration is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to a collection that stores items for the current object. - - The collection containing items for the current object. - - - - Represents a within a bar or a menu. - - - - - The component that manages traditional bars and popup menus. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Activates the About dialog. - - - - - Gets the link whose editor is currently active. - - A object representing the link that contains the active editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no editor is currently active. - - - - Gets the currently active editor. - - A descendant representing the currently active editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no editor is active, at present. - - - - Gets the currently active multiple document interface (MDI) child window. - - Returns a Form that represents the currently active MDI child window, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there are currently no child windows present. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Customization Window can be activated by the end-user. - - true, if the Customization Window can be opened by the end-user; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar items are disposed when removed from the collection. - - true, if bar items are disposed when removed from the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs for all s within the should be painted using the text foreground color. - - true, if glyphs for all s within the should be painted using the text foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the default ability to use HTML tags to format bar item text ( and ) within the current BarManager. - - true if HTML tags can be used to format bar item captions for all bar items that belong to the current BarManager; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar items are highlighted with an animation effect. - - true if bar items are highlighted with an animation effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether images are highlighted when links are hot-tracked. - - true, if images are highlighted when links are hot-tracked; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the MDI buttons for the maximized MDI child document. - - true, to show the MDI buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether invisible links can be merged. - - true if invisible links can be merged; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether bar movement within the toolbar area is allowed. - - true, if bar movement within the toolbar area is allowed; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether quick bar customization is enabled. - - true, if quick bar customization is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether bars belonging to the Bar Manager allow the customization menu to be displayed. - - true, if the customization menu can be displayed; otherwise, false; - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the bars' layout is saved to and loaded from the system registry automatically. - - true, if the bars' layout is saved to and loaded from the system registry automatically; otherwise, false; - - - - Gets or sets the default background color for all bars that belong to the BarManager. - - The default background color for all bars within the component. - - - - Gets the horizontal indent between the contents and borders of bar links. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the contents and borders of bar links. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical indent between the content and borders of bar links. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and borders of bar links. -1 to calculate the indent automatically. - - - - Gets the bars collection of the component. - - The collection of bars for the component. - - - - Occurs before a layout is restored from storage (a stream, xml file or the system registry). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Begins the runtime initialization of the . - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should cache the sizes of its item links. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this should cache the sizes of its item links. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets a collection of categories used to logically organize bar items. - - A object that represents the collection of categories. - - - - This member is obsolete. It gets or sets a value specifying whether the close button of a dock window hides other windows docked onto it. - - true if the close button of a dock window affects other windows docked to it; otherwise false. - - - - Fires when the close button is clicked. - - - - - - - - - - - Closes all dropdown and popup windows that belong to this BarManager. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that will provide default appearance and customization options for the bars belonging to the current BarManager. - - A object providing appearance options. - - - - Occurs before the Customization Window is displayed. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The created object. - - - - Allows you to customize a bar when it is created. - - - - - Allows you to manually paint any within this . - - - - - Invokes the Customization Form. - - - - - Gets the currently customized link. - - A object representing the currently customized link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no link is being customized at present moment. - - - - Gets the collection of controls that provide docking for bars. - - A BarDockControls object representing a collection of dock controls. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the component allows bar docking. - - true, if the component allows bar docking; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the which coordinates any docking operations performed on dock panels. - - A object representing the dock manager. - - - - This member is obsolete. It gets the collection of dock windows within the component. - - The collection of dock windows within the component. - - - - This member is obsolete. It gets or sets the font used to display tab captions when dock windows are docked to the same place. - - A System.Drawing.Font object representing the font of the dock window tab captions. - - - - To customize the collection of editors available for bars, use the inherited or property. - - Always null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - Occurs when a user finishes customizing the . - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Forces the Bar Manager to create bar item links within the BarManager's bars and menus. - - - - - Forces the Bar Manager to create bar item links within the BarManager's bars and menus. - - - - - Gets or sets the container for bar controls that are managed by the current BarManager. - - The container control for bar controls. - - - - Returns the SvgImageCollection that contains default images displayed next to different bar item types in "Add New" menus at design time. - - - - - - Returns the actual Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) specifying behavior and appearance settings for the corresponding bars. - - A object providing common appearance settings for bars. - - - - Returns a unique name for a bar which is about to be created. - - A string specifying the name for a new bar. - - - - Returns the new unique identifier of an item. - - An integer value representing the unique identifier of an item within the BarManager. - - - - Gets the popup menu assigned to a control. - - The control whose popup menu is to be returned. - The popup menu assigned to the control. - - - - Returns a localized string for the given string identifier. - - A value identifying the string to return. - A string corresponding to the specified identifier. - - - - Gets or sets whether bars that belong to the current child Bar Manager are hidden from the child form during a merge operation. -This option is in effect if you subscribed to the parent BarManager's and events. - - A Boolean value that specifies the default visibility of child bars during a merge operation. - - - - Hides the Customization Window. - - - - - Hides the customization menu. - - - - - Gets the currently highlighted link. - - A object representing the currently highlighted link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no links is currently highlighted. - - - - Fires immediately after the highlighted link has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the highlight mode for hovered drop-down s. Default to highlight the entire ; Separate to highlight the caption and the drop-down arrow individually. - - The highlight mode for hovered drop-down s. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into item captions using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Occurs each time an end-user clicks a hyperlink within the control. - - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within item links. - - A that is an image collection containing images to be displayed in bar items. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is being customized. - - true, if the is being customized; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is in design mode. - - true if the is in design mode; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a bar is being dragged. - - true, if a bar is being dragged; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item link is being dragged. - - true, if an item link is being dragged; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the 's link is being resized. - - true if the 's link is being resized; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is being loaded. - - true if the is being loaded; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is being saved to the system registry. - - true, if the is being stored to the system registry; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when a link within the bar is clicked. - - - - - Occurs when a link is double clicked. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires immediately after any of the links associated with the Bar Manager has been pressed. - - - - - Provides access to the BarManager's collection of items. - - A object representing the BarManager's collection of bar items. - - - - Gets or sets the default font used to paint link captions. - - A object specifying the default font used to paint link captions. - - - - Gets the link that is currently selected in a bar using the keyboard. - - A object representing the link that is currently selected using the keyboard. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property of the or object instead. - - true, if bar items are painted using large icons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the source of large images that can be displayed within item links. - - A that is an image collection providing large images for bar button items. - - - - Forces the to repaint itself after you have made certain modifications to its layout. - - - - - Occurs after a layout whose version doesn't match the current layout's version has been loaded from storage(a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Gets or sets the version of the layout of bars. - - A string representing the version of the layout of bars. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the main menu bar. - - A object representing the main menu bar. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no main menu is owned by this BarManager. - - - - Gets or sets the default background color for main menus. - - The default background color of main menus. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets if and when a merge mechanism is invoked in an MDI application. - - A value specifying when merge operations should be performed. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the option of the or object instead. - - An enumeration member specifying the menu's animation type. - - - - Allows you to customize menus and bars when a child MDI form is activated or maximized (depending on the property value). - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value (as a percentage) that determines which of the menu items that haven't recently been used should be hidden - - The value, as a percentage, for calculating the most frequently used items. - - - - - - - - - - Contains options that control how the bars' layout is stored to/restored from a stream, xml file or system registry. - - An object that provides options that control how the bars' layout is stored and restored. - - - - Provides access to options that modify a stub glyphs' appearance. - - A object that stores stub glyph options. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the painting style applied to bars. - - A string value specifying the name of the paint style applied to bars. - - - - Fires the ItemClick events for the specified bar item. - - A descendant which represents the bar item for which the ItemClick events must be generated. - - - - Fires the ItemClick events for the specified bar item and its link. - - A descendant which represents the bar item for which the ItemClick events must be generated. - A object which represents one of the item's links. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets how popup menus associated with this should be aligned. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.PopupMenuAlignment enumerator value that specifies how popup menus associated with this should be aligned. - - - - Gets or sets whether nested popup sub-menus are displayed in cascaded or inplace mode. - - A PopupShowMode enumeration value that specifies how nested popup sub-menus are displayed. - - - - Gets the currently pressed link. - - A object representing the currently pressed link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no link is currently pressed. - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been pressed or released. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a or an editor within it should process the pressed shortcut. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.PrimaryShortcutProcessor enumerator value that specifies whether a or an editor within it should process the pressed shortcut. - - - - Gets or sets whether shortcuts for items are in effect if the Bar Manager belongs to a hidden parent control (Form or UserControl). - - true if shortcuts for items are in effect if the Bar Manager belongs to a hidden parent control (Form or UserControl); otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when a control's PopupContextMenu is about to appear. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the last focused editor should be focused again after a user has clicked a popup menu item and this menu was closed. - - true, to focus the last focused editor again; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the registry path to which the bar layout is saved. - - The registry path to which the bar layout is saved. - - - - This method is obsolete. Use the method of a Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) to restore style settings which depend on the current paint scheme. - - - - - Clears the record of menu items recently accessed by a user in their application and restores the default set of visible item controls to menus and bars. This action will not undo any explicit customizations. - - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the registry. - - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the registry. - - Location of data within the system registry. The registry key must exist. - - - - Restores the bars' layout from a stream. - - A stream from which the bars' layout is restored. - - - - Restores the component state from an xml file. - - An xml file from which the component's state is restored. - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the system registry. - - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the specified system registry path. - - A string value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the specified stream. - - A descendant from which the bars' settings are read. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the bars' layout from the specified XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the XML file from which bars' settings are read. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the 's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - A value indicating whether the 's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Saves the bars' layout to the system registry. - - true if the bars' layout has been saved to the system registry; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the bars' layout to the specified system registry path. - - The registry path to save the bars' layout to. - true if the bars' layout has been saved to the specified system registry path; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the bars' layout to a stream. - - A descendant to which the bars' layout is written. - - - - Saves the bars' layout to an XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the file where the bars' layout should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Saves the component state to the system registry. - - true if the operation is successfully completed; otherwise false. - - - - Saves the component's state to the system registry. - - Location of the data within the system registry. - true, if the operation is successfully completed; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the component's state to a stream. - - A stream to which the componen'st state is saved. - - - - Saves the component state to an xml file. - - An xml file to which the component's state is saved. - - - - Selects the specified link. - - A object representing the link to be selected. - - - - Sets the popup menu for a control within a form. - - The control which the popup menu should be assigned to. - The popup menu to set. - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies how the display size of images is determined, when the images are obtained from a . - - A value. - - - - Allows you to stop a bar item's shortcut that has been pressed from being processed by XtraBars. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the close button is displayed in the main menu. - - true if the close button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Invokes the Customization Form. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display both recent and non-recent links within a menu. - - true, if both recent and non-recent links are displayed within the menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether non-recent item links are displayed after a certain period of time. - - true, if non-recent item links are displayed after a certain period of time; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar item link tooltips should be displayed within context menus. - - true, if bar item link tooltips should be displayed within context menus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether hints are enabled for bar item links displayed within toolbars. - - true, if hints are enabled for bar item links displayed within toolbars; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a shortcut key should be displayed along with a hint for links belonging to the component. - - true, if shortcut keys are displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to modify the customization menu before it is displayed onscreen. - - - - - Displays the customization menu. - - - - - Displays the customization menu at the position of the mouse cursor. - - A object. Currently, this parameter is ignored. - - - - Occurs when a user starts customizing the component. - - - - - Gets or sets the status bar for the current form. - - A object representing the status bar. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the status bar owned by this BarManager. - - A structure that specifies the background color of the status bar. - - - - Gets or sets the default background color for all submenus within the component. - - The default background color for all submenus within the component. - - - - Gets or sets the default background image for all submenus within the component. - - The default background image for all submenus within the component. - - - - Gets or set the background color for item descriptive images. - - The background color for item descriptive images. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a submenu casts a shadow. - - true if a submenu casts a shadow; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or set the background color of non-recent item descriptive images. - - The background color of non-recent item descriptive images. - - - - Returns the delay that occurs before a submenu displayed within another submenu is opened or closed, in milliseconds. - - The delay for a submenu within another submenu before it opens or closes - in milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets the point relative to which tooltips are displayed for BarItems within a . This property is not supported for the . - - A value that specifies the point relative to which tooltips are displayed for BarItems within a - - - - This property is provided for backward compatibility. Use the property instead. - - true, if specific in-place editors are painted using a transparent background color when focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether specific in-place editors, when focused, are painted using a transparent background color. - - True if specific in-place editors are painted using a transparent background color when focused; False if not; Default, if the behavior depends on the global setting. - - - - Allows you to customize menus and bars when a child MDI form becomes inactive or when it is restored or minimized from its maximized view (depending on the property value). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the main menu is activated when the ALT key is pressed. - - true if the main menu is activated when the ALT key is pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the main menu is activated when the F10 key is pressed. - - true if the main menu is activated when the F10 key is pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - This property supports internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - Contains default style settings for bars and their elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which will be notified when settings are changed. - - - - Contains default style settings to paint bars. - - An object providing style settings to paint bars. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint bar item links within s in different visual states. - - A object that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets the controller which owns the current instance of the class. - - A object which owns the instance. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current object. - - - - - Contains default style settings to paint bar dock controls. - - A object providing style settings to paint dock controls. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Contains default font settings to paint bar items. - - A object providing default style settings for bar items. - - - - Contains default style settings to paint main menus. - - A object providing style settings to paint main menus. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint s within main menu bars in different visual states. - - A StateAppearances object which provides appearance settings used to paint s within main menu bars in different visual states. - - - - Restores all the style settings and usage options to default values and thus stops elements from using these appearance settings. - - - - - Contains default style settings to paint status bars. - - A object providing style settings to paint status bars. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint s within status bars in different visual states. - - A object which provides appearance settings used to paint s within status bars in different visual states. - - - - Contains default style settings to paint sub items within container items and popup menus. - - A object providing style settings to paint submenu items. - - - - An individual category. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the name specified. - - A string value specifying the created category's name. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name and global unique identifier (GUID). - - A string value specifying the created category's name. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing a globally unique identifier (GUID) that will identify the category. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - A string value specifying the name of the created category. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category. This value is assigned to the property. - true to make a category visible at runtime; false to make a category hidden at runtime. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the BarManager's default category. - - A object representing the BarManager's default category. - - - - Gets an item displayed in the category at the specified position. - - A zero-based integer specifying the item's position within the category. - A descendant representing an item displayed in the category at the specified position. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is found. - - - - Gets the number of items displayed in the category. - - An integer value equal to the number of items displayed in the category. - - - - Gets or sets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category. - - A System.Guid object representing a globally unique identifier (GUID). - - - - Gets the category's position within a collection. - - A zero-based integer value specifying the category's position within a collection. -1 if the category has no owning collection. - - - - Gets or sets the category's name. - - A string value specifying the category's name. - - - - Gets the text representation of the object. - - A string representation of the object. - - - - Represents the Total category. This member supports the internal infrastructure. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the category is visible in the customization dialog at runtime. - - true if the category is visible in the customization dialog at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - A category collection in the BarManager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which will own the new column collection. - - - - Adds the specified category to the end of the collection. - - A object representing the category to be added. - An integer value representing the added category's zero-based index within the collection. - - - - Creates a new category with the specified name and adds it to the end of the collection. - - A string value specifying the category's name. - A object representing the new category. - - - - Adds an array of categories to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to be added to the collection. - - - - Fires when changes are made to the category collection. - - - - - Returns a list of alphabetically sorted child elements. - - A List that contains alphabetically sorted categories owned by this object. - - - - Returns the specified category's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the category's position within the collection. -1 if the collection does not contain the specified category. - - - - Returns the position of a category with the specified name in the collection. - - A string value specifying the name of the category to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer specifying the category's position within the collection. -1 if the collection does not contain the specified category. - - - - Adds the given category to the specified position within the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the category's position within the collection. - The object to insert. - - - - Gets a category specified by its unique identifier. - - A object representing a category's unique identifier (GUID). - A object representing the category with the specified unique identifier. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection does not contain a category with the specified identifier. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual categories. - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired category's position within the collection. - A object representing the category at the specified position. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection does not contain a category at the specified position. - - - - Gets a category by its name. - - A string value specifying the category's name. - A object representing the category with the name specified. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection does not contain a category with the specified name. - - - - Gets the Bar Manager that owns the collection. - - A object representing the Bar Manager that owns the category collection. - - - - Removes the specified category from the collection. - - A object representing a category to remove. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the Bar Manager of the child MDI form. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the Bar Manager of a child MDI form for which the merge mechanism is invoked. - - A instance representing the Bar Manager of the child MDI form. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event source. Identifies the Bar Manager that raised the event. - A object containing event data. - - - - Contains default customization settings for bars. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its properties to default values. - - The object which will be notified about property changes. - - - - Gets or sets whether images are highlighted when links are hot-tracked. - - true if images are highlighted when links are hot-tracked; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the default horizontal indent between the content and the borders of bar links. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and the borders of bar links, -1 to calculate the indent automatically. - - - - Gets the default vertical indent between the contents and borders of bar links. - - An integer value specifying the number of pixels between the content and borders of bar links. -1 to calculate the indent automatically. - - - - Gets or sets the default size for all regular item icons within the . - - A Size structure that is the default size for all regular item icons within the . - - - - Gets or sets the default size for all large item icons within the . - - A Size structure that is the default size for all large item icons within the . - - - - Gets or sets whether pop-up menus display the right margin. - - true, if pop-up menus display the right margin; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether pop-up menus display the side strip for item glyphs. - - true, if pop-up menus display the side strip for item glyphs; otherwise, false. The default is true. - - - - Returns the horizontal indent between the content and the borders of bar links. - - The horizontal indent between the content and the borders of bar links, in pixels. - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the vertical indent between the content and the borders of bar links. - - The vertical indent between the content and the borders of bar links, in pixels. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether bar items are painted using large or small icons. - - true, if large bar item icons are used; otherwise, small icons are used. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar items in menus are painted using large or small icons. - - true, if bar items in menus are painted using large icons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the type of animation used for the menu. - - An enumeration member specifying the menu's animation type. - - - - Gets or sets the value (as a percentage) that determines which of the menu items that haven't recently been used should be hidden. - - The value, as a percentage, for calculating the most frequently used items. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the multicolumn mode of displaying items in all pop-up menus and sub-menus controlled by the component. - - An OptionsMultiColumn object that comprises the settings of the multicolumn mode. - - - - Updates the style settings with respect to the painting style applied. - - - - - Gets or sets whether in-place editors are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true if in-place editors are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether icons for bar items are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true, if bar item icons are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a submenu casts a shadow. - - true if a submenu casts a shadow; otherwise false. - - - - Represents a bar item containing a list of active windows in an MDI applications. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Specifies the index of the selected item in a list. - - The selected item index. - - - - Specifies the index of the selected(checked) item in a list. - - The selected(checked) item index. - - - - Provides access to links owned and displayed by the container item. - - A object containing links owned and displayed by the container item. - - - - Gets or sets whether form icons or check marks are shown for the 's items. - - A BarMdiChildrenListShowCheckMode value that specifies whether form icons or check marks are shown for the 's items. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the check sign is displayed for the link corresponding to the active MDI child window. - - trueif the check sign is displayed for the link corresponding to the active MDI child window; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether links corresponding to MDI child windows are numerated. - - true if the link corresponding to MDI child windows are numerated; otherwise false. - - - - Returns the collection containing the captions of all existing MDI child windows. - - The collection containing MDI window captions. - - - - Represents a within a bar or a menu. - - - - - Indicates whether the current menu can be opened. - - true, if the current menu can be opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains values specifying when the merge mechanism should be invoked. - - - - - The merge mechanism is invoked when a child MDI form is activated. -Merge-related toolbars of inactive child forms are hidden from these forms and from the parent form. - - - - - The merge mechanism is disabled. - - - - - The merge mechanism is invoked when a child MDI form is maximized. The unmerge mechanism is invoked when a child form is restored from the maximized view. - - - - - The merge mechanism is invoked when a child MDI form is activated. -Merge-related toolbars of inactive child forms are visible in these forms, and are hidden from the parent form. - - - - - Contains values specifying how bar items of a child MDI form are added to bars/Ribbon Controls of the parent MDI form during merge operations. - - - - - Specifies that the child form's bar item should be added to a bar/Ribbon Control or container item (e.g. menu) of a parent form. When merging bars and container items, the position to insert the item is determined by the properties of this item and of the items within the target bar/container item. - - - - - This setting is applied to container items ( descendants).It specifies that subitems of the child form's container item should be merged with subitems of a parent form's container item. Merging occurs for the parent form's container item, whose type and match the source item's ones and only if its property is also set to MergeItems. Otherwise, the child form's container item will simply be added to the parent form's bar/Ribbon Control (similar to the setting). - - - - - For a child form's bar item, indicates that the item must not be added to the parent form's bar/Ribbon Control during merging.For a parent form's bar item, indicates that the item must be removed from the bar/Ribbon Control during merging. - - - - - Indicates that the child form's bar item should replace the parent form's item that has the same , but only if the parent item's property is also set to Replace.If such an item is not found in the parent form's bar/RibbonControl, the child form's item will simply be added to the bar/Ribbon Control (similar to the setting). - - - - - Contains flags that define the bar's look and feel. - - - - - If active, allows end-users to delete the bar by pressing the Delete button in the Customization window. Otherwise, end-users can only change the visibility of the bar. This is performed by means of the check box corresponding to the bar name. - - - - - If active, allows quick bar customization. The Dropdown button is painted in the end of the toolbar in this case. This button invokes the popup menu that allows end-users to add or remove buttons, reset the toolbar to its initial state and invoke the Customization dialog. - - - - - If active, the bar cannot be closed by end-users. In this case, the close button is not displayed when the bar is floating. It cannot be closed by means of the Customization dialog also. The property can be used to control the visibility of the bar in such a case. - - - - - If active, the bar cannot be customized by end-users. Otherwise, end-users can perform drag-and-drop operations on links to add them to or delete from the bar. Links can be dragged when holding the ALT key or when the runtime customization is being performed. - - - - - If active, allows to move a specific bar by dragging it using the mouse. - - - - - If active and the bar is the status bar, the size grip is painted in its right-bottom corner. The image below displays the size grip painted in the status bar when the Windows XP painting style is applied to the BarManager. (The IsStatusBar option must be enabled to make a bar the status bar). - - - - - If active, removes the bar from the runtime customization dialog. - - - - - If active, makes a specific bar the main application menu. When the IsMainMenu option of a bar is activated, the same option of the previously main menu is disabled. Enabling this option also activates the UseWholeRow and MultiLine options and disables the Hidden option. - - - - - If active, the bar becomes the status bar. The status bar is always docked to the bottom edge of the container, cannot be floating and occupies the whole row. (The UseWholeRow option is automatically enabled and the DrawDragBorder option is automatically disabled). When the IsStatusBar option of a bar is enabled, the same option of the previous status bar is disabled. Note also, that the IsStatusBar option cannot be active when the IsMainMenu option is enabled. - - - - - If active, arranges items within a specific bar into several lines when the total width of these items exceeds the width of a bar. - - - - - If active, deactivates all other options. - - - - - If active, links of the bar are rotated when it is vertically oriented. When this option is enabled, edit links are hidden if docking the bar to the left or right edge of the container. - - - - - If active, the bar is enlarged so that it occupies all the area provided to it. Other bars cannot be docked to the same bar row in this case. - - - - - If active, makes the bar visible both at design and runtime. - - - - - Provides customization options for a bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its properties to default values. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a bar can be collapsed by double-clicking on the bar's drag widget. - - true, if a bar can be collapsed by double-clicking on the bar's drag widget; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the bar can be deleted via the Customization Window at runtime. - - true, if the bar can be deleted from the Customization Window at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar provides the quick customization menu. - - true if the bar allows customization via a special menu. - - - - Gets whether the bar can be renamed via the Customization Window at runtime. - - true, if the bar can be renamed in the Customization Window at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all settings from the options object passed as the parameter. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets which bar items are automatically popped-up when hovered over. - - A BarAutoPopupMode enumerator value that specifies which bar items are automatically popped-up when hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar is collapsed or in its normal state. - - A BarState enumerator value that specifies the bar's expansion state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar can be closed/hidden by the end-user. - - true, if the bar can be hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar can be customized using drag-and-drop operations. - - true, if customization of bar links is disabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should display its borders. - - true if the current should display its borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar can be dragged using the mouse. - - true, if the bar can be dragged; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the size grip within the current status bar. - - true, if the size grip is displayed for the bar; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the duration of the collapse/expand animation on double-clicking on the bar's drag widget. - - An Int32 value that is the collapse/expand animation duration. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar is hidden in the Customization Window, customization menu and 's list. - - true, if the bar is hidden in the Customization Window, customization menu and 's list; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum height this occupies. - - An Int32 value that is the minimum height this occupies. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar links are arranged into several lines when their total width exceeds the width of the bar. - - true, if bar links are arranged into several lines when the bar's width is too small to accommodate them all; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a bar links' captions are rotated when the bar is vertically docked. - - true, if the links' captions are rotated along with the bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar is stretched to match the container's width. - - true, if the bar occupies the entire container's width; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the bars collection. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager that will own the generated bar collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds an item to the collection. - - The to be added to the collection. - The position within the collection in which a new element is added. - - - - Adds an array of bars to the end of the collection. - - An array of bars which to be added to the collection. - - - - Determines whether an element is in the collection. - - The to locate in the collection. This element can be a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). - true, if item is found in the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines the index of a specific item within the collection. - - The Object to locate in the collection. - The index of the item found in the ; otherwise, -1. - - - - Adds a to the collection and puts it at the specific position. - - An Int32 value indicating position inside of a collection that the added bar should occupy. - A to be added to the current . - - - - Gets or sets a class instance at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of a class instance to get or set. - A class instance at the specified index. - - - - Gets a whose property matches the specified value. - - The string that matches the value of a target bar. - A object, or null if a target Bar is not found. - - - - Gets the Bar Manager to which the bar collection belongs. - - A object that owns this bar collection. - - - - Removes the specified from the collection. - - The to remove. - - - - Contains item shortcut settings. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class using settings of the specified shortcut object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the created shortcut object. - - - - Creates an instance of the class with a predefined first key combination. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value or a bitwise combination of these values that specify the first key combination. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a shortcut that consists of two key combinations. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value or a bitwise combination of these values that specifies the first key combination. This value is assigned to the property. - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value or a bitwise combination of these values that specifies the second key combination. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class with a predefined first key combination. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Shortcut enumeration value specifying the first key combination. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets a custom display string for the shortcut. - - A string that specifies the shortcut's custom display string. - - - - Represents a null shortcut. (The and properties of the returned object are set to Keys.None). - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether this instance is equal to the specified object. - - An object to compare with this instance. - true if the specified object is equal to this shortcut; otherwise false. - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - An integer value representing a hash code for this instance. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance specifies a valid shortcut. - - true if this instance specifies a valid shortcut; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the first key combination of a sequence. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value or a bitwise combination of these values specifying the first key combination in a sequence. - - - - Gets the second key combination in the sequence. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value or a bitwise combination of these values specifying the second key combination in the shortcut. - - - - Returns the string representation of this shortcut. - - A string value that is the textual representation of the specified shortcut. - - - - Represents a bar item with a look and feel similar to the StatusbarPanel. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Gets or sets the autosize type. - - The autosize type. - - - - Specifies whether the bar item image should go before or after this item caption. - - Specifies whether the image should be drawn before or after the item text. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the left text indent in pixels within the . - - Left text indent in pixels within the . - - - - Gets or sets the right text indent within a - in pixels . - - Right text indent within a - in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item's image is displayed when the item is positioned within a . - - true if the item's image is displayed when the item is positioned within a ; otherwise, false. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets text alignment within the . - - One of the StringAlignment values. - - - - Gets or sets the fixed width for this . - - An Int32 value that is the fixed width for this . - - - - Represents the within a bar or a menu. - - - - - A string containing item title. - - Item title. - - - - Gets the item associated with this link. - - A object representing the item associated with this link. - - - - Gets link width. - - An integer value that determines the width of the link in pixels. - - - - Specifies width settings for a specific . - - - - - Resizes a specific 's link so its width matches that link's contents width. - - - - - Leaves the width of a specific 's link at the precompiled state. - - - - - Resizes a specific 's link so that it consumes the largest possible area of a specific bar.This option is only in effect when the link is positioned within a status bar specified by the property. - - - - - A button that invokes a popup menu that can host other bar items (including child sub-menu items). - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the object with the predefined caption. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager that will own the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value that specifies the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with a predefined caption and collection of sub items. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager that will own the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value that specifies the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An array of objects (or descendants) that specifies the collection of sub items. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the predefined caption and image. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager that will own the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the image to be displayed within links corresponding to the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with the predefined caption, image and collection of sub items. - - A object specifying the Bar Manager that will own the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the caption of the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the image displayed within links associated with the created item. This value is assigned to the property. - An array of descendants representing the collection of sub items. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should display its arrow. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether this should display its arrow. - - - - Gets or sets whether editors should stretch horizontally, automatically occupying available free space within this menu. - - true, if editors should stretch horizontally, automatically occupying available free space within this menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current sub-menu displays the right margin. - - True to display the right margin; False to hide it; Default - use the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current sub-menu displays the side strip for item glyphs. - - True to display the side strip; False to hide it; Default - use the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether the sub-menu button is automatically hidden from the menu if the sub-menu does not contain any items. - - true, if the sub-menu button is automatically hidden if the sub-menu is empty; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets the minimal width of the current 's popup. - - An Int32 value specifying the minimal width of the current 's popup. - - - - Represents the link within a bar or a menu. - - - - - Gets whether the bar subitem's super tip can be displayed. - - true if the item's submenu isn't shown; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current link can be displayed. - - true, if the current link can be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the display caption of the current . - - The current caption. - - - - A Windows UI-style check button, which can have the checked and unchecked states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - An equivalent of the property, used exclusively for data bindings. - - true, if the is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever the property changes its value. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the item is checked. - - true, if the item is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the check state of the current item is changed. - - - - - A link to the object. - - - - - Returns a to which the current item link corresponds. - - A to which the current item link corresponds. - - - - A bar item that represents a check list of bars owned by a Bar Manager, and dock panels owned by a dock manager. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Provides access to the links owned and displayed by the container item. - - A object containing the links owned and displayed by the container item. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether "Customize..." is among the item's subitems list. - - true if "Customize..." is among the item's subitems list; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a list of the existing dock panels should be displayed. - - true to display the list of the existing dock panels; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether to display the list of existing dock windows within a specific . - - true, to display the list of dock windows; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether to display the list of existing toolbars within a specific . - - true, to display the list of toolbars; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a link to the . - - - - - Indicates whether the current menu can be opened. - - true, if the current menu can be opened; otherwise, false. - - - - The base class for classes that store bar options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - The dialog representing the Customization Form. - - - - Gets or sets the dialog used as a Customization Form for a specific . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Customization.CustomizationForm object representing the Customization Form for a specific . - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of the class. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Provides data for the event of the component. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - The created . - - - - Gets the which has just been created. - - The which has just been created. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of the class. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Allows you to customize the application-scope display and behavior settings for controls and components included in the XtraBars library - bars, dock panels, Ribbon controls, App UI Manager () and tabbed windows (). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that provides functionality for containers. - - - - Gets the DefaultBarAndDockingController. - - A object representing the DefaultBarAndDockingController. - - - - Contains classes that implement docking functionality. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the recently activated dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the previously active dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the previously active dock panel. - - A object representing the previously active dock panel. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if none of the panels have been active before. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - An object that contains event data. - - - - Provides members that specify the content of auto-hidden panels' captions. - - - - - Indicates that only the active auto-hidden panel has both the icon and text displayed within its caption. For inactive panels, only icons are displayed within captions. - - - - - Indicates that all auto-hidden panels have both the icon and text displayed within their captions. - - - - - Represents an auto hide container. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Indicates whether the auto hide container holds the specified dock panel. - - A object to locate. - true if the auto hide container holds the specified dock panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the number of dock panels contained within the auto hide container. - - An integer value specifying the number of dock panels contained within the auto hide container. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying how the auto hide container is aligned within its parent control. - - A enumeration value specifying the manner in which an auto hide container is docked. - - - - Returns information about the container's element located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the container's top-left corner. - A object which contains information about the auto hide container's element at the test point. - - - - Returns the specified dock panel's position within the auto hide container. - - A object to locate. - A zero-based integer representing the dock panel's position within the auto hide container. -1 if the auto hide container doesn't contain the specified dock panel. - - - - Provides indexed access to the dock panels contained within the auto hide container. - - An integer value specifying the dock panel's zero-based index within the collection. - A object representing the dock panel located at the specified position. - - - - Gets the position of the auto hide container within its parent control. - - A enumeration value specifying the position of the auto hide container within its parent control. - - - - Represents an auto hide container collection. - - - - - Appends an array of objects to the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified auto hide container. - - An object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified auto hide container; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the auto hide container which has the specified docking style. - - A enumeration value specifying the manner in which an auto hide container is docked. - An object representing the auto hide container which has the specified docking style. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no auto hide container is found. - - - - Provides indexed access to the auto hide containers contained within the collection. - - An integer value specifying the auto hide container's zero-based index within the collection. - An object representing the auto hide container at the specified position. - - - - Serves as the base class for classes that contain options for controlling the docking functionality. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter to the current object. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can double-click a panel's caption to float it. - - true if an end-user can double-click a panel's caption to float it; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the auto hide button is displayed within a dock panel's caption. - - true to show the auto hide button within the caption of a dock panel; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the close button is displayed within a dock panel's caption. - - true to show the close button within the caption of a dock panel; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the maximize button can be displayed within a dock panel's caption. - - true to allow the maximize button to be displayed within the caption of a dock panel; otherwise false. - - - - Represents the client area of a dock panel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the dock panel which owns the current control container. - - The that owns the current control container. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which represents the processed dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the target control the panel is being docked to. This value is assigned to the or properties. - A structure which specifies the current position of the mouse pointer, in screen coordinates. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies how the dock panel would be docked to the target control. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the dock panel will represent a tab within a tab container if dropped; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A zero-based integer specifying the position of the current panel within the owning collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets a value indicating how the dock panel would be docked to the targeted control. - - A enumeration value specifying how the dock panel would be docked to the target control. - - - - Gets the mouse pointer's coordinates relative to the top left corner of the screen. - - A structure specifying the current position of the mouse pointer, in screen coordinates. - - - - Gets the position of the dock panel within the owning collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the position of the current panel within the owning collection. - - - - Gets the form (or user control) the panel is being docked to. - - A object representing the form (or user control) the panel is being docked to. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the panel is being docked to a panel. - - - - Gets the target panel, which the processed panel is being docked to. - - A object representing the target dock panel. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the panel is being docked to the form (or user control). - - - - Identifies whether the dock panel will be turned into a tab within a tab container if it's dropped at its current position. - - true if the dock panel will represent a tab within a tab container if dropped; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides docking options that are common to all dock panels. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A DockManager that owns this newly created object. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not panels can dock to the middle of the DockManager's parent container (Form or UserControl). - - The DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this DockManager allows docking its panels to the container center. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent for DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not dock panels that have been dragged away from their parent auto-hide containers should return to these containers when docked again. - - true if dock panels should return to their former auto-hide containers when docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Specifies the vertical direction of auto-hidden panel captions. - - The vertical text direction of auto-hidden panel captions. - - - - Gets or sets whether only a dock panel corresponding to the active tab within a floating container can be closed upon clicking the close button. - - true if only dock panel corresponding to the active tab within a floating container can be closed upon clicking the close button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether only the dock panel corresponding to the currently active tab in a tab container is closed when the close button within the tab container's caption is clicked. The option is not in effect when the tab container is in the floating state. - - true to close only the dock panel corresponding to the currently active tab when a tab container's close button is clicked; false to close the tab container. - - - - Gets or sets the cursor that indicates that a dock panel cannot be floating during a dock operation. - - A object that represents the corresponding cursor. - - - - Gets or sets the thickness of a resize zone for any dock panel owned by this manager. - - An Int32 value that is the resize zone thickness. - - - - Gets or sets whether a panel can be docked as a tab to another panel while dragging over its header. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether a panel can be docked while dragging this panel over the header of another panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the panel is immediately docked while dragging over the tab region or the panel is docked when it is dropped. - - The DockPanelInTabContainerTabRegion value that specifies whether the panel is immediately docked while dragging over the tab region or the panel is docked when it is dropped. - - - - Gets or sets whether dock panels are immediately hidden when their auto hide functionality is enabled. - - true to hide dock panels immediately when their auto hide functionality is enabled; false to hide dock panels using the sliding animation effect, and only when the mouse pointer leaves their area. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether an image associated with a dock panel is displayed within the panel's caption. - - true if a dock panel's image is displayed in the panel's caption; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel's caption is shown only when the mouse pointer hovers over the panel's top or all the time. - - true to show the panel's caption when the mouse pointer hovers over the panel's top; false the panel captions are always shown. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not dock panels can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Controls.SnapMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not dock panels can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - - - Gets or sets the text direction, according to which tabbed panels' header strings are drawn. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.VerticalTextOrientation enumerator value that specifies the text direction, according to which tabbed panels' header strings are drawn. - - - - Lists values specifying the position and manner in which a dock panel is docked. - - - - - The dock panel's bottom edge is docked to the bottom of its containing control. - - - - - The dock panel is contained within another panel (split or tab container).It's not possible to make a dock panel fill the form (user control). - - - - - The dock panel floats. - - - - - The dock panel's left edge is docked to the left side of its containing control. - - - - - The dock panel's right edge is docked to the right side of its containing control. - - - - - The dock panel's top edge is docked to the top of its containing control. - - - - - The component that allows you to create docked, floating and/or auto-hidden dock panels inside a form or user control. See Docking Library. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container control. - - The container control that will display the dock panels owned by the newly created dock manager. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container control. - - A object representing the container control that will display the dock panels owned by the created dock manager. - - - - Activates the dock manager's About dialog box. - - - - - Fires after the panel's active child has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the active dock panel. - - A object representing the currently active dock panel. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no active dock panel. - - - - Fires after the active dock panel has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the active dock panel. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the active dock panel. -1 if there isn't any currently active panel. - - - - Creates a new dock panel and docks it to the form (user control) using the specified style. - - The value specifying how the created panel is docked to the container control. - A object created by this method. - - - - Docks the specified panel to the container using the specified style. - - The value that specifies the docking style. - The to be docked. - - - - Creates a new dock panel and floats it at the specified point. - - A structure specifying the point at which the panel will be floated. - The object created by this method. - - - - Gets or sets whether all s within the should paint their icons in the panel's foreground colors. - - true, if all s within the should paint their icons in the panel's foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets how panel captions are displayed within an auto-hide container when these panels are combined into an auto-hidden tab container. - - A value that specifies the way auto-hidden panel captions are displayed when these panels are combined into an auto-hidden tab container. - - - - Gets or sets whether auto-hidden panels within the current are shown during mouse hover, or only during a mouse click. - - An AutoHiddenPanelShowMode enumerator value that indicates whether a mouse hover or mouse click should display auto-hidden panels. - - - - Provides access to the auto hide containers and thus to the panels whose auto hide functionality is enabled. - - The object which stores auto hide containers for the dock manager's . - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the auto-hide speed of dock panels. - - An integer value that specifies the auto-hide speed of dock panels. The greater the value, the faster the auto-hide speed. - - - - Occurs before a layout is restored from storage (a stream, xml file or the system registry). - - - - - Notifies the component that the initialization has started. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Destroys all panels. - - - - - Occurs after a panel has been closed. - - - - - Occurs when a panel is closing. - - - - - Occurs when any auto-hide within the current is completely hidden. - - - - - Occurs when any auto-hide within the current is about to hide. - - - - - Gets or sets the BarAndDockingController that will provide the default appearance options for the dock panels belonging to the current dock manager. - - A object providing appearance options. - - - - Gets the total number of panels that belong to the dock manager. - - An integer value specifying the number of panels that belong to the dock manager. - - - - Fires after an auto hide container has been created. - - - - - Allows you to prevent dock panels from being resized using the mouse at specific borders and corners. - - - - - Creates a helper object that manages dock visualizers for the VS2005 dock style. - - - - - Fires before an auto hide container has been destroyed. - - - - - Gets an IDockController that performs docking operations on panels within the current . - - A DockController object that performs docking operations on panels within the current . - - - - Fires repeatedly while a dock panel is being dragged. - - - - - Provides access to the settings that affect the behavior of dock panels. - - A object specifying the customization settings of dock panels. - - - - Gets or sets the dock style. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.Helpers.DockMode enumeration value that specifies the dock style. - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames in the fading animation effect that are applied when displaying dock visualizers (markers) in VS2005 dock style. - - An integer value that specifies the number of frames in the fading animation effect. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the speed of fade effects. - - An integer value that specifies the speed of fade effects. - - - - Gets a associated with this . - - A associated with this . - - - - Fires immediately after a docking operation on a dock panel has finished. - - - - - Notifies the control that the initialization has been completed. - - - - - Fires after a resize operation on a dock panel has finished. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Occurs when any auto-hide within the current is completely shown. - - - - - Occurs when any auto-hide within the current is about to be displayed. - - - - - Forces the dock manager to finish its initialization. - - - - - Gets or sets the container control (form or user control) which displays the dock panels owned by the current dock manager. - - A object that is the container which displays the dock panels created by the current dock manager. - - - - Returns the panel located under the specified point. - - A structure representing the test point's coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the screen. - A object representing the dock panel located under the specified point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no dock panel is located under the test point. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to a collection of hidden dock panels. - - A object representing the collection of hidden panels. - - - - Gets or sets the image source whose images are used by dock panels. - - An that is an image collection providing images for dock panels. - - - - Indicates whether the docking layout is being loaded. - - true if the docking layout is being loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the dock manager has been initialized. - - true if the dock manager has been initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides indexed access to the panels which belong to the dock manager. - - A zero-based index specifying the panel to be returned. - A object representing the panel at the specified position. - - - - Provides indexed access to the panels which belong to the dock manager by their names. - - A value specifying the panel's name. - A object representing the panel with the specified name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no panel is found. - - - - Occurs after a layout whose version doesn't match the current layout's version has been loaded from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Gets or sets the version of the layout of dock windows. - - A string representing the version of the layout of dock windows. - - - - Fires after the docking layout has been loaded. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the 's popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the 's popup menus. - - - - Provides access to all the dock panels owned by the dock manager. - - A object representing the collection of dock panels. - - - - Occurs when a context menu is about to be displayed. - - - - - Occurs when a new panel is registered within the dock manager. - - - - - Destroys the specified panel. - - A object that specifies the panel to destroy. - - - - - - - - - Restores the layout stored at the specified system registry path to the dock panels. - - A string value specifying the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, calling this method has no effect. - - - - Restores the layout in the specified stream to the dock panels. - - A descendant from which the dock panels' settings are read. If the specified stream is empty or null (Nothing in Visual Basic), an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the layout of dock controls from the specified XML file. - - A string value specifying the path to the XML file containing the settings for the dock panels. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the layout of dock panels from the specified system registry path. - - A string value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - - - - Restores the layout of dock panels from the specified stream. - - A descendant from which the dock panels' settings are read. If null (Nothing in Visual Basic), an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the layout of dock panels from the specified XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the XML file from which the layout is read. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Provides access to the collection of visible panels which are not owned by other panels. - - A object. - - - - Saves the layout of dock panels to the specified system registry path. - - The system registry path to save the dock panels' layout to. - true if the layout of dock panels has been saved to the specified system registry path; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the layout of dock panels to a stream. - - A descendant to which the layout of dock panels is written. - - - - Saves the layout of dock panels to an XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the file where the layout of dock panels should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Saves the layout of the dock panels to the registry. - - A string value specifying the registry path at which to save the layout. - true if the operation is successfully completed; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the layout of dock panels to a stream. - - A descendant to which the layout of the dock panels is written. - - - - Saves the layout of dock panels to an XML file. - - A string value specifying the path to the file in which the docking layout will be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides options which control how a layout of dock panels is stored to/restored from a data store (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - A object providing options which control how a layout of dock panels is stored and restored. - - - - Occurs each time an end-user drags a into another panel and allows you to hide specific dock hints and guides. This event is in effect when the DockManager is coupled with the component. - - - - - Fires when the dock panel is being resized. - - - - - Fires when a docking operation starts. - - - - - Enables specifying whether end-users can resize the dock panels. - - - - - Gets or sets the style for all panels owned by this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.DockingViewStyle enumeration value that specifies the panel style. - - - - Occurs when a panel's property is changed. - - - - - Fires after a dock panel's property has been changed. - - - - - Occurs when a panel's property is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of the hints displayed by the dock panels. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of the hints displayed by the dock panels. - - - - Gets the string collection that stores the full names of the controls which have the top (high) indexes in the z-order and thus are positioned closest to the form's edges. - - A StringUniqueCollection collection that stores the full names of the controls which have top (high) z-indexes. - - - - Occurs when a panel is removed from the dock manager. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Validate method is forcibly called on a dock panel when switching from this dock panel to another one. - - true, if the Validate method is forcibly called on a dock panel when switching from this dock panel to another panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a float dock panel's controls are validated when the panel is deactivated. - - true if a float dock panel's controls are validated when the panel is deactivated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the ValidateChildren method is forcibly called on a DockManager parent Form when switching from one dock panel to another. - - true, if the ValidateChildren method is forcibly called on a DockManager parent Form when switching from one dock panel to another; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the visible state of any dock panel owned by the dock manager has been changed. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Contains appearance settings for dock panels. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarAndDockingController. - - A object representing the controller that will own the created collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the active tab within a tab container. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the active tab within a tab container. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets the BarAndDockingController which the current collection belongs to. - - A object representing the BarAndDockingController that owns the current collection. - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the float forms' captions. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the captions of float forms. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the caption of an active float form. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the caption of an active float form. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the auto hide containers. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the auto hide containers. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the panel's button in the auto hide container. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the panel's button in the auto hide container. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint a panel's button in the auto hide container when it's hot-tracked or the panel it corresponds to is displayed. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the active button in the auto hide container. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint dock panels. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting dock panels. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint dock panels' captions. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the captions of all dock panels. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the active panel's caption. - - An object providing appearance settings for painting the active panel's caption. - - - - Restores all the appearance settings and usage options to their default values and thus stops dock controls from using these appearance settings. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint a tab panel and its inactive tabs. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint a tab panel and its inactive tab panels. - - - - Represents a dock panel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this auto-hide should be activated when an end-user focuses its content. - - true, if this auto-hide should be activated when an end-user focuses its content; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the currently active child dock panel. - - A object representing the currently active child dock panel. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no child panel is currently active. - - - - Fires after the panel's active child has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the currently active child dock panel. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the currently active child dock panel. - - - - Creates a new dock panel and docks it to the current dock panel. - - A object representing the dock panel created by this method. - - - - Gets or sets whether to colorize the dock panel's caption and border according to the BorderColor setting in skinning paint schemes. - - true, if the dock panel's caption and border should be colorized according to its BorderColor setting in skinning paint schemes; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether Custom Header Button icons should be painted according to the currently applied skin. - - true, if Custom Header Button icons should be painted according to the currently applied skin; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current icon should be painted in this panel's foreground color. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the current icon should be painted in this panel's foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should process user gestures when the app runs on touch-enabled devices. -Dock Panels support "Press and Tap" and "Two-Finger Tap" gestures. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether this should process user gestures when the app runs on touch-enabled devices. - - - - Specifies the appearance settings for the dock panel's client region. - - An object representing the appearance settings for the dock panel's client region. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's background color. - - A Color value that specifies the panel's background color. - - - - Gets the object for the current panel. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's size and location. - - A structure that specifies the dock panel's bounding rectangle. - - - - Indicates whether a dock panel can be activated. - - true if a dock panel can be activated; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Imitates a click on the panel's close button. - - - - - Occurs after the current panel has been closed. - - - - - Occurs before the current panel is closed. - - - - - Occurs when the current auto-hidden is hidden. - - - - - Occurs when the current auto-hidden is about to hide. - - - - - Gets the control container representing the dock panel's client area when this panel does not contain other dock panels. - - A object representing the panel's client area when this panel does not contain other dock panels; null if the current panel represents a split container or tab container. - - - - Gets the number of dock panels the current dock panel owns. - - An integer value specifying the number of dock panels contained within the current dock panel. - - - - Allows you to prevent the current dock panel form being resized using the mouse at specific borders and corners. - - - - - Fires when a custom header button is checked. - - - - - Fires on a regular (push) custom header button click. - - - - - Fires when a custom header button is unchecked. - - - - - Gets all custom header buttons used within the current . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.ButtonCollection object that stores all custom header buttons used within the current . - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying how the dock panel is aligned within its parent control. - - A enumeration value specifying the manner in which a panel is docked. - - - - Docks the panel to a located in the same form as the current . - - true, if the operation is a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the panel to a located in the same form as the current and optionally activates this panel. - - true, to activate the docked panel; otherwise, false. - true, if the operation has completed successfully; otherwise, false. - - - - Appends a tab containing the current panel to the target tab container. The target tab container is created if necessary. - - A object representing the target tab container or target tab container's tab, or a panel that points to the location at which to create the target tab container. - - - - Creates a tab which contains the current panel at the specified position within the target tab container. The target tab container is created if required. - - A object representing the target tab container, the target tab container's tab or the panel that points to the location at which the target tab container will be created. - A zero-based integer specifying the position at which the created tab is placed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is displayed as a tab within a Tabbed UI, created using the component. - - true, if the is displayed as a tab in a Tabbed UI; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating the nesting level of the dock panel. - - An integer value specifying the nesting level of the panel - - - - Gets the which coordinates any docking operations performed on the current panel. - - A object representing the dock manager for the panel. - - - - Docks the current panel to the form (or user control) using the specified style. - - A value specifying how the panel is docked to the form (user control). - - - - Docks the current panel to the form (user control) at the specified position using the specified style. - - A value specifying how the panel is docked to the form (user control). - A zero-based integer specifying the position at which to dock the current panel. - - - - This method is not supported. - - A object. - A value. - - - - This method is not supported. - - A object. - A value. - An integer value. - - - - Docks the current panel to the specified panel. - - A object representing the target dock panel. - - - - Docks the current panel to the specified panel using the specified style. - - The to which the current will dock. - The value that specifies docking style. - - - - Docks the current panel on the form (user control) to the specified panel at the specified position using the specified style. - - A object that is the target dock panel. - A enumerator value specifying how the current panel is docked to the target panel. - A zero-based integer specifying the position at which to dock the current panel. - - - - Docks the current panel to the specified panel in the specified position. - - A object representing the target dock panel. - A zero-based integer specifying the position at which to dock the current panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current panel's children should be arranged vertically or horizontally when the panel is docked to a form/user control. - - A value that specifies the orientation of dock panels in a split container. - - - - Occurs when the current auto-hide is completely displayed. - - - - - Occurs when the current auto-hide is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets the floating form which the panel resides on. - - A object referring to the form which the floating panel resides on. - - - - Gets or sets the floating panel's location. - - A structure specifying the screen coordinates of the floating dock panel in pixels. Point.Empty if the panel isn't floating. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the panel when it is floating. - - A structure representing the panel's size, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current panel's children should be arranged vertically or horizontally when the panel is floated. - - true if the panel's children are arranged vertically in floating mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's footer. - - A String value that is the current 's footer. - - - - Returns information about the panel's element located at the specified point. - - A structure specifying the test point coordinates relative to the panel's top-left corner. - A object containing information on the panel's element at the test point. - - - - Indicates whether the dock panel contains the specified child panel. - - A object representing the dock panel to test. - true if the dock panel is the parent of the specified panel; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates whether the current panel has the specified panel as its parent. - - A object representing the panel to test. - true if the current panel has the specified panel as its parent; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's header. - - A String value that is the current 's header. - - - - Hides the panel. - - - - - Hides the current auto-hidden panel immediately without a sliding animation effect. - - - - - Hides the current auto-hidden dock panel using a sliding animation effect. - - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's hint text. - - A value which specifies the dock panel's hint. - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's unique identifier. - - A object which represents a globally unique identifier (GUID). - - - - Gets or sets the current 's icon. - - An Image object that is the current 's icon. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image associated with the dock panel. - - An integer value specifying the index of an image within the list. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.DockPanelImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets the image source for dock panels. - - An which provides images for dock panels. - - - - Gets or sets an image stored within the DevExpress Image Gallery that should be assigned to this . - - A DxImageUri object that stores the uniform resource identifier (URI) for the required glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the dock panel within the owning collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the position of the current panel within the owning collection. - - - - Gets whether the panel is docked to a 's . - - true if the panel is docked to a 's TabbedView; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current panel belongs to a tab container. - - true if the panel is displayed as a tab page in a tab container; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides indexed access to the child panels of the current panel. - - A zero-based integer addressing the child panel. - A object representing the desired child panel of the current panel. - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's location. - - A structure that specifies the coordinates of the panel's upper-left corner, relative to the upper-left corner of its container. - - - - Floats the current dock panel. - - - - - Floats the current dock panel at the specified position. - - A structure specifying the position of the top-left corner of the floating window (in screen coordinates). - - - - Gets the control's maximum size. This property is not supported. - - Always an empty structure. - - - - Gets the control's minimum size. This property is not supported. - - Always an empty structure. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to the dock panel's settings. - - A object which contains the dock panel's options. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.. - - A Size structure. - - - - Gets the auto-hide container which displays the panel's label when its automatic hiding functionality is enabled. - - An object representing the auto-hide container that owns the panel when its automatic hiding functionality is enabled. - - - - Gets the immediate parent panel of the current panel. - - A object representing the immediate parent panel of the current panel. null if the panel does not belong to any dock panel. - - - - Registers the dock panel. - - A object that owns the dock panel. - - - - Destroys the specified child panel. - - A object representing the child of the current panel which must be destroyed. - - - - Restores the panel to its previous docking position. - - - - - Gets the root panel of the current panel. - - A object representing the root panel of the current panel. - - - - Gets or sets the docking style applied to a panel before it's made to float or is hidden. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's index before it's made to float or is hidden. - - An integer value specifying the panel's index. - - - - Gets or sets whether the panel was docked in a , before it was made floating or hidden. - - true if the panel was docked in a , before it was made floating or hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's parent before it's made to float or is hidden. - - A object representing the panel's parent panel. - - - - Returns the panel scale factor. This property is used by the Workspace Manager component to correctly save and restore dock panels. Normally, you should not modify this setting manually. - - A Double value that is the panel scale factor. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the panel was a tab container, before it was made to float or was hidden. - - A Boolean value specifying whether the current panel represents a tab container. - - - - Displays and activates the panel. - - - - - Shows the auto-hidden dock panel using a sliding animation effect. - - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's size. - - A structure that specifies the dock panel's height and width. - - - - Gets the dock panel's current state. - - A enumeration value indicating the dock panel's current state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current panel represents a tab container. - - true if the current panel represents a tab container; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the panel's property is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the position of tabs. - - A value representing the position of tabs. - - - - Fires after the dock panel's property has been changed. - - - - - Specifies whether tab navigation buttons are displayed when tabs don't fit into the tab container's width/height. - - true if tab navigation buttons are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the panel's property is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the panel's short caption. - - A string representing the panel's short caption. - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's caption. - - A representing the panel's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the panel's visible state. - - A value representing the panel's visible state. - - - - Fires after the dock panel's visible state has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel is visible. - - true if the panel is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the visible state of any dock panel owned by the dock manager has been changed. - - - - - Gets the index of the currently active child dock panel. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the currently active child dock panel. - - - - Gets a value specifying how the auto hide container is aligned within its parent control. - - A enumeration value specifying the manner in which an auto hide container is docked. - - - - Gets or sets the dock panel's bounds. - - A structure representing the dock panel's bounds. - - - - Gets the dock panel's index. - - A zero-based integer specifying the dock panel's index. - - - - Gets the index of the dock panel's parent panel. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the dock panel's parent panel. - - - - Gets the index of the panel's parent before it's made to float or is hidden. - - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the panel's parent. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the dock panel which is being closed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the operation performed on the processed panel should be cancelled. - - true to cancel the operation performed on the panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the dock panel events. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Represents a dock panel collection. - - - - - Adds an array of objects to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to be added to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified dock panel. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified dock panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the specified dock panel's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the dock panel's position within the collection. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified dock panel. - - - - Provides indexed access to the dock panels contained within the collection. - - An integer value specifying the dock panel's zero-based index within the collection. - A object representing the dock panel at the specified position. - - - - Provides access to the dock panels with the specified name, contained within the collection. - - A value that specified the dock panel's name. - A object that represents the dock panel with the specified name. - - - - Serves as the base class for classes which provide data to dock panel events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the processed dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the processed dock panel. - - A object representing the processed dock panel. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the dock panel events. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides options for controlling a panel's docking functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - A panel that will own the newly created object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current can be docked as a tab within a Tabbed View, created using the component. - - true, if the current can be docked as a tab in a Tabbed View; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be docked to the bottom edge of a form (or user control). - - true if the current panel can be docked to the bottom edge of a form; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be docked to another dock panel. - - true if the panel can be docked to another dock panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be docked to the left edge of a form (or user control). - - true if the panel can be docked to the left edge of a form; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be docked to the right edge of a form (or user control). - - true if the panel can be docked to the right edge of a form; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be docked to the top edge of a form (or user control). - - true if the current panel can be docked to the top edge of a form; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether the dock panel can be floated. - - true if the panel can be floated; otherwise, false - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter to the current object. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the borders at which the current dock panel can be resized using the mouse. - - A ResizeDirection enumeration value that specifies the borders at which the current dock panel can be resized using the mouse. - - - - Lists values indicating all the available dock panel states. - - - - - The dock panel is being docked. - - - - - The dock panel is in its normal state. No specific action is being performed by an end-user. - - - - - The dock panel's edge is being dragged to change its height or width. In this case a bar indicating the edge's potential position is painted. - - - - - Contains values that specify the visible state for dock panels. - - - - - The panel is auto-hidden. - - - - - The panel is hidden. - - - - - The panel is visible. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the docked panel. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the docking operation was canceled by an end-user; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Indicates whether the docking operation was canceled by an end-user. - - true if the docking operation was canceled by an end-user; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the panel(s) docked to the target control. - - A object representing the collection of panels docked to the target control. An empty collection if the docking operation has been canceled by an end-user. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified parameters. - - A object which represents the processed dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the sizing operation has been canceled; otherwise, false. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.SizingSide enumeration member which represents the dock panel's dragging edge. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets a value which indicates whether the operation has been canceled. - - true if the operation has been canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the dock panel's dragged edge. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.SizingSide enumeration member which represents the dock panel's dragged edge. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Represents a floating form where a floating panel resides. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the dock manager which displays the current form. - - A object which represents the dock manager that displays the current form. - - - - Gets whether the form is currently being disposed of. - - true if the form is currently being disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains information about a specific point within a dock panel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified control and test point. - - A control that contains the test point. - A structure specifying the test point's coordinates relative to the control's top-left corner. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the panel which has its auto hide functionality enabled and whose corresponding label is located under the test point. - - A object which represents the auto hidden dock panel to which the label located under the test point corresponds. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no label under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the limits for the dock panel's element that contains the test point. - - A structure representing the element's bounding rectangle. - - - - Gets the caption button located under the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.Helpers.DockPanelCaptionButton object representing the caption button located under the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no caption button under the test point. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. This field is read-only. - - - - - - Gets the test point. - - A structure representing the test point. The point coordinates are set relative to the dock panel's top-left corner. - - - - Gets or sets a value identifying the type of the visual element located under the test point. - - A enumeration value identifying the type of the visual element under the test point. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - An object containing information about a specific point within a dock panel. - true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the resize zone located under the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.Helpers.ResizeZone object representing the resize zone located under the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no resize zone under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the tab located under the test point. - - A object representing the tab located under the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no tab under the test point. - - - - Lists values which identify the elements in a dock panel. - - - - - The test point belongs to the label within the auto hide container which corresponds to a dock panel with its auto hiding functionality enabled. - - - - - The test point belongs to the dock panel's border. - - - - - The test point belongs to a dock panel's caption. - - - - - The test point belongs to the dock panel's client area. - - - - - The test point belongs to the header buttons panel, which contains both default and custom header buttons. - - - - - The test point belongs to a scroll button used to traverse forwards through the tabs in a tab container. - - - - - The test point is not within a dock panel. - - - - - The test point belongs to a scroll button used to traverse backwards through the tabs in a tab container. - - - - - The test point belongs to a tab button in a tab container. - - - - - The test point belongs to a tab panel in a tab container. - - - - - Contains options that specify how a layout of dock panels is stored to and restored from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies all the settings from the options object passed as the parameter to the current object. - - A descendant whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether captions of dock panels are restored from the data store when a layout is restored from the store. - - true to restore the captions of dock panels when a layout is restored; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A DockControllerMenu object that is the menu to be displayed. This object is used to initialize the property. - A Point where the menu is about to be displayed. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the dock control for which the event has been fired. - - The dock control for which the popup menu is about to be displayed. - - - - Gets the popup menu that is to be displayed. - - A DockControllerMenu object that is about to be displayed. - - - - Gets the popup menu's location. - - A Point structure that is the popup menu's location. - - - - A method that will handle a DockManager's event. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Represents a collection of all the dock panels owned by the dock manager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified dock panel. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified dock panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the specified dock panel's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the dock panel's position within the collection. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified dock panel. - - - - Gets the dock panel with the specified unique identifier. - - A object which represents a globally unique identifier (GUID). - A object which represents the dock panel with the specified unique identifier. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no dock panel is found. - - - - Provides indexed access to the dock panels contained within the collection. - - An integer value specifying the dock panel's zero-based index within the collection. - A object representing the dock panel at the specified position. - - - - Gets the dock panel which has the specified name. - - A value specifying the name of the dock panel to find. - A object representing the dock panel with the specified name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no dock panel is found. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which represents the processed dock panel. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.SizingSide enumeration member which represents the edge of the dock panel being dragged. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which specifies the current coordinates of the mouse pointer, in client coordinates. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which specifies the dock panel's new size. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the dock panel's new size. - - A structure which specifies the dock panel's new size. - - - - Gets the mouse pointer's coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the control. - - A structure which specifies the current coordinates of the mouse pointer, in client coordinates. - - - - Returns the panel that resizes together with the panel dragged by an end-user. - - A object that is the panel that resizes together with the panel dragged by an end-user. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which represents the dock panel being resized. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.SizingSide enumeration member which represents the dock panel's dragging edge. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the edge of the dock panel which is being dragged. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.SizingSide enumeration member which represents the edge of the dock panel being dragged. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the dock panel whose property has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the previous position of the tabs in a tab container. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the previous position of the tabs in a tab container. - - A enumeration value specifying the previous position of the tabs in a tab container. - - - - Gets the current position of the tabs in a tab container. - - A enumeration value specifying the current position of the tabs in a tab container. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager or panel that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the dock panel whose visible state has been changed. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the panel's previous visible state. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the previous visible state of the panel. - - A enumeration value specifying the previous visible state of the panel. - - - - Gets the current visible state of the panel. - - A enumeration value specifying the panel's current visible state. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event sender. Identifies the dock manager or panel that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Serves as the base class for the class. - - - - - Returns information about the element located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the container's top-left corner. - A object which contains information on the element at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the tab order of the control within its container. - - The index value (tab index) of the control within the set of controls that share the same container and are included in the tab order. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the control within its parent control's collection. - - An integer specifying the control's position within its parent control's collection. - - - - Contains classes that implement the Application UI Manager functionality. - - - - - A base class for Application UI Manager component's Views and Documents. - - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets whether the object is currently being disposed of. - - true if the object is currently being disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether or not the object has been fully initialized. - - true if the object has been fully initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not the object is currently being initialized. - - true, if the object is currently being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this is currently locked, which prevents any visual updates. - - true, if this is locked; otherwise, false. - - - - Updates the element. - - - - - Provides data for Custom WindowsUI and Custom Header Button events, such as the or events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the object. - - An object that owns the created object. - - - - Gets a custom header button or a custom Win8 button associated with the current event. - - An IButton object that is a custom header button associated with the current event. - - - - The method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the custom header button which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Maintains Flyout Dialogs - Windows 10-styled message boxes and pop-ups. - - - - - Provides functionality for Windows 10-styled pop-ups and flyout messages. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that will own the newly created . - A object assigned to this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that will own this . - A object that will be displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object that specifies advanced settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A object that will be displayed in this . - A Control that will be displayed by this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that will own this . - A object that will be displayed in this . - A Control displayed in the . - A FlyoutProperties object that specifies advanced settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this newly created . - A FlyoutAction object assigned to this . - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object that contains advanced settings. - true, if the should use the backcolor of the assigned flyoutControl; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this newly created . - A FlyoutAction object assigned to this . - A Control displayed within this . - true, if the should use the backcolor of the assigned flyoutControl; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A String value that is the description. - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object associated with this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A String value that is the description. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A String value that is the description. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object associated with this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A Control that will be displayed by this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that will own the newly created . - A Control that is this 's content. - An IDXMenuManager object that controls this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form that will own the newly created . - A Control displayed within the . - A FlyoutProperties object that contains advanced settings. - - - - Gets a control assigned to this . - - A Control assigned to this . - - - - Provides access to an object that stores advanced settings. - - A object that stores advanced settings. - - - - Displays a object with a specific action assigned to it. - - A Form that owns this . - A object assigned to this . - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value returned from the after it is closed. - - - - Displays a with specific parameters and assigned flyout action. - - A Form that owns this . - A object assigned to this . - A FlyoutProperties object assigned to this . - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a object with a flyout action, flyout properies and predicate function assigned. - - A Form that owns this . - A object assigned to this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores this 's properties. - A Predicate that checks whether the can be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value, returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a that has an assigned flyout action and predicate function. - - A Form that owns this . - A object assigned to this . - A Predicate function that checks whether this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value, returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a with a flyout action and a specific control within. - - A Form that owns this . - A object assigned to this . - A Control displayed within this . - A DialogResult enumeration value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A String value that is the description. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A String value that is the description. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object associated with this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A Control displayed within this . - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a with specific settings. - - A Form that owns this . - A String value that is the caption. - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which button is the default one. A default button is considered as clicked when end-users press the Enter key as the pops up. - A enumeration value that this returns when closed. - - - - Displays a object with the target control within. - - A Form that owns this . - A Control displayed within this . - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value returned from the after it is closed. - - - - Displays a with a flyout action and a specific control within, using specific properties. - - A Form that owns the . - A Control displayed within this . - A object assigned to this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores advanced settings. - A DialogResult enumeration value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a with a flyout action and a specific control within, using specific properties and a related predicate function. - - A Form that owns the . - A Control displayed within this . - A object assigned to this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores advanced settings. - A Predicate function that checks whether this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumeration value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Shows this with the specific parameters set. - - A Form that owns this . - A Control displayed within this . - A assigned to this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores advanced settings. - A Predicate function that checks the DialogResult value, returned by this and depending on this, determines whether or not this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - true, if the should use the same background color as the flyoutControl assigned; otherwise, false. - A DialogResult enumerator value that specifies the way this is closed. - - - - Displays a with a flyout action and a specific control within, using a related predicate function. - - A Form that owns the . - A Control displayed within this . - A object assigned to this . - A Predicate function that checks whether this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumeration value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Shows a with specific properties and displayed content. - - A Form that owns the . - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores advanced settings. - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value, returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a object that displays a specific control and has the related predicate function. - - A Form that owns this . - A Control displayed within this . - A FlyoutProperties object that stores advanced settings. - A Predicate function that checks whether this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value returned from the after it was closed. - - - - Displays a with a specific control within and related to a predicate function. - - A Form that owns this . - A Control displayed within this . - A Predicate function that checks whether this can currently be closed. End-users cannot close the until this function returns true. - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the value returned from the after it is closed. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should use the same background color as the control displayed in it. - - true, if this should use the same background color as the control displayed within it; otherwise, false. - - - - Exposes properties that affect the Document Selector. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the Document Selector supports Glyph Skinning. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether or not the Document Selector supports Glyph Skinning. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Document Selector text blocks can be formatted using HTML tags. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether or not Document Selector text blocks can be formatted using HTML tags. - - - - Returns whether or not Document Selector text blocks can be formatted using HTML tags. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether or not Document Selector text blocks can be formatted using HTML tags. - - - - Returns whether or not the Document Selector can sort its items alphabetically. To do so, set the property to Alphabetical. - - true, if the Document Selector can sort its items alphabetically; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not the Document Selector can use a custom comparer to sort items. - - true, if the Document Selector can use a custom comparer to sort items; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not the Document Selector supports Glyph Skinning. - - true, if the Document Selector supports Glyph Skinning; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the string according to which the Document Selector formats its Document items' footers. - - A String value that is the format string applied to item footers. - - - - Gets or sets the string according to which the Document Selector formats its Document items' headers. - - A String value that is the format string applied to item headers. - - - - Gets or sets the string according to which the Document Selector formats its Document items' captions. - - A String value that is the format string applied to item captions. - - - - Gets or sets order in which Documents and dock panels appear inside the Document Selector. - - An ItemSortMode enumeration value that specifies the order in which Documents and dock panels appear inside the Document Selector. - - - - Gets or sets the string according to which the Document Selector formats its Panel items' footers. - - A String value that is the format string applied to item footers. - - - - Gets or sets the string according to which the Document Selector formats its Panel items' headers. - - A String value that is the format string applied to item headers. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the Document Selector shows previews of focused Documents and dock panels. - - true, if the preview is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides settings for a loading indicator, visible when the property equals DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - - Gets or sets the format string for a loading indicator text. - - A String value that formats loading indicator text. - - - - Gets or sets the minimal time duration for which the loading indicator is visible. - - An Int32 value that is the minimal time duration for which the loading indicator is visible. - - - - Provides properties that manage the behavior and appearance of a search bar within the Search Panel. - - - - - Gets or sets the way the clear button within this Search Panel is shown. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Customization.ClearButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies the way the clear button within this Search Panel is shown. - - - - Gets or sets the time span after which the search starts automatically. - - An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds to wait before the search starts automatically. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the Search Panel's search bar when this bar is empty. - - A String value that is the text displayed within the Search Panel's search bar when this bar is empty. - - - - Gets or sets whether the text should be displayed within the Search Panel's empty search bar. - - true, if the text should be displayed within the Search Panel's empty search bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the search bar within the Search Panel should display its text when this bar is focused. - - true, if the search bar within the Search Panel should display its text when this bar is focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the search bar within this Search Panel should display its 'Find' button. - - true, if the search bar within this Search Panel should display its 'Find' button; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides properties that customize the overall Search Panel behavior. - - - - - Gets or sets the Search Panel location. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Customization.SearchPanelAnchor enumerator value that specifies the Search Panel location. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Search Panel for this is enabled. - - true, if the Search Panel for this is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the keyboard shortcut that invokes the Search Panel. - - A KeyShortcut object that is the keyboard shortcut that invokes the Search Panel. - - - - Gets or sets the Search Panel width in pixels. - - An Int32 value that is the Search Panel width in pixels. - - - - Provides properties that specify the built-in splash screen. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings of the caption. - - An object that contains appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings of the description. - - An object that contains appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the splash screen's caption. - - A value that specifies the splash screen's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the caption and the description. - - A value that specifies the distance between the caption and the description. - - - - Gets or sets the splash screen's image. - - An object that specifies the splash screen's image. - - - - Gets or sets the image location. - - A value that specifies the image location. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the image and the caption. - - A value that specifies the distance between the image and the caption. - - - - Gets or sets the splash screen's description displayed next to the loading icon. - - A value that specifies the splash screen's description. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the splash screen's caption. - - true, to display the splash screen's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the splash screen's image. - - true, to display the splash screen's image; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the splash screen's description. - - true, to display the splash screen's description; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides properties for the "Windows" dialog. - - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the "Name" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - A String value that is the caption of the "Name" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the "Name" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - An Int32 value that is the width of the "Name" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the "Path" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - A String value that is the caption of the "Path" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the "Path" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - An Int32 value that is the width of the "Name" column within the "Windows" dialog. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the "Windows" dialog. - - A <,> structure that is the "Windows" dialog size. - - - - The component that allows you to implement tabbed, native MDI, Windows 10-inspired or Widget application UIs. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements . - - - - Activates the 's About dialog box. - - - - - Gets or sets the BarAndDockingController that will provide default appearance options for the 's elements. - - A object providing appearance options. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the area occupied by the . - - A structure which is the bounding rectangle of the . - - - - Returns information on an object located at the specified position. - - A test point where a target element is located. - A BaseViewHitInfo descendant that contains information on an object located at the specified position. - - - - Gets or sets a client control to the current , switching it to the Non-Document Mode. - - A Control assigned to the current as a client control. - - - - Converts client coordinates to screen coordinates. - - A point whose screen coordinates are to be calculated. - Screen coordinates of the specified point. - - - - Gets or sets a control that contains the current within. - - A System.Windows.Forms.ContainerControl that contains the current within. - - - - Creates a object for the current . - - The enumerator value specifying the type of view created. - The object created. - - - - Gets a that belongs to the same container as the current . - - A object. - - - - Occurs whenever a Document within this is activated. - - - - - Gets or sets which Documents a Document Selector will display. - - A DocumentActivationScope enumerator value that specifies which Documents a Document Selector will display. - - - - Forces the control to finish its initialization. - - - - - Gets a hosted within the specific container and control. - - An IContainer object from which a DocumentManager has to be obtained. - A Control that stores a DocumentManager to be obtained. - A hosted within the specific container and control. - - - - Gets a hosted within the specific control. - - A Control from which a object is to be obtained. - A object hosted within the specific control. - - - - Retrieves a component from the target control. - - A Control from which to retrieve a component. - true, to search for the component not only among the target control's children, but on its parent form as well; otherwise, false. - true, to search for the component among all children owned by the target control; otherwise, false. - A retrieved component. - - - - Returns a document that displays the specified control/dock panel/form. - - A control displayed by the required object. - A object that is a document displaying the specified control. - - - - Provides access to the collection of images that can be associated with documents. - - An object that specifies an image collection. - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the (adds it to the update region that will be repainted during the next paint operation), and causes a paint message to be sent to the . - - - - - Invalidates the specified region occupied by the DocumentManager (adds it to the update region that will be repainted during the next paint operation), and causes a paint message to be sent to the DocumentManager. - - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that is the region to be invalidated. - - - - Gets if a document selector for this is currently visible. - - true if a document selector is currently visible; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of Document thumbnails within the Windows Task Bar for this . - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of Document thumbnails within the Windows Task Bar for this . - - - - Gets or sets the parent MDI form. - - The parent MDI form. - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the 's popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the 's popup menus. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether Bar Managers and Ribbon Controls from this 's child Documents should be automatically merged to Bars and Ribbons in the main application form. - - A RibbonAndBarsMergeStyle enumerator value that specifies whether child Bar Managers and Ribbon Controls should be automatically merged to Bars and Ribbons in the main application form. - - - - Gets or sets whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - - - Converts the screen coordinates of a specified point on the screen to client-area coordinates. - - A Point structure that is the screen coordinates to be converted to the screen to client-area coordinates. - A Point structure that specifies coordinates of a specified point on the screen to client-area coordinates. - - - - Gets or sets whether thumbnails for the Documents within this should be displayed in Windows Task Bar. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether thumbnails for the Documents within this should be displayed in Windows Task Bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip should be displayed when the mouse pointer is over headers. - - true to display tooltips; otherwise, false. The default is true. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Documents owned by this can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Controls.SnapMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not Documents can stick to each other, parent forms or screen edges. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of hints displayed for the current . - - The component controlling the appearance and behavior of hints displayed for the current . - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a View object that displays child forms(or controls) in a specific manner. - - A descendant that displays child forms(or controls) in a specific manner. - - - - Occurs after the has switched to another view. - - - - - Occurs when the current changes its active view and allows you to respond to these changes before they are applied. - - - - - Provides access to a collection of descendants that can be used within the . - - A collection of descendants that can be used within the . - - - - Exposes base button properties. - - - - - Contains classes that form the infrastructure of the component. - - - - - The base class for documents within a . - - - - - Returns the currently displayed document image. - - An Image object that is the currently displayed document image. - - - - Gets or sets the document's caption. - - A string that specifies the document's caption. - - - - Gets the control displayed within the current document. - - The control displayed within the current document. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a control that will be passed to the current Document as content. - - A String value specifying the name of a control that will be passed to the current Document as content. - - - - Gets or sets the type of a control that will be passed to the current Document as content. - - A String value specifying the type of a control that will be passed to the current Document as content. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's top left corner coordinates according to which the document will be arranged when made floating. - - A Point structure that specifies a floating document's position. - - - - Gets or sets the size that the current will gain when made floating. - - A Size value that specifies the floating document's size. - - - - Gets or sets the current document's footer. - - A String value that is the current document's footer. - - - - Gets the form that displays the document's contents when the document is floating. - - A Form descendant that displays the document's contents when the document is floating. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the current document's header. - - A String value that is the current document's header. - - - - Gets or sets the image associated with the current document. - - The image associated with the current document. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection. - - A zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this document. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.BaseDocumentImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets or sets an image stored within the DevExpress Image Gallery that should be assigned to this . - - A DxImageUri object that stores the uniform resource identifier (URI) for the required glyph. - - - - Gets whether the document is active. - - true if the document is active; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets if the current is loaded in the Deferred Load mode. - - true if the current is loaded in the Deferred Load mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets if the current document displays a . - - true if the current document displays a ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the document is enabled. - - true if the document is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the document is floating. - - true if the document is floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the is currently maximized. - - true, if the is currently maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the document is visible. - - true if the document is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a that owns the current document. - - A object that owns the current document. - - - - Provides access to the current document's properties. - - An object that contains the current document's properties. - - - - Resets settings of the object to their default values. - - - - - Returns whether settings of the object should be serialized. - - true if settings of the object should be serialized.; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - The base class for Views in a . - - - - - Activates the document that displays the specified control. - - A Control object displayed by a target document. - - - - Gets the active document. - - A object that is the active document. - - - - Gets the active floating document. - - A object that is the active floating document. - - - - Adds an empty Document with specified and properties to the current View. - - A String value that is the newly created Document's . - A String value that is the newly created Document's property value. - A object created. - - - - Adds a Document containing the specific control as content to the current . - - A Control object, stored within the newly added document as its content. - A Document added to the current . - - - - Creates a new floating document that will display the specified control/form. - - A Control descendant to be displayed within the newly created document. - A newly created object. - - - - Creates the floating document that hosts the target control and is displayed at the given position. - - The floating document content. - The floating document display location. - The document created by this method. - - - - Creates a floating document that hosts the target control, has the required size, and is displayed in the given location. - - The floating document content. - The floating document display location. - The floating document size. - The document created by this method. - - - - Creates a documents host window that contains the specified document. This method is in effect in the DocumentsHost mode. - - A that should be contained in the created documents host window. - true, if a documents host window is successfully created; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a floating documents host (container) that will contain the specific objects collection. - - A objects collection that stores Documents hosted within the newly created floating documents container. - true, if a floating documents host was successfully added; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a documents host window that contains a newly created document wrapping the specified control. This method is in effect in the DocumentsHost mode. - - A Control that should be wrapped by the newly created document residing in the created documents host window. - true, if a documents host window is successfully created; otherwise, false. - - - - Activates an existing document that contains the specific control. If no such document was found, a new document is created and added to this View. - - A Predicate that retrieves an existing document. - A Function that retrieves a control. This control will be placed within a newly created document of the match predicate returns nothing. - A BaseDocument class descendant that is the activated or created document. - - - - Gets or sets whether switching between tabbed documents using keyboard shortcuts is allowed. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether switching between tabbed documents using keyboard shortcuts is allowed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's layout can be reset to default. - - true if the current 's layout can be reset to default; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains appearance settings for the current View. - - An that contains appearance settings for the current View. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's background image. - - An Image object specifying the current 's background image. - - - - Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. - - An enumeration value specifying the background image layout. - - - - Gets or sets stretching margins for a 's background image in a View. - - A nullable System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure specifying stretching margins for a 's background image. - - - - Allows you to cancel docking a document onto the current control. - - - - - Occurs whenever a Floating Documents Container starts docking to this . - - - - - Fires when an end-user starts to drag a docked document, so that it is transformed into a floating window. - - - - - Occurs when a resizing of the current View's layout begins. - - - - - Gets the visual bounds of the current object. - - A Rectangle object that specifies the bounds of the current object. - - - - Provides methods to work with documents in the current View. - - An object that provides methods to work with the current View's documents. - - - - Occurs after a control has been loaded to a Document within this . - - - - - Fires after the previously selected document is disposed. - - - - - Occurs when a document is deselected and allows you to unbind the document from its content and dispose of the content. This event is in effect in Deferred Load mode. - - - - - Fires when an empty document is loaded and displayed. - - - - - Fired before a host container for floating documents is created, allowing you to create your own custom floating document container. - - - - - Occurs when the current View's background becomes visible to an end-user. - - - - - Gets or sets the resize zone thickness. - - An Int32 value that is the resize zone thickness. - - - - Fires when the View's property changes. - - - - - Fires when a new document is added to the current View. - - - - - Fires after a document has been closed. - - - - - Fires when a document is about to be closed. - - - - - Fires when a document is deactivated. - - - - - Provides access to properties common to all documents within the current View. - - An object that contains settings common to all documents within the current View. - - - - Fires when a document is removed from the collection. - - - - - Stores all documents displayed within the View. - - A BaseDocumentCollection object that stores all documents displayed within the View. - - - - Allows you to manually sort documents and dock panels displayed within the Document Selector. - - - - - Fires when a document selector is closed. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used for a Document Selector within the current view. - - An IBaseDocumentSelectorProperties object containing appearance settings used for a Document Selector within the current view. - - - - Fires when a document selector is displayed. - - - - - Fires when the last floating document in the documents host window is closed or the control it contains is disposed, allowing you to specify whether to keep open the empty documents host window. - - - - - Fires after a document has been docked to the control. - - - - - Occurs when a Floating Document Container with all its child Documents is docked to a View. - - - - - Fires after an end-user drops a floating document. - - - - - Occurs when resizing the current View's layout is complete. - - - - - Provides access to floating documents. - - A FloatDocumentCollection that stores floating documents. - - - - Fires when a docked document becomes floating. - - - - - Gets or sets a type of container for floating documents within the current . - - A FloatingDocumentContainer enumerator value that specifies the type of container for floating documents within the current . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when focus is moved to any document within the current View. - - - - - Gets if a document selector for this is currently visible. - - true if a document selector is currently visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether a View is empty. - - true if the View doesn't contain any documents; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether any document within the current View has focus. - - true if any document within the current View has focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current object has been loaded. - - true if the current object has been loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current object is being loaded. - - true if the current object is being loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether loading indicator animation is currently running within this View. - - true, if loading indicator animation is currently running within this View; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs whenever the current 's layout is being modified. - - - - - Fires after a 's layout was reset. - - - - - Occurs when the current 's layout is to be reset. - - - - - Occurs after a layout whose version doesn't match the current layout's version has been loaded from storage (a stream, xml file or system registry). - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used for a loading indicator within the current . - - An ILoadingIndicatorProperties object that contains settings used for a loading indicator within the current . - - - - Occurs when the loading indicator is shown within this . - - - - - Fires when focus is moved from the current View's document to any external control (for instance, to an external ). - - - - - Gets a that owns the current View. - - A that owns the current View. - - - - Fires when an end-user tries to switch to the next or previous document by pressing CTRL+TAB or CTRL+SHIFT+TAB. - - - - - Gets the object containing properties related to the current View's layout. - - An OptionsLayout object that contains properties related to the current View's layout. - - - - Occurs when the is redrawn. - - - - - Fires when a context menu is about to be displayed. - - - - - Occurs when a document is to be displayed and allows you to assign content to this document. This event is in effect in Deferred Load mode. - - - - - Fires when a document is made floating and provides access to the created documents host window. This allows subscribing its DocumentManager to existing event handlers. This event is in effect in the DocumentsHost mode. - - - - - Disposes a specific deferred load Document within the current View. - - A object, loaded using the Deferred Load feature, which is to be disposed. - - - - Fires the event with the specified parameter for the specified document. - - A object for which the event should be fired. - true, to cancel the release and keep the document content; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires the event with the specified parameters for the specified document. - - A object for which the event should be fired. - true, to cancel releasing and keep the document content; otherwise, false. - true, to dispose the document content; otherwise, false. - - - - Disposes all deferred load Documents within the current view. - - - - - Fires the event with the specified parameter for all documents with unreleased content in the current . - - true, to cancel releasing and keep the document content; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires the event with the specified parameters for all documents with unreleased content in the current . - - true, to cancel releasing and keep the document content; otherwise, false. - true, to dispose the document content; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes a document whose property's value matches the specified control object. - - A control used to identify the target document. - - - - Restores the current layout of documents from the specified system registry path. - - A string value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - - - - Restores the current layout of documents from a stream. - - A stream where a layout is stored. - - - - Restores the View layout from a binary or text stream. - - A Stream that keeps the View layout. - true, to restore layout from a binary stream; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads a View layout stored as XML data in a specific stream. - - A Stream that stores a View layout. - - - - Restores the current layout of documents from an XML file. - - An XML file where a layout is stored. - - - - Saves the layout of documents to the specified system registry path. - - The registry path to which to save the layout of documents. - - - - Saves the layout of documents to a stream. - - A stream where the layout will be stored. - - - - Saves the current View layout in a binary or text stream. - - A Stream that should keep the current View layout. - true, to save the View layout as binary data ; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the current View layout as XML data to a specific stream. - - A Stream where the current View layout is to be saved. - - - - Saves the layout of documents to an XML file. - - An XML file where the layout will be stored. - - - - Allows you to hide and disable individual dock hints. - - - - - Gets or sets the View style. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.DockingViewStyle enumeration value that specifies the View style. - - - - Gets the text representation of the object. - - A string representation of the object. - - - - Gets the current View's type. - - A value that specifies the current View's type. - - - - Fires when a documents host window is closed and allows you to unsubscribe event handlers from its DocumentManager. - - - - - Gets or sets if a Document Selector is enabled for the current Document Manager. - - A value specifying if a Document Selector is enabled for the current Document Manager - - - - Gets or sets if a loading indicator for deferred load should be used. - - true if a loading indicator for a deferred load should be used; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this uses snapping emulation for its child documents. - - A DefaultBoolean enumeration value that specifies whether or not this uses snapping emulation for its child documents. - - - - Gets an object containing settings related to the current 's Windows dialog. - - An IWindowsDialogProperties object that contains settings related to the current 's Windows dialog. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - A object related to the newly created . - true, if the document's content should be kept after this document is deselected; otherwise, false. - true if the detached document's content should be destroyed; otherwise, false. Takes effect only if the keepControl parameter equals false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a content object should be disposed of after it has been unbound from a document. - - true if a content object should be destroyed after it has been unbound from a document; otherwise, false. The default is true. - - - - Gets or sets whether a deselected Document's content should be kept. - - true if the Document's content should be kept; false to unbind a content. - - - - A method that will handle the event. - - The event source. The that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - The object that is the currently processed button. The value is assigned to the property. - The object. The value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the clicked button. - - The currently processed . - - - - Gets the selected document. - - The selected . - - - - The method that handles the event. - - The event source. Identifies the object that raised the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Provides data for Deferred Load events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the object with specific settings. - - A Document that owns the created object. - A Control that is the document's content. - - - - Gets the current Document's content. - - A Control that is the current Document's content. - - - - A method that will handle events that take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. The that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified document. - - The to be closed. The value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance with the specified document and the cancel parameter. - - The . The value is assigned to the property. - true if the selected document will not be closed; otherwise, false. - - - - The Document related to the current event. - - A related to the current event. - - - - The method that handles the event. - - The event source. Identifies the descendant that raised the event. - A object that contains the event data. - - - - Provides base data for all Deferred Load Document events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the object with specific settings. - - A Document that owns the created . - - - - Points to the document related to the current event. - - A BaseDocument related to the current event. - - - - A method that will handle events that take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. The that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Contains values that specify how floating documents are hosted. - - - - - A Default value. Acts identically to the SingleDocument value. - - - - - Floating documents are hosted within a float document container capable of containing multiple documents. You can drag documents to dock them into a floating container. - - - - - Floating documents are hosted within independent containers and cannot be docked to each other. - - - - - Contains a single document's properties accessible via the object. - - - - - Gets the thumbnail caption format currently used by this document. - - A String value that is the thumbnail caption format currently used by this document. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document can be activated. - - A value that specifies whether the document can be activated. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document can be closed. - - A value that specifies whether the document can be closed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document can be docked. - - A value that specifies whether the document can be docked - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document can be made floating. - - A value that specifies whether the document can be made floating. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document's icon should be painted with this document's foreground color. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the current document's icon should be painted with this document's foreground color. - - - - Gets whether the current document can be activated. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the document can be activated. - - - - Gets whether the current document can be closed. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the document can be closed. - - - - Gets whether the current document can be docked. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the document can be docked. - - - - Gets whether the current document can be made floating. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the document can be made floating. - - - - Gets whether a corresponding form's icon is used as the current document's image. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether a corresponding form's icon is used as a document's image. - - - - Gets whether this Document currently supports the Glyph Skinning feature. - - true, if this Document currently supports the Glyph Skinning feature; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a corresponding form's icon is used as the current document's image. - - A value that specifies whether a corresponding form's icon is used as a document's image. - - - - Contains properties common to all documents within a . - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current View's documents can be activated. - - true if the current View's document can be activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current View's documents can be closed. - - true if the current View's document can be closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current View's documents can be docked. - - true if the current View's documents can be docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current View's documents can be made floating. - - true if the current View's documents can be made floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether all Documents within the current View should have their icons painted in the Documents' foreground colors. - - true, if all Documents within the current View should have their icons painted in the Documents' foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether underlying forms' icons are applied to the current View's documents. - - true if underlying forms' icons are applied to the current View's documents; otherwise, false. - - - - An object that implements operations common to all types of documents. - - - - - Activates the specified document. - - A to be activated. - true if the document has been activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds the specified document to a View. - - A to be added to the View. - true if the document has been added to the View; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes and destroys the specified document and its contents. - - A object to be closed. - true if the document has been closed and destroyed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes all currently opened documents within the . - - true, if one or more documents have been closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes all documents except the specified document. - - A that must not be destroyed. - true if the method was successfully completed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes all documents hosted in both the current View itself and all floating document containers. - - true, if documents were successfully closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified to a View, displaying the panel as a tab. - - A object to be docked to a View. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified document to a View. - - A object to be docked to a View. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Performs a simple operation within the current View. - - A BaseViewControllerCommand object that is the command to be performed. - An object that is the command's target. - true, if the command was successfully performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Makes a docked float. - - A that is to be undocked. - true, if the target DockPanel was successfully undocked; otherwise, false. - - - - Makes the specified document floating. - - A to be made floating. - true if the specified document was made floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Makes the specified document floating at the specified location. - - A to be made floating. - A Point where the document will be displayed floating. - true if the specified document was made floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Makes the specified document floating at the specified location, with the specified size. - - A to be made floating. - A Point where the document will be displayed floating. - A Size value that specifies the floating document's size. - true if the specified document was made floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Undocks all tabbed s contained within the current View. - - true, if Documents were successfully undocked; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets the commands collection owned by the target View. - - A BaseView object whose commands are to be obtained. - An IEnumerable structure that stores the View's commands. - - - - Gets a View that owns this Document. - - A BaseDocument object whose parent View is to be obtained. - A BaseView that owns the target Document. - - - - Gets a that the current controller operates on. - - A object. - - - - Removes the specified document from the collection. - - A object to be removed. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Resets the current 's layout to default. - - - - - Displays a context menu for the specified document at the specified position. - - A document for which a menu will be displayed. - A point where a context menu will be displayed. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a View's context menu at the specified position. - - A point where a context menu will be displayed. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Shows a dialog with all documents currently opened within a view. - - - - - Provides access to the View that owns the current . - - A BaseView object that owns the current . - - - - Contains classes that encapsulate a native MDI for a component. - - - - - A document within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified properties. - - A object that contains settings used to initialize the newly created document. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements . - - - - Gets or sets whether this individual document should blend its caption fore color. - - true, if this individual document should blend its caption fore color; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the appearance settings, applied to this document's caption when the document is active. - - An object that stores appearance settings applied to this document's caption when the document is active. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to this 's caption while this document remains inactive. - - An object that stores appearance settings applied to this 's caption while this document remains inactive. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the area occupied by the current . - - A Rectangle structure that is the bounding rectangle of the area occupied by the current . - - - - Gets whether the current is maximized. - - true, if the current is maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the current document's properties. - - An IDocumentDefaultProperties object that contains the current document's properties. - - - - An object that implements operations on a 's documents. - - - - - Arranges all icons at the bottom of a . - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Cascades documents. - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Maximizes the target . - - A to be maximized. - true, if the Document was successfully maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Minimizes all documents to icons. - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Discards the Maximize operation for the target and restores this Document's original size. - - A to be restored down. - true, if the Document was successfully restored down; otherwise, false. - - - - Restores minimized documents. - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Tiles documents horizontally. - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Tiles documents vertically. - - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Presents MDI child windows as a native MDI. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements . - - - - Gets whether all documents are minimized to icons. - - true if all documents are minimized to icons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the document caption text's fore color should be mixed with its backcolor. - - true, if the document caption text's fore color should be mixed with its backcolor; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint document captions when these documents are active. Affects all documents within this . - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint document captions when these documents are active. - - - - Provides access to settings that customize the regular document caption's appearance. These settings affect all documents in this . - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint the regular document caption's appearance. - - - - Provides methods to work with documents in the current View. - - An object that provides methods to work with the current View's documents. - - - - Provides access to properties common to all documents within the current View. - - An IDocumentProperties object that contains settings common to all documents within the current View. - - - - Gets whether a minimized document exists. - - true if a minimized document exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether any document is maximized. - - true if any document is maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the type of the current View. - - The value. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class associated with a specific document. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the content of the document that raised the current event. - - A Control that is the current document's content. - - - - The method that will handle the event. - - The event source. A that raised the related event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides members that specify Bar and Ribbon Controls merging within a component. - - - - - Bar and Ribbon controls in child Documents will merge to Bar and Ribbon controls in a parent application form whenever it's possible. - - - - - Ribbon/Bar merging is managed by the s/s themselves, rather than the Document Manager. - - - - - Bar and Ribbon controls in child Documents will always be merged, unless these Documents are floating. - - - - - Contains classes that encapsulate a tabbed UI for a component. - - - - - A document within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified properties. - - A object that contains settings used to initialize the newly created document. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements . - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for the current . - - A TabbedViewPageAppearance object that contains appearance settings for the current . - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set and customize raster and vector images. - - A DocumentImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets if a 's tab icon is currently animated. - - true if a 's tab icon is currently animated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current document is selected in the group where it is displayed. - - true if the current document is selected within its group; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the current 's selected state has changed. - - - - - Gets the group where the current document is displayed. - - A DocumentGroup object that owns the current document. - - - - Occurs when the current changes its parent . - - - - - Gets or sets whether the is currently pinned. - - true if ; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the current document's properties. - - An object that implements the and interfaces - - - - Starts a 's icon animation. - - - - - Stops icon animation for the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current control. - - A object associated with the control. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's content. - - A string which specifies the text content of a regular tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon. - - A enumeration value. The default is ToolTipIconType.None. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title. - - A System.String value which specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - A group of s within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that contains settings used to initialize the newly created document. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements a . - - - - Returns whether any within the current contains the specified Control. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Control object to test. - true if any within the current contains the specified Control; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this after or below the target . - - A to which this has to be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether this should be docked after the target or below it. - - - - Docks this to the target using the required orientation and order. - - A to which this has to be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether the affected groups should be arranged vertically or horizontally. - true, if this should be placed after (below for the vertical orientation) the target group; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this next to the target using the desired position and orientation. - - A next to which this should be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether this should be docked to the target vertically or horizontally. - An Int32 value that specifies the group order. - - - - Gets or sets the width/height of the current group. This property is in effect when there are multiple groups in the collection. - - The width/height of the current group. - - - - Gets whether the group contains the maximum possible number of documents. - - true if the group contains the maximum possible number of documents; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to documents displayed within the current group. This property is hidden from VS intellisense for safety reasons. Use this property only to access items in the collection. Do not add or remove items via the Items property. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Gets a that owns the current group. - - A object that owns the current group. - - - - Provides access to the current document group's properties. - - An object that contains the current document group's properties. - - - - Gets the currently selected document. - - A object that is the currently selected document. - - - - Gets the index of the currently selected document within the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the index of the currently selected document within the collection. - - - - Occurs when document selection within the current changes. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A to be selected. - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a tab page header within the current to activate a corresponding . - - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Fires whenever the current 's visibility changes. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is visible. - - A Boolean value indicating whether the current is visible. - - - - Contains properties for documents within a . - - - - - Gets the current tab header's width for the current . - - An Int32 value specifying the current tab header's width for the current s. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether image animation is allowed for the current Document's tab. - - A value that specifies whether image animation is allowed for the current Document's tab. Default value means a document will act according to its parent view's property value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current floating document can be docked as a tab. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the current floating document can be docked as a tab - - - - Gets or sets whether the current document can be made floating with a double click on the document header. - - The DefaultBoolean value that specifies whether the current document can be made floating with a double click on the document header. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current can be pinned. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value specifying whether the current can be pinned. The DefaultBoolean.Default value acts identically to the DefaultBoolean.False value. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this current document can be reordered within its parent when docked to this group as a tab. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this current document can be reordered within its parent when docked to this group as a tab. - - - - Gets if a 's tab icon can be animated. - - true if a 's tab icon can be animated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current floating document can be docked as a tab. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the current floating document can be docked as a tab. - - - - Gets whether the current document can be made floating with a double click on the document header. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the document can be made floating with a double click on the document header. - - - - Gets whether the current can be pinned. - - true if the current can be pinned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this document can be reordered within its parent . - - true, if this document can be reordered within its parent ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current can be displayed within a Document Selector. - - true, if the current can be displayed within a Document Selector; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current can display its Pin Button. - - true if the current can display its Pin Button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tab header's width for individual s. - - An Int32 value specifying the tab header's width for individual s. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should be displayed within a Document Selector. - - true, if the current should be displayed within a Document Selector; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Pin Button should be displayed in the current 's tab header. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the Pin Button should be displayed in the current 's tab header. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the current 's tab. - - A <,> value specifying the width of the current 's tab. - - - - Gets or sets the format of a text, displayed within this document's thumbnail in a Windows task bar. - - A String value that is the format of a text, displayed within this document's thumbnail in a Windows task bar. - - - - Contains properties for an individual document group. - - - - - Returns whether or not all documents that belong to this are currently allowed to format their captions by using HTML tags. - - true, if documents can format their captions by using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the value that determines the actual way the Close buttons are displayed in the current document group. - - A value that determines the actual way the Close buttons are displayed in the current document group. - - - - Gets the actual value that determines if tabs in the current document group will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - The actual value that determines if tabs in the current document group will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - - - Gets the actual value that determines if the current document group will be destroyed after removing all of its children. - - true if the current document group will be destroyed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are actually stretched to fill the entire width of the group. - - True, if tabs are stretched to fill the entire width of the group; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets the current conditions that specify when tab buttons within a 's tab header panel are displayed. - - A TabButtonShowMode enumerator value that indicates the current conditions that specify when tab buttons within a 's tab header panel are displayed. - - - - Gets the value that specifies the actual header position of the current document group. - - A value that specifies the actual header position of the current document group. - - - - Gets the value that specifies the actual header orientation for the current document group. - - A value that specifies the actual header orientation for the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets the actual maximum number of documents in the current document group. - - An integer value that is the actual maximum number of documents in the current document group. - - - - Gets whether tabs are actually displayed in multiple or single lines. - - true, if tabs are actually displayed in multiple lines; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the actual alignment of images displayed in document tabs that belong to the current group. - - The value that is the actual alignment of images displayed in document tabs that belong to the current group. - - - - Gets which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - A PinPageButtonShowMode enumerator value that indicates which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all documents that belong to this can format their captions by using HTML tags. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether or not documents can utilize HTML tags to format their captions. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines the way the Close buttons are displayed in the current document group. - - A value that determines the way the Close buttons are displayed in the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if tabs in the current document group will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - A value that determines if tabs in the current document group will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - - - Provides access to a custom header button collection displayed in the current document group. - - A displayed in the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if the current document group will be destroyed after removing all of its children. - - A DefaultBoolean value that determines if the current document group will be destroyed after removing all of its children. - - - - Gets a list of objects displayed in the current document group. - - A list of objects displayed in the current document group. - - - - Gets tab buttons, currently displayed within individual s' tab header panels. - - A TabButtons enumerator value that indicates which tab buttons are currently displayed within individual s' tab header panels. - - - - Gets if a document selector button is enabled for the current . - - true if a document selector button is enabled for the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the value that determines if a tab header is actually shown in the current document group. - - true if a tab header is actually shown in the current document group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are stretched to fill the entire width of the group. - - True if tabs are stretched to fill the entire width of the group; False if not; Default uses the setting. - - - - Gets or sets which tab buttons can be displayed within the current 's tab header panel. - - A TabButton enumerator value that specifies which tab buttons can be displayed within the current 's tab header panel. - - - - Gets or sets when tab buttons are displayed within the current 's tab header panel. - - A TabButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies when tab buttons are displayed within the current 's tab header panel. The Default value acts in the same way as the WhenNeeded value. - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies the current document group's header position. - - A nullable value that specifies the current document group's header position. - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies the header orientation for the current document group. - - A value that specifies the header orientation for the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of documents in the current document group. - - The nullable value that is the maximum number of documents in the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are displayed in multiple or single lines. - - True if tabs are displayed in multiple lines; False if not; Default uses the setting. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of images displayed in document tabs that belong to the current group. - - The value that is the alignment of images displayed in document tabs that belong to the current group. - - - - Gets or sets which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - A PinPageButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - - - Gets or sets if a document selector button should be displayed within the individual . - - A enumeration value that specifies if a document selector button should be displayed within the individual document group. The DefaultBoolean.Default value acts as DefaultBoolean.True. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if a tab header is shown in the current document group. - - A DefaultBoolean value that determines if a tab header is shown in the current document group. - - - - Gets or sets the width of tabs within the current . - - An value specifying the width of tabs within the current . - - - - Contains common document group properties. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any document that belongs to a can format its caption by using HTML tags. - - true, if documents can format their captions by using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines the way the Close buttons are displayed in document groups. - - A value that determines the way the Close buttons are displayed in document groups. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if tabs in document groups will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - A value that determines if tabs in document groups will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - - - Provides access to a custom header button collection displayed in document groups. - - A displayed in document groups. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if document groups will be destroyed after removing all of their children. - - true if document groups will be destroyed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are stretched to fill the entire width of the groups. - - True if tabs are stretched to fill the entire width of the groups; False if not; by Default, the behavior depends on the setting. - - - - Gets or sets which tab buttons can be displayed within all s' tab header panels. - - A TabButton enumerator value that specifies which tab buttons can be displayed within all s' tab header panels. - - - - Gets or sets when tab buttons are displayed within all s' tab header panels. - - A TabButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies when tab buttons are displayed within all s' tab header panels. The Default value acts in the same way as the WhenNeeded value. - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies the document group's header position. - - A value that specifies the document group's header position. - - - - Gets or sets the value that specifies the header orientation for document groups. - - A value that specifies the header orientation for document groups. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of documents in document groups. - - The integer value that is the maximum number of documents in document groups. - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are displayed in multiple or single lines. - - true, if tabs are displayed in multiple lines; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the default alignment of images displayed in document tabs. - - The value that is the default alignment of images displayed in document tabs. - - - - Gets or sets which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - A PinPageButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies which tab headers within the current should display their Pin Buttons. - - - - Gets or sets if a document selector button should be displayed within all s. - - true if a document selector button should be displayed within all document groups; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if tab headers are shown in document groups. - - true if tab headers are shown in document groups; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains properties common to documents within a . - - - - - Gets or sets if a tab icon's animation is allowed for all Documents within a . - - true if a tab icon's animation is allowed for all Documents within a ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether floating documents in the current View can be docked as tabs. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current Tabbed View's documents can be made floating with a double click on document headers. - - true, if the current Tabbed View's documents can be made floating with a double click on document headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether any within the current can be pinned. - - true if any within the current can be pinned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any document within this can be reordered within its parent . - - true, if any document within this can be reordered within its parent ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tab header's width for all s within a . - - An Int32 value specifying the tab header's width for all s within a . - - - - Gets or sets whether s within the current should be displayed in a Document Selector. - - true, if s within the current should be displayed in a Document Selector; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether Pin Buttons should be displayed in tab headers of the current 's s. - - true if Pin Buttons should be displayed in tab headers of the current 's s; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the width of tabs within the current . - - An value specifying the width of all tabs within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the format of a text, displayed within document thumbnails in a Windows task bar. - - A String value that is the format of a text, displayed within document thumbnails in a Windows task bar. - - - - An object that implements operations on a 's documents. - - - - - Closes all s except for pinned ones. - - true if the method was successfully completed; otherwise, false. - - - - Appends a new group to the View and displays the specified document in this group. - - A to be displayed in the newly created group. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Appends a new group to the View and displays the specified document in this group. The method allows you to change the orientation of document groups within a . - - A to be displayed in the newly created group. - An Orientation value that is assigned to the View's property. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new group that will display the specified document. The group will be added at the specified position among other groups. The method allows you to change the orientation of document groups within a . - - A to be displayed in the newly created group. - An Orientation value that is assigned to the View's property. - A zero-based index at which the new document group is added among other document groups. - true, if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified to the specified group, displaying the panel as a tab. - - A object to be docked. - A object where the dock panel should be docked. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified to the specified group at a specific position, displaying the panel as a tab. - - A object to be docked. - A object where the panel should be docked. - An integer value that specifies the index at which the panel will be docked. The visual order of documents and panels within a group is specified by the property. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified document to the specified group. - - A object to be docked. - A object where the document should be docked. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specified document to the specified group at a specific position. - - A object to be docked. - A object where the document should be docked. - An integer value that specifies the index at which the document will be docked. The visual order of documents within a group is specified by the property. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks all currently floating documents as tabs. - - - - - Floats all tabs that belong to the same as the target document. - - A Document whose neighboring tabs should be undocked. - true, if tabs were successfully undocked; otherwise, false. - - - - Floats all tabs that belong to the target . - - A whose child tabs are to be undocked. - true, if documents were undocked successfully; otherwise, false. - - - - Moves the specified document to the specified visual position among other documents. - - A to be moved. - A zero-based integer value that specifies the document's new position among other documents. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Moves the current document to the previous or next document group. - - A object to be moved to the next/previous group. - true to move a document to the next group; false to move a document to the previous group. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the specific to the main . - - A Document to be docked to the Document Group. - true, if docking was successfully performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Selects the specified document (without moving focus to it). - - A to be selected. - true if the operation was a success; otherwise, false. - - - - Selects a neighboring the currently selected one. - - A boolean value specifying the selection direction. - true if the document selection was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a context menu for the specified document group at the specified position. - - A document group for which a menu will be displayed. - A point where a context menu will be displayed. - true if the operation was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a Document Selector Menu for a specific . - - A for which a Document Selector Menu is to be shown. - true, if a Document Selector Menu was successfully displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Presents MDI child windows as a tabbed UI. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements . - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for all s within the current . - - A TabbedViewPageAppearance object that contains appearance setting for the current . - - - - Provides methods to work with documents in the current View. - - An object that provides methods to work with the current View's documents. - - - - Fires when a custom header button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to properties common to all document groups within the current View. - - An object that contains settings common to all document groups within the current View. - - - - Provides access to a collection of document groups. - - A DocumentGroupCollection object. - - - - Occurs when a in the is pinned. - - - - - Provides access to properties common to all documents within the current View. - - An object that contains settings common to all documents within the current View. - - - - Occurs when a in the is unpinned. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not documents within this can be grouped into s without limitations. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not documents within this can be grouped into s without limitations. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not sticky splitters are on. - - true, if sticky splitters are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns true if the property is set to Horizontal. - - true if the property is set to Horizontal; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether groups in the are oriented horizontally or vertically. - - An Orientation value that specifies whether groups in the are oriented horizontally or vertically. - - - - Fires when the property's value is changed. - - - - - Retrieves the underlying DockingContainer owned by this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.Tabbed.DockingContainer object that is the root container owned by this . - - - - Sets visibility options common for multiple s. - - An IEnumerable<DocumentGroup> object that contains s whose visibility is to be set. - A Boolean value specifying whether target s should be made visible. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user has to press a keyboard Shift key in order to display Dock Guides when dragging a within the current . - - true if an end-user has to press a keyboard Shift key in order to display Dock Guides when dragging a within the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can invoke the Document Selector Menu via the Ctrl+Alt+Down shortcut. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether an end-user can invoke the Document Selector Menu via the Ctrl+Alt+Down shortcut. - - - - Starts icon animation within all documents. - - - - - Stops animation of icons within all documents. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a tab page header within the current to activate a corresponding . - - - - - Gets the type of the current View. - - The value. - - - - This object provides appearance settings for Tabbed View documents. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IPageAppearanceProvider object associated with the newly created object. - - - - Provides access to default appearance settings of document headers. - - A object that stores default appearance settings of document headers. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to headers of active documents. - - A object that stores appearance settings applied to headers of disabled documents. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to headers of disabled documents. - - A object that stores appearance settings applied to headers of disabled documents. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to document headers when end-users hover over them. - - A object that stores apperance settings applied to document headers when end-users hover over them. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to headers of selected documents. - - A object that stores appearance settings applied to headers of selected documents. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the central client area of documents. - - A object that stores appearance settings applied to the central client area of documents. - - - - Resets all document appearance settings to their default values. - - - - - Returns the textual representation of this object. - - A String value that is the textual representation of this object. - - - - Contains values that specify how child MDI windows are represented within a . - - - - - Child MDI windows are displayed as floating windows within a container. - - - - - The DocumentManager is in the Non-Document Mode. - - - - - Child MDI windows are displayed as tabs. - - - - - The DocumentManager is in the Widget View mode. - - - - - The Document Manager is in the WindowsUI View mode. - - - - - Contains classes implementing the functionality of the . - - - - - A base class for Widget View elements with relative lengths. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer object that owns this newly created . - - - - Returns the actual length of this . - - An Int32 value that is the actual length of this . - - - - Returns whether or not this element is currently visible. - - true if this element is currently visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Length structure that specifies the size of this element. - - A object that specifies the size of this element. - - - - Fires whenever this changes its length. - - - - - Fires whenever this changes its visibility. - - - - - A column within a Widget View. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - A Document within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IDocumentProperties object that stores settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that implements . - - - - Gets or sets whether this individual document should blend its caption fore color. - - true, if this individual document should blend its caption fore color; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint this 's caption when the document is active (selected). - - An object that stores appearance settings used to paint this 's caption when the document is active (selected). - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint this 's caption when the document is not selected. - - An object that stores appearance settings used to paint this 's caption when the document is not selected. - - - - Clones all document properties from the target to this object. - - A whose settings should be copied to this . - - - - Gets or sets an integer value that is the index of a column within a table layout WidgetView, in which this is nested. - - An Int32 value that is the index of a column within a table layout WidgetView, in which this is nested. - - - - Gets or sets the total number of columns that the current occupies. - - An Int32 value that is the total number of columns that the current occupies. - - - - Occurs when a check Custom Header Button within this is checked. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a regular Custom Header Button within this . - - - - - Occurs when a check Custom Header Button within this is unchecked. - - - - - Gets the set of Header Buttons assigned to the current . - - A ButtonCollection that stores Header Buttons assigned to the current . - - - - Docks this to either side of another . - - A Document to which this should be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether documents should be aligned horizontally or vertically. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this to either side of another . Additionally specifies which of these two documents should go first. - - A Document to which this should be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether documents should be aligned horizontally or vertically. - true, to place this after the targeted document; otherwise, false. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this widget to another widget using the given orientation setting. - - A Document that is the widget next to which this widget should be docked. - An Orientation enumeration value that specifies whether these two widgets should align vertically or horizontally. - An Int32 value that specifies the docked widget's position. - true, if the widget was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this to the desired stack group. - - A StackGroup object that should host this . - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Places this at a specific position within the targeted stack group. - - A StackGroup object that should host this . - An Int32 value that is the document's index inside its new parent stack group. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks this to the desired table group. - - A TableGroup that should host this . - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to a structure that specifies the height of this widget in Free Layout Mode. - - A structure that specifies the height of this widget in Free Layout Mode. - - - - Provides access to a structure that specifies the width of this widget in Free Layout Mode. - - A structure that specifies the width of this widget in Free Layout Mode. - - - - Gets an object that paints the current . - - An ObjectPainter object that paints the current . - - - - Gets or sets this 's height. - - An Int32 value that is this 's height. - - - - Gets a collection of images that this can use as its icons. - - An Object that stores images that this can use as its icons. - - - - Gets the detailed info about this . - - An IDocumentInfo object related to this . - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by this . - - - - - Invalidates a specific region within this . - - A Rectangle structure that specifies the bounds for the region to invalidate. - - - - Gets whether this is currently maximized. - - true, if this is currently maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this is currently selected. - - true, if this is currently selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when this is maximized at runtime. - - - - - Gets or sets the control displayed within this in its maximized state. - - A Control that is the 's content in its maximized state. - - - - Gets a that owns this . - - A that owns this . - - - - Provides access to this 's properties. - - An IDocumentDefaultProperties object that stores properties for this . - - - - Occurs when this maximized Widget is restored to its normal state. - - - - - Gets or sets an integer value that is the index of a row within a table layout WidgetView, in which this is nested. - - An Int32 value that is the index of a row within a table layout WidgetView, in which this is nested. - - - - Gets or sets the total number of columns that the current occupies. - - An Int32 value that is the total number of columns that the current occupies. - - - - Gets or sets a super tool-tip for this . - - A object assigned to this . - - - - Gets or sets the simple hint for this . - - A String value that is this 's tool-tip. - - - - Gets or sets one of nine standard icons to be displayed within this 's tool-tip. - - A enumerator value that specifies the icon to be displayed within this 's tool-tip. - - - - Gets or sets the title string displayed by this 's hint. - - A String value that is the caption of this 's tool-tip. - - - - Gets or sets this 's width. - - An Int32 value that is this 's width. - - - - Exposes properties that affect widget animation effects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of frames employed in document animations. Increasing this value raises the animation quality but can negatively affect application performance. - - An Int32 value that is the total number of frames employed in document animation effects. - - - - Gets or sets for how long one animation frame is visible before changed to another. Decreasing this value improves the animation quality but can negatively affect application performance. - - An Int32 value that is the duration of time (in milliseconds) for which an animation frame is visible. - - - - Resets all properties exposed by a object to their default values. - - - - - Returns whether settings of the object should be serialized. - - true, if settings of the object should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides members that specify the behavior in Flow Layout Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A FlowLayoutGroup that owns this object. - - - - Gets or sets the direction based on which this arranges its documents. - - A FlowDirection enumerator value that specifies the direction based on which this arranges its documents. - - - - Provides access to s used within this Flow Layout . - - A FlowDocumentCollection that stores s used within this Flow Layout . - - - - Gets or sets the widget drag mode for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.Widget.ItemDragMode enumerator value that specifies the widget drag mode for this . - - - - Resets all settings to their default values. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets this 's textual representation. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether this should wrap its content when in Flow Layout Mode. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether this should wrap its content when in Flow Layout Mode. - - - - Provides settings for the Widget View's Free Layout Mode. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A FreeLayoutGroup that owns this newly created object. - - - - Gets or sets whether sticky splitters are enabled. Sticky splitters allow end-users to quickly adjust widget sizes when resizing them. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not sticky splitters are enabled. The Default and True values are equal. - - - - Provides access to all widgets that are displayed when the Free Layout Mode activates. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.Widget.FreeLayoutDocumentCollection object that stores all widgets that are displayed when the Free Layout Mode activates. - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users see docking hints or live widget preview when dragging a widget in Free Layout Mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.Widget.ItemDragStyle enumerator value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Stores the individual properties of s. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current can be collapsed. - - true, if the current can be collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this can be dragged at runtime. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this can be dragged at runtime. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current can be maximized at runtime. - - true, if the current can be maximized at runtime and its Maximize button should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this can be resized at runtime. - - true, if this can be resized at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current can be collapsed. - - true, if the current can be collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether or not end-users are currently allowed to drag this document at runtime. - - true, if end-users are currently allowed to drag this document at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this can currently be maximized at runtime. - - true, if this can currently be maximized at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether an end-user can resize the current at runtime. - - true, if an end-user can resize the current at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this widget can show its borders. - - true, if this widget can show its borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this widget document shows its Close button. - - true, if this widget document shows its Close button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this can currently display its maximize button. - - true, if this can currently display its maximize button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this widget should display its borders. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this widget should display its borders. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this widget should display its Close button. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this widget should display its Close button. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should display its maximize button. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this should display its maximize button. - - - - Stores default properties. - - - - - Gets or sets whether any within this can be collapsed. - - true, if any within this can be collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether any widget document within this View can be dragged at runtime. - - true, if any widget document within this View can be dragged at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets - - - - - - Gets or sets whether all s within this can be resized at runtime. - - true, if all s within this can be resized at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any widget within this can display its borders. - - true, if any widget within this can display its borders; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all widgets owned by this View display their Close buttons. - - true, if all widgets owned by this View display their Close buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether all s within this should display their maximize buttons. - - true, if all s within this should display their maximize buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that specify settings for individual s. - - - - - Gets the maximum number of s this can currently contain. - - An Int32 value that specifies the maximum number of s this can currently contain. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can drag this at runtime. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether an end-user can drag this at runtime. - - - - Gets whether this can be dragged at runtime. - - true, if this can be dragged at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of s that the current can contain. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of s that the current can contain. - - - - Provides members that specify settings common to all s within a . - - - - - Gets or sets whether any within this can be dragged at runtime. - - true, if any s within this can be dragged at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of s that s within the current can contain. - - An Int32 value that specifies the maximum number of s that s within the current can contain. - - - - Provides methods that allow you to manage s within a in code. - - - - - Docks one widget document aside another document using the specific orientation setting. - - A document that should be docked to another document. - A document to which the first document should be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether these documents should be aligned horizontally or vertically. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks one widget document aside another document using the specific orientation setting. - - A document that should be docked to another document. - A document to which the first document should be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether these documents should be aligned horizontally or vertically. - true, to place the sourceDocument after the targetDocument; otherwise, false. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks one widget to another according to the given orientation value. - - A Document that is the widget that needs to be docked. - A Document that is the widget next to which the sourceDocument widget will be docked. - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies whether these two widgets will be aligned horizontally or vertically. - An Int32 value that specifies the docked widget's position. - true if a widget is successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks the to the specific . - - A Document to be docked. - A StackGroup to which the document has to be docked. - true, if the Document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Places the document at a specific position inside the targeted stack group. - - The Document that should be placed to a stack group. - The StackGroup that should contain the document. - An Int32 value that is the index of a document inside its new parent StackGroup. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Docks a widget document to a targeted table group. - - A Document that should be added to a table group. - A TableGroup that should contain the document. - true, if the document was successfully docked; otherwise, false. - - - - Maximizes the target . - - A to be maximized. - true, if the Document was successfully maximized; otherwise, false. - - - - Discards the Maximize operation for the target and restores this Document's original size. - - A to be restored down. - true, if the Document was successfully restored down; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that label specific layout modes. - - - - - The is in Flow Layout Mode. - - - - - The Widget View is in Free Layout Mode. - - - - - The is in Stack Layout Mode. - - - - - The is in Table Layout Mode. - - - - - A structure that specifies the width (or the height) of s, s and s. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Double value that specifies the length in pixels. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Double value that specifies the absolute length in pixels or the relative length. - A LengthUnitType that specifies whether the unitValue parameter value is the number of pixels or the relative length multiplier. - - - - Occurs whenever this 's properties change. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. - - A String value that is the 's text representation. - - - - Gets or sets the way a 's, 's or 's length is measured. - - A LengthUnitType enumerator value that specifies the way a 's, 's or 's length is measured. - - - - Gets or sets the numeric representation for the length of a Stack Group, or . - - A Double value that specifies the Stack Group (, ) length. - - - - Provides members that specify how a 's length should be counted. - - - - - The property value is the number of pixels that a occupies. - - - - - The property value is the relative length multiplier. - - - - - A row within a Widget View. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - A Group within a that stores Documents. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IStackGroupProperties object that stores settings common to all StackGroups within the Widget View. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that implements the . - - - - Provides access to an that paints this 's caption. - - An that paints this 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets this 's title. - - A String value that specifies this 's title. - - - - Gets whether this stores the maximum allowed number of s. - - true, if this stores the maximum allowed number of s; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this is horizontally oriented. - - true, if this is horizontally oriented; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the collection of s contained within this . - - A DocumentCollection object that stores s contained within this . - - - - Gets the Document Manager that owns this . - - A DocumentManager that owns this . - - - - Gets the View that owns this . - - A WidgetView that owns this . - - - - Provides access to this 's properties. - - An IStackGroupDefaultProperties object that stores properties for this . - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. - - A String value that is the 's text representation. - - - - An object that stores settings for individual s. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IStackGroupProperties object that stores settings common to all StackGroups within the parent Widget View. - - - - Gets the maximum number of s this can currently contain. - - An Int32 value that specifies the maximum number of s this can currently contain. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can drag this at runtime. - - - - - - Gets whether this can be dragged at runtime. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of s that the current can contain. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of s that the current can contain. - - - - A Widget View. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that implements the . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the document header text should be colorized according to the caption area fore color. - - true, if the document header text should be colorized according to the caption area fore color; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether changing the s' state within this should be followed with animation effects. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether changing the s' state within this should be followed with animation effects. - - - - Gets or sets whether wobble animation for Table Layout mode is enabled. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the wobble animation effect is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether Documents within this are resized using a smooth animation effect. - - True if Documents within this are resized using a smooth animation effect; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this 's content should be displayed with a light animation when displayed. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this 's content should be displayed with a light animation when displayed. - - - - Stores appearance settings used to paint the header of the currently active . - - An AppearanceObject used to paint the header of the currently active . - - - - Stores appearance settings for headers. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings for headers. - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user tries to drag a . - - - - - Occurs immediately after an end-user moves a within this . - - - - - Locks the current layout and prevents it from playing document animation. - - - - - Provides access to the column collection for this . - - A ColumnDefinitionCollection object that stores columns for this . - - - - Provides access to the controller. - - An IWidgetViewController object, related to the current . - - - - Provides access to properties that manage document animation for this . - - A object that stores properties that manage document animation for this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to properties, common to all s within this . - - An object that stores properties, common to all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets the margins within this . - - An Int32 value that is the margins within this . - - - - Occurs when a within this is dragged. - - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user drops a after dragging. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user drops a dragged . - - - - - Unlocks this and animates all changes executed to its layout. - - - - - Provides access to the FlowLayoutProperties settings when this View is in Flow Layout mode. - - A object that stores Flow Layout mode settings for this View. - - - - Provides access to settings related to the Free Layout Mode. - - A object that contains Free Layout Mode settings. - - - - Gets or sets the current layout mode for this . - - A enumerator value that specifies the current layout mode for this . - - - - Fires after a document receives its maximized control on the event. - - - - - Fires after the document was destroyed. - - - - - Occurs when a document is minimized back to its regular state and allows you to destroy its maximized content. - - - - - Gets or sets this 's orientation. - - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies this 's orientation. - - - - Allows you to dynamically assign a maximized control for each widget document. - - - - - Raises the event with default parameters for the target document. - - A Document for which the event should be raised. - - - - Raises the event for the target document and specifies whether its maximized control should be retained. - - A Document for which the event should be raised. - true, if the unbound maximized control should be preserved; otherwise, false. - - - - Raises the event for the target document and sets its initial and parameters. - - A Document for which the event should be raised. - A Boolean value that is the initial parameter value for the raised event. - A Boolean value that is the initial parameter value for the raised event. - - - - Raises the event for all deferred documents. - - - - - Raises the event for all deferred documents and sets the initial parameter for this event. - - A Boolean value that is the initial parameter value for the raised event. - - - - Raises the event for all deferred documents and sets the initial and parameter values for this event. - - A Boolean value that is the initial parameter value for the raised event. - A Boolean value that is the initial parameter value for the raised event. - - - - Resets all properties stored within the section to their default values. - - - - - Resets all properties stored within the section to their default values. - - - - - Resets all properties from the section to their default values. - - - - - Unlocks the layout and makes it reflect all previously applied changes. - - - - - Returns the root docking container for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.Widget.WidgetDockingContainer object that is the root docking container for this . - - - - Provides access to the row collection for this . - - A ColumnDefinitionCollection object that stores rows for this . - - - - Scrolls this up or down to the target document. - - A Document to which the View should be scrolled. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Checks whether or not settings related to Free Layout Mode should be serialized. - - true, if Free Layout Mode settings should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the set of properties common to all s within this . - - An IStackGroupProperties object that stores properties common to all s within this . - - - - Gets the collection of s used within this . - - A StackGroupCollection object that stores s used within this . - - - - Freezes the current layout. - - - - - Gets the type of the current . - - A ViewType.Widget value. - - - - Contains the classes that maintain the Windows UI View infrastructure for the component. - - - - - A base class for all Content Containers types used within a . - - - - - Occurs whenever Navigation Bars within the current are to be displayed. Allows you to customize this container's Navigation Bar Actions. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of Custom Navigation Bar Actions used within the current Content Container. - - A ContentContainerActionCollection object that stores Custom Navigation Bar Actions for the current Content Container. - - - - Fires when the current Content Container's actions collection changes. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not container buttons should paint their glyphs with the foreground color. See the Glyph Skinning help article to learn more. - - true, if container buttons should paint their glyphs with the foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint WindowsUI Buttons within the current Content Container. - - A ButtonsPanelControlAppearance object that stores appearance settings used to paint Custom Buttons. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current Content Container's . - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings for the current Content Container's . - - - - Gets or sets the collection of background images for the current Content Container's Custom Buttons. - - An Object that stores background images for all Custom Buttons within the current . - - - - Occurs when a Custom Button within the current Content Container is checked. - - - - - Occurs when a regular Custom Button within the current Content Container is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the distance between neighboring WindowsUI Buttons in the current Content Container. - - An Int32 value that specifies the distance between neighboring Custom Buttons in the current Content Container. - - - - Provides access to the Content Container's WindowsUI Buttons collection. - - A ContentContainerButtonCollection object that stores the Content Container's WindowsUI Buttons. - - - - Occurs when a Custom Button within the current Content Container is checked. - - - - - Gets or sets the current Content Container's caption. - - A String value that specifies the current Content Container's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Content Container should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text. - - true, if this Content Container should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an Enumerator that can iterate through the 's content. - - An IEnumerator for the entire . - - - - Gets an enumerator that goes down the 's hierarchy and iterates the children that meet a specific set of criteria. - - A to be iterated through. - A Predicate object that is the method that defines a set of criteria and determines whether a 's child meets those criteria. - An Int32 value that specifies how far down the 's hierarchy an enumerator should go to reach the required container's children. - An IEnumerator that goes down the 's hierarchy and iterates the children that meet a specific set of criteria. - - - - Gets an enumerator that goes down the 's hierarchy and iterates its children. - - An Int32 value that specifies how far down the 's hierarchy an enumerator should go to reach the required container's children. - An IEnumerator that goes down the 's hierarchy and iterates its children. - - - - Gets an enumerator that iterates through the current with a specific criteria. - - A System.Predicate object that defines a set of criteria and determines whether a 's child meets those criteria. - An IEnumerator object that iterates through the current with a specific criteria. - - - - Gets the root parent for the specific Content Container. - - An IContentContainer whose root parent is to be obtained. - An IContentContainer object that is the target Content Container's root parent. - - - - Gets or sets an icon for the current Content Container. - - An Image that is the current Content Container's icon. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this container. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.WindowsUI.BaseContentContainerImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets or sets an image stored within the DevExpress Image Gallery that should be assigned to this . - - A DxImageUri object that stores the uniform resource identifier (URI) for the required glyph. - - - - Gets specific information about the current Content Container. - - An IContentContainerInfo object that contains specific information about the current Content Container. - - - - Gets whether the Content Container is currently active. - - true if the Content Container is currently active; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current Content Container is created automatically. - - true if the current Content Container is created automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the 'container' Content Container is the 'parent' container's child. - - An IContentContainer to be checked. - An IContentContainer that is a potential container's parent. - true if the container Content Container is the parent container's child; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the number of current Content Container items has reached its limit. - - true if the number of current Content Container items has reached its limit; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current Content Container is orientated horizontally. - - true if the current Content Container is orientated horizontally; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets if the current Content Container is loaded. - - true if the current Content Container is loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a that owns the current Content Container. - - A DocumentManager object that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets the current Content Container's name. - - A String value that specifies the current Content Container's name. - - - - Gets or sets the current Content Container's parent Container. - - An IContentContainer object that is the current 's parent. - - - - Provides access to the current Content Container's general settings. - - An IContentContainerDefaultProperties object that stores base Content Container properties. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of string tags for this . The Search Panel will check these tags for the desired text. - - A String collection that stores search tags for this . - - - - Gets or sets the current Content Container's subtitle. - - A String value that is the current Content Container's subtitle. - - - - Gets or sets a tag that labels this . - - An Object that labels this . - - - - Refreshes document actions displayed within this 's child documents. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not container buttons should display their background images. - - true, if container buttons should display their background images; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that store base data for WindowsUI Navigation Events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A in which the related navigation event occurs. - A Content Container from which the end-user is currently navigating. - - - - Gets a Content Container from which an end-user navigates. - - An IContentContainer from which an end-user navigates. - - - - Gets the current zoom level of a source Content Container. - - A ContextualZoomLevel enumerator value that is the current zoom level of a source container. - - - - Gets a in which the current navigation event occurs. - - A in which the current navigation event occurs. - - - - Provides base Tiles' functionality. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current in different visual states. - - A TileItemAppearances object that stores appearance settings used to paint the current in different visual states. - - - - Gets or sets a background image for the current . - - An Image object that is the background image for the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is checked. - - true if the current is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the current 's check state has been changed. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks the current . - - - - - Gets the currently displayed within the . - - A TileItemFrame object that is currently displayed within the . - - - - Provides access to the s collection used to build the current 's content. - - A TileItemElementCollection that contains s used to build the current 's content. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current Tile is enabled. - - true, if the Tile is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this tile should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text. - - true, if this tile should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the s collection used to build the current 's animation. - - A TileItemFrameCollection that contains s used to build the current 's animation. - - - - Gets or sets a group where the current belongs. - - A String value specifying a group where the current belongs. - - - - Gets whether the current is active. - - true if the current is active; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a to which the current belongs. - - A to which the current belongs. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's name. - - A String value that is the current 's name. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space between the content of the current and its border. - - A Padding structure that specifies the amount of space between the content of the current and its border. - - - - Occurs immediately after the was pressed. - - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An IBaseTileDefaultProperties object that contains settings for the current . - - - - Gets or sets the collection of string tags for this . The Search Panel will check these tags for the desired text. - - A String collection that stores search tags for this . - - - - Forces the current to display a specific . - - A to be displayed. - A Boolean value indicating whether the frame should be displayed using the frame animation. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's tag. - - An Object that is the current 's tag. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current Tile is visible. - - true, if the Tile is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - A Document within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An IDocumentProperties object that contains custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets the caption for the navigation action related to the current . - - A String value specifying the caption for the navigation action related to the current . - - - - Gets or sets the icon for the navigation action related to the current . - - An Image object specifying the icon for the navigation action related to the current . - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for the default navigation button associated with this Document. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.BaseDocumentImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets or sets an image stored within the DevExpress Image Gallery that should be assigned to this as its action image. - - A DxImageUri object that stores the uniform resource identifier (URI) for the required glyph. - - - - Returns the icon displayed by a default navigation action that activates this . This default button is shown inside Navigation Bars for the and containers. - - An Image currently displayed by a button. - - - - Provides access to the current 's custom actions. - - A ContentContainerActionCollection object that stores custom actions for the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text. - - true, if this should be removed from the list of places where the Search Panel looks for the entered text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of string tags for this . The Search Panel will check these tags for the desired text. - - A String collection that stores search tags for this . - - - - A push button displayed within a Content Container header and related to a specific . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified functionality. - - An Action that implements the 's functionality. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified functionality and availability check. - - A Predicate that specifies the set of criteria and checks whether the Document meets these criteria. The Action is not visible if the canExecute returns false. - An Action delegate that implements the 's functionality. - - - - A check button displayed within a Content Container header and related to a specific . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Func delegate that returns the boolean value related to the current 's checked state. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method executed whenever the 's checked state changes. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with different actions performed when checking and unchecking the . - - A Func delegate that returns the boolean value related to the current 's checked state. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method performed when the is checked. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method performed when the is unchecked. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Predicate that specifies the set of criteria and checks whether the Document meets these criteria. The Action is not visible if the canExecute returns false. - A Func delegate that returns the boolean value related to the current 's checked state. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method executed whenever the 's checked state changes. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Predicate that specifies the set of criteria and checks whether the Document meets these criteria. The Action is not visible if the canExecute returns false. - A Func delegate that returns the boolean value related to the current 's checked state. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method performed when the is checked. - An Action delegate that encapsulates a method, performed when the is unchecked. - - - - Gets a Command, executed when the current is checked. - - An ICommand executed when the current is checked. - - - - Gets a Command, executed when the current is unchecked. - - An ICommand executed when the current is unchecked. - - - - The base class for all Content Containers that display multiple Documents. - - - - - Gets a specific 's length within the current . - - A Document whose length is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is a specific 's length. - - - - Gets an Int32 array whose every item specifies the length of a corresponding within a or a . - - An Int32 array that contains Document lengths within a or a . - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user clicks a header of a Document that belongs to this container. - - - - - Gets the object providing general information about the current . - - An IDocumentGroupInfo object that contains general information about the current . - - - - Provides zero-based indexed access to the collection of s contained within the current . - - A DocumentCollection object that contains all s for the current . - - - - Sets a specific 's length within the current . - - A Document whose length is set. - An Int32 value that is the document's length. - - - - A WindowsUIView container that emulates Windows8-styled message boxes and pop-up windows. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - An IFlyoutProperties object that stores specific settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the object with specific owner. - - An IContainer object that owns the newly created . - - - - Gets or sets a used by the current . - - A FlyoutAction object used by the current . - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - - WindowsUI Buttons are not supported within containers. - - - - - Gets or sets a displayed within the current . - - A displayed within the current . - - - - Gets or sets buttons displayed within the current . - - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies the buttons displayed within the current . - - - - Gets the last result returned by this . - - A DialogResult value that specifies the last result returned by this . - - - - Provides access to the object that stores the current settings. - - An IFlyoutDefaultProperties object that stores the current settings. - - - - Refreshes document actions displayed within this . - - - - - An object that contains buttons and text displayed within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specific set of buttons. - - A DialogResult objects array, which is the set of flyout buttons - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and allows you to specify which button should act as a default button. - - A DialogResult array that specifies buttons displayed by this . - A System.Windows.Forms.MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which of the buttons should act as a default button. This button will be "clicked" when a user presses Enter key to dismiss this . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A MessageBoxButtons enumerator value that specifies what buttons this will display. - A MessageBoxDefaultButton enumeration value that specifies which of the buttons is the default one. A default button is considered clicked when end-users press Enter as the pops up. - - - - Gets a collection of the 's buttons. - - A List object that stores s. - - - - Returns the default button for this . - - A object that is the default button for this . - - - - Destroys this . - - - - - Gets or sets a currently focused button. - - A object that is a currently focused button. - - - - Provides buttons for objects. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with specific settings. - - A Boolean function that performs required checks when the is clicked. Triggers the execute function upon completion. - A Function that performs required actions if the canExecute function returned true. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A method that defines the set of criteria and checks whether the current meets these criteria. - A method that implements the 's functionality. - - - - The 'Abort' button. - - - - - - The 'Cancel' button. - - - - - - Defines a set of criteria and checks whether the current meets these criteria. - - A related to the current . - true, if the current meets the specific criteria; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs upon changing the criteria that controls whether or not this is currently available. - - - - - A method that implements the 's functionality. - - A Flyout related to the current . - - - - The 'Ignore' button. - - - - - - Gets or sets the current icon. - - An Image that is the current icon. - - - - The 'No' button. - - - - - - The 'OK' button. - - - - - - Raises the event for this . - - - - - Gets or sets the current 's result. - - A DialogResult value that specifies the result the will return when an end-user clicks this button. - - - - The 'Retry' button. - - - - - - Gets or sets the current caption. - - A String value that is the current caption. - - - - The 'Yes' button. - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with custom settings. - - A DialogResult object. - - - - Gets or sets the returned result after a Flyout is closed. - - A DialogResult value that specifies the returned result after a Flyout is closed. - - - - Enumerates members that specify the Flyout style. - - - - - The Flyout acts as a message box. - - - - - The Flyout acts as a pop-up menu. - - - - - Contains properties for s within a . - - - - - Gets or sets if tile checking is enabled. - - true if tile checking is enabled; otherwise, false. Default is true. - - - - Provides base functionality for custom Navigation Bar Actions. - - - - - Provides properties for individual Content Containers within the WindowsUI View. - - - - - Gets the actual value of the property. - - An Int32 value that is the actual value of the property. - - - - Gets whether this Content Container will be destroyed after removing all its child items. - - true, if this Content Container will be destroyed after removing all its child items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets this container's current header offset. - - An Int32 value that is the current header offset for this content container. - - - - Gets this Content Container's current margin. - - A Padding structure that is this Content Container's current margin. - - - - Gets the actual value of the property. - - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies the current Content Container orientation. - - - - Gets whether or not this Content Container should display its caption. - - true, if this Content Container should display its caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this Content Container will automatically display its context navigation bar upon activation. - - true, if this Content Container will automatically display its context navigation bar upon activation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of Documents this Content Container can contain. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of Documents this Content Container can contain. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Content Container should be automatically destroyed after all its child Documents have been removed. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this Content Container should be automatically destroyed after all its child Documents have been removed. - - - - Gets whether this container currently has a header offset. - - true, if this container currently has a header offset; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this Content Container currently has a margin. - - true, if this Content Container currently has a margin; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the Content Container's top edge and the header. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between the Content Container's top edge and the header. - - - - Gets or sets this Content Container's margin. - - A Padding structure that is this container's margin. - - - - Gets or sets the current container's orientation. - - An Orientation enumerator value that is the current container's orientation. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the container that displays individual documents, hosted within this or container, should display its caption. - - A object enumerator that specifies whether or not this detail container should display its caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Content Container should automatically display its context Navigation Bar upon activation. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this Content Container should automatically display its context Navigation Bar upon activation. - - - - Provides properties that affect all Content Containers within the WindowsUI View. - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of Documents Content Containers that this View can contain. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of Documents Content Containers that this View can contain. - - - - Gets or sets whether Content Containers within this View should be automatically destroyed after all their child Documents have been removed. - - true, if Content Containers within this View should be automatically destroyed after all their child Documents have been removed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the Content Container's top edge and header. This value is common to all containers within this View. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between the Content Container's top edge and the header. - - - - Gets or sets the margin common to all Content Containers. - - A Padding structure that is the margin common to all containers within this View. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of all Content Containers within this View. - - An Orientation enumerator value that specifies the orientation common to all Content Containers within this View. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not any container that displays individual documents, hosted within this View's or containers, should display its caption. - - A object enumerator that specifies whether or not any detail container should display its caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether any Content Container within this View should display its context navigation bar upon activation. - - true, if any Content Container within this View should display its context navigation bar upon activation; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that store specific data for the method and the event. - - - - - Gets the collection of How To: Create Custom Document Actions associated with the current Document. - - An IList object that stores the collection of How To: Create Custom Document Actions associated with the current Document. - - - - Gets or sets a related to the current event. - - A related to the current event. - - - - Provides advanced properties for individual and content containers. - - - - - Returns the distance between document buttons within the current container. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between document buttons within the current container. - - - - Gets the current property value. - - An Int32 value that is the current property value. - - - - Gets the current number of frames used by switch Documents animation in this Content Container. - - An Int32 value that is the current number of frames used by switch Documents animation in this Content Container. - - - - Gets the current animation type for this Content Container. - - A TransitionAnimation enumerator value that specifies the current animation type for this Content Container. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Content Container can use HTML tags to draw Document headers. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether this Content Container can use HTML tags to draw Document headers. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between document buttons within the and containers. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between document buttons within the and containers. - - - - Returns whether this Content Container can use HTML tags to draw Document headers. - - true, if this Content Container can use HTML tags to draw Document headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not button interval is set to a custom value. - - true if button interval is set to a custom value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the interval between frames, used within switch Documents animation. - - An Int32 value that is the interval between frames, used within switch Documents animation. - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames used for Document switch animation within this Content Container. - - An Int32 value that is the number of frames used for Document switch animation within this Content Container. - - - - Gets or sets the type of animation played when an end-user switches Documents within this Content Container. - - A TransitionAnimation enumerator value that specifies the type of animation played when an end-user switches Documents within this Content Container. - - - - Provides advanced properties for all and content containers within this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether the and containers within this View can use HTML tags to draw Document headers. - - true, if the and containers within this View can use HTML tags to draw Document headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between document buttons within all and containers that belong to this View. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between document buttons within all and containers that belong to this View. - - - - Gets or sets the interval between frames, used within switch Documents animation. - - An Int32 value that is the interval between frames, used within switch Documents animation. - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames used for Document switch animation. This property affects all Content Containers within this View that support such animation. - - An Int32 value that is the number of frames used for Document switch animation. - - - - Gets or sets the type of animation played when an end-user switches Documents within Content Containers. - - A TransitionAnimation enumerator value that specifies the type of animation played when an end-user switches Documents within Content Containers. - - - - Contains settings for a specific within a . - - - - - Gets the current alignment settings for the pop-up . - - ContentAlignment enumerator values that are the current alignment settings for the pop-up . - - - - Gets the common appearance settings used to paint the current . - - An AppearanceObject that stores common appearance settings used to paint the current . - - - - Gets the appearance settings currently applied to Flyout buttons. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings currently applied to Flyout buttons. - - - - Gets the appearance settings currently applied to the Flyout caption. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings currently applied to the Flyout caption. - - - - Gets the appearance settings currently applied to this Flyout's description. - - An ApperanceObject that stores appearance settings currently applied to this Flyout's description. - - - - Gets the current button size for this . - - A Size structure that specifies the current button size for this . - - - - Gets the current style. - - A FlyoutStyle enumerator value that specifies the current style. - - - - Gets or sets the current pop-up 's alignment. - - A ContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the current pop-up 's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Flyout caption and description can be formatted via HTML tags. - - true, if the Flyout caption and description can be formatted via HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to base Flyout appearance settings. - - An AppearanceObject that stores base Flyout appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's buttons. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint the current 's buttons. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the current caption. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint the current caption. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current Flyout's description. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint the current Flyout's description. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the buttons within this . - - A Size structure that specifies the size of the buttons within this . - - - - Gets whether the current can format its caption and description via HTML tags. - - true, if the current can format its caption and description via HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current style. - - A FlyoutStyle value that specifies the current style. - - - - Contains settings common to all Flyouts within a . - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment for all pop-up Flyouts within the current View. - - A ContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the alignment for all pop-up Flyouts within the current View. - - - - Gets or sets whether captions and descriptions for all Flyouts within the can be formatted via HTML Text Formatting. - - true, if captions and descriptions for all Flyouts within the can be formatted via HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to base appearance settings common to all s within the current . - - An AppearanceObject that stores base Flyout appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint buttons for all s within the View. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint buttons for all s within the View. - - - - Provides access to common appearance settings used to paint all Flyout captions within the current View. - - An AppearanceObject that stores common appearance settings used to paint all Flyout captions within the current View. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint all Flyout descriptions within the current View. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint all Flyout descriptions within the current View. - - - - Specifies the button size for all s within the current . - - A Size structure that specifies the button size for all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the style for all Flyouts within the View. - - A FlyoutStyle enumerator value that specifies the style common to all Flyouts within the current View. - - - - Contains properties for individual s within a . - - - - - Gets whether the current can display its Page Headers. - - true if the current can display its Page Headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's Page Headers are visible. - - true if the current 's Page Headers are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains properties common to all s within a . - - - - - Gets or sets whether all 's Page Headers within the current View are visible. - - true if all 's Page Headers within the current View are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains properties for individual s within a . - - - - - Gets the actual length for s within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the actual length for s within the current . - - - - Gets the length of the s within the current relative to this SlideGroup's available space. - - A Double value that is the length of the s within the current relative to this SlideGroup's available space. - - - - Gets whether any of ItemLengthRatio properties was used to set the Documents' length within the current . - - true if any of ItemLengthRatio properties was used to set the Documents' length; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the length of every individual within the current . - - An Int32 value that specifies the length of every individual within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the length of the current 's Documents relative to this SlideGroup's visible space. - - A Double value that is the length of the current 's Documents relative to this SlideGroup's visible space. - - - - Contains properties common to all s within a . - - - - - Gets or sets the length of every individual for all s within the view. - - An Int32 value that specifies the length of every individual for all s within the view. - - - - Gets or sets the length of a within a relative to this SlideGroup's visible part. This setting affect all s within a View. - - A Double value that specifies the length of a within a relative to this SlideGroup's visible part. - - - - Provides the method that can be used to add How To: Create Custom Document Actions to specific Documents. - - - - - Called each time a Document that implements the interface is activated. - - An IDocumentActionArgs object that contains data for the current method. - - - - Provides methods that allow you to pass specific data when navigating through Content Containers within a WindowsUI View. - - - - - Allows you to pass the required information to the method when navigating from the one Content Container to another. - - An INavigationArgs object that stores data related to the current navigation process. - - - - Allows you to get the specific data passed via the method. - - An INavigationArgs object that stores data related to the current navigation process. - - - - Provides access to this object's settings. - - - - - Gets the current value of the property. - - A HeaderStyle enumerator value currently assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the current property value. - - An Int32 value currently assigned to the property. - - - - Returns the current tile column number, displayed by this container. - - An value that is the current tile column number. - - - - Gets the current property value. - - A Padding structure currently assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the current value of the property. - - A TileHeaderContentAlignment enumerator value currently assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the current property value. - - An Int32 value currently assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the current property value. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.WindowsUI.TileHeaderContentAlignment enumerator value currently assigned to the property. - - - - Gets whether this group's property has a custom value. - - true, if this group's property has a custom value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this group's property has a custom value. - - true, if this group's property has a custom value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this group's property has a custom value. - - true, if this group's property has a custom value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style of Document headers within this . - - A HeaderStyle enumerator value that specifies the style of Document headers. - - - - Gets or sets the area of the tabbed Document header's width. - - An Int32 value that is the area of the tabbed Document header's width. - - - - Gets or sets the number of tile columns available for this . - - An Int32 value that is the number of tile columns available for this . - - - - Gets or sets the margin for a group of tiles which serve as Document headers within this . - - A Padding structure that is the tile content margin. - - - - Gets or sets the image location within tiles that serve as Document headers for Documents within this . - - A <DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.Views.WindowsUI.TileHeaderContentAlignment,> object that specifies the image location within tiles that serve as Document headers for Documents within this . - - - - Gets or sets the size of Document headers that are presented as tiles within this . - - An Int32 value that is the size of Document headers that are presented as tiles within this . - - - - Gets or sets the text location within tiles that serve as Document headers for Documents within this . - - A TileHeaderContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the text location within tiles that serve as Document headers for Documents within this . - - - - Provides access to properties common to all s within this . - - - - - Gets or sets the style of Document headers for all s within this . - - A HeaderStyle enumerator value that specifies the style of Document headers for all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets the width of tabbed Document headers for all containers within this . - - An Int32 value that is the width of tabbed Document headers for all containers within this . - - - - Gets or sets the number of tile columns available for all containers within this . - - An Int32 value that is the number of tile columns. - - - - Gets or sets the content margin for all tile-styled Document headers within this . - - A Padding structure that specifies the content margin for all tile-styled Document headers within this . - - - - Gets or sets the image alignment for all Document headers within this . This property is in effect only for Document headers displayed as tiles. - - A TileHeaderContentAlignment that specifies the image alignment for all tile-styled Document headers within this . - - - - Gets or sets the size of tiles that represent Document headers for all s within this . - - An Int32 value that is the size of tiles that represent Document headers for all s within this . - - - - Gets or sets the text alignment for all Document headers within this . This property is in effect only for Document headers, displayed as tiles. - - A TileHeaderContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the text alignment for all tile-styled Document headers within this . - - - - Contains properties for individual s within a . - - - - - Gets whether s within the current can be dragged at runtime. - - true, if s within the current can be dragged at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this and its tiles are smoothly scrolled when using the mouse wheel. - - true, if smooth pixel scrolling is currently enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the current appearance settings used to highlight Tile Groups within this . - - A GroupHighlightingProperties object that contains appearance settings used to highlight Tile Groups within this . - - - - s do not currently support background images. - - - - - - Gets the current property value. - - An Int32 value that is the current property value. - - - - Gets the current horizontal alignment common to all Tile Groups within this . - - A HorzAlignment enumerator value that specifies the current horizontal alignment common to all Tile Groups within this . - - - - Gets the current distance between neighboring Tile Groups within this . - - An Int32 value that is the current distance between neighboring Tile Groups within this . - - - - Gets the current distance between neighboring s within this . - - An Int32 value that is the current distance between neighboring s within this . - - - - Gets the current background image alignment settings for this . - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the current background image alignment settings for the current . - - - - Gets the current background image stretch mode common to all Tiles within this . - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value that specifies the current background image stretch mode common to all Tiles within this . - - - - Returns the tile border visibility mode currently applied to this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileItemBorderVisibility enumerator value that specifies the tile border visibility mode currently applied to this . - - - - Gets how many s within the current an end-user can check at runtime. - - A TileItemCheckMode enumerator value specifying how many s within the current an end-user can check at runtime. - - - - Gets the animation effect common to all s within the current . - - A TileItemContentAnimantionType enumerator value that specifies the animation effect common to all s within the current . - - - - Gets the current image alignment settings common to all s within this . - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value specifying the current image alignment settings common to all s within this . - - - - Gets the current image stretch mode common to all s within this . - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value specifying the current image stretch mode common to all s within this . - - - - Gets the actual margins common to all s within the current . - - A Padding structure that is the actual margins common to all s within the current . - - - - Gets the actual rectangular side dimension common to all Tiles within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the actual rectangular side dimension common to all Tiles within the current . - - - - Gets whether s within the current should always display their text content or display it on hover only. - - A TileItemContentShowMode enumerator value that specifies whether s within the current should always display their text content or display it on hover only. - - - - Gets the current large s size within the . - - An Int32 value that is the current large s size within the . - - - - Returns whether this is currently in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - A TileControlLayoutMode enumerator value that specifies whether this container currently operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - - - Returns the currently used Adaptive Layout Mode settings. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlAdaptiveLayoutOptions object that stores the currently used Adaptive Layout Mode settings. - - - - Returns the object that stores layout settings currently applied to this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlOptionsLayout object that stores layout settings currently applied to this . - - - - Gets the current amount of space between the 's outer border and content. - - A Padding structure that specifies the current amount of space between the 's outer border and content. - - - - Gets the object that stores settings currently applied to this . - - An ITileControlProperties object that stores settings currently applied to this . - - - - Gets the current maximum rows number within this . - - An Int32 value that is the current maximum rows number within this . - - - - Gets the current vertical alignment common to all Tile Groups within this . - - A VertAlignment enumerator value that specifies the current vertical alignment common to all Tile Groups within this . - - - - Gets or sets if a s runtime dragging is enabled. - - A DefaultBoolean value indicating whether a s runtime dragging is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether tiles within this can be dragged only within their parent . - - A DefaultEnumerator value that specifies whether tiles within this can be dragged only within their parent . - - - - Gets or sets whether Tile Groups within the current are highlighted during a 's drag-and-drop. - - true, if Tile Groups within the current are highlighted during a 's drag-and-drop. -; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if HTML text formatting is enabled for all s within the current . - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value specifying whether HTML text formatting is enabled for all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether s within the current can be hovered at runtime. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value specifying whether s within the current can be hovered at runtime. - - - - Gets or sets if s within the current can be selected. - - true, if s within the current can be selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not a selection border should be drawn around the currently selected tile. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not a selection border should be drawn around the currently selected tile. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this and its tiles are smoothly scrolled when using the mouse wheel. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not smooth pixel scrolling is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets an object that specifies appearance settings used to highlight Tile Groups within the current . - - A GroupHighlightingProperties object that contains appearance settings used to highlight Tile Groups within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the layout mode for this 's background image. - - An ImageLayout enumeration value that specifies the layout mode for this 's background image. - - - - Gets whether an end-user can drag-and-drop s within the current at runtime. - - true, if an end-user can drag-and-drop s within the current at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether an end-user can drag tiles to anywhere within this container, or within its parent group only. - - true, if an end-user can drag tiles to anywhere within this container; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not selected tiles within this should display an external selection border. - - true, if selected tiles within this should display an external selection border; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current 's Tile Groups are highlighted during Tile dragging at runtime. - - true, if the current 's Tile Groups are highlighted during Tiles dragging at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML-tags formatting is currently allowed for s within this . - - true, if HTML-tags formatting is currently allowed for s within this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether s within the can currently be hovered at runtime. - - true, if s within the can currently be hovered at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether Tile Group captions are currently displayed within this . - - true, if Tile Group captions are currently displayed within this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current 's caption is displayed. - - true, if the current 's caption is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of medium-sized tiles that can be placed simultaneously in a single row within a vertically oriented . - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of medium-sized tiles that can be placed simultaneously in a single row within a vertically oriented . - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment for all the current 's Tile Groups. - - A HorzAlignment enumerator value that specifies the horizontal alignment for all the current 's Tile Groups. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between neighboring Tile Groups for the current . - - An Int32 value that is the distance between neighboring Tile Groups for the current . - - - - Gets or sets the distance between neighboring s within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the distance between neighboring s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the background image position for all s within the current . - - A enumerator value that specifies the background image position for all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the background image stretch mode common to s within the current . - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value that specifies the background image stretch mode common to s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the tile border visibility mode applied to all tiles within this . - - A <DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileItemBorderVisibility,> enumerator value that specifies the tile border visibility mode applied to all tiles within this . - - - - Gets or sets how many s within the current can be checked. - - An enumerator value specifying how many s within the current can be checked. - - - - Gets or sets the frame animation effect applied to all s within the current . - - A TileItemContentAnimationType enumerator value specifying the frame animation effect applied to all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the way s' glyphs are aligned within the current . - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the way s' glyphs are aligned within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the common stretch mode for all s' glyphs within the current . - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value that specifies the common stretch mode for all s' glyphs within the current . - - - - Gets or sets for the current , the common amount of space between a 's borders and its content. - - A Padding structure that specifies the amount of space between a 's borders and its content. - - - - Gets or sets a medium 's side dimension for all Tiles within the current . - - An Int32 value that specifies a medium 's side dimension for all Tiles within the current . - - - - Gets or sets when s within the current should display their text content. - - A TileItemContentShowMode enumerator value that indicates how Tiles' text content is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the width of all large and wide s within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the width of all large and wide s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether this container operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - A TileControlLayoutMode enumerator value that specifies whether this container operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - - - Provides access to settings in use when this container is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlAdaptiveLayoutOptions object that stores settings in use when this container is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space between the current 's border and its content. - - A Padding structure that is the amount of space between the current 's border and its content. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of Tile rows within the current . - - An Int32 value specifying the maximum number of Tile rows within the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether Tile Group captions are displayed for the current . - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value specifying whether Tile Group captions are displayed for the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's text is visible. - - The DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the current 's text is visible. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment for all the current 's Tile Groups. - - A VertAlignment enumerator value that specifies the vertical alignment for all the current 's Tile Groups. - - - - Provides settings for all s within a . - - - - - Gets or sets whether tiles within of this View can be dragged only within their parent . - - true if tiles within this View's tile containers can be dragged to any existing tile group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation for all s within the View. - - An Orientation enumerator value specifying the orientation for all s within the View. - - - - An object that implements operations on a 's documents and Content Containers. - - - - - Activates the specific . - - A to be activated. - true if the target can be activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Activates the specific content container. - - An IContentContainer object to be activated. - true if the target content container can be activated; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds a tile for the specific to the current . - - A related to the newly added Tile. - true if a tile for the specific was successfully added to the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Navigates back from the currently viewed screen to the upper level. - - true if navigation to the upper level was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Sets the current 's form visual state. - - true if the form should be maximized; false for the normal state. - true if the method was successfully performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes the current application. - - true if the application can be successfully closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Flips the specific 's layout. - - A to be flipped. - true if a was flipped successfully; otherwise, false. - - - - Navigates from the currently viewed screen to the top-most level. - - true if navigation to the top-most level was successfully performed; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a specific or overview screen. - - An IContentContainer descendant whose overview screen is to be shown. - true if a container can be switched to an overview screen; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes a related to the specific from the current . - - A whose is to be removed. - true if a related to the specific was successfully removed from the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Rotates the specific changing its orientation. - - A to be rotated. - true if the specific was successfully rotated; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with specific settings. - - A that owns the newly created . - A Document related to navigation events. - An IContentContainer object to which an end-user navigates. - An IContentContainer object from which an end-user navigates. - An Object that is the tag of a involved in navigation. - - - - Gets a Document involved in the current navigation event. - - A Document involved in the current navigation event. - - - - Gets the current navigation's direction. - - A NavigationMode enumerator value that specifies the current navigation's direction. - - - - Gets or sets the parameter passed to the current navigation event. - - An Object that is the parameter passed to the current navigation event. - - - - Gets the tag of a Tile which fired the current navigation event when clicked. - - An object that is the tag of a Tile related to the current event. - - - - Gets the Content Container to which an end-user navigates. - - An IContentContainer object to which an end-user navigates. - - - - Gets the current zoom level of a target Content Container. - - A ContextualZoomLevel enumerator value that is the current zoom level of a target container. - - - - Provides members that label different navigation modes. - - - - - Indicates that an end-user navigates from the current container to its parent container. The opposite of the value. - - - - - Indicates that an end-user navigates from a parent container to its child container (e.g., from a to its ). - - - - - Indicates that an end-user navigates to the newly created container. - - - - - Indicates that the current navigation occurs within the single container (e.g., navigating through Documents within a ). - - - - - Provides settings for the WindowsUI View Overview screen of the current container. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IOverviewContainerProperties object that stores global overview screen properties. These global settings are applied when properties are not manually set. - - - - Returns appearance settings currently applied to hovered tiles within an Overview screen of this content container. - - A object that stores appearance settings currently applied to hovered tiles within an Overview screen of this content container. - - - - Returns default appearance settings currently applied to Overview screen tiles. - - A object that stores default appearance settings currently applied to Overview screen tiles. - - - - Returns appearance settings currently applied to pressed tiles within an Overview screen of this content container. - - A object that stores appearance settings currently applied to pressed tiles within an Overview screen of this content container. - - - - Returns the current size of Overview container tiles. - - A <,> value that is the current size of Overview container tiles. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Overview screen tiles are allowed to format their captions using inplace HTML tags. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not Overview screen tiles are allowed to format their captions using inplace HTML tags. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for hovered tiles within an Overview screen of the current container. - - A object that stores appearance settings for hovered tiles within an Overview screen of the current container. - - - - Provides access to default appearance settings for Overview screen tiles of the current container. - - A object that stores default appearance settings for Overview screen tiles of the current container. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for pressed tiles within an Overview screen of the current container. - - A object that stores appearance settings for pressed tiles within Overview screens. - - - - Returns whether or not tiles within the container's Overview screen can format their captions using inplace HTML tags. - - true, if tiles within the container's Overview screen can format their captions using inplace HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the size of tiles that an Overview screen displays. - - An Int32 value that is the size of tiles that an Overview screen displays. - - - - Provides settings for all WindowsUI View Overview screens. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not tile captions can be formatted using HTML tags. This affects tiles displayed within WindowsUI View Overview screens. - - true, if tile caption strings can be formatted using inplace HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for hovered tiles within Overview screens. These settings affect all WindowsUI View containers that support Overview screens. - - A object that stores appearance settings for hovered tiles within Overview screens. - - - - Provides access to default appearance settings for Overview screen tiles. These settings affect all WindowsUI View containers that support Overview screens. - - A object that stores default appearance settings for Overview screen tiles. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for pressed tiles within Overview screens. These settings affect all WindowsUI View containers that support Overview screens. - - A object that provides appearance settings for pressed tiles within WindowsUI View Overview screens. - - - - Gets or sets the tile size for all WindowsUI View Overview screens. - - An Int32 value that is the tile size for all WindowsUI View Overview screens. - - - - A WindowsUI View container that displays a single . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An IPageProperties object that contains custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets a document contained within the current . - - A contained within the current . - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An IPageDefaultProperties object that stores settings for the current . - - - - Refreshes document actions displayed within this . - - - - - A WindowsUI View container that stores multiple s but can display only one of them at a time. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An IPageGroupProperties object that specifies the newly created 's settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets the object providing information about the current . - - An IPageGroupInfo object that contains information about the current . - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An IPageGroupDefaultProperties that contains settings for the current . - - - - A WindowsUI View container that arranges multiple s side-by-side in a single scrollable row or column. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An ISlideGroupProperties object that specifies custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Provides access to properties of the content container that displays individual documents hosted within this . - - A object that stores properties of the content container that displays individual documents hosted within this . - - - - Gets the object providing information about the current . - - An ISlideGroupInfo object that contains information about the current . - - - - Provides access to properties that customize the current Overview Screen. - - An IOverviewContainerDefaultProperties object that contains settings used to customize a 's Overview Screen. - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An ISlideGroupDefaultProperties object that contains the current 's settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether scroll bars are visible for the current . - - A ScrollBarVisibility enumerator value specifying whether scroll bars are visible for the current . - - - - A WindowsUI View container that displays all its Documents simultaneously, arranging them in a single row or column without a scroll bar. End-users can resize Documents at runtime by dragging split bars. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An ISplitGroupProperties object that specifies custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Provides access to properties of the content container that displays individual documents hosted within this . - - A object that stores properties of the content container that displays individual documents hosted within this . - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An ISplitGroupDefaultProperties object that contains settings for the current . - - - - A Tabbed Group container within a WindowsUI View - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An ITabbedGroupProperties object that stores this object's settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer object that owns this . - - - - Gets specific information about this . - - An ITabbedGroupInfo object that stores specific information about this . - - - - Provides access to this object's advanced settings. - - An object that stores settings for this . - - - - A Tile within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An IBaseTileProperties object that contains custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings and links it to the specific . - - An IBaseTileProperties object that contains custom settings for the newly created . - A which the created is linked to. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets a content container displayed on the current activation. - - An IContentContainer object that will be shown on the current activation. - - - - Gets or sets a related to the current . - - A related to the current . - - - - A WindowsUI View container that displays s and unites them in multiple groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An ITileContainerProperties object that contains custom settings for the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets the content container activated when any tile within the current is clicked. - - An IContentContainer descendant activated when any tile within the current is clicked. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Tile Animation is enabled for the target tile. - - A Tile whose animation is controlled. - true, to allow animating the target tile; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current groups' captions. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to paint the current groups' captions. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's Tiles in different visual states. - - A TileItemAppearances object that stores appearance settings used to paint the current 's Tiles in different visual states. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's caption. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint the current 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the 's background image. - - An Image that is the background image for this . - - - - Specifies whether this can provide its extender properties to the specified object. - - The Object to receive the extender properties. - true if this can provide its extender properties to the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when any 's checked state within the current was changed. - - - - - Gets all checked tiles within the current . - - An IEnumerable object containing all checked tiles within the current . - - - - Occurs after any within the current was clicked. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user drops a after dragging. - - - - - Gets a specific 's ID. - - A Tile whose ID is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the ID for a target . - - - - Gets a list of all groups used within the current . - - An IList object that stores all groups used within the current . - - - - Gets the object providing information about the current . - - An ITileContainerInfo object that contains information about the current . - - - - Gets a collection of Tiles contained within the current . - - A TileCollection object that contains Tiles within the current . - - - - Forces the target tile to display its next animation frame. - - A Tile that should display the next frame. - - - - Gets or sets the 's offset. - - An Int32 value that is the 's offset. - - - - Occurs immediately after a within the current is pressed. - - - - - Provides access to the current 's settings. - - An ITileContainerDefaultProperties object that contains settings for the current . - - - - Restores the 's layout from a registry. - - A String value specifying a registry key which contains the layout to be loaded. If the specified key doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the 's layout from a stream. - - A Stream object from which a layout for the should be loaded. If the specified stream does not exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Restores the 's layout from an XML file. - - A String value specifying the path to the XML file which contains the layout to be loaded. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to a registry. - - A String value specifying the registry key in which the layout should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to a stream. - - A Stream object to which the layout should be saved. - - - - Saves the current 's layout to an XML file. - - A String value that is the path to an XML file where the current 's layout should be saved. - - - - Sets an ID for a specific within the current . - - A within the current whose ID is to be set. - An Int32 value that is the tile's ID. - - - - Starts the Tile Animation for the target tile. - - A Tile whose animation is launched. - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user starts dragging a 's tile. - - - - - Stops the running frame animation for the target tile. - - A Tile whose animation is stopped. - - - - Base class for WindowsUI buttons (actions). - - - - - Gets or sets the Action's caption. - - A String value that is the Action's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the Action's description. - - A String value that is the Action's description. - - - - Gets or sets the Action's icon. - - An Image that is the Action's icon. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this WindowsUI button. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Presents a 's content in the Microsoft Windows 10-like style. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object that implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets the object that stores images used as custom background images for Navigation Bar actions. - - An Object that stores images used as custom background images for Navigation Bar actions. - - - - Activates a specific Content Container within the . - - An IContentContainer object to be activated. - - - - Activates a specific within the . - - A to activate. - - - - Activates the specific and navigates to its Activation Target. - - A BaseTile to be activated. - - - - Gets the content container currently displayed within the current . - - An IContentContainer object that is currently displayed within the current . - - - - Gets the currently displayed Flyout. - - An IContentContainer that is the currently displayed Flyout. - - - - Gets or sets whether a corresponding Tile should be automatically generated each time a new is added to the current . - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether a Tile should be generated when a new is added. - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can drag the 's caption area to move the parent form. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether end-users can drag the 's caption area to move the parent form. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's navigation bars. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to paint the current 's navigation bars. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's navigation bar actions. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to paint the current 's navigation bar actions. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's caption. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to paint the current 's caption. - - - - Provides access to the Search Panel appearance settings. - - An AppearanceObject that stores settings used to paint the Search Panel for this . - - - - Provides access to appearance settings of the current 's splash screen. - - An AppearanceObject that contains the appearance settings of the current 's splash screen. - - - - Fires when an end-user clicks a 'Back' button within a Navigation Bar. - - - - - Gets or sets the current 's caption. - - A String value that is the current 's caption. - - - - Allows you to customize default Navigation Bar Actions. - - - - - Provides access to Custom Navigation Bar Actions common to all Content Containers within the current . - - A ContentContainerActionCollection that stores Custom Navigation Bar Actions for all Content Containers within the current . - - - - Fires when a Content Container gets activated. - - - - - Fires when a Content Container is being added to the collection. - - - - - Fires when a Content Container gets deactivated. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a Document header within any Content Container in this . - - - - - Fires when a Content Container is being removed from the collection. - - - - - Provides access to the Content Containers collection used within the current . - - A ContentContainerCollection populated with Content Containers used within the current . - - - - Provides access to the current 's Controller. - - An IWindowsUIViewController object for the current . - - - - Fires whenever the Back button needs to be displayed and allows you to manually draw this button. - - - - - Occurs when the search panel is invoked. Allows you to customize search results and manually specify the content within which the search panel should look for the entered text. - - - - - Provides access to properties of content containers that display individual documents, hosted within all and content containers that belong to this . - - A object that provides properties that customize all detail containers for all and content containers within this View. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A FloatingDocumentContainer enumerator value. - - - - Occurs when a Flyout within the is completely closed. - - - - - Occurs when a Flyout within the is to be closed. - - - - - Provides access to general settings common to all Flyouts within the . - - An IFlyoutProperties object that stores general settings common to all Flyouts within the . - - - - Occurs when a Flyout is to be displayed. - - - - - Occurs after a Flyout within the is completely displayed. - - - - - Hides the currently displayed Flyout. - - - - - Closes the currently displayed flyout with the specific outcome. - - A DialogResult enumerator value that is the output result of the closed flyout. - - - - Closes the Search Panel. - - - - - Occurs when the application's hierarchy (navigation tree) has been changed. - - - - - Gets whether transition animation is currently running within this . - - true, if transition animation is currently running within this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when a current Content Container is deactivated. - - - - - Occurs when a new Content Container is activated. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks an action within a Navigation Bar. - - - - - Fires when navigation bars are hidden. - - - - - Occurs when Navigation Bars are to be displayed. - - - - - Fires when navigation bars are shown. - - - - - Provides access to settings common for all Overview Screens within the current . - - An IOverviewContainerProperties object that contains settings used for all Overview Screens within the current . - - - - Provides access to settings used for all s within the current . - - An IPageGroupProperties object that contains settings used for all s within the current . - - - - Provides access to properties common to all s within the current . - - An IPageProperties object that stores settings common to all s within the current . - - - - Allows you to add How To: Create Custom Document Actions to Content Containers within the current . - - - - - Allows you to assign content for popup container actions. - - - - - Fires at the application start-up. - - - - - Occurs when end-users click any item displayed by the 's Search Panel. - - - - - Occurs after the Search Panel is completely closed. - - - - - Provides access to the Search Panel properties. - - An object that stores the Search Panel properties. - - - - Occurs when the Search Panel is about to be displayed. - - - - - Occurs after the Search Panel is displayed. - - - - - Displays the specific Flyout as a modal window. - - A Flyout to be displayed. - A DialogResult value that specifies the Flyout button that an end-user clicked. - - - - Displays the Search Panel. - - - - - Provides access to settings common for all s within the current . - - An ISlideGroupProperties object that contains settings common for all s within the current . - - - - Provides access to detailed settings of the current 's splash screen. - - An ISplashScreenProperties object that contains detailed settings of the current 's splash screen. - - - - Provides access to settings common for all s within the current . - - An ISplitGroupProperties object that contains settings common for all s within the current . - - - - Provides access to properties common to all containers within this . - - An object that stores properties common to all containers within this . - - - - Occurs when a is added to the current . - - - - - Occurs when the checked state for any within the current was changed. - - - - - Occurs when any within the current is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to settings common for all s within the current . - - An ITileContainerProperties object that contains settings common to all s within the current . - - - - Occurs when any within the is pressed. - - - - - Provides access to settings common for all s within the current . - - An IBaseTileProperties object that contains settings common for all s within the current . - - - - Occurs when a is removed from the current . - - - - - Provides zero-based indexed access to a collection of s contained within the current . - - A BaseTileCollection object that contains all 's s. - - - - Gets the current 's type. - - The value. - - - - Refreshes document actions displayed within this 's child Content Containers. - - - - - Updates all currently visible Navigation Bars. - - - - - The Document Selector is not supported for . - - - - - - Gets or sets if a splash screen on the application start-up is used. - - true if a splash screen on the application start-up is used; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether animation is enabled when navigating through s. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether animation is enabled when navigating through s. - - - - Gets the type of the currently displayed 's screen. - - A ContextualZoomLevel enumerator value that specifies the currently displayed 's screen. - - - - A Custom Button in the WindowsUI View. A button in the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the custom settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption and style settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - true, if the button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - A WindowsUIButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - true, if the button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - A WindowsUIButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - true, if the button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - A WindowsUIButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - A String value that is the button hint. - An Int32 value that specifies the order for this button within its parent container. - true, if this button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A SuperTip object assigned to this button. - true, if this button should display its glyph; otherwise, false. - true, if this button is in the pressed state; otherwise, false. Pressed state is only supported by buttons whose style parameter is set to ButtonStyle.CheckButton. - true, if this button is visible to end-users; otherwise, false. - An Object that stores any required info related to this button. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - true, if the button should be aligned by the left edge of the parent container; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings (text and icon). - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings, including caption, icon, button style and group index. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - An Int32 value that specifies an image within the collection as the newly created 's icon. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - An Int32 value that specifies a radio button group to which the newly created belongs (for check-buttons only). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - An Int32 value that specifies an image within the collection as the newly created 's icon. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the position of the newly created 's icon relative to this button's text. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - An Int32 value that specifies a radio button group to which the newly created belongs (for check-buttons only). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - An Int32 value that specifies an image within the collection as the newly created 's icon. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the position of the newly created 's icon relative to this button's text. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - A String value that is the 's tool-tip. - true if the should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value specifying the newly created order relative to other s. - true if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A object associated with the created. - true if the should display its image; otherwise, false. - true if the button is initially checked; otherwise, false (for check-buttons only). - true if the button is initially visible; otherwise, false. - An Object that stores button icons. - An Object that is the newly created button's tag. - An Int32 value that specifies a radio button group to which the newly created belongs (for check-buttons only). - true if the button is horizontally aligned to the left; otherwise, false. - true if the button's icon can be transparent; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - An Int32 value that specifies an image within the collection as the newly created 's icon. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the position of the newly created 's icon relative to this button's text. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - A String value that is the 's tool-tip. - true if the should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value specifying the newly created order relative to other s. - true if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A object associated with the created. - An Int32 value that specifies a radio button group to which the newly created belongs (for check-buttons only). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - An Image that is the newly created 's icon. - An Int32 value that specifies an image within the collection as the newly created 's icon. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the position of the newly created 's icon relative to this button's text. - A ButtonStyle enumerator value specifying whether the newly created is a regular (push) or check button. - A String value that is the 's tool-tip. - true if the should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value specifying the newly created order relative to other s. - An Int32 value that specifies a radio button group to which the newly created belongs (for check-buttons only). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - An Image object that is the button glyph. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. Overrides the image argument value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - An Image object that is the button glyph. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. Overrides the image parameter. - An Int32 value that is the number of an image within the container's Images collection (e.g., ) that should be used as the button glyph. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the button glyph's alignment relative to this button's text. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - A String value that is the button hint. - true, if the button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that specifies the order for this button within its parent container. - true, if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A SuperTip object assigned to this button. - true, if the button should display its glyph; otherwise, false. - true, if the button is in the pressed state; otherwise, false. This setting is in effect only for buttons whose style argument was set to ButtonStyle.CheckButton. - true, if the button should be visible to end-users; otherwise, false. - An Object that contains images applied to this button in all its visual states. See the property to learn more. - An Object that contains any required info related to this button. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - true, if the button is aligned to the left edge of its parent container; otherwise, false. - true, if the button should process transparent pixels of its glyph; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the button glyph's alignment relative to this button's text. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image, contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images, that should be used as the button glyph. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the button glyph's alignment relative to this button's text. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - A String value that is the button hint. - true, if the button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that specifies the order for this button within its parent container. - true, if this button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A SuperTip object assigned to this button. - true, if this button should display its glyph; otherwise, false. - true, if this button is in the pressed state; otherwise, false. Pressed state is only supported by buttons whose style parameter is set to ButtonStyle.CheckButton. - true, if this button is visible to end-users; otherwise, false. - An Object that stores images, used as button images for all its visual states. See the WindowsUI Buttons topic to learn more. - An Object that stores any required info related to this button. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - true, if the button should be aligned by the left edge of the parent container; otherwise, false. - true, if the button should display transparent pixels of its glyph as is; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the button glyph's alignment relative to this button's text. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - A String value that is this button hint. - true, if this button should display its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that specifies the order for this button within its parent container. - true, if this button is enabled; otherwise, false. - A SuperTip object assigned to this button. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the button text. - A String value that is the Unified Resource Identifier (URI) for the image contained within the Image Gallery and Context-Dependent Images that should be used as the button glyph. - An ImageLocation enumerator value that specifies the button glyph's alignment relative to this button's text. - A Style enumerator value that specifies whether this button should be a regular push button or check button that supports regular and pressed states. - A String value that is the button hint. - true, if this button should use its caption; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that specifies the order for this button within its parent container. - An Int32 value that specifies to which group this button belongs. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for the current . - - An AppearanceObject that stores the current 's appearance settings. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether specific colors in the current 's image are transparent. - - true, if specific colors in the current 's image are transparent; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the current 's icon relative to this button's text. - - Gets or sets the position of the current 's icon relative to this button's text. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.WindowsUIButtonImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is horizontally aligned to the left. - - true if the current is horizontally aligned to the left; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to create Windows UI flat buttons. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Glyph Skinning is always enabled for the . - - - - - - Gets or sets whether s' captions for the current can be formatted via HTML tags. - - true if s' captions for the current can be formatted via HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the object that contains appearance settings applied to s within the . - - An ButtonsPanelControlAppearance object that contains appearance settings applied to s within the . - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be auto-sized, when hosted in a . - - true, if this should be auto-sized, when hosted in a ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of background images for all s within the current . - - An Object that stores a collection of background images for all s within the current . - - - - Occurs when an end-user checks a within the current . - - - - - Occurs when a regular (push) is clicked within the current . - - - - - Gets or sets the interval between neighboring s within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the interval between neighboring s within the current . - - - - Provides access to the collection of s used within the current . - - A BaseButtonCollection that stores the current 's buttons. - - - - Occurs when an end-user unchecks a within the current . - - - - - Returns the hit info for the specific point within this . - - A Point structure that is the point within the for which the hit info should be obtained. - An IBaseButton object that stores the hit info for the specific point within this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets how the current 's buttons are aligned. - - A ContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies how s within the current are aligned. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether specific colors in images of all s within the current are transparent. - - true, if specific colors in images of all s within the current are transparent; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the color used to paint button icons when the Glyph Skinning feature is enabled. - - A BaseButtonInfo object that stores the button glyph skinning color. - A Color used to paint button icons when the Glyph Skinning feature is enabled. - - - - Retrieves detailed information about a tool-tip located at the specific position. - - A Point structure to check whether it belongs to a tool-tip. Coordinates are counted from the 's top left corner. - A ToolTipControlInfo object that stores the tool-tip's information. - - - - Hides the opened Peek Form. - - - - - Gets or sets an image collection that contains icons for the current 's s. - - An object that stores icons for the current 's s. - - - - Merges this to the target . - - A to which this should be merged. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's orientation. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Orientation enumerator value that specifies the current 's orientation. - - - - Provides access to the Peek Form settings, such as size, show delay, beak location. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.PeekFormOptions object that specifies the Peek Form settings, such as size, show delay, beak location. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of time, in milliseconds, after which a Peek Form is automatically shown when a button is hovered with the mouse pointer. - - An integer value that specifies the amount of time, in milliseconds, after which a Peek Form is automatically shown when a button is hovered with the mouse pointer. - - - - Gets or sets a Peek Form's size. - - A System.Drawing.Size structure that specifies a Peek Form's size. - - - - Enables you to provide content for a Peek Form. - - - - - Shows a Peak Form for the specified button at the specified location. - - A button for which to show a Peak Form. - A Peak Form location. - - - - Gets or sets whether a Peek Form is automatically shown when a button is hovered with the mouse pointer. - - true if a Peek Form is automatically shown when a button is hovered with the mouse pointer; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the tool-tips for the current 's buttons. - - A ToolTipController object that controls the tool-tips for the current 's buttons. - - - - Removes all merged to this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether buttons within this should display their background images. - - true, if buttons within this should display their background images; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether button wrapping is enabled for the current . - - true, if button wrapping is enabled for the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - A separator item that delimits neighboring objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Image displayed by this separator. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Image displayed by this separator. - true, if the separator is initially visible; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that is the display order of this separator. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this separator is aligned to the left border of its parent container. - - true, if this separator is aligned to the left border of its parent container; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes that support Fluent Design Form objects. - - - - - A replacement for standard Visual Studio forms that features Windows 10-inspired visual effects, custom header area buttons, and an embedded side Accordion Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Creates a associated with this . - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Not supported. - - - - - - Gets or sets the associated with this . - - The associated with this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the Acrylic accent is enabled for the Accordion Control, Layout Control and Calendar Control when they reside within the current form. The property also enables the Reveal Highlight effect for the Accordion Control and Calendar Control. - - true, to enable the Acrylic effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the associated with this . - - The associated with this . - - - - Not supported. - - - - - - Not supported. - - - - - - Gets or sets the that serves as a side navigation control for this . - - The that serves as a side navigation control for this . - - - - Provides access to settings that allow the associated with this to automatically expand or collapse as a user resizes this form. - - A object that stores Adaptive Layout Mode settings. - - - - Not supported. - - - - - - - - - - - - Represents the content container for Fluent Design Forms. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the BindingContext for this . - - A BindingContext for this . - - - - Returns the that owns this . - - The that owns this . - - - - Sets the parent that should own this . - - A that is the new owner. - - - - Represents the form header area in Fluent Design Forms. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the that owns this . - - The that owns this . - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs when the control is redrawn. - - - - - A DirectX-compatible method that replaces the standard Control.Paint method. - - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to objects displayed within the 's title bar. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.FluentDesignSystem.FluentFormLinks.FluentDesignFormLinkCollection object that contains objects displayed within the 's title bar. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Contains adaptive layout settings for the embedded in a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Fluent Design Form automatically switches the embedded Hamburger Menu's display mode depending on the form's width. - - true, to enable the adaptive layout feature for the embedded Hamburger Menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the property value scaled according to the current DPI setting. - - An integer value of the form's width, in pixels, at which the menu's display mode is switched between Inline and Overlay modes scaled according to the current DPI setting. - - - - Returns the property value scaled according to the current DPI setting. - - An integer value that specifies form's width at which the menu's display mode is switched between Overlay and Minimal modes scaled according to the current DPI setting. - - - - Gets or sets the form's width, in pixels, at which the menu's display mode is switched between Inline and Overlay modes. - - The form's width at which the menu's display mode is switched between Inline and Overlay modes. - - - - Gets or sets the form's width, in pixels, at which the menu's display mode is switched between Overlay and Minimal modes. - - The form's width at which the menu's display mode is switched between Overlay and Minimal modes. - - - - Converts a regular form to a DevExpress form and backwards. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A descendant representing the previously highlighted link. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant representing the currently highlighted link. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the currently highlighted link. - - A object that represents the currently highlighted link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is currently highlighted. - - - - Gets the previously highlighted link. - - A object representing the previously highlighted link. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no link was previously highlighted. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source (typically the object). - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The bar item containing the editor. - The bar item's link. - A value indicating whether an editor within the item is readonly. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the editor within an item is read only. - - true, if the editor within an item is readonly; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of the class. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - A class instance whose link was clicked. - The clicked . - - - - Gets the whose link was clicked. - - A whose link was clicked. - - - - Gets the clicked . - - The clicked . - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of the class. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Provides data for events that require a link as the parameter. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A object representing the link associated with the event. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the link associated with the event. - - A object representing the link, operations against which caused the event to fire. - - - - Represents a method that will handle events that require a link as the parameter. - - The event source (typically the object). - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A descendant representing the bar item whose list item was clicked. This value is assigned to the property. - A zero-based integer representing the index of the clicked list item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the index of the clicked list item. - - A zero-based integer value representing the index of the clicked list item. - - - - Gets the bar item whose list item was clicked. - - A descendant whose list item was clicked. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. Identifies the bar item that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Contains classes that implement localization tasks. - - - - - A base class that provides necessary functionality for custom localizers of the Ribbon, Menu and Docking library. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a localizer object providing localization of the user interface at runtime. - - A class descendant, used to localize the user interface at runtime. - - - - Returns a localizer object, which provides resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object representing resources based on the thread's culture. - - - - Returns a localizer object, which provides resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - A object, which provides resources based on the thread's culture. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - A default localizer to translate resources for WinForms Ribbon, Menu and Docking. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets the string, localized by the current , for the specified user interface element. - - A enumeration value specifying the UI element whose caption (text) is to be localized. - A representing the text to be displayed within the specified UI element. - - - - Returns the name of the language currently used by this localizer object. - - A specifying the language used to localize the user interface. - - - - Contains values corresponding to strings that can be localized. - - - - - The text displayed within the search box when it is empty.Return value: "Type keywords here". - - - - - The Add or Remove Buttons button's caption.Return value: "Add or Remove Buttons". - - - - - Represents the name of the "All Items" category.Return value: (All Items) - - - - - Represents the name of the "Unassigned Items" category.Return value: (Unassigned Items) - - - - - The caption of a Cancel button.Return value: Cancel - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Close button of a Ribbon Form.Return value: Close - - - - - Return value: Minimize the Ribbon (Ctrl+F1) - - - - - Return value: Only show tab names on the Ribbon - - - - - Return value: Auto - - - - - The Customize... menu item's caption.Return value: "Customize ... " - - - - - Return value: &Customize Quick Access Toolbar... - - - - - Return value: Customize the &Ribbon... - - - - - Specifies the Super Tooltip for the Ribbon Quick Access Toolbar's customization button.Return value: Customize Quick Access Toolbar - - - - - Specifies the Tooltip for a Toolbar's customization button.Return value: Customize Toolbar - - - - - The caption of the Customization Window.Return value: "Customization". - - - - - Return value: Expand the Ribbon (Ctrl+F1) - - - - - Return value: Show the Ribbon so that it is always expanded even after you click a command - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Full-Screen Mode button (see ) of a Ribbon form.Return value: Auto-hide Ribbon - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Help button of a Ribbon Form.Return value: Help - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Maximize button of a Ribbon form.Return value: Maximize - - - - - Represents the Fade menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: Fade - - - - - Represents the None menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: None - - - - - Represents the Random menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: Random - - - - - Represents the Slide menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: Slide - - - - - Represents the System menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: (System default) - - - - - Represents the Unfold menu animation option in the Customization Window.Return value: Unfold - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Minimize button of a Ribbon form.Return value: Minimize - - - - - Return value: &More Commands... - - - - - The default value for the property of the main menu that is created automatically when a component is added onto the form at design time.Return value: Main menu - - - - - The default value for the property of the status bar that is created automatically when a component is added onto the form at design time.Return value: Status bar - - - - - The caption of the dialog asking for the name of the new toolbar.Return value: "New Toolbar" - - - - - The name of the new toolbar.Return value: "Custom {0}" - - - - - The default value for the property of the bar that is created automatically when a component is added onto the form at design time.Return value: Tools - - - - - For internal use.Return value: "" - - - - - The caption of the popup menu editor invoked when customizing a .Return value: Popup Menu Editor - - - - - The caption of the dialog invoked when renaming the bar via the Customization Window.Return value: "Rename Toolbar" - - - - - The text of the confirmation message box that appears when attempting to reset a toolbar. The {0} string in this text denotes the place of the toolbar name.Return value: "Are you sure you want to reset the changes made to the '{0}' toolbar?" - - - - - The caption of the confirmation message box that appears when attempting to reset a toolbar.Return value: "Customize" - - - - - The Reset Toolbar menu item's caption.Return value: "Reset Toolbar" - - - - - The default value for the tooltip text, which is shown for the Restore button of a Ribbon form.Return value: Restore Down - - - - - The value that is used to initialize the Text property of the category returned by the property.Return value: (All Pages) - - - - - Return value: No name - - - - - Return value: Add - - - - - Return value: Move Down - - - - - Return value: Export all customizations - - - - - Return value: Import customization file - - - - - Return value: New Category - - - - - Return value: New Category - - - - - Return value: New Group - - - - - Return value: New Group - - - - - Return value: New Tab - - - - - Return value: New Tab - - - - - Return value: All Commands - - - - - Return value: All Tabs - - - - - Return value: Remove - - - - - Return value: Rename - - - - - Return value: Reset only selected Ribbon tab - - - - - Return value: Reset all customizations - - - - - Return value: Custom - - - - - Return value: Move Up - - - - - A caption for the Show Tabs and Commands mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - A description for the Show Tabs and Commands mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - A caption for the Auto-hide Ribbon mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - A description for the Auto-hide Ribbon mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - A caption of the menu item, displayed within a Group Filter menu, which when selected removes any filter and makes all groups visible. Return value: All groups - - - - - Represents the text within an In-Dropdown Gallery's Group Filter panel when there is no group to be displayed.Return value: None - - - - - A caption for the Show Tabs mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - A description for the Show Tabs mode in the display options drop-down switcher. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A caption of the menu item available for a Quick Access Toolbar, which allows the toolbar to be positioned above the RibbonControl.Return value: &Show Quick Access Toolbar Above the Ribbon - - - - - A caption of the menu item, available for a bar item within a RibbonControl, which when clicked adds this bar item to a Quick Access Toolbar.Return value: &Add to Quick Access Toolbar - - - - - A caption of the menu item, available for a Quick Access Toolbar, which allows the toolbar to be positioned below the RibbonControl.Return value: &Show Quick Access Toolbar Below the Ribbon - - - - - A caption of the menu item, available for a Quick Access Toolbar, which allows the Ribbon Control to be minimized.Return value: Mi&nimize the Ribbon - - - - - A caption of the menu item, available for a bar item within a RibbonControl, which when clicked removes this bar item from a Quick Access Toolbar.Return value: &Remove from Quick Access Toolbar - - - - - Return value: Touch/Mouse Mode - - - - - Return value: Optimize space between commands - - - - - Return value: Standard ribbon and commands. Optimized for use with a mouse. - - - - - Return value: Mouse - - - - - Return value: More space between commands. Optimized for use with touch. - - - - - Return value: Touch - - - - - The value that is used to initialize the default page category's Text property. This text is displayed in the RibbonControl's designer.Return value: (Unassigned Pages) - - - - - Specifies the label for a control displayed within the Customization Window.Return value: Show ScreenTips on toolbars - - - - - Specifies the label for a control displayed within the Customization Window.Return value: Show shortcut keys in ScreenTips - - - - - Specifies the captions of DevExpress skins.Return value: "|DevExpress Style|Caramel|Money Twins|DevExpress Dark Style|iMaginary|Lilian|Black|Blue|Office 2010 Blue|Office 2010 Black|Office 2010 Silver|Office 2007 Blue|Office 2007 Black|Office 2007 Silver|Office 2007 Green|Office 2007 Pink|Seven|Seven Classic|Darkroom|McSkin|Sharp|Sharp Plus|Foggy|Dark Side|Xmas (Blue)|Springtime|Summer|Pumpkin|Valentine|Stardust|Coffee|Glass Oceans|High Contrast|Liquid Sky|London Liquid Sky|The Asphalt World|Blueprint|Whiteprint|VS2010|Metropolis|Metropolis Dark|Office 2013|" - - - - - Returns a caption of a gallery that displays palettes (swatches) for an active vector skin. A gallery displays its caption when the currently active skin is a raster skin.Return value: "Select a vector skin to unlock swatches". - - - - - Returns a description of a gallery that displays palettes (swatches) for an active vector skin. A gallery displays its description when the currently active skin is a raster skin.Return value: "Swatches are color palettes that modify the skin color scheme". - - - - - Identifies the name of a group combining bonus skins.Return value: Bonus Skins - - - - - Identifies the name of a group combining custom skins.Return value: Custom Skins - - - - - Identifies the name of a group combining default skins.Return value: Standard Skins - - - - - Identifies the name of a group combining Office skins.Return value: Office Skins - - - - - Identifies the name of a group combining thematic skins.Return value: Theme Skins - - - - - Returns the header of a super tip displayed when a user hovers over an element that allows them to toggle Ribbon between its normal ("Classic") and Simplified states (in Office 2019 Ribbon stylesonly).Return value: "Switch Ribbons". - - - - - Returns the main text of a super tip displayed when a user hovers over an element that allows them to toggle Ribbon between its normal ("Classic") and Simplified states (in Office 2019 Ribbon stylesonly).Return value: "Switch between the Simplified Ribbon and the Classic Ribbon". - - - - - Item captions of the context menu that can be invoked by right-clicking a bar item when performing runtime customization. Item captions are delimited by the "$" character. Each new group of items is denoted by the "!" character.Return value: &Reset$&Delete$!&Name$!Defau&lt style$&Text Only (Always)$Text &Only (in Menus)$Image &and Text$!Begin a &Group$&Visible$&Most recently used - - - - - Return value: Toolbar Name: - - - - - A caption of the context menu item that allows an end-user to specify whether a link is visible.Return value: Visible - - - - - Contains style settings used to customize items within popup menus and container items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its style settings to their default values. - - - - - Gets appearance settings used to paint s within sub-menus and popup menus in different visual states. - - A object that provides appearance settings used to paint s within sub-menus and popup menus in different visual states. - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Provides access the appearance settings used to paint header items () within this sub-menu or pop-up menu. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings used to paint header items within this sub-menu or pop-up menu. - - - - Contains style settings used to paint submenu items. - - A object providing styles for submenu items. - - - - Contains style settings to paint menu bars. - - A object providing styles for painting menu bars. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint menu headers. - - An that provides corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Contains style settings for painting side strips (boxes displaying bar item icons). - - A object providing styles for painting side strips. - - - - Contains style settings to paint side strips (boxes displaying bar item icons) for items not recently used. - - A object providing styles for painting side strips for items not recently used. - - - - Updates the right-to-left text direction option. - - true, if the text is directed from right to left; otherwise, false. - - - - Enumerates menu display modes. - - - - - A menu is painted according to its type.For objects, the default draw mode is affected by the property. If the option is set to false, menu items are painted as in the mode. If the option is set to true, menu items are painted as in the draw mode. - - - - - Allows menu item captions and large images to be displayed. - - - - - Allows menu item captions, descriptions and large images to be displayed. - - - - - Allows menu item captions and small images to be displayed. - - - - - Contains navigation controls. - - - - - An advanced hierarchical navigation menu. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected element. - - An object specifying the currently selected element. - - - - Adds a new group to this . - - A object added to this . - - - - Creates a new owned by this . - - An object created by this method. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users should be able to drag this 's elements at runtime. - - true, if end-users should be able to drag this 's elements at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the Glyph Skinning feature is enabled for this . - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not the Glyph Skinning feature is enabled for this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users can drag borders to resize this control horizontally. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this can be horizontally resized at runtime. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format element header text (). - - true, if this supports HTML tags, used within the captions of its items.; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this supports the selected state for its Items. - - true, if this supports the selected state for its Items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not multiple s can be expanded simultaneously. - - true, if multiple s can be expanded simultaneously; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether items are scrolled using smoothing animation. - - true, if items are scrolled using smoothing animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the animation effect that follows expanding\collapsing elements within this . - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AnimationType enumerator value that specifies the animation effect. - - - - Provides access to multiple appearance groups that store appearance settings for all accordion elements in every visual state. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlAppearances object that contains multiple appearance groups that store appearance settings for all accordion elements in every visual state. - - - - Starts this 's initialization. - - - - - Locks the . - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Returns the hit info related to the target point within the . - - A Point that is the target location for which the hit info should be returned. - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlHitInfo object that allows you to get what accordion element is located at the target position. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal indent of child elements from their parents. - - An integer value that specifies the horizontal indent of child elements from their parents. - - - - Removes all child elements. - - - - - Closes the pop-up form. - - - - - Collapses all group elements that belong to this . - - - - - Collapses the target accordion element. - - An that should be collapsed. - - - - Collapses the target element with optional animation effects. - - An AccordionControlElement that has to be collapsed. - true, if collapsing this element should be visualized with animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever an item from either the or collections is clicked. - - - - - Fires before any context button is shown and allows you to dynamically customize it. - - - - - Provides access to properties that affect all context buttons within this 's elements. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionContextItemCollectionOptions object that stores global context button settings. - - - - Allows you to dynamically customize item tooltips. - - - - - Fires before a group or item is displayed. Provides access to a drawing surface and allows you to draw the processed element. - - - - - Fires before the hamburger button is displayed. Provides access to a drawing surface and allows you to draw the hamburger button. - - - - - Provides the capability to dynamically rename specific elements. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the distance between top-level elements. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between top-level elements. - - - - Fires when a group or item is clicked. - - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user hovers an element within this while dragging another element. - - - - - Gets or sets whether expandable groups and elements are scrolled (if required) to make their contents visible when they are expanded. - - A value that specifies whether elements and groups are scrolled (if required) on their expansion to make their contents visible. -The Default value is equivalent to ScrollUp. - - - - Provides access to s that serve as root elements for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlElementCollection object that stores all s that serve as root elements for this . - - - - Occurs when an end-user releases the currently dragged element. - - - - - Ends the initialization process, launched by the method. - - - - - Called after all required modifications are applied to the and forces the control to unlock its UI and reflect these changes. - - - - - Expands all group elements within this . - - true, if groups have been successfully expanded; otherwise, false. - - - - Expands the target . - - An to be expanded. - - - - Expands the target element with optional animation effects. - - An AccordionControlElement object that is the element to be expanded. - true, if expanding this element should be followed by animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a single element or multiple elements can be expanded simultaneously. - - A value that defines element expansion mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this 's groups can be expanded/collapsed by clicking their captions at runtime. - - true, if this 's groups can be expanded/collapsed by clicking their captions at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can click item elements' headers to expand these elements. - - true, if end-users can click item elements' headers to expand these elements; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after an element has been expanded/collapsed. - - - - - Fires when an element is about to be expanded/collapsed. Allows you to implement a custom element expansion behavior. - - - - - Allows you to control an element's visibility during a filtration performed using the built-in filter control. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that provides the filter functionality. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.IFilterContent object that provides the filter functionality. - - - - Gets the control representing the accordion control's flyout form. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionFlyoutForm object specifying the accordion control's flyout form. - - - - Gets the control representing the accordion control footer. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlFooter object representing the control footer. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Performs a certain action for each element. - - An action to perform against each element. - - - - Performs a certain action for each visible element. - - An action to perform against each visible element. - - - - Gets the color, currently assigned to the control's Appearance.ControlAppearance.BackColor property. - - A Color object that is the current backcolor of this . - - - - Allows you to dynamically specify a content container for empty items. This event must be handled along with the event. - - - - - Returns a linear list of all elements in the . - - A linear list of all elements in the . - - - - Returns the 's filter control. - - The 's filter control. - - - - Returns a linear list that comprises visible top-level elements and visible elements that reside within expanded groups. - - A linear list of visible elements. - - - - Stores context buttons, shared among all groups. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemCollection object that stores context buttons, displayed by any group element within this . - - - - Gets or sets the header height common to all groups (elements whose is set to ). - - An Int32 value that is the header height common to all group elements within this . - - - - Allows you to specify whether an item, when expanded, will display a custom control container. The custom control container should be provided by handling the event. - - - - - Gets the control representing the accordion header that contains the hamburger button. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlHeader object representing the accordion header. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within element headers. - - The image collection containing images to be displayed in element headers. - - - - Gets or sets whether the pop-up form is shown. - - true, if the pop-up form is shown; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever an item element hides its content container (if any). - - - - - Stores context buttons, shared among all items. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemCollection object that stores context buttons, shown by all items within this . - - - - Gets or sets the header height common to all items (elements whose is set to ). - - The header height, common to all items. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Scrolls the up or down until the target element is visible. - - A object which is the element that should be visible. - - - - Occurs whenever the collection is modified. - - - - - Provides access to options specific to the control footer. To enable the control footer, set the property to Footer. - - An object specifying control footer specific options. - - - - Provides access to options specific to the hamburger menu view. To enable the hamburger menu view, set the property to HamburgerMenu. - - An object specifying hamburger menu view options. - - - - Provides access to options related to the minimized (collapsed) state. - - A object that stores options related to minimizing this . - - - - Occurs when the control is redrawn. - - - - - Occurs when the control is redrawn. - - - - - Redraws the . - - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can drag the control's edge to resize the control horizontally. The property allows you to choose the position of the resize zone. - - The value that specifies whether horizontal resizing is enabled. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in registry. - - A String value that is the registry path where the layout is stored. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in a stream. - - A String value that is the name of the stream that keeps the layout. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in a local XML file. - - A String value that is the path to the XML file that keeps the layout. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in registry. - - A String value that is the registry path where the layout is stored. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in a stream. - - A String value that is the name of the stream that keeps the layout. - - - - Loads the layout, stored in a local XML file. - - A String value that is the path to the XML file that keeps the layout. - - - - Gets or sets whether root groups and items are displayed in the main menu (the default) or in the control footer. - - A enumeration value that specifies where to display root groups and items. - - - - Saves the current layout to the registry. - - A String value that is the registry path to which the current layout should be saved. - true, if the layout was successfully saved; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the current layout to a stream. - - A String value that is the name of the stream that should keep the current layout. - - - - Saves the current layout to a local XML file. - - A String value that is the name of the XML file that should keep the current layout. - - - - Saves the current layout to the registry. - - A String value that is the registry path to which the current layout should be saved. - true, if the layout was successfully saved; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the current layout to a stream. - - A String value that is the name of the stream that should keep the current layout. - - - - Saves the current layout to a local XML file. - - A String value that is the name of the XML file that should keep the current layout. - - - - Gets or sets whether icons are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - True, if icons are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, Default or False. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical scroll bar's visibility and style. - - The vertical scroll bar's visibility and style. - - - - Gets or sets how updates its content when scrolled vertically. Immediate - instant update, Delayed - update after a short delay, Default - depends on the number of child controls. - - The 's content update mode. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected item. This property is in effect if item selection is enabled with the property. - - The currently selected element. - - - - Fires when the property's value is changed. This event is in effect if item selection is enabled with the property. - - - - - Selects the specified element. -This method is in effect if item selection is enabled with the property. - - An item to select. - - - - Gets or sets whether an element is selected when the mouse button is pressed or released. - - A SelectElementMode enumeration value that specifies whether an element is selected when the mouse button is pressed or released. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the built-in filter control's visibility. - - A value that specifies the built-in filter control's visibility. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not groups should display their expand/collapse buttons. - - true, if groups should display their expand/collapse buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether item elements should display their expand/collapse buttons. - - true, if item elements should display their expand/collapse buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user presses an element owned by this and starts dragging this element away from its original location. - - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the DirectX rendering. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this control employs the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True if the static method was called, or to DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's view type is a classic accordion control or a hamburger menu. To specify hamburger menu specific options, use the property. - - An enumeration value that specifies the accordion control view type. - - - - Enumerates modes that specify how the is displayed in the expanded and collapsed states. - - - - - The Hamburger Menu is displayed as a side bar when collapsed, and in-line with the form content when expanded. - - - - - In the collapsed state, the Hamburger Menu is rendered as a small Hamburger button (when DockStyle is Left, Right or None), or as a top-aligned bar containing the Hamburger button (when DockStyle is Top). In the expanded state, the menu is shown in an overlay above the content area. - - - - - The Hamburger Menu is displayed as a side bar when collapsed, and in an overlay above the content area when expanded. - - - - - An element within . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified style. - - A value used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the parent . - - The parent . - - - - Provides access to groups of appearance settings, applied to this in different visual states. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlElementAppearances object that stores element appearance settings. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the element is aligned at the near or far side of the control footer in the accordion control's expanded state. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionItemFooterAlignment enumeration value, such as Near or Far, that specifies the element alignment in the control footer. - - - - Provides access to the collection of nested elements. - - The collection of nested elements. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between any neighboring header content blocks for this . - - An Int32 value that is the distance between neighboring header content blocks. - - - - Provides access to a header template for the current . A header template specifies the order and alignment for header content blocks. - - An AccordionHeaderTemplate object that specifies the order and alignment for header content blocks. - - - - Gets whether the current element is displayed. - - true, if the element is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the element's hierarchy level. - - The element's hierarchy level. - - - - Fires when the current element's collection is modified. - - - - - Tests whether or not a header template for this object should be serialized. - - true, if a header template for this should be serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the element is considered a group or an item. - - The element's style. - - - - Occurs when the changes its property value. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the footer displays the current root group's button. This property is in effect for root groups. - - true, to show the group button in the footer; otherwise, false. - - - - The base class for elements in the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the that owns the current element. - - The current element's owner. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this supports glyph skinning. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this element supports glyph skinning. - - - - Fires when the element is clicked. - - - - - Allows you to assign a custom control container to the element which will be displayed in an expandable area below the element's header. This property is in effect for elements of the Item style (see ). - - An object that specifies a container for custom controls. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed by this element. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemCollection object that stores context buttons displayed by this element. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the element is enabled. - - true, if the element is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the element's property value has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the element is expanded. - - true, if the element is expanded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a custom control displayed in the element header. - - A custom control displayed in the element header. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the and context buttons. - - The distance between the and context buttons. - - - - Gets or sets whether the element's header is visible. - - true, if the element's header is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the element header height. - - The element header height. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip for the current element. - - A regular tooltip for the current element. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed in the element header. - - The image displayed in the element header. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image (in the collection) displayed in the element header. - - The index of the image displayed in the element header. - - - - Gets or sets whether the header image ( or ) is resized and how this is performed. - - The image stretching mode. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Returns the image collection assigned to the property. - - The image collection assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier (URI) of the image from the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current . - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the name of this element. - - A String value that is the element name. - - - - Returns an that owns this element. - - An that owns this element. - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current element. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current element. - - A object associated with the element. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current element. - - Custom data assigned to the element. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the element header. - - The text displayed in the element header. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the relative to the image ( or ). - - The text position relative to the image. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the text and image in the element's header. - - The distance between the text and image, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current element is visible. - - true, if the current element is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the property value is changed. - - - - - Enumerates how the 's root groups and items are displayed. - - - - - Root groups and items are displayed in the main menu. The control footer is hidden. - - - - - Root groups and items are displayed in the control footer. When a root group is selected in the control footer, its content is displayed in the main menu. - - - - - Provides values that specify the view type. - - - - - The Hamburger Menu view type, which features: - - - - - The default (Accordion Control) view type. - - - - - Comprises the Accordion control's footer specific options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object specifying the Accordion control whose footer specific options are being created. - - - - Gets or sets whether the accordion control's main menu displays the active group's content, but not the header, or both the content and the header. - - An enumeration value that specifies how the active group's content is displayed in the main menu. - - - - Comprises the Accordion control's hamburger menu view specific options. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object specifying the Accordion control whose hamburger menu view specific options are being created. - - - - Gets or sets how the hamburger menu is displayed in the collapsed/expanded state: a toggle button/overlays the content, a side bar/overlays the content, or a side bar/in-line with the content. - - An enumeration value, such as Minimal, Overlay or Inline, that specifies the display mode. - - - - Enumerates values that specify how to calculate the pop-up form's height. - - - - - The mode is not specified explicitly. Enables the None mode. - - - - - The pop-up form height matches the content height. - - - - - The pop-up form has a predefined fixed height. The height does not depend on the content, panert form, etc. - - - - - Enumerates modes that specify how the group currently selected in the Accordion control's footer is displayed in the main menu. - - - - - The Accordion control's main menu displays the active group's content, but not the header. - - - - - The Accordion control's main menu displays the active group's content and header. - - - - - Contains values that specify how the 's background is painted. - - - - - The background of the is not affected and painted as specified by the dropdown control's Appearance property. - - - - - The background of the is painted using the . - - - - - The background of the is painted using the tile's background color. You can customize the tile's background color using the TileBarItem.AppearanceItem.Normal.BackColor property. - - - - - Provides arguments for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specified settings. - - - - - - - - - Gets the hamburger button bounds. - - A structure that specifies the hamburger button bounds. - - - - Provides access to a drawing surface and a pen/brush/font cache. - - An object that provides access to a drawing surface and a pen/brush/font cache. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the event is handled. - - true, if the event is handled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hamburger button state: normal, hot tracked, pressed, disabled, or selected. - - A value that specifies the hamburger button state: normal, hot tracked, pressed, disabled, or selected. - - - - Enumerates types of elements in the . - - - - - An expandable element that can display child elements (items and groups). - - - - - An element that can act as a button or display custom content in an expandable area below the element's header. - - - - - Enumerates element expansion modes in the . - - - - - Multiple elements (items and/or groups) can be expanded simultaneously. In this mode, you can implement custom element expansion logic by handling the event. - - - - - A single element (item or group) can be expanded simultaneously. - - - - - A single item and multiple groups can be expanded simultaneously. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object used to initialize the property. - An object used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the current element that is about to be expanded/collapsed. - - The current element that is about to be expanded/collapsed. - - - - Gets the list of elements to be additionally expanded/collapsed. - - The list of elements to be additionally expanded/collapsed. - - - - Gets the new expansion state into which the currently processed element () will be set after your ExpandStateChanging event handler is complete. - - The new expansion state for the currently processed element. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The that raises the event. - Data for the event. - - - - Allows a control to be rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - - - - Gets or sets the object's alignment. - - The object's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the current . - - A System.String value specifying the caption of the current object. - - - - Creates and returns a copy of the current object. - - A representing copy of the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object. - - - - Returns a drop-down tile bar associated with the current . - - A TileBarWindow object representing a drop-down tile bar. - - - - Returns the current object type-casting it to the class. - - A object representing the current . - - - - Gets or sets the glyph of the current object. - - A glyph of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the 's alignment. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavButtonAlignment enumeration value specifying the glyph's alignment. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the object that owns the current . - - A object representing a collection of objects. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is visible. - - true, if the current object is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a button in the 's nav bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is the Main Button from which navigation starts. - - true, if the current is the Main Button; otherwise, false. - - - - The base class for elements in the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - The DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavButtonAlignment enumeration value specifying the alignment of the rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the element's images gain a color hue, specified via the element's foreground color. - - The enumeration value specifying whether the element's images are painted using the element's foreground color. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - The object that contains the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar, when it is in the hovered state. - - The object that contains the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar, when it is in the hovered state. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar, when it is in the selected state. - - The object that contains the appearance settings applied to the current rendered as a button in the nav bar, when it is in the selected state. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the current when it is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - The String value specifying the caption of the current when it is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - - - Occurs when the current is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is enabled. This property is in effect for elements of the collection. - - true, if the current is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the NavElement's glyph when the NavElement is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - The element's glyph displayed within the nav bar. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the , which is displayed when the NavElement is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - The value specifying the glyph alignment. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to set up raster and vector glyphs for this NavElement rendered as a button in the TileNavPane's nav bar. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavElementImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets or sets the object's name. - - The object's name. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the when it is rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - The object specifying the amount of space around the when it is rendered as a button in the nav bar. - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current navigation element. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current navigation element. - - A object associated with the current navigation element. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An Object that contains custom data for the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is visible. This property is in effect for elements of the collection. - - true, if the current is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents an item in the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Returns the collection to which the current object belongs. - - The collection to which the current object belongs. - - - - Gets or sets the item's text by which the item is presented in the Navigation Options dialog. - - The item's text when it is displayed in the Navigation Options dialog. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavigationBarItemImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets the object's name. - - The object's name. - - - - Returns the property to its default value. - - - - - Selects this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether a popup Peek Form is displayed for the current item when it is hovered over. - - A value that specifies whether or not a popup Peek Form is displayed for the current item when it is hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets a super tip displayed by this on hover. - - A object assigned to this . - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An object that contains custom data for the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the item's text. - - The item's text. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - The text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this is currently visible. - - true, if this is currently visible; otherwise, false. - - - - The flat-styled page container without built-in navigation elements (unlike the ), displaying one page at a time. -Supports animation effects when navigating through pages. -See Navigation Frame and Tab Pane. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Adds a new page containing the specific control in the current . - - A String value that is the caption of the created page. - A Control object hosted within a newly created page. - A object that is the page added to this . - - - - Adds a new page containing the specific control in the current . - - A Control object hosted in a newly created page. - A object that is the page added to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not changing the frame's selected page is followed by animation effects. - - True, if changing the frame's selected page is followed with animation effects; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for this . - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the back color for this . - - A Color that paints this 's background. - - - - Fires when the has finished loading a page content. - - - - - Fires when a page loses its content. - - - - - Fires when a dynamically populated is deselected. - - - - - Fires when a page has shown its loaded content. - - - - - Adds a new blank page to this . - - A object that is the page added to this . - - - - Gets or sets the fore color for this . - - A Color used as fore color for this . - - - - Gets whether or not this is initialized. - - true, if this is initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this is being initialized. - - true, if this is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Forces the to redraw itself. - - - - - Provides access to look and feel properties for this . - - A object that stores look and feel properties for this . - - - - Occurs whenever a new page was added to this . - - - - - Occurs whenever a page is removed from this . - - - - - Provides indexed zero-based access to all pages owned by this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavigationPageBaseCollection object that stores pages owned by this . - - - - Allows you to dynamically assign content to each in this or . - - - - - Returns this frame its default back color. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Bar Managers and Ribbon Controls from this 's child pages should be automatically merged to Bars and Ribbons in the main application form. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not Bar Managers and Ribbon Controls from this 's child pages should be automatically merged to Bars and Ribbons in the main application form. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected page. - - A , currently selected within this . - - - - Occurs when the selected page is changed. - - - - - Fires when the is about to change its currently selected page and allows you to cancel this upcoming modification. - - - - - Gets or sets which from the collection should be selected. - - An Int32 value that is the index of the newly selected page within the collection. - - - - Occurs whenever the property changes its value. - - - - - Selects the page that follows the currently selected page in the collection. - - - - - Selects the page that precedes the currently selected page in the collection. - - - - - Provides access to settings that affect the quality and performance of animation effects, played when this navigates through its pages. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.TransitionAnimationProperties object that stores animation properties. - - - - Allows you to customize an animated state transition. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of transition animation that follows navigation from one within this frame to another. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Animation.Transitions enumerator value that is the transition animation type. - - - - A child element within the , and controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs when the custom header button of the check type was checked. - - - - - Occurs whenever a custom header button was clicked. - - - - - Occurs when the custom header button of check type was unchecked. - - - - - Provides access to the custom header buttons collection. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking2010.ButtonCollection object that stores custom header buttons for this . - - - - Provides access to this 's advanced settings. - - A object that stores advanced page settings. - - - - Gets or sets a super tip associated with this . - - A object associated with this . - - - - Gets or sets a regular hint associated with this . - - A object associated with this . - - - - Provides base and properties. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the edges of a parent container to which this page sticks. - - An enumeration value that specifies the edges of a parent container to which this page sticks. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between page borders and the background of the same page. - - A Padding structure that is the distance between page borders and the background of the same page. - - - - Gets or sets the border style of this page. - - A enumeration value that specifies the page border style. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of this page. - - A String value that is the page caption. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a control associated with this page. - - A String value that is the name of a control associated with this page. - - - - Gets or sets the type name of a control associated with this page. - - A value that is the type name of a control associated with this page. - - - - Gets or sets the dock style of this page. - - A enumeration value that is the dock style of this page. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this page is currently enabled. - - true, if this page is currently enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the icon for this page. - - An Image object that is the page icon. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this page. - - An ImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets or sets the resource identifier that allows this page to retrieve a context-dependent image from the DevExpress Image Gallery. - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that is the resource identifier of this page. - - - - Returns whether or not this page is fully loaded. - - true, if this page is fully loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this page has dynamically received its content. - - true, if this page has dynamically received its content; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the page location. - - A Point structure that is the page location. - - - - Returns the owner of this page. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.INavigationFrame object that owns this page. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the tab header area of a parent Navigation Pane control. - - A String value that is the text displayed in the tab header area of a parent Navigation Pane control. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this page is currently visible. - - true, if this page is currently visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to advanced page settings. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.IBaseNavigationPageDefaultProperties object that stores advanced page settings. - - - - Gets or sets the page size. - - A Size structure that is the page size. - - - - Gets or sets how many times an end-user should press "Tab" to focus this navigation page. - - An Int32 value that specifies how many times an end-user should press "Tab" to focus this navigation page. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users can focus this page by pressing the "Tab" key. - - true, if end-users can focus this page by pressing the "Tab" key; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Contains properties for this specific . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IBaseNavigationPageProperties object whose settings are to be copied to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not custom header buttons for this should colorize their icons with fore colors. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not custom header buttons for this should colorize their icons with fore colors. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this 's caption can be formatted using HTML tags. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this 's caption can be formatted using HTML tags. - - - - Returns whether or not the Glyph Skinning feature is currently enabled for this page. - - true, if the Glyph Skinning feature is currently enabled for this page; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this page's caption can currently be formatted using HTML tags. - - true, if this page's caption can currently be formatted using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this page should display its collapse button. - - true, if this page should display its collapse button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this page can display its expand button. - - true, if this page can display its expand button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this page should display its collapse button. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this page should display its collapse button. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should display its expand button. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this should display its expand button. - - - - Provides members that affect all s within the parent control ( or ). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not custom header buttons for all s should colorize their icons with fore colors. - - true, to colorize icons for all navigation pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether any navigation page within this parent container can use HTML tags to format its caption. - - true, if any navigation page within this parent container can use HTML tags to format its caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all pages within the current control should display their collapse buttons. - - true, if all pages within the current control should display their collapse buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all s should display their expand buttons. - - true, if all s should display their expand buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - The page container with vertically arranged built-in flat tabs, displaying one page at a time in an expandable area, which can be resized, maximized and collapsed. -Supports animation effects when navigating through pages. See Navigation Pane. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not page icons should be colorized with these pages' fore colors. - - true, if page icons should be colorized with these pages' fore colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not page tab header captions recognize HTML tags. - - true if page tab header captions recognize HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all clicks made close to the page border should be handled by the instead of controls lying on top of this page. - - true, if all clicks made close to the page border should be handled by the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users are allowed to resize the 's content area by dragging its border. - - true, if end-users are allowed to resize the 's content area by dragging its border; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to tab headers of s that belong to this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ButtonsPanelControl.ButtonsPanelControlAppearance object that stores appearance settings applied to tab headers of s that belong to this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the hit info for the page owned by this and located at the target coordinates. - - A Point structure that is the coordinates for which page hit info should be returned. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.INavigationPageBase object that is the hit info for the page located at the target coordinates. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should disable its live preview upon resizing at runtime. - - true, if this should disable its live preview upon resizing at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the dock style for this . - - A enumerator value that specifies the dock style for this . - - - - Gets the object that paints this . - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ObjectPainter object that paints this . - - - - Gets or sets the image storage whose images can be used as icons for pages owned by this . - - An Object that stores images that can be used as page icons. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets page header orientation for all s that belong to this . - - A enumerator value that specifies the page header orientation. - - - - Forces the to redraw itself. - - - - - Fires when the overlay resizing starts. - - - - - Gets or sets the width of the overlay resize zone. - - An Int32 value that is the width of the overlay resize zone. - - - - Provides access to global settings that affect every hosted within this . - - A object that stores global settings that affect every hosted within this . - - - - Gets or sets the size of this 's content area when the pane is in its regular state. - - A Size structure that is the size of this 's content area when the pane is in its regular state. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not hovering over tab headers displays hints and super tips associated with these tabs. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not hovering over tab headers displays hints and super tips associated with these tabs. - - - - Gets or sets this 's current state. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.NavigationPaneState enumerator value that is this 's current state. - - - - Occurs whenever this changes its . - - - - - Occurs whenever this changes its state (expanded, collapsed, regular). - - - - - Specifies the content area's width, below which the pane is automatically collapsed. Equals 80 by default. - - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller associated with this . - - A object that manages tooltip appearance and behavior for this . - - - - The MS Outlook-inspired navigation bar that supports integration with the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether items can be rearranged by an end-user using drag-and-drop. - - true, if items can be rearranged by an end-user using drag-and-drop; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should paint its item glyphs with these items' fore colors. - - true, if this should paint its item glyphs with these items' fore colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - true, if HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether item selection is enabled. - - true, if item selection is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an item press is indicated using an animation effect. - - true, if an item press is indicated using an animation effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains appearance settings used to paint items in various states. - - An object that stores appearance settings of items in various states. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's height (in the horizontal orientation) and width (in the vertical orientation) is auto-adjusted to best fit items. - - true, if the control's height/width is auto-adjusted to best fit items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is auto-sized to fit its contents when it's placed in a . - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the is auto-sized to fit its contents when it's placed in a . - - - - Starts the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether this is in compact mode. - - true, if this is in compact mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the property changes its value. - - - - - Creates a new that belongs to this . - - A object that belongs to this . - - - - Gets or sets the visibility and position of the Customization Button (). - - The Customization Button's visibility and position. - - - - Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. - - A value that specifies which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. - - - - Ends the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Hides the Peek Form if it is currently displayed. - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of items. - - A value that specifies the horizontal alignment of items. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets if this is currently locked by the method call. - - true, if this is currently locked by the method call; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the 's visual elements are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if 's visual elements are actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when an item is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether items should display their images before or after caption strings. - - Default or Near to display images before item captions; Far to display images after item captions. - - - - Gets or sets the outer indents for items, in pixels. - - A value that specifies item padding, in pixels. - - - - Provides access to the collection of items. - - A collection of items. - - - - Gets or sets whether the background of items is painted based on the current skin. - - true, if the background of items is painted based on the current skin; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to settings controlling the look and feel of the . - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of items simultaneously displayed within the . - - The maximum number of items simultaneously displayed within the . - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the control's popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the control's popup menus. - - - - Assign a or to this property to automatically fill this with items that match NavigationClient's groups. If the property is enabled, item selection forces the NavigationClient to select a corresponding group. - - A control that implements the INavigationBarClient interface which serves as an item source for this . - - - - Repaints the control. - - - - - Provides access to settings that affect a control assigned to the property. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.OptionsNavigationClient object that contains settings that affect a control assigned to the property. - - - - Contains options related to the display of the Peek Form's built-in button panel. - - An object that stores options related to the Peek Form's built-in button panel. - - - - Provides access to options specific to the tabbed view mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.OptionsTabView object that comprises options specific to the tabbed view mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether items are arranged horizontally or vertically. - - A value that specifies whether items are arranged horizontally or vertically. - - - - Fires when a button within the Peek Form's built-in button panel is clicked. - - - - - Fires when the Peek Form is hidden. - - - - - Gets or sets the time in milliseconds, after which the Peek Form is automatically displayed when hovering over an item. - - The time in milliseconds, after which the Peek Form is displayed when hovering over an item. - - - - Fires after the Peek Form is displayed. - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the Peek Form. - - The size of the Peek Form. - - - - Gets the item for which the Peek Form is currently displayed. - - The item for which the Peek Form is currently displayed. - - - - Allows you to customize a context menu for elements. - - - - - Allows you to provide a content for the Peek Form. - - - - - Fires when an item is automatically added that corresponds to an element in the element source provided by the . -This event allows you to customize these automatically created items. - - - - - Gets or sets the selected item. - - The selected item. - - - - Fires after the item is selected. - - - - - Allows you to prevent an item from being selected. - - - - - Displays the Navigation Options dialog. - - - - - Displays the Peek Form for the specified item. - - An collection item for which the Peek Form needs to be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether a popup Peek Form is displayed for an item when it is hovered over. - - true, if a popup Peek Form is displayed for an item when it is hovered over; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not items owned by this should display their hints on hover. - - true, if items owned by this should display their hints on hover; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to implement your own custom relation between items of this and items of the child managed by this . - - - - - Gets or sets a tooltip controller that manages this object's hints. - - A object that manages this object's hints. - - - - Fires when removing an item -that was automatically created when the property was set to an INavigationBarClient object. - - - - - Gets or sets the mode that specifies how to display items and highlight the active item. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.OfficeNavigationBarViewMode enumeration value that specifies how to display items and highlight the active item. - - - - Comprises options specific to the accordion control's minimized state. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object representing the accordion control whose state options the object being created specifies. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to resize the control footer when the accordion control is minimized. - - True if it is allowed to resize the control footer when the accordion control is minimized; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the collapse (hamburger) button. - - True, if it is allowed to minimize the accordion control with the collapse button; False, if not; If Default, the mode depends on the view type. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is actually allowed to minimize the accordion control. This property is obsolete, use instead. - - True, if it is actually allowed to minimize the accordion control; otherwise, False. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the control footer height in the accordion control's minimized state. - - An integer value that specifies the control footer height. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum allowed height of elements in the accordion control's minimized state. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum allowed height of elements in the accordion control's minimized state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button that collapses/expands the accordion control is displayed in the normal or inverted state. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.MinimizeButtonMode enumeration value, such as Default or Inverted, that specifies the minimize button display mode. - - - - Gets or sets the accordion control's width in the minimized state. - - An integer value that specifies the accordion control's width in the minimized state. - - - - Gets or sets the accordion control's width in the expanded state. - - An integer value that specifies the accordion control's width in the expanded state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the pop-up form fits the content or has a predefined fixed height. - - A value that specifies whether the pop-up form fits the content or has a predefined fixed height. - - - - Gets or sets whether the accordion control is in the expanded or collapsed state. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.AccordionControlState enumeration value, such as Normal or Minimized, that specifies the accordion control state. - - - - Gets or sets whether element captions in the collapsed accordion state are oriented from top to bottom (default) or inversely. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Docking.VerticalTextOrientation enumeration value, such as TopToBottom or BottomToTop, that specifies how captions are oriented vertically. - - - - Enumerates display modes for the vertical scroll bar in the . - - - - - A scroll bar is displayed when the content height is greater than the control's visible height. Otherwise, it is hidden. - - - - - Entirely collapses the scroll bar's area when there is no need to display the scroll bar. It is recommended to use this mode only when the property is set to None. - - - - - A standard vertical scroll bar is used by default. A touch-style scroll bar is used when the is set to Touch. The touch-style scroll bar supports the auto-hide functionality. - - - - - Scroll bars optimized for Fluent Design Forms. Automatically expands when an end-user flicks the scrollable content (or the mouse cursor moves over the control), and collapses to a thin stripe if the control is not scrolled (or the mouse cursor does not move) for some time. The arrow buttons are never displayed. - - - - - The scroll bar is hidden. - - - - - A touch-style vertical scroll bar is used. This scroll bar supports the auto-hide functionality. - - - - - A content container for the Tab Pane control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets what content should be displayed for the current header within the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.ItemShowMode enumerator value that specifies what content should be displayed for the current header. - - - - Gets or sets the super tip associated with this . - - A object that is the super tip associated with this . - - - - Gets or sets the regular hint associated with this . - - A object that is the regular hint associated with this . - - - - The page container with built-in flat tabs (unlike the ), displaying one page at a time. -Supports animation effects when navigating through pages. -See Navigation Frame and Tab Pane. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the collapse button is visible, allowing users to collapse the control. - - True, if the collapse button is visible; otherwise, Default or False. - - - - Adds a new blank page to this control. - - A object that is the new page added to this control. - - - - Retrieves an object that paints this control. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ObjectPainter object that paints this control. - - - - Occurs when this control's layout has changed and allows you to respond to these changes. - - - - - Provides access to properties that manage settings shared among all navigation pages owned by this control. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.IBaseNavigationPageProperties object that stores settings shared among all navigation pages owned by this control. - - - - Gets or sets the page currently selected within this control. - - A object that is the currently selected page within this control. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. The control does not support control states. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether tabs are aligned at the near or far side of the pane, or in center. By default, the alignment depends on the pane's dock style, and RTL setting. - - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.Alignment enumeration value that specifies the alignment of tabs relative to the pane. - - - - The bar with tiles that support the dropdown functionality. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets if the item hover feature is enabled. - - true, if the item hover feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a dropdown window is hidden on clicking any item in the . - - A value that specifies whether a dropdown window is hidden on clicking any item in the . - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets the default amount of space in pixels between an item's borders and its contents. - - A Padding object that contains indents between an item's borders and its contents. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the width of the dropdown button displayed within items, when they are associated with dropdown controls via the property. - - The width of dropdown buttons, in pixels. - - - - Occurs whenever any a drop-down for any tile within this is hidden. - - - - - Provides options that specify view and behavior settings of dropdown controls associated with s. - - An object that contains view and behavior settings of dropdown controls associated with items. - - - - Gets or sets the direction in which dropdown controls associated with tiles are opened. - - The direction in which tiles' dropdown controls are opened. - - - - Fires when a tile's dropdown button is clicked. - - - - - Occurs whenever any tile within this displays its drop-down. - - - - - Returns the currently displayed dropdown container. - - The currently displayed dropdown container. Returns null if no dropdown is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical distance between group captions and items. - - The vertical distance between group captions and items, in pixels. - - - - Hides the currently displayed dropdown window. - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the distance between neighboring s. - - The distance between neighboring items, in pixels. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space in pixels between an item's borders and its contents. - - A Padding object that contains indents between an item's borders and its contents. - - - - Gets or sets the tile height. - - The tile height. - - - - Gets or sets whether this operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - A TileControlLayoutMode enumerator value that specifies whether this operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - - - Provides access to settings that are in use when this is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlAdaptiveLayoutOptions object that stores settings that are in use when this is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The number of rows within the control. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the border width of the rectangle painted around the selected tile. - - The border width of the rectangle painted around the selected tile. - - - - Gets or sets whether selected tiles within this should paint their selection borders with their own background colors, or with an external color specified by the property. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.SelectionColorMode enumerator value that specifies which color should be used to paint tile selection borders. - - - - Shows a dropdown window for the item passed through the parameter. - - An item whose dropdown window should be displayed - - - - Gets or sets whether captions are visible. - - true, if captions are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether each item displays a shadow. - - true, if items display a shadow; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the width of wide tiles. - - The width of wide tiles. - - - - The dropdown control container that can be associated with a object - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Contains options that specify the view and behavior settings of dropdown controls associated with s. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The owner of the created object. - - - - Gets or sets whether automatic height/width calculation is enabled for dropdown windows. - - A value that specifies if automatic height/width calculation is enabled for dropdown windows. - - - - Gets or sets how the 's background color is specified. - - A value that defines how the 's background color is specified. - - - - Gets or sets the color of a dropdown window's beak. - - The color of a dropdown window's beak. - - - - Gets or sets whether a dropdown window is hidden on clicking outside the dropdown's bounds. - - A value that specifies if a dropdown window is hidden on clicking outside the dropdown's bounds. - - - - Gets or sets the size of a dropdown window (the height in the horizontal orientation; the width in the vertical orientation). - - The size of a dropdown window, in pixels. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the dropdown control associated with the current tile. - - A dropdown control associated with the current tile. - - - - Gets or sets the tile whose dropdown button has been clicked. - - The tile whose dropdown button has been clicked. - - - - A group of tiles in the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - An item, rendered as a tile in the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets a control displayed as a dropdown when you click the item's dropdown button. - - A TileBarDropDownContainer object that is the associated dropdown control. - - - - Provides options that specify view and behavior settings of dropdown controls associated with the current . - - An object that provides view and behavior settings of dropdown controls associated with the current - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the current item. - - The item's size. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Shows a dropdown window for the . - - - - - Gets or sets whether the dropdown button is visible for the . - - The value that specifies if the dropdown button is visible for the . - - - - Gets or sets whether a shadow is displayed for the item. - - A value that specifies whether a shadow is displayed for the item. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Enumerates available tile sizes for the control. - - - - - The same as Wide. - - - - - A square tile with the dimension specified by the property. - - - - - A rectangular tile with the width specified by the property. The item's height is equal to the property value. - - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The control which owns the created . - - - - Adds an to the . - - The to add to the . - The position into which the new element was inserted, or -1 to indicate that the item was not inserted into the collection. - - - - Determines whether the contains a specific . - - The to locate in the . - true, if the is found in the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the index of a specific in the . - - The to locate in the collection. - The index of button if found in the collection; otherwise, -1; - - - - Inserts an in the at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which button should be inserted. - The to insert into the . - - - - Provides indexed access to elements of the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the required object in the collection. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - The object that is the element located at the specified position within the collection. - - - - The that owns the current . - - - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the . - - The to remove from the . - - - - Represents a navigation element on the root level of the navigation hierarchy. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies settings and contents from the specified object to the current . - - A object whose settings and contents are copied to the current . - - - - Gets whether the current is the default category of the . - - true, if the current is the default category of the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of the objects that belong to the current . - - The object representing the collection of child objects. - - - - Gets the that owns this . - - The that owns this . - - - - Gets the that contains the current . - - The object representing the collection of objects. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The that owns the . - - - - Copies elements of the specified collection to the current collection. - - A object whose elements are copied to the current collection. - - - - Gets the that owns the current . - - The that owns the current . - - - - Represents a base class for elements of the 's navigation hierarchy that are represented as tiles in drop-down tile bars. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and binds it to this navigation element. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigation element. - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this navigation element. - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this navigation element. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigation element. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and binds it to this navigation element. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigation element. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the current when it is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - The String value specifying the caption of the current when it is rendered as a button in the 's nav bar. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the tile group to which the belongs. - - A value specifying the name of the tile group to which the belongs. - - - - Provides access to the view and behavior settings applied to the current 's drop-down tile bar. - - A TileNavPaneDropDownOptions object that contains the view and behavior settings applied to a drop-down tile bar. - - - - Provides access to the tile used to render the current in the 's drop-down tile bars. - - The object used to render the current in the 's drop-down tile bars. - - - - Fires when the current tile navigation element is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed in the tile corresponding to the current object. - - The image displayed in a tile. - - - - Gets the that owns the current . - - The that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the tile corresponding to the current object. - - A string value specifying the tile text. - - - - Represents a navigation element on the second level of the navigation hierarchy. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Copies the settings and contents from the specified to the current . - - A object whose settings and contents are copied to the current . - - - - Returns a that owns the current . - - A that owns the current . - - - - Gets the that contains the current . - - The object representing the collection of objects. - - - - Provides access to the collection of objects owned by the current . - - The collection of objects owned by the current - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The that owns the . - - - - Gets the that owns the current . - - The that owns the current . - - - - The hierarchical tile menu, providing navigation in a touch-friendly manner. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs of the 's elements are painted using the elements' foreground colors. - - true, if glyphs utilize the hue specified by elements' foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the and all buttons in the nav bar, when they are in the normal state. - - The object that contains the appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings common to all buttons in the nav bar when they are in the hovered state. - - The object that contains the appearance settings common to all buttons in the nav bar when they are in the hovered state. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings common to all buttons in the nav bar when they are in the selected state. - - The object that contains the appearance settings common to all buttons in the nav bar when they are in the selected state. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to this object. - - A object whose settings are copied to this object. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around NavElements rendered as buttons in the nav bar. - - The object specifying the amount of space around NavElements rendered as buttons in the nav bar. - - - - Provides access to the collection of buttons in the nav bar. - - The representing the collection of buttons. - - - - Returns information on the element located at the specified point. - - A structure specifying the test point coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the control. - A TileNavPaneHitInfo object containing information about the element located at the test point. - - - - Provides access to the collection of navigation categories. - - The object representing the collection of navigation categories. - - - - Gets or sets whether selecting an element automatically shows the primary drop-down tile bar with the children of this element. - - true, if the automatically shows the primary drop-down tile bar on selecting a navigation element; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the default amount of space around NavElements rendered as buttons in the nav bar. - - A Padding object that specifies the amount of space around buttons in the nav bar. The default value is Padding(12). - - - - Provides access to the default category of the . - - The object which is the default category of the . - - - - Fires after the primary or secondary drop-down tile bar is hidden. - - - - - Gets or sets the direction in which the 's drop-down is displayed. - - The direction in which the 's drop-down is displayed. - - - - Fires after the primary or secondary drop-down tile bar is shown. - - - - - Occurs when any of the is clicked. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets the characteristics of the text displayed by the control. This member is not supported by the class. - - The object specifying the font characteristics. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. This member is not supported by the class. - - The structure specifying the foreground color. - - - - Hides the currently displayed drop-down tile bar. - - - - - Provides access to settings controlling the look and feel of the . - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the . - - - - Gets or sets whether or the 's items are displayed as tiles on the Main Button click. - - The enumeration value specifying whether categories or items of the default category are displayed on the Main Button click. - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the primary drop-down tile bar of the current . - - The object specifying the settings applied to the primary drop-down tile bar of the current . - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the secondary drop-down tile bar of the current . - - The object specifying the settings applied to the secondary drop-down tile bar of the current . - - - - Forces the to invalidate its surface and redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Gets or sets whether control elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. This member is not supported by the class. - - A enumeration value indicating whether the text appears from right to left. - - - - Gets or sets whether icons for navigation buttons are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true, if icons are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected in the . - - The object which is currently selected in the . - - - - Occurs after the is changed. - - - - - Occurs when the is about to be changed. - - - - - Shows the drop-down tile bar for the specified navigation element. - - A object representing a navigation element whose drop-down should be shown. - - - - This property is obsolete, use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets the associated with the current . - - A associated with the current . - - - - Occurs when any tile in a drop-down tile bar is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - Gets or sets the mode that specifies for which navigation elements tooltips are shown. - - A ToolTipShowMode enumeration value that specifies for which elements tooltips are shown. - - - - Returns the object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.TileNavPaneViewInfo object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - - - Represents a class containing the miscellaneous settings applied to a drop-down tile bar and its tiles. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.ITileNavPaneDropDownOptionsOwner object that owns this object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the glyphs of all tiles in the drop-down tile bar are painted using their foreground color. - - The enumeration value specifying whether the glyphs of all tiles in the drop-down tile bar are painted using their foreground color. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to group names in the current drop-down tile bar. - - The object that contains the appearance settings applied to group names in the current drop-down tile bar. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings of tiles when they are in the normal, hovered and selected states. - - The object specifying the appearance settings of tiles when they are in the normal, hovered and selected states. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the back color of the drop-down tile bar. - - The object specifying the back color of the drop-down tile bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the opened drop-down tile bar closes on light dismiss. - - A enumeration value specifying whether the opened drop-down tile bar closes on light dismiss. - - - - Gets or sets the height of the drop-down tile bar. - - An integer value specifying the height of the current drop-down tile bar, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the height of tiles in the drop-down tile bar. - - A value specifying the height of tiles in the drop-down tile bar, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tiles in the drop-down cast a shadow. - - The enumeration value specifying whether the tiles in the drop-down cast a shadow. - - - - Gets or sets the width of wide tiles. - - A value specifying the width of wide tiles in the drop-down tile bar, in pixels. - - - - Defines the contents of the drop-down tile bar that is invoked on clicking the Main Button. - - - - - A click on the Main Button invokes a drop-down tile bar displaying categories as tiles if the collection is not empty. Otherwise, a click on this button invokes a drop-down tile bar displaying the default category's items as tiles (see ). - - - - - A click on the Main Button invokes a drop-down tile bar displaying categories () as tiles. - - - - - A click on the Main Button invokes a drop-down tile bar displaying the default category's items as tiles (see ). - - - - - Represents a navigation element on the last level of the navigation hierarchy. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Returns a that owns the current . - - A that owns the current . - - - - Gets the that contains the current . - - The object representing the collection of objects. - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The that owns the current . - - - - Gets the that owns the current . - - The that owns the current . - - - - The control container that can be displayed as a dropdown. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Specifies the object which activates a popup control. - - An object that activates a popup control. - - - - Fires when the pop-up is about to be displayed and allows you to adjust its settings (e.g., size), or cancel the action. - - - - - Gets or sets a value determining whether the is closed when it loses focus. - - true, if the is closed when it loses focus, otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current dropdown control must be closed on clicking outside its bounds, and at the same time, within another popup window that belongs to the current dropdown control. - - true if the dropdown control is closed on clicking outside its bounds; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when the current hides a popup control. - - - - - Gets or sets the container's minimum size. - - A Size structure that specifies the container's minimum size. - - - - Hides a popup control. - - - - - Specifies the responsible for managing the current . - - A responsible for managing the current . - - - - Occurs when the displays a popup control. - - - - - Gets or sets the Ribbon Control which owns the container for the popup control. - - A object that owns the container for the popup control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the container displays the Close button at the bottom. - - true if the container displays the Close button at the bottom; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the at the specified point. - - A object. - A point specifying the position at which to display the . - - - - Displays the at the specified point. - - A object. - A point specifying the position at which to display the . - A parent popup. - - - - Displays the at the specified point. - - A object. - A point specifying the position at which to display the . - A parent popup. - - - - Invokes the at a specified position. - - A point specifying the position at which to display the . - - - - Displays the at the specified point. - - A point specifying the position at which to display the . - A parent popup. - - - - Gets or sets whether the size grip is displayed within the container. - - true if the size grip is displayed within the container; otherwise, false. - - - - The popup menu, managed by a or . - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarManager. - - A object representing the Bar Manager which will manage the created popup menu. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Specifies an object which activates the . - - An object that activates the . - - - - Gets or sets whether right-clicking the PopupMenu's item invokes a context menu containing the Ribbon related commands. This option is in effect when the PopupMenu is displayed within the . - - true if right-clicking the PopupMenu's item invokes a context menu containing the Ribbon related commands; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether editors should stretch horizontally, automatically occupying available free space within this menu. - - true, if editors should stretch horizontally, automatically occupying available free space within this menu; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current pop-up menu displays the right margin. - - True to display the right margin; False to hide it; Default - use the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current pop-up menu displays the side strip for item glyphs. - - True to display the side strip; False to hide it; Default - use the global setting. - - - - Returns the popup with the menu item that owns this . - - The popup with the menu item that owns this . Null if there is none. - - - - Hides the current . - - - - - Provides access to style settings for links owned by the popup menu. - - A object providing style settings for links owned by the popup menu. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the bar displayed to the left of the popup menu's content. - - An integer value specifying the width of the menu bar in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the menu's caption. - - A string that specifies the menu's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the popup menu's minimum width. - - An integer value that specifies the popup menu's minimum width. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu items are displayed across multiple columns. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the menu items are displayed in multiple columns. - - - - Indicates that the popup menu is open. - - true, if the popup menu is open; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the multicolumn mode of displaying items in the current pop-up menu. - - An OptionsMultiColumn object that encapsulates the settings of the multicolumn mode. - - - - Enables you to paint the content of the bar displayed to the left of the popup menu. - - - - - Gets or sets a toolbar associated with a popup menu. - - A item that is a toolbar associated with a popup menu. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu's header is visible. - - true if the menu's header is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the navigation header that provides navigation through the menu hierarchy, is shown at the top of the current . This property is in effect when the current is displayed in the Inplace popup show mode. - - A value that specifies whether the navigation header is shown at the top of the current popup menu. - - - - Displays the context menu at the specified position. - - A object that is the Bar Manager responsible for managing the context menu. - A Point specifying the screen point at which the context menu is shown. - - - - Displays a child object at the specific point. - - A associated with the object. - A Point structure that specifies the location to display the object. - A PopupControl object that owns the object. - - - - Displays the current at the specified screen point. - - A screen point at which the current is displayed. - - - - Displays the context menu at the specified position. - - A screen point at which to display the . - An object that activates the . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Indicates whether the current is visible. - - true, if the current is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - The base class for popup menus. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified BarManager. - - A object representing the Bar Manager that will manage the created popup menu. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements the System.ComponentModel.IContainer interface. - - - - Adds a specific item link to the current . - - A whose link is added to the . - A corresponding to the new item. - - - - Adds an array of item links to the current . - - An array of descendants whose links are added to the object. - - - - Allows you to customize the popup menu before it is displayed onscreen. - - - - - Starts the runtime initialization of the object. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Indicates whether the current object can be displayed. - - true, if the object can be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes all links from the object. - - - - - Occurs when the object is hidden. - - - - - Displays the customization dialog for the current object. - - - - - Ends the runtime initialization of the object. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Hides the current object. - - - - - Inserts a new item link in the item link collection of the current object before a specific collection element. - - The member of the item link collection before which a new item link is inserted. - The whose link is inserted. - The inserted in the collection. - - - - Provides access to links owned and displayed by the popup menu. - - A object containing links owned by the popup menu. - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been added to the popup menu. - - - - - Fires immediately after a link has been removed from the popup menu. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that stores information on the links added to the current object at design time. - - A LinksInfo value that stores information about item links in the current object. - - - - Specifies the responsible for managing the object. - - A responsible for managing the object. - - - - Gets or sets the menu's display mode. - - A value that specifies the menu's display mode. - - - - Merges the specified menu's items with the current menu's items. - - A object whose items need to be merged with the current menu's items. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the popup menu component. - - A string value representing the name of the popup menu. - - - - Occurs when the object appears onscreen. - - - - - Removes a specific item link from the collection. - - The item link to remove from the collection. - - - - Specifies the responsible for managing the object. - - A responsible for managing the object. - - - - Displays the current pop-up associated with a at a specific point. - - A Bar Manager associated with the . - A Point structure that specifies the pop-up's location. - - - - Displays a child object at the specific point. - - A associated with the object. - A Point structure that specifies the location to display the object. - A PopupControl object that owns the object. - - - - Displays the current pop-up menu at a specific point. - - A Point structure that specifies coordinates where the pop-up should be displayed. - - - - Displays the current pop-up menu at a specific point. - - A screen point at which to display the . - An object that activates the . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets user-defined data associated with the control. - - An object representing the data. - - - - Restores the original layout of the menu after a previous merge operation. - - - - - Indicates whether the current object is visible. - - true, if the current object is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that specify how popup sub-menus are shown. - - - - - Nested popup sub-menus are displayed in the traditional cascaded style. - - - - - Specifies the same mode as the Inplace option if popup menus are managed by the displayed in the TabletOffice style (see ). In other cases, specifies the same mode as the Classic option. - - - - - Child sub-menus, when invoked, are displayed in place of their parent popup menus. - - - - - Provides data for the event of the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The menu that is about to be displayed. This parameter is assigned to the property. - The control whose popup menu is about to be displayed. This parameter is assigned to the property. - The menu's position. This parameter is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the parent event should affect only the itself. - - true, if the parent event should affect only the itself; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a control whose popup menu is queried. - - A control whose popup menu is queried. - - - - Gets the popup menu that is about to be displayed. - - The popup menu to be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the queried menu popup. - - The position of the queried menu popup. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of the class. - - The event source. - A class instance containing event data. - - - - Contains the main classes that support the RibbonControl's infrastructure. - - - - - A MS Office 2007-inspired main menu for Ribbon UI. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements . - - - - Gets or sets the control to be displayed along the bottom edge of the . - - A control that is displayed along the bottom edge of the . - - - - Indicates whether the can be displayed. - - true, if the can be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the responsible for displaying the current . - - A responsible for displaying the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the menu's caption. This property is not supported by the class. - - A string value. - - - - Gets or sets the control to be displayed within the 's right pane. - - A control that is displayed within the 's right pane. - - - - Gets or sets the right pane's width. - - An integer value which specifies the right pane's width, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the menu is aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu's header is visible. This property is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu's right pane is visible. - - true if the right pane is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - A label, imitating an item in the Recent Documents pane in MS Office 2007 UI. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Contains appearance settings used to customize a label's description (). - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's height is adjusted to fit its contents. - - true if the control's height is adjusted to fit its contents; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the label's caption. - - A string that specifies the label's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the label's check state. - - true if the label is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets a label's description which is displayed below the label's . - - A label's description. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area that will fit the control. - - The custom-sized area for a control. - The size that will fit the control. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed before the label's . - - An image displayed before the label's . - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the check button when the button is in the unchecked state. - - An image displayed within the check button, representing the unchecked state. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.AppMenuFileLabelImageOptionsCollection object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets a for a check button, displayed when the button is in the unchecked state. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip for a check button, displayed when the button is in the unchecked state. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip for a check button. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon to display in a regular tooltip for a check button when the button is in the unchecked state. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the title of a regular tooltip displayed for a check button when the button is in the unchecked state. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Fires when the label's image () is clicked. - - - - - Fires when the label's image/selected image is clicked. - - - - - Sets the property to null. - - - - - Sets the property to null. - - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the check button when the label is in the checked state. - - An image displayed within the check button, representing the checked state. - - - - Gets or sets a for a check button, displayed when the button is in the checked state. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip for a check button, displayed when the button is in the checked state. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip for a check button. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon to display in a regular tooltip for a check button, when the button in the checked state. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the title of a regular tooltip displayed for a check button, when the button in the checked state. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Gets or sets whether the label's check button is visible. - - true if the check button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the label's text, that when displayed, follows the label's . - - A string that specifies the label's text. - - - - This item acts as a button within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the item's caption when the item is pressed. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current item. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is closed when the current item is clicked. - - true if the current is closed when the current item is clicked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the current item is clicked. - - - - - A container that displays the contents of a within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object that provides accessibility information. - - The object that provides accessibility information. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This property is overridden to support the 's internal infrastructure. - - - - - - This property is overridden to support the 's internal infrastructure. - - - - - - Returns the control's background color. - - The control's background color. - - - - This property is overridden to support the 's internal infrastructure. - - - - - - This property is overridden to support the 's internal infrastructure. - - - - - - This property is overridden to support the 's internal infrastructure. - - - - - - A main menu for Ribbon UI, inspired by the menus found in MS Office 2010-2016. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the object that provides accessibility information. - - The object that provides accessibility information. - - - - Gets or sets whether all s within the current should have their icons painted with these items' foreground color. - - true, if all s within the current should have their icons painted with these items' foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance properties that paint this . - - An object, which stores properties that paint this . - - - - Occurs when the 'Back' button is clicked. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets which 's parts are visible when the current is displayed. - - A BackstageViewShowRibbonItems enumerator value that specifies which 's parts are visible when the current is displayed. - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Returns the hit info object for this . A hit info object provides means to identify which element is located at the target position. - - A Point structure that is the location for which the hit info should be returned. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.BackstageViewHitInfo object. - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of items' caption regions. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemHorizontalAlignment value that specifies the horizontal alignment of items' caption regions. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of items' caption regions. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemVerticalAlignment value that specifies the vertical alignment of items' caption regions. - - - - Closes this . - - - - - Gets or sets the color scheme applied when painting the control's items. - - A value that specifies the control's color scheme. - - - - Allows you to assign a to the control, to manipulate the control's appearance settings. - - A object that provides default look and feel options for the . - - - - Allows you to manually re-draw this 's items. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Returns the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that provides look and feel options for the . - - A object that provides look and feel options for the - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the object that controls drag-and-drop and mouse operations on the . - - A BackstageViewControlHandler object. - - - - Gets the object that contains the information needed to draw the . - - A BackstageViewInfo object. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of items' glyph regions. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemHorizontalAlignment value that specifies the horizontal alignment of items' glyph regions. - - - - Gets or sets the location of items' glyph regions relative to caption regions. - - An ItemLocation value that specifies the location of items' glyph regions relative to caption regions. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between items' glyph and caption regions. - - An integer value that specifies the distance between items' glyph and caption regions. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of items' glyph regions. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemVerticalAlignment value that specifies the vertical alignment of items' glyph regions. - - - - Occurs after this is completely closed. - - - - - Occurs whenever this is hiding. - - - - - Fires when an item is highlighted and when item highlighting is cleared. - - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed in the 's right bottom corner. - - An image to be displayed in the 's right bottom corner. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images to be displayed within the control's items. - - An object that specifies an image collection. - - - - Gets whether the control's visual updates are postponed. - - true if the control's visual updates are postponed; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after any of the 's items has been clicked with the mouse (the mouse button has been pressed and then released). - - - - - Fires after any of the 's items has been pressed with the mouse. - - - - - Provides access to items owned by this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.BackstageViewControlItemCollection object that stores items owned by this . - - - - Gets or sets the padding for all s and s within this . - - A Padding structure that is the padding common to all s and s within this . - - - - Gets a Key Tip manager for this . - - A BackstageViewBaseKeyTipManager object that controls Key Tips for this . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width of the 's left panel, where the control's items are displayed. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum width of the 's left panel. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum width of the 's left panel, where the control's items are displayed. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum width of the 's left panel. - - - - Provides access to the settings applied in Office 2013 style, such as the content offset and animation on showing/hiding the control. - - A BackstageViewOffice2013StyleOptions object that contains settings applied in Office 2013 style. - - - - Gets or sets the control that owns the current . - - A control that implements the IBackstageViewOwner interface. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be painted according to the current application skin or your own custom colors. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.BackstageViewPaintStyle enumerator value that specifies whether this should be painted according to the current application skin or your own custom colors. - - - - Gets the parent appearance settings obtained from the that owns this . - - An that owns the appearance settings of the that is this 's parent. - - - - Updates the control reflecting the changes made to its settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a that provides appearance settings for the current . - - A that provides appearance settings for the current . - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected tab item. - - A object that is the currently selected tab item. - - - - Allows you to respond to selecting tab items in a . - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the selected tab item in the collection. - - An integer value that is the zero-based index of the currently selected tab item in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets whether a background image, specified by the property, is displayed in the control's right bottom corner. - - true if a background image is displayed in the right bottom corner; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the current is about to be shown. - - - - - Fires when the current is shown. - - - - - Gets or sets the current 's style. - - A BackstageViewStyle enumerator value that specifies the current 's style. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the class. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - - - - - - - A base class for items within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's icon should be painted with the foreground color. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether the current 's icon should be painted with the foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed when setting the property. - - true if HTML formatting is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's display caption. - - A string that specifies the item's display caption. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the item's caption region. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemHorizontalAlignment value that specifies the caption horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the item's caption region. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemVerticalAlignment value that specifies the caption vertical alignment. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current item is enabled or disabled. - - true if the current item is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an image for the current item. - - An Image object that is an image to be displayed within the current item. - - - - Gets or sets an image for the current item that will be displayed when the current item is disabled. - - An Image object that is an image to be displayed within the current item, when the item is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the item's glyph region. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemHorizontalAlignment value that specifies the glyph horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets an image for the current item that will be displayed when the current item is hovered over. - - An Image object that is an image to be displayed within the current item, when the item is hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the item's glyph region relative to its caption region. - - An ItemLocation value that specifies the location of the item's glyph region relative to the caption region. - - - - Gets or sets an image for the current item that will be displayed when the current item is pressed with a mouse button. - - An Image object that is an image to be displayed within the current item, when the item is pressed with a mouse button. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the item's glyph region. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemVerticalAlignment value that specifies the glyph vertical alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection. - - A zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection. This image will be displayed when the current item is disabled. - - A zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection. This image will be displayed when the current item is hovered over. - - A zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection. This image will be displayed when the current item is pressed using a mouse button. - - A zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.BackstageViewImageOptionsCollection object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets the image collection assigned to the owner's property. - - An object that is an owner's image collection. - - - - Fires when the item is hovered over with the mouse. - - - - - Fires when the current item is pressed with the mouse (when the mouse button is pressed against the item and not yet released). - - - - - Gets or sets the Key Tip for this . - - A String value that is the Key Tip for this . - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current item. - - - - - Allows you to assign a Super Tip to the item. - - A object that is a tool tip assigned to the item. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An object that contains custom data for the current object. - - - - A base class for items within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to this descendant in the normal state. - - An that stores appearance settings applied to this descendant in the normal state. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to this descendant in its disabled state. - - An that stores appearance settings applied to this descendant in its disabled state. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to this descendant in its hovered state. - - An that stores appearance settings applied to this descendant in its hovered state. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current item. - - - - Creates and returns a copy of the current item. - - A descendant that is a copy of the current item. - - - - Gets a that owns the current item. - - A that owns the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's name. - - A string that specifies the item's name. - - - - Gets or sets the item's visibility. - - true if the item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains data for events that occur for a 's items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified item. - - A object used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the currently processed item. - - A object that is the currently processed item. - - - - A method that will handle events that take object as a parameter. - - A object that is the event sender. - A object that provides data for the event. - - - - A separator between items within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Disabled appearance settings are not supported for the objects. - - - - - - Hover appearance settings are not supported for the objects. - - - - - - Provides members that specify which 's parts will be visible within an Office 2013-styled . - - - - - A displays all available elements. - - - - - Acts in the same way as the All value. - - - - - A displays Form Buttons (Close, Maximize, Minimize and Full-Screen Mode if the property is set to true). - - - - - A does not display any elements. - - - - - A displays its parent 's . - - - - - A displays a form caption. - - - - - Acts as a tab page within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the item's caption when the item is selected. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current item. - - - - Gets or sets a user control where you can arrange custom controls. - - A where you can arrange custom controls. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current item is selected (when it is displayed within a ). - - true if the current item is selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the item's selection is changed. - - - - - Contains classes that implement galleries in a RibbonControl. - - - - - Represents a base class for galleries. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all gallery items can simultaneously be in a normal (elevated) state. - - true, if all gallery items can simultaneously be in a normal (elevated) state; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether items within this gallery should colorize their icons using foreground colors. - - true, if items within this gallery should colorize their icons using foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not hovering over gallery items is accompanied with animation effects. - - true, if hovering over gallery items is accompanied with animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the hover images feature is enabled. - - true to enable the hover images feature; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether captions for items and groups in this gallery can be formatted using HTML tags. - - true, if captions for items and groups in this gallery can be formatted using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether gallery items can be dragged-and-dropped. - - True, if items can be dragged-and-dropped; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets or sets whether the marquee selection feature is enabled, which allows gallery items to be selected by dragging over items with the mouse. - - true if the marquee selection feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearances that are used to paint gallery elements. - - A object which provides the appearance settings for gallery elements. - - - - Assigns all s, displayed within the specific to the current . - - A whose items should be copied to the current . - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets how gallery items are painted when in the checked state. - - A value that specifies how checked gallery items are painted. - - - - Gets or sets whether the gallery item currently selected via the keyboard should be immediately checked. - - true, if the gallery item currently selected via the keyboard should be immediately checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current selection is cleared when clicking the empty space. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the current selection is cleared when clicking the empty space. - - - - Gets or sets the (maximum) number of columns in the gallery. - - An integer value that specifies the (maximum) number of columns in the gallery. - - - - Copies contents and settings from the specified gallery to the current gallery. - - The gallery whose contents and settings are copied to the current gallery. - - - - - - - - - Enables the Gallery item's image to be painted manually. - - - - - Enables the Gallery item's text to be painted manually. - - - - - Destroys gallery items and clears gallery group collection. - - - - - Destroys gallery items that belong to the current gallery. - - - - - Gets or sets the distance between Gallery items. - - An integer value that specifies the distance between Gallery items, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between an item's caption and its description. - - An integer value that specifies the distance between an item's caption and its description, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between an item's image and its text. - - An integer value that specifies the distance between an item's image and its text, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether the background of the Gallery item's image is displayed. - - true to draw the background of the Gallery item's image; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after gallery scrolling stops. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when a standard item of a gallery's Group Filter menu is clicked. - - - - - Fires when an end-user invokes the Group Filter menu. - - - - - Gets or sets the first gallery item's vertical position beyond which this item cannot be moved when scrolling backwards. -(When the gallery is horizontally oriented (see ), the FirstItemVertAlignment property defines the first item's horizontal position. - - A value that specifies the item's vertical or horizontal position. - - - - Gets or sets a custom indent of the first gallery item from the gallery's top or left edge (depending on the gallery's orientation). The property is in effect when is set to Custom. - - A custom indent of the first gallery item from the gallery's top or left edge, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets whether hover images are displayed with the same size. - - true to display hover images with the same size; false to display hover images with their original size. - - - - Gets or sets whether gallery item images have the same display size, as specified by the property. - - true to display gallery item images in the same size; false to display gallery item images in their original size. - - - - Gets a currently focused in this gallery. - - A object currently focused in this gallery. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer hovers over a Gallery item. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer leaves a Gallery item. - - - - - Returns a list containing all gallery items that belong to the current gallery. - - A list of gallery items that belong to the current gallery. - - - - Returns whether animation on hovering gallery items is actually enabled. - - true, if animation on hovering gallery items is actually enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the checked (selected) gallery item (if only one item is selected). - - The checked (selected) gallery item; otherwise, null (Nothing in VB). - - - - Returns a list containing the currently checked (selected) gallery items. - - A list that contains checked (selected) gallery items. - - - - Returns the total number of currently checked gallery items. - - An Int32 value that is the number of currently checked gallery items. - - - - Returns an item that has the specified caption. - - A string that specifies the caption of the item to be located. - A object that has the specified caption. null if no item matching the specified criteria is found. - - - - Gets a that matches the specific value. - - An Object that is the value. - A that matches the specific value. - - - - Allows you to set the custom loading indicator. - - - - - Occurs each time the gallery needs to display an item whose image is loaded asynchronously. - - - - - Returns a list containing visible gallery items. - - A list that contains visible gallery items. - - - - Gets or sets margins of a gallery group's content. - - The Padding object that specifies margin information. - - - - Gets a collection of groups owned by the gallery. - - A object that represents the collection of groups owned by the gallery. - - - - Gets or sets the source of hover images. - - A that is an image collection providing hover images for gallery items. - - - - Gets or sets the size of hover images. - - A structure which specifies the size of hover images. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within gallery items. - - A that is an image collection providing images for gallery items. - - - - Gets or sets the display size of gallery item images. - - A structure which specifies the display size of gallery item images. - - - - Invalidates the region which is occupied by the gallery. - - - - - Invalidates the region which is occupied by the specified Gallery item. - - A object which represents the Gallery item. - - - - Invaldates the specified region of the current object. - - A structure which represents the region to invalidate. - - - - Gets or sets the auto-size mode of gallery items. - - The auto-size mode of gallery items. - - - - Fires whenever an item's check (selected) state is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether item checking (selection) is enabled, and how the items can be checked (selected). - - A value. - - - - Fires when a Gallery item is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether clicks on gallery items are handled synchronously or asynchronously. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether clicks are handled synchronously or asynchronously. - - - - Fires after a gallery item has been double-clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets how a gallery item's image is displayed within the item's image area. - - An value that specifies how a gallery item's image is arranged. - - - - Gets or sets the location of images within gallery items, relative to the items' text. - - A enumeration value which specifies how the item's image is positioned relative to the item's text. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the Gallery item's image and its borders. - - A DevExpress.Skins.SkinPaddingEdges object that contains inner indents between the Gallery item's image and its borders. - - - - Gets or sets the size of gallery items when item auto-sizing is disabled. The Width attribute is also in effect when the auto-height feature is enabled. - - The size of gallery items. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the Gallery item's text and its borders. - - A DevExpress.Skins.SkinPaddingEdges object that contains inner indents between the Gallery item's text and its borders. - - - - Gets or sets the last gallery item's vertical position, beyond which this item cannot be moved when scrolling forwards. -(When the gallery is horizontally oriented (see ), the LastItemVertAlignment property defines the last item's horizontal position. - - A value that specifies the item's vertical or horizontal position. - - - - Gets or sets a custom indent of the last gallery item from the gallery's bottom or right edge (depending on the gallery's orientation). The property is in effect when is set to Custom. - - A custom indent of the last gallery item from the gallery's bottom or right edge, in pixels. - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information of the gallery. - - - - - Makes the specified gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to make visible. - - - - Fires when a user has finished selecting gallery items using marquee selection. - - - - - Gets or sets an item's maximum width in auto-size mode. - - The maximum width of gallery items in auto-size mode. - - - - Provides access to the set of properties that manage image loading options for items in this gallery. - - A object that stores properties that manage image loading options for items in this gallery. - - - - Gets a control that owns this . - - A Control that is this 's parent. - - - - Raises the event with specific arguments. - - A GetLoadingImageEventArgs object that stores event data. - An Image assigned on the raised event. - - - - Raises the event with specific arguments. - - A ThumbnailImageEventArgs object passed to the event. - A object that provides data for the raised event. - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information of the gallery. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of rows in a gallery when the gallery is displayed within a dropdown window. - - An integer which specifies the number of rows when the gallery is displayed within a dropdown window. - - - - Gets or sets whether gallery items are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - True, if gallery items are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, Default or False. For galleries within the , Default uses the setting. - - - - Gets or sets how the gallery is scrolled when the method is called. - - A value that specifies the current scroll mode. - - - - Gets or sets how fast the gallery is scrolled when calling the method. - - A Single value that specifies the speed multiplier. - - - - Scrolls the gallery (with or without an animation effect) making the specified item visible. - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - - - - Scrolls the gallery (with or without an animation effect) making the specified gallery item visible at a specific position. - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the position at which the gallery item will be displayed within the display region after scrolling. - - - - Scrolls the gallery (with or without an animation effect) making the specified gallery group visible. - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - - - - Scrolls the gallery (with or without an animation effect) making the specified gallery group visible at a specific position. - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the position at which the gallery group will be displayed within the display region after scrolling. - - - - Checks or unchecks the specified item. If multiple item checking is enabled and the CTRL or SHIFT key is currently pressed, the SetItemCheck method doesn't uncheck the previously checked items. Otherwise, these items are unchecked. - - A to be checked/unchecked. - A Boolean value that specifies the new value for the item's property. - - - - Checks or unchecks the specified item, while allowing you to specify whether the previously checked items should be unchecked. - - A object to be checked/unchecked. - A Boolean value that specifies the new value for the item's property. - true to uncheck the previously checked items; false to retain the items' check states (this option is in effect only when multiple item checking is enabled). - - - - Gets or sets whether group captions are displayed. - - true to display group captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether Gallery items display their images. - - true, to display the images of Gallery items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether Gallery items display their caption and description. - - true, to display the caption and description of Gallery items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether gallery item images have the same display size as the biggest image. - - true if gallery item images have the same display size as the biggest image; otherwise, false. - - - - Identifies paint styles for gallery items when they are in the checked state. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - A gallery item's text and image are painted checked. - - - - - A gallery item's image is only painted checked. - - - - - Represents a gallery within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object. - - A object that will own the created gallery. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether changing the gallery's width automatically adds/removes columns. - - true if changing the gallery's width automatically adds/removes columns; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the gallery's background color. - - The gallery's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the gallery's background image. - - The gallery's background image. - - - - Gets or sets the layout of the . - - An value that specifies how the background image is arranged. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of gallery items relative to the right edge (for vertically oriented galleries). -For horizontally oriented galleries, this property specifies the vertical alignment of gallery items relative to the top edge. - - A value that specifies the horizontal or vertical alignment of gallery items. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of gallery groups relative to the control. - - A enumeration value that specifies the vertical alignment of gallery groups. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the that owns the current gallery. - - A object that owns the current gallery. - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the object (adds the region to the control's update region, which will be repainted during the next paint operation), and causes a paint message to be sent to the control. - - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information used to render the gallery, and then updates the gallery onscreen. - - - - - Gets or sets the gallery's orientation. - - An Orientation value that specifies the gallery's orientation. - - - - Gets the control that displays the current gallery. - - The control that displays the current gallery. - - - - Gets or sets a associated with the current . - - A associated with the current . - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information used to render the gallery, and then updates the gallery onscreen. - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the class. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - Updates the item selection. - - - - - Contains values that specify alignment of gallery items. - - - - - A gallery item is centered. - - - - - A gallery item is custom aligned. - - - - - A gallery item is aligned to the far edge of the parent control. - - - - - A gallery item is aligned to the near edge of the parent control. - - - - - Contains values that specify how items are resized within a . - - - - - Auto size mode. The size of gallery items is calculated to fit their contents while taking into account the and properties. -You can limit the width of gallery items in this mode via the property. - - - - - Auto sizing is disabled. The size of gallery items is fixed and specified by the property. - - - - - Auto height mode. -The height of gallery items is automatically calculated to vertically fit an item's contents while taking into account the and properties. -The width of items is specified by the Width attribute of the property. - - - - - Provides access to properties that manage the asynchronous image loading feature for this gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the animation that follows image loading for items within this gallery. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageContentAnimationType enumerator value that specifies the animation that follows image loading for items within this gallery. - - - - Copies all available property settings from the target BaseOptions object to this object. - - A BaseOptions object whose settings are to be cloned to this object. - - - - Gets or sets whether items in this gallery should load their images asynchronously. - - true if items in this gallery should load their images asynchronously; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the desired size of thumbnails created by the event. - - A Size structure that is the size of thumbnails created by the event. - - - - Gets or sets whether items within this gallery should load their images in random order. - - true, if items within this gallery should load their images in random order; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a gallery's scroll mode. - - - - - Smooth scrolling is enabled. - - - - - The default scrolling mode. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The currently processed item. - The item's position among other items. - An object that performs image load. - An object that stores detailed information about the item. - - - - Gets the currently processed item. - - The currently processed item. - - - - - - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The gallery that fires this event. - The event's data. - - - - Represents an In-Dropdown gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - A control which will become the owner of the created object. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the is automatically closed on clicking its gallery item. - - true if the gallery is closed on clicking its gallery item; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the Dropdown control which owns the current gallery. - - A control which owns the current gallery. - - - - Makes the specified gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to make visible. - - - - Gets the control that displays the current gallery. - - The control that displays the current gallery. - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information used to render the gallery and then updates the gallery onscreen. - - - - - Gets or sets how the Dropdown control that owns the current gallery can be resized. - - A value that specifies the current size mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether changes to item check states within the current automatically generated dropdown gallery are reflected by corresponding items in the . - - true, if changes to item check states within the current automatically generated dropdown gallery are reflected by corresponding items in the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the class. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - An In-Ribbon gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which owns the In-Ribbon Gallery. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This property is not supported by this class. - - Always true - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the control associated with the bar item that owns the current In-Ribbon gallery. - - A object which is associated with the bar item. - - - - Gets a BaseDesignTimeManager object associated with the current . - - A BaseDesignTimeManager object associated with the current . - - - - Gets a that owns the current . - - A that owns the current . - - - - Enables the gallery, when it's displayed as a dropdown window, to be customized. - - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the gallery. - - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the specified gallery item. - - A whose region needs to be invalidated. - - - - Invaldates the specified region of the current object. - - A structure which represents the region to invalidate. - - - - Makes the specified gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to make visible. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of columns allowed in the . - - An integer which specifies the minimum number of columns allowed in a gallery. - - - - Gets or sets the bar item which owns the In-Ribbon Gallery. - - A object which owns the In-Ribbon Gallery. - - - - Fires when a popup window which contains the current gallery is closed. - - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information of the In-Ribbon Gallery. - - - - - Contains values that specify how gallery items can be selected. - - - - - Multiple items can be checked , by clicking them while holding the CTRL/SHIFT key. - - - - - Multiple items can be checked, but only within a single group. Checking any item within another group, unchecks items in the previous group.To select multiple items, click them while holding the CTRL/SHIFT key. - - - - - An item is not automatically checked on clicking. - - - - - Only a single item can be checked throughout the gallery. When checking another item, the previously checked item is unchecked.A checked item can be unchecked when clicking on it again. - - - - - An end-user can check a single item within each group. When checking another item, the previously checked item in the same group is unchecked.A checked item can be unchecked when clicking on it again. - - - - - The same as the option, except the following:A checked item is NOT unchecked when clicking on it again. - - - - - The same as the option, except the following:A checked item is NOT unchecked when clicking on it again. - - - - - Contains values that specify the visibility states for a gallery's vertical scroll bar. - - - - - A gallery's vertical scroll bar is only visible when all gallery items do not fit into the gallery's visible area entirely. - - - - - A gallery's vertical scroll bar is always hidden. - - - - - A gallery's vertical scroll bar is always visible. The scroll bar is only enabled when scrolling is required. Otherwise, it's disabled. - - - - - Represents the base class for the , and classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the group filtering feature is enabled. - - true if the group filtering feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a gallery's auto-size mode, which determines the gallery's initial size. - - A value. - - - - Returns information on the 's elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the 's top-left corner. - An object which contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Allows you to customize the context buttons for individual gallery items. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the gallery images, and the panels containing these buttons. - - A ContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the gallery images, and the panels containing these buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the gallery images. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons displayed in the gallery images. - - - - Allows hints for the objects displayed in the current to be customized. - - - - - Fires after an item has been dropped. Allows you to perform custom actions on item dropping. - - - - - Fires during item dragging. - - - - - Fires when a drag-and-drop operation starts on a gallery item. Allows you to cancel the operation. - - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the Group Filter panel - - A string displayed within the Group Filter panel. - - - - Gets the 's view information. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.StandaloneGalleryViewInfo object that provides view information on all elements. - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the object (adds the region to the control's update region, which will be repainted during the next paint operation), and causes a paint message to be sent to the control. - - - - - Invalidates the specified region (adds it to the control's update region, which will be repainted during the next paint operation), and causes a paint message to be sent to the control. - - A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure representing the region to invalidate. - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user right-clicks an item within the current . - - - - - Makes the specified item visible, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to be made visible. - - - - Gets whether the Group Filter menu is opened. - - true if the Group Filter menu is opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Redraws context buttons in the specified gallery item. - - Gallery item for which to redraw context buttons. - - - - Recalculates all the graphical information used to render the gallery, and then updates the gallery onscreen. - - - - - Scrolls the gallery, making the specified gallery item visible (with or without an animation effect). - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the position at which the gallery item will be displayed within the view region after scrolling. - - - - Scrolls the gallery, making the specified gallery group visible (with or without an animation effect). - - A object to be made visible. - true to use an animation effect when scrolling; otherwise, false. - A value that specifies the position at which the gallery group will be displayed within the view region after scrolling. - - - - Gets or sets the top coordinate of the gallery's display area. - - An integer which specifies the top coordinate of the gallery's display area. - - - - Gets or sets whether the gallery's vertical scroll bar is visible. - - A value that specifies the visibility of the gallery's vertical scroll bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether items are stretched to the gallery's width. - - true if gallery items are stretched to the gallery's width; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the class. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - Gets or sets whether an optimized fast scroll mechanism is enabled. - - true if an optimized fast scroll mechanism is enabled; false if the old scroll mechanism is in effect. - - - - The control displaying an image gallery, with the capability to categorize items into groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Activates the 's About dialog box. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the Gallery.BackColor () property instead. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the Gallery.BackgroundImage () property instead. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. Use the Gallery.BackgroundImageLayout () property instead. - - - - - - Starts the runtime initialization of the component. - - - - - Returns information on the 's elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the 's top-left corner. - A object which contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that provides default look and feel options for the . - - A object that provides default look and feel options for the . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Ends component initialization. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Provides access to the Gallery displayed by the GalleryControl. - - A displayed by the GalleryControl. - - - - Returns the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that provides look and feel options for the . - - A object that provides look and feel options for the - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area that will fit the control. - - The custom-sized area for a control. - The size that will fit the control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is being loaded. - - true if the is being loaded; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the control's popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the control's popup menus. - - - - Displays an image gallery and custom commands in a popup window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - A object. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Indicates whether the current can be displayed onscreen. - - true, if the can be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the gallery displayed by the . - - An object which specifies the control's gallery. - - - - Enables images of items in the control's gallery to be painted manually. - - - - - Enables the text of gallery items in the control's gallery to be painted manually. - - - - - Fires when a filter menu item is clicked. - - - - - Fires when an end-user invokes the filter menu. - - - - - Fires whenever an item's check state is changed. - - - - - Fires when a Gallery item in the control's gallery is clicked. - - - - - Fires after a gallery item has been double-clicked. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer hovers over a Gallery item. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer leaves a Gallery item. - - - - - Hides the current object. - - - - - Gets or sets the that owns the current . - - A that owns the current . - - - - Fires when a user has finished selecting gallery items using marquee selection. - - - - - Displays the control at the specified position. - - A object which represents the Bar Manager responsible for managing the Dropdown control. - A value which specifies the screen point at which the Dropdown control is shown. - - - - Provides data for events that fire when items are clicked within a gallery's Filter Menu. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the current menu. - A object that represents the menu item that has been checked. - - - - Gets the displayed menu. - - An object that represents the displayed menu. - - - - Gets the current gallery. - - A object that represents the current gallery. - - - - Gets the item that has been checked. - - A object that represents the currently checked item. - - - - Provides data for the events that fire when a Filter Menu is about to be displayed for a gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the current menu. - - - - Gets the displayed menu. - - An object that represents the displayed menu. - - - - Gets the current gallery. - - A object that represents the current gallery. - - - - Represents an item within a gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the values of the specified source gallery item. - - A object whose values are used to initialize the item being created. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which specifies the item's image. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which specifies the item's hover image. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's description. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be bound to the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's hint. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which specifies the item's image. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which specifies the item's hover image. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's description. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be bound to the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's hint. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that indicates whether the item is checked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object which specifies the item's image. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which specifies the item's hover image. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's description. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to bind to the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's hint. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies the gallery item's visibility. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that indicates whether the item is checked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image, caption and description. - - A object which specifies the item's image. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A string which specifies the item's description. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint this 's caption. - - A object that stores appearance settings for this 's caption. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint this 's descritpion. - - A object that stores appearance settings for this 's description. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets the item's caption. - - A string that specifies the item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item is checked. - - true if the item is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates a new object with the settings matching those of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the item's description. - - A string that specifies the item's description. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is enabled. - - true, if the current is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Focuses this . - - true, if the item was successfully focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the gallery which owns the current item. - - A descendant which owns the current item. - - - - Gets a gallery group which is the owner of the current item. - - A object which is the owner of the current item. - - - - Gets a hint associated with the gallery item. - - A string that specifies the gallery item's hint. - - - - Gets or sets the item's hover image. - - An object which represents the item's hover image. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the hover image assigned to the gallery item. - - An integer which specifies the index of the item's hover image in the collection of hover images. - - - - Gets the collection of hover images that can be used by the current item. - - A which provides hover images for the gallery item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's image. - - An object which represents the item's image. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image assigned to the gallery item. - - An integer which specifies the index of the item's image in the collection of images. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.GalleryItemImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets the collection of images that can be displayed within the current item. - - A which provides images for the gallery item. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current item. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current item. - - - - Occurs each time an end-user clicks the . - - - - - Makes the current gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - - - - Gets the item that was used as a source when the current item was created. - - A object that was used as a source for the current object. - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current gallery item. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current bar item. - - A object associated with the item. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the 's value. - - An Object that is the 's value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the gallery item is visible. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the gallery item is visible. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which contains the clicked Gallery item. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the Ribbon Gallery whose item is currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the processed Gallery item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Represents a collection of gallery items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - A object which represents the owner of the created collection. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Adds the specified item to the collection. - - A to be added to the collection. - A zero-based integer which specifies the position of the element within the collection. - - - - Adds an array of gallery items to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects which need to be added to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified item. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the actual number of items in the collection. - - An value that specifies the number of items in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the group which owns the current collection. - - A object which owns the current collection. - - - - Returns the specified item's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer representing the item's position within the collection. -1 if the collection does not contain the specified item. - - - - Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. - - The zero-based index at which an item is inserted. - A to insert into the collection. - - - - Provides indexed access to items in the collection. - - The zero-based index of the object to return from the collection. - A object located at the specified position within the collection. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified item has not been found. - - - - Removes the specified item from the collection. - - A object to remove from the collection. - - - - Provides data for events used to custom paint gallery items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the Ribbon Gallery whose item is currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides information required to paint a Gallery item. This value is assigned to the property. - A structure which represents the Gallery item's boundaries. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the Gallery item currently being painted. - - A structure which represents the Gallery item's boundaries. - - - - Gets an object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - - - Gets or sets whether an event was handled. If it was handled default painting isn't required. - - true if default painting isn't required; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the information which is required to paint a Gallery item. - - An object which provides information required to paint a Gallery item. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event source. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for gallery item handling events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A descendant which represents the Ribbon Gallery whose item is currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the processed Gallery item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents a link to a object. This value is assigned to the property. - A descendant which represents the Ribbon Gallery whose item is currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the processed Gallery item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the Gallery that contains the processed Gallery item. - - A descendant which represents the Gallery whose item is currently being processed. - - - - For In-Ribbon galleries, gets the bar item link that displays the current gallery. - - A object that displays the current gallery. null if the current gallery is not an In-Ribbon gallery. - - - - Gets the Gallery item currently being processed. - - A object which represents the processed Gallery item. - - - - Represents a group of gallery items within a gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with settings of the specified object. - - A object which will be a prototype for the object being created. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Specifies the caption of the object. - - A string which specifies the caption of the object. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the group caption content. - - A value that specifies the alignment of the group caption content. - - - - Gets or sets a custom control to be displayed within a group caption. This property is only supported for the . - - A custom control to be displayed within a group caption. - - - - Gets or sets the size of the control assigned to the property. - - A Size value that specifies the size of the . - - - - Creates a new object with the settings matching those of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Releases all resources used by the object. - - - - - Gets the gallery which owns the current object. - - A descendant which owns the current object. - - - - Gets a list of checked items within the current group. - - A list of checked gallery items. - - - - Returns the total number of currently checked gallery items in this . - - An Int32 value that is the total number of currently checked gallery items in this . - - - - Gets a that matches the specific value. - - An Object that is the value. - A that matches the specific value and belongs to the current . - - - - Gets whether the current contains any s currently visible to an end-user. - - true, if the current contains any s currently visible to an end-user; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of items of the current object. - - A object which specifies the collection of items displayed within the current group. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is visible. - - true if the group is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains values that specify the horizontal alignment of a group caption content.. - - - - - A gallery group caption's content is centered. - - - - - A gallery group caption's content is aligned to the left. - - - - - A gallery group caption's content is aligned to the right. - - - - - A gallery group caption's content is stretched to the caption width. -This option is in effect when a custom control is embedded into the gallery group caption via the property. - - - - - Represents a collection of gallery groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - A descendant that will own the new collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds a new Gallery Item Group to the collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - A object that has been added to the collection. - - - - Adds an array of fields to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified Gallery Item Group. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the collection's owner. - - A descendant which owns the collection. - - - - Returns the specified element's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer which specifies the Gallery Item Group's position within the collection. -1 if the Gallery Item Group doesn't belong to the collection. - - - - Adds the specified Gallery Item Group at the specified position. - - A zero-based integer which specifies the position at which the Gallery Item Group should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. - A object to insert. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual Gallery Item Groups in the collection. - - A zero-based integer which specifies the group's position within the collection. If negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A object which is located at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified element from the collection. - - A object to remove. - - - - Returns visible groups as an object. - - An object that contains visible groups. - - - - Gets the number of visible groups within the collection. - - An integer which specifies the number of visible groups. - - - - Contains values that specify how a dropdown gallery can be resized. - - - - - Allows a dropdown gallery to be resized horizontally and vertically. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - A dropdown gallery cannot be resized. - - - - - A dropdown gallery can only be resized vertically. - - - - - Represents a filter menu for a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified gallery. - - A object that represents the current gallery. - - - - Gets the current gallery. - - A object that represents the current gallery. - - - - Contains values that specify how an image is displayed next to a text region. - - - - - An image is displayed below the text. - - - - - The same as the Left option. - - - - - An image is displayed to the left of the text. - - - - - An image is displayed to the right of the text. - - - - - An image is displayed above the text. - - - - - The menu where items are arranged along the circumference. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object to which the current should be bound. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that owns the created . - - - - Adds a specific item link to the current . - - A BarItem whose link is added to the . - A corresponding to the new item. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu item glyphs are painted using the item foreground colors. - - true, if the menu item glyphs are painted using the item foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the opacity level of the menu. - - A value that specifies the opacity level. 0 - totally transparent, 255 - completely opaque. - - - - Gets or sets the thickness of arcs that mark hovered items. - - An integer value that specifies the thickness of arcs that mark hovered items. - - - - Gets or sets the thickness of arcs that mark selected items. - - An integer value that specifies the thickness of arcs that mark selected items. - - - - Gets or sets whether the menu is automatically expanded when invoked. - - true, if the menu is automatically expanded when invoked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Radial Menu's background color. - - The Radial Menu's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the menu's outer border (the outer circle segment). - - The background color of the menu's outer border. - - - - Gets or sets the border color of the central button. - - A value that specifies the central button border color. - - - - Gets or sets the radius of the central button that expands and collapses the menu. - - An integer value that specifies the radius of the central button. - - - - Returns information on the 's elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the 's top-left corner. - An object which contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - Occurs when the center button is clicked. - - - - - Removes all links from the object. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should be closed when an end-user clicks anywhere outside the 's area. - - true if the current should be closed when an end-user clicks anywhere outside the 's area; otherwise, false. - - - - Collapses the . The menu's central button remains visible and active. - - true if the should be collapsed using animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Collapses the and optionally closes it. - - true if the should be collapsed using animation effects; otherwise, false. - true if the should be closed after collapsing; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the menu is collapsed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should be collapsed to its central circle button when an end-user clicks anywhere outside this . - - true if the current should be collapsed to its central circle button when an end-user clicks anywhere outside this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the menu is about to be collapsed. - - - - - Gets whether the container for items currently displayed in the menu is the , or object. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RadialMenuContainer object that determines whether the container for items currently displayed in the menu is the , or object. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by default in the 's central circle button. - - An Image object that specifies the glyph displayed by default in the 's central circle button. - - - - Expands the collapsed . - - - - - Fires after the menu is expanded. - - - - - Fires when the menu is about to be expanded. - - - - - Gets whether the specified is auto-sized when it belongs to a . - - A object which indicates whether it is auto-sized. - A RadialMenuContainerItemAutoSize enumeration value indicating whether the auto-size feature is enabled or disabled. - - - - Gets whether items contained in the specified are auto-sized. - - A object which indicates whether its items are auto-sized. - A RadialMenuContainerItemAutoSize enumeration value indicating whether items of the specified object are auto-sized. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed within the Radial Menu's central circle button. - - An Image object displayed within the Radial Menu's central circle button. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Hides the current . - - - - - Gets or sets the starting radius of the inner circle segment that is filled with the color specified by an item's BackColor (BarItem.ItemInMenuAppearance.Normal.BackColor) property. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between the 's center and its sectors' color fill. - - - - Gets or sets whether items are auto-sized to fit the entire area of the . - - A RadialMenuItemAutoSize enumeration value specifying whether items are auto-sized. - - - - Gets or sets the secondary 's color. - - A Color used to paint the current 's inner elements. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the radius of the Radial Menu, in pixels. - - An integer value that is the radius of the Radial Menu, in pixels. - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is pressed. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the control. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the control. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the control. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is released. - - - - - Gets or sets the style used to paint the current . - - A PaintStyle enumeration value specifying the style used to paint the current . - - - - Removes a specific item link from the collection. - - The item link to remove from the collection. - - - - Sets whether the specified is auto-sized when it belongs to a . - - A object for which the auto-size feature should be specified. - A RadialMenuContainerItemAutoSize enumeration value specifying whether the specified is auto-sized. - - - - Sets whether items contained in the specified object are auto-sized. This method is in effect when the belongs to a . - - A object with which to set whether its items are auto-sized. - A RadialMenuContainerItemAutoSize enumeration value specifying whether the auto-size feature is enabled or disabled. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Displays the menu at the specified position. - - - A structure that specifies the location to display the . - - - - - Displays the menu at the specified position. - - A Point where the menu is displayed. - - - - Displays the at the specified position in either the expanded or collapsed state. - - A Point where the menu is displayed. - true, to show an expanded ; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays the menu at the specified position. - - A structure that specifies the location to display the . - - - - - Gets or sets the color used to paint the menu's border segment corresponding to a sub-menu when it is hovered over. - - The color used to paint the menu's border segment corresponding to a sub-menu when it is hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets the 's text rendering quality. - - A System.Drawing.Text.TextRenderingHint enumerator value specifying the 's text rendering quality. - - - - Gets whether the menu is visible. - - true if the menu is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - A simple button for the Recent Item Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should be sized automatically. - - true, if this should be sized automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current orientation. - - An enumerator value that specifies the current orientation. - - - - Gets or sets the custom size. - - A Size structure that is the custom size for this . - - - - A 's item that holds any custom content. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets this container's height. - - An Int32 value that is this container's height. - - - - Gets or sets the item control container hosted within this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentControlItemControlContainer object hosted within this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this object should occupy all available space within its parent panel. - - true, if this object should occupy all available space within its parent panel; otherwise, false. - - - - An hyperlink element within the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the style of the window for the process executed by this . - - A enumerator value that is the style of the window for the process executed by this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Hyperlink items do not support glyphs. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Hyperlink items do not support glyphs. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Hyperlink items do not support glyphs. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Hyperlink items do not support glyphs. - - - - - - Stores the path associated with this . - - A String value that is the path associated with this . - - - - Gets or sets the regular link color applied to this before the link is activated. - - A Color object that is the regular color. - - - - Gets or sets whether this hyperlink should be displayed as visited. - - true, if this hyperlink should be displayed as visited; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever the link, stored within the property, is activated. - - - - - Executes the command specified by this hyperlink as a new process. - - - - - Executes a custom command as a new process. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class objects. - - - - - - Gets or sets the color applied to this hyperlink after it is activated. - - A object, applied to this hyperlink after it was activated. - - - - A base class for all UI elements in the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A RecentPanelBase object whose settings should be copied to the newly created object. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this class descendant. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command. - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this class descendant. - - An Object that is the command to be bound. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this class descendant. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this class descendant. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command. - - - - Returns whether or not this item belongs to a content panel of a parent Recent Item Control. - - true, if this item belongs to a content panel of a parent Recent Item Control; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this item belongs to a main panel of a parent Recent Item Control. - - true, if this item belongs to a main panel of a parent Recent Item Control; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user clicks this item at runtime. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user presses this item at runtime. - - - - - Gets or sets margins for this panel. - - A Padding structure that stores margins for this panel. - - - - Gets or sets this item's name. - - A String value that is the name of this item. - - - - Returns the panel that owns this . - - A object that owns this . - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the item content and this item's borders. - - A Padding structure that is the distance between item content and this item's borders. - - - - Gets the parent that owns this . - - A object that owns this . - - - - Resets a super tip assigned to this Recent Item Control's item. - - - - - Explicitly sets the object that will own this . - - The object that will own this . - - - - Gets or sets a super tip displayed by this item on hover. - - A object assigned to this item. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current . - - Custom data associated with the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this item is visible. - - true, if this item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - The control designed to build a complex content for objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not animation effects are enabled for all supported Recent Item Control elements. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether or not animation effects are enabled. The Default and True values are equal. - - - - Provides access to this object's appearance settings. - - A object that stores this object's appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings common to all elements owned by this . Each element type has a separate group within the Appearances section. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentAppearanceCollection object that stores appearance settings common to all elements owned by this - - - - Returns the object that contains hit info for the target position within the control. - - A Point structure that specifies the 's coordinates for which the hit info should be obtained. - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RecentControlHitInfo object that contains hit info for the target position within the control. - - - - Returns the panel currently displayed within this 's right region. - - A object that is the panel currently displayed within this 's right region. - - - - Gets or sets the minimal width of the control's right region. - - An Int32 value that is the minimal width of the control's right region. - - - - Creates two objects and assigns them to the and properties of this . - - - - - Returns the panel, displayed within the control's right region when the left (main) region has no currently selected tabs. - - A object that is the panel displayed within the control's right region when the left (main) region has no currently selected tabs. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the object that contains information about this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RecentControlViewInfo object that stores view info about this . - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user clicks any item in this . - - - - - A global event that fires when a user clicks any item that belongs to this Recent Item Control. - - - - - Provides access to the panel assigned to the 's main region. - - A object that is the panel assigned to the 's main region. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum width of the control's content region. - - An Int32 value that is the minimum width of the control's content region. - - - - Gets or sets the padding common to all objects within this . - - A Padding structure that is the padding common to all objects within this . - - - - Gets or sets the padding common to all objects within this . - - A Padding structure that is the padding common to all objects within this . - - - - Gets or sets the padding common to all objects within this . - - A Padding structure that is the padding common to all objects within this . - - - - Gets or sets the padding common to all objects within this . - - A Padding structure that is the padding common to all objects within this . - - - - Occurs when a selection moves to another item. - - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected tab within this . - - A object that is the currently selected tab. - - - - Occurs whenever the currently selected tab is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this should display a splitter between its main and content regions. - - true, if this should display a splitter between its main and content regions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this 's title should be visible. - - true, if the control title should be visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the inital position of the splitter element. - - An Int32 value that is the initial position of the splitter element. - - - - Occurs whenever this 's splitter was moved. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the title for this . - - A String value that is the title for this . - - - - Gets or sets the padding for this object's title. - - A Padding structure that specifies paddings for this object's title. - - - - Provides base data for elements' events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A RecentItemBase object related to the newly created object. - - - - Returns the Recent Item Control's item related to this event. - - A object that is the item related to this event. - - - - A label item within the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not end-users will be able to select this object by clicking it. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not end-users will be able to select this object by clicking it. - - - - Gets or sets this object's size and appearance by selecting one of the embedded styles. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentLabelStyles enumerator value that specifies this 's style. - - - - A base class for the 's panels (e.g., the objects). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to this object's appearance settings. - - A object that stores this object's appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets this object's title. - - A String value that is this object's title. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between this panel's caption and icon. - - An Int32 value that is the distance in pixels between this panel's caption and icon. - - - - - - - - - Retrieves visual information about the current object. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RecentPanelViewInfoBase object that contains visual information about this . - - - - Gets or sets the icon displayed by this panel. - - An Image object that is the icon displayed by this panel. - - - - Gets or sets the distance in pixels between this panel's text and icon. - - An Int32 value that is the distance in pixels between this panel's text and icon. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this Recent Control panel. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between items hosted within this panel. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between items hosted within this panel. - - - - Returns whether or not this is assigned to the property of a Recent Item Control. - - true, if this panel is a Recent Item Control's main panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides zero-based indexed access to all Recent Item Control elements hosted within this panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentItemCollection object that stores all Recent Item Control elements hosted within this panel. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not pinned s within this panel should automatically move up. - - true, if pinned s within this panel should automatically move up; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets this object's name. - - A String value that is this object's name. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the panel content and this panel's border. - - A Padding structure that is the distance between the panel content and this panel's border. - - - - Gets the parent that owns this . - - A object that owns this . - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected item owned by this . - - A class descendant that is the currently selected item owned by this . - - - - Gets the currently selected . - - The currently selected . - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected . - - A currently selected . - - - - Explicitly sets the that will own this . - - The that will own this . - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the panel caption should be visible. - - true, if the panel caption should be visible; otherwise, false. - - - - A pin item within the Recent Item Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to this object's appearance settings. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentPinItemAppearances object that stores appearance settings for this in all its visual states. - - - - Gets or sets the secondary text string displayed by this . - - A String value that is the secondary text string displayed by this . - - - - Gets or sets how the glyph in this is aligned. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentPinItemGlyphAlignment enumerator value that specifies how the glyph in this is aligned. - - - - Returns whether or not this is currently selected (pressed). - - true, if this is currently selected (pressed); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this is currently pinned. - - true, if this is currently pinned; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires whenever an end-user clicks pins this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this 's pin button is visible. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentPinButtonVisibility enumerator value that specifies whether or not this 's pin button is visible. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this should display its description string. - - true, if this should display its description string; otherwise, false. - - - - A element that visually delimits other elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A RecentPanelBase object that is the panel that owns this . - - - - A simple panel that arranges elements in a single column. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - A tab element within the Recent Item Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to a panel that stores the contents of this tab. - - A object that stores the contents of this tab. - - - - The base class for all elements that are able to display both caption and image. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to items in different visual states. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.BaseRecentItemAppearanceCollection object that stores appearance settings applied to items in different visual states. - - - - Gets or sets this item's caption. - - A String value that is the caption for this item. - - - - Gets or sets the item glyph displayed when this item is in its regular state. - - An Image object that is the item glyph displayed when this item is in its regular state. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph displayed by this item in its disabled state. - - An Image object that is the item icon displayed when this item is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets the item icon displayed when this item is hovered. - - An Image object that is the item icon displayed when this item is hovered. - - - - Gets or sets the item icon displayed when this item is pressed. - - An Image object that is the item icon displayed when this item is pressed. - - - - Gets or sets the distance in pixels between this item's text and icon. - - An Int32 value that is the distance in pixels between this item's text and icon. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this Recent Control item. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RecentControlImageOptionsCollection object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Represents a collection of bar items within the RibbonControl. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonBarManager object that represents Ribbon BarManager. - - - - Creates a bar button group that contains links to the specified items. - - An array of objects that represent bar button items. - A object that represents the bar button group. - - - - Allows you to create a Ribbon toolbar with commands grouped into categories, pages and page groups. See Ribbon. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Activates the Ribbon Control's About dialog box. - - - - - Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified event for the specified child control. - - An event being fired. - The identifier of the AccessibleObject. - A child which fires the event. - - - - Gets the object that provides the accessibility information. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.Accessible.AccessibleRibbon object that provides the accessibility information. - - - - Fires after the dropdown control associated with the Application Button is hidden. - - - - - Gets or sets whether to use animation when changing pages. - - True to use animation when changing pages; False, to not use animation; Default to use the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can customize the current at runtime. - - A Boolean value specifying whether an end-user can customize the current at runtime. - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs for all s within the should be painted using the text foreground color. - - true, if glyphs for all s within the should be painted using the text foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a s' text within the current can be formatted using HTML tags. - - true if s' text within the current can be formatted using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether Key Tips are enabled. - - true if Key Tips are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether MDI buttons for the current 's child Ribbons are enabled. - - true if MDI buttons for the current 's child Ribbons are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether invisible items within a parent should be merged with child 's items with same captions. - - true, if invisible items within a parent should be merged with a child 's items with same captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the ribbon context menu contains the Minimize the Ribbon command that collapses the ribbon. - - true if the RibbonControl's context menu displays the Minimize the Ribbon command; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether pressing the ALT key displays shortcuts for controls that belong to the same form as the RibbonControl. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether text in Ribbon page tabs () is trimmed when reducing the Ribbon Control's width. - - true if text in Ribbon page tabs is trimmed when reducing the Ribbon Control's width; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the description for the Application Button used by client accessibility applications. - - A string that specifies the description for the Application Button. - - - - Gets or sets the name for the Application Button which is used by client accessibility applications. - - A string which specifies the name for the Application Button used by client accessibility applications. - - - - Gets or sets the length of the fading animation effect for the Application Button. - - An integer value that specifies the length of the fading animation effect for the Application button, in system timer ticks. - - - - Occurs when the Application Button is clicked. - - - - - Fires when the Application Button is double-clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the drop-down control which is invoked when the Application Button is clicked. - - An object (any control or specific DevExpress component) which is invoked when the Ribbon Form's Application Button is clicked. - - - - Provides access to options that allow you to specify and customize the Application Button's raster or vector icon. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonApplicationButtonImageOptions object that stores options that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed in the Application Button. - - - - Gets or sets the Key Tip for the Application Button. - - A value that specifies the Key Tip associated with the Application Button. - - - - Gets or sets a for the Application Button. - - A assigned to the application button. - - - - Gets or sets the Application Button's text. - - A string value that species the text to be displayed in the Application Button. - - - - Gets or sets the second portion of the RibbonForm's caption which generally specifies the name of the current application. - - A string which specifies the second portion of the RibbonForm's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the first portion of the RibbonForm's caption which generally specifies the name of the active document. - - A string which specifies the first portion of the RibbonForm's caption. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed in the Application Button. - - A object which specifies the image displayed in the Application Button. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether all empty items within this should be automatically hidden. - - true, if all empty items within this should be automatically hidden; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's auto-save layout feature is enabled. - - A Boolean value indicating whether the current 's auto-save layout feature is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets the path for an XML file, to which the auto-saved layout is written. - - A String value that is the path for an XML file, to which the auto-saved layout is written. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether bar item links are displayed with the same width within a group. - - true, to display bar item links with the same width within a group; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when the Application Button's associated control () is about to be displayed. - - - - - Raises before this is unmerged and allows you to react to this upcoming change. - - - - - Starts the runtime initialization of the component. - - - - - Gets or sets the button group layout for all objects within this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ButtonGroupsLayout enumerator value that specifies the button group layout for all objects within this . - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of button groups within Ribbon page groups. - - A value that specifies the vertical alignment of button groups within Ribbon page groups. - - - - Returns information on the Ribbon Control elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the Ribbon Control's top-left corner. - A object which contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - Provides access to bar item links displayed in the 's caption area. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonCaptionBarItemLinkCollection object that stores bar item links displayed in the 's caption area. - - - - Gets a collection of categories used to logically organize bar items. - - A object that represents the collection of categories. - - - - Gets or sets the color applied to specific elements. - - A enumerator value that specifies the color applied to specific elements. - - - - Fires when the property's value is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the 's command layout: single-row Simplified or default Classic. - - An enumerator value that specifies the 's command layout. - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Overrides the property. - - A object. - - - - Overrides the property. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that provides default appearance options for the Ribbon Control. - - A object that provides default appearance options for the Ribbon Control. - - - - Allows you to manually paint any within this . - - - - - Fires when the Customization Form is about to be displayed and allows you to customize the form. - - - - - Fires when the Quick Access Toolbar customization menu is about to be displayed, allowing commands in the menu to be customized. - - - - - Fires when the query in the search box changes, and allows you to customize search results. - - - - - Hides key tips displayed if the 'Alt' key is pressed. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Provides access to pages associated with the default page category. - - A object that provides access to pages which are associated with the default page category. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Ribbon Control's accessibility feature (providing information on the control's data to accessibility tools, e.g., MS Narrator) is disabled. This is a static property, and thus it affects all Ribbon Controls in your application. - - true, if the Ribbon Control's accessibility feature is disabled; otherwise, false. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - A enumeration member which specifies the position and manner in which a control is docked. - - - - Gets or sets whether to draw captions for Ribbon Page Groups. - - A value that specifies whether to draw captions for Ribbon Page Groups. - - - - Gets or sets whether to draw borders for Ribbon Page Groups. - - true, to draw borders for Ribbon Page Groups; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not Ribbon page groups should display their borders and captions. - - A object that specifies whether or not Ribbon page groups should display their borders and captions. - - - - Finishes the runtime initialization of the component. - - - - - Provides access to the predefined button that expands/colapses the ribbon. - - A object that represents the expand/collapse button. - - - - Gets or sets the external editors repository. - - A component that holds a collection of the repository items that can be used to create editors. - - - - Calls the painting methods used to draw the current . - - - - - Forces the Ribbon Control to finish its initialization. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the is displayed in the auto-hidden mode, while the is maximized up to the full screen. This property is in effect for the embedded into the , and displayed using the Office2013 style. - - true if the is displayed in the auto-hidden mode, while the is maximized up to the full screen; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the length of the fading animation effect for gallery items. - - An integer value that specifies the length of the fading animation effect for gallery items, in system timer ticks. - - - - Returns the Bar and Docking Controllers (Customizing Default View and Behavior Settings) that provides default appearance options for the Ribbon Control. - - A object that provides default appearance options for the Ribbon Control. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Locates a page group with the specified name within all pages. - - A string value that identifies the name of the group to be found. The group's name is specified by the property. - A object with the specified name. null if no page with the specified name has been found. - - - - Returns the minimum allowed height of the Ribbon Control. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum allowed height of the Ribbon Control. - - - - Gets the popup menu which is assigned to a control. - - The control whose popup menu is to be returned. - The popup menu which is assigned to the control. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - The size that will fit the control. - - - - Returns the current Ribbon style (see the property). - - A enumerator value that is the current Ribbon style. - - - - Gets or sets the length of the fading animation effect for Ribbon page groups. - - An integer value that specifies the length of the fading animation effect for Ribbon page groups, in system timer ticks. - - - - Hides the control assigned to the property. - - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into item captions using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Occurs when a hyperlink within the current is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the custom background image for this . - - A object that is the custom background image for this . - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of a background Ribbon image. - - A enumerator value that specifies the alignment of a background Ribbon image. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within item links. - - A that is an image collection providing images for Ribbon items. - - - - Fires whenever saving or loading a 's layout fails. - - - - - Gets a value which indicates whether the Ribbon Control is currently in design mode. - - true if the control is in design mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the length of the fading animation effect for the RibbonControl's bar item links. - - An integer value that specifies the length of the fading animation effect for bar item links, in system timer ticks. - - - - Fires when a link within the Ribbon Control is clicked. - - - - - Fires after a links has been pressed. - - - - - Provides access to a Ribbon Control's item collection. - - A object that represents the collection of bar items. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of bar items within Ribbon page groups. - - A value that specifies the vertical alignment of bar items within Ribbon page groups. - - - - Gets the key tip manager. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonKeyTipManager object that represents the key tip manager. - - - - Gets or sets the source of large images that can be displayed within item links. - - A that is an image collection providing large images for bar button items. - - - - Updates a Ribbon Control. - - - - - Gets the Ribbon BarManager. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonBarManager object that represents the Ribbon BarManager. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The integer value. - - - - Gets or sets if and when a merge mechanism is invoked in an MDI application. - - A value that specifies when merge operations must be performed. - - - - Allows you to perform additional customizations after another Ribbon Control has been merged into the current RibbonControl. - - - - - Provides access to categories that have been merged into the Ribbon Control. - - A object containing page categories that have been merged into the Ribbon Control. - - - - Provides access to pages that have been merged into the default category of the Ribbon Control. - - A object that contains pages that have been merged into the default category. - - - - Gets the that has been merged into the current object. - - A object that has been merged with the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Merges the specified Ribbon Control into the current RibbonControl. - - A to be merged into the current RibbonControl. - - - - Merges the specified RibbonControl into the current RibbonControl. - - A to be merged into the current RibbonControl. - true, to hide the merged RibbonContol; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the ribbon is minimized. - - true if the Ribbon Control is minimized; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to respond to minimizing/restoring the RibbonControl's pages. - - - - - Provides access to the collapsed ribbon that has been displayed in a pop-up and is about to be hidden. - - - - - Provides access to the collapsed ribbon that is about to be displayed in a pop-up. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of objects. - - A object that is the collection of objects. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to animation settings for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonOptionsAnimation object that stores animation settings for this . - - - - Provides access to the Customization Form's settings. - - A RibbonCustomizationFormOptions object that contains settings related to the current 's Customization Form. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum width of the Display Options button's dropdown window. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum width of the Display Options button's dropdown window. - - - - Provides access to options that modify a stub glyphs' appearance. - - A object that stores stub glyph options. - - - - Provides access to properties that specify this 's behavior on touch-input devices. - - A RibbonOptionsTouch object that stores properties which specify this 's behavior on touch-input devices. - - - - This member is not supported by the . - - - - - - Gets or sets the length of the fading animation effect for the RibbonControl's page headers. - - An integer value that specifies the length of the fading animation effect for Ribbon pages' headers, in system timer ticks. - - - - Gets the collection of custom page categories, which allows contextual tab pages to be added and manipulated. - - A object containing the collection of custom page categories. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of custom page categories, which display contextual tab pages. - - A value that specifies the alignment of custom page categories. - - - - Occurs when a user clicks a category caption. This event is not raised when any other element that belongs to this category (e.g., a page header, a page group, an bar item) is clicked. - - - - - Enables you to perform actions when end-users click group caption buttons. - - - - - Gets a collection of bar item links displayed at the right edge of the control in the same row with tab headers. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageHeaderItemLinkCollection object representing the collection of bar item links. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum allowed width of page headers. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum allowed width of page headers. - - - - Provides access to the Ribbon Control's main pages. - - A object that represents the collection of main pages. - - - - Gets or sets how popup menus associated with this should be aligned. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.PopupMenuAlignment enumerator value that specifies how popup menus associated with this should be aligned. - - - - Gets or sets whether nested popup sub-menus are displayed in cascaded or inplace mode. - - A PopupShowMode enumeration value that specifies how nested popup sub-menus are displayed. - - - - Gets the collection of item links displayed in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonQuickToolbarItemLinkCollection object that contains item links owned by the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Updates a Ribbon Control. - - - - - Gets the registration info for this . - - A List structure that contains registration info for this . - - - - Provides access to the control's internal repository. - - A object that contains repository items whose settings can be used to create in-place editors. - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the Application Button via the property. - - - - - Occurs when the current 's control is being reset to defaults. - - - - - Loads the current 's layout from the specific XML file. - - A String value that is the path to an XML file where the current 's layout should be restored from. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the ribbon caption in a Ribbon Form. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonCaptionAlignment enumerator value that specifies the alignment of the ribbon caption in a Ribbon Form. - - - - Gets or sets the style of the RibbonControl. - - A enumeration value that specifies the paint style. - - - - Occurs each time the current 's property value is changed. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Saves the current 's layout to the specific XML file. - - A String value that is the path to an XML file where the current 's layout should be saved. - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Provides access to the bar item that represents the search box. For internal use. - - A object that represents the search box. - - - - Gets or sets the shortcut used to focus the search box. - - A object that specifies the shortcut used to focus the search box. - - - - Provides access to the repository item that represents the search box. For internal use. - - A object that represents the search box. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected page. - - A object that represents the page currently selected. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection is empty. - - - - Fires after the selected page has been changed. - - - - - Fires before a specific Ribbon Page is activated. - - - - - Activates the specified ribbon page. This method can be used to activate pages in merged ribbons. - - A object specifying the page to select. - - - - Sets the current layout as the default layout. - - - - - Sets a specific object as the target control's pop-up. - - A Control to be associated with a pop-up. - A PopupMenuBase object to be made the control's pop-up menu. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Application Button is visible. - - A value that specifies the Application Button's visibility. - - - - Opens the control associated with the Application Button via the property. - - - - - Gets or sets whether category names are displayed in the RibbonForm's title bar. - - true if category names are displayed in the RibbonForm's title bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Invokes the Customization Form. - - - - - Occurs before the RibbonControl's Customization Menu is displayed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the button allowing an end-user to switch between the regular, minimized and full-screen ribbon modes is displayed in the form title bar. This property is in effect for the embedded into the , and displayed using the Office2013 style. - - True or Default, if the button is displayed; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Ribbon Control displays a button that allows an end-user to hide/restore the RibbonControl's pages. - - A value that specifies the visibility of the button that allows an end-user to hide/restore the RibbonControl's pages. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button allowing an end-user to switch between the regular, minimized and full-screen ribbon modes is displayed in the form title bar. This property is in effect for the embedded into the , and displayed using the Office2013 style. - - True or Default, if the button is displayed; otherwise, False. - - - - Specifies whether or not bar item links from the collection should display their captions. - - true, if bar item links from the collection should display their captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether item links within page header area should display their captions. - - true, if item links within page header area should display their captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether bar item links within the Quick Access Toolbar should display their captions. - - true, if bar item links within the Quick Access Toolbar should display their captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the button that invokes a drop-down list of commands that are not visible in the ribbon due to insufficient space. - - True or Default if the button is visible; otherwise, False. - - - - Gets or sets whether page headers are displayed. - - true to display page headers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether ribbon page headers are displayed in place of the regular form title bar. This property is in effect for the displayed using the OfficeUniversal style, and embedded into the . - - A enumeration value that specifies whether ribbon page headers are displayed in place of the regular title bar. - - - - Gets or sets page headers display mode. - - A value that specifies page headers display mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether the option that allows an end-user to change the Quick Access Toolbar location is displayed in the customization menus. - - true, to display the option that allows an end-user to change the location of the QAT in the customization menus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the search box that allows a user to find a bar item by its caption. - - , to display the search box; otherwise, . - - - - Gets or sets whether the customize item is displayed within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - true to display the customize item within the Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the object linked with the current Ribbon Control. - - A object linked with the Ribbon Control. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - true if an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - Always the value. - - - - Provides access to the Quick Access Toolbar. - - A object that represents the Ribbon Control's Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the Quick Access Toolbar. - - A enumeration value that specifies the Quick Access Toolbar's position. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - Allows you to return all pages and visible pages owned by the RibbonControl. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonTotalPageCategory object that allows you to return all pages and visible pages owned by the RibbonControl. - - - - This property is provided for backward compatibility. Use the property instead. - - true, if specific in-place editors are painted using a transparent background color when focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether specific in-place editors, when focused, are painted using a transparent background color. - - True if specific in-place editors are painted using a transparent background color when focused; False if not; Default if the behavior depends on the global setting. - - - - Allows you to perform additional customizations after another Ribbon Control has been unmerged from the current RibbonControl. - - - - - Restores the original layout of Ribbon Controls after they have been manually merged via the method. - - - - - Recalculates the control's view information. - - - - - Gets the Ribbon Control's view information. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonViewInfo object that provides view information on all the Ribbon's elements. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Enumerates Ribbon paint schemes. - - - - - The Blue color scheme. - - - - - The DarkBlue color scheme. - - - - - All Ribbon elements are painted with their default skin colors. - - - - - The Green color scheme. - - - - - The Orange color scheme. - - - - - The Purple color scheme. - - - - - The Red color scheme. - - - - - The Teal color scheme. - - - - - The Yellow color scheme. - - - - - Enumerates paint styles for a . - - - - - The same as the option. See Version Compatibility: Default Property Values. - - - - - MacOffice style.To display the Application Button in the MacOffice style, ensure that the property is set to True. - - - - - Office2007 style - - - - - Office2010 style - - - - - Emulates the Microsoft Office 2013 UI and behavior, which includes modified , a Full-Screen Mode button and touch-input device mode support. - - - - - Office 2019-inspired style. Features a flat appearance, tab animations (when the "Office 2019 Colorful" vector skin is applied), and the capability to collapse into a single-row "Simplified" state. - - - - - The Ribbon style inspired by the ribbon UI introduced in Microsoft "Office Universal" apps. - - - - - The Ribbon style inspired by the UI found in Microsoft Office for iPad. - - - - - This value is obsolete, use the OfficeUniversal style instead. - - - - - Represents options related to the Customization Form. - - - - - Initializes a new RibbonCustomizationFormOptions class instance. - - A RibbonControl object that specifies the ribbon. - - - - Gets or sets whether users can customize a sub-menu's items via the Customization Form. - - true, if users can operate a sub-menu's items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether users can edit a pop-up menu's items via the Customization Form. - - true, if users can edit a pop-up menu's items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether users can hide bar items via the Customization Form's context menu. - - true, if users can hide bar items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Customization Form's icon. - - An Icon object that specifies the Custamization Form's icon. - - - - A form that supports incorporation of a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the form's embedded Ribbon Control is visible. - - true if the embedded Ribbon Control is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user is allowed to drag the window by a page category caption. - - The value that specifies whether window dragging by a page category caption is allowed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the form's title and border are painted according to the native Windows theme or with a skin. - - A value that specifies whether the form's title and border are painted according to the native Windows theme or with a skin. - - - - Gets or sets whether the RibbonForm's title bar and borders are painted using the current skin. - - The property always returns true. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Ribbon Control is automatically hidden when the form's size is reduced so that the control's commands cannot be displayed in their entirety. - - true if the RibbonControl's auto-hide feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the bounds of the form's client region. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the from's client region. - - - - This property is not supported by this class. - - A object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the . - - - - - - Gets or sets a displayed within the form. - - A displayed within the form. - - - - Gets or sets whether a within this always lays underneath all other components. - - true, if a within this always lays underneath all other components; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or set the visibility mode of the displayed on the . - - A RibbonVisibility value specifying the visibility mode of the displayed on the . - - - - Gets or sets whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - true if right-to-left mirror placement is turned on; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets a displayed within the form. - - A object displayed within the form. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's caption. - - A String value that is the current 's caption. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Lists the options that specify the bar item's possible states within a Ribbon Control. - - - - - If active, enables all other options. - - - - - If active, an item's possible states with a Ribbon Control are determined based on the item's settings. For example, if the item is associated with a small image and isn't associated with a large image, its possible states within the Ribbon Control are and . - - - - - If active, a bar item can be displayed as a large bar item. - - - - - If active, an item can be displayed like a smal bar item without its caption. - - - - - If active, an item can be displayed like a smal bar item with its caption. - - - - - Contains values specifying when the merge mechanism is invoked in MDI applications when using Ribbon Controls within a parent and child MDI forms. - - - - - Specifies that the merge mechanism should be invoked when a child MDI form is activated. The unmerge mechanism is invoked when a child form becomes inactive. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - Specifies that the merge mechanism is never invoked. - - - - - Specifies that the merge mechanism should be invoked when a child MDI form is maximized. The unmerge mechanism is invoked when a child form is restored from the maximized view. - - - - - A popup toolbar whose transparency depends on the distance from the mouse cursor to it. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified container. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Gets or sets the toolbar's alignment relative to the mouse cursor. This alignment is used when the toolbar is displayed. - - A enumeration value that specifies the toolbar's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the toolbar remains visible when a popup menu is displayed. - - true if the toolbar remains visible when a popup menu is displayed, otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips can be displayed for items within the . - - true, if tooltips can be displayed for items within the ; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - Hides the toolbar. - - - - - Occurs when the toolbar is about to be hidden. - - - - - Provides access to a collection of item links displayed by the toolbar. - - A object that contains item links displayed by the toolbar. - - - - Provides access to the toolbar opacity options. - - A object that specifies the toolbar opacity options. - - - - Gets or sets the parent control which owns the toolbar. - - A control that owns the toolbar. - - - - Gets or sets a popup menu to be displayed simultaneously with the toolbar. - - A item to be displayed simultaneously with the toolbar. - - - - Gets a Ribbon Control that owns the toolbar. - - A object that owns the toolbar. - - - - Gets or sets the number of item link rows for this . - - An Int32 value that is the number of item link rows for this . - - - - Displays the toolbar at the specified position. - - A Point object that is the position where the toolbar will be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An object that contains custom data for the current object. - - - - Gets the textual representation of this object. - - A String value that is the textual representation of this object. - - - - A 's collection of objects - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified Ribbon. - - A object that will own the created collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds a new Ribbon mini toolbar to the current collection. - - A object that is a Ribbon mini toolbar to be added to the collection. - An integer value that is a new mini toolbar's index in the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified item. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified item; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the specified item's position within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer, that is the item's position within the collection. -1, if the collection does not contain the specified item. - - - - Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. - - The zero-based index at which an item is inserted. - A to insert into the collection. - - - - Provides indexed access to collection elements. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the required object in the collection. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - A object that is the item located at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Removes the specified element from the collection. - - A object to be removed from the collection. - - - - Gets the that owns the current collection. - - The that owns the current collection. - - - - Provides opacity options for a toolbar. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified opacity and transparency distances. - - An integer value that specifies an opacity distance. The parameter initializes the property. - An integer value that specifies a transparency distance. The parameter initializes the property. - An integer value that specifies a transparency distance after a bar has been hovered. The parameter initializes the property. - - - - Gets and sets whether the toolbar supports transparency. - - true if the toolbar supports transparency, otherwise false. - - - - Gets the object with its properties set to default values. - - A object with its properties set to default values. - - - - Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - An object to compare with the current object. - true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the hash code for this instance. - - A 32-bit signed integer hash code. - - - - Gets and sets an opacity distance that is the maximum distance when the toolbar is opaque. - - The integer value that is an opacity distance. - - - - Gets the object text representation. - - A string that is the object. - - - - Gets and sets the minimum distance where the toolbar disappears. - - The integer value that is the minimum distance where the toolbar disappears. - - - - Gets and sets the distance where a toolbar disappears, provided that it has been hovered with a mouse. - - The integer value that is the distance where a toolbar disappears, provided that it has been hovered with a mouse. - - - - Provides access to a set of properties that manage this 's touch behavior. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A that owns the newly created object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the setting only affects the Ribbon UI. - - true if the setting only affects the Ribbon UI; false if this setting affects all touch-aware DevExpress controls in the application, including the Ribbon Control. - - - - Copies all settings to the current object from the target BaseOptions object. - - A BaseOptions object whose properties are copied to this . - - - - Releases all unmanaged resources used by the . - - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed by the mouse option of the touch/mouse mode selector in Quick Access Toolbar. - - An object that specifies the image displayed by the mouse option of the touch/mouse mode selector in Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Provides access to options specific to the image displayed by the mouse option of the touch/mouse mode selector in Quick Access Toolbar. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that comprises image options. - - - - Gets or sets whether this displays a touch/mouse mode selector in its Quick Access Toolbar. - - true, if this displays a touch/mouse mode selector in its Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can switch the touch/mouse mode selector's visibility via the Quick Access Toolbar menu. - - true, if end-users can switch the touch/mouse mode selector's visibility via the Quick Access Toolbar menu; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed by the touch option of the touch/mouse mode selector in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - An object that specifies the image displayed by the touch option of the touch/mouse mode selector in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Provides access to options specific to the image displayed by the touch option of the touch/mouse mode selector in Quick Access Toolbar. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that comprises image options. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed by touch/mouse mode selector in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - An object that specifies the image displayed by touch/mouse mode selector in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Provides access to options specific to the image displayed by the touch/mouse mode selector in the Quick Access Toolbar. - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that comprises image specific options. - - - - Gets or sets whether the touch UI is enabled for the Ribbon Control and optionally for other DevExpress controls in the project. - - True, if the touch UI is enabled; False, if this mode is disabled; The Default value is equivalent to False. - - - - Represents a Ribbon Page within a RibbonControl. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption. - - A string that specifies the text to be displayed within the page's header. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to the 's appearance settings. - - An Appearance object that stores the current 's appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the page category with which the current object is associated. - - A object with which the current page is associated. - - - - Creates a new object with the settings matching those of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Gets the collection of pages that contains the current object. - - A object that contains the current object. - - - - Locates a page group with the specified name within the current page. - - A string value that identifies the name of the group to be found. The group's name is specified by the property. - A object with the specified name. null if no page with the specified name has been found. - - - - Returns an image displayed within the pager's header. - - A object that represents the image displayed within the page's header. - - - - Gets the collection of Ribbon page groups owned by the current page. - - A which contains Ribbon page groups of the current page. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed within the Ribbon page's header. - - A object that represents the image displayed within the page's header. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the page's header. - - A enumeration value that specifies the image's horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed within the Ribbon page's header. - - A zero-based index that specifies the image displayed within the Ribbon page's header. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this page. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets a collection of images. - - An object that contains images. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the page header's image and text. - - An integer value that specifies the distance between the page header's image and text, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current page's tab. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current page's tab. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current page belongs to the default page category. - - true if the current page belongs to the default page category; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Key Tip for a Ribbon Page. - - A value that specifies the Key Tip associated with the Ribbon Page. - - - - Provides access to groups that have been merged into the current page. - - A collection containing groups that have been merged into the current page. - - - - Defines the visual position of the current object after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - An ordinal number determining the position of the after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - - - Gets the name of the current component. - - A string which specifies the name of the component. - - - - Gets the page's index within the page collection of the category to which this page belongs. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the current page within the page collection of the category to which this page belongs. -1 if the page doesn't belong to any category. - - - - Gets the information used to render the Ribbon page. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonPageViewInfo object which contains information used to render the Ribbon page. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the which owns the current page. - - A which owns the current page. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the page's header. - - A string that is displayed within the page's header. - - - - Returns the 's caption. - - A String value that is the 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page is visible. - - true if the page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Represents a Ribbon page category. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified text and color. - - A string that specifies the category's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the category's color. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the category's text. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the category's color. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the category's visibility. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to the category's appearance settings. - - The category's appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page headers are stretched to occupy the entire width of a custom category caption. - - true, if page headers are stretched to fit the current custom category's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object containing view information on the object. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonPageCategoryViewInfo object. - - - - Creates a new object with the settings matching those of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Gets the category collection that owns the current object. - - A object that owns the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the color that is used to paint the category's caption and its pages. - - A value that specifies the category's color. - - - - Gets or sets whether the category is expanded. - - true if the category is expanded; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a Ribbon Page by its caption. - - A string that represents the caption of the page to be located. The page's caption is specified by the property. - A object with the specified caption; null if there is no page with the specified caption. - - - - Returns whether or not this is a default category for its parent Ribbon. - - true, if this is a default category for its parent Ribbon; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to pages that have been merged into the current category. - - A object that contains pages that have been merged into the current category. - - - - Defines the visual position of the current object after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - An ordinal number determining the position of the after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - - - Gets or sets the component's name. - - A string that specifies the component's name. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of Ribbon pages that belong to the current category. - - A collection containing Ribbon pages that belong to the current category. - - - - Gets the which owns the current category. - - The which owns the current category. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this category should display its caption if it does not have any child RibbonPages. - - Specifies whether an empty category should display its caption. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equal to DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the category's caption. - - A string that specifies the text displayed within the category's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current category is visible. - - true if the category is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Enumerates values that specify how custom page categories are aligned. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - Headers of contextual page categories are aligned to a RibbonControl's left edge. - - - - - Headers of contextual page categories are aligned to a RibbonControl's right edge. - - - - - Represents a collection of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A control that will own this collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds the specified category to the current collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - An integer value that specifies the position of the category within the collection. - - - - Adds an array of categories to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified category. - - A object to locate in the collection - true if the collection contains the specified category; otherwise, false - - - - Gets the RibbonControl's default page category. - - A object that represents the default page category. - - - - Returns a category by its name (). - - The name of the required category matching the property's value. - A object that has the specified name. - - - - Returns a category by its caption (). - - The caption of the required category matching the property's value. - A object that has the specified caption. - - - - Returns the specified category's position within the collection. - - A object representing the category to be located. - An integer value representing the specified category's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified category. - - - - Adds the specified category to the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified category should be inserted. If negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - A object representing the category to be inserted. - - - - Provides indexed access to categories in the collection. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the required category. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - A object representing a category at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Returns a page category by its caption. - - A string that represents the caption of the page category to be located. The category's caption is specified by the property. - A object with the specified caption; null if there is no category with the specified caption. - - - - Removes the specified category from the collection. - - A object to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets the which owns the current collection. - - The which owns the current collection. - - - - Allows you to return all pages and visible pages owned by the RibbonControl. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonTotalPageCategory object that allows you to return all pages and visible pages owned by the RibbonControl. - - - - Represents a collection of pages within the RibbonControl. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A which will own the created collection. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and objects. - - A which will own the created collection. - A object that specifies the category to which the page collection is associated. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Adds the specified page to the current collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - An integer value that specifies the position of the page within the collection. - - - - Adds an array of pages to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Gets the page category with which the current collection's pages are associated. - - A object with which the current collection's pages are associated. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified page. - - A object to locate in the collection - true if the collection contains the specified page; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a page by its name (). - - The name of the required page matching the property's value. - A object that has the specified name. - - - - Returns a page by its caption (). - - The caption of the required page matching the property's value. - A object that has the specified caption. - - - - Returns the specified page's position within the collection. - - A object representing the page to be located. - An integer value representing the specified page's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified page. - - - - Adds the specified page to the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified page should be inserted. If negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - A object representing the page to be inserted. - - - - Gets a page at the specified index. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the required page. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - A object representing a page at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Returns a page by its caption. - - A string that represents the caption of the page to be located. The page's caption is specified by the property. - A object with the specified caption; null if there is no page with the specified caption. - - - - Removes the specified page from the collection. - - A object to remove from the collection. - - - - Represents a group within a Ribbon Page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified caption. - - A string which specifies the created group's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Creates a link to the current group and adds it to the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be aligned to the left (default) or right Ribbon side. - - Set RibbonPageGroupAlignment.Far to align the group to the right Ribbon edge; otherwise, RibbonPageGroupAlignment.Near. - - - - Gets or sets whether the group is automatically collapsed when there is insufficient space to display all available items. - - true, if the group automatically collapses when its size is reduced so it can no longer display all its links at a time; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to clip the group's text when there's not enough space to display it entirely, or to expand the group to accommodate the entire text. - - true if the group's text is clipped when there's not enough space to display it entirely; false if the group's width is increased to accommodate the group's entire text. - - - - Copies settings of the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Occurs when the group's Caption Button is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Caption Button is visible. - - Specifies whether the Caption Button is visible. The DefaultBoolean.Default value equals DefaultBoolean.True if you handle the or event, and DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - Creates a new object with the settings matching those of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is enabled. - - true if the current is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this page group is actually aligned to the left or right relative to the ribbon. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageGroupAlignment enumeration value that specifies the alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the image that is displayed within the group when it's collapsed. - - A object which represents the image displayed when the group is collapsed. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image within the image collection that is displayed within the group when it's in a collapsed state. - - An integer that specifies the index of the image in the image collection. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageGroupImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - - - - Gets the collection of images that can be displayed within the group when it's in a collapsed state. - - An object which represents the collection of images. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current group when it is collapsed. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current group when it is collapsed. - - - - Gets the collection of bar item links displayed within the group. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageGroupItemLinkCollection object which stores links that are displayed within the current group. - - - - Gets or sets the number of rows used to vertically arrange small items within the current in the Office2007, Office2010 and Office2013 Ribbon styles (see ). - - The value that specifies the layout mode for small items within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the Key Tip used to emulate clicking on the group's Caption Button. - - A value that specifies the Key Tip associated with the Ribbon Page Group. - - - - Defines the visual position of the current object after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - An ordinal number determining the position of the after merging this Ribbon Control into an MDI parent Ribbon. - - - - Gets the name of the current component. - - A string which specifies the name of the component. - - - - Gets the group that was used to create the current instance. - - A object that represents the original group. - - - - Gets the page which owns the current group. - - A object which owns the current group. - - - - Removes a link to the current group from the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - - Gets the which owns the current group. - - A object which is the owner of the current group. - - - - This property is obsolete, use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the group is always expanded, collapsed, or automatically switches between the expanded and collapsed state depending on the available space. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonPageGroupState enumeration value, such as Auto, Expanded or Collapsed, that specifies the group expand/collapse state. - - - - Gets or sets a associated with the Ribbon page group. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the group. - - A string which specifies the text displayed within the group. - - - - Gets a link to the current group within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - A link to the current group within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Returns the 's caption. - - A String value that is the 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the group is visible. - - true if the group is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a page group collection for Ribbon pages. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that represents the Ribbon page which will own the collection being created. - - - - Adds the specified group to the end of the collection. - - A object to add to the collection. - A zero-based integer which represents the group's position within the collection. - - - - Adds an array of groups to the end of the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Occurs whenever the is modified and allows you to respond to these changes in a specific manner. - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified group. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified group; otherwise, false. - - - - Locates a page group with the specified name within the current collection. - - A string value that identifies the name of the group to be found. The group's name is specified by the property. - A object with the specified name. null if no page with the specified name has been found. - - - - Retrieves a group by its caption. - - A string that represents the caption of the group to be located. A group's caption is specified by the property. - A object with the specified caption. - - - - Returns the position of the group within the collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - A zero-based index of the specified group in the collection. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified group. - - - - Adds the specified group to the collection at the specified position - - A zero-based index at which the specified group is inserted. If negative or exceeds the number of elements in the collection an exception is thrown. - A object that represents the inserted group. - - - - Gets a page group at the specified index. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the required page group. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - A object that represents a page group at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Gets a page group by its name. - - A string that represents the name of the group to be located. The group's name is specified by the property. - A object with the specified name; null if there is no group with the specified name. - - - - Removes the specified page group from the collection. - - A object to remove from the collection. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that represent the processed page group. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the processed page group. - - A object that represent the processed page group. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event source. - A object which contains event data. - - - - Specifies how small items are arranged within a in the Office2007, Office2010 and Office2013 Ribbon styles. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - Small items are arranged in one row. - - - - - Small items are arranged in three rows. - - - - - Small items are arranged in two rows. - - - - - Represents the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that represents the Ribbon Control which owns the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current object. - - - - - Gets whether the specified link represents the 's customize button. - - A object which represents the link to be tested. - true if the specified link represents the 's customize button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a collection of item links. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonQuickToolbarItemLinkCollection object which contains item links that are owned by the Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - Occurs whenever this 's collection is modified. - - - - - Restores the layout of the 's items from the system registry. - - A string value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - - - - Restores the layout of the 's items from a stream. - - A descendant from which the layout of items is loaded. - - - - Restores the layout of the 's items from an XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the XML file from which the layout of items is read. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Gets the Ribbon Control that owns the current instance. - - A object that owns the current instance. - - - - Saves the layout of the 's items to the system registry. - - A string value which specifies the system registry path. If the specified path doesn't exist, this method does nothing. - true if the layout has been saved to the system registry; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the layout of the 's items to a stream. - - A descendant to which the layout of items is written. - - - - Saves the layout of the 's items to an XML file. - - A string value which specifies the path to the XML file to which the layout of items is stored. - - - - Gets or sets whether the customize item is displayed within the Quick Access Toolbar. - - true if the customize item is displayed within the Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains data on the current object. - - An object that contains data on the current object. - - - - Lists the values that specify the location of a Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - - A Quick Access Toolbar is displayed above the Ribbon Control. - - - - - A Quick Access Toolbar is displayed below the Ribbon Control. - - - - - A Quick Access Toolbar is displayed above the Ribbon Control. - - - - - A Quick Access Toolbar is hidden. - - - - - The status bar designed to be used along with the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Ribbon Control. - - A object that represents the Ribbon Control which the created status bar belongs to. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified event for the specified child control. - - An event being fired. - The identifier of the AccessibleObject. - A child which fires the event. - - - - Gets the object that provides the accessibility information. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.Accessible.RibbonStatusBarAccessible object that provides the accessibility information. - - - - Gets or sets whether the status bar's height is automatically adjusted to display all the bar items in their entirety. - - true if the auto-height feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Returns information on the status bar elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the status bar's top-left corner. - A object which contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - A enumeration value which specifies the position and manner in which a control is docked. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should be hidden when the Ribbon Merging process occurs. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value specifying whether the current should be hidden when the Ribbon Merging process occurs. - - - - Gets a value which indicates whether the status bar is currently in design mode. - - true if the status bar is in design mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a collection of item links. - - A object which contains item links that are owned by the status bar. - - - - Updates a status bar. - - - - - Gets the Ribbon BarManager. This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.RibbonBarManager object that represents the Ribbon BarManager. - - - - Allows you to perform any actions after a RibbonStatusBar within a child MDI form has been merged into the current RibbonStatusBar object. - - - - - Merges the specified object into the current object. - - A object to be merged into the current status bar. - - - - Updates a status bar. - - - - - Gets or sets a Ribbon Control which the status bar belongs to. - - A object that represents the Ribbon Control which owns the status bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the size grip is displayed within the status bar. - - true is the size grip is displayed within the status bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key - - true if an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control's text. - - Always the value. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - A object that controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by elements of the . - - - - Allows you to perform any actions after another RibbonStatusBar object has been unmerged from the current RibbonStatusBar object. - - - - - Restores the bar commands layout within the current object after another object has been merged into it. - - - - - Gets the status bar's view information. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonStatusBarViewInfo object that provides view information on all the status bar's elements. - - - - Lists values that specify when Ribbon page headers are displayed. - - - - - Currently, this option is the same as the option. - - - - - Ribbon page headers are hidden. - - - - - Ribbon page headers are always visible. - - - - - Ribbon page headers are visible when the control contains two or more pages. - - - - - Contains classes providing View information on the controls that support the Ribbon interface. - - - - - Contains information about a specific point within a Ribbon Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the caption bar (see the property) located at the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonCaptionBarViewInfo object that represents the caption bar located at the test point. - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to the current Object. - - The to compare with the current Object. - true if the specified is equal to the current Object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the Gallery located at the test point. - - A descendant which represents the Gallery located at the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there isn't any Gallery located at the test point. - - - - Gets the Gallery item located at the test point. - - A object which represents the Gallery item located at the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there isn't any Gallery item located at the test point. - - - - Gets the Gallery item group located at the test point. - - A object that represents the group of gallery items within a gallery located at the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there is no Gallery item group located at the test point. - - - - Returns the hash code for this instance. - - A 32-bit signed integer hash code. - - - - Gets or set the test point. - - A structure that specifies test point coordinates relative to the Ribbon Control's top-left corner. - - - - Gets a value which identifies the type of the visual element located under the test point. - - A enumeration value that identifies the type of the visual element that contains the test point. - - - - Returns whether the test point is within the caption bar region. - - true, if the test point is within the caption bar region; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within any of the form's buttons (Minimize, Maximize or Close). - - true if the test point is within a form's button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within the Full Screen button. - - true, if the test point is within the Full Screen button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Gallery. - - true if the test point is within a Gallery; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within the Dropdown Gallery's Filter panel. - - true if the test point is within the Dropdown Gallery's Filter panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Gallery group. - - true if the test point is within a Gallery group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Gallery item. - - true if the test point is within a Gallery item; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is over a gallery's scroll bar. - - true if the test point is over a gallery's scroll bar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a size grip region. - - true if the test point belongs to a size grip region; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within the Dropdown Gallery's Sizing panel. - - true if the test point is within the Dropdown Gallery's Sizing panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a bar item link. - - true if the test point is within a bar item link; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Ribbon page's caption. - - true if the test point belongs to a Ribbon page's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Ribbon page category's caption. - - true if the test point belongs to a Ribbon page category's caption; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a page group. - - true if the test point is within a page group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point belongs to a scroll button used to scroll through pages. - - true if the test point belongs to a scroll button used to scroll through pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a bar item link that is displayed within a page group. - - true if the test point is within a bar item link that is displayed within a page group; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within the Group Panel. - - true if the test point is within the Group Panel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point belongs to a scroll button used to scroll through a page's contents. - - true if the test point belongs to a scroll button used to scroll through a page's contents; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is within a Quick Access Toolbar. - - true if the test point is within a Quick Access Toolbar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point belongs to any visual element or is outside the Ribbon Control. - - true if the test point does not belong to any visual element or is outside the Ribbon Control; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns true, if the current and the specified objects contain matching bar item links. - - A object to which the current object is compared. - true if the current and the specified objects contain matching bar item links; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the bar item link which is located at the test point. - - A object that represents the link which is located at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the Ribbon page which is located at the test point. - - A object that represents the Ribbon page which is located at the test point. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there isn't any Ribbon page located at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the Ribbon page category which is located at the test point. - - A object that refers to the Ribbon page category at the test point. - - - - Gets an object that contains view information on the category at the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonPageCategoryViewInfo object. - - - - Gets or sets the Ribbon page group which is located at the test point. - - A object that represents the Ribbon page group located at the test point. - - - - Returns the RibbonPageViewInfo object associated with this object. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Ribbon.ViewInfo.RibbonPageViewInfo object associated with this object. - - - - Gets the control located at the test point. - - A control located at the test point; null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the test point doesn't belong to a Ribbon Status Bar. - - - - Gets or sets the Ribbon Quick Access Toolbar which is located at the test point. - - A object that represents the Ribbon Quick Access Toolbar located at the test point. - - - - Lists values that identify a Ribbon Control's elements. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Application Button. - - - - - The test point belongs to the caption bar - an area shared with the 's title bar that displays items from the collection. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Ribbon form's caption. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Close button in the top-right corner of a Ribbon form. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Full-Screen Mode button (see ) in the top-right corner of a Ribbon form. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Help button in the top-right corner of a Ribbon form. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Maximize button in the top-right corner of a Ribbon form. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Minimize button in the top-right corner of a Ribbon form. - - - - - The test point belongs to the bar at the top window edge to which a Ribbon Control with an Office 2013 style applied (see the property) is minimized in Full-Screen Mode. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Gallery. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Down button which is used to scroll down a Gallery's content. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Dropdown button which is used to invoke an In-Ribbon Gallery's Dropdown Gallery. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Filter panel within a Dropdown Gallery. - - - - - The test point belongs to the image within a Gallery item. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Gallery item. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Gallery group. - - - - - The test point belongs to the left scroll button which is used to scroll a Gallery's content to the left. - - - - - The test point belongs to the right scroll button which is used to scroll a Gallery's content to the right. - - - - - The test point belongs to the size grip. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Dropdown Gallery's Sizing panel. - - - - - The test point belongs to the Up button which is used to scroll up a Gallery's content. - - - - - The test point belongs to a header panel. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Items and Item Links. - - - - - The test point belongs to a bar item's drop down button. - - - - - The test point belongs to a bar item separator. - - - - - The test point does not belong to any visual element or is outside a Ribbon Control. - - - - - The test point belongs to a page group. - - - - - The test point belongs to the caption of a page group. - - - - - The test point belongs to the caption button of a page group. - - - - - The test point belongs to a page header. - - - - - The test point belongs to a page category's header. - - - - - The test point belongs to the left page scroll button. - - - - - The test point belongs to the right page scroll button. - - - - - The test point belongs to a group panel. - - - - - The test point belongs to the left scroll button used to scroll through a page's contents. - - - - - The test point belongs to the right scroll button used to scroll through a page's contents. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Ribbon Status Bar. - - - - - The test point belongs to a Quick Access Toolbar. - - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint a Ribbon Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the DevExpress.Utils.IAppearanceOwner interface and will own the created collection. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Provides access to the settings controlling the font of the text displayed within the RibbonControl's in-place editors. - - An object providing corresponding settings. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint a RibbonForm's caption. - - An object which provides corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the color used to paint the portion of the RibbonForm's caption which is specified by the property. - - A color used to paint the string within a RibbonForm's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the color used to paint the caption of an inactive RibbonForm. - - A color used to paint the caption of an inactive RibbonForm. - - - - Provides the default appearance settings used to paint galleries in a RibbonControl. - - A object that contains corresponding settings. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint bar items. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint bar items. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint the descriptions () of bar items. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint the descriptions () of disabled bar items. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint bar item descriptions () when a bar item is hovered. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint the descriptions () of bar items in the pressed state. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint bar items when they are disabled. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint bar items when they are disabled. - - - - Gets appearance settings used to paint commands when they are hovered. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Gets appearance settings used to paint commands when they are pressed. - - An that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - Gets the appearance settings (the foreground color and font settings) used to paint captions of Page Categories. - - An object that specifies the corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint group captions. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint group captions. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint page headers. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint page headers. - - - - Provides appearance settings that are used to paint Ribbon gallery elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which owns the appearance collection. - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the filter panel's caption. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the filter panel's caption. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint group captions. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint group captions. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint Gallery item captions. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint Gallery item captions. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint gallery item captions () within a in different visual states. - - A object which provides settings used to paint gallery item captions within a . - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint Gallery item descriptions. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint Gallery item descriptions. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint gallery item descriptions () in different visual states. - - A object that contains corresponding appearance options. - - - - A bar item that represents an In-Ribbon gallery. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - A object which will own the created bar item. - - - - Gets or sets whether clicking a bar item link should invoke an associated Dropdown control. This member is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets whether all the button items in a group can be in the normal (elevated) state at a time. This member is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Get or sets the button item's style. This member is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a submenu which contains the item's link is closed on a click. This member is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button item is pressed down. This member is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets the item's Dropdown control. This member is not supported by the class. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.PopupControl control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item's Dropdown control is enabled. This member is not supported by the class. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets the gallery associated with the item. - - A object associated with the bar item. - - - - Enables images of gallery items to be painted manually. - - - - - Enables the text of gallery items to be painted manually. - - - - - Gets or sets the object, which is a control displaying a dropdown gallery. - - A control. - - - - Fires when a filter menu item is clicked. - - - - - Fires when an end-user invokes the filter menu. - - - - - Enables a gallery, when displayed as a dropdown window, to be customized. - - - - - Fires whenever a gallery item's check (selected) state is changed. - - - - - Fires when a gallery item is clicked. - - - - - Fires after a gallery item has been double-clicked. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer hovers over a Gallery item. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer leaves a Gallery item. - - - - - Fires when a popup window containing a gallery is closed. - - - - - . Gets or sets the item's image. This member is not supported by the class - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets the image corresponding to the item's disabled state. This member is not supported by the class. - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets the item's group index. This member is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the item's small image. This member is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the corresponding links when they are disabled. This member is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the shortcut used to access associated links using the keyboard. This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the item's large image. This member is not supported by the class. - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets the item's large image that is used when the item is disabled. This member is not supported by the class. - - An object. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the item's large image. This member is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the item's large image that is used when the item is disabled. This member is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Makes the specified gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to make visible. - - - - Fires when a user has finished selecting gallery items using marquee selection. - - - - - Gets or sets the item's paint style. This member is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the options that specify the item's possible states within a . This member is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - This member is not supported by the object. - - An integer value. - - - - Represents a link to a object. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - false - - - - Gets whether the 's Dropdown button can be pressed. - - true if the Dropdown button can be pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Releases all resources used by the . - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets a to which the current link refers. - - A to which the current link refers. - - - - Makes the specified gallery item visible onscreen, if it's hidden due to scrolling. - - A object to make visible. - - - - Gets or sets the top visible row of items within the current gallery. - - A zero-based integer value representing the top visible row. - - - - Gets the top coordinate of the gallery's display area. - - An integer which specifies the top coordinate of the gallery's display area. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Contains settings that control the display of bar items in a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object that will receive notifications when properties of the created object are changed. - - - - Gets or sets the default size for all regular item icons within the . - - A Size structure that is the default size for all regular item icons within the . - - - - Gets or sets the default size for all large item icons within the . - - A Size structure that is the default size for all large item icons within the . - - - - Gets or sets the default icon size for the 's simplified layout. - - The default icon size for the 's simplified layout. - - - - Gets or sets whether in-place editors are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true if in-place editors are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether gallery items are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true, if gallery items are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether icons for bar items are automatically stretched to match the current DPI settings of the user's monitor. - - true if bar item icons are scaled to match the current DPI settings; otherwise, false - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object representing the item whose functionality is about to be invoked. This value is assigned to the property. - A object, the item's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the hotkey combination an end-user has pressed. - - A Keys object that specifies the hotkey combination an end-user has pressed. - - - - Gets or sets whether to stop processing a pressed shortcut and so stop the bar item's functionality from being invoked. - - true, if processing of the shortcut should be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the whose functionality is about to be invoked. - - A object representing the bar item whose shortcut has been pressed and therefore whose functionality is about to be invoked. - - - - Gets the keystroke shortcut for the bar item. - - A object representing the item's shortcut. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. Identifies the Bar Manager that raised the event. - A object containing event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object containing links to display in the customization menu. This object is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to the links that are going to be displayed within the customization menu. - - A object containing the links due to be displayed within the customization menu. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. Identifies the Bar Manager that raised the event. - A object containing event data. - - - - The control that can accommodate bars and display them at any position within the form. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control adjusts its size automatically to display its bars in their entirety. This property is not supported when a control is placed within a . Use the property instead. - - true if the automatic sizing feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is auto-sized to fit its contents, when it's placed within a . - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the StandaloneBarDockControl is auto-sized to fit its contents, when it's placed within a . - - - - Gets or sets which borders the shows. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.BarDockControlBorder enumerator value that specifies which borders the shows. - - - - Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how the control is resized with its parent. - - A enumeration member which specifies the position and manner in which the control is docked. - - - - Gets a value which specifies how the bar dock control is aligned within its parent control. - - Always the value. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area that will fit the control. - - The custom-sized area for a control. - The size that will fit the control. - - - - Gets whether the current control contains any bar. - - true if the current control contains any bar; otherwise, false. - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether bars are oriented vetically within the object. - - true if bars are oriented vetically within the object; false if bars are oriented horizontally. - - - - Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. - - The structure that represents the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. - - - - Gets or sets a counter that controls the 's updates. - - An integer that specifies the value of the counter used to control the 's updates. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the control. - - The name of the control. - - - - Gets or sets the width and height of the . - - The that represents the height and width of the control in pixels. - - - - Provides a set of properties that regulate appearance settings used to paint bar and Ribbon objects in different visual states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object containing default appearance settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified appearance settings. - - An whose settings will be copied to the created object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the DevExpress.Utils.IAppearanceOwner interface and will own the created collection. - - - - Sets the appearance object's settings to default values. - - An AppearanceDefault object containing default appearance settings. - - - - Copies the specified appearance settings to the , , and objects. - - An whose settings are to be copied. - - - - Copies settings of the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are to be copied. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint an object in a disabled state. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint an object in a disabled state. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current object. - - - - - Returns either the , , or object depending on the specified state. - - An ObjectState value that specifies a state. - The , , or object. - - - - Returns either the , , or object depending on the specified bar link state. - - A BarLinkState value. - The , , or object. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint an object when it's hovered. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint an object when it's hovered. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint an object in its regular state. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint an object in its regular state. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint an object when it's clicked. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint an object when it's clicked. - - - - Sets the specified font for the , , and appearance objects that belong to the current object. - - A System.Drawing.Font object applied to the current object. - A System.Drawing.Font object passed as the method's parameter. - - - - Sets the specified text vertical alignment for the , , and appearance objects that belong to the current object. - - A value specifying the vertical alignment to be applied to the object. - - - - Specifies if the word wrap should be used. - - A enumerator value indicating whether the word wrap should be used. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the . - - A value, which is the textual representation of the . - - - - Updates the right-to-left text direction option. - - true, if the text is directed from right to left; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the strings collection of a class instance. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Adds a specific string to the collection. - - The string to be added to the collection. - The position at which a new string was added. - - - - Adds an array of objects to the collection. - - An array of objects to add to the collection. - - - - Occurs when changes are made to the collection. - - - - - Removes all items from the collection. - - - - - Determines whether the collection contains a specific string. - - The string to locate in the collection. - true, if a specific string is found; otherwise,false. - - - - Returns the actual number of strings in the collection. - - The number of strings in the collection. - - - - Returns an Enumerator which can iterate through the collection. - - An IEnumerator for the entire collection. - - - - Determines the index of a specific string in the collection. - - The string to locate in the collection. - The string index if found in the collection, otherwise -1. - - - - Inserts a string in the collection at the specified position. - - The zero-based index at which a specifc string should be inserted. - The string to insert. - - - - Gets or sets a string at a specifc index. - - The zero-based index of the string. - A string with a specifc index. - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific string from the collection. - - The string to remove from the collection. - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a string with a specific index from the collection. - - The zero-based index of the string to remove. - - - - A tabbed UI form that allows you to add custom buttons (Bar Items) to the form's header. Tabs and custom buttons can be incorporated directly in the title bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the integrated with the form. - - A integrated with the form. - - - - The 's header. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets whether switching between tab pages is actually animated. - - true, if the tab form actually uses animation effects when switching between tabs; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - A responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - - - Gets or sets the to which the current belongs. - - The to which the current belongs. - - - - Provides access to state animation parameters. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormControlTransition object that specifies state animation parameters. - - - - The base class for the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Creates a new and adds it to the collection. - - - - - Provides access to the Add button, and allows you to bind a command executed with a button click. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormAddPageButton object that represents the Add button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tab icons are painted based on the foreground color. - - True, if the tab icons are painted based on the foreground color; otherwise, Default or False. - - - - Gets or sets whether pages can be moved in and out of the form using drag-and-drop operations. - - true, if pages can be moved in and out of the form using drag-and-drop operations; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is possible to drag a page tab outside the current form and thus, create a separate form. - - true, if it is possible to drag a page tab outside the current form and thus, create a separate form; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether page tabs are moved using animation. - - true, if page tabs are moved using animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the TabFormControl's elements. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormControlAppearances object that comprises the appearance settings used to paint the TabFormControl's elements. - - - - Fires when the Application Button is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the dropdown control invoked with a click on the Application Button. - - A or DevExpress.XtraBars.PopupControl object specifying the dropdown control. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the Application Button is visible. - - true if the Application Button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Starts the runtime component initialization. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Closes the specified page. - - The to close. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Ends the runtime component initialization. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Gets the object that handles the control events. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormControlHandler object that handles the control events. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed in headers. - - The image collection containing images to be displayed in headers. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if the control is actually aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to collection of items of the associated with the control. - - A object representing the collection of items. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between headers and custom buttons displayed to the left of the headers. - - An integer value that specifies the amount of space, in pixels, between headers and custom buttons displayed to the left of the headers. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - A responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width, in pixels, of headers. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum width, in pixels, of headers. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum width, in pixels, of headers. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum width, in pixels, of headers. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires after an outer form has been created (as a result of dragging a tab outside the main form). - - - - - Fires before displaying a created outer form (as a result of dragging a tab outside the main form). - - - - - Fires after a page is closed. - - - - - Fires when a page is about to be closed, and allows you to cancel the action. - - - - - Fires when the collection has changed. - - - - - Fires when an end-user creates a new page using the '+' button, or when a new page is created in code using the method. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of tabs. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormPageCollection object that represents the collection of objects. - - - - Gets the responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - A responsible for managing custom buttons displayed in the current . - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between headers and custom buttons displayed to the right of the headers. - - An integer value that specifies the amount of space, in pixels, between headers and custom buttons displayed to the right of the headers. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the control displayed in the client area of the currently selected . - - A object that represents the control displayed in the client area of the currently selected . - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected . - - The that is currently selected. - - - - Fires when the currently selected in the has changed. - - - - - Fires when the currently selected in the is about to be changed, and allows you to cancel the action. - - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the Add ("+") tab, which allows an end-user to add new tabs at runtime. - - true, if the built-in Add button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of close buttons in tabs. - - true, if the close buttons are visible in tabs; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page tabs are displayed immediately below the top edge, in place of the regular title bar. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ShowTabsInTitleBar enumeration value that specifies whether page tabs are displayed in place of the regular title bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display hints for tab form pages. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether to display hints for tab form pages. - - - - Provides access to the collection of item links displayed to the left of tab headers. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormLinkCollection object that represents the collection of item links displayed to the left of tab headers. - - - - Provides access to the collection of item links displayed to the right of tab headers. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormLinkCollection object that represents the collection of item links displayed to the right of tab headers. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to the collection of item links displayed in the title bar. These item links are hidden if the option is enabled. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormLinkCollection object that represents the collection of item links displayed in the title bar. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical offset from the form top edge of the tab headers displayed in place of the title bar. - - An integer value that specifies the vertical offset, in pixels, from the form top edge of the tab headers displayed in place of the title bar. - - - - Gets or sets the component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed for tab form pages. - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed for tab form pages. - - - - Gets or sets whether data-bound controls use the page's , or the form's . - - True of Deafult if controls use the page's BindingContext; False if controls use the form's BindingContext. - - - - Returns the object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.TabFormControlViewInfoBase object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - A page in the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the current icon is painted using the foreground color. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the current icon is painted using the foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets the control displayed in the current 's client area. - - A object that specifies the control displayed in the current 's client area. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current responds to end-user interaction. - - true, if the current responds to end-user interaction; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the icon displayed in the current header. - - An object that specifies the icon displayed in the current header. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image in the collection displayed in the header. - - An index of the image in the collection displayed in the header. - - - - Returns the image collection assigned to the property. - - The image collection assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the header of the current . -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the header of the current . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the current component. - - A value that specifies the name of the current component. - - - - Called when the property value has changed. - - - - - Gets the to which the current belongs. - - The to which the current belongs. - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current tab form page. - - - - - Sets the specified as owner of the current . - - A to be set as owner of the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current displays the Close button in its header. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the current displays the Close button in its header. - - - - Gets or sets a for the current tab form page. - - A object associated with the current tab form page. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current . - - Custom data associated with the current . - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the current header. - - A string value that specifies text displayed in the header of the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is visible. - - true, if the current is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides classes, enumerators and interfaces that allow you to implement Windows 10-styled Toast Notifications in your applications. See this link to learn more. - - - - - Exposes base properties. - - - - - Gets or sets the application logo image. This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - An Image that is the application logo image. - - - - Gets or sets the way the is cropped. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ToastNotifications.AppLogoCrop enumerator value that specifies the way the is cropped. - - - - Gets or sets the path to the image that is used as the application logo image. This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that specifies the path to the image that is used as the application logo image. - - - - Gets or sets the attribution text, displayed to the application name's right. This text is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that is the attribution text, displayed to the application name's right. - - - - Gets or sets this notification's first body text string. - - A String value that is this notification's first body text string. - - - - Gets or sets this notification's second body text string. - - A String value that is this notification's second body text string. - - - - Gets or sets the date and time associated with this notification. The notification time is visible in the Windows Action Center. - - A DateTimeOffset that specifies the date and time associated with this notification. - - - - Gets or sets this notification's duration. - - A enumerator value that specifies this notification's duration. - - - - Returns whether this notification has an application logo image. - - true, if this notification has an application logo image; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the application image path specified. - - true, if this notification has the application image path specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the hero image specified. - - true, if this notification has the hero image specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the path to the hero image specified. - - true, if this notification has the path to the hero image specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this notification currently has an image. - - true, if this notification currently has an image; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this notification has its image path specified. - - true, if this notification has its image path specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the header text string for this notification. - - A String value that is this notification's header text. - - - - Gets or sets the "hero image" - an image docked to the notification's top. -This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - An Image that is the hero image for this notification. - - - - Gets or sets the path to the "hero image" - an image docked to the notification's top. -This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that specifies the path to this notification's hero image. - - - - Gets or sets this notification's ID. - - An Object that is this notification's ID. - - - - Gets or sets this notification's image. - - An Image object displayed within this notification. - - - - Gets or sets the path to an image displayed by this . - - A String value that is the path to an image displayed by this . - - - - Gets or sets the sound played when this notification is shown. - - A enumerator value that specifies the sound played when this notification is shown. - - - - Gets or sets the current template for this notification. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current template for this notification. - - - - A toast notification. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new toast notification and specifies its content that matches the Generic template. - - An object that is a unique notification ID. - The main notification image. - A String value that is the path to the main notification image. - The application logo image. - A String value that is the path to the application logo image. - The image docked to the notification's top, 364x180 pixels at 100% scale. - A String value that is the path to the hero image. - A String value that is the header text for this notification. - A String value that is the primary notification text. - A String value that is the secondary notification text. - A String value that is the attribution text, displayed to the right of the application name. - A ToastNotificationSound enumerator value that specifies what Windows sound plays when this notification appears on screen. - A ToastNotificationDuration enumerator value that specifies for how long this notification remains visible once shown. - A DateTimeOffset value that specifies the date and time related to this notification. - An AppLogoCrop enumeration value that specifies the crop mode for the application logo icon. - A ToastNotificationTemplate enumeration value that specifies the notification template. For this constructor, choose the ToastNotificationTemplate.Generic value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that is the newly created 's ID. - An Image that is the newly created 's image. - A String value that is the newly created 's header. - A String value that is the property value. - A String value that is the property value. - A object that is the property value. - A object that is the property value. - A ToastNotificationTemplate enumerator value that specifies the newly created 's template. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that is the newly created 's ID. - An Image that is the newly created 's image. - A String value that is the newly created 's header. - A String value that is the property value. - A String value that is the property value. - A ToastNotificationTemplate enumerator value that specifies the newly created 's template. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that is the newly created 's ID. - An Image that is the newly created 's image. - A String that is the newly created 's image path. - A String value that is the newly created 's header. - A String value that is the property value. - A String value that is the property value. - A object that is the property value. - A object that is the property value. - A ToastNotificationTemplate enumerator value that specifies the newly created 's template. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that is the notification ID. - An Image displayed by this notification. - A string value that is the path to an image displayed by this notification. - A String value that is the notification caption. - A String value that is the first body text string of this notification. - A String value that is the second body text string of this notification. - A ToastNotificationTemplate enumerator value that specified the template applied to this notification. - - - - Gets or sets the application logo image. This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - An Image that is the application logo image. - - - - Gets or sets the way the is cropped. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.ToastNotifications.AppLogoCrop enumerator value that specifies the way the is cropped. - - - - Gets or sets the path to the image that is used as the application logo image. This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that specifies the path to the image that is used as the application logo image. - - - - Gets or sets the attribution text, displayed to the application name's right. This text is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that is the attribution text, displayed to the application name's right. - - - - Gets or sets this 's first body text string. - - A String value that is this 's first body text string. - - - - Gets or sets this 's second body text string. - - A String value that is this 's second body text string. - - - - Gets or sets the date and time associated with this notification. The notification time is visible in the Windows Action Center. - - A DateTimeOffset that specifies the date and time associated with this notification. - - - - Gets or sets this duration. - - A ToastNotificationDuration enumerator value that is this duration. - - - - Returns whether this has an application logo image. - - true, if this has an application logo image; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the application image path specified. - - true, if this notification has the application image path specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the hero image specified. - - true, if this notification has the hero image specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether or not this notification has the path to the hero image specified. - - true, if this notification has the path to the hero image specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this currently has an image. - - true, if this currently has an image; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this notification has its image path specified. - - true, if this notification has its image path specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether or not this notification has its or specified. - - true, if this notification has its or specified; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets this 's header text string. - - A String value that is this 's header text. - - - - Gets or sets the "hero image" - an image docked to the notification's top. -This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - An Image that is the hero image for this notification. - - - - Gets or sets the path to the "hero image" - an image docked to the notification's top. -This image is shown when the notification has the Generic template applied. - - A String value that specifies the path to this notification's hero image. - - - - Gets or sets this 's ID. - - An Object that is this 's ID. - - - - Gets or sets the image, displayed within this . - - An Image object displayed within this . - - - - Gets or sets the path to an image displayed by this . - - A String value that is the path to an image displayed by this . - - - - Gets or sets the sound played when this is shown. - - A ToastNotificationSound enumerator value that specifies the sound played when this is shown. - - - - Gets or sets the template currently applied to this . - - A ToastNotification enumerator value that specifies the template currently applied to this . - - - - A objects collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Tests whether an element with a target ID and properties currently exists. - - An Object that is the element ID. - An IToastNotificationProperties object that is the element's set of properties. - true, if an element with target ID and properties currently exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that specify the notification lifetime. - - - - - Default notification duration. - - - - - Prolonged notification duration. - - - - - Provides data for the 's events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object that is the corresponding notification's ID. - - - - Gets the ID of a notification related to the current event. - - An Object that is the related notification's ID. - - - - The component that displays Windows Modern UI-inspired toast notifications. See Toast Notification Manager. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An IContainer object that owns this . - - - - Invokes the About dialog box. - - - - - Fires when an end-user clicks an active notification. - - - - - Gets or sets the toast Activator - a descendant of the DevExpress.XtraBars.ToastNotifications.ToastNotificationActivator class that allows you to manage end-user interactions with toast elements (buttons, selection menus and input boxes). You should not set this property in code (see the "Remarks" section below for more information). - - A Type of a custom class that serves as an Activator. - - - - Gets or sets the path to the application icon, displayed within toast notifications. - - A String value that is the path to the application icon, displayed within toast notifications. - - - - Gets or sets the ID of the application that displays toast notifications using this . - - A String value that is the application ID. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of an application shortcut, pinned to the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - A String value that is the caption of an application shortcut, pinned to the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - - - Gets whether or not toast notifications are supported on this machine. - - true, if the application is running under Windows 8 or higher; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the application should add its shortcut to the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the application should add its shortcut to the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - - - Occurs when a notification owned by this could not be displayed due to end-user system settings. - - - - - Raised when a notification is not shown due to an error, and allows you to specify whether to throw exceptions that caused notification showing to end prematurely. - - - - - Occurs when a notification owned by this is hidden via corresponding methods in code. - - - - - Hides the specific notification that matches the notificationProperties parameter. - - An object owned by a hidden notification. - - - - Hides a specific notification. - - An Object that is the ID of a hidden notification. - - - - Hides all notifications with the specific properties set. - - An IToastNotificationProperties object that specifies toast notification properties. - - - - Hides the notification that has the specific ID. - - The ID of a notification that should be hidden. - - - - Provides access to a notification collection owned by this . - - A object containing notifications owned by this . - - - - Registers the Application Activator. - - A Type of a custom class that serves as an Activator. - - - - Displays a specific notification. - - An object owned by the displayed notification. - - - - Displays a notification with the specific ID. - - An Object that is the ID of a notification that needs to be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether to throw exceptions that caused notification showing to end prematurely. - - True to throw exceptions; otherwise, Default or False. - - - - Occurs when a notification lifetime expires. - - - - - Tests whether or not a Start Screen application shortcut with the current and property values can be created. - - - - - Unregisters the Application Activator. - - - - - Allows you to customize a notification's content (visuals, actions, audio, etc.) according to the Toast Content Schema. - - - - - Fires if an end-user closes a notification owned by this . - - - - - Provides members that specify sounds played when the specific notification is shown. - - - - - The default sound. - - - - - The instant message sound. - - - - - The looping alarm sound. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #10. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #2. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #3. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #4. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #5. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #6. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #7. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #8. - - - - - The looping alarm sound #9. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #10. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #2. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #3. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #4. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #5. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #6. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #7. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #8. - - - - - The looping incoming call sound #9. - - - - - The received e-mail sound. - - - - - No sound played. - - - - - The reminder sound. - - - - - The incoming text message sound. - - - - - Provides members that specify the current template. - - - - - A Windows 10-inspired template that allows you to create complex layouts using an XML-based mark-up. - - - - - An image and a single text string wrapped across a maximum of three lines of text. - - - - - An image, one string of bold header text on the first line, one string of regular body text wrapped across the second and third lines. - - - - - An image, one string of bold header text wrapped across the first and second lines, one string of regular body text on the third line. - - - - - An image, one string of bold header text on the first line, two strings of regular body text on the second and third lines. - - - - - A single text string wrapped across a maximum of three lines of text. - - - - - One string of bold header text on the first line, one string of regular body text wrapped across the second and third lines. - - - - - One string of bold header text wrapped across the first and second lines, one string of regular body text on the third line. - - - - - One string of bold header text on the first line, two strings of regular body text on the second and third lines. - - - - - Provides API for the . - - - - - An extended version of the XtraForm that allows you to add bar items directly to the form title bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ToolbarForm class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this form displays its title (the Form.Text property). - - true, if the form displays its title; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a control that is the title bar for this ToolbarForm. - - The title bar for this ToolbarForm. - - - - A title bar for the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ToolbarFormControl class with default settings. - - - - - Increases the ToolbarFormControl height. - - The number of pixels to add to the default ToolbarFormControl height. - - - - Starts the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - Finishes the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the item link located at the given coordinates. - - The coordinates to check. - true, to return a bar separator item if it is located under the test point; false to return nothing. - A BarItemLink located under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the that provides bar items for this ToolbarFormControl. - - The that provides bar items for this ToolbarFormControl. - - - - Provides access to bar item links displayed in this ToolbarFormControl. - - The collection of bar item links. - - - - The that whose title bar is represented by this ToolbarFormControl. - - The ToolbarForm that has this ToolbarFormControl as a title bar. - - - - Gets or sets the associated with this ToolbarFormControl. - - The associated with this ToolbarFormControl. - - - - A that keeps items displayed inside a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ToolbarFormManager class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ToolbarFormManager. - - true, if this Manager can be used at design time; othewise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ToolbarFormManager class and places it inside the given container. - - An IContainer that will host the newly created Manager. - - - - Contains values that specify the anchor point relative to which tooltips are displayed for BarItems within a . - - - - - A tooltip is aligned with the left or right edge of a and never overlaps the . The cursor position is not taken into account. The property is ignored. - - - - - A tooltip is displayed relative to the mouse cursor at the position specified by the property. The tooltip might overlap the in some circumstances. - - - - - Contains utility classes. - - - - - Provides options that control how the bars' layout is stored to/restored from a stream, xml file or system registry. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether items that exist in the current layout, but not in the layout being loaded, should be retained. - - true, if the items that exist in the current layout, but not in the layout being loaded, should be retained; false, if these items should be destroyed. - - - - Gets or sets whether items that exist in the layout being loaded, but not in the current layout, should be added to the current layout. - - true, if items that exist in the layout being loaded, but not in the current layout, should be discarded; false, if these items should be added to the current layout. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not links contained within objects are serialized. - - true, if links contained within objects are serialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Bar Manager should reset its Recent Items collection when the component layout is saved. - - true to reset Recent Items collection; false to keep the current Recent Items collection. - - - - Provides classes that maintain the WinRTLiveTileManager component. - - - - - A regular (square) Tile template for WinRTLiveTileManager Live Tiles. - - - - - Creates a with two text blocks - one short string of large block text over a single, short line of bold text. - - A String value that specifies the short string of large block text above. - A String value that specifies a single, short line of bold text below. - A with two text blocks. - - - - Creates a with no text and a single image that fills the entire . - - An Image that fills the entire . - A filled with a single image. - - - - Creates a containing two sides - square image with no text on top, a header and 3 strings of regular text at the bottom. Text does not wrap. - - An Image that fills the entire 's top. - A String value that is the bottom's header. - A String value that is the bottom's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the bottom's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the bottom's 4th text line. - A with an square image on the first side and 4 text lines on the second side. - - - - Creates a with two sides - a square image on top and one string of header over one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines at the bottom. - - An Image that fills the entire 's top side. - A String value that is the bottom side's header. - A String value that is the bottom side's regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines. - A with a square image on top and one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of lines at the bottom. - - - - Creates a with two sides - a square image on top and 4 strings of regular text arranged in 4 lines. Text does not wrap. - - An Image that fills the entire 's top. - A String value that is the bottom's 1st text line. - A String value that is the bottom's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the bottom's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the bottom's 4th text line. - A with a square image on top and 4 strings of regular text arranged in 4 lines. - - - - Creates a with 2 sides - a square image that fills the entire top side and a regular text wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines at the bottom. - - An Image that fills the entire 's top. - A String value that is the bottom's regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines at the bottom. - A with a square image that fills the entire top side and a regular text wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines at the bottom. - - - - Creates a with 4 text blocks - one header string in larger text on the first line; three strings of regular text on each of the next three lines. Text does not wrap. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the 's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the 's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the 's 4th text line. - A with 4 text blocks. - - - - Creates a with a header string in larger text on the first line and one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of three lines below. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the 's regular text. - A with a header string in larger text on the first line and one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of three lines below. - - - - Creates a with 4 strings of regular text, one above the other. Text does not wrap. - - A String value that is the 's 1st text line. - A String value that is the 's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the 's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the 's 4th text line. - A with 4 regular text lines. - - - - Creates a with a single string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - A String value that is the 's regular text. - A with a single string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - - - A large (wide) Tile template for WinRTLiveTileManager Live Tiles. - - - - - Creates a with 4 text lines on its left, and text block on its right. Text block contains a short string of large bold text above a short string of regular text. - - A String value that is the 1st text line within the 's left column. - A String value that is the 2nd text line within the 's left column. - A String value that is the 3rd text line within the 's left column. - A String value that is the 4th text line within the 's left column. - A String value that is the large bold text within the 's right text block. - A String value that is the small regular text within the 's right text block. - A with 4 text lines on its left and text block on its right. - - - - Creates a with a text line wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines on its left, and a text block on the right. The text block contains a short string of large bold text above a short string of regular text. - - A String value that is a text line wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines on the 's left. - A String value that is the large bold text within the 's right text block. - A String value that is the small regular text within the 's right text block. - A with a text line wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines on its left, and a text block on its right. - - - - Creates a with a single image that fills the entire Tile. - - An Image that fills the . - A with a single image that fills the entire Tile. - - - - Creates a with a wide image on top, and a regular text string wrapped over a maximum of 2 lines at the bottom. The for this Live Tile template is not displayed. - - An Image that occupies the 's top. - A String that is the regular text wrapped over a maximum of 2 lines at the 's bottom. - A with a wide image on top, and a regular text wrapped over a maximum of 2 lines at the bottom. - - - - Creates a with a wide image on top, and a 2 regular text strings at the bottom. Text does not wrap. The for this Live Tile template is not displayed. - - An Image that occupies the 's top. - A String value that is the upper text line at the 's bottom. - A String value that is the lower text line at the 's bottom. - A with a wide image on top, and a 2 regular text strings at the bottom. Text does not wrap. - - - - Creates a with a square image on the 's left and 4 small square images on its right. - - An Image that fills the 's left half. - An Image that occupies the top left corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the top right corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the bottom left corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the bottom right corner within the 's right half. - A with a square image on the 's left and 4 small square images on its right. - - - - Creates a two-sided with an image on one side and text on the other. The first side contains a wide image. The second side contains a header string in larger text and a regular text string, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - An Image that occupies the entire side. - A String value that is the larger header on the 's other side. - A String value that is the regular text on the 's other side. - A with an image on one side and text on the other. - - - - Creates a two-sided with an image on one side and text on the other. The first side contains a wide image. The second side contains a header string in larger text and four regular text strings, arranged in separate lines. - - An Image that occupies the entire 's side. - A String value that is the large text header on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 1st line of regular text on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 2nd line of regular text on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 3rd line of regular text on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 4th line of regular text on the 's back side. - A with an image on one side and text on the other. - - - - Creates a two-sided with an image on the front side and larger text wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines on the back side. - - An Image that occupies the entire 's front side. - A String value that is the large wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines of text that occupies the 's back side. - A with an image on the front side and larger text wrapped over a a maximum of 3 lines on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided with a wide image over the entire front side and one string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the back side. - - An Image that occupies the entire 's front side. - A String value that is the back side's regular text. - A with a wide image over the entire front side and one string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines at the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one wide image. The back side contains a small square image, bold header and a string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - An Image stretched over the entire 's front side. - A square Image on the back side's left. - A String value that is the bold header on the right of the back side right. - A String value that is the regular text below the header. Wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - A with a wide image on the front side and square image, bold header and regular text on the other side. - - - - Creates a two-sided with a wide image over the entire front side and square image with large header, wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines of text on the back side. - - An Image stretched over the entire 's front side. - An Image at the back side's left. - A String that is the large, wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines text at the back side's right. - A with a wide image over the entire front side and square image with large, wrapped over maximum of 3 lines text on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided with a wide image stretched over the front side and a regular text string, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the back side. The is not displayed within this template. - - An Image stretched over the entire 's front side. - A Sting value that is the regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the 's back side. - A with a wide image stretched over the front side and a regular text string, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided with a wide image stretched over the front side and 5 regular text strings on the back side. Text does not wrap. The is not displayed within this template. - - An Image stretched over the 's front side. - A String value that is the 1st text line on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 2nd text line on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 3rd text line on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 4th text line on the 's back side. - A String value that is the 5th text line on the 's back side. - A with a wide image stretched over the front side and 5 regular text strings on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image on the left and 4 smaller images on the left. The back side contains one string of large text above one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the top right corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the bottom left corner within the 's right half. - An Image that occupies the bottom right corner within the 's right half. - A String value that is the large text on the 's back side. - A String value that is the regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines text below the header. - A with 5 images on its front side, and large header above regular text on its back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image on the left and 4 smaller images at the left. The back side contains one string of large text above 4 strings of regular text arranged into 4 lines, one above the other. Text does not wrap. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the top right corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom right corner of the 's right half. - A String value that is the large header on the 's back side. - A String value that is the regular text below the header. - A String value that is the regular text below the text2. - A String value that is the regular text below the text3. - A String value that is the regular text below the text4. - A with 5 images on its front side, and large header above 4 lines of regular text on its back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image and 4 smaller images on the left . The back side contains one string of larger text wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the top right corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom right corner of the 's right half. - A String value that is the larger text wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the 's back side. - A with 5 images on its front side and a string of larger text wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image and 4 smaller images on the left . The back side contains one string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the top right corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom right corner of the 's right half. - A String value that is the regular text wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the 's back side. - A with 5 images on its front side and a string of regular text wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines on the back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image and 4 smaller images on the left . The back side contains one small square image on its left and a larger header over regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines text at the right. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the top right corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom right corner of the 's right half. - An Image that is the small square icon on the left of the back side. - A String value that is the large header on the right of the back side. - A String value that is regular text, wrapped over maximum of 4 lines text below the header. - A with 5 images on its front side and a square image, larger header and regular text on its back side. - - - - Creates a two-sided . The front side contains one square image and 4 smaller images on the left . The back side contains one small square image on its left and a larger header, wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines text on the right. - - An Image that occupies the left half of the 's front side. - An Image displayed in the top left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the top right corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom left corner of the 's right half. - An Image displayed in the bottom right corner of the 's right half. - An Image that is the small square icon on the left of the back side. - A String value that is large text, wrapped over the header, consisting of a maximum of 3 lines on the right of image6. - A with 5 images on its front side and a square image with a arger header on its back side. - - - - Creates a that displays a small square image on its left and one string of large text, wrapped over maximum of 3 lines. - - An Image that is displayed on the left of the . - A String value that is the large, wrapped over a maximum of 3 lines header at the 's right. - A that displays a small square image on its left and one string of large text, wrapped over maximum of 3 lines. - - - - Creates a with a small square image on its left and one large header above 4 lines of regular unwrapped text on the right. - - An Image displayed on the 's left. - A String value that is the large header displayed on the right of the . - A String value that is regular unwrapped text displayed below the header. - A String value that is regular unwrapped text displayed below the text2. - A String value that is regular unwrapped text displayed below the text3. - A String value that is regular unwrapped text displayed below the text4. - A with a small square image on its left and one large header above 4 lines of regular unwrapped text on the right. - - - - Creates a with one small square image on its left and one string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines. - - An Image displayed the left of the . - A String value that is regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines text displayed on the right of the . - A with one small square image on its left and one string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines. - - - - Creates a with a small square image on its left and a large header above regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines of text on the right. - - An Image displayed on the left of the . - A String value that is the large header displayed on the right of the . - A String value that is regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines of text below the header. - A with a small square image on its left and a large header above regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines of text on the right. - - - - Creates a with a large header above regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines of text on its left, and a small image with a dimension 3:4 on its right. - - An Image displayed on the right of the . - A String that is the large header on the left of the 's left. - A String that is regular text, wrapped over 4 lines of text displayed below the header. - A with a large header above regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines text on its left, and a small image with a dimension of 3:4 on its right. - - - - Creates a with one header string in larger text on the first line and 4 strings of regular text on the 4 lines below. Text does not wrap. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the 's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the 's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the 's 4th text line. - A String value that is the 's 5th text line. - A with one header string in larger text on the first line and 4 strings of regular text on the 4 lines below. - - - - Creates a with a header string in larger text over 8 short strings arranged in 2 columns, 4 lines in each. Columns have the same width. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the first text line of the left column. - A String value that is the first text line of the right column. - A String value that is the second text line of the left column. - A String value that is the second text line of the right column. - A String value that is the third text line of the left column. - A String value that is the third text line of the right column. - A String value that is the fourth text line of the left column. - A String value that is the fourth text line of the right column. - A with a header string in larger text over 8 short strings arranged in 2 columns, 4 lines in each. - - - - Creates a with one string of large text wrapped over a maximum of three lines. - - A String value that is the large text block wrapped over a maximum of three lines. - A with one string of large text wrapped over a maximum of three lines. - - - - Creates a with one single string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines. - - A String value that is the 's text. - A with one single string of regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 5 lines. - - - - Creates a with 5 strings of regular text, arranged in 5 lines. Text does not wrap. - - A String value that is the 's text, displayed on the 1st line. - A String value that is the 's text, displayed on the 2nd line. - A String value that is the 's text, displayed on the 3rd line. - A String value that is the 's text, displayed on the 4th line. - A String value that is the 's text, displayed on the 5th line. - A with 5 strings of regular text, arranged in 5 lines. - - - - Creates a with 10 shorts strings of regular text, arranged into 2 equal columns of 5 lines each. - - A String value that is the 's 1st line of the left column. - A String value that is the 's 1st line of the right column. - A String value that is the 's 2nd line of the left column. - A String value that is the 's 2nd line of the right column. - A String value that is the 's 3rd line of the left column. - A String value that is the 's 3rd line of the right column. - A String value that is the 's 4th line of the left column. - A String value that is the 's 4th line of the right column. - A String value that is the 's 5th line of the left column. - A String value that is the 's 5th line of the right column. - A with 10 shorts strings of regular text, arranged into 2 equal columns of 5 lines each. - - - - Creates a with one header string in larger text over eight short strings of regular text arranged in 2 columns of 4 lines each. Left column is fairly narrow, right column is wider. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the left column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the right column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the left column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 4th text line. - A with a header string and two unequal text columns of 4 lines in each. - - - - Creates a with two unequal columns, each containing 5 text lines. Left column is fairly narrow, right column is wider. - - A String value that is the left column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the right column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the left column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the left column's 5th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 5th text line. - A with two unequal columns, each containing 5 text lines. - - - - Creates a with one header string in larger text over one string in regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the 's regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - A with one header string in larger text over one string in regular text, wrapped over a maximum of 4 lines. - - - - A with a header string in larger text and 2 unequal columns, each containing 4 text lines. The left column is narrower than the right column. - - A String value that is the 's header. - A String value that is the left column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the right column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the left column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 4th text line. - A with a header string in larger text and 2 unequal columns, each containing 4 text lines. - - - - A with 10 short text lines, arranged into 2 unequal columns. The left column is much narrower than the right column. - - A String value that is the left column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the right column's 1st text line. - A String value that is the left column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 2nd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the right column's 3rd text line. - A String value that is the left column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 4th text line. - A String value that is the left column's 5th text line. - A String value that is the right column's 5th text line. - A with 10 short text lines, arranged into 2 unequal columns. - - - - A control that allows pinning Live Tiles to the Windows 8 Start Screen for traditional Windows Forms applications. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default parameters. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class associated with the specific Container Control. - - An IContainer associated with the newly created . - - - - Returns the current size for tiles with square templates. - - A Size structure that is the size for all square tiles owned by this . - - - - Gets the actual size of wide Tiles within this . - - A Size structure that is the actual size of wide Tiles within this . - - - - Gets or sets the application name that a Live Tile for this application will display. - - A string value that is the application name that, a Live Tile for this application will display. - - - - Begins the runtime initialization of the control that is used on a form, or by another component. - - - - - Gets whether the Live Tile Manager application is installed. - - true, if the Live Tile Manager application is installed; otherwise, false. - - - - Removes all the previous Live Tile content. - - An UpdateTileResult enumerator value specifying if a Live Tile was successfully cleared. - - - - Gets or sets the Container Control that owns the current . - - A ContainerControl associated with the current . - - - - An image, displayed within a Live Tile by default. - - An Image that is the default Live Tile image. - - - - Finishes the runtime initialization of the control that is used on a form or by another component. - - - - - Checks whether the current has its associated Live Tile pinned to the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - true, if the current has its associated Live Tile pinned to the Windows 8 Start Screen; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the ID for the current . - - A String value that is the current 's ID. - - - - Allows you to control end-user navigation. - - - - - Gets whether the Windows Start Screen is available on the machine, running the application with this . - - true, if the Windows Start Screen is available on the machine, running the application with this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs each time an end-user clicks a Live Tile on a Start Screen. - - - - - Unpins a Live Tile from the Windows 8 Start Screen. - - - - - Opens the Live Tile Manager. - - - - - Gets or sets a site associated with the current . - - A System.ComponentModel.ISite object. - - - - Displays a sign as a Live Tile badge. - - A BadgeGlyphTypes enumerator value that is the sign to be displayed as a Live Tile badge. - An UpdateTileResult enumerator value specifying whether the operation was successfully completed. - - - - Displays an integer value from 0 to 99 as a Live Tile badge. - - An Int32 to be shown as a Live Tile badge. - An UpdateTileResult enumerator value specifying whether the operation was successfully completed. - - - - Replaces the current Live Tile content with the new one. - - A template. - A template. - An UpdateTileResult enumerator value specifying whether the operation was successfully completed. - - - - Adds the specific Live Tile content to a queue. - - A template to be added in the queue. - A template to be added in the queue. - true to add this content to the current queue; false to replace the current queue with this content. - An UpdateTileResult enumerator value specifying whether the operation was successfully completed. - - - - The editor that displays a dropdown gallery of items categorized into groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the collection of checked editor items. - - The collection of checked editor items. - - - - Gets the collection of values of the checked editor items. - - The collection of values of the checked editor items. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - An object that contains settings for the control. - - - - Represents a gallery within a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object that owns the current . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window closes immediately when an end-user clicks a gallery item. This property is not supported if the option is enabled. - - true, if the window closes when an end-user clicks a gallery item; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the that owns the current object. - - The that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets the mode that specifies how gallery items can be selected. - - The value that specifies how gallery items can be selected. - - - - Contains classes representing repository items that store editor-specific settings. - - - - - Stores settings specific to the PageNumberEdit control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies contents of the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - The class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - - - - - Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor's content. - - A enumeration value specifying the editor content's default horizontal alignment. Always . - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A System.String value specifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the edit control's caption. - - A string value that specifies the caption of the edit control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the edit control is vertically or horizontally oriented. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PagerOrientation enumeration value that specifies how the edit control is oriented. - - - - Registers the current editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum page number. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum page number. - - - - Gets whether the edit control is painted using a transparent background. - - true, if the edit control is painted using a transparent background; otherwise, false. Always true. - - - - A repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets of sets whether the editor's edit value is represented by the string of character-separated values (the default behavior) or by the System.Collections.Generic.List<object> object. - - An EditValueTypeCollection enumeration value that specifies the type in which the edit value is represented. - - - - Gets the gallery used in the control. - - The gallery used in the control. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies the format settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Enables you to provide custom display text for the editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the delimiter used to separate items selected in the editor. This delimiter separates item values in the editor's value and item captions in the editor's edit box. - - The delimiter used to separate items selected in the editor. - - - - Gets or sets whether the OK and Cancel buttons are displayed in the popup window. - - true, if the OK and Cancel buttons are displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Cancel button is displayed in the control. - - true, if the Cancel button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the size grip is displayed in the control. - - true, if the size grip is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains the classes that maintain the XtraTabbedMdi component's infrastructure. - - - - - Lists values that specify if and when tabs will be closed on a mouse middle button click. - - - - - The default behavior. Typically, this option is the same as the option. - - - - - Specifies that tabs will never be closed by a mouse middle click. - - - - - Specifies that tabs will be closed on pressing the mouse middle button over a tab (before the mouse middle button is released). - - - - - Specifies that tabs will be closed on releasing the mouse middle button over a tab. - - - - - Contains values that specify how pages are dragged outside the 's tab region. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - The window is dragged in its original size. - - - - - When dragging, the window's preview version is dragged. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which represents the processed page. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the processed tab page. - - An object which represents the processed page. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event sender. - A object which contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A object which implements a Windows message. - - - - Gets a value which identifies the direction in which the pages are cycled. - - true if the pages are cycled forward; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an event was handled, if it was handled the default actions are not required. - - true if the default cycling mechanism isn't required; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Lists the values that specify the order in which pages are cycled. - - - - - The input focus is set to the next visible page. - - - - - The input focus is set to the next visible page. - - - - - The input focus is set to the next page in the tab order. - - - - - Represents a single tab page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTab interface and owns the created tab page. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the MDI child form to which the created tab page corresponds. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTab interface and owns the created tab page. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the MDI child form to which the created tab page corresponds. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether to display a child form's icon (Form.Icon) in the corresponding page header. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 's icon should be painted using the page foreground color. - - A enumerator value specifying whether the 's icon should be painted using the page foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current can be pinned. - - true if the current can be pinned; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the properties that control the tab page's appearance. - - A PageAppearance object which provides the appearance settings for the tab page's elements. - - - - Gets the specified form's icon (Form.Icon) in Image format. - - A Form whose icon needs to be converted. - A object to which the form's icon is converted. null if no icon is assigned to the form. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - A object which represents the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - A zero-based integer value specifying the index of an image within the list. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width of the current page's tab header. - - An integer value that is the maximum width of the current page's tab header. - - - - Gets the multiple document interface (MDI) child form to which the current page corresponds. - - A object which represents the MDI child form to which the created tab page corresponds. - - - - Gets whether the tab page can be selected. - - true if the tab page is enabled and can be selected by an end-user or via code; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the tab page is visible. - - true if the tab page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this is currently pinned. - - true if this is currently pinned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page contains a Close button. - - A value that specifies whether a Close button is displayed in the tab. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should display its pin button. - - true if the current should display its pin button; otherwise, false. - - - - Starts the animation of an animated GIF file displayed in the page's header. - - - - - Stops animation of an animated GIF file displayed in the tab page's header. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current object. - - A object associated with the current object. - - - - Gets the tabbed MDI manager to which the current tab page belongs. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTab interface. - - - - Gets or sets the tab page's caption. - - A value which specifies the text displayed within the page header. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip for the tab page. - - A value which specifies a regular tooltip for the tab page. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon to display in a regular tooltip. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Represents a tabbed MDI manager's page collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds the specified tab page to the collection. - - An object which represents the tab page to add. - An integer value which specifies the position into which the tab page was inserted. - - - - Disposes of all pages owned by the current collection. - - - - - Returns the specified page's position within the collection. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTabPage interface. - An integer value representing the specified page's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified page. - - - - Adds the specified page to the collection at the specified position. - - A zero-based integer which specifies the position at which the page should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTabPage interface. - - - - Gets whether the specified index points to an existing page within the current collection. - - An integer that specifies the index to be tested. - true if the specified index falls in the range [0;Count-1]; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the tab page at the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the page. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - An object which represents the tab page at the specified position. - - - - Gets the tab page which corresponds to the specified MDI child form. - - A object which represents the MDI child form. - An object representing the tab page which corresponds to the specified MDI child form. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no tab page is found. - - - - Removes the specified tab page from the collection. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.XtraTab.IXtraTabPage interface to remove from the collection. - - - - The component that displays MDI child forms as tabs and provides basic form management features. To create an advanced tabbed UI, use the component instead. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class which is associated with the specified container. - - An object which implements . - - - - Gets the currently active floating page. - - The currently active floating page - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can reorder pages by dragging their headers. - - A enumeration value which specifies whether end-users can reorder pages by dragging their headers. - - - - Gets or sets whether icons for all s within the should be painted with the same color as the page header text. - - A enumerator value specifying whether or not icons for all s within the should be painted with the same color as the page header text. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the MDI client. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the MDI client. - - - - Provides access to the properties that control the appearance of all the pages. - - A object which provides appearance settings for all the pages. - - - - Allows you to cancel docking a floating page onto the . - - - - - Allows you to prevent a page from becoming floating. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the border style of the multiple document interface (MDI) client. - - A enumeration value which specifies the border style of the MDI client. - - - - Gets or sets the border style of all the tab pages. - - A enumeration value which specifies the border style for all the tab pages. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the multiple document interface (MDI) client. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the MDI client. - - - - Returns information on the visual elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies test point coordinates relative to the tabbed MDI's top-left corner. - A DevExpress.XtraTab.ViewInfo.BaseTabHitInfo object that contains information about the visual elements located at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets whether Close buttons are displayed in individual tab pages and the tab control's header. - - A value that specifies the display mode for Close buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the value that determines if tabs will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - A value that determines if tabs will be closed on a mouse middle click. - - - - Gets or sets the BarAndDockingController that controls the appearance settings of the component. - - A object which controls the appearance settings of the component. - - - - Allows you to customize display settings of the Document Selector's items. - - - - - Allows you to customize the Document Selector's settings, before it's displayed on-screen. - - - - - Moves a floating page from the specified to the current XtraTabbedMdiManager and docks the page. - - A floating page (form) that belongs to the specified XtraTabbedMdiManager, and must be docked to the current XtraTabbedMdiManager. - A object that represents the old owner of the floating page. - A Boolean value indicating that the floating page has been successfully moved and docked in the current XtraTabbedMdiManager. - - - - Fires after a floating page has been docked to the . - - - - - Fires when dropping a page that is becoming floating. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Makes the specified page floating. - - An object to be made floating. - A Point at which the page will float. - true if the page was successfully made floating; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of floating pages. - - A FloatFormCollection object that represents the collection of floating pages. - - - - Fires when a docked page becomes floating. - - - - - Fires when a floating page is activated. - - - - - Fires when a floating page is deactivated. - - - - - Gets or sets the time interval between moving a floating page onto the tab header region and docking the page. - - An integer value that specifies the delay before docking a floating page, in milliseconds. - - - - Fires when dragging a floating page. Allows you to implement the drag-and-drop of child floating pages to another XtraTabbedMdiManager. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a page is made floating on double-clicking its tab. - - A value that specifies if a page is made floating on double-clicking its tab. - - - - Gets or sets whether a page can be dragged away from the and then restored. - - A value that specifies if a page is made floating on dragging its tab outside the tab header region. - - - - Gets or sets how a page is dragged away from the 's header region. - - A value. - - - - Gets the tabbed MDI manager which is associated with the specified Form. - - A object which represents the container for multiple document interface (MDI) child forms. - An object representing the tabbed MDI manager which is associated with the Form specified. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the manager isn't associated with the form. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A DevExpress.XtraTab.ViewInfo.BaseTabHandler object. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row. - - A enumeration value which specifies whether the page headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row. - - - - Gets the options that specify which tab buttons can be displayed within the header panel. - - A set of DevExpress.XtraTab.TabButtons flags that specify the visibility of tab buttons. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies the display mode for the header buttons. - - A enumeration member which specifies the manner in which buttons are displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the page headers. - - A enumeration member which specifies the position of the page headers. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the page headers. - - A enumeration member which specifies the orientation of the page headers. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed within page headers. - - A that is an image collection providing images for page headers. - - - - Invalidates the region occupied by the multiple document interface (MDI) client. - - - - - Invalidates the specified region occupied by the multiple document interface (MDI) client. - - A structure which represents the region to invalidate. - - - - Updates a tabbed MDI. - - - - - Gets or sets the default maximum width of tab headers for all pages. - - An integer value that is the default maximum width of tab headers for all pages. - - - - Gets or sets a container for multiple document interface (MDI) child forms. - - A object which represents a container for multiple document interface (MDI) child forms. - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer is over a tabbed MDI and a mouse button is pressed. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the tabbed MDI. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the tabbed MDI. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer moves over a tabbed MDI. - - - - - Occurs when the mouse button is released if it was pressed within a tabbed MDI. - - - - - Gets or sets whether more than one row of page headers can be displayed. - - A value which specifies whether more than one row of page headers can be displayed. - - - - Fires after a new page has been added to the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the page header. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Fires after a page has been removed from the collection. - - - - - Provides access to the tabbed MDI manager's page collection. - - An object which represents a collection of pages that represent multiple document interface (MDI) child forms that are parented to the form. - - - - Gets or sets which s should display a Pin Button on their tab headers. - - A PinPageButtonShowMode enumerator value that specifies which s should display a Pin Button on their tab headers. - - - - Gets or sets the zoom ratio to calculate the size of a floating page's preview version. - - A Single value that specifies the zoom ratio to calculate the size of a floating page's preview version. - - - - Gets or sets whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected page. - - An object which represents the page currently selected. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection is empty or all pages are hidden. - - - - Fires after the selected page has been changed. - - - - - Provides the ability to cycle through the pages using custom rules. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies the order in which pages are cycled through. - - A enumeration value that specifies the order in which pages are cycled through. - - - - Gets or sets whether hints are displayed to indicate positions when a floating page is being dragged-and-dropped onto the 's header region. - - true if the hints are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header. - - A enumeration member which specifies whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header. - - - - Gets or sets whether hints can be displayed for page headers. - - A enumeration member which specifies whether hints can be displayed for page headers. - - - - Gets or sets the width for all tab page headers within the . - - An Int32 value that is the width for all tab headers within the . - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of the hints displayed for tab pages. - - The component which controls the appearance and behavior of the hints displayed for tab pages. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Document Selector feature is enabled, which allows an end-user to switch between tab pages. - - A value that specifies whether a Document Selector feature is enabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display a child form's icon (Form.Icon) in the corresponding page header. - - true to display a child form's icon (Form.Icon) in the corresponding page header; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains classes that enable you to create Toolbox controls. - - - - - Displays multiple sets of items and automatically initiates drag-and-drop operations when an end-user starts dragging these items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the elements (groups and items) in different states. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxAppearance object that contains the appearance settings used to paint the elements (groups and items) in different states. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Returns information on the elements located at the specified point. - - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the test point coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the . - An ToolboxHitInfo object containing information about the elements located at the test point. - - - - Calculates the width. - - An integer value that specifies the width. - - - - Gets or sets the caption displayed at the top of the control. This property is in effect if the ToolboxControl.OptionsView.ShowToolboxCaption option is enabled. - - A string value that specifies the toolbox caption. - - - - Provides the ability to perform custom painting of the visual elements. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when a drag operation is canceled. - - - - - Fires after an item has been dropped. Allows you to perform custom actions on item dropping. - - - - - Fires during item dragging. Allows you to specify the drop effect in the current position. - - - - - Fires when an item's drag operation starts. Allows you to replace the cursor icon and cancel the drag operation. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when a is about to displayed for the first time and allows you to provide a custom group icon. - - - - - Fires when a is about to displayed for the first time and allows you to provide a custom item icon. - - - - - Returns the screen coordinates of the menu button. - - A structure that specifies the screen coordinates of the menu button. - - - - Returns the list of currently selected items. - - An IEnumerable object that contains all selected items. - - - - Provides access to the collection of the groups into which the items are arranged. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxGroupCollection object that represents the collection of the groups. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images that can be displayed in items and groups. - - The image collection containing images to be displayed in items and groups. - - - - Fires when the popup menu is about to be shown, and allows you to customize the menu. - - - - - Inverts the toolbox state; expanded to collapsed, and vice versa. - - - - - Fires when a toolbox item is clicked. - - - - - Fires when an item is double clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - - - Provides access to the options that specify the control behavior, such as selection and scrolling modes. - - A object that comprises the toolbox behavior options. - - - - Provides access to the options that affect the toolbox behavior in the minimized state. - - A object that comprises the toolbox minimize options. - - - - Provides access to the toolbox display options, such as number of item columns, search box and menu button visibility, etc. - - A object that comprises the toolbox display options. - - - - Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Filters the items according to the specified search request. - - A value that specifies the search request. - - - - Fires when the text in the search box is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the group currently selected in the toolbox. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.IToolboxGroup object that represents the group currently selected in the toolbox. - - - - Fires when the group currently selected in the toolbox is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the zero-based index of the group currently selected in the toolbox. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the group currently selected in the toolbox. - - - - Makes the specified toolbox elements selected. - - A collection of toolbox elements to make selected. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when the toolbox state is changed from normal to minimized, and vice versa. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The collection of toolbox items being dropped. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - A that raises the event. - A object that comprises data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The collection of toolbox items being moved. - The location of the mouse pointer. - - - - Gets or sets whether a drag-and-drop operation should be canceled. - - true, if a drag-and-drop operation should be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the target drop effect in a drag-and-drop operation. - - One of the values. - - - - Gets the location of the mouse during the mouse generating event. - - A structure that contains the x- and y- mouse coordinates, in pixels, relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - A that raises the event. - A object that comprises data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The collection of toolbox items being dragged. - - - - Gets or sets whether a drag-and-drop operation should be canceled. - - true, if a drag-and-drop operation should be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an event was handled; if handled, the default actions are not required. - - true, if the default actions are not required; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed near the mouse cursor during drag-and-drop operations. - - An object that specifies the image displayed near the mouse cursor during drag-and-drop operations. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - A object that raises the event. - A object that comprises data related to the event. - - - - Represents a base class for elements (groups and items). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the toolbox element caption. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the current element. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxElementAppearance object that contains the appearance settings applied to the current element. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current item starts a subgroup of items in the group to which it belongs. - - true, if the current item starts a subgroup of items.; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the caption for the item subgroup that the current item starts. - - A value that specifies the caption for the item subgroup that the current item starts. - - - - Gets or sets caption of the current element. - - A string value that specifies the element (group or item) caption. - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - A new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Gets whether or not this has a glyph assigned. - - true, if this has a glyph assigned; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the icon of the current element. - - An object that specifies the element (group or item) icon. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize a glyph to this . - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxElementImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize a glyph to this . - - - - Gets or sets the name of the current component. - - A value that specifies the name of the component. - - - - Gets the to which the current element belongs. - - An DevExpress.XtraToolbox.IToolboxControl object to which the current element belongs. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current toolbox element. - - Custom data associated with the current toolbox element. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current element is displayed. - - true, if the current element is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a group of items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the toolbox group caption. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - A new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Fires when a property value has changed. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of the items that belong to the current . - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxItemCollection object that represents the collection of items. - - - - Represents a item. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the toolbox item caption. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - A new object that is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Fires when a property value has changed. - - - - - Gets the to which the current item belongs. - - A object to which the current item belongs. - - - - Contains behavior settings for the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether groups and items are smoothly scrolled when using the mouse wheel. - - true, if groups and items are smoothly scrolled when using the mouse wheel; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the toolbox items can be selected, and if so, whether the selection can comprise single or multiple items. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxItemSelectMode enumeration value that specifies whether, and if so how, the toolbox items can be selected. The default is None. - - - - Contains control minimization options for the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the can be collapsed. - - true, if can be collapsed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the number of columns into which the items are arranged in the minimized state. - - An integer value that specifies the number of columns into which the items are arranged. - - - - Gets or sets the direction of the arrow displayed in the Minimize button. - - A DevExpress.XtraBars.Navigation.MinimizeButtonMode enumeration value that specifies the direction of the arrow displayed in the Minimize button. - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the in the minimized state. - - An integer value that specifies the control width, in pixels, in the minimized state. - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the in the normal (expanded) state. - - An integer value that specifies the control width, in pixels, in the normal (expanded) state. - - - - Gets or sets whether items hidden in the minimized state are accessed using scroll buttons (the default behavior) or using a popup panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxMinimizingScrollMode enumeration value that specifies how items hidden in the minimized state can be accessed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the is in the normal or minimized state. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxState enumeration value that specifies whether the is in the normal or minimized state. - - - - Contains view settings for the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of columns into which the items are arranged. - - An integer value that specifies the number of columns into which the items are arranged. - - - - Gets or sets whether the height of the panel that contains the groups is automatically calculated to fit their entire content. - - true, if the panel height is automatically calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the image and caption of the toolbox elements (groups and items). - - An integer value that specifies the amount of space, in pixels, between the image and caption of the toolbox elements. - - - - Gets or sets the dimensions of the rectangle for the item icons. - - A structure that specifies the dimensions of the rectangle for the item icons. - - - - Gets or sets whether the toolbox elements (groups and items) display their icons, captions, or both. - - A DevExpress.XtraToolbox.ToolboxItemViewMode enumeration value that specifies whether the toolbox elements (groups and items) display their icons, captions, or both. - - - - Gets or sets the caption for the menu button displayed in the . - - A string value that specifies the caption for the menu button. - - - - Gets or sets the image for the menu button displayed in the . - - An object that specifies the image for the menu button. - - - - Gets or sets an icon for the button that invokes a popup panel containing currently active group items hidden in the minimized state. - - An object that specifies an icon for the More items button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button that invokes a popup menu providing access to the groups is displayed. - - true, if the displays the menu button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the displays the search box that allows an end-user to filter the items according to a custom criterion. - - true, if the displays the search box; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the toolbox caption, specified using the property, is visible. - - true, if the toolbox caption is visible; otherwise, false. - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3e468ed..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 953b455..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35069 +0,0 @@ - - - - DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2 - - - - - A menu item that allows you to embed an editor in a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. - An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. - An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. - An item's image to be displayed when the item is disabled. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the editor's value is changed. This value is assigned to the event. - An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. - An item's image to be displayed when the item is disabled. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified settings. - - A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. - An event handler that will be invoked when the editor's value is changed. This value is assigned to the event. - An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. - An item's image to be displayed when the item is disabled. This parameter initializes the property. - An integer value that is the editor's width. This parameter initializes the property. - An integer value that is the editor's height. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Gets or sets the object that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. - - A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. - - - - Specifies the editor's value. - - An object that is the editor's value. - - - - Occurs after the property's value has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the editor's height. - - An integer value that is the editor's height. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's width. - - An integer value that is the editor's widhth. - - - - Represents a button within an alert window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image. - - A object that specifies the image to be displayed in a button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image and button style. - - A object that specifies the image to be displayed in a button. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the button style. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the bounds of the button. - - A structure specifying the button's rectangle. - - - - Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources. - - - - - Gets or sets the pressed state of the button, This option is in effect when the button functions as a check button (the property is set to ). - - A Boolean value that specifies the button's pressed state. - - - - Returns the button's size. - - A structure that specifies the button's size. - - - - Gets or sets the button's hint. - - A string that specifies the button's hint. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed within the button - - A object that specifies the button's image. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed when the current button functions as a check button and it's in the pressed state. - - A object that specifies the image representing the button's pressed state. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image in the collection, referring to the image displayed when the button functions as a check button and it's in the pressed state. - - An integer value that specifies the index of an image in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image in the collection, referring to the image displayed by the button. - - An integer value that specifies the index of an image in the collection. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to set up raster and vector icons for this . - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Alerter.AlertButtonImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets the source of images for buttons in alert windows. - - An object representing the source of images for buttons in alert windows. - - - - Gets or sets the button's name. - - A string that specifies the button's name. - - - - The method is called when the button is clicked. - - - - - Gets the alert window that displays the current button. - - An AlertFormCore object that displays the current button. - - - - Gets whether the current button is one of the predefined buttons (Close, Pin or Dropdown). - - true if the current button is one of the predefined buttons; otherwise, false. - - - - Emulates changing a button's check state, as if the button were clicked by the mouse. - - true to check the button; false to uncheck the button. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the button's state. - - An AlertButtonState value that specifies the button's state. - - - - Gets or sets the button's style. - - An value that specifies the button's style. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the button. - - A string representation of the button. - - - - Gets or sets the button's visibility. - - A Boolean value that specifies the button's visibility. - - - - Represents a collection of buttons for alert windows. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An owner of the current collection. - - - - Adds a new button to the collection. - - An to be added to the collection. - An integer value that specifies the index of this button in the current collection. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the Close Button, used to close an alert window. - - An object that contains corresponding settings. - - - - Gets the number of custom buttons in the current collection. - - An integer value that specifies the number of custom buttons in the current collection. - - - - Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources. - - - - - Locates the button in the collection that has the specified hint. - - A string that specified the hint of a button to be located. - An object that has been located; null if no button with the specified hint has been located. - - - - Provides indexed access to the buttons in the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the index of the button to be returned from the collection. - An object stored at the specified index in the collection. - - - - Provides access to the buttons in the collection by their names. - - A string that specifies the name of the button to be located. - An object with the specified name. - - - - Provides access to the settings of the Pin Button, used to pin an alert window. - - An object that contains corresponding settings. - - - - Gets the number of predefined buttons in the current collection. - - An integer value that specifies the number of predefined buttons in the current collection. - - - - Contains values that specify the style of custom buttons in alert windows. - - - - - A button functions as a regular button, producing the event when clicked. - - - - - A button functions as a check button, producing the event when its pressed state is changed. - - - - - Contains values that specify the position of the control buttons in alert windows. - - - - - The control buttons are displayed at the right edge of an alert window. - - - - - The control buttons are displayed at the top edge of an alert window. - - - - - Contains values that specify the appearance speed of alert windows. - - - - - The alert window's appearance speed is fast. - - - - - The alert window's appearance speed is moderate. - - - - - The alert window's appearance speed is slow. - - - - - Contains values that specify the position on screen at which alert windows are displayed. - - - - - An alert window appears at the bottom left corner of the screen. - - - - - An alert window appears at the bottom right corner of the screen. - - - - - An alert window appears at the top left corner of the screen. - - - - - An alert window appears at the top right corner of the screen. - - - - - Enumerates alert window animation effects. - - - - - An alert window is displayed using a fade-in effect. - - - - - An alert window appears by sliding horizontally onto the screen from out of the screen. - - - - - An alert window appears by sliding vertically onto the screen from out of the screen. - - - - - An alert window appears onscreen by enlarging its width gradually, from the zero value to the normal width. - - - - - An alert window appears onscreen by enlarging its height gradually from the zero value to the normal height. - - - - - Contains information to be displayed in an alert window. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified window caption and text. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the alert window caption. - A String value that is the alert window text. - true, if the alert window should be closed on click; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the window caption, text and image. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - An image to be displayed in an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified window caption, text, and the text that is to be displayed when the text area is hot-tracked. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window, which is in effect when the text is hot-tracked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified window caption, text, image and the text that is to be displayed when the text area is hot-tracked. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window, which is in effect when the text is hot-tracked. This value is assigned to the property. - An image to be displayed in an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the text of an alert window, which is in effect when the text is hot-tracked. This value is assigned to the property. - An image to be displayed in an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. - Any custom data to be associated with the current object. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the alert window caption. - A String value that is the alert window text. - A String value that is the alert window text, displayed only when hovered (see the property). - An Image that is the alert window icon. - An object that is the unique ID associated with this . - true, if the alert window should be closed on click; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not an alert window associated with this object is automatically closed on click. - - true, if an alert window associated with this object is automatically closed on click; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of an alert window. - - A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. - - - - Gets or sets the text of an alert window, displayed when the text is hot-tracked. - - A string that specifies the hot-tracked text for an alert window. - - - - Gets or sets an image to be displayed in an alert window. - - A object that specifies an image to be displayed in an alert window. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this class descendant. - - An DevExpress.XtraBars.Alerter.AlertInfoImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current object. - - An object that represents custom data associated with the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the text of an alert window. - - A string that specifies the text of an alert window. - - - - Lists values specifying the position of the tabs in a tab container. - - - - - The tabs are located across the bottom of the tab container. - - - - - The tabs are located along the left side of the tab container. - - - - - The tabs are located along the right side of the tab container. - - - - - The tabs are located across the top of the tab container. - - - - - Represents the Area view of the chart range control client. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Single value that specifies the newly created object's scale factor. - - - - Specifies the opacity (0-255) of the chart range control client area view. - - A value from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). - - - - Provides members that allow you to create messages and dialogs that automatically close when a timer expires. See the property for examples. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the AutoCloseOptions class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the timer (in milliseconds) that automatically closes the dialog when it expires. See the property for examples. - - The timer duration (in milliseconds). - - - - If the timer was set to a value different from zero, the ShowTimerOnDefaultButton property allows you to display the remaining timer duration on the default dialog button. See the property for examples. - - true, to display the remaining time on the default button; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a bar code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the property value should be calculated automatically based upon the bar code's size. - - true if the bar code's module is calculated automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the byte array to be coded into the PDF417 or ECC200 bar code. - - An array of System.Byte values to be coded using the bar code's symbology. - - - - Creates an image of the bar code in the PNG format with a resolution of 96 DPI. - - A object, specifying the currently displayed bar code as an image. - - - - Creates an image of the bar code with the specified image format and a resolution of 96 DPI. - - A object specifying the image format, such as PNG, BMP, or GIF, in which the bar code should be returned. - A object specifying the currently displayed bar code as an image. - - - - Creates an image of the bar code with the specified image format and resolution. - - A object specifying the image format, such as PNG, BMP, or GIF, in which the bar code should be returned. - An integer value specifying the horizontal and vertical resolution, in dots per inch, for the image to return. - A object specifying the currently displayed bar code as an image. - - - - Saves the bar code as an image to a stream with the specified image format and resolution. - - The where the image will be saved. - A object specifying the format, such as PNG, BMP, GIF, of the saved image. - An integer value specifying the horizontal and vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the saved image - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the bar code's horizontal alignment. - - A enumeration value that specifies the bar code's horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the text's horizontal alignment. - - A enumeration value that specifies the text's horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the narrowest bar or space, in pixels. - - The width of the narrowest bar or space, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the bar code's orientation. - - A enumeration value that specifies the bar code's orientation. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the control's Text is displayed along with the bar code. - - true, if the text is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the symbology (code type) for the bar code and the text. - - A class descendant that defines the symbology for the current control. - - - - Indicates whether or not the bar code is correctly rendered. - - A enumeration value, identifying the error ( if the bar code validation succeeds). - - - - Gets or sets the bar code's vertical alignment. - - A enumeration value that specifies the bar code's vertical alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the text's vertical alignment. - - A enumeration value that specifies the text's vertical alignment. - - - - Serves as a base for button controls. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current button is disabled. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the mouse pointer passes over the current button. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current button is clicked. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is clicked. - - - - Gets or sets the button's background color. - - A structure which specifies the button's background color. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently enabled. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently enabled. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that uses the boolean function to specify whether or not this is currently enabled. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently enabled. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently enabled. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets the border style of the button control. - - A enumeration member specifying the border style of the button. - - - - Gets or sets the style of the button control. - - A enumeration member specifying the button style. - - - - Calculates the button's size needed to fit its content. - - A System.Drawing.Graphics object used to paint. - A System.Drawing.Size object representing the button's size that will best fit its content. - - - - Calculates the button size required to fit its content, but not exceeding the specified maximum width. - - The value that limits the width. - A System.Drawing.Size object representing the button size that best fits its content, but whose width does not exceed the specified value. - - - - Gets or sets a value that is returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. - - A DialogResult enumeration member specifying the value that is returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - true if the button should behave as the default button; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the button's paint style. - - The button's paint style. - - - - Responds to button clicks. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the button. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the button. - - - - The base class for editors that support two or three check states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's width is changed to display the editor's content in its entirety. This property is in effect when the editor resides within a . - - true, if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style used to draw the check editor's border. - - A enumeration value identifying the style used to draw the check editor's border. - - - - Calculates the minimum size the control needs to be to contain its contents. - - A System.Drawing.Size object representing the minimum size of the control that will best fit its content. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A System.String object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control will fit. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A System.Drawing.Size value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets the size of a rectangular area into which the control can fit. - - A System.Drawing.Size structure specifying the control's minimum size. - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to a check editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - Gets or sets the text label associated with a check editor. - - A System.String value representing the text label associated with a check editor. - - - - Changes the state of a check editor. - - - - - Serves as the base for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether check items in the checked list box should support three check states rather than two. - - true if the check items are able to display three check states; otherwise, false. - - - - Checks all the items in the list box. - - - - - Gets the collection of indexes corresponding to checked items. - - A CheckedIndexCollection object representing the collection of indexes corresponding to checked items. - - - - Gets the collection of checked item values. - - A CheckedItemCollection object representing the collection of checked item values. - - - - Returns the number of checked items in the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the number of checked items. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data source field that provides check states for listbox items. This property is not supported when listbox items are rendered based on Item Templates - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Occurs when the property value is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether one or two mouse clicks are required to toggle the check state of an unfocused (unselected) item. - - true if a single mouse click is required to toggle the check state of an unfocused (unselected) item; false if two mouse clicks are required. - - - - Checks all selected (highlighted) items. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that determines the look and feel of the check boxes. This property is not supported when listbox items are rendered based on Item Templates - - A enumeration value specifying the look and feel of the check box. - - - - Occurs when the field value is fetched from the data source and then posted back. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the item is checked. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - true if the item is checked; false if unchecked or in the indeterminate state. - - - - Gets the check state of the item specified by its index. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - A CheckState enumeration member representing the item's check state. CheckState.Unchecked if the item's index is negative or exceeds the last available index. - - - - Enables you to disable specific items, in bound mode. - - - - - Inverts the check state for each item in the collection. - - - - - Returns whether all selected (highlighted) items are checked. - - true if all selected items are checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after an item's check state changes. - - - - - Fires before an item's check state changes and allows you to cancel the action. - - - - - Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source. - - A object representing the items collection displayed within the CheckedListBoxControl. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image representing check boxes in the checked state. This property is in effect if the property is set to . - - An Image representing check boxes in the checked state. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image representing check boxes in the intermediate state. This property is in effect if the property is set to . - - An Image representing check boxes in the intermediate state. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image representing check boxes in the unchecked state. This property is in effect if the property is set to . - - An Image representing check boxes in the unchecked state. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not users can check or uncheck control items. Items remain selectable even when the property is set to true. - - Specifies whether users are allowed to check and uncheck items. - - - - Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Occurs when the items collection or data source changes. - - - - - Changes the state of the item to checked or unchecked. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item to be changed. If it is negative or exceeds the last available index, the method will have no effect. - true to check the item, false to uncheck it. - - - - Sets the check state of the item. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - A CheckState enumeration member specifying the new check state of the item. - - - - Toggles the state of the item at the specified index. - - An zero-based integer value which represents the index of the item whose state should be toggled. - - - - Inverts the check states of selected items. - - - - - Unchecks all the items. - - - - - Unchecks all selected (highlighted) items. - - - - - Implements the functionality common for all controls in the library. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed in the control's regular tooltips. - - A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is allowed in the control's regular tooltips. - - - - When a control is added to a , this property specifies whether the control's width is changed to display its content in its entirety. -This member is supported by individual descendant of the class. - - true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the control's border style. - - - - Calculates the minimum size sufficient to fit the content. - - A Size structure that specifies the minimum size sufficient to fit the content. - - - - Returns an object which implements the accessibility information. - - A BaseAccessibility object. - - - - Returns the object which contains the internal information used to render the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.BaseControlViewInfo descendant which contains the internal information used to render the control. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently in design mode. - - true if the control is in design mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the control is being initialized. - - true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the object containing the control's look and feel settings. - - A object containing the control's look and feel settings. - - - - Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the current control. - - - - - Returns scale multipliers that are currently applied to a control's original width and height. - - A value that specifies scale multipliers. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip should be displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - true to display tooltips; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style controller component that provides style settings for this control. - - An object that implements the DevExpress.XtraEditors.IStyleController interface which provides style settings for the current control. - - - - Gets or sets a for the current control. - - A object associated with the control. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's content. - - A string which specifies the text content of a regular tooltip. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of hints displayed for this control. - - The component controlling the appearance and behavior of hints displayed for this control. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title. - - A value which specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - Represents the base class for controls which provide the ability to edit datetime values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Serves as the base for all editors that can be used for inplace (such as within the XtraGrid) editing. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Displays the XtraEditors library's about box. - - - - - Gets or sets the default action description of the editor for use by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the default action description of the editor for use by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the description of the editor used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the editor's description used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's name which is used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the name of the editor used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's accessible role. - - An enumeration value which represents a role for the editor. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Control object representing the control containing the current editor. - A System.Drawing.Point object representing the coordinates of a mouse click. - true, a mouse click is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of an enabled editor. - - A object specifying the editor's background color when it is not disabled. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Gets the BindingManagerBase object. - - A BindingManagerBase object managing all binding controls that are bound to the same data source and data member. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no data source is bound. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the editor's border style. - - - - Calculates the minumum height of the editor. - - The minimum height of the editor, in pixels. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Gets or sets the context menu for the editor. - - A System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenu object representing the context menu for the editor. - - - - Gets or sets a associated with the current control - - A object that represents a shortcut menu associated with the current control. - - - - Enables custom display text to be provided for an editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the default error icon. - - A object representing the default error icon. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the default error icon in relation to the editor. - - An enumeration value that specifies the location of the default error icon in relation to the editor. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to assign and customize a default image displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.BaseEditErrorImageOptions object that stores properties that allow you to assign and customize a default image displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - - - Clears selection within the editor. - - - - - Performs editor value validation. - - true if the editor value has been validated; otherwise, false. - - - - Validates the editor. - - A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. - true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether the editor or its popup window has focus. - - true if the editor or its popup window has focus; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A string value identifying the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An object representing the editor's value. - - - - Fires immediately after the edit value has been changed. - - - - - Fires when the editor's value is about to change. - - - - - Gets or sets whether focus is moved to the next control (according to the tab order) when an end-user presses ENTER. - - true if focus is moved to the next control (according to the tab order) when an end-user presses ENTER; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the error icon displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - A object representing the error icon. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the error icon displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - The value that specifies the error icon's alignment. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.BaseEditErrorImageOptions object that stores properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor. - - - - Gets or sets the error description for the editor. - - A string value specifying the error description for the editor. - - - - Gets or sets the font used to display editor contents. - - A object specifying the font used to display editor contents. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the editor content's foreground color. - - A structure specifying the editor content's foreground color. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Enables you to format the editor's value (change the editor's value when the formatting mechanism is invoked). - - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the inplace type of an editor. - - A enumeration member specifying the editor inplace type. - - - - Enables an appropriate response to be provided when invalid values are entered. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether the editor is active. - - true if the editor is active; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the editor is being loaded. - - true if the editor is being loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's value has been modified since the editor last received focus or since it was last validated. - - true if the editor's value has been modified; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a particular key will be processed by the editor or passed to its container. - - A object specifying the key to process. - true if the pressed key will be processed by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal editors library infrastructure and is not intended to be used from your code. - - true if a container control needs to focus the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the specified value is the "Non-loaded Value". This property is in effect when asynchronous data binding is used. - - A value to be tested. - true if the specified value is the "Non-loaded Value"; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - Gets an object containing the editor's look and feel settings. - - A object containing the editor's look and feel settings. - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - - - Fires when the user starts to modify the edit value. - - - - - Gets the last successfully validated value. - - An object representing the last value that was successfully validated. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A Padding value. - - - - Converts an input value (the one that is entered by an end-user or assigned in code) to the value to be stored by the editor. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the editors. - - A object containing settings relating to all editors. - - - - Fires immediately after any editor's property value has changed. - - - - - Fires when the help is provided to accessibility applications. - - - - - Provides ability to specify whether the key pressed in the editor is processed by the editor or a container control (, , etc.) that displays this editor. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's value cannot be changed by end-users. - - true, if end-users cannot modify the editor's value; otherwise, false. - - - - Resets the editor's selection and cursor position. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Selects the editor's entire content. - - - - - Sends the specified message to the active editor. - - A to be sent. - A KeyPressEventArgs object that will be passed to the editor's KeyPress event. - - - - Raises the KeyDown event. - - A object providing data for the event. - - - - Raises the KeyUp event. - - A object providing data for the event. - - - - Raises the event. - - A structure specifying the mouse pointer coordinates. - A bitwise combination of enumeration values specifying the pressed mouse buttons. - - - - Raises the event. - - A object providing data for the event. - - - - Raises the event. - - A structure that specifies the mouse pointer coordinates. - A enumeration value that specifies which mouse button was pressed. - - - - This method is used internally when using editors inplace and is not intended to be called in your code. - - An object supporting the IPopupServiceControl interface. - - - - This method supports the internal .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal .NET Framework infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can focus this control using the TAB key. - - true if an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed by the editor. - - A string value representing the text displayed by the editor. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse cursor or relative to the editor. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse cursor or relative to the editor. By Default, the behavior depends on the property. - - - - Serves as a base for class. - - - - - Gets the image displayed within the specified item. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - A object value specifying the image displayed within the specified item. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Gets the index of the image displayed within the specified item. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed within the specified item. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Returns the image options of the item with the specified index. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the item whose image options will be obtained. - An ImageOptions object that specifies the image options of the item with the specified index. - - - - Returns the image size of the item with the specified index. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the item whose image will be obtained. - A Size structure that specifies the image size of the item with the specified index. - - - - Specifies the alignment of the image displayed within the item. - - A enumeration member specifying the image alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data source field that provides image indexes for listbox items. This property is not supported when listbox items are rendered based on Item Templates. - - A string value specifying the name of the data source field whose contents represent image indexes. - - - - Occurs after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the items. - - An object which is the source of images. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data source field that provides images for listbox items. This property is not supported when listbox items are rendered based on Item Templates. - - A string value specifying the name of the data source field whose contents represent images. - - - - Occurs after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source. - - An object representing the items collection. - - - - Serves as the base for , , , and classes. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the control. - - The type of the required enumeration. - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the control, allowing you to specify whether enumeration constant names or integer values are assigned to the item values. - - The type of the required enumeration. - true, if enumeration underlying integer values are assigned to the item values; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the control. - - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the control, allowing you to customize item descriptions. - - A System.Converter delegate that generates item descriptions. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint list items when the control is disabled. - - A object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint list items when the control is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint hot tracked list items. - - An object specifying the appearance settings used to paint hot tracked list items. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint list items in the selected state. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint list items in the selected state. - - - - Gets or sets the control's background color. - - A value that specifies the control's background color. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets column width when the setting is enabled. - - An integer value representing column width in pixels. 0 if the column width is automatically calculated. - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control. - - A DevExpress.Utils.SimpleContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the control. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons. - - - - Fires when the , or property value changes. - - - - - Allows hints for context buttons displayed in the current to be customized. This event is only raised for and objects. - - - - - Allows you to draw custom scrollbars, or highlight specific positions on the scrollbars. - - - - - Enables custom display text to be provided for control items. - - - - - Allows you to provide a custom template for listbox items. - - - - - Allows you to customize the context buttons for individual items. - - - - - Allows you to dynamically customize templated items. - - - - - Gets or sets the data source that provides items to display in the control. - - A data source object whose data is displayed by the ListBox control. - - - - Occurs immediately after the property value has been changed. - - - - - The default value for the property. Returns false. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data source field that provides display text for listbox items. This property is not supported when listbox items are rendered based on Item Templates - - A string value specifying a field name in a data source. - - - - Occurs immediately after the list box control display member has been changed. - - - - - Provides the ability to custom paint items displayed within the list box control. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Searches for the first list box item in the specified direction from the specified index, using a cusom algorithm. - - An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. - true to search to the end of the item list; false to search to the beginning of the item list. - A delegate that is called when searching for a list box item. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Returns the index of the specified item. - - An object which represents an item whose index is returned. - An integer value which specifies the item's position within the collection. -1 if the item isn't found. - - - - Finds the first item in the list box control starting with the specified string. - - A string value representing the search text. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Finds the first item in the list box control which starts with the specified string. The search starts at a starting index specified by the parameter. - - A string value providing the search text. - An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Searches for the first list box item in the specified direction from the specified index, and starting with a specific string. - - A string value representing the search text. - An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. - true to search to the end of the item list; false to search to the beginning of the item list. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Finds the first item in the list box control which matches the specified string exactly. - - A string value specifying the search text. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Finds the first item which matches the specified string exactly. - - A string value specifying the search text. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item to be searched. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Forces the control to finish its initialization. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets an item's display value. - - A zero-based integer specifying the item by its position within the collection. - An object representing the item's value. The String.Empty value if the item index provided is invalid. - - - - Gets an item at the specified position. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of an item to be returned. - An object representing an item at the specified position. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is found. - - - - Gets the boundaries of the specified item. - - A zero-based integer value which specifies the item's index. - A structure which represents the specified item's boundaries. - - - - Gets the text string displayed by the item. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. - A string value representing the text displayed within the item. String.Empty if no item is found. - - - - Gets the specified item's value. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item whose value is returned. - An object representing the specifyed item's value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is found. - - - - Gets or sets the paint mode for the selected and hot-tracked items. - - A value that specifies the paint mode for the selected and hot-tracked items. - - - - Gets or sets whether a horizontal scroll bar is enabled when the control's items are displayed in a single column and some of them exceed the control's width. - - true if horizontal scrolling is enabled in single column display mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the offset by which the control is scrolled horizontally when the scrollbar buttons are clicked. This property is in effect in single column display mode, when the property is set to true. - - An integer value specifying the horizontal scrolling step in pixels. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the currently hot-tracked item. - - The zero-based index of the currently hot-tracked item. - - - - Gets or sets whether list box items are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer moves over them. - - true, if the items are hot-tracked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets how items are selected when item hot-tracking is enabled. - - A value that specifies how items are selected. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into item captions using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Gets or sets whether incremental searching for items is enabled. - - true if incremental searching for items is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the index of an item at specified coordinates. - - A structure containing the coordinates used to obtain the item index. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of an item at specified coordinates. -1 if no item is found. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the list box control is being loaded. - - true if the list box control is being loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current is locked by the method. - - true, if the is locked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the height of items is automatically calculated to fit their entire content. - - true, if item height is automatically calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the collection of the list box control. - - An integer value representing the number of elements contained in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets an item's height. - - An integer value representing an item's height in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets padding within list items. - - A structure representing list item internal spacing characteristics. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal scroll position. - - A zero-based integer value that specifies the horizontal scroll position. - - - - Makes the specified item visible on-screen if it is currently invisible. - - An integer value representing the item's zero-based index. - - - - Provides the ability to change an individual item's height. - - - - - Gets or sets whether listbox items can be arranged across multiple columns. - - true, if the items can be arranged in multiple columns; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - Selects all items when multiple item selection is enabled. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item in the list box control. -1 if no item is selected. - - - - Allows you to respond to item selection. - - - - - Gets a collection containing the indexes of all currently selected items in the list box control. - - A SelectedIndexCollection object representing the collection of all currently selected items in the control. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected item. - - An object representing the list box control's currently selected item. - - - - Gets currently selected items. - - A SelectedItemCollection object containing currently selected items. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected item's value. - - An object representing the currently selected item's value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is selected. - - - - Occurs after a value of the selected item has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a single or multiple items can be selected. - - A SelectionMode enumeration member specifying the list box control's selection behavior. - - - - Assigns a new value to the specified item. - - An object representing a new value to be assigned to the specified item. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item to which a new value is assigned. - - - - Sets the specified item's selection state. - - The zero-based index of the item whose selection state will be changed. - true to select the item; false to unselect the item. - - - - Gets or sets whether hovering over items selects the item being hovered over (modifies the control's property). - - true if item being hovered over is automatically selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dotted focus rectangle is displayed around the focused item. - - true, if the dotted focus rectangle is displayed around the focused item; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed. - - A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed. - - - - Gets or sets the sort order for the list box control. - - A SortOrder enumeration member specifying the order in which items in the list box control are sorted. - - - - Provides access to the collection of item templates used to render listbox items. - - The item template collection. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A string value. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the first visible item in the list box control. - - An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the top visible item. - - - - Unselects all items when multiple item selection is enabled. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control is painted grayed out when it's in the disabled state. - - true, if the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the field name in the bound data source whose contents are assigned to item values. - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Occurs after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Serves as the base for editors that provide spin buttons used to modify edit values. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Closes the pop-up associated with the current -derived control without saving the current value. - - - - - Occurs when the -derived control's pop-up was successfully closed. - - - - - Saves the current value and closes the pop-up associated with the -derived control. - - - - - Occurs when the -derived control's pop-up is about to close. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A System.String object identifying the editor's class name. - - - - Occurs each time a control's pop-up was displayed. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to the spin editor. - - A object instance containing settings specific to the spin editor. - - - - Occurs when the control's pop-up window is to be closed. - - - - - Occurs each time a control's pop-up is to be displayed. - - - - - This method is not supported for -derived controls. - - - - - Attempts to display the control's pop-up window. - - - - - Serves as the base for controls which cannot be used as inplace editors and supports a common style management mechanism. - - - - - Initializes an instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the control's contents. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the control's contents. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the control's client region. - - A structure specifying the background color of the control's client region. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the font used to display the control's content. - - A object specifying the font used to display the control's content. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the control's foreground color. - - A structure specifying the color used to display the control's text. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Resets the property back to its default value. - - - - - Resets the property to its default value. - - - - - Resets the painter associated with this to its default state. - - - - - Resets the View Info object associated with this . - - - - - Represents the base class for editors that work with binary large object (BLOB) data. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the PopupBaseEdit class. - - - - - Gets the current editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Allows you to hide the default OK and Cancel buttons shown in the editor's popup menus. - - - - - Gets an object containing settings specific to the BLOB editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the BLOB editor. - - - - The MS Windows Explorer-inspired navigation bar that allows end-users to navigate through a hierarchical tree of nodes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns information on elements located at the target position. - - A Point structure that is the target location to be tested. - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.BreadCrumbEditHitInfo object containing information on elements located at the target position. - - - - Returns information on elements located at the target position. - - An Int32 value that is the X-axis coordinate of the tested location. - An Int32 value that is the Y-axis coordinate of the tested location. - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.BreadCrumbEditHitInfo object containing information on elements located at the target position. - - - - Tests whether or not calling the method will have an effect. - - true, if calling the method will have an effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether or not calling the method will have an effect. - - true, if calling the method will have an effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Tests whether or not calling the method will have an effect. - - true, if calling the method will have an effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether this can store navigation history. To access this journal, use the property (does not store records for navigation performed by mouse, touch gestures, or in code) or call the method (a complete history). - - true, if this can store navigation history; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the editor type name. - - Returns the "BreadCrumbEdit" string value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Please use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets the object that stores the complete navigation history for this Breadcrumb Edit Control. - - A object that stores the complete navigation history for this control. - - - - Gets the current node path's index within a navigation journal, retrieved by the method. - - An Int32 value that is the current node path's index within a complete navigation journal. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.BreadCrumbPopupForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Navigates back to the previous entry in the navigation journal. - - - - - Navigates to next navigation journal entry. - - - - - Navigates to the currently selected node's parent node. - - - - - Gets whether this currently has an expanded node. - - true if this currently has an expanded node; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current nodes path within this , starting from a root to the last node visible. - - A String value that is the textual representation of the current nodes path. - - - - Occurs each time the current path changes. - - - - - Provides access to the main settings. - - A object that stores settings that specify the look and behavior. - - - - Clears the navigation journal, retrieved by the method. - - - - - Selects the entire path when this is in Edit mode. - - - - - Gets or sets the last item currently selected in this . - - A object that is the last item currently selected in this . - - - - Fires when this 's changes. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Sets the current node path's index within a navigation journal, retrieved by the method. - - An Int32 value that is the current node path's index within a complete navigation journal. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Stores the navigation history and allows you to navigate through these records. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that specifies the newly created 's settings. - - - - Adds the target to this collection. - - The to be added. - - - - Adds multiple s to this collection. - - s to be added. - - - - Adds multiple history items to this collection. - - An IEnumerable containing history items to be added to this collection. - - - - Occurs each time the is modified. - - - - - Determines whether this collection contains the target . - - A to be checked. - true if this collection contains the target ; otherwise, false. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current object. - - - - - Searches this collection for a , related to the target path. - - A String value that is the path to be checked. - A whose property value equals the path parameter. - - - - Gets the position within this collection. - - A BreadCrumbHistoryItem whose index is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the target 's index within this collection. - - - - Adds the to this collection and places it at a specific position within this collection. - - An Int32 value that specifies the newly added item's index within this collection. - A to be added. - - - - Gets whether this collection is currently empty. - - true, if this collection is currently empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a that occupies a specific position within this collection. - - An Int32 value that is the index of a within this collection. - A that occupies a specific position within this collection. - - - - Moves a containing the specific path to the end of this collection. - - A Sting value that specifies the node path. A node whose value equals this parameter value will be re-arranged. - - - - Provides access the a object, assigned to this collection. - - A object, assigned to this collection. - - - - Removes the specific item from this collection. - - A to be removed. - - - - An object that stores the previously viewed path. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the property value for the newly created . - - - - Duplicates the target . - - A object that is the target object's clone. - - - - Compares this with a specific object. - - An Object to be compared with this . - true, if the compared object is a with the same property value as this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the integer hash code that corresponds to the current object's value. - - An Int32 value that is the 's hash code. - - - - Gets this 's position within its parent collection. - - An Int32 value that is the position within its parent collection. - - - - Moves the to the top of its parent collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the path within a control to which this relates. - - A String value that is the path within a control to which this relates. - - - - Gets the textual representation of this . - - A String value that represents this object's property value. - - - - Provides members used to label corresponding modes. - - - - - The 's path is represented as plain editable text. End users can use a keyboard to modify this path and navigate within the . - - - - - The 's path is represented as a sequence of click-able visual elements. Each element represents a and has a drop-down button that displays a drop-down list with all child nodes owned by this node. - - - - - A node within a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created 's caption. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created node's caption. - A String value that is the newly created node's value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A String value that is the newly created node's caption. - A String value that is the newly created node's value. - true, if this node should raise the event when an end-user clicks its drop-down button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets this 's caption. - - A String value that is this 's caption. - - - - Gets the child nodes collection for this . - - A BreadCrumbNodeCollection that contains child for this . - - - - Copies this . - - A that is the target 's clone. - - - - Copies this with or without its child nodes. - - true, if the newly created should contain same nodes in its collection as the source ; otherwise, false. - A that is this 's clone. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether this equals the target object. - - An Object to compare with this . - true, if this equals the target object; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a that is the child of this and is located at the specific path. - - A String value that specifies the path to the target child node, starting from this object. - A String value that specifies the path to the target child node, starting from the root node. - A that is this object's child, located at a specific path. - - - - Gets the integer hash code that corresponds to the current object's value. - - An Int32 value that is this 's hash code. - - - - Gets the image currently displayed as this 's glyph. - - An Image currently displayed as this 's glyph. - - - - Gets the current value. - - A String value that is the current value. - - - - Gets or sets the image. - - An Image that is the glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image from the collection that should be used as this ImageIndex glyph. - - An Int32 value that is the index of an image from the collection that should be used as this ImageIndex glyph. - - - - Gets this 's position within its parent node collection. - - An Int32 value that is this 's position within its parent node collection. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Gets whether this object is a parent node for the target object. - - A object to be checked. - true if this object is a parent node for the target object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether this node is a top-level node. - - true, if this node is a top-level node; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the that follows this in its parent node collection. - - A that follows this in its parent node collection. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets this 's parent . - - A that contains this in its collection. - - - - Gets this 's path. - - A String value that is this 's path. - - - - Gets or sets whether this is constantly visible at runtime. - - true, if this is constantly visible at runtime; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this can raise the event. - - true, if this can raise the event; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a that precedes this in its node collection. - - A that precedes this in its node collection. - - - - Provides access to the main settings. - - A RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object that stores the main settings. - - - - Applies properties stored within the target to this . - - A whose property values should be copied to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether this 's caption is visible. - - true, if this 's caption is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tag associated with this . - - An Object associated with this . - - - - Gets the textual representation of this . - - A String value that is this 's textual representation. - - - - Gets or sets this 's value. - - A String value that is thie 's value. - - - - A s collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A that will own the newly created . - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object related with the newly created . - - - - Adds the specific node to this . - - A to be added to this . - - - - Adds multiple nodes to this . - - s to be added to this . - - - - Adds multiple nodes to this . - - An IEnumerable that stores objects to be added to this . - - - - Locks the by preventing visual updates of the collection and its elements until the method is called. - - - - - Occurs each time a was added or removed to (from) the . - - - - - Gets whether this contains the target node. - - A to be checked. - true, if this contains the target node; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the target is contained within this or any of its items' collections. - - A to search for. - true, if the search should be extended to the items' child collections; otherwise, false. - true, if the target was found; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the that was previously locked by the method. - - - - - Unlocks the that was previously locked by the method and specifies whether the event should be fired. - - true, if the event should be fired; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the with a specific value, if such a node exists within this , or within any collection of collection's items. - - A String value that is the searched node's property value. - true, if the method should check not only items, but their collections as well; otherwise, false. - A BreadCrumbNode with the specific value. - - - - Gets the first node contained within this . - - A that is the first node in this . - - - - Returns the index within this . - - A whose position within this is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the index within this . - - - - Gets whether this contains a at the specific position. - - An Int32 value that is a node position to be checked. - true, if this contains a at the specific position; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds a target to this and puts it to a specific position. - - An Int32 value that specifies the position within this where the target node should be arranged. - A object to be added to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether this is currently empty. - - true, if this is currently empty; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a node from this that has the specific index within this collection. - - An Int32 value that is the node index. - A that occupies the specific position within this . - - - - Gets the last node within this . - - A that is the last node within this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Removes the specific node from this . - - A object to be removed from this . - - - - Removes all nodes from this starting from the specific position. - - An Int32 value that specifies the node index within this , starting from which all nodes should be removed from the collection. - - - - The text editor that supports built-in buttons in the edit box. - - - - - Initializes a new ButtonEdit control instance. - - - - - Occurs when a button editor's button is clicked. - - - - - Occurs when pressing an editor button. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a container needs to set focus to the editor when it works as an inplace control. - - true, if a container needs to set focus to the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Simulates the Click event for the specified button. - - An object to be clicked. - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - A object containing settings for the control. - - - - Allows you to edit numeric values using a dropdown calculator. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Validates the editor. - - A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. - true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the current editor's class name. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An object representing the editor's value. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupCalcEditForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets a object containing properties specific to the editor. - - The object containing properties specific to the calc editor. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box. - - The string displayed in the edit box. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's decimal value. - - The editor's decimal value. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Contains classes implementing the control's drop-down calendar functionality. - - - - - Contains information about a specific point within a calendar control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified point. - - A structure that defines a point in a plane. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class for the specified point. - - A structure that defines a point in a plane. This value is assigned to the property. - An ObjectState enumeration value that specifies the state of visual element under the hit point. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the bounding rectangle of the visual element. Not applicable for the control. - - Empty System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the visual element located under the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Calendar.CalendarObjectViewInfoBase class descendant providing view information on the visual element located under the test point. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the calendar cell located under the test point. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Calendar.CalendarCellViewInfo class descendant providing view information on the calendar cell located under the test point. - - - - Sets the properties to default values which indicate that the hit information is undefined. - - - - - Returns whether the specified bounds contain the current test point. - - A structure that specifies the bounds. - A type of visual element to assign to the property if the specified bounds contain the current test point. - true, if the specified bounds contain the current test point; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the calendar footer. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.CalendarFooterViewInfoBase class descendant providing view information on the calendar footer. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the calendar header. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.CalendarHeaderViewInfoBase class descendant providing view information on the calendar header. - - - - Gets or sets the calendar date located under the test point. - - A structure that specifies the calendar date located under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets whether the visual element located under the test point is in Normal, Hot, Pressed, Disabled or Selected state. - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ObjectState enumeration value that specifies the state of visual element located under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the object being hit. - - A DevExpress.XtraScheduler.Drawing.DateNavigatorDayNumberCellInfo object if the day or weeknumber cell of the DateNavigator control is hit; otherwise, null. - - - - Gets or sets the test point. - - A structure that specifies the coordinates of the test point relative to the control's top left corner. - - - - Gets a value which identifies the type of the visual element located under the test point. - - A enumeration value that identifies the type of the visual element located under the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the type of information the contains. - - A enumeration member. - - - - Indicates whether the specified object is equal to the current object. - - A object to be compared with the current object. - true if the specified object equals the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the test point is located in the calendar header. - - true, if the test point is located in the calendar header; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is located in a calendar cell. - - true, if the test point is located in a calendar cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is located in the calendar footer. - - true, if the test point is located in the calendar footer; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the test point is located in the calendar header. - - true, if the test point is located in the calendar header; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the test point is located in the time portion area. - - true, if the test point is located in the time portion area; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the point being hit. - - A structure that is the point within the control with coordinates relative to the control's top-left corner. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the clock area. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.CalendarAreaViewInfoBase class descendant providing view information on the clock area. - - - - Sets the specified cell as the object being hit. - - View information about the calendar cell being hit. - - - - Gets the object which contains the information used to render the calendar. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.CalendarViewInfoBase class descendant providing view information on the calendar. - - - - Lists values that identify a visual element of the Date Editor and Calendar control and its descendants. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - - - - - The type of the visual element is undefined. - - - - - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value to initialize the property. - A value to initialize the property. - A value to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the skin element that is used to paint the background of the currently processed cell. - - A SkinElementInfo object that specifies the skin element that is used to paint the background of the currently processed cell. - - - - Gets the painted element's bounding rectangle. - - A structure specifying the boundaries of the painted element. - - - - Gets an object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - A object. - - - - Gets the bounds of the cell's content (text). - - The bounds of the cell's content (text). - - - - Gets the painted cell's value. - - A object representing the painted day number's cell value. - - - - Gets whether the painted cell is disabled. - - true, if the painted cell is disabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object used to paint. - - A object used to paint. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether default painting is prohibited. - - true if default painting is prohibited; otherwise false. - - - - Gets whether the currently processed cell is under the mouse cursor. - - true, if the processed day number cell is hovered over by the mouse cursor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the painted cell corresponds to Saturday or Sunday. - - true, if the painted cell corresponds to Saturday or Sunday; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the painted cell belongs to the previous or next month. - - true, if the painted cells belongs to the previous or next month; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the cell is currently pressed. - - true, if the cell is currently pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the cell corresponds to a "special" date. - - true, if the cell corresponds to a "special" date; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the processed day number cell is selected. - - true if the processed cell is selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the current cell's state. - - The Normal, Hot, Pressed, Disabled or Selected state, or a combination of these states. - - - - Gets the painted date cell's appearance settings. - - A object that provides the painted cell's appearance settings. - - - - Gets whether the painted cell corresponds to Today's date. - - true, if the cell corresponds to Today's date; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the current View of data in the dropdown window. - - A DateEditCalendarViewType value that specifies the current View of data in the dropdown window. - - - - Contains information used for painting the current cell. - - An object that contains information used for painting the current cell. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender. - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - Provides types that support processing a video stream received from a video capture device. - - - - - Displays a video stream captured from a video input device, such as a webcam. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control, when displayed for the first time, automatically starts showing the video stream from the default device. - - true if the control, when displayed for the first time, automatically starts showing the video stream from the default device; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Allows you to customize the context buttons. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control, and the panels containing these buttons. - - A ContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control, and the panels containing these buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the control. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons displayed in the control. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the video capture device currently used by the control. - - A object that describes the video capture device currently used by the control. - - - - Occurs when the camera device used by the control is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the notification displayed by the control if no capture device is found. - - A String value that specifies the notification displayed by the control if no capture device is found. - - - - Fires when the orientation is about to be changed due to display rotation, allowing you to override the rotate angle. - - - - - Returns the video capture device used by default. - - A object that the control uses by default. - - - - Returns the new object created based on the specified information. This is a static method. - - A object. - A object. - - - - Returns the list of the objects containing information about the available video capture devices. This is a static method. - - A list of the objects containing information about the available video capture devices. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Loads the video settings stored in the system registry by the specified path. - - A value that specifies the registry path from which to restore the video settings. - - - - Loads the video settings stored in the specified XML file. - - A value that specifies the file from which to restore the video settings. - - - - Saves the video settings of the currently used capture device to the system registry. - - A value specifying the system registry path to which the video settings are saved. - true, if the operation is successfully completed; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the video settings of the currently used capture device to the specified file in XML format. - - A value that specifies the name of file to save the video settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the context button that invokes the Camera Settings form is displayed in the top far corner of the control. - - true, if the context button that invokes the Camera Settings form is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Invokes the form that contains the camera device settings. - - - - - Starts showing the video stream from the currently used device. - - - - - Starts showing the video stream from the specified device. - - A object from which to capture and show the video stream. - - - - Stops showing the video stream from the currently used device. - - - - - Returns the video frame currently captured by the device being used. - - A object that is the video frame currently captured by the device being used. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the video settings (brightness, contrast, etc.) on the currently used device. - - A object that comprises the video settings (brightness, contrast, etc.) on the currently used device. - - - - Gets or sets how the video frame fits the control. - - A enumeration value that specifies how the video frame fits the control. - - - - Describes a video capture device, operates the device, and processes the received video stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that comprises system information about a video capture device. - - - - Gets the frame currently captured by the device. - - A Bitmap object that is the frame currently captured by the device. - - - - - - - - - - Provides members that specify how the video frame is stretched to fit the . - - - - - The default mode. This value is equivalent to the ZoomInside value. - - - - - The video frame is not stretched. - - - - - The video frame is stretched to fill the available client area. - - - - - Zooms the video frame proportionally, so that it is displayed in the client area in its entirety. - - - - - Zooms the video frame proportionally, making its smaller side (width or height) displayed in its entirety. The frame is centered, so the larger side (height or width) is not displayed in its entirety. - - - - - Represents the base class for all chart clients of the range control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified sparkline scale type, grid options, and range. - - A SparklineScaleType representing the scale type (date-time or numeric) of the sparkline. - A object that contains properties to customize the grid of the chart range control client. - A object representing the range of the chart range control client. - - - - Occurs before a series of the chart range control client is drawn in the range control's viewport. - - - - - Gets a data provider to bind a chart range control client to regular data sources. - - A object that is a data provider for a chart range control client. - - - - Provides access to the grid options of the chart range control client. - - A object containing grid options for the chart client of the range control. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the palette currently used to draw the chart range control client's elements. - - A value which is the palette name. - - - - Gets the collection of predefined palettes. - - A collection of objects. - - - - Provides access to the auto range option of the chart range control client. - - A object that contains the auto range option of the chart range control client. - - - - Gets or sets the associated with the current . - - A System.ComponentModel.ISite object associated with the current . - - - - The class that is used to provide data to a chart range control client. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data field that contains the arguments of the chart range control client's points. - - A value that specifies the data field name. - - - - Gets or sets the chart range control client provider's data source. - - An object that represents the data source from which the chart range control client retrieves its data. - - - - Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources. - - - - - Reloads data from the underlying data source and repaints the viewport area of the range control. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data field whose values are used to automatically generate and populate the series of a chart range control client. - - A value that specifies the data field's name. - - - - Specifies a chart client template view type for the range control. - - A object descendant that is the chart client view type. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the data field that contains the point values of a chart range control client. - - A value that specifies the data field name. - - - - Represents the base class for grid settings of the date-time and numeric chart clients of the range control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the grid properties are calculated automatically. - - true, if the grid is calculated automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the interval between grid lines. - - A value which specifies the numeric grid step. - - - - Gets or sets the string used to format chart argument values. - - A string used to format chart argument values. - - - - Gets or set the format provider to format the values displayed by argument labels of the chart range control client. - - A object that supplies specific formatting information to the values displayed by argument labels. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies whether to show the grid lines error message in the range control's viewport. - - true, to show the grid lines error message in the range control's viewport; otherwise,false. - - - - Gets or sets the numeric snap step. - - A value that is the snap step. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of the current object. - - - - Represents the base class for defining the range for all chart clients (date-time and numeric chart clients) of the range control. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the range of the chart range control client is calculated automatically. - - true, if the chart client range is calculated automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of the current object. - - - - Represents the base class for all chart views of the chart range control cliient. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a sparkline view type. - - A object representing a sparkline view type. - - - - Gets or sets a color that fills the view of the chart range control client. - - A value. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of the current object. - - - - The button that supports two states - elevated and depressed. It is possible to prevent the button from receiving focus on a click. Multiple buttons can be combined into a radio group, in which only a single button is checked simultaneously. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified check state. - - A Boolean value that specifies the button's check state. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether a checked button that belongs to a logical group can be unchecked by clicking this button. - - true if a checked button that belongs to a logical group can be unchecked by clicking this button. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently enabled. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that uses the boolean function to specify whether or not this is currently checked. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An Action that specifies whether this is currently checked. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets the button's check state. - - true if the button is checked (in the depressed state); false if the button is unchecked (in the elevated state). - - - - Allows you to respond to the button's check state being changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the button's group index. Within a group, only one button may be checked at a time. When users click another button in a group, the checked state moves from the current button to the clicked one. - - The button's group index - - - - Swaps the button's check state. - - - - - An editor that displays a list of check boxes in a drop-down menu. Users can select multiple items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Checks all the control's items. - - - - - Validates the editor. - - A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. - true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs whenever this has to display a child list box item. Allows you to manually paint these items. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's edit value, which identifies checked items in the editor's dropdown window. - - An object that represents the editor's edit value. - - - - Returns the index of the first item that matches the custom criteria implemented in the predicate delegate method. - - An Int32 value that is a item index, starting from which the method should seek the matching item. - true, to search from the collection's beginning to its end; otherwise, false. - A delegate that implements the search criteria. - An Int32 value that is the index of the found item within the collection. If no items were found, returns -1. - - - - Searches for the first item that starts with the target text. - - A String value that is the text to find. - An Int32 value that is the found item's index within this . If no item was found, returns -1. - - - - Searches for the first item that starts with the target text. The search starts from the required item. - - A String value that is the text to find. - An Int32 value that is a item index, starting from which the method should seek the matching item. - An Int32 value that is the found item's index within this . If no item was found, returns -1. - - - - Searches for the first item that starts with the target text. The search is performed in the specific direction and starts from the required item. - - A String value that is the text to find. - An Int32 value that is a item index, starting from which the method should seek the matching item. - true to search from the collection's beginning to its end; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that is the found item's index within this . If no item was found, returns -1. - - - - Searches for a item whose caption is equal to the target string. - - A String value that is the text to find. - An Int32 value that is the found item's index within this . If no item was found, returns -1. - - - - Searches for a item whose caption is equal to the target string. The search is performed starting from the desired item. - - A String value that is the text to find. - An Int32 value that is a item's index, starting from which the method should seek the matching item. - An Int32 value that is the found item's index within this . If no item was found, returns -1. - - - - Enables you to disable specific items. - - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.CheckedPopupContainerForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Returns a that displays check items in the control's dropdown. - - A CheckedListBoxControl embedded in the control's dropdown. - - - - Checks if the item is the Select All item. - - The list box item that needs to be checked. - True if the item is the Select All item, otherwise false. - - - - Provides the capability to change the height of an individual item. - - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - A object that contains a control's settings. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Synchronizes the editor's edit value with check items in the dropdown, checking and unchecking corresponding items. - - - - - Assigns the value to the property, and checks editor items that have related values. - - An object that identifies checked items in the editor's dropdown window. - - - - Allows an end-user to select between the unchecked, checked and (optionally) indeterminate state. Multiple check boxes can be combined into a radio group. - - - - - Initializes a new control instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the check editor is in the checked state. - - true if the editor is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the editor's check state. - - The check editor's state. - - - - Fires after the property value has been changed. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's edit value. - - The editor's edit value. - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to a check editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - Allows for custom conversion from the edit value to a check state (checked, unchecked and indeterminate). - - - - - Allows for custom conversion from a check state (checked, unchecked and indeterminate) to an edit value. - - - - - Changes the state of a check editor. - - - - - The checked list box control, in which each item can be checked, unchecked or set to the grayed state. The control can be populated with items from a data source. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether single or multiple items can be checked simultaneously. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.CheckMode enumeration value, such as Single or Multiple, that specifies whether single or multiple items can be checked simultaneously. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Gets the value from a datasource assigned to the property of the chart range control client (numeric or date-time). - - An object representing the value contained in the specified datasource. Null if the value is not found in the datasource. - - - - Gets or sets the view type for the chart range control client. - - A object descendant that is the chart client view type. - - - - Contains settings affecting the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains controls allowing an end-user to set a transparency level for selected colors. - - true if an end-user can select translucent colors via the "Select Color" dialog via dedicated controls; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the icon applied to the "Select Color" dialog. - - An Icon object displayed in the "Select Color" dialog. - - - - Resets all settings to their default values. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains titled arrows along the sides of color boxes. - - A ShowArrows value that specifies whether the "Select Color" dialog contains titled arrows along the sides of color boxes. - - - - Gets or sets whether the "Make Web-Safe" button is available within the "Select Color" dialog. - - true if the "Make Web-Safe" button is available within the "Select Color" dialog; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains a preview box demonstrating the current color. - - true if the "Select Color" dialog contains a preview box; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets which tabs are displayed within the "Select Color" dialog. - - A ShowTabs value that specifies which tabs are displayed within the "Select Color" dialog. - - - - The editor that allows you to select a color from a dropdown window. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected color. - - A structure representing the currently selected color. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the selected color. - - An object representing the currently selected color. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupColorEditForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets settings specific to the color editor. - - The object storing settings specific to the current editor. - - - - Gets the text displayed in the edit box. - - The text displayed in the edit box. - - - - An advanced dropdown color picker that supports multiple palettes (a predefined color palette, Web, Web-Safe and System) to choose colors from. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Control object representing the control containing the current editor. - A System.Drawing.Point object representing the coordinates of a mouse click. - true, a mouse click is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupColorPickEditForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets whether the "Automatic" color is selected by an end-user in the Custom tab in the dropdown window. - - true, if the "Automatic" color is selected by an end-user in the Custom tab; otherwise, false. - - - - The base class for the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Fires after the "Select Color" dialog has been closed. - - - - - Fires when the "Select Color" dialog is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Provides access to the editor's settings. - - A object that holds the control's settings. - - - - Allows you to customize tooltips displayed when hovering over colors in the Custom and Web-Safe palettes. - - - - - Contains data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Color value used to initialize the property. - A string value used to initialize the property. - A string value used to initialize the property. - A value used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the color for which a tooltip will be displayed. - - The Color value for which a tooltip will be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the content for the current tooltip. - - A string that is the content for the current tooltip. - - - - Gets the display format of the current color's value displayed in the tooltip. - - A value that is the display format of the current color's value. - - - - Gets or sets the title for the current tooltip. - - A string that is the tooltip's title. - - - - Contains values that specify how the values of colors are presented on-screen. - - - - - A color's value is presented in the ARGB format. - - - - - A color's value is presented in hexadecimal format. - - - - - Represents a combo box editor which enables editing values by selecting items from the dropdown list. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new combo box editor. - - - - - The text editor that allows you to select predefined items from a dropdown list. List items are typically represented by strings. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides the ability to custom paint the items displayed within the combo box editor's drop down. - - - - - Occurs when drawing a specific item in the dropdown list. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Allows you to select an item with the specific value, or to read the currently selected item's value. You can also use the property to do the same. Additionally, EditValue allows you to specify a custom editor value. - - The edit value. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.ComboBoxPopupListBoxForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets settings specific to the combo box editor. - - A object containing settings for the current editor. - - - - Resets the selection and caret position in the editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the selected ComboBox item. This index specifies the item position inside the collection. - - The zero-based index of the edit value in the collection; otherwise, -1. - - - - Occurs when the selection moves from one ComboBoxEditor to another. - - - - - Specifies the editor's value. - - The editor's value. - - - - Occurs when changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor. - - - - - Contains base classes for container controls and components provided by DevExpress. Such controls and components manage in-place editors and control the appearance and behavior of tooltips. - - - - - Serves as the base for components that provide visual elements at runtime, manage editor repositories providing inplace editors for their visual elements and support the common tooltip control mechanism. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Notifies the component that the initialization has started. - - - - - Occurs when a key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component. - - - - - Occurs when a character key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component. - - - - - Occurs when a pressed key is released within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component. - - - - - Notifies the component that the initialization has been completed. - - - - - Gets or sets the external editors repository. - - A component holding a collection of repository items that can be used to create inplace editors. - - - - Returns the actual tooltip controller that controls the behavior and appearance of hints for a container component's elements. - - A object providing tooltip functionality for the container component. - - - - Gets whether the component is being initialized. - - true if the component is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the component's internal repository. - - A object containing repository items whose settings can be used to create inplace editors. - - - - Gets or sets the component that controls the behavior and appearance of hints displayed for the container component's visual elements. - - A component specifying hint settings. - - - - Serves as the base for container controls that manage editor repositories providing inplace editors for their visual elements and support for a common tooltip control mechanism. - - - - - Initializes a new instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the control's background color. - - A structure that represents the control's background color. - - - - Notifies the control that the initialization has started. - - - - - - - - - - - - Occurs when a key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control. - - - - - Occurs when a character key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control. - - - - - Occurs when a pressed key is released within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control. - - - - - Notifies the control that the initialization has been completed. - - - - - Gets or sets the external repository of in-place editors. - - A component holding a collection of in-place editors (repository items). - - - - Gets or sets the control's foreground color. - - A structure that represents the control's foreground color. - - - - Returns the actual tooltip controller that controls the behavior and appearance of hints for the container editor. - - A object providing tooltip functionality for the container editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether the control is being initialized. - - true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - An object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus. - - - - Provides access to the control's internal repository of in-place editors. - - A object containing repository items whose settings are used to create in-place editors. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the control's text. - - A string which specifies the control's text. - - - - Gets or sets the component that controls the behavior and appearance of hints displayed for a container control's visual elements. - - A component specifying hint settings. - - - - Provides a graphical interface for navigating data-aware controls that implement the INavigatableControl interface (this interface is implemented by all DevExpress data-aware container controls). - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the navigator's built-in and custom buttons. - - A object which is the navigator's buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the control which is navigated by the ControlNavigator. - - An object implementing the INavigatableControl interface which is navigated by the ControlNavigator. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Represents the ControlNavigator's button collection. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - A object representing the buttons dispalyed within the ControlNavigator. - - - - Represents buttons displayed in the ControlNavigator. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the button used to append a new record. - - A object representing the navigator's Append button. - - - - Gets the button used to cancel editing the current record. - - A object representing the navigator's CancelEdit button. - - - - Gets the control which is bound to the ControlNavigator. - - An object implementing the INavigatableControl interface which is navigated by the ControlNavigator. - - - - Gets the button used to set the dataset to the edit state. - - A object representing the navigator's Edit button. - - - - Gets the button used to post the edited record to the associated data source. - - A object representing the navigator's EndEdit button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record to the first record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's First button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record to the last record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's Last button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record to the next record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's Next button. - - - - Gets the button used to increment the current record position in a data source by the number of visible records. - - A object representing the navigator's NextPage button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record as the data source's previous record. - - A object representing the navigator's Prev button. - - - - Gets the button used to decrement the current record position in a data source by the number of visible records. - - A object representing the navigator's PrevPage button. - - - - Gets the button used to delete the current record. - - A object representing the navigator's Remove button. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new class instance. - - A representing an item being added to an MRU editor. Initializes the Item property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An item being added to the editor. - A value that identifies the reason that caused the AddingMRUItem event. - - - - Gets the reason that caused the AddingMRUItem event. - - A value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically an MRU edit control). - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for events that allow you to validate cell values. - - - - - Creates a object. - - An object representing the validated editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the error description. - - A string value specifying the error description. - - - - Gets or sets whether the value is valid. - - true to indicate that the value is valid; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the value being validated. - - An object representing the validated editor's value. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Contains values that specify "best-fit" modes for lookup editors. - - - - - The "best-fit" functionality is invoked when opening the dropdown window for the first time, changing the proportional widths of the columns to best fit their contents. - - - - - The "best-fit" functionality is invoked when opening the dropdown window for the first time, changing the proportional widths of the columns according to their contents and resizing the dropdown window to fit all the columns.The dropdown window cannot be reduced to a size less than the minimum size specified by the editor's property. - - - - - The "best-fit" functionality is not invoked. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new object of the class. - - The object used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the button being pressed/clicked. - - The object specifying the currently pressed/clicked button. - - - - Represents a method for handling the and events of a control. - - The event source. - A that contains event data. - - - - Displays a monthly calendar and allows an end-user to select a date or date range(s). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Imitates a click on the Today button. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Fires when the Today button is clicked. - - - - - The base class for controls that incorporate calendars. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds the specified date range to the selection. - - The range to be added to the selection. -The object specifies dates that lie in the range between the DateRange.StartDate (including this date) and the DateRange.EndDate (excluding this date). - - - - Adds the specified date to the selection. - - The date to be added to the selection. - - - - Adds the specified date range to the selection. - - The first date of a range (this date is included in the range) - The last date of a range (this date is NOT included in the range). - - - - Gets or sets whether animation effects are applied when switching between calendar views. - - true, if calendar views are switched using animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a click on an inactive date (see ) navigates to the corresponding (previous or next) month. - - true, if a click on an inactive date navigates to the corresponding (previous or next) month; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the calendar automatically adjusts its size depending on the calendar display mode. - - true, if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the style of buttons within this control. - - A enumeration value that specifies the style applied to this control's buttons. - - - - Contains appearance settings used to paint the Calendar's elements and date cells in various states. - - The calendar appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can select a date in the calendar. Disable this setting to allow end-users to enter only the time portions of date-time values (see ). - - true, if an end-user can select a date in the calendar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal indent between adjacent months, in pixels. - - The horizontal indent between adjacent months, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical and horizontal indent between adjacent months, in pixels. - - The vertical and horizontal indent between adjacent months, in pixels - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value via the calendar. This functionality is supported in the and display modes. - - A value that specifies whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value via the calendar. - - - - Contains settings related to time editing within the calendar. - - Time editing settings. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical indent between adjacent months, in pixels. - - The vertical indent between adjacent months, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the calendar display mode. - - The calendar display mode. - - - - Returns whether or not this object's popup can be closed at the moment. - - true if the popup can be closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the text case of month names. - - The text case of month names. - - - - Gets or sets the text case of days of the week abbreviations. - - The text case of days of the week abbreviations. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space in pixels between a cell's borders and its content (text). - - Calendar cell padding - - - - Gets or sets calendar cell size. - - The calendar cell size. - - - - Gets or sets the ICalendarCellStyleProvider object that allows you to customize the appearance of certain dates. - - The object that allows you to customize the appearance of certain dates. - - - - Gets or sets the number of months displayed horizontally. - - The number of months displayed horizontally. - - - - Allows you to respond to a context button click. - - - - - Allows you to customize context buttons in certain calendar cells. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to context buttons displayed in calendar cells. - - An object that contains settings applied to the context buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in each calendar cell. - - The collection of context buttons. - - - - Fires when the , or property value changes. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Allows hints for context buttons () to be customized. This event is only raised for and objects. - - - - - Occurs when drawing each day cell in the calendar. - - - - - Allows you to provide custom week day abbreviations. - - - - - Allows week numbers to be customized. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the edit value (current date). This value is in sync with the property. - - The edit value. - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Fires when the property value changes as a result of actions performed by an end-user. - - - - - Allows you to disable certain dates to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - - - - Allows you to assign an ICalendarDisabledDateProvider object that can disable certain dates to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - An object that can disable certain dates to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - - - Gets or sets whether to draw lines between calendar cells. - - true, if lines between calendar cells are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets the edit value (current date). - - The current date. - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Gets or sets the first day of the week. - - A enumeration value specifying the first day of the week. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Allows you to convert the EditValue to the DateTime format. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the last date of the last month currently displayed in the calendar. - - A structure that specifies the last date of the last month currently displayed in the calendar. - - - - Obtains information on the calendar control's element located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the calendar control's top-left corner. - A object which comprises information about a specific point in the calendar control. - - - - Retrieves information on the calendar control element located at a specific point. - - An object that comprises the test point coordinates relative to the calendar control's top-left corner. - A object which comprises information about a specific point in the calendar control. - - - - Returns the culture information used to display culture-specific data in the calendar. - - A CultureInfo used to display culture-specific data in the calendar. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A value. - - - - Returns the first date of the first month currently displayed in the calendar. - - A structure that specifies the first date of the first month currently displayed in the calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the calendar header displaying the current month and year. This property is in effect for the Classic calendar view. - - A structure that specifies the amount of space around the calendar header displaying the current month and year. The default is Padding(2,5,2,5). - - - - Gets or sets whether Saturdays and Sundays are highlighted. You can customize the appearance of these days using the property. - - true, if Saturdays and Sundays are highlighted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the selection is highlighted. - - true, if the selection is highlighted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether Today's date is highlighted. - - A value that specifies if Today's date is highlighted - - - - Gets or sets how the cell that displays today date should be painted upon selection. You may choose between the 'Today cell' and 'selected cell' highlight styles. - - true, to apply the 'today cell' appearance; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hot-tracked date. - - The date that is hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of dates that do not belong to the current month. - - The visibility of dates that do not belong to the current month. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Get or sets whether the control is being drawn. For internal use. - - true, if the control is being drawn; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum date displayed by the calendar. - - The maximum date displayed by the calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum date displayed by the calendar. - - The minimum date displayed by the calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the padding around month names when several months are displayed simultaneously. - - A structure that specifies the padding around month names when several months are displayed simultaneously. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets the date assigned to the property when the Clear button is clicked, or when the property is set to null or any value that cannot be converted to the DateTime type. - - The value regarded as the Null date. - - - - A DirectX-compatible method that replaces the standard Control.Paint method. - - - - - Allows you to parse a new value that is about to be assigned to the property. - - - - - Called when a key is pressed. - - A object that comprises data related to the key event. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Calendar is read-only, and thus an end-user is not able to change the date selection () and edit value (/). - - true, if the Calendar is read-only; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Nullifies the object that handles the control events. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the control's visual elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Gets or sets the number of months displayed vertically. - - The number of months displayed vertically. - - - - Gets or sets the selected date ranges (DateRange objects). -Each DateRange object identifies dates that are EQUAL OR GREATER THAN the DateRange.StartDate and LESS THAN the DateRange.EndDate. Thus the last date is excluded from the range. - - A collection of selected date ranges. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether calendar date ranges are selected strictly from day to day being clicked, or through the entire weeks containing those days. - - A enumeration value that specifies how an end-user selects date ranges. - - - - Fires when the selection changes. - - - - - Gets the ending date of the selection. The SelectionEnd date is excluded from the selection. - - The ending date of the selection. - - - - Gets or sets whether a single date, or multiple dates can be simultaneously selected. - - The selection mode. - - - - Gets the first date of the selection. - - The first date of the selection. - - - - Clears the selection and sets the selection to the specified date range. - - The range to be selected. -The object specifies dates that lie in the range between the DateRange.StartDate (including this date) and the DateRange.EndDate (excluding this date). - - - - Clears the selection and sets the selection to the specified date. - - The date to be selected. - - - - Clears the selection and sets the selection to the specified date range. - - The first date of a range (this date is included into the selection) - The last date of a range (this date is NOT included in the selection). - - - - Gets whether the Cancel button is displayed. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the Cancel button is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the Clear button, which clears the current selection, sets the property to null and the property to the value. - - true, if the Clear button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the calendar footer is displayed. - - True, to show the calendar footer; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the calendar header is displayed. - - True, to show the calendar header; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of month names for each month. - - true, if the month name is displayed above each month; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of buttons that let you navigate between months. - - The visibility of buttons that let you navigate between months. The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets whether the OK button is displayed. - - Always DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the Today button. - - The visibility of the Today button. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display week numbers in the calendar. - - The visibility of week numbers in the calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of buttons that let you navigate between years. - - The visibility of buttons that let you navigate between years. - - - - Allows you to mark certain dates as "special" dates. These dates will be painted using the dedicated settings provided by the object. - - - - - Allows you to assign an ICalendarSpecialDateProvider object that can mark certain dates as "special" to highlight them in a custom manner, as specified by the dedicated appearance settings of the object. - - An object that marks certain dates as "special". - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether changing the / property updates the current selection. - - true if the current selection is automatically set to the edit date (/) once the edit date is changed; otherwise false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the edit box that allows end-users to edit the time portion of the edit value. - - An integer value that specifies the width, in pixels, of the time portion edit box. - - - - Gets or sets the date that is regarded as Today's date. - - The date that is regarded as Today's date. - - - - Gets or sets the border color of the Today cell. - - The border color of the Today cell. - - - - Gets or sets whether the same day (as in the current month) is selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month. - - true, if the same day is selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the same range of days (as in the current month) is automatically selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month. The property must be set to false to support this feature. - - true, if the same range of days is automatically selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the DirectX Hardware Acceleration is enabled for the Calendar Control. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether or not the calendar employs the DirectX rendering. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.False. - - - - Gets or sets the current date grouping View. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets which date grouping Views are available in Vista display mode. - - A value that specifies which date grouping Views are available in Vista display mode. - - - - Gets or sets the length of days of the week abbreviations. - - The length of days of the week abbreviations. - - - - Gets or sets a rule which determines the first week of the year. - - The rule that determines the first week of the year. - - - - Lists modes for displaying dates which do not belong to a current month but are displayed to fill in the first or last row. - - - - - If the calendar displays several months, only dates before the first month and after the last month shown are visible. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lists modes which determine what dates become selected when selection extends. - - - - - Selects entire weeks - - - - - Does not automatically extend the selection to the week's start and end. - - - - - Contains data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class with a specific sliding direction. - - true for sliding forward; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an image in the current sliding direction can be displayed. If not - corresponding navigation button will be disabled. - - true if an image in the current sliding direction can be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the image sliding direction (true for sliding forward, false for sliding backwards). - - true for an image sliding forward; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object representing the editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the value about to be assigned to the editor. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object representing the editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the value about to be assigned to the editor. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the event should be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the value which is about to be assigned to the editor. Setting the NewValue property is not supported if the editor uses masked input (). - - An object representing the editor's potential value. - - - - Gets the editor's value. - - An object representing the editor's value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically the descendant). - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Represents an item within the and controls. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Creates a new object and instantiates the property. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object and instantiates the and properties. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the item is checked; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value and description. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified value, description and check state. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - true to enable the item; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object and instantiates the and properties. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - An object which represents the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration member specifying the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the item's state. - - A enumeration member specifying the item's state. - - - - Gets or sets the item's display text. - - A string that specifies the item's display text. - - - - Gets or set whether an end-user can change the item's state. - - true if the item is enabled and an end-user can change its state; otherwise, false. - - - - Converts a value of the Nullable Boolean type to the System.Windows.Forms.CheckState type. - - A Nullable Boolean value to be converted. - A value converted to the System.Windows.Forms.CheckState type. - - - - Converts a check state to a Nullable<Boolean> value. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A CheckedState enumeration value to be converted. - A Nullable<Boolean> value. - - - - Inverts the item's check state. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the current item. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Represents the CheckedListBoxControl's item collection. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified capacity. - - A value to initialize the collection's Capacity property. - - - - Adds a new item with the specified value to the collection. - - An object that represents the item's value. - A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index. - - - - Creates a new item with the specified value and state and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the item's value. - true if the item is checked; otherwise, false . - A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index. - - - - Creates a new item with the specified value and state and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the item's value. - A Nullable Boolean value that represents the item's check state. - A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index. - - - - Adds a new item with the specified value and description to the collection. - - An object that represents the item's value. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is used to initialize the property. - A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index. - - - - Adds a new item with the specified settings to the collection. - - An object that represents the item's value. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string representing the item's display text. This value is used to initialize the property. - A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. This value is used to initialize the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the created item must be enabled. This value is used to initialize the property. - A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index. - - - - Creates a new item with the specified value and check state and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the item's value. - A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. - A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index. - - - - Creates a new item with the specified settings and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the item's value. - A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. - true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. - A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects to be added to the collection. - - - - Returns whether the specified item belongs to the current collection. - - The item to locate in the collection. - true if the specified item belongs to the collection; otherwise false. - - - - Returns a list of checked items' values. - - A list of checked items. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the specified in the collection, or, if the specified value is not a object, returns the index of the item that contains this value in its CheckedListBoxItem.Value property. - - A object whose index in the collection needs to be returned. Or, a value (CheckedListBoxItem.Value) of the item whose index needs to be returned. - A zero-based index of the required item. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the required item. If the index is negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is thrown. - An object representing the item at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Returns an item that has the specified value. - - An object that represent's the value of the item to be retrieved. - A object whose value matches the specified object. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A value specifying how an editor's dropdown window is closed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets a value that specifies why the popup editor's dropdown window was closed. - - A value specifying the reason the dropdown window was closed. - - - - Represents a method for handling the event of the control descendants. - - The event source. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes its properties based upon specified parameters. - - An object to initialize the property value. - A value to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified values. - - An object representing the value to assign to the editor's edit value. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the value must be accepted; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An Object assigned to the property. - true, if the is accepted; otherwise, false. - A enumeration value that indicates available methods to close the popup editor's dropdown window. - A BlobSimpleButtonType enumeration value that specifies a button associated with this object. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether should be accepted or discarded. - - true, if the value must be accepted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating how the popup editor's dropdown window was closed. - - A enumeration value which specifies how the dropdown editor's popup window was closed. - - - - Returns which popup button has been pressed by an end-user. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.BlobSimpleButtonType object that specifies the button that has been pressed by an end-user. - - - - Gets or sets a value to assign to the editor's edit value. - - The value to assign to the editor's property. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of a popup editor. - - The event source. This identifies the editor whose popup window is closed. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Specifies the style used to represent the selected color in a control. - - - - - The selected color is represented as an integer value in the edit box.The following image shows a color editor with the property set to Integer. - - - - - The selected color is represented as a human-readable string in the edit box. If the selected color is one of predefined colors, display text specifies its common name (such as Aquamarine, Highlight or WindowText). Otherwise, the string consists of the ARGB (alpha, red, green, and blue) components.The following screenshots show color editors when the property is set to Native. - - - - - Serves as the base for the class representing image combo box items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its to the specified parameter. - - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the item value. This value is assigned to the editor's edit value when users select the item. - - The item value. - - - - Represents a collection of items within a combo box editor. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new instance of the class. - - The object for which the item collection should be created. - - - - Adds a new item to the current collection. - - The object representing the new item in the collection. - The position to which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds the items from the specified collection to the current collection. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects representing items for the combo box editor. - - - - Copies items from the source collection to the current collection. - - The source collection whose items are copied to the current collection. - - - - Locks the by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Occurs when changing the item collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the specified object is an element of the current collection. - - An object to locate in the collection. - true if the specified object belongs to the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the textual representation of the specified item. - - The item for which to return its text representation. - The string representing the specified item. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the specified object in the item collection. - - The item to locate in the collection. - The zero-based index of the specified item in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - Inserts a new element at the specified position. - - The zero-based index specifying the position at which the item should be inserted. - The item to insert. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the item to return. - The item at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified object from the collection. - - The item to remove from the collection. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Creates a new object and initializes its property. - - An object representing the editor's new value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether default edit value conversion/formatting is required. - - true to prohibit default edit value conversion/formatting; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets either the edit or the display value of an editor. - - An object specifying either the edit or the display value of an editor. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event sender (typically a descendant). - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that represents an editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that represents an editor's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets an editor's display text. - - A string value that represents an editor's display text. - - - - Gets an editor's current value. - - An object that represents an editor's current value. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the editor which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Specifies the response of a editor to an invalid value. - - - - - Invalid data is replaced with the value of the property. - - - - - Invalid data is replaced with the current date. - - - - - Invalid data is replaced with the previously validated date. - - - - - Contains values specifying the editor drawing detail level. - - - - - Specifies the full detail level of editor drawing. In this case editors display their buttons. - - - - - Specifies the minimum detail level of editor drawing. In this case, editor's buttons are not displayed. - - - - - Represent an individual editor button displayed in a control or descendant. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a button type. - - A type value representing the kind of button to create. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance with the specified property values. - - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance with the specified property values. - - The value to initialize the button's property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - - - - Initializes a new instance with the specified property values. - - The value to initialize the button's property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initiailize the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether specific pixels in the button's image are displayed transparent. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's image. - The value to initialize the button's property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether specific pixels in the button's image are displayed transparent. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in hovered state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in pressed state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in disabled state. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in hovered state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in pressed state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in disabled state. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A ToolTipAnchor enumeration value that specifies how the tooltip is anchored. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false, if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in hovered state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in pressed state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in disabled state. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether specific pixels in the button's image are displayed transparent. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object for the current button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - The value to initialize the button's property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether specific pixels in the button's image are displayed transparent. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. - An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery to be displayed on the button's surface. - A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in hovered state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in pressed state. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button in disabled state. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. - An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether specific pixels in the button's image are displayed transparent. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that specifies image options. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. - A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property values. - - The value to initialize the button's property with. - The value to initialize the button's property with. - - - - Provides access to the button's appearance settings. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current button is disabled. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the mouse pointer passes over the current button. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current button is clicked. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current button is clicked. - - - - Copies all properties of the specified button to the current object. - - The source object whose properties must be copied. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets the caption text of the editor button. - - A string specifying button caption text. - - - - Occurs when the properties defining the button's look and feel are changed. - - - - - Occurs when the current editor button is clicked. - - - - - Gets the buttons collection that owns the current button. - - An object which represents a collection of editor buttons. - - - - Releases all unmanaged resources used by an . - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the Boolean value that determines whether a user can perform actions on the current editor button. - - true if an editor button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether specific colors in the button's image are transparent, when displayed. - - true if specific colors in the button's image are transparent, when displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph alignment relative to its caption. - - The value of the type specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image to display on the button. - - A object that specifies the image displayed on the button surface. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. - - A value that specifies the alignment of the button's image relative to the text. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.EditorButtonImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current button. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current button. - - - - Gets the button's position within the owning collection. - - A zero-based integer representing the button's position. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button is the default button. - - true if the button is the default button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the location of the button within the current control. - - true if the button is aligned to the left; false if the button is aligned to the right. - - - - Gets or sets the type of image to display within the button. - - A enumerator value that specifies the type of image to display within the button. - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Reverts the button's properties to its default values. - - - - - Removes the object that has been assigned to the editor button. - - - - - Gets or sets a shortcut used to activate the button's functionality. - - The object specifying the shortcut for the current button. - - - - Gets or sets a for the current button. - - A object associated with the button. - - - - Gets or sets a value that identifies the current button. - - A that identifies the current instance. - - - - Gets or sets the button's regular tooltip. - - A string which specifies the button's regular tooltip. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the button. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ToolTipAnchor value that specifies whether the tooltip is anchored relative to the mouse pointer or the button. By Default, the behavior depends on the property. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility status of the current button. - - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the button's width. - - The button's width in pixels. Setting it to -1 enables auto width. - - - - Represents a collection of editor buttons in a control or its descendant. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds the specified button to the button collection. - - The object specifying the button to insert into the collection. - The zero-based index of the button within the collection. - - - - Adds an array of buttons to the current button collection. - - An array of objects to add to the current button collection. - - - - Copies buttons from the specified object to the current button collection. - - The source button collection. - - - - Occurs when changing the current button collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the specified button belongs to the current collection. - - The button object to locate in the collection. - true if the button belongs to the current button collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the position of the specified button in the current button collection. - - The object to locate in the collection. - The zero-based index of the button in the collection. - - - - Inserts the specified button at a given position. - - The zero-based index at which the button is inserted. - The button to insert to the collection. - - - - Gets a button at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the button to return. - An object at the specified position in the current collection. - - - - Removes the specified button from the current collection. - - A button to remove from the collection. - true, if removed from the collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets the number of visible buttons in the collection. - - The number of visible buttons in the collection. - - - - Lists values that specify when the editor's event should be raised. - - - - - The event fires after an end-user has stopped editing (typing text) and a specified amount of time (/) has passed. - - - - - The event fires immediately after the editor's value has been changed by an end-user. For the , and controls, the event fires after you move focus between date/time placeholders. - - - - - Represents the base class for arguments passed to exception handling events. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object. - - A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the error message box caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the response to entering an invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the error description to be displayed in the message box/tooltip. - - A string value specifying the text to display in the message box/tooltip. - - - - Gets the exception that caused the event. - - A object representing the exception that caused the event. - - - - Gets or sets the type of response to supplying invalid values. - - A enumeration value specifying the response type. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the error message box. - - A string value specifying the caption of the error message box. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take an object as a parameter. - - The source of the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Specifies how an exception should be handled. - - - - - Displays a tooltip with an error description specified by the property. - - - - - Discards new data and reverts to an old value. - - - - - Suppresses displaying the message box/tooltip or throwing an exception. The value remains unchanged. - - - - - Throws an exception specified by the property. - - - - - Lists the values that determine the display mode for column filter. - - - - - Filter buttons are rendered as buttons. They are displayed when a column is filtered or when the mouse cursor hovers over the column header. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - Filter buttons are rendered as small tags. They are displayed when a column is filtered or when the mouse cursor hovers over the column header. - - - - - Contains data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - true, if the first image within the needs to be displayed; otherwise, false. - true, if the last image within the needs to be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings. - - true if the image query is the result of a forward image slide; otherwise, false. - true if the image query is the result of a backward image slide; otherwise, false. - true if the image required is the very first to be uploaded; otherwise, false. - true if a new image was successfully displayed within the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the currently displayed image was successfully changed. - - true if the currently displayed image was successfully changed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an image that is be displayed within the current . - - An Image object that is to be displayed within the current . - - - - Gets or sets if the image to be displayed is the first image within the . - - true, if the image to be displayed is the first image within the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if the image to be displayed is the last image within the . - - true, if the image to be displayed is the last image within the ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the image query is the result of an image sliding forward. - - true if whether the image query is the result of an image sliding forward; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the image query is the result of an image sliding backward. - - true if the image query is the result of an image sliding backwards; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the image required is the very first to be uploaded by the current . - - true if the image required is the very first to be uploaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - The field to initialize the property. - The value for the property. - - - - Gets the field for which you should provide the value for the specified record. - - The field name for which to return the value. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the record for which a field value must be returned. - - The zero-based index of the record for which a field value must be returned. - - - - Gets or sets a field value. - - A field value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The control which fires the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Lists values that specify which functionality is invoked as a result of a click on a column header within the lookup editor's dropdown list. - - - - - Clicking a column's header selects this column for incremental searching. - - - - - Clicking a column's header sorts the data by that column. - - - - - Contains values specifying the manner in which the hour portion is displayed. - - - - - The hour format obtained from the operation system time settings. - - - - - The hour portion varies from 00 to 12. A time suffix is displayed. - - - - - The hour portion varies from 00 to 24. - - - - - Represents an individual item in controls. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and sets all its properties to their default values. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's property. - - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value. - - The object to initialize the item's property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value and image index. - - The object to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the item's property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's caption. - - The string to initialize the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's caption and image index. - - The string to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value and caption. - - The string to initialze the item's . - The value to initialize the item's . - - - - Creates a new instance of the class and initializes its properties to the specified values. - - The string to initialize the item's property. - The object to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the item's property. - - - - Copies all properties of the specified object to the current item. - - The source item whose properties must be copied to the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's display text. - - The string identifying the item's display text. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image associated with the item. - - The index of the image associated with the item. - - - - Gets the source that provides images for image combo box items. - - An which represents the source of images. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the item. - - The string representing the current item. - - - - Represents a collection of items displayed within the dropdown list of editors. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - The object for which the collection is created. - - - - Adds a new item to the current collection. - - A new item to insert into the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds a new item to the current collection. - - A value that specifies the new item's caption. This value is assigned to the item's property. - A that specifies the value associated with the new item. This value is assigned to the item's property. - An integer value that specifies the index of the image linked to the new item. This value is assigned to the item's property. - The position to which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. - - A object which represents the required enumeration. - - - - Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. Allows you to assign integer values to the items' Value property. - - A object which is the required enumeration. - true if values for generated items should store numeric enumerator values ; false if these values should store constant enumerator names instead. - - - - Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. - - - - - Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. The display captions of the items are generated by the specified converter. - - A System.Converter delegate that will generate item display captions. - - - - Retrieves images from the target image list, assigned to either the or property. - - An Object that stores images to be added. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects representing items for the image combo box editor. - - - - Returns the item in the current collection that contains the specified value. - - A ComboBoxItem value. - The object within the current collection containing the specified value. - - - - Gets the text representation of the specified item. - - The item for which to return its text representation. - The string representing the specified item. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the item to return. - The item at the specified position. - - - - Represents a single item in the collection. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Creates a new object and instantiates its property. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new object and instantiates its and properties. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed in the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that stores image-related options. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed in the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed in the item. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed in the item. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - An image displayed by the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. - A string that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - Custom data associated with the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the item's display text. - - A string that specifies the item's display text. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed by this item. This property has a lower priority than the property. - - A object specifying an image displayed by this item. - - - - Specifies the index of the item's image. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item's image. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to set up raster and vector icons for this . - - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.ImageListBoxItemImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets the source of images which provides images for image list box items. - - An which represents the source of images. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the item. - - The string representing the current item. - - - - Represents the collection of items displayed in the ImageListBoxControl. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Adds a new item with the specified value to the collection. - - An object that represents the item's value. - A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index within the collection. - - - - Creates a new item with the specified settings and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the item's value. - A zero-based integer specifying the index of the item's image. - A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects to be added to the collection. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the specified in the collection, or, if the specified value is not a object, returns the index of the item that contains this value in its ImageListBoxItem.Value property. - - A object whose index in the collection needs to be returned. Or, a value (ImageListBoxItem.Value) of the item whose index needs to be returned. - A zero-based index of the required item. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position. - - An integer value representing the item's zero-based index within the collection. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - An object representing the item at the specified position within the collection. - - - - The control that allows your end-users to browse through a collection of images using two navigation buttons. Supports animation effects when navigating between images. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether sliding from the last to the first image and vice versa is enabled. - - true if sliding from the last to the first image and vice versa is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control automatically slides images in the forward or backward direction. - - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.AutoSlide enumeration value, such as None, Forward or Backward, that specifies whether the control automatically slides images in the forward or backward direction. - - - - Gets or sets the show duration per slide, in milliseconds, in the auto slide mode. - - An integer value that specifies the show duration per slide, in milliseconds, in the auto slide mode. - - - - Returns information on the image slider elements located at the specified point. - - A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the test point coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the control. - An ImageSliderHitInfo object containing information about the image slider elements located at the test point. - - - - Occurs when an is ready to slide to the next/previous image and navigation buttons are to be displayed. - - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the image slider, and panels containing these buttons. - - A ContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the image slider, and panels containing these buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the image slider. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons displayed in the image slider. - - - - Gets a currently displayed image within the object. - - An that is the currently displayed image within the specified . - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image currently displayed in the control. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the image currently displayed in the control. - - - - Occurs when the 's currently displayed image is about to change. - - - - - Gets the index of the currently displayed image within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the index of the currently displayed image within the current . - - - - Occurs when an needs to change the currently displayed image to another image. - - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed in the control. - - A that represents an image collection providing images for the control. - - - - Gets a collection of images presented by an object. - - A object specifying images within an object. - - - - Gets whether the control is currently being initialized. - - true, if the control is currently being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the way an image is aligned within the container. - - An object defining the way an image is aligned within the container. - - - - Gets an image that follows the within the specified object. - - An object that follows the within the specified object. - - - - Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the buttons that slide images back and forward are displayed. - - Default or True if the buttons that slide images back and forward are displayed; otherwise, False. - - - - Sets the index of the image currently displayed within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the index of the image to be displayed. - - - - Sets the index of the image currently displayed within the current . The method's parameter specifies whether to use the slide animation. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the image to be displayed. - true, to use the slide animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Starts animation of the image currently displayed. - - - - - Stops animation of the image currently displayed. - - - - - Updates the currently displayed image. - - - - - Gets or sets whether images are painted grayed out when the control is disabled. - - true, if images are painted grayed out when the control is disabled; otherwise, false. Default is true. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current operates in the Virtual Mode. - - true if the current operates in the Virtual Mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains values specifying the inplace editor types. - - - - - This member supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your code. - - - - - This member supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your code. - - - - - - - - - - This member supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your code. - - - - - Provides data for events that occur when assigning an invalid value to a container control cell. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string to initialize the property. - A object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Creates a new object. - - A string value specifying the error's description. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the error message box caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the response to entering an invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. - An object representing the invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets an invalid value that caused the exception. - - An object representing the invalid value. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take an object as a parameter. - - Event source. - An object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event of check list box controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The position of the item in the check list box item collection, whose state has changed. This value is assigned to the property. - A value representing the new state for the item. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the index of the item whose state was changed. - - An integer value specifying the item's position in the item collection. - - - - Gets the state of the item. - - A value representing the checked state of the item. - - - - Represents a method for handling the event of a check list box control. - - The event source. This represents the check list box control. - An object containing event data. - - - - Provides data for the event of check list box controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The position of the item whose state is about to be changed in the check list box item collection. - A value representing the new checked value for the item. - A value representing the old checked value for the item. - - - - Gets the index of the item whose checked state is about to be changed. - - The position of the item in the collection. - - - - Gets or sets a new checked state for the item. - - A value representing the new checked state for the item. - - - - Gets the item's previous checked state. - - A value representing the previous checked state of the item. - - - - Represents a method for handling the event of a check list box control. - - The event source. This represents the check list box control. - An object containing event data. - - - - Represents a single item in the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current object. - - Custom data associated with the current object. - - - - Returns an item's equivalent string representation. - - A value representing the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the item's value. - - An object representing the item's value. - - - - Represents the collection of items displayed in the ListBoxControl. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified capacity. - - A value to initialize the collection's Capacity property. - - - - Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. - - An object which represents the item to append. - A zero-based integer representing the item's position within the collection. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - A Type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. Allows generated items to store numeric enumeration values instead of enumeration constant names. This overload should be used only for the class descendants. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - true if values for generated items should store numeric enumerator values ; false if these values should store constant enumerator names instead. This parameter is not in effect when the method is called for objects, since their child items do not have the Value-Description property pair. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration and replaces default item descriptions. This overload should be used only for the class descendants. - - A Delegate that encapsulates a method which replaces generated items' captions. This parameter is not in effect when the method is called for objects, since their child items do not have the Value-Description property pair. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects to be added to the collection. - - - - Locks the by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Returns whether the specified item belongs to the current collection. - - The item to locate in the collection. - true if the specified item belongs to the collection; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the number of items in the collection. - - An integer value that specifies the number of items in the collection. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Returns the position of the specified item within the collection. - - The object representing the item to locate within the collection. - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the specified item within the collection. -1 if the specified item is not found. - - - - Creates a new item and adds it to the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the created item should be inserted. If negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. - An object representing the inserted item. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. If negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - An object representing the item at the specified position. - - - - Occurs after the item collection has been changed. - - - - - Removes the specified item from the collection. - - An object representing the item to be removed from the collection. - - - - Represents an object providing a means to localize editor interface elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a localizer object providing localization of the editors' interface at runtime. - - A Localizer descendant which is used to localize the editors' interface at runtime. - - - - Creates and returns an EditResLocalizer object containing resources for the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An EditResLocalizer object containing resources for the thread's culture. - - - - Returns an XtraLocalizer object representing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture). - - An object representing resources based on the thread's culture. - - - - Gets the string, localized by the current , for the specified user interface element. - - A String value specifying the UI element whose localized text content is to be obtained. - A String value that is the localized text content of the specific UI element. - - - - A column for a lookup editor. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class and sets its properties to default values. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class and sets its field name to the specified value. - - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class and sets its field name and width to the specified values. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class and initializes its field name, caption and width. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified field name and caption. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class and initializes its field name, caption and width. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an instance of the class and sets all its properties to specified values. - - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string representing the field name whose values are displayed in the column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string representing the column's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - An integer value specifying the width of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the type of formatting applied when displaying column values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string specifying the pattern used to format column values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A Boolean value specifying the visibility of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the horizontal alignment of the column's values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the sort order for the column. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A string representing the field name whose values are displayed in the column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string representing the column's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. - An integer value specifying the width of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the type of formatting applied when displaying column values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A string specifying the pattern used to format column values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A Boolean value specifying the visibility of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the horizontal alignment of the column's values. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value specifying the sort order for the column. This value is used to initialize the property. - A value that specifies whether data sorting is enabled for the column. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of column values within the current column. - - A value specifying the alignment of the column's contents. - - - - Gets or sets whether the column supports data sorting. - - A value that specifies whether data sorting is enabled for the current column. - - - - Copies properties of the source column to the current instance. - - The source column whose properties must be copied. - - - - Gets or sets the column's caption. - - The string representing the column's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the field name whose values are displayed in the column. - - The name of the field whose values are displayed in the column. - - - - Specifies the pattern used to format column values when the is not set to . - - The pattern used to format column values. - - - - Gets or sets the type of formatting applied when displaying column values. - - The value specifying the format type. - - - - Returns the LookUpEdit control that owns the collection containing the current object. - - The owner of the collection containing the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the sort order applied to the current column. - - A value specifying the column's sort order. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the textual representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of the current column. - - true if the column is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the current column. - - The width of the current column. - - - - A collection of columns for a lookup editor. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An owner of the created collection. - - - - Adds a new column to the current collection. - - A column to add to the collection. - The position into which the new element was inserted. - - - - Adds an array of columns to the collection. - - An array of objects representing columns for the lookup editor. - - - - Copies columns from the source collection to the current one. - - The source collection whose columns are copied to the current collection. - - - - Occurs on changing the column collection - - - - - Creates a new column for a lookup editor. - - A object that has been created. - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . - - The to compare with the current . - true, if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a visible lookup column at the specified visible index. - - An integer which specifies the zero-based visible index of the column which should be returned. - A object which represents the visible lookup column at the specified index. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the specified column in the item collection. - - The column to locate in the collection. - The zero-based index of the specified column in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - Gets a column at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the column to return. - A column at the specified position. - - - - Gets a column by its field name. - - The field name of the column to return. - The first column encountered whose property matches the specified field name. - - - - Removes the specified column from the collection. - - The column to remove from the collection. - - - - Gets the number of visible lookup columns. - - An integer which represents the number of visible lookup columns. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the specified visible column. - - The column found. - The zero-based index of the specified visible column. - - - - Provides arguments for the and events. - - - - - Allows you to change how the lookup editor searches for items in its drop-down panel. - - If a text entered into the editor text box contains whitespaces, the editor splits this string into separate logical blocks. This parameter specifies how these blocks are combined into a search query. - The condition according to which the editor searches for the string entered into its text box. - - - - Allows you to change how the lookup editor searches for items in its drop-down panel. - - A text to compare with data source records. - If a text entered into the editor text box contains whitespaces, the editor splits this string into separate logical blocks. This parameter specifies how these blocks are combined into a search query. - The condition according to which the editor searches for the string entered into its text box. - - - - Allows you to change how the lookup editor searches for items in its drop-down panel. - - The name of a field whose values should be compared with the search text. - A text to compare with data source records. - If a text entered into the editor text box contains whitespaces, the editor splits this string into separate logical blocks. This parameter specifies how these blocks are combined into a search query. - The condition according to which the editor searches for the string entered into its text box. - - - - Allows you to change how the lookup editor searches for items in its drop-down panel. - - Names of fields whose values should be compared with the search text. - A text to compare with data source records. - If a text entered into the editor text box contains whitespaces, the editor splits this string into separate logical blocks. This parameter specifies how these blocks are combined into a search query. - The condition according to which the editor searches for the string entered into its text box. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - An object that cancels the Task assigned to the GetSuggestions method. This object is generated when you call the Cancel method. - - Cancels the Task that should retrieve lookup items. - - - - Clears the editor drop-down menu, removing all items returned by the GetSuggestions task. - - true, to remove drop-down menu items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a System.Threading.Tasks.Task object that returns the collection of items, which match the current user text. These items are displayed in the editor drop-down menu. - - A Task that returns the collection of items for the editor's drop-down menu. - - - - Sets the minimum duration for the loading indicator that plays while the GetSuggestion task is ongoing. This allows you to prevent this animation from flickering when the task completes too quickly. - - The minimum display duration (in milliseconds). - - - - Sets the minimum duration for the loading indicator that plays while the GetSuggestion task is ongoing. This allows you to prevent this animation from flickering when the task completes too quickly. - - A TimeSpan object that specifies the minimum duration for the loading indicator. - - - - A base class for the AutoSearch and AutoSuggest event parameters. - - - - - Cancels the Task assigned to the QuerySuggestions parameter. - - true to cancel the QuerySuggestions task, false to run it. - - - - Removes any active highlight pattern from lookup items. - - - - - This member supports internal infrastucture and is not intended to be used in code. - - - - - - Highlights any part of a record that matches the text entered by a user. - - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Highlights any part of a record that matches the given text. - - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Highlights any part of a record that belongs to the specific data field and matches the given text. - - A data field whose values can be highlighted. - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Highlights any part of a record that belongs to certain data fields and matches the given text. - - A list of data fields whose values should be highlighted. - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - In every data field value, selects the first found text portion that matches the user text. - - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - In every data field value, selects the first found text sequence if it matches the user text. - - A Text that should be highlighted if it matches the user text. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Selects the first found text sequence if it matches the user text and belongs to the specific data field. - - A Field whose values can be highlighted. - A Text that should be highlighted if it matches the user text. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Selects the first found text portion that matches the user text and belongs to any of the given data fields. - - Fields whose values can be hightlighted. - A Text that should be highlighted if it matches the user text. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - If a record starts with the user text, this text portion is highlighted. - - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - If a record starts with the given text, this text portion is higlighted. - - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - If a record belongs to the given data field and starts with the specific text, this text portion is highlighted. - - A field whose values can be highlighted. - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - If record belongs to any of the given data fields and starts with the specific text, this text portion is higlighted. - - Fields whose values can be highlighted. - A text that should be highlighted. - A CompareOptions enumeration value that specifies the string comparison mode. - - - - Sets a specific highlight range. - - A function that must return a highlight range. A highlight range is a structure that contains the first hightlighted char position, and the length of highlighted charecters' sequence. - - - - Sets a specific highlight range. - - A function that must return a highlight range. A highlight range is a structure that contains the first hightlighted char position, and the length of highlighted charecters' sequence. - - - - Sets specific highlight ranges. - - A function that must return a highlight ranges' array. A highlight range is a structure that contains the first hightlighted char position, and the length of highlighted charecters' sequence. - - - - Returns the current user text. - - The current user text. - - - - Contains values that identify how an item has beed added to the control. - - - - - A new item has been added by an end-user. - - - - - For internal use. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the object representing the command to execute. - - The object representing the command to execute. - - - - Gets or sets whether default execution of the hyperlink command is required. - - true if the event is handled and no default processing is required; false, if the editor should execute the command after performing your event handler. - - - - Represents a method for handling the event of a control. - - The event source. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Represents an individual item within an image combo box editor. - - - - - Creates an image combobox item and sets all its properties to their default values. - - - - - Creates an image combobox item and sets its image index to the specified value. - - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an image combo box item and initializes the item's value. - - The object to initialize the item's property. - - - - Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's value and image index. - - The object to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the item's property. - - - - Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's caption. - - The string to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's caption and image index. - - The string to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's value and caption. - - The string to initialze the item's . - The value to initialize the item's . - - - - Creates an image combobox item and initializes its properties to the specified values. - - The string to initialize the item's property. - The object to initialize the item's property. - The value to initialize the item's property. - - - - Contains values that specify how a mask is aligned relative to an image in the control. - - - - - A mask is aligned at the center of the bottom side of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned to the bottom left corner of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned to the bottom right corner of the image. - - - - - The same as ZoomInside. - - - - - A mask is aligned to the middle of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned at the center of the left side of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned at the center of the right side of the image. - - - - - A mask is stretched to fit the image's boundaries. - - - - - A mask is aligned at the center of the top side of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned to the top left corner of the image. - - - - - A mask is aligned to the top right corner of the image. - - - - - A mask is stretched proportionally within the image's boundaries. - - - - - Enumerates mask types for the control. - - - - - A circle mask. - - - - - Enables the use of a custom mask, assigned to the property. - - - - - No mask is applied. - - - - - A rounded rectangle mask.Use the property to specify the radius of rounded corners. - - - - - Contains settings that enable masked mode and allow you to customize the masked mode behavior. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The owner of the created object. - - - - Gets or sets a custom mask, applied to the target image in mode. - - A custom mask. - - - - Gets or sets the outer margin of the mask. - - The outer margin of the mask. - - - - Gets or sets how a mask is aligned relative to the target image. - - A value that specifies how a mask is aligned relative to the target image. The Default value is equivalent to ZoomInside. - - - - Gets or sets which mask type is applied. - - A value that specifies the mask type applied to the image. - - - - Gets or sets the offset of the mask relative to the image. - - The offset of the mask relative to the image. - - - - Gets or sets the radius of rounded corners for the RoundedRect mask type (see ). - - The radius of rounded corners for the RoundedRect mask type. - - - - Gets or sets a custom size for the mask. - - A custom size for the mask. - - - - Specifies the size mode of the image contained within a or editor. - - - - - A picture is not stretched. - - - - - An image is displayed as is if its actual size is smaller than the size of the container. If the image size is larger than the container's size, the image is shrunk proportionally to fit the container's bounds. - - - - - A picture is stretched in order to fit within the area of an editor (or editor's dropdown window). - - - - - A picture is stretched horizontally. Its height remains unchanged. - - - - - A picture is stretched vertically. Its width remains unchanged. - - - - - A picture is stretched proportionally. The picture fits within the area of an editor (or editor's dropdown window) at least in one direction. - - - - - Lists values that specify how the control stores images pasted via the editor's context menu - - - - - A pasted image is stored to the editor's edit value as an array of bytes. - - - - - A pasted image is stored either as an object or as an array of bytes to the editor's edit value, depending upon the type of the current edit value. If the editor's EditValue currently stores an object, the newly pasted image will be stored as an as well. Otherwise, the new image will be stored as an array of bytes. - - - - - A pasted image is stored to the editor's edit value as an object. - - - - - Contains styles for popup window borders. - - - - - Borders are flat. This style is reserved for future use. Currently, the Default style is the same as the style. - - - - - Borders are flat. - - - - - There are no borders. - - - - - Borders are thin and drawn using a single line. - - - - - Borders are three-dimensional. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - The value to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets the value entered by the end-user. - - An object representing the value entered by the end-user. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the lookup editor must locate the newly inserted record. - - true if the editor must locate the newly inserted record; otherwise false. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The control which fires the event. - A object that contains event data - - - - Lists values specifying the control's direction. - - - - - Sets progress direction to horizontal. - - - - - Sets progress direction to vertical. - - - - - Contains values specifying the style of the progress bar's indicator. - - - - - Presents the progress indicator as a series of small blocks. Not supported in Office2003, WindowsXP and skin paint themes, which always use the Solid indicator style. - - - - - Presents the progress indicator as a solid bar. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A expression representing the check editor's edited value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Use this property to set the check state that corresponds to the current edit value. - - The check state. - - - - Gets the current edit value. - - A expression representing an editor's edit value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically the check edit control). - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Serves as the base for classes providing data for and events. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A expression representing the check editor's edited value. - A enumeration value representing the editor's check state. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event is handled and no default processing is required. - - true if default event processing is not required; false if default processing is required. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object representing the editor value whose textual representation is to be specified. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value representing the editor's value within the text box. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the text to display in the edit box. - - A string value specifying the editor's formatted display text. - - - - Gets the current edit value. - - An object representing the editor's value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event source. This identifies the popup container editor for which the event is fired. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object specifying the editor value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the editor value. - - An object specifying editor value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event of a popup container editor. - - The event source. This identifies the popup container editor for which the event is fired. - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - A enumeration value representing the current check state of the check editor. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the editor's current check state. - - The editor's check state. - - - - Use this property to set the edit value that corresponds to the current check state. - - The edit value. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically the check edit control). - A object containing data related to the event. - - - - Represents a single item in the collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its and to the specified parameters. - - An object to initialize the property. - An object to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value identifying the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the item is enabled. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A value identifying the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A value that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the item is enabled. This value is assigned to the property. - An Object that contains custom data. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Occurs when any item property is changed. - - - - - Returns a copy of the current object. - - A representing a clone of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the item's caption. - - The string identifying the item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item is enabled. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the item is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current object. - - An Object that contains custom data for the current . - - - - Returns the text representation of the item. - - The string representing the current item. - - - - Gets or sets the value associated with the current item. - - An object representing the value associated with the current item. - - - - Represents a collection of items within a radio group editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds a new item to the current radio group collection. - - The object representing the new item in the collection. - - - - Adds items to the collection that represent elements of the specified enumeration. - - A System.Type object that is an enumeration whose elements are to be added to the RadioGroup control. - - - - Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection. Enumeration values are converted to string values using the specified method to represent item descriptions. - - A System.Type object that is an enumeration whose elements should be added to the current collection. - A method that converts enumeration values to string values. The returned string representation for each enumeration value is assigned to the property of the corresponding added to the current collection. - - - - Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection. - - - - - Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection. Enumeration values are converted to string values using the specified method to represent item descriptions. - - A method that converts enumeration values to string values. The returned string representation for each enumeration value is assigned to the property of the corresponding added to the current collection. - - - - Adds an array of items to the collection. - - An array of objects representing items for the radio group editor. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - A object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Locks the by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Occurs when changing the item collection. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets a radio group item by its value. - - The value to search. - The object with the value specified. - - - - Gets the index of a radio group item by its value. - - The value to search. - The integer value that specifies the item's index. - - - - Gets the zero-based index of the specified object in the item collection. - - The item to locate in the collection. - The zero-based index of the specified item in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - Inserts a new element at the specified position within the collection. - - The position at which the item should be inserted. - The to insert. - - - - Gets or sets an item at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the item to return. - The item at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified item from the collection. - - The to remove from the collection. - - - - Enumerates search modes for a lookup edior. - - - - - Enables the automatic completion feature. In this mode, when the dropdown is closed, the text in the edit box is automatically completed if it matches a field value of one of dropdown rows.When the dropdown is open, the automatic completion feature is disabled but the editor allows you to perform an incremental search in the same manner as when mode is active. - - - - - Enables the incremental filtering feature. When you type within the edit box, the editor automatically opens the dropdown window and displays only records whose field value starts with the characters typed. Other records are not displayed. If you enter a value that does not match any record, the dropdown window will not contain any rows. - - - - - The editor unlocks its text box and allows users to type in text. Data source records that match this text are shown in the drop-down panel.Handle the editor event to fine-tune the search. - - - - - The editor fires the event that you should handle to assign an asynchronous Task. This task must check the user text currently entered into the editor's text box, and return a collection of matching items. These items are shown in the editor's drop-down panel. - - - - - The incremental search is enabled only when the dropdown window is open. If the window is closed, the user can modify the text in the edit box. However these changes are ignored.When the dropdown is open the incremental search is performed against the column whose index is specified by the property. The header of this column contains the search icon (binoculars). The user can click a specific column header to perform the search against this column. - - - - - Determines the behavior of a popup control when a user clicks within its text region. - - - - - A popup window is activated when a user double-clicks within the text region of a control.Note: the value is in effect when the property is set to as well. - - - - - Clicking within the text region does not activate the popup window. A popup window appears only when pressing the key or Alt + DownArrow key, or calling the editor's method. - - - - - A popup window is activated when a user clicks within the text region of a control. - - - - - Provides a base class for objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the time required to switch to another image. - - An integer value that specifies the time, in milliseconds, required to switch to another image. - - - - Gets or sets the time of the fade-in animation effect for scroll buttons. - - An integer value that specifies the time of the fade-in animation effect for scroll buttons. - - - - Slides to the first image within the . - - - - - Slides to the last image within the . - - - - - Shifts to an image that follows the . - - - - - Shifts back to an image that precedes the . - - - - - Gets the period of time that it takes for an object to switch from one image to another. - - An Int64 value, indicating how many ticks it takes to switch to another image. - - - - An image collection for an control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An ImageSlider that owns the newly created . - - - - Adds an item to the current collection and returns its index. - - An Image object to be added to the current . - An integer value indicating an index of the item added. - - - - Returns whether the current contains a specified image object. - - An Image object to check as to whether it belongs to the current . - true if the current contains a specified image object; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns an index of the specified Image object within the current . - - An Image object, whose index is to be obtained. - An integer value that defines an index of the specified Image object within the current . - - - - Places an image object at the specified position in the current . - - An integer value indicating a position within the current to which an image will be placed. - An Image object to be added to a specified position in the current . - - - - Provides indexed access to images stored within the . - - An integer value, specifying a position of the required Image object within the current - An Image object contained within the current at the specified position. - - - - Removes the specified image from the current . - - An Image object to be removed from the current . - - - - Gets an that owns the current . - - An that owns the current . - - - - Provides data for the event - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Boolean value that indicates whether the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event has been handled, and no default processing is required. - - A Boolean value that specifies that the event has been handled, and no default processing is required. - - - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button (in a control) has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up. - - true if the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button (in a control) has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the editor which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Contains styles for the increment and decrement buttons. - - - - - Orients the editor increment and decrement buttons horizontally. - - - - - Orients the editor increment and decrement buttons vertically. - - - - - Contains values corresponding to strings that can be localized. - - - - - The caption of the Apply button displayed within the filter drop-down window within a PivotGrid control.Return value: Apply - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to delete the last digit of the displayed number in the editor.Return value: Back - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to clear the current calculation in the editor.Return value: C - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to clear the displayed number in the editor.Return value: CE - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to clear any number stored in memory of the editor.Return value: MC - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to recall the number stored in memory of the editor.Return value: MR - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to store the display number in memory of the editor.Return value: MS - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to add the displayed number to any number already in memory in the editor.Return value: M+ - - - - - Represents the caption of the button used to calculate the square root of the displayed number in the editor.Return value: sqrt - - - - - The string displayed in the edit box of the editor if an expression cannot be evaluated (division by zero, for instance).Return value: Calculation Error - - - - - The notification displayed by the at design time.Return value: Rendering is disabled at design time. - - - - - The notification displayed by the if the device is already in use in another application.Return value: Cannot use the device, as it is already in use in another application. - - - - - The notification displayed by the if no capture device is found.Return value: No webcam found. Check the webcam connection or the device settings. - - - - - The caption of the combo box that selects the active capture device in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Active device: - - - - - The caption of the track bar that adjusts the brightness in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Brightness: - - - - - The caption of the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Camera Settings - - - - - The caption of the track bar that adjusts the contrast in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Contrast: - - - - - The caption of the Reset to defaults button in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Reset to defaults - - - - - The caption of the check box that specifies the saturation setting in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Desaturate: - - - - - The caption of the combo box that adjusts the resolution in the Camera Settings form of the . Return value: Resolution: - - - - - The caption of the button to discard changes and close the dropdown window of a and editors.Return value: Cancel - - - - - The default caption for the error message box.Return value: Error - - - - - Returns "The interval between grid lines is too small to be represented in the range control." - - - - - Returns "The interval between grid lines is too small to be represented in the range control." - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the string corresponding to the checked state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the Grid Control (or other) control.Return value: Checked - - - - - Specifies the string corresponding to the indeterminate state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the Grid Control (or other) control.Return value: Indeterminate - - - - - Specifies the string corresponding to the unchecked state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the Grid Control (or other) control.Return value: Unchecked - - - - - Returns "Blue component should be in range 0..255". - - - - - Returns "Brightness". - - - - - Returns "Brightness component should be in range 0..100". - - - - - Returns "Invalid hexadecimal value". - - - - - Returns "Green component should be in range 0..255". - - - - - Returns "Hue". - - - - - Returns "Hue component should be in range 0..359". - - - - - Returns "Luminance". - - - - - Returns "Opacity". - - - - - Returns "Opacity component should be in range 0..255". - - - - - The caption of the Automatic button in the control.Return value: Automatic - - - - - Returns "More Colors..." - - - - - Returns "Recent Colors". - - - - - Returns "Standard Colors". - - - - - Returns "Theme Colors". - - - - - Returns "Red component should be in range 0..255". - - - - - Returns "Saturation". - - - - - Returns "Saturation component should be in range 0..100". - - - - - Returns "Blue - White - Red". - - - - - Returns "Emerald - Azure - Blue". - - - - - Returns "Green - White - Red". - - - - - Returns "Green - Yellow - Red". - - - - - Returns "Purple - White - Azure". - - - - - Returns "White - Azure". - - - - - Returns "White - Green". - - - - - Returns "White - Red". - - - - - Returns "Yellow - Green". - - - - - Returns "Yellow - Orange - Coral". - - - - - Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined custom colors.Return value: Custom - - - - - Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined system colors.Return value: System - - - - - Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined web colors.Return value: Web - - - - - Returns "Web-Safe". - - - - - Represents the text which identifies the name of an in-place editor within a container control.The string which is identified by this enumeration value is used to initiliaze an editor's property when this editor is activated for in-place editing within container controls (eg. XtraGrid, XtraTreeList, etc). - - - - - Returns "Blue Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Blue Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Coral Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Coral Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Green Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Green Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Light Blue Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Light Blue Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Mint Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Mint Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Orange Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Orange Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Raspberry Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Raspberry Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Violet Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Violet Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Returns "Yellow Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Yellow Data Bar Gradient". - - - - - Specifies the text string displayed in the and editors when no image is loaded.Return value: Data empty - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The caption of the Clear button used to set the editor's edit value to the property value (null-date).Return value: Clear - - - - - The caption of the Today button used to assign the current day to the edit value of the editor.Return value: Today - - - - - Identifies the days item in controls in a Touch UI. Return value: days - - - - - Returns "Default" - - - - - Returns "False" - - - - - Returns "True" - - - - - Returns "Edit Formatting Rule". - - - - - Returns "Field List ({0})". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Avg". - - - - - Returns "Count". - - - - - Returns "Exists". - - - - - Returns "Max". - - - - - Returns "Min". - - - - - Returns "Sum". - - - - - Represents the caption of the AnyOf filter clause.Return value: Is any of - - - - - Represents the caption of the BeginsWith filter clause.Return value: Begins with - - - - - Represents the caption of the Between filter clause.Return value: Is between - - - - - Represents the caption of the BetweenAnd filter clause.Return value: and - - - - - Represents the caption of the Contains filter clause.Return value: Contains - - - - - Represents the caption of the DoesNotContain filter clause.Return value: Does not contain - - - - - Represents the caption of the DoesNotEqual filter clause.Return value: Does not equal - - - - - Represents the caption of the EndsWith filter clause.Return value: Ends with - - - - - Represents the caption of the Equals filter clause.Return value: Equals - - - - - Represents the caption of the Greater filter clause.Return value: Is greater than - - - - - Represents the caption of the GreaterOrEqual filter clause.Return value: Is greater than or equal to - - - - - Represents the caption of the IsNotNull filter clause.Return value: Is not blank - - - - - Returns "Is not blank". - - - - - Represents the caption of the IsNull filter clause.Return value: Is blank - - - - - Returns "Is blank". - - - - - Represents the caption of the Less filter clause.Return value: Is less than - - - - - Represents the caption of the LessOrEqual filter clause.Return value: Is less than or equal to - - - - - Represents the caption of the Like filter clause.Return value: Is like - - - - - Represents the caption of the NoneOf filter clause.Return value: Is none of - - - - - Represents the caption of the NotBetween filter clause.Return value: Is not between - - - - - Represents the caption of the NotLike filter clause.Return value: Is not like - - - - - Specifies an error message that may occur when parsing an expressionReturn value: The specified expression contains invalid symbols (line {0}, character {1}). - - - - - Specifies an error message that may occur when parsing an expressionReturn value: The specified expression is invalid.. - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Between operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Between - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise AND operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: & - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise OR operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: | - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise XOR operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: ^ - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Divide operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: / - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: = - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Greater than operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: > - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Greater than or equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: >= - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Less than operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: < - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Less than or equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: <= - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Like operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Like - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Minus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: - - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Modulo operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: % - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Multiply operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: * - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binary Not Equal operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: <> - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the binaryPlus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: + - - - - - Returns "Abs" - - - - - Returns "Acos" - - - - - Returns "Add days" - - - - - Returns "Add hours" - - - - - Returns "Add milliseconds" - - - - - Returns "Add minutes" - - - - - Returns "Add months" - - - - - Returns "Add seconds" - - - - - Returns "Add ticks" - - - - - Returns "Add time span" - - - - - Returns "Add years" - - - - - Returns "Ascii" - - - - - Returns "Asin" - - - - - Returns "Atn" - - - - - Returns "Atn2" - - - - - Returns "Big Mul" - - - - - Returns "Ceiling" - - - - - Returns "Char" - - - - - Returns "Char index" - - - - - Returns "Concat" - - - - - Returns "Contains". - - - - - Returns "Cos" - - - - - Returns "Cosh" - - - - - Specifies a string which represents the function type in filter display text.Return value: Custom - - - - - Returns "Custom non deterministic" - - - - - Returns "Date diff day" - - - - - Returns "Date diff hour" - - - - - Returns "Date diff millisecond" - - - - - Returns "Date diff minute" - - - - - Returns "Date diff month" - - - - - Returns "Date diff second" - - - - - Returns "Date diff tick" - - - - - Returns "Date diff year" - - - - - Returns "Ends with". - - - - - Returns "Exp" - - - - - Returns "Floor" - - - - - Returns "Get date" - - - - - Returns "Get day" - - - - - Returns "Get day of week" - - - - - Returns "Get day of year" - - - - - Returns "Get hour" - - - - - Returns "Get millisecond" - - - - - Returns "Get minute" - - - - - Returns "Get month" - - - - - Returns "Get second" - - - - - Returns "Get time of day" - - - - - Returns "Get year" - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Iif function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Iif - - - - - Returns "Insert" - - - - - Returns "Is April". - - - - - Returns "Is August". - - - - - Returns "Is December". - - - - - Returns "Is February". - - - - - Returns "Is January". - - - - - Returns "Is July". - - - - - Returns "Is June". - - - - - Returns "Is last month". - - - - - Returns "Is last year". - - - - - Returns "Is March". - - - - - Returns "Is May". - - - - - Returns "Is next month". - - - - - Returns "Is next year". - - - - - Returns "Is November". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Is Null function, which takes one or two arguments, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: IsNull - - - - - Returns "Is null or empty" - - - - - Returns "Is October". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsBeyondThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: BeyondThisYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisMonth function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisMonth - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsLastWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LastWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisMonth function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisMonth - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsNextWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsPriorThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: PriorThisYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsToday function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Today - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsTomorrow function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Tomorrow - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the IsYesterday function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Yesterday - - - - - Returns "Is same day". - - - - - Returns "Is September". - - - - - Return value: Is This Month - - - - - Return value: Is This Week - - - - - Return value: Is This Year - - - - - Returns "Is the year-to-date period". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Len function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Len - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the DayAfterTomorrow function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: DayAfterTomorrow - - - - - Returns "Last month". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the LastWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LastWeek - - - - - Returns "Last year". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the NextMonth function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextMonth - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the NextWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the NextYear function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Now function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Now - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the ThisMonth function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisMonth - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the ThisWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisWeek - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the ThisYear function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisYear - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Today function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Today - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Tomorrow function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Tomorrow - - - - - Returns "Two months away". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the TwoWeeksAway function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: TwoWeeksAway - - - - - Returns "Two years away". - - - - - Returns "One year ago". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Yesterday function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Yesterday - - - - - Returns "Log" - - - - - Returns "Log10" - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Lower function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Lower - - - - - Returns "Max" - - - - - Returns "Min" - - - - - Specifies the string which represents the function type in filter display text.Return value: None - - - - - Returns "Now" - - - - - Returns "Pad left" - - - - - Returns "Pad right" - - - - - Returns "Power" - - - - - Returns "Remove" - - - - - Returns "Replace" - - - - - Returns "Reverse" - - - - - Returns "Rnd" - - - - - Returns "Round" - - - - - Returns "Sign" - - - - - Returns "Sin" - - - - - Returns "Sinh" - - - - - Returns "Sqr" - - - - - Returns "Starts with". - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Substring function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Substring - - - - - Returns "Tan" - - - - - Returns "Tanh" - - - - - Returns "Today" - - - - - Returns "To decimal". - - - - - Returns "To double". - - - - - Returns "To float". - - - - - Returns "To int". - - - - - Returns "To long". - - - - - Returns "To str" - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Trim function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Trim - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Upper function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Upper - - - - - Returns "Utc now" - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Boolean And operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: And - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Boolean Or operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Or - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the In function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: In - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Is not null operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Is Not Null - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the Not like operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Not Like - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the unary bitwise Not operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: ~ - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the unary Is null operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Is Null - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the unary Minus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: - - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the unary Not operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: Not - - - - - Specifies the textual representation of the unary Plus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria.Return value: + - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the textual representations of date-time functions shown in filter popup windows.Return value: "Show all|Filter by a specific date:|Beyond|||Next week|Today|This week|This month|Earlier|{0:yyyy}, {0:MMMM}" - - - - - Specifies the caption of a submenu that contains date-time constants used to filter data Return value: DateTime constants - - - - - Specifies the caption of a submenu that contains date-time operators used to filter data Return value: DateTime operators - - - - - Returns "Text" - - - - - Returns "Visual" - - - - - Return value: enter a value - - - - - - - - - - Return value: <enter a parameter> - - - - - Return value: empty - - - - - Returns "Functions" - - - - - Return value: And - - - - - Return value: Not And - - - - - Return value: Not Or - - - - - Return value: Or - - - - - Return value: <Add a new parameter ...> - - - - - Return value: Clear All - - - - - Return value: Add Condition - - - - - Return value: Add Group - - - - - Return value: Remove Row - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the textual representations of date-time functions shown in filter popup windows.Return value: -"Show all|Show Empty|Filter by a specific date:|Beyond this year|Later this year|Later this month|Next week|Later this week|Tomorrow|Today|Yesterday|Earlier this week|Last week|Earlier this month|Earlier this year|Prior to this year" - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Incremental Search filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Incremental Search - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Invert Filter filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Invert Filter - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Multi-Selection filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Multi-Selection - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Radio Mode filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Radio Mode - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Show New Field Values filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Show New Field Values - - - - - The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Show Only Available Items filter popup toolbar button.Return value: Show Only Available Items - - - - - Return value: (Show All) - - - - - Return value: Adds a new item to the list. - - - - - Return value: (Use the Insert or Add button on the keyboard) - - - - - Return value: (Use the Delete or Subtract button on the keyboard) - - - - - Return value: Actions. - - - - - Return value: Adds a new condition to this group. - - - - - Return value: Removes this condition. - - - - - Return value: Compare to a value / other field's value. - - - - - Returns "Bold Text". - - - - - Returns "Green Bold Text". - - - - - Returns "Green Fill". - - - - - Returns "Green Fill with Green Text". - - - - - Returns "Green Text". - - - - - Returns "Italic Text". - - - - - Returns "Red Bold Text". - - - - - Returns "Red Fill". - - - - - Returns "Red Fill with Red Text". - - - - - Returns "Red Text". - - - - - Returns "Strikeout Text". - - - - - Returns "Yellow Fill with Yellow Text". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are ABOVE AVERAGE". - - - - - Returns "Apply formatting to an entire row". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are BELOW AVERAGE". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are BETWEEN". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that rank in the BOTTOM". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that match the following condition". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Format cells that contain a date matching these conditions". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are DUPLICATE VALUES". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are EQUAL TO". - - - - - Returns "<enter an expression>". - - - - - Returns "for this column with". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are GREATER THAN". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are LESS THAN". - - - - - Returns "Above Average". - - - - - Returns "Below Average". - - - - - Returns "Between". - - - - - Returns "Bottom 10 Items". - - - - - Returns "Bottom 10 %". - - - - - Returns "Clear Rules from All Columns". - - - - - Returns "Clear Rules from This Column". - - - - - Returns "Clear Rules". - - - - - Returns "Apply a color gradient to a range of\r\ncells in this column. The color indicates\r\nwhere each cell falls within that range." - - - - - Returns "Color Scales". - - - - - Returns "Custom Condition". - - - - - Returns "Add a colored data bar to represent\r\nthe value in a cell. The higher the\r\nvalue, the longer the bar." - - - - - Returns "Data Bars". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "A Date Occurring". - - - - - Returns "Duplicate Values". - - - - - Returns "Equal To". - - - - - Returns "Gradient Fill". - - - - - Returns "Greater Than". - - - - - Returns "Highlight Cell Rules". - - - - - Returns "Use this icon set to classify column\r\nvalues into the following ranges:". - - - - - Returns "Icon Sets". - - - - - Returns "Less Than". - - - - - Returns "Manage Rules..." - - - - - Returns "Solid Fill". - - - - - Returns "Text that Contains". - - - - - Returns "Top 10 Items". - - - - - Returns "Top 10 %". - - - - - Returns "Top/Bottom Rules". - - - - - Returns "Unique Values". - - - - - Returns "Unique/Duplicate Rules". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Format cells that contain the text". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that rank in the TOP". - - - - - Returns "Format cells that are UNIQUE VALUES". - - - - - Returns "with". - - - - - Identifies the hours item in and controls in a Touch UI.Return value: hours - - - - - Returns "Directional". - - - - - Returns "Indicators". - - - - - Returns "Positive/Negative". - - - - - Returns "Ratings". - - - - - Returns "Shapes". - - - - - Returns "Symbols". - - - - - Returns "3 Arrows (Colored)". - - - - - Returns "3 Arrows (Gray)". - - - - - Returns "4 Arrows (Colored)". - - - - - Returns "4 Arrows (Gray)". - - - - - Returns "5 Arrows (Colored)". - - - - - Returns "5 Arrows (Gray)". - - - - - Returns "5 Boxes". - - - - - Returns "3 Flags". - - - - - Returns "Arrows (Colored)". - - - - - Returns "Arrows (Gray)". - - - - - Returns "Triangles". - - - - - Returns "5 Quarters". - - - - - Returns "4 Ratings". - - - - - Returns "5 Ratings". - - - - - Returns "Red To Black". - - - - - Returns "3 Signs". - - - - - Returns "3 Stars". - - - - - Returns "3 Symbols (Circled)". - - - - - Returns "3 Symbols (Uncircled)". - - - - - Returns "3 Traffic Lights (Rimmed)". - - - - - Returns "3 Traffic Lights (Unrimmed)". - - - - - Returns "4 Traffic Lights". - - - - - Returns "3 Triangles". - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the text string displayed within the editor's edit region when no image is loaded if the property is set to false (the identification icon is not displayed).Return value: (Empty) - - - - - Specifies the text string displayed within the editor's edit region when the image is loaded if the property is set to false (the identification icon is not displayed).Return value: (Picture) - - - - - Return value: The number must be between 1 and 32767. - - - - - Represents the default error description displayed in a message box/tooltip if the editor's validation has failed.Return value: Invalid Value - - - - - Represents the initial value of the property when the object is created without parameters.Return value: Name - - - - - Specifies the text string displayed in the edit box of the when the edit value is null (Nothing in Visual Basic). - - - - - Reserved for future use. - - - - - Returns "Above Average". - - - - - Returns "(All)". - - - - - Returns "Above". - - - - - Returns "Below". - - - - - Returns "Equal Or Above". - - - - - Returns "Equal Or Below". - - - - - Returns "Format values that are:". - - - - - Returns "the average of column values". - - - - - Returns "Below Average". - - - - - Returns "Conditional Formatting Rules Manager". - - - - - Returns "Between". - - - - - Returns "Equal To". - - - - - Returns "Greater Than". - - - - - Returns "Greater Than Or Equal To". - - - - - Returns "Less Than". - - - - - Returns "Less Than Or Equal To". - - - - - Returns "Not Between". - - - - - Returns "Not Equal To". - - - - - Returns "Graded Color Scale". - - - - - Returns "2-Color Scale". - - - - - Returns "3-Color Scale". - - - - - Returns "Midpoint". - - - - - Returns "Automatic". - - - - - Returns "Color:" - - - - - Returns "Maximum". - - - - - Returns "Minimum". - - - - - Returns "Number". - - - - - Returns "Percent". - - - - - Returns "Preview:" - - - - - Returns "Type:" - - - - - Returns "Value:" - - - - - Returns "Format Style:" - - - - - Returns "Data Bar". - - - - - Returns "Axis Color:" - - - - - Returns "Bar Appearance:" - - - - - Returns "Bar Direction:" - - - - - Returns "Border:" - - - - - Returns "Context". - - - - - Returns "Draw Axis". - - - - - Returns "Fill:" - - - - - Returns "Gradient Fill". - - - - - Returns "Left-to-Right". - - - - - Returns "No Border". - - - - - Returns "Right-to-Left". - - - - - Returns "Solid Border". - - - - - Returns "Solid Fill". - - - - - Returns "Use Negative Bar". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Following the month in 2 months time". - - - - - Returns "Following this year". - - - - - Returns "Prior to the month 6 months ago". - - - - - Returns "This month, prior to previous week". - - - - - Returns "This week, prior to yesterday". - - - - - Returns "This year, prior to this month". - - - - - Returns "Last Week". - - - - - Returns "This month, beyond next week". - - - - - Returns "This week, beyond tomorrow". - - - - - Returns "This year, beyond this month". - - - - - Returns "Next Month". - - - - - Returns "During the month in 2 months time". - - - - - Returns "Last Month". - - - - - Returns "During the month 2 months ago". - - - - - Returns "During the month 3 months ago". - - - - - Returns "During the month 4 months ago". - - - - - Returns "During the month 5 months ago". - - - - - Returns "During the month 6 months ago". - - - - - Returns "Next Week". - - - - - Returns "Prior to this year". - - - - - Returns "This Month". - - - - - Returns "This Week". - - - - - Returns "Today". - - - - - Returns "Tomorrow". - - - - - Returns "Yesterday". - - - - - Returns "Delete Rule". - - - - - Returns "Down". - - - - - Returns "Edit Rule..." - - - - - Returns "Equal to or Above Average". - - - - - Returns "Equal to or Below Average". - - - - - Returns "Background Color:". - - - - - Returns "Bold". - - - - - Returns "Format Cells". - - - - - Returns "Clear". - - - - - Returns "Effects:". - - - - - Returns "Fill". - - - - - Returns "Font". - - - - - Returns "Font color". - - - - - Returns "Font style". - - - - - Returns "Italic". - - - - - Returns "None". - - - - - Returns "Predefined Appearance". - - - - - Returns "Regular". - - - - - Returns "Strikethrough". - - - - - Returns "Underline". - - - - - Returns "Formula". - - - - - Returns "Format values where this formula is true:" - - - - - Returns "Apply to the row". - - - - - Returns "Column". - - - - - Returns "Column Apply To". - - - - - Returns "Format". - - - - - Returns "Rule". - - - - - Returns "Stop If True". - - - - - Returns "Icon Set". - - - - - Returns "Icon Set". - - - - - Returns "Display each icon according to these rules:" - - - - - Returns "Reverse Icon Order". - - - - - Returns "value is". - - - - - Returns "When". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "New Rule..." - - - - - Returns "No Format Set". - - - - - Returns "Bottom". - - - - - Returns "Format values that rank in the:" - - - - - Returns "% of column values". - - - - - Returns "Top". - - - - - Returns "Show formatting rules for:". - - - - - Returns "Format..." - - - - - Returns "Beginning With". - - - - - Returns "Containing". - - - - - Returns "Ending With". - - - - - Returns "Not Containing". - - - - - Returns "Blanks". - - - - - Returns "Cell Value". - - - - - Returns "Dates Occurring". - - - - - Returns "Errors". - - - - - Returns "Format only cells with:" - - - - - Returns "No Blanks". - - - - - Returns "No Errors". - - - - - Returns "Specific Text". - - - - - Returns "Duplicate". - - - - - Returns "Format all:" - - - - - Returns "Unique". - - - - - Returns "column values". - - - - - Returns "Up". - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the exception message raised when the editor's entered value specified by the mask is incomplete.Return value: The entered value is incomplete. Do you want to correct it?\r\n\r\nYes - return to the editor and correct the value.\r\nNo - leave the value as is.\r\nCancel - reset to the previous value.\r\n - - - - - Returns "millisecs". - - - - - Identifies the minutes item in and controls in a Touch UI .Return value: mins - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to insert a new blank record after the last one in the data source.Return value: Append - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to cancel edits to the current record.Return value: Cancel Edit - - - - - - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to post edited record value to the associated data source.Return value: End Edit - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the first record in the dataset.Return value: First - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the last record in the data source.Return value: Last - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the next record in the data source.Return value: Last - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to change the current record position in the data source by the property value upwards.Return value: Next Page - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to the current record to the previous one in the data source.Return value: Previous - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to change the current record position in the data source by the property value backwards.Return value: Previous Page - - - - - Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to delete the current record.Return value: Delete - - - - - Specifies the format of the text string which can be displayed in the to display the current record and the total number of records in the associated data source.Return value: Record {0} of {1} - - - - - Returns "Edit the Rule Description:" - - - - - Returns "Format all cells based on their values". - - - - - Returns "Format only cells that contain". - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Format only top or bottom ranked values". - - - - - Returns "Format only unique or duplicate values". - - - - - Returns "Format only values that are above or below average". - - - - - Returns "Select a Rule Type:" - - - - - Returns "Use a formula to determine which cells to format". - - - - - Returns "New Formatting Rule". - - - - - Specifies the default hint for the 's custom button.Return value: "" (empty string) - - - - - Returns "(None)". - - - - - Reserved for future use.Return value: Not valid array length. - - - - - Returns "Navigation Options". - - - - - The caption of the Ok button displayed within the dropdown window of a and editors.Return value: Ok - - - - - An error displayed when an image cannot be copied to the Clipboard by the control.Return value: Could not copy image - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to copy the contents of an editor.Return value: Copy - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to copy and delete the contents of an editor.Return value: Cut - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to delete the contents of an editor.Return value: Delete - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Fit Image". - - - - - Returns "Full Size". - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to load an image from an external file.Return value: Load - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to replace the contents of an editor with an image from the Clipboard.Return value: Paste - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to save an editor's image to an external file.Return value: Save - - - - - Returns "Zoom". - - - - - Returns "Zoom In". - - - - - Returns "Zoom Out". - - - - - Returns "Zoom to:". - - - - - Returns "{0}%". - - - - - Specifies the error message displayed when specifying an invalid image for a or editors.Return value: Wrong picture format - - - - - The caption of the error message displayed when specifying an invalid image for a or . This string is followed by detail information on the error.Return value: Open error - - - - - Specifies the file masks (filters) for the Open dialog used to load an image from an external file to a or editor.Return value: Bitmap Files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|Graphics Interchange Format (*.gif)|*.gif|JPEG File Interchange Format (*.jpg;*.jpeg)|*.jpg;*.jpeg|Icon Files (*.ico)|*.ico|All Picture Files |*.bmp;*.gif;*.jpg;*.jpeg;*.ico;*.png;*.tif|All Files |*.* - - - - - The title of the Open File dialog used to load the image into the or editor..Return value: Open - - - - - Specifies the file masks (filters) for the Save As dialog used to save the image displayed in a or editor to an external file.Return value: Bitmap Files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|Graphics Interchange Format (*.gif)|*.gif|JPEG File Interchange Format (*.jpg)|*.jpg - - - - - The title of the Save File dialog used to save the image displayed in the or editor to an external file.Return value: Save As - - - - - Return value: Busy - - - - - Return value: Door Open - - - - - Return value: Driver Update Needed - - - - - Return value: Error - - - - - Return value: Initializing - - - - - Return value: IO Active - - - - - Return value: ManualFeed - - - - - Return value: Not Available - - - - - Return value: No Toner - - - - - Return value: Offline - - - - - Return value: Out Of Memory - - - - - Return value: Output Bin Full - - - - - Return value: Page Punt - - - - - The caption of print preview windows.Return value: Preview: - - - - - Return value: PaperJam - - - - - Return value: PaperOut - - - - - Return value: PaperProblem - - - - - Return value: Paused - - - - - Return value: Pending Deletion - - - - - Return value: Power Save - - - - - Return value: Printing - - - - - Return value: Processing - - - - - Return value: Ready - - - - - Return value: Server Offline - - - - - Return value: Server Unknown - - - - - Return value: Toner Low - - - - - Return value: User Intervention - - - - - - - - - - Return value: Warming Up - - - - - Returns "Cancel". - - - - - Returns "Cancel pending". - - - - - Returns "Creating document". - - - - - Returns "Exporting". - - - - - Returns "Loading data". - - - - - The 's default caption.Return value: Please Wait - - - - - The 's default description.Return value: Loading ... - - - - - Returns "Printing". - - - - - Returns "XML files (.xml)|.xml|All files|.". - - - - - Returns "Restore Layout". - - - - - Returns "XML files (.xml)|.xml". - - - - - Returns "Save Layout". - - - - - Specifies the text displayed by the when it is not focused and has no search request.Return value: Enter text to search... - - - - - - - - - - Returns "Search for a column..." - - - - - Returns "Search for a field..." - - - - - Identifies the seconds item in and controls in a Touch UI. Return value: secs - - - - - Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Close button.Return value: Close - - - - - Returns "Scroll Down". - - - - - Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Next button which is used to scroll forwards through the tab pages.Return value: Next - - - - - Returns "Pin". - - - - - Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Previous button which is used to scroll backwards through the tab pages.Return value: Previous - - - - - Returns "Unpin". - - - - - Returns "Scroll Up". - - - - - Returns "Show Window List". - - - - - The caption of the Capture button in the dialog window that takes a picture from a webcam.Return value: Capture - - - - - The caption of the Save button in the dialog window that saves a picture taken from a webcam.Return value: Save - - - - - The caption of the dialog window that takes a picture from a webcam.Return value: Take Picture - - - - - The caption of the Try Again button in the dialog window that takes a picture from a webcam.Return value: Try Again - - - - - Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item that takes an image from a webcam.Return value: Take Picture from Camera - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to copy the selected contents of an editor.Return value: Copy - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to cut the selected contents of an editor.Return value: Cut - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to delete the selected contents of an editor.Return value: Delete - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to replace the contents of an editor with the text held in the Clipboard.Return value: Paste - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to select the editor's content.Return value: Select All - - - - - Represents the caption of the menu item used to undo the last edit operation in the text box.Return value: Undo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The error message displayed when trying to assign a translucent background color to a control that doesn't support transparency.Return value: This control does not support transparent background colors - - - - - Return value: Unknown picture format - - - - - Represents the caption of the Abort button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Abort - - - - - Represents the caption of the Cancel button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Cancel - - - - - Represents the caption of the Ignore button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Ignore - - - - - Represents the caption of the No button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: No - - - - - Represents the caption of the Ok button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Ok - - - - - Represents the caption of the Retry button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Retry - - - - - Represents the caption of the Yes button in the XtraMessageBox.Return value: Yes - - - - - Contains values that specify how the text case of strings is changed. - - - - - The text case of a string is modified by the control automatically, based on the control's display mode and other settings. - - - - - All alphabetic characters are in lowercase. - - - - - The first letter of the first word is capitalized. - - - - - If a text string is obtained from the system, it is displayed as is, without text case modifications. - - - - - All alphabetic characters are in uppercase. - - - - - Specifies how a value is displayed and edited in the button editor's edit box. - - - - - A button editor is displayed in its normal way. However, editing and selecting text is not allowed. If you want to enable a user to select text but disable text modifications, you can set the text editing style to Standard and set the property to true. - - - - - The text editing region is not visible and the editor displays only buttons contained in the current button editor. If no buttons can be displayed (for instance because of setting the property to False), the editor displays an empty region in this case. - - - - - A button editor works in its normal way. Editing and selecting text is allowed. - - - - - Contains values specifying the formats of time editor values. - - - - - Hours are displayed within the time editor. - - - - - Hours and minutes are displayed within the time editor. - - - - - Hours, minutes and seconds are displayed within the time editor. - - - - - Lists rules used to determine the first week of the year. - - - - - The rule specified by the System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo.CalendarWeekRule property which defines a calendar week for a specific culture. The value is -1. - - - - - Indicates that the first week of the year starts on the first day of the year and ends before the following designated first day of the week. The value is 0. - - - - - Indicates that the first week of the year begins on the first occurrence of the designated first day of the week on or after the first day of the year. The value is 1. - - - - - Indicates that the first week of the year is the first week with four or more days before the designated first day of the week. The value is 2. - - - - - Contains classes that allow custom editors to be embedded in container controls. - - - - - Allows you to embed a , or any custom control into cells of a container control (, , etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies settings from the repository item specified as a parameter. - - An object whose settings are to be copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's border style. - - A value specifying the editor's border style. - - - - Gets or sets the control displayed by the current object. - - The control displayed by the current object. - - - - Creates an editor whose type corresponds to the repository item's type. - - A descendant representing the editor whose type corresponds to this repository item's type. - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A System.String object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified edit value. - - The value whose text representation is to be returned. - The text representation of the specified edit value. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets the editor that owns the repository item. - - The editor that owns the current repository item. - - - - Updates the control that uses the current object. - - - - - Adds registration information on the and a corresponding editor to the default repository. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The owner ListBox control. - The value to initialize the property. - The object to initialize the property. - - - - Gets the current item's underlying data object. For a bound ListBoxControl, the DataItem property returns the corresponding record in the data source. - - The item's data object. - - - - Gets the current item's visual position. For a bound ListBoxControl, this property's value matches the index of a corresponding record in the data source. - - The item's zero-based visual position. - - - - Gets the template used to render the current item. Customize this template when handling the event. - - The template used to render the current item. - - - - Gets the item's value. - - The item's value. - - - - The control that enables navigation through records in a data source and provides common record operations. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Provides access to the navigator's built-in and custom buttons. - - A object which is the navigator's buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the data source member whose data is manipulated by the DataNavigator control. - - A string value representing the data source member. - - - - Gets or sets a data source for the DataNavigator control. - - A data source object whose data is managed by the data navigator. - - - - Gets or sets the position which the data navigator points to in the underlying data source. - - A zero-based integer which specifies a position in the underlying data source. - - - - Occurs after a position in the underlying data source has been changed. - - - - - Represents the DataNavigator's button collection. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - A object representing buttons displayed within the DataNavigator control. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Holds settings for buttons displayed in a control. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the button used to insert a new record. - - A object representing the navigator's Append button. - - - - Gets the button used to cancel edits to the current record. - - A object representing the navigator's CancelEdit button. - - - - Gets the object which manages a list of binding objects. - - A object used to keep data-bound controls synchronized with each other. - - - - This method supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be called in your code. - - - - - Gets the button used to post edited record values to the associated data source. - - A object representing the navigator's EndEdit button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record to the first record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's First button. - - - - Gets the button used to set the current record to the last record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's Last button. - - - - Gets the button used to set focus to the next record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's Next button. - - - - Gets the button used to change current record position in a data source by the property value. - - A object representing the navigator's NextPage button. - - - - Gets or sets the number of records to which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed. - - An integer value specifying the number of records to which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed. - - - - Gets the button used to set focus to the previous record in a data source. - - A object representing the navigator's Prev button. - - - - Gets the button used to change current record position in a data source by the property value. - - A object representing the navigator's PrevPage button. - - - - Gets the button used to delete the current record. - - A object representing the navigator's Remove button. - - - - Represents the base class for controls which provide the ability to edit datetime values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the Today button is visible. - - true to show the Today button; otherwise, false. - - - - The editor to edit date/time values using a dropdown calendar. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Occurs when drawing day cells in the dropdown calendar. - - - - - Gets or sets the date/time value in the control. - - A object representing selected date/time value. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Allows specific dates or date ranges to be disabled in the editor's drop-down to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - - - - Provides the ability to custom paint day cells in the dropdown calendar. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the edit value (current date). - - The current date. - - - - Gets settings specific to the date editor. - - The object containing settings specific to the date editor. - - - - Gets or sets the selected date ranges (DateRange objects). Each DateRange object identifies dates that are EQUAL OR GREATER THAN the DateRange.StartDate and LESS THAN the DateRange.EndDate. Thus the last date is excluded from the range. - - A collection of selected date ranges. - - - - Fires when the selection changes. - - - - - Gets or sets whether changing the / property updates the current selection. - - true, if the current selection is automatically set to the edit date (/) once the edit date is changed; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed within the edit box. - - The text displayed in the edit box. - - - - Gets or sets whether the same range of days (as in the current month) is automatically selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month. The property must be set to false to support this feature. - - true, if the same range of days is automatically selected in another month when you navigate from the current month to that month; otherwise, false. - - - - The 's client that renders a lightweight chart with a date-time horizontal axis. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the grid options of the date-time chart range control client. - - A object containing grid options for the date-time chart client of the range control. - - - - Provides access to the range settings of the date-time chart range control client. - - A object that contains settings to customize the range of the date-time chart range control client. - - - - Contains specific settings which define the representation of grid lines and labels in the date-time chart range control client. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the date-time measure unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned. - - A enumeration value that represents the measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned. - - - - Specifies the measurement unit to which selection thumbs of the range control are snapped. - - A enumeration value representing the selection thumbs alignment interval. - - - - Contains the common settings that define the range displayed by a date-time chart client of the range control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the end bound of a date-time chart client range. - - A value that is the range end bound. - - - - Gets or sets the start bound of a date-time chart client range. - - A value that is the range start bound. - - - - Enumerates modes that specify whether to show specific date-time functions in the filter control menus. - - - - - Shows the advanced date-time functions such as Is Same Day, Is Yesterday. - - - - - if Version Compatibility is set to version 19.1 or newer; otherwise, . - - - - - Do not show date-time functions. - - - - - Shows the standard date-time functions, such as Is Later This Year, Is Next Week. - - - - - A 's client that supports date-time range selection. - - - - - Initializes a new DateTimeRangeControlClient class instance. - - - - - Provides access to a drawing surface. Allows you to draw a label manually. - - - - - Allows you to provide a custom label text. - - - - - Returns the culture settings for month names, day abbreviations, and the first day of the week. - - An object that specifies the culture settings for month names, day abbreviations, and the first day of the week. - - - - Gets or sets culture-specific information about the date-time format of labels. - - An object that contains culture-specific information about the format of date and time values. - - - - Gets or sets a string expression that specifies the date-time format of labels. - - A string expression that specifies the date-time format of labels. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum available value. - - A structure that specifies the maximum available value. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum available value. - - A structure that specifies the minimum available value. - - - - Provides access to a collection of date-time rulers displayed in the client. - - An object that contains date-time rulers. - - - - Contains values that specify whether and how a dropdown arrow is displayed within the control. - - - - - Identical to the option. - - - - - The dropdown arrow is hidden. A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the button unless the is set to false. - - - - - The dropdown arrow is merged into the button.A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the button unless the is set to false. - - - - - The dropdown arrow is displayed as a separate button. A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the dropdown arrow button unless the is set to false. - - - - - The button that can be associated with a popup control or a context menu. It is possible to prevent the button from receiving focus on a click. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a click on the button opens the dropdown control. This option is in effect when the property is set to false. - - true if a click on the button opens the dropdown control; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the drop-down button. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the drop-down button. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when the current control is disabled. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when the current control is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when it is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when it is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when it is clicked. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings applied to the drop-down button when it is clicked. - - - - Allows you to respond to clicking the drop-down arrow. - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - null. - - - - Gets or sets whether and how a dropdown arrow is displayed within the . - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the interior spacing of the separate button displaying the drop-down arrow. This property is in effect if is set to SplitButton. - - A representing the interior spacing of the separate button displaying the drop-down arrow. - - - - Gets or sets the popup control for the button. - - A popup control object. - - - - Hides the opened popup control. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the drop-down arrow's region contains the point with the specified coordinates. - - A structure representing the point to test. - true if the drop-down arrow's region contains the point with the specified coordinates; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the associated popup control is currently open. - - true if the popup control is open; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that manages the display of the associated popup control . - - An object implementing the IDXMenuManager interface. - - - - Gets or sets whether the drop-down arrow is displayed as a part of the control. - - true if the drop-down arrow is visible; otherwise,false. - - - - Opens the associated popup control. - - - - - Fires when an attempt is made to open the associated popup control. - - - - - Contains classes that support the error handling mechanism. - - - - - Provides error management for DevExpress bound and unbound editors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified control container. - - A parent of controls whose errors are monitored by the . This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Sets the data source to be monitored for errors. - - A data set to be monitored for errors. This value is used to initialize the property. - The name of the specified data set member. This value is used to initialize the property. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended. - - The control to be extended. - true if the control can be extended; otherwise, false. - - - - Visually clears all error icons that have been displayed by the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a control which owns the controls monitored for errors. - - The that contains the controls monitored for errors by the . - - - - Gets or sets a data source member monitored for errors. - - A string value representing the data source member. - - - - Gets or sets the data source to be monitored for errors. - - An object which represents the data source. - - - - Gets a list of the controls with which errors are associated. - - A list of the controls with which errors are associated. - - - - Gets a list of the controls with which errors of the specified type are associated. - - An value that specifies the type of error that editors to be returned must contain. - A list of the controls with which errors are associated. - - - - Gets an error text associated with the specified control. - - A control whose error text is returned. - A value that represents the error text associated with the specified control. - - - - Allows you to provide custom error icons for editors. - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the type of error associated with the specified control. - - The control whose error type should be obtained. - A value that specifies the error type. - - - - Returns the alignment of the error icon associated with the specified control. - - A control whose error icon alignment is returned. - A value that specifies the alignment of the control's error icon. - - - - Creates an image from the specified manifest resource. - - The case-sensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. - An SvgBitmap object specifying the required image. - - - - Gets whether there is any error that is set via the 's methods or on the data source level. - - true if there is any error; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether there is any error of the specified type. - - An value that represents the error type to be located. - true if there is an error of the specified type; otherwise, false. - - - - Updates error information for the specified editor. - - The editor whose error information is to be updated. - - - - Updates error information for all editors managed by the . - - - - - Sets the default error icon next to a control. When a user hovers over this icon, a tooltip with an error message appears on-screen. - - A control where an error occurred. - The error text. - - - - Sets an error icon next to a control. When a user hovers over this icon, a tooltip with an error message appears on-screen. - - A control in which an error occurred. - The error text. - An value that represents the error type, and the type of error icon that will be displayed. - - - - Sets the type of error associated with the specified control. - - The control whose error type is specified. - An value that specifies the error type. - - - - Specifies the alignment of an error icon for a control. - - The control for which the error icon alignment is specified. - A value that specifies the alignment of the control's error icon. - - - - - - - - - - Updates the binding and display error information, to reflect errors that could have been set on the data store level. - - - - - Provides data validation management for DevExpress bound and unbound editors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container control. - - An object that implements the interface, and owns the created object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container control. - - A object that owns the created object. - - - - Indicates whether a control can be extended. - - The control to be extended. - true if the control can be extended; otherwise, false. - - - - Retrieves the alignment of an error icon for the specified control. - - A target control. - An value. - - - - Gets the collection of the controls whose values are invalid. - - The collection of the controls whose values are invalid. - - - - Returns a validation rule associated with the specified descendant. - - A descendant. - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.DXErrorProvider.ValidationRuleBase descendant that represents the validation rule associated with the editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no validation rule is associated with the specified editor. - - - - Gets the collection of the controls whose values are invalid. - - The collection of the controls whose values are invalid. - - - - Removes an error associated with the specified control. - - A control whose error must be removed. - - - - Sets the alignment of an error icon for the specified control. - - A target control. - An value that specifies the alignment to be set for the control. - - - - Associates a validation rule with the specified descendant. - - A descendant that represents the editor. - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.DXErrorProvider.ValidationRuleBase descendant that represents the validation rule. - - - - Validates all the editors associated with the . - - true if all the editors are successfully validated; false if one or more editors are not validated. - - - - Validates the specified editor associated with the . - - A object or descendant that represents the editor to be validated. - true if the editor is successfully validated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether hidden editors are validated when calling the method. - - true if validation of hidden editors is enabled; otherwise, false - - - - Allows you to perform actions when a control's validation fails. - - - - - Gets or sets the validation mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.DXErrorProvider.ValidationMode enumeration value that specifies the validation mode. - - - - Occurs after the validation was successfully passed and allows you to perform certain post-validation actions. - - - - - Allows users to build filter criteria and apply them to controls and data sources. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the currently active editor used to edit operand value(s). - - A descendant that represents the currently active editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no operand value is currently being edited. - - - - Fires when the active editor in the FilterControl is being validated. - - - - - Gets or sets whether filters can be created against properties that are List objects. - - A value that specifies if filters can be created against properties that are List objects. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the color used to paint text in the FilterControl when it is disabled. - - The color used to paint text in the disabled FilterControl. - - - - Gets or sets the color of empty values. - - A structure that specifies the color of empty values. - - - - Gets or sets the color of field names. - - A structure that specifies the color of field names. - - - - Gets or sets the color of group operators. - - A structure that specifies the color of group operators. - - - - Gets or sets the color of logical operators. - - A structure that specifies the color of logical operators. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint tree lines. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint tree lines. - - - - Gets or sets the color of values. - - A structure that specifies the color of values. - - - - Applies the filter criteria to the source control. - - - - - Fires before creating an editor used to edit operands in the FilterControl. - - - - - Fires before displaying an editor used to edit operands in the FilterControl. - - - - - Clears the filter criteria. - - - - - Creates empty criteria for the default column (). - - A Node object that specifies the created empty criteria for the default column. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Fires before an editor used to edit operands is disposed of. - - - - - Occurs after filter criteria in the have been modified. - - - - - Gets a filter column collection. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.FilterColumnCollection object that represents the collection of filter columns. - - - - Gets or sets the total filter expression. - - A descendant that represents the total filter expression. - - - - Gets or sets the total filter expression. - - A value that specifies the total filter expression. - - - - Fires after a value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets the object which contains information used to render the Filter Control. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.FilterControlViewInfo object. - - - - Returns a default SVG image used by an aggregate filter menu item (see the property). - - A String value that specifies the menu item caption. - An SvgImage object that is the aggregate filter menu item image. - - - - Retrieves icons used by for specific filtering clauses in the specific skin. - - A object that specifies a skin for which clause icons should be retrieved. - A String value that specifies the clause for which an icon needs to be returned. - An Icon used by for a given clause. - - - - Retrieves icons used by for specific filtering clauses in the specific skin. - - A object that specifies a skin for which a clause icon should be retrieved. - A String value that specifies the clause for which an icon needs to be returned. - An ObjectState enumeration value that specifies the state (normal, hovered, pressed, etc.) for which a clause icon should be retrieved. - An Image used by for a given clause. - - - - Retrieves icons used by for specific clauses. - - A String value that specifies the clause for which an icon needs to be returned. - An Icon used by for a given clause. - - - - Retrieves icons used by for specific filtering clauses in the specific skin palette. - - A String value that specifies the clause for which an icon needs to be returned. - An ISvgPaletteProvider that colorizes SVG icons depending on the currently applied DevExpress skin. - An Image used by for a given clause. - - - - Returns the vector icon used by for a specific filtering clause. - - A String value that specifies the clause for which an icon needs to be returned. - A DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object that is the vector icon used by for a specific filtering clause. - - - - Gets the default column used to create a new filter in the Filter Control. - - The default filter column. - - - - Retrieves the default SVG icon for an item within a menu that the shows when end-users change group conditions. - - A String value that specifies the button whose vector icon is to be retrieved. - An SvgImage object that is the vector icon for the group condition menu item. - - - - - - - - - - - Allows you to customize a node's settings when it is initialized. - - - - - Fires after any element (logical operator, operand value, field name, etc.) of the Filter Control has been clicked. - - - - - Fires after any element (logical operator, operand value, field name, etc.) of the Filter Control has been double clicked. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies the width of level indents (horizontal tree lines). - - An integer value that specifies the indent, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of atomic operands simultaneously displayed within a group operand. If there are more atomic operands in display mode, the group operand's text representation will be trimmed. In edit mode, the group operand's values will be edited via a control. This feature is supported when the FilterControl is bound to XtraGrid. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of atomic operands simultaneously displayed within a group operand. - - - - Gets or sets the menu manager which controls the look and feel of the context menus. - - An object which implements the DevExpress.Utils.Menu.IDXMenuManager interface. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the distance between logical expressions. - - An integer value which specifies the distance between logical expressions, in pixels. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when any popup menu in a FilterControl is about to be displayed, and allows you to customize these menus. - - - - - Allows you to add custom function based filters (for example, 'discount is more than 15%') to Excel-style pop-up filter menus and/or the filter editor. - - - - - Gets or sets whether users can edit filter criteria. - - true if users can edit filter criteria; otherwise, false. - - - - Specifies the filter column which is used by default when a new logical expression is created. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.FilterColumn object or a descendant which represents the filter column used by default when a new logical expression is created. - - - - Creates filter columns. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.FilterColumnCollection object that represents the collection of filter columns. - - - - Creates filter columns. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.FilterColumnCollection object that represents the collection of filter columns. - An object which represents the menu manager which controls the look and feel of the context menus. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show custom function-based filters. - - True to show custom function-based filters; False to not show them; Default to enable/disable custom function-based filters depending on the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether date-time constants (functions) are available in the second operand's dropdown field list. Supported when the first operand is a date-time field. - - true, if date-time functions/constants are available in the second operand's field list; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether to show the standard and advanced date-time functions (BeyondThisYear, LaterThisYear, Tomorrow, Today, Yesterday, LastWeek, etc.) for date-time fields. - - A DateTimeFunctionsShowMode enumaration value that specifies whether to show the standard and advanced date-time functions for date-time fields. - - - - Gets or sets whether date-time specific operators are available for date-time fields. - - true if date-time specific operators are available for date-time fields; otherwise, false - - - - Allows the FilterControl's context menus to be customized. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the group commands icon is displayed. - - true to display the group commands icon; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the IsNull operator is available for string values. - - true if the IsNull operator is available for string values; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether date-time functions/constants are available in the second operand's value box for date-time fields. - - true, if date-time functions/constants are available in an operand value box for date-time fields; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a user can swap the second operand's type (between the Value box and Field list). The Field list allows users to compare the first operand (field) with another field. - - true, to allow end-users to swap the second operand's type; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether column captions appear sorted in the 's menus. - - true to sort column captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the control/data source to which the FilterControl provides filter criteria. - - An object that represents the source control for the Filter Control. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - null (Nothing in Visual Basic) - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a menu or combobox editor is used to select operands and operators in a . - - true if a menu is used to select operands and operators in a ; false if a combobox editor is used. - - - - Contains values that specify how a Filter Editor Control's criteria can be edited. - - - - - The Filter Editor's filter can be solely edited in text form, using a dedicated text editor. - - - - - A Filter Editor displays two pages: Text and Visual, allowing an end-user to build filters in text and visual forms respectively. - - - - - The Filter Editor's filter can be solely edited in a visual form, using a dedicated tree view. - - - - - A Filter Editor displays two pages: Visual and Text, allowing an end-user to build filters in visual and text forms respectively. - - - - - Contains classes that implement a filtering functionality for DevExpress Windows Forms controls. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the object, which allows you to customize the 's "Text" tab. - - An object that allows you to customize the 's "Text" tab. - - - - Gets the FilterControl (in Visual view mode) or embedded FilterControl (in VisualText, TextVisual and Text view modes). - - The FilterControl or embedded FilterControl. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the currently used Filter Control (FilterControl or FilterEditorControl) via an interface. - - The Filter Control (as an IFilterControl object). - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the Filter Editor (the form that embeds the Filter Editor). - - true, to display the Filter Editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as a base class for classes providing data for events that allow you to customize filter conditions in the Excel-style filter dropdowns. - - - - - Adds the specified data value by which the column being processed can be filtered, and the corresponding text to be displayed in the filter popup. - - The data value by which the column can be filtered. - The text of the filter condition to be displayed in the filter popup. - true, to enable HTML formatting for the text parameter; otherwise, false. - An ExcelFilterDataItem object specifying the filter item. - - - - Adds the specified filter condition by which the column being processed can be filtered, and the corresponding text to be displayed in the filter popup. - - The display text for the filter condition. - The filter condition. - true, to enable HTML formatting for the text parameter; otherwise, false. - An ExcelFilterItem object specifying the filter item. - - - - Adds the specified filter condition by which the column being processed can be filtered, and the corresponding text to be displayed in the filter popup. - - The display text for the filter condition. - The filter condition. - true, to enable HTML formatting for the text parameter; otherwise, false. - An ExcelFilterItem object specifying the filter item. - - - - Changes the display text in the filter popup for the specified data value. - - The data value for which to change the display text. - The text to be displayed in the filter popup for the specified data value. - true, if the display text is successfully changed; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Provides access to the collection of data values by which the column being processed can be filtered, and the corresponding display texts. - - A <DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.ExcelFilterDataItem,> object specifying the collection of data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - - - Provides acces to the collection of the texts to be displayed in the filter popup for the corresponding data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - A [] object specifying the collection of the display texts. - - - - Provides access to the collection of custom filter conditions by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - A <DevExpress.XtraEditors.Filtering.ExcelFilterItem,> object specifying the collection of custom filter conditions by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - - - Returns an array of strings representing captions for filters in the popup. - - An array of strings representing captions for filters in the popup. - - - - Returns the collection of custom filter conditions by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - The collection of custom filter conditions by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - - - Returns an array of objects representing data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - An array of objects representing data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images to be inserted into filter item captions using HTML tags. This property is in effect when the HTML formatting feature is enabled for filter item captions. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of images fetched from the column's image combo box editor to the filter menu. For internal use. - - A enumeration value that specifies the image alignment. - - - - Provides access to the collection of images fetched form the column's image combo box editor to the filter menu. For internal use. - - An object specifying the image collection. - - - - Gets whether these event arguments contain data values. - - true, if these event arguments contain data values; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the data is not yet loaded during asynchronous data loading. - - true, if the data is not yet loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Event arguments used when actual data is not yet loaded asynchronously. - - - - - - Removes the specified data value by which the column being processed can be filtered from the filter popup. - - The data value to remove from the filter popup. - true, if the specified data value is successfully removed from the filter popup; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - An [] specifying the collection of data values by which the column being processed can be filtered. - - - - Provides data for events that allow you to customize filter conditions in the Excel-style filter dropdowns. - - - - - Gets the column being processed. - - The column being processed. - - - - Enumerates available menu types. - - - - - Not supported. - - - - - The menu to choose operators in aggregate nodes (represent collection properties). This menu is available when you edit a collection property and the property is set to Aggregate or AggregateWithCondition. - - - - - The menu to choose a field in field-based operators in aggregate nodes (represent collection properties). This menu is available when you edit a collection property and the property is set to Aggregate or AggregateWithCondition - - - - - The menu to choose the operation type. - - - - - The menu to choose the field (column) name. - - - - - The menu that displays comparison fields (columns) and date-time constants. This menu is available when is set to true. The property specifies the availability of the date-time constants in the menu. - - - - - The menu to choose group operations. - - - - - The menu to manage conditions (available when the option is enabled). - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The property name. - The property type. - true, if the node is new; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the node is newly created. - - true, if the node is newly created; false, if the node already existed. - - - - Gets or sets the property (field) name. - - The property (field) name. - - - - Sets the operation type for the current node. - - The operation type. - - - - Sets the operation type for the current node. - - The operation type. - - - - Applies a registered custom function to the current node. - - The name of the registered custom function. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The current node. - A value that identifies the type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed. - The type of the FilterControl's menu to be invoked. - The menu to be invoked - The position where the menu is to be invoked. - - - - Gets the node where the menu is to be displayed. - - A Node object that identifies the clicked node. - - - - Gets the type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed. - - An ElementType enumeration value that identifies the type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed. - - - - Gets the menu that will be invoked. - - A object that is the menu to be invoked. - - - - Gets the type of the FilterControl's menu to be invoked. - - A FilterControlMenuType enumeration value that specifies the type of the FilterControl's menu to be invoked. - - - - Gets the position where the menu is to be invoked. - - A Point value that specifies the position where the menu is to be invoked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current menu should be restored to its default state, after it has been displayed on-screen. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether the current menu should be restored to its default state after it has been displayed on-screen. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event source. This parameter identifies the which raised the event. - A object which contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An editor that is about to be invoked. This value is assigned to the object's Editor property. - An object that identifies the current node in the FilterControl's tree. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.Data.Filtering.OperandValue object that is the current value. This value is assigned to the property. - The index of an operand value. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the current node in the FilterControl's tree of criteria. - - A ClauseNode object that is the current node. - - - - Allows you to specify a custom editor to be opened instead of the default one, specified by the Editor property. - - A descendant identifying the custom editor that will be created and displayed instead of the default one. - - - - Gets the index of the current operand value. - - An integer that specifies the index of the current operand value. - - - - Gets the current operand value. - - An object that specifies the current operand value. - - - - Gets the operation of the current node. - - A ClauseType value that specifies the current operation. - - - - The base class for objects that provide data for editor specific events. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the currently processed editor. - - A descendant that represents the currently processed editor. - - - - The editor to select a font from a dropdown list. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Closes the popup window accepting the changes made. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - A object that contains a control's settings. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the selected item. - - An integer value that specifies the index of the selected item. - - - - Enumerates the comparison operators (Equal, Between, Less, etc.). - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall into the range specified by the and properties. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values match the property value. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) if the evaluates to true. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater than the property value. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater or equal to the property value. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less than the property value. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less or equal to the property value. - - - - - The format is applied to all cells in the target column. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall outside of the range specified by the and properties. - - - - - The format is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values do not match the property value. - - - - - Enumerates value ranges relative to an average value. - - - - - The range that includes values above the average value. - - - - - The range that includes values below the average value. - - - - - The range that includes values that are above or equal to the average value. - - - - - The range that includes values that are below or equal to the average value. - - - - - Contains values that specify how the range's maximum and minimum values are calculated when the and properties are set to Automatic. - - - - - Default is equivalent to ValueBased mode. - - - - - The range's maximum and minimum values are the highest and lowest column values, respectively. - - - - - The range's maximum value is the highest column value, but not less than 0. -The range's minimum value is the lowest column value, but not greater than 0. - - - - - Serves as a base for classes that represent a collection of style conditions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Appends the specified style format condition to the collection. - - A object or descendant to be added to the collection. - - - - Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object or descendant which represents the source of the operation. - - - - Locks the by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Occurs when the collection is changed. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, performs a comparison of two objects of the same type and returns a value indicating whether one is less than, equal to or greater than the other. - - The first object to compare. - The second object to compare. - An integer value indicating whether one is less than, equal to or greater than the other. - - - - Indicates whether the current collection contains the specified style format condition. - - A object or descendant which represents the style format condition to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified style format condition; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Returns the specified condition's position within the collection. - - A object or descendant to locate in the collection. - A zero-based integer which represents the condition's position within the collection. -1 if the condition doesn't belong to the collection. - - - - When overridden by descendant classes, indicates whether the control that owns the current collection is currently being initialized. - - true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items within the collection. - - An integer value specifying the item's zero based index within the collection. If its negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A object or descendant which resides at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Gets a style format condition with the specified tag. - - An object which contains information associated with the style format condition. - A object or descendant which represents a style format condition within the collection whose property's value matches the tag parameter. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no style format condition is found. - - - - Gets an item from the collection by its name. - - A string value specifying the name of the desired item. - A object with the required name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there are no items with the specified name in the collection. - - - - Removes the specified object from the collection. - - A object to remove. - - - - Enumerates comparison operators used to set the property. - - - - - The Greater Than operator. - - - - - The Greater Than or Equal To operator. - - - - - Enumerates triggers for the FormatConditionRuleDataUpdate format. - - - - - Allows you to implement a custom trigger for the format rule by handling the event. End-users are not able to access and modify custom triggers at runtime (in the Conditional Formatting Rules Manager). - - - - - Activates a format when a value changes. - - - - - Activates a format when a value decreases. - - - - - Activates a format when a value increases. - - - - - A class that provides an icon set for the format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Gets or sets the category name of the current icon set. - - A value that specifies the category name of the current icon set. - - - - Gets whether the current icon set contains icons. - - true, if the current icon set contains one or more icons; otherwise; false. - - - - Specifies an icon collection for the format. - - An icon collection. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the current icon set. - - A value that specifies the name of the current icon set. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A string that specifies the icon set's range description. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns the text representation of the current icon set. - - A value that specify the text representation of the current icon set. - - - - Gets or sets the type of threshold values for the current icon set. - - A value that specifies the type of threshold values for the icon set. - - - - A single icon, which corresponds to a specific range in the format. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A string value that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets a threshold value that defines the range to which the current icon corresponds. - - A value that specifies a threshold of the target value range. - - - - Gets or sets the comparison operator used to define the target range corresponding to the current object. - - A value that specifies the comparison operator. - - - - Applies a format using a two-color scale to display data distribution and variation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or sets the color corresponding to the maximum threshold. - - A value that specifies the color corresponding to the maximum threshold. - - - - Gets or sets the color corresponding to the minimum threshold. - - A value that specifies the color corresponding to the minimum threshold. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the predefined color scale for the current conditional formatting rule. - - The name of the predefined color scale for the current conditional formatting rule. - - - - Applies a format using a three-color scale to display data distribution and variation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the midpoint of the target value range. - - A value that specifies the midpoint of target the range. - - - - Gets or sets the color corresponding to the midpoint of the target value range. - - The color corresponding to the midpoint of the target value range. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the midpoint of the target range. - - The type of the midpoint of the target range. - - - - Applies a format if a cell value is above or below the column's average. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Gets or sets the target range relative to a column's average value. - - The target range relative to a column's average value. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new object. - - - - The base class for style formats that allow cells to be customized using the property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Allows you to explicitly set the appearance settings (background and foreground colors and font settings) for target cells. This property's settings take priority over the style specified by the property. - - An object that specifies appearance settings applied to target cells. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a predefined or custom style applied to target cells. - - A string that specifies the name of a predefined style. - - - - The base class for classes that implement conditional formatting rules. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the format is repainted with an animation effect when a cell value changes. Animation effects are supported for specific format rules, only in the Data Grid control. - - A value that specifies whether an animation effect is enabled for the format rule. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are to be copied to the current object. - - - - Locks the by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Converts the specified object to the nullable decimal type. - - The object to be converted to the nullable decimal type. - The result of the conversion. - - - - This method is overridden by descendants to create new class instances. - - A new instance of a descendant. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets whether an animation effect is enabled for and supported by the format rule. - - true if an animation effect is enabled for and supported by the format rule - - - - Returns whether the current rule evaluates to "true" for input values provided by the specified valueProvider. - - An object that provides values to test against the current rule. - true, if the current rule is true; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current object is properly customized. - - true, if the object is properly customized; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - The text representation of the current object. - - - - Enumerates values indicating how the rule has been changed. - - - - - Data and UI settings have been updated. - - - - - Data has been updated. - - - - - No changes. - - - - - UI settings have been updated. - - - - - Applies a format if a value matches one of constants. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new object. - - - - Gets or sets a list of constants. - - An object that specifies a list of constants for the formatting rule. - - - - Applies a format using a data bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether negative data bars are displayed in the direction opposite to the positive data bars. - - true, if negative data bars are displayed in the direction opposite to the positive data bars; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for data bars that correspond to positive cell values. - - An object that specifies appearance settings for positive data bars. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for data bars that correspond to negative cell values. - - An object that specifies appearance settings for negative data bars. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the vertical axis between positive and negative data bars. - - A value that specifies the color of the vertical axis between positive and negative data bars. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or set whether to draw the vertical axis between positive and negative data bars. - - true, if the axis is painted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to draw the vertical axis between positive and negative bars at the middle of the cell. - - true, to draw the axis at the middle of the cel; false, to draw the axis at the position specified by the proportion of the minimum negative value to the maximum positive value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the predefined bar style. - - A string value that specifies the predefined style name. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display positive data bars in the right-to-left direction. - - A value that specifies whether to display data bars in the right-to-left direction. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display data bars within target cells without cell values. - - true, if data bars are displayed within cells without cell values; false, if data bars are displayed along with cell values. - - - - Highlights a cell with a custom icon and/or appearance settings for a limited time when a cell value changes. This format is only supported in the Data Grid control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the current class. - - The created instance of the current class. - - - - Gets or sets the time during which the format is applied. - - The delay in milliseconds after which the format is cleared. - - - - Allows you to display a custom image or a predefined icon. - - An object that specifies an icon or image for the format. - - - - Gets or sets when to activate the format. - - A value that specifies when to activate the format. - - - - Applies a format if a column's DateTime value refers to a specific date and/or date interval relative to today. These days and intervals include Today, Yesterday, This week, Earlier this month, Prior to this year, etc. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new object. - - - - Gets or sets the filter that identifies a target date or dates. - - The filter that identifies a target date or dates. - - - - Reapplies the conditional formatting rule, taking into account the current date. - - - - - Applies a format if a cell value(s) meets a specific expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new object. - - - - Gets or sets a Boolean expression. When the expression evaluates to true, a format is applied to cells. - - A string that specifies the Boolean expression. - - - - Applies a format using an icon set. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or sets an icon set. - - A value that specifies an icon set. - - - - Gets whether the current icon set is properly customized. - - true, if the current icon set is properly customized; otherwise, false. - - - - A base class for classes that provide conditional formatting rules based on minimum and maximum thresholds. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Gets or sets how the range's maximum and minimum values are calculated when the and properties are set to Automatic. - - A value that specifies how the range's maximum and minimum values are calculated in Automatic mode. -The FormatConditionAutomaticType.Default value is equivalent to FormatConditionAutomaticType.ValueBased. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Returns the actual value of the setting. - - The actual value of the setting. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum of the target value range. - - The maximum of the target value range. - - - - Gets or sets whether the target range's maximum is automatically calculated or specified manually (as a number or percentage). - - A value that specifies how the maximum of the target range is defined. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum of the target value range. - - The minimum of the target value range. - - - - Gets or sets whether the target range minimum is automatically calculated or specified manually (as a number or percentage). - - A value that specifies how the minimum of the target range is defined. - - - - Applies a format if a value is in the range of the highest or lowest column values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or sets a cutoff value that specifies the count or percentage of column cells with the highest or lowest values. - - An object that specifies a count or percentage of cells with the highest or lowest values. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the value. - - An object that specifies a type of the rank value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the rule targets the highest or lowest column values. - - An object that specifies the type of the target range. - - - - Applies a format if a column's value is unique or a duplicate. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new instance. - - - - Gets or sets whether the format is applied to unique or duplicate column values. - - A value that specifies whether the format is applied to unique or duplicate column values. - - - - Applies a format if a column's value meets a specified condition (Equal, Less, Between, etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class. - - - - - Gets or sets the comparison operator (Equal, Between, Less, etc.). - - The comparison operator. - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - A new object. - - - - Gets or sets a Boolean expression to which target cells should match. - - A string that specifies the Boolean expression. - - - - Gets or sets the first constant that is compared with column values. - - A value that is compared with column values. - - - - Gets or sets the second constant that is compared with column values. - - A value that is compared with the column's values. - - - - Enumerates value ranges relative to a certain value. - - - - - The lowest values. - - - - - The highest values. - - - - - Identifies values as unique or duplicate. - - - - - Duplicate column values. - - - - - Unique column values. - - - - - Enumerates how cutoff/minimum/maximum values are regarded and whether they are calculated automatically. - - - - - A cuttoff/minimum/maximum value is calculated automatically. - - - - - A numeric value. - - - - - A percentage value. - - - - - The base class for objects that apply style formats to controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object. - - An object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The field name of the column that provides values to test against the current formatting rule. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current object is enabled. - - true, if the current object is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns whether the current rule () evaluates to "true" for input values provided by the specified valueProvider. - - An object that provides values to test against the current rule. - true, if the current rule is true; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the current object is properly customized. - - true, if the object is properly customized; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the current object. - - The object's name. - - - - Gets or sets the style format rule, which defines the condition and appearance settings applied when the condition is true. - - The style format rule. - - - - Returns the object type-cast to the specified type. - - The object type-cast to the specified type. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether subsequent format rules that target a specific cell should be ignored if the current format rule evaluates to true for this cell. - - true, if subsequent format rules that target a specific cell should be ignored if the current format rule evaluates to true for this cell; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets custom data associated with the current object. - - Custom data associated with the current object. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - The text representation of the current object. - - - - Enumerates painting styles for selected and hot-tracked items in list box and pop up controls. - - - - - The same as the Skinned option. - - - - - Selected and hot-tracked items are painted skinned if a skinning painting scheme is applied. Otherwise, items are not skinned. - - - - - Selected and hot-tracked items are not skinned and painted using the default system color. In a control's descendants, if item hot-tracking is enabled, selected and hot-tracked items are always in sync, and setting the property to SelectItemOnClick is not in effect. - - - - - Enumerates values that specify how list box items are selected when item hot-tracking is enabled. - - - - - If item hot-tracking is enabled, an item is selected when clicked. This option is not in effect if the property is set to . - - - - - If item hot-tracking is enabled, an item is selected when hovering over it with the mouse. - - - - - The same as the option plus the following.If item skinning is enabled via the option, the event is raised each time an item is hot-tracked. -In mode, the event is raised only when clicking the item. - - - - - The editor to display and edit hyperlinks and navigate to their targets. - - - - - Creates an instance of the control. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Occurs before hyperlink execution. - - - - - Contains settings specific to the hyperlink editor. - - A object containing settings for the current editor. - - - - Executes the command specified by the hyperlink editor as a new process. - - - - - Executes the specified command as a new process. - - The object representing the command to execute. - - - - Gets or sets the text representing the command for the hyperlink editor. - - A string representing the command for the hyperlink editor. - - - - The label that supports displaying text or its portion as a hyperlink. Allows you to use HTML tags to format text. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class with the default settings. - - - - - This property is not supported by the . The HTML Text Formatting feature is always enabled for this control. - - - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the . - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the control. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the when it is disabled. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the control. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the when it is hovered. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the control. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the when it is pressed. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the control. - - - - Gets or sets when links should be underlined. - - A value that specifies when links should be underlined. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display links within a as visited links. - - true, if links are displayed as visited links; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the color used to display links within a disabled (when its Enabled property is set to false). - - A color used to display disabled links. - - - - Gets or sets the color used to display normal links. - - An object that specifies the color used to display normal links. - - - - Provides access to the appearance options. - - An object that specifies the appearance options. - - - - Gets or sets the color used to display links when the is pressed. - - A color used to display links in the pressed state. - - - - Gets or sets the color used to paint visited links. - - A color used to paint visited links. - - - - Provides the appearance options used to paint a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of a class with the default settings. - - - - - Copies all settings from the options object passed as the parameter and assigns them to the current object. - - An object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Determines whether the specified object and the current object have the same property values. - - An object to be compared with the current object. - true, if the current object has the same property values as the specified object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true, if the property value is used; false, if the default color is used. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true, if the property value is used; false, if the default color is used. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true, if the property value is used; false, if the default color is used. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the property value. - - true, if the property value is used; false, if the default color is used. - - - - Lists the values that specify how an image is aligned relative to the label's text. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the bottom. - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the center. - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the top. - - - - - The image isn't aligned relative to the label's text. The alignment of the image is specified by the label's appearance settings (). - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the bottom. - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the center. - - - - - The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the top. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The combo box editor whose items can display custom images. The control also allows values from an enumeration to be displayed. - - - - - Creates an instance of the image combo box editor. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - The object representing the edit value. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupImageComboBoxEditListBoxForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets settings specific to the image combo box editor. - - The object containing settings for the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the selected item. - - A selected item. - - - - Locates the first item with the specified description and selects it. - - A string value that specifies the item description. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box. - - The string displayed in the edit box. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - The object representing the edit value. - - - - The editor that displays images in a popup window. - - - - - Initializes a new control instance with default settings. - - - - - Closes the popup window. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets an object representing an image stored by the image editor. - - A value representing an image stored by the image editor. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.ImagePopupForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Sets or gets the image displayed by the editor. - - A object representing the image displayed by the editor. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets an object containing settings specific to the image editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - Gets a value representing the display representation of the editor's property. - - A value standing for the display representation of the editor's edited value. - - - - The list box control that displays a list of items that a user can select. Can be populated with items from a data source. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Enumerates possible locations for an image within a control. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned in the center. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The same as MiddleLeft. - - - - - The image is centered vertically and horizontally. The control's text is not displayed in this mode. - - - - - The image is vertically centered, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The image is vertically centered, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned in the center. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - LIsts values that specify how the label is automatically resized to display its entire contents. - - - - - In Visual Studio 2002 and 2003, the same as the None option.In Visual Studio 2005 and more recent versions, the same as the Horizontal option. - - - - - The label is automatically resized to display its entire contents horizontally. The label's size depends only on the length of the text and the font settings, the label cannot be resized by an end-user. - - - - - Disables the auto size mode. An end-user is allowed to change both the label's width and height. - - - - - The label's height is automatically changed to display its entire contents. In this instance, an end-user can change the label's width while its height is automatically adjusted to fit the label's text. - - - - - The label that supports formatted text, images, multi-line text strings and HTML formatting. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the label image is painted based on the label's foreground color. - - true, if the label image is painted based on the label's foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed. - - true, if HTML formatting is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the label. - - A object which contains the label's appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current label is disabled. - - A object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current label is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current label is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - A object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current label is hovered over with the mouse pointer. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the current label is clicked. - - A object that specifies the appearance settings applied when the current label is clicked. - - - - Gets or sets whether the ellipsis character is appended to the string when the string is truncated. - - true if the ellipsis character is used when the string is truncated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's width is changed to display the editor's content in its entirety. This property is in effect only when the editor resides within a Layout Hierarchical Structure. - - true, if the editor's width is changed to display the editor's content in its entirety; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the direction in which the label grows to display its entire contents. - - The direction in which the label grows to display its entire contents. - - - - Gets or sets the label control's background color. - - A value that specifies the control's background color. - - - - Gets or sets the label's background image. This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An that represents the label's background image. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An value that specifies the position of an image on the control. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds a command to this . - - An Object that is the command bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the specific type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A value. - - - - Returns the Y coordinate of the text base line. - - An integer value that specifies the Y coordinate of the text base line. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be inserted into the label using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user clicks a hyperlink contained within the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies how the image is aligned relative to the label's text. - - An value that specifies how the image is aligned relative to the label's text. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.LabelControlImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between the image and text of the current . - - An value specifying the indent between the image and text of the , in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the color of the label's line. - - A value that specifies the line's color. - - - - Gets the location of the LabelControl's line relative to the text. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.LineLocation value that specifies the line location. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the LabelControl's line. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.LabelLineOrientation value that specifies the line's orientation. - - - - Gets or sets the paint style of the LabelControl's line. This property is in effect when a label is painted using any paint theme, except skins. - - A value that specifies the paint style of the LabelControl's line. - - - - Gets or sets whether a line is displayed when the label's width extends the width of its text. - - true to display the line when the label's width extends the width of its text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the label's plain text, stripping out HTML tags. - - A String value representing the label's text without HTML tags. - - - - Gets the actual auto-size mode. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 's line has a shadow. This property is in effect when a label is painted using any paint theme, except skins. - - true if the 's line has a shadow; otherwise, false. - - - - Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the label. - - - - - Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the label. - - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can tab to the label. - - true if tabbing moves focus to the label; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the label's text. - - A value that specifies the label's text. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label interprets an ampersand character (&) in its Text property to be an access key prefix character. - - true if the label doesn't display the ampersand character and underlines the character after the ampersand in its displayed text and treats the underlined character as an access key; false if the ampersand character is displayed in the label's text. - - - - Contains appearance settings used to paint a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies all settings from the appearance object passed as a parameter. - - An object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Duplicates this . - - An Object that is this 's copy. - - - - Copies the activated appearance settings of objects passed as the first parameter to the current object; properties that aren't activated are set to values specified by the second parameter - - An array of appearance objects that specifies the source of the operation. - An object that specifies the default appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is disabled. - - A object that is displayed when the control is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is disabled. - - An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Releases all resources used by the current appearance object. - - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be called directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Gets the image to be displayed in a label control. - - An object to be displayed in the label. - - - - Gets the image to be displayed in the label, control according to its state. - - The label control's state. - An image to be displayed. - - - - Returns an image displayed in the label. - - An object specifying an image displayed in the label. - - - - Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is hovered over. - - A object that is displayed when the control is hovered over. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is hovered over. - - An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Stores the image that will be shown inside the . - - The image that will be shown inside the . - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the label. - - A enumeration value that specifies the alignment of the image within the label. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the label. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the image displayed within the label. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the label. - - An object that is an image collection providing images for the . - - - - Provides access to the appearance object's options. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.LabelControlAppearanceObject object containing the appearance options. - - - - Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is pressed. - - A object that is displayed when the control is pressed. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is pressed. - - An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection. - - - - Resets all properties to their default values. - - - - - Represents the Line view of the chart range control client. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The scale factor. - - - - Gets or sets whether anti-aliasing (smoothing) is applied to the line view of the chart range control client. - - True to apply anti-aliasing to the line view of the chart range control client; False to disable anti-aliasing. - - - - Specifies the width of a line in a . - - An integer value specifying the line width (in pixels). - - - - Gets or sets the color used to draw line markers. - - A that defines the color used to draw line markers. - - - - Gets or sets the size of markers for data points in a . - - An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the visibility of point markers on a . - - true to show markers for each data point; false to hide them. - - - - The list box control that displays a list of items that a user can select. Can be populated with items from a data source. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source. - - A object representing items within the list box control. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that is a storage for pens, fonts and brushes used during painting. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that stores appearance settings used to paint the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A Rectangle structure that specifies the bounding rectangle of the item. This value is assigned to the property. - An Object that is the value of the item. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the index of the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A DrawItemState enumeration value that specifies the state of the item. This value is assigned to the property. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the item background is colored according to the currently applied skin, or based on the specified appearance settings. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item background is colored according to the currently applied skin. - - true, if the item background is colored according to the currently applied skin; otherwise, false. The default is true. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the item currently being processed. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the item. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of the item being painted. - - A structure specifying the painted item's boundaries. - - - - Gets an object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - A object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. - - - - Performs default painting of an element. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets an object used to paint an item. - - A object used when painting. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether default painting is required. - - true if default painting is prohibited; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the index of the item being painted. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item being painted. - - - - Gets the value of the processed item. - - An object representing the value of the processed item. - - - - Gets the state of the item being painted. - - A enumeration member specifying the current state of an item being painted. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically the list box control). - A object that contains data related to the event. - - - - The editor that provides lookup functionality using a lightweight grid in a drop-down window. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Fires when the editor SearchMode property is set to . In this mode, the editor filters out data source records that do not match the currently entered text, and displays remaining records in the drop-down panel. The AutoSearch event is optional, it allows you to fine-tune the search. See the class description to learn more. - - - - - Fires when you set the SearchMode property to AutoSuggest. In this mode, the editor runs the asynchronous Task assigned in the event handler to retrieve a list of drop-down panel items. See the class description for more information. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid cells in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid column headers in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of vertical grid lines in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid rows in the drop-down. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Returns the value of the specified column for the currently selected row in the dropdown. - - A object identifying the column whose value should be returned. - An object representing the column's value in the current row. - - - - Returns the value of a specific column for the currently selected row in the dropdown. - - A string identifying the field whose value should be returned. - An object representing the column's value in the current row. - - - - Occurs when retrieving values for fields not found in the . - - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupLookUpEditForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Returns a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value. - - An object that represents a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value. - - - - Gets whether the text in the edit box matches the field value of any row in the dropdown. - - true, if the text in the edit box matches the field value of any row in the dropdown; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the selected row in the dropdown. - - The zero-based index of the selected row in the editor's dropdown. -1 if no row is currently selected, or the data source is not specified. - - - - Occurs after a record(s) in the has been changed. - - - - - Allows you to explicitly set the expression to filter lookup items. - - - - - Specifies settings specific to the current editor. - - A object containing settings for the lookup editor. - - - - Resets selection and caret position in the editor. - - - - - Gets the text displayed in the edit box. - - The text displayed in the edit box. - - - - Represents the base class for lookup editors. - - - - - Gets or sets the lookup editor whose value determines the filter criteria applied to the popup data source of the current lookup editor. - - The lookup editor whose value determines the filter criteria applied to the popup data source of the current lookup editor. - - - - When implemented by a class, this method returns a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value. - - An object that represents a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value. - - - - Occurs when a new value entered into the edit box is validated. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to a lookup editor. - - A object instance containing settings specific to a lookup editor. - - - - Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. - - - - - Indicates that an operation is going on by continuously scrolling a block from left to right. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to marquee progress bar controls. - - A object that contains marquee progress bar settings. - - - - Contains utility classes supporting editor masks. - - - - - Lists values that specify the type of automatic completion mode used by an editor. - - - - - When set to Default, the automatic completion mode is used. - - - - - The automatic completion feature is disabled. - - - - - When an end-user enters a character in an empty edit box for the first time, the editor automatically fills all the following placeholders with the default values. For placeholders that accept only numeric values, the '0' character is the default. For placeholders that accept alpha characters, the "a" character is the default. - - - - - Each time an end-user types a character the editor determines if the following placeholder can be filled automatically. If only a specific character can be inserted in this position the editor automatically displays this character and moves the caret to the right of this character. - - - - - Contains settings that affect the functionality of an editor's mask. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with settings from the specified MaskData object. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.MaskData object whose settings are used to initialize the newly created object. - - - - Occurs after a setting of the current object has been changed. - - - - - Copies the settings from the specified object to the current object. - - A object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the automatic completion mode used by the editor in the RegEx mask mode. - - An value specifying the automatic completion mode used by the editor in the RegEx mask mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether an editor makes a beep sound when an end-user tries to enter an invalid character. - - true if the editor sounds a beep when an end-user tries to enter an invalid character; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when a setting of the current object is about to be changed. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets a character representing a placeholder within a masked editor. - - A string whose first character is used as a placeholder. - - - - Creates the default mask manager. - - A MaskManager object that represents the default mask manager. - - - - Gets or sets the culture whose settings are used by masks. - - A object whose settings are used by masks. - - - - Gets or sets a mask expression. - - A string representing a mask expression. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - For the Simple, Regular and RegEx mask types this property gets or sets whether an editor can lose focus when a value hasn't been entered. - - true if an editor can lose focus when a value has not been entered; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the mask type. - - A value specifying the mask type used. - - - - For the Simple, Regular and RegEx mask types this property gets or sets the character used as the placeholder in a masked editor. - - The character used as the placeholder in a masked editor. - - - - For the Simple and Regular mask types this property gets or sets whether constantly displayed mask characters (literals) are included in an editor's value. - - true if the constantly displayed mask characters are included in an editor's value; otherwise, false. - - - - For the RegEx mask type this property gets or sets whether placeholders are displayed in a masked editor. - - true to display placeholders in a masked editor; otherwise false. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the current object.. - - - - Gets or sets whether display values are still formatted using the mask when the editor is not focused. - - true if the mask settings are used to format display values when the editor is not focused; false if the object's settings are used instead. - - - - Lists values that specify the type of mask used by an editor. - - - - - Specifies that the editor uses a custom mask manager.To implement a custom mask manager which will deal with masks in a custom manner create a custom editor and override its CreateMaskManager method. This method should then supply a custom mask manager when the property is set to Custom. - - - - - Specifies that the editor should accept date/time values and that the mask string must use the DateTime format syntax. - - - - - The DateTime mask mode with the caret automatic movement feature.After an end-user enters and completes a specific portion of a date/time value the caret automatically moves to the following part of the date/time value that can be edited. - - - - - Specifies that the mask feature is disabled. - - - - - Specifies that the editor should accept numeric values and that the mask string must use the Numeric format syntax. - - - - - Specifies that the mask should be created using full-functional regular expressions. - - - - - Specifies that the mask should be created using simplified regular expression syntax. - - - - - Specifies that the mask should use the simplified syntax. - - - - - Specifies that the editor should accept time span values. - - - - - Specifies that the editor should accept time span values. Supports the caret automatic movement feature. - - - - - Allows you to display and edit multi-line text. - - - - - Initializes a new control instance with default settings. - - - - - Calculates the control height, in pixels, sufficient to display all lines of the text without the need to scroll it vertically. - - An integer value that specifies the control height, in pixels, sufficient to display all text lines. - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the lines of text within a memo edit control. - - An array of strings containing the text of a memo editor. - - - - Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to a memo editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control uses an optimized rendering mechanism. - - true, if the control uses an optimized rendering mechanism; otherwise, false. - - - - The editor to edit multi-line text in a popup window. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A MemoExPopupForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets or sets the text lines to be displayed in the dropdown window of an extended memo edit control. - - An array of lines containing the text of a memo editor. - - - - Gets an object containing settings specific to the extended memo editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the extended memo editor. - - - - The text editor that allows you to type a value or choose one of most recently used (MRU) values from a dropdown list. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Occurs before a new item is added to the MRU editor. - - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupMRUForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets an object containing settings specific to the MRU editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the MRU editor. - - - - Occurs before an item is removed from the editor's MRU list. - - - - - Serves as a base for and classes. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the control adjusts its size automatically, to display its buttons in their entirety. - - true if the control adjusts its size automatically to display its buttons in their entirety; otherwise, false. - - - - Enables you to perform custom actions when end-users click navigator buttons. - - - - - Gets or sets the navigator buttons' style. - - A enumeration member specifying the style applied to the navigator buttons. - - - - Gets the collection of custom buttons. - - The collection of custom buttons. - - - - Gets the minimum size that can be applied to the navigator. - - A object representing the minimum size of the rectangular region that can be occupied by the navigator. - - - - Provides control over exceptional situations which might occur while navigating/editing records using the data navigator. - - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the navigator can display hints. - - true if the navigator can display hints; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can move focus to a navigator using the TAB key. - - true if the user can move focus to the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the location of the text displayed within the navigator. - - A enumeration member specifying the text location. - - - - Gets or sets the string displayed within the control which identifies the current record and the total number of records. - - A string displayed within the Navigator control. - - - - Returns the object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.NavigatorControlViewInfo object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - - - Represents an individual button displayed within the DataNavigator or ControlNavigator . - - - - - Creates a new object. - - A NavigatorButtonHelper object implementing the button's functionality. - - - - Gets the button's type. - - A enumeration member specifying the button's type. - - - - Indicates whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when this button is held down. - - true if data records are scrolled repeatedly when this button is held down; otherwise, false if one click on this button per record scrolled. - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as a base for the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that contains information which is associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this navigator button. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigator button. - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this navigator button. - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this navigator button. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigator button. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this navigator button. - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this navigator button. - - - - Gets the button's type. - - The value. - - - - Occurs when a user clicks this navigator button. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it. - - true if the button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the button's hint. - - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image to display within the button. - - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. - - - - Gets the source of images to be displayed within the navigation buttons. - - An object which represents the source of images. - - - - Indicates whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when the button is held down. - - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with the button. - - An object that contains information which is associated with the button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the button is visible. - - true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A descendant which represents the button clicked. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the clicked button. - - A descendant which represents the button clicked. - - - - Gets or sets whether you have handled this event and no default action is required. - - true to prohibit the button's default action; false to perform the button's default action after your event handler is executed. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the event. - - The event sender (typically the descendant). - A object containing event data. - - - - Serves as a base for and classes. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A collection of buttons displayed within the control. - - - - Gets the button at the specified index. - - An integer value representing the button's zero-based index. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - A object representing the button at the specified position within the collection. - - - - Serves as the base for and classes. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the buttons' owner. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the buttons' owner. - - - - Gets or sets the time interval which passes between the moment when an end-user holds down the navigation button and the data records are scrolled repeatedly. - - An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Returns a value representing a data navigator button. - - A enumeration member specifying the button type. - A object representing the navigator's button. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no button is found. - - - - Provides access to the collection of built-in buttons displayed in the DataNavigator control. - - A object representing the collection of built-in buttons. - - - - Specifies the control's size. - - The object representing the control's size. - - - - Gets the collection of custom buttons. - - A object, which is the collection of custom buttons. - - - - Gets the source of the images that are displayed within the navigation buttons by default. - - An object which contains the images displayed within the navigation buttons by default. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Simulates a mouse click action on the specified button. - - A object that represents the navigation button. - - - - Draws the text and buttons displayed in the data navigator. - - A GraphicsInfoArgs object used to paint. - - - - Specifies whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when the Next, NextPage, Prev or PrevPage button is held down. - - true if data records are scrolled repeatedly when the navigation button is held down; otherwise, one click on the navigation button per record scrolled. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Returns the index of the button to which the specified point belongs. - - A structure representing a point within the navigating control. - An object representing the index of the button to which the specified point belongs. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified point does not belong to a button. - - - - Gets the hint for the button located at the specified point. - - Reserved for future use. - A structure representing a point within the navigating control. - A string value representing the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the data navigator button which the specified point belongs to. String.Empty if the specified point does not belong to a button. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the navigation buttons. - - An object which represents the source of images. - - - - Redraws the control. - - - - - Gets the object that owns this button collection. - - An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the button collection belongs. - - - - Gets the control which owns the current collection. - - A descendant which represent the control which owns the current collection. - - - - Gets or sets the number of records by which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed. - - An integer value specifying a number of records. - - - - Updates the buttons' state and the text displayed within the control. - - - - - Contains values specifying the text location within the DataNavigator control. - - - - - The text is displayed on the left of the buttons, if the RightToLeft property value is false. Otherwise, the text is displayed on the right of the buttons. - - - - - The text is displayed between Prev and Next buttons of the DataNavigator control. - - - - - The text is displayed on the right of the buttons, if the RightToLeft property value is false. Otherwise, the text is displayed on the left of the buttons. - - - - - The text is not displayed. - - - - - Contains values specifying the type of buttons displayed in the data navigator control. - - - - - Inserts a new record after the last one. - - - - - Cancels edits to the current record. - - - - - Reserved for future use. - - - - - Sets the dataset to the edit state. - - - - - Posts edited record value to the associated data source. - - - - - Sets the current record to the first record in the data source. - - - - - Sets the current record to the last record in the data source. - - - - - Sets the current record to the next record in the data source. - - - - - When using the DataNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the property value upwards. In case of the ControlNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the count of visible onscreen records upwards. - - - - - Sets the current record to the previous record in the data source. - - - - - When using the DataNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the property value backwards. In case of the ControlNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the count of visible onscreen records backwards. - - - - - Deletes the current record and makes the next record the current record. - - - - - A custom button within navigator controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image index. - - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified visual position and image index. - - The visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. - An object that contains information which is associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - true, if the button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified visual position, image index and hint. - - The visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified image index and hint. - - An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets the visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. - - A zero-based value that specifies the visual position of the current custom button within the combined list of the built-in and custom buttons. -1 if the custom button is displayed at the end of this list. - - - - A collection of custom buttons in navigator controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A collection of buttons displayed within the control. - - - - Adds a new custom button to the current collection. - - The button added to the collection. - - - - Adds an array of buttons to the current collection. - - An array of button to be added to the current collection. - - - - Returns the button at the specified index within the current collection. - - An integer value representing the button's zero-based index. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. - The button at the specified position within the current collection. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. - The button whose press fired the exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. - A string value specifying the error message box caption. This value is assigned to the property. - A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. - A enumeration value specifying the response to entering an invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. - The button whose press fired the exception. - - - - Gets the navigator's button which caused the exception when it was pressed. - - The button which raised the exception. - - - - Represents a method for handling the event of data navigators. - - The event source. This represents the data navigator control. - A object that contains event data. - - - - The 's client that renders a lightweight chart with a numeric horizontal axis. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the grid options of the numeric chart range control client. - - A object containing grid options for the numeric chart client of the range control. - - - - Provides access to the range settings of the numeric chart range control client. - - A object that contains settings to customize the range of the numeric chart range control client. - - - - Contains specific settings which define the representation of grid lines and labels in the numeric chart range control client. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Contains the common settings that define the range displayed by a numeric chart client of the range control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value of a numeric chart client range. - - A value that is the maximum value of a range. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum value of a numeric chart client range. - - A value that is the minimum value of a range. - - - - A 's client that supports numeric (integer, double, decimal or float) range selection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the end bound of the total range. - - An object that is the end bound of the total range. - - - - Gets or sets the start bound of the total range. - - An object that is the start bound of the total range. - - - - Gets or sets the ruler increment. This property also specifies the minimum increment for range selection. - - An object that is the ruler increment. - - - - Obsolete. - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Represents an image combo box editor. - - - - - Creates an image combo box editor. - - - - - The editor that displays images stored in bitmap, metafile, icon, JPEG, GIF, PNG or SVG format. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Returns information on the context button elements located at the specified point. - - A System.Drawing.Point structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the control's top-left corner. - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemHitInfo object which comprises information about the context button elements located at the test point. - - - - Stops the asynchronous image load initiated by the method. - - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Copies the image currently displayed by the to the clipboard. - - - - - Allows hints for grading scale points of rating context buttons to be customized. - - - - - Clears the and copies is last image to the clipboard. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the picture editor is focused. - - true if the picture editor has focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An object that is the editor's value. - - - - Gets the full path to the image that has been loaded using the "Open File" dialog. - - The full path to the image that has been loaded using the "Open File" dialog. - - - - Gets the horizontal scroll position, in coordinates of the viewport. - - The horizontal scroll position, in coordinates of the viewport. - - - - Gets the horizontal scrollbar. - - A object which represents the horizontal scrollbar. - - - - Sets or gets the image displayed by the editor. - - A object representing the image displayed by the picture editor. - - - - Occurs after the value of the or property has been changed. - - - - - Fires when the Image Editor dialog is closed. - - - - - Fires when the Editor dialog is about to be opened. Allows you to customize the dialog and its graphic commands. - - - - - Converts the source image coordinates to the viewport coordinates, taking into account the current zoom level and scroll position. - - The source image coordinates to be converted. - The viewport coordinates. - - - - Loads the specified image, asynchronously. - - The path for the image to display in the . - - - - Fires when an asynchronous image load operation is completed, been canceled, or raised an exception. - - - - - Invokes the "Open File" dialog for the editor, allowing an end-user to load an image file. - - - - - Gets whether an asynchronous image load is in progress. - - true if an asynchronous image load is in progress; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether an asynchronous image load is in progress. - - true, if an asynchronous image load is in progress; otherwise, false. - - - - A DirectX-compatible method that replaces the standard Control.Paint method. - - - - - Pastes the image stored in the clipboard to the . - - - - - Fires when the context menu is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to the picture editor. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - Displays the Image Editor dialog, which allows users to perform basic edit operations on the image (crop, rotate, brightness and contrast adjustment, etc.). - - The DialogResult.OK value if the image has been modified and saved by the PictureEdit control; The DialogResult.Cancel value if changes (if any) made in the editor have been discarded. - - - - Displays the Take Picture dialog, which allows users to take snapshots from a connected webcam. - - DialogResult.OK, if the snapshot is taken; DialogResult.Cancel, if no snapshot is taken. - - - - Starts animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the editor. - - - - - Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the editor. - - - - - Sets or gets the vector image displayed by the editor. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Svg.SvgImage object representing the vector image displayed by the picture editor. - - - - Gets or sets the required size of the vector image. - - A structure that specifies the required size for rendering the vector image. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can tab to the picture editor. - - true if the user can focus the picture editor using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the Take Picture dialog is closed. - - - - - Fires when the Take Picture dialog is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets a string value identifying the editor's contents (a representation of the property's value). - - A value identifying the editor's contents. - - - - Updates the position of the editor's scroll bars, taking into account relevant properties. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this uses the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this control employs the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True if the static method was called, or to DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - Gets the vertical scroll position, in coordinates of the viewport. - - The vertical scroll position, in coordinates of the viewport. - - - - Converts the viewport coordinates to the source image coordinates, taking into account the current zoom level and scroll position. - - The viewport coordinates to be converted. - The source image coordinates. - - - - Gets the vertical scrollbar. - - A object which represents the vertical scrollbar. - - - - Fires when the property is changed. - - - - - Represents the base class for dropdown editors that support the automatic search functionality. - - - - - Gets or sets the text used in an automatic search. - - A string that specifies the text used in an automatic search. - - - - Contains settings specific to the current editor. - - A object that contains the editor's settings. - - - - Resets the selection and caret position in the editor. - - - - - Serves as the base for editors displaying popup windows. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the PopupBaseEdit class. - - - - - Indicates whether a mouse click should close this editor's popup window. - - A object representing the clicked control. - A structure specifying the mouse pointer coordinates. - true if the popup window should remain opened after clicking; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the editor's pop-up is about to be displayed. - - - - - Closes the popup window discarding the changes made. - - - - - Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed. - - - - - Closes the popup window accepting the changes made. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether the modifications performed within the editor's popup window should be accepted by the editor. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the editor has input focus. - - true if the editor or its popup window has focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor's type name. - - The 'PopupBaseEdit' string always. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A PopupBaseForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Indicates whether a key should be processed by the editor or passed to its container control. - - A object specifying the key combination. - true if the key should be processed by the editor; otherwise, false - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the popup window is open. - - true if the popup window is open; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets the current 's closing behavior. - - A PopupCloseMode enumerator value that specifies the current 's closing behavior. - - - - Gets settings specific to the popup editor. - - The repository item containing settings specific to the popup editor. - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the popup window will succeed. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the popup window will succeed. - - - - - Updates the editor's value by copying a value from the editor's popup window to . - - - - - Opens the popup window. - - - - - Contains values specifying how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. - - - - - Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user clicked the editor's dropdown button. - - - - - Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user pressed the ESC key or clicked the close button (available for , and controls). - - - - - Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user pressed a shortcut used to close the dropdown (the ALT+DOWN ARROW or ). - - - - - Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user clicked outside the editor. - - - - - Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user selected an option from the editor's dropdown. - - - - - The dropdown panel for the editor. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the manner in which the control is docked. - - The DockStyle.None value always. - - - - Gets the editor which displays the current popup control. - - The object displaying the current popup control; null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the popup control is not associated with an editor. - - - - Provides access to the owning editor's repository item. - - A object containing settings of the editor whose popup window displays this control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the user can focus this control using the TAB key. - - false always. - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup control is visible. - - false always. - - - - The editor that allows you to display any controls within its popup window. The popup window is created separately from the editor. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Validates the editor. - - A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window should be closed. - true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor type name. - - The 'PopupContainerEdit' string always. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.PopupContainerForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets settings specific to the current object. - - An object containing settings specific to the current editor. - - - - Enables you to specify the textual representation of the editor's value. - - - - - Fires before closing the popup window enabling you to modify the edit value. - - - - - Opens the popup window. - - - - - Contains values that specify how records are filtered within a grid lookup editor's popup window. - - - - - Selects records that contain the specified sub-string.A search for rows is performed against the column specified by the editor's Properties.DisplayMember property (). - - - - - For the control, this option is equivalent to the Contains option, except in the following cases, where it's equivalent to the StartsWith mode: For , this option is equivalent to the StartsWith option, regardless of the property.For , this option is equivalent to the Contains option. A search is performed using the search functionality provided by the Find Panel. -By default, all columns are searched through. If required, you can limit the search columns via the editor's Properties.View.OptionsFind.FindFilterColumns property (). - - - - - Selects records whose field values start with the specified string.A search for rows is performed against the column specified by the editor's Properties.DisplayMember property (). - - - - - Provides properties that allow you to customize the behavior of a peek panel, assigned to the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that owns the newly created object. - - - - Copies all settings from the target object to this . - - A object whose property values should be copied to this . - - - - Gets or sets the display location for the assigned to this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditPopupPanelLocation enumerator value that is the display location for the assigned to this . - - - - Resets all properties to their default values. - - - - - Gets or sets which end-user actions cause the flyout panel to be displayed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditPopupPanelShowMode enumerator value that specifies which end-user actions cause the flyout panel to be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the assigned to the editor's property should be displayed. - - true, if the assigned to the editor's property should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Serves as a base for progress bar controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the control's background color. - - The control's background color.$ - - - - Gets or sets whether this control can be focused using the TAB key. - - true if an end-user can focus the progress bar using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - The control that indicates the progress of lengthy operations. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Decreases the progress bar's position by a specified value. - - An integer value to be subtracted from the progress bar's position. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string value representing the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the value representing the progress bar's current position. - - An object value representing the progress bar's current position. - - - - Increases the progress bar's current position by a specified value. - - An integer value to be added to the progress bar's current position. - - - - Changes the progress bar's position by the property value. - - - - - Gets or sets the progress bar position. - - The progress bar's current position. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to progress bar controls. - - A object containing progress bar settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether the progress is reflected in the application button in the Windows Task Bar. - - true if the progress is reflected in the application button in the Windows Task Bar; otherwise, false. - - - - For internal use. - - - - - - Combines multiple options (radio buttons) into a group that supports selecting one of several options. - - - - - Initializes a new control instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's width is changed to display the control's first item in its entirety. This property is in effect when the editor resides within a . - - true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the current editor's type name. - - The 'RadioGroup' string always. - - - - Returns the bounding rectangle of the first item's text. - - The bounds of the first item's text. - - - - Gets the boundaries of the specified item. - - A zero-based integer value which specifies the item's index. - A structure which represents the specified item's boundaries. - - - - Indicates whether a key should be processed by the editor or passed to its container control. - - A object specifying the key combination. - true if the key should be processed by the editor; otherwise, false - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a radio group editor. - - A object containing settings for the radio group editor. - - - - Gets or sets the selected item's index. - - The selected item's index in the collection; -1 if none selected. - - - - Occurs when changing the index of the selected value in the radio group editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the text label associated with a radio group editor. - - A value representing the text label associated with a radio group editor. - - - - Supports range selection for any data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether ranges are selected using an animation effect. - - true if ranges are selected using an animation effect; false if animation is disabled. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current selection can be dragged within the Viewport (client area). - - true, if the current selection can be dragged within the Viewport; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the range selection feature is enabled. - - true, if range selection is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether changing the selected range via the property visually updates the control using an animation effect. - - true if the control is updated using an animation effect when the property is changed; otherwise, false. - - - - Scrolls the control so that the selected range is moved to as near the control's center as possible. - - true to scroll the control using an animation effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the object that visualizes its data within the RangeControl's viewport. - - An object that visualizes its data within the RangeControl's viewport. - - - - Provides access to range customization options exposed by the . - - Range customization options exposed by the . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets whether animation is in progress. - - true, if animation is in progress; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the normalized selected range. - - A RangeControlNormalizedRange object that specifies the normalized selected range. - - - - Gets or sets the control's orientation. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Orientation value. - - - - A DirectX-compatible method that replaces the standard Control.Paint method. - - - - - Fires when the selected range is changed. - - - - - Selects a range from the 's minimum bound to its maximum bound. - - - - - Gets or sets the selected range. - - A object that specifies the selected range's bounds. - - - - Gets or sets whether the selection is performed via thumbs, flags or both. - - The RangeControlSelectionType value that specifies whether the selection is performed via thumbs, flags or both. - - - - Gets or sets whether the graduations and labels are displayed. - - true, if the graduations and labels are displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Zoom&Scroll Bar is displayed. - - true, if the Zoom&Scroll Bar is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the DirectX Hardware Acceleration is enabled for the Range Control. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this control employs the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True if the static method was called, or to DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum scale(zoom) factor. - - A double value, greater than or equal to 1, that specifies the maximum scale factor. - - - - Gets the minimum width of the visible range relative to the data total range. - - A double value that is the minimum width of the visible range, in relative coordinates. - - - - Gets or sets the current scale (zoom) factor. - - A double value, greater than or equal to 1, that specifies the current scale factor. - - - - Gets or sets the start position of the visible range, in relative coordinates. - - A double value that is the start position of the visible range, in relative coordinates. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the visible range relative to the data total range. - - A double value that is the width of the visible range, in relative coordinates. - - - - The base class for objects that can be embedded into the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the format string used to format flag values. - - The format string used to format flag values. - - - - Gets or sets the string used to format ruler values. - - A string used to format ruler values. - - - - Gets or sets the parent for the current object. - - The parent object. - - - - Lists the values that specify the date-time measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels of the date-time chart client should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a day as the date-time unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies an hour as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a millisecond as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a minute as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a month as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a second as the date-time unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a week as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a year as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Lists the values that specify the time-span measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels of the time-span chart client should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a day as the time-span unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies an hour as the time-span unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a millisecond as the time-span unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a minute as the time-span unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned. - - - - - Specifies a second as the time-span unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned. - - - - - The track bar with two sliders that allow a user to select a range of values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can drag the selected range with the mouse. - - true if a user can drag the selected range with the mouse; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to track bars. - - A object that contains range track bar settings. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - A object that represents the editor's value. - - - - The control to rate a specific content. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Raises before the rating tooltip is shown and allows you to show your custom text. - - - - - Returns the string value that names the 's type. - - Return value: RatingControl. - - - - Occurs when an end-user clicks a rating item in this . - - - - - Occurs when an end-user moves the mouse pointer away from the rating item area. - - - - - Fires when an end-user hovers over a rating item. - - - - - Provides access to the object that stores advanced settings. - - A object that stores advanced settings. - - - - Gets or sets the current rating. - - A Decimal value that is the current rating. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip should be displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - true, to display tooltips; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the text label for this . - - A String value that is the text label for this . - - - - The base class for objects that contain properties for check editors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - true, if HTML formatting is allowed; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's width is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content. - - true, if the editor's width is adjusted to fit the text width; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style used to draw the check editor's border. - - A enumeration value identifying the style used to draw the check editor's border. - - - - Gets or sets the text label associated with a check editor. - - A System.String value representing the text label associated with a check editor. - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A System.String object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a focus rectangle is drawn round the entire client region or around the caption text only. - - true, if a focus rectangle is around the entire client region; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of a check box glyph within a check editor. - - A DevExpress.Utils.HorzAlignment enumeration value specifying the check box's horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of a check box glyph within a check editor. - - A enumeration value specifying the check box's vertical alignment. - - - - Gets or sets whether the check box is aligned at the center, top or bottom of the control. - - A enumeration value specifying the check box's vertical alignment. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the check editor functions like a radio button. - - true, if the check editor represents a radio button; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Lists selection modes available for the end-user. - - - - - Multiple dates can be selected. - - - - - End-user is allowed to select a single date only. - - - - - Contains values that enumerate a Calendar Control's display modes. - - - - - The classic calendar: - - - - - An Outlook 2016-inspired calendar style. - - - - - The appearance of the calendar is dependent on the current OS. - - - - - The calendar that supports the Acrylic and Reveal Highlight effects and allows you to mirror the appearance of the Windows 10 calendar. - - - - - The touch-aware date-editing UI: For a control, the control's mask (see the inherited property) specifies which date-time columns are displayed in the dropdown calendar.To display time columns, enable the option. - - - - - The Vista-style calendar: - - - - - Implements the basic functionality of the component. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Fires immediately after the repository item collection has been changed. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of repository items stored by the repository. - - A object - - - - Fires when changing repository item properties residing within the repository. - - - - - Contains values that specify whether an editor's edit value or display text is exported, when the editor's data is exported in XLS and CSV formats. - - - - - Either an editor's value or display text is exported, depending on the editor's type. For the ImageComboBoxEdit and LookUpEdit controls, their display text is exported. For other editors, their edit values (BaseEdit.EditValue), which sometimes match the display text, are exported. - - - - - An editor's display text is exported. - - - - - An editor's edit value is exported. - - - - - Stores repository items to be shared between container controls and components (, , , , etc). - - - - - Creates a new class instance. - - - - - Creates a new class instance. - - The owner which creates the persistent repository. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which implements the interface. - - - - Provides access to the collection of repository items stored in the repository. - - A object that contains a collection of repository items. - - - - This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be called directly from your code. - - - - - - Serves as the base for all repository items. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets the default action description of the repository item for use by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the default action description of the repository item for use by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the description of the repository item used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the repository item's description that is used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the repository item's name which is used by accessibility client applications. - - A string which specifies the name of the repository item used by accessibility client applications. - - - - Gets or sets the repository item's accessible role. - - An enumeration value which represents a role for the repository item. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the focus rectangle is displayed within the editor when it has focus. - - true, if the focus rectangle is displayed when the editor has focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value which indicates whether the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's focused can be used. - - true if the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's focused can be used; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format an editor's text or text of the editor's items. - - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format an editor's text or text of the editor's items. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor. - - true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's enabled. - - A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's enabled. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's disabled. - - A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's disabled. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the current editor when it's focused. - - A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's focused. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor. - - - - Copies settings from the repository item specified as a parameter. - - A object whose settings are to be copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content. - - true if the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content; otherwise, false. - - - - Notifies the editor that the initialization has been started. - - - - - Locks the object by disallowing visual updates until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the editor's best fit width. - - An integer value that specifies the editor's best fit width, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the editor's border style. - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when clicking the editor. - - - - - Creates a copy of the current repository item. - - A object (or its descendant) that is a copy of the current item. - - - - Connects the repository item to the specified object. - - An object representing the control to which the current repository item is connected. - - - - Gets or sets the context menu for the editor. - - A object representing the context menu for the editor. - - - - Gets or sets the shortcut menu for the editor. - - A object that represents a shortcut menu for the editor. - - - - Creates an editor whose type corresponds to the repository item's type. - - A descendant representing the editor whose type corresponds to this repository item's type. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditorGroupRowPainter class. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditorGroupRowPainter object used to paint the group rows in the XtraGrid. - - - - This member supports the editor library's internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditPainter descendant used to paint the editor. - - - - This member supports the editors library's internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.BaseEditViewInfo descendant containing the editor's view information. - - - - Enables custom display text to be provided for an editor. - - - - - Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor's content. - - A enumeration value specifying the editor content's default horizontal alignment. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Removes the connection between the repository item and the specified object. - - An object representing the control from which the repository item is disconnected. - - - - Provides access to the format settings applied to the editor's display text. These settings are in effect when the editor does not have input focus. - - A object containing the formatting settings applied to the control's display text. - - - - Fires when the editor is double clicked. - - - - - Fires when an object is dropped onto the editor. - - - - - Fires when a dragged object enters the editor's area. - - - - - Fires when a dragged object leaves the editor's area. - - - - - Fires repeatedly when dragging an object over the editor. - - - - - Gets whether the editor's value can be changed. - - Always true. - - - - Provides access to the settings used to format the edit value when the editor has input focus. - - A object containing the formatting settings applied to the edited value when the editor has input focus. - - - - Gets the class name of the editor corresponding to the repository item. - - A string value representing the class name of the editor. - - - - Fires when the editor's property changes. - - - - - Gets or sets the time interval between the moment when an end-user stops changing the editor's value and the event being raised. - - An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets the default time interval between the moment when an end-user stops changing the editor's value and the event being raised. - - An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets the event's firing mode. - - An enumeration member which specifies when the editor's event should occur. - - - - Fires when the editor's value is about to be changed. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the edit control can respond to user actions. This property is supported for standalone editors. - - true, if the editor can respond to user actions; otherwise, false. - - - - Notifies the editor that the initialization has been completed. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Fires when the editor receives focus. - - - - - Specifies whether the editor's value or display text is exported when data is exported to XLS and CSV formats. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Enables you to format the editor's value (change the editor's value when the formatting mechanism is invoked). - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value formatted using the editor's settings. - - An object representing the value to be formatted. - A string value representing the formatted textual representation of the value specified. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An object that specifies the type of the current editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns a hash code. - - The hash code for the current object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Enables you to specify the cursor appearance when dragging this editor's data. - - - - - Fires when the end-user requests help for the editor. - - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images that can be embedded in the editor's display text or the display text of the editor's items, using the image tag. - - An image collection (DevExpress.Utils.ImageCollection or DevExpress.Utils.SvgImageCollection). - - - - Indicates whether a particular key can activate the editor used as an inplace control. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value (or a bitwise combination) specifying the key combination to process. - true if the key can activate the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the editor is currently in design mode. - - true if the editor is in design mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the control has been disposed of. - - Gets a value indicating whether the control has been disposed of. - - - - Gets whether the event is postponed. - - true, if the event is postponed; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Indicates whether the editor is being loaded. - - true if the editor is being loaded, otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the editor is immediately updated in response to changing its settings. - - true if the editor cannot be updated until unlocked; otherwise, false. - - - - Indicates whether the key is handled by the editor or the container control. - - A object specifying the key to process. - true if the key will be processed by the editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when a key is pressed while the editor has focus. - - - - - Fires when a character key is pressed while the editor has focus. - - - - - Fires when a key is released while the editor has focus. - - - - - Fires when the editor loses focus. - - - - - Gets the number of objects connected to the current repository item. - - An integer value representing the number of repository item connections. - - - - This method supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be called from your code. - - - - - Provides access to the stand-alone editor's look and feel settings. These settings are not in effect for the editor in a bar, ribbon, grid, etc. - - A object that contains the editor's look and feel settings. - - - - Fires when the edit value is first changed since it was last validated. - - - - - Fires when a mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over the editor. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer enters the editor's area. - - - - - Fires when hot-tracking an editor element. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer leaves the editor's area. - - - - - Fires when the mouse pointer moves over the editor's area. - - - - - Fires when the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over the editor. - - - - - Fires when the mouse wheel moves while the mouse pointer is within the editor. - - - - - Gets or sets the repository item name. - - A string value representing the repository item name. - - - - Set the NormalizeDisplayText property to true to correctly process diacritics when selecting rows from a dropdown window in the control. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text that presents the editor's null value (null, System.DBNull.Value and - for ). - - The string displayed in the edit box when the edit value equals null, System.DBNull.Value or (for controls). - - - - Gets the editor that owns the repository item. - - A descendant that owns the repository item. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Converts an input value (entered by a user or assigned in code) to the value that the editor will store. - - - - - Gets or sets the popup window's location. - - A structure which specifies the location of the editor's popup window. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to all editors that can be used inplace within a container control. - - A object providing settings common to all editors that can be used inplace, i.e. not standalone. - - - - Fires immediately after a change to one of the editor's properties. - - - - - Fires when the help is provided to accessibility applications. - - - - - Fires when dragging the editor's data allowing you to specify whether dragging should be continued. - - - - - Provides the capability to specify whether the key pressed in the editor is processed by the editor or a container control (, , etc.) that displays this editor. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's value can be changed by end-users. - - true if end-users can not modify editor's value; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - false always. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications. - - - - - Updates the according to current scale settings. This method is called automatically when the form's runtime DPI settings differ from those in design-time. - - An object with the scale properties. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the object. - - A for the object. - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with the repository item. - - An object that contains the information which is associated with the repository item. - - - - Returns a string that represents the current object. - - A value which represents the repository item. - - - - This method supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be called from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets whether to substitute this editor with the single-line text editor in auto-filter rows. - - Always false. - - - - Allows you to specify whether the edit value is valid. This event does not occur if the editor's CausesValidation property is disabled. - - - - - Serves as the base for repository items that provide settings for editors that represent a progress bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the progress bar's height is changed according to the size of its contents. - - true if the progress bar's height is automatically changed to fit the size of its contents; otherwise false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the indicator's end color. - - A object that represents the end color of the gradient fill. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum height of the progress block. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum height of the progress block. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the direction of the progress indicator. - - A enumeration value that specifies the direction of the progress indicator. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the progress block. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the progress block. - - - - Gets or sets the progress indicator paint style. - - The progress indicator paint style. - - - - Gets an object that provides properties specific to the progress bar. - - A object that provides settings specific to the progress bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control displays the textual representation of the progress bar's current position. - - true, to display the text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the indicator's starting color. - - A object that represents the starting color for gradient fill. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the text within the ProgressBar control. - - A value that specifies the orientation of the text within the ProgressBar control. - - - - Represents the class which provides settings common to all spin editors. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. - - An Int32 value specifying the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. The default is 0. - - - - This property is not supported in descendants, except for the object. See , to learn more. - - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window. - - Appearance settings used to paint the editor's dropdown window. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Occurs when the 's pop-up window is completely closed. - - - - - Occurs when the editor's pop-up window starts closing. - - - - - Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the 's pop-up window. - - A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the 's pop-up window. - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the event's firing mode. - - An enumeration member which specifies when the editor's event should be raised. - - - - Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened. - - - - - Gets or sets the border style of the editor's popup window. - - A enumeration value specifying the border style of the editor's popup window. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum size of the editor's dropdown window. - - A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the spin edit control. - - A object representing settings specific to the spin edit control. - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required. - - A value that specifies whether the 's pop-up window can be invoked by clicking the edit box. - - - - Gets or sets whether the shadow is displayed for the editor's dropdown window. - - true, to display the shadow for the editor's dropdown window; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying which editor button is the spin button used to increment or decrement the edited value. - - An integer value representing the spin button's zero-based index. - - - - Gets or sets the spin button's orientation. - - A enumeration member specifying the spin button's orientation. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Not supported. - - Returns always true - - - - Serves as the base for repository items corresponding to BLOB editors. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets whether it is allowed to update popup width. - - true, if it is allowed to update popup width; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the editor content's default horizontal alignment. - - The value always. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images used to indicate whether the editor contains data. - - An object which represents the source of images that indicate whether a BLOB editor contains data. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides access to the editor's mask settings. - - A object which contains the editor's mask settings. - - - - Allows you to hide the default OK and Cancel buttons shown in popup menus of class descendants. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's popup window is sizeable. - - true if the editor's popup window is sizeable; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the size the editor's popup window should have when first opened. - - A structure representing the size of the popup window on its first occurrence. - - - - Gets or sets whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupWidthMode enumeration value, such as ContentWidth or UseEditorWidth, that specifies whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a BLOB editor. - - A object instance providing settings common to a BLOB editor. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether an identification icon is displayed within the editor's edit region. - - true if a BLOB editor displays an identification icon; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the BLOB editor's edit box. - - A enumeration value determining editing style. - - - - Contains settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the can enter the Edit mode. If this setting is disabled, the control operates solely in Select mode. - - true, if the can enter the Edit mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies all settings from the target to this object. - - A object whose settings are to be copied to this object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the current mode. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current mode. - - - - Gets whether the method will take effect if called. - - true, if the method will take effect if called; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the method will take effect if called. - - true, if the method will take effect if called; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the method will take effect if used at the moment. - - true if the method will take effect if used at the moment; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not navigating to nodes within this Breadcrumb Edit Control requires an exact node caption match, including the letter cases. - - true, navigating to nodes within this Breadcrumb Edit Control requires an exact node caption match; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the \ character that is the default path separator for a control. - - - - - - Returns the editor type name. - - Return value: BreadCrumbEdit. - - - - Returns a collection that contains all nodes owned by this . - - A ReadOnlyCollection that stores all s owned by this . - - - - Gets the object that stores the complete navigation history for this . - - A BreadCrumbHistory object that stores the complete navigation history for this . - - - - Gets the position within a collection occupied by the currently used . - - An Int32 value that is the position within a collection occupied by the currently used . - - - - Navigates to the previous within the collection. - - - - - Navigates to the next object within the collection. - - - - - Navigates to the currently selected node's parent node. - - - - - Occurs whenever a node's drop-down list is hidden. - - - - - Provides access to a object that stores the navigation history for this . - - A object that stores the navigation history for this . - - - - Gets or sets the position of an image within the collection that should serve as the default glyph for all non-root nodes. - - An Int32 value that is the position of an image within the collection that should serve as the default glyph for all non-root nodes. - - - - Gets or sets the image collection assigned to this . - - An Object that is the image collection assigned to this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs each time a new node is about to be added to this . - - - - - Occurs whenever a node owned by this changes. - - - - - Fires when a node from this 's collection is clicked. - - - - - Occurs whenever an end-user clicks any node drop-down button within this . - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum row number a node's drop-down list can occupy. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum row number a node's drop-down list can occupy. - - - - Provides access to all nodes owned by this control. - - A BreadCrumbNodeCollection that stores nodes owned by this control. - - - - Gets the editor that owns this . - - A that owns this . - - - - Gets or sets the nodes sequence currently visible within this . - - A String value that is the nodes sequence currently visible within this . - - - - Occurs whenever a 's path was changed. - - - - - Occurs when a path to which the was about to navigate does not pass validation. - - - - - Gets or sets the character used to separate node values in a path string. - - A String value that is the character used to separate node values in a path string. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs when the editor needs to navigate to a dynamically populated node for the first time. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Resets the history of end-user navigation within this control. - - - - - Gets or sets the image used by this 's root node. - - An Image that is this 's root node glyph. - - - - Fires when the root node's glyph is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection that should be used as a root node glyph. - - An Int32 value that is the index of an image within the collection that should be used as a root node glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the last currently selected in this . - - A object that is the last node currently selected in this . - - - - Fires when this 's changes. - - - - - Occurs each time an end-user clicks empty space within this . - - - - - Sets a with the target index as the current history item. - - An Int32 value that is the specific 's position within a parent collection. - - - - Occurs after a node drop-down is shown completely. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the root glyph should be displayed. - - true, if the root glyph should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the User Action Menu is about to be displayed. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not all visible nodes in the 's drop-down menu nodes should be sorted by their captions. - - true, if nodes should be sorted by their captions; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs each time the has to navigate to an unknown node. - - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Performs specific actions before control initialization. - - - - - Occurs when an editor button is clicked. - - - - - Occurs when an edit button is pressed within a button editor. - - - - - Returns the collection of buttons in the current button editor. - - The object providing access to buttons for the button editor. - - - - Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons. - - The value identifying the style to draw editor buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons. - - A enumeration value identifying the style to draw editor buttons. - - - - Creates a default button in the button collection. - - - - - Allows you to apply custom painting to specific 's buttons. - - - - - Returns the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Returns an editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A control owning the current repository item. - - - - Returns an object providing properties specific to the button edit control. - - The object providing settings common to the current edit control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and . - - true if the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the button editor. - - The value determining the editing style. - - - - Gets whether to substitute this editor with the single-line text editor in auto-filter rows. - - Always true. - - - - Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control. - - The value. - - - - Gets or sets an edit mask - - A string which specifies a mask expression. - - - - Returns the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Returns the editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A control owning the current repository item. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point when the dropdown is open. - - The maximum number of digits displayed in the fractional part of the value. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the calc edit control. - - The object providing settings for the calc edit control. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating whether the close button should be displayed in the dropdown window. - - true if the close button is displayed in the dropdown; otherwise false. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the editor drop-down. - - The type of the required enumeration. - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the editor drop-down, allowing you to specify whether enumeration constant names or integer values are assigned to the item values. - - The type of the required enumeration. - true, if enumeration underlying integer values are assigned to the item values; otherwise, false. - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the editor drop-down. - - - - - Adds new items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the editor drop-down, allowing you to customize item descriptions. - - A System.Converter delegate that generates item display captions. - - - - Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items. - - - - Gets or sets whether multiple items can be selected simultaneously in the dropdown. - - true if multiple items can be selected simultaneously in the dropdown; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether it is allowed to update popup width. - - true, if it is allowed to update popup width; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Copies settings from the specified object to the current object, allowing you to select whether data-related settings should be copied. - - A source repository item object. - true to copy data-related settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Forcibly nullifies the internal data adapter. Call this method before you dynamically provide a data source for the current repository item within a ShownEditor event handler. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed by the editor items. - - A DevExpress.Utils.SimpleContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed by the editor items. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed by editor items. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the data source whose items are displayed in the control's dropdown. - - A data source whose items are displayed in the control's dropdown. - - - - Fires when assigning a new object to the property. - - - - - Gets or sets a field name in the bound data source whose contents are to be displayed by the control's check items. - - A string value specifying a field name in a data source. - - - - Fires when assigning a new value to the property. - - - - - Allows you to manually paint items. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of visible items in the dropdown window. - - An integer that specifies the number of visible items in the dropdown window. - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's edit value is -formed as a string or as a List<object> object. - - An EditValueTypeCollection enumeration value that specifies how the edit value is formed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the check states of check items in the dropdown are automatically changed according to the new edit value. - - A value that specifies check item synchronization mode. - - - - Returns values of all currently checked items. - - A object that stores values of all currently checked items. - - - - Returns an object that specifies checked items. - - An object that specifies the edit value. - An object that specifies checked items. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Enables you to disable specific items. - - - - - Returns items from the collection. -In bound mode, this method populates the item collection before returning it. - - A object that contains items. - - - - Gets or sets the paint mode for the selected and hot-tracked items in the CheckedListBoxControl embedded in the dropdown window. - - A value that specifies the paint mode for the selected and hot-tracked items. - - - - Gets or sets whether item hot-tracking is enabled in the CheckedListBoxControl embedded in the dropdown window. - - true, if the item hot-tracking is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets how items in the embedded CheckedListBoxControl are selected when item hot-tracking is enabled. - - A value that specifies how items are selected. - - - - Gets or sets whether the incremental search feature is enabled. - - true if the incremental search feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the height of items in the drop-down is automatically calculated to fit their entire content. - - true, if item height is automatically calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the collection of check items to be displayed in the dropdown. - - A collection. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum length of the text that can be displayed in the editor. This property is only in effect for in-place editors. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum length of the text that can be displayed in the editor. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Provides the capability to change the height of an individual item. - - - - - Gets or sets the control to display in the popup window. This member is not supported by the class. - - A object. - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - This event is not supported by the class. - - - - - Updates the editor to reflect changes made to a data source. - - - - - Gets whether the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and . - - true, if the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible. - - A string that specifies the 'Select All' item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible. - - true if the 'Select All' item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the character separating checked items in the edit value, and the resultant text displayed in the edit box. - - A separator character. - - - - Creates items in the dropdown to represent elements of the specified set of flags. - - A object that specifies the enumeration type representing a bit field (set of flags). - - - - Gets or sets the 'Select All' check item's caption. - - A string that specifies the 'Select All' item's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible. - - true if the 'Select All' item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the OK and Cancel buttons in the dropdown are visible. - - true if the OK and Cancel buttons in the dropdown are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for dropdown items whose text is trimmed. - - A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed. - - - - Gets or sets whether changing a CheckedComboBoxEdit control's edit value updates the check states of the control's items. - - true if the editor's edit value and items in the dropdown are in sync; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the field name in the bound data source whose contents are assigned to item values. - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Fires when assigning a new value to the property. - - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the check editor supports three check states ('Unchecked', 'Checked' and 'Indeterminate') instead of two ('Unchecked' and 'Checked'). - - true if the supports three check states; false if the editor only supports two check states. - - - - Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the current . - - A String value that is the caption of the current . - - - - Provides access to options specific to the check box glyph (style, color, size). - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.CheckBoxOptions object that comprises options specific to the check box glyph (style, color, size). - - - - Fires after the property has been changed. - - - - - Fires after the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets what the check box looks like. - - A enumeration value specifying what the check box looks like. - - - - Gets or sets the text representation of the value. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the value. - - - - Gets or sets the text representation of the value. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the value. - - - - Gets or sets the text representation of the value. - - A string that specifies the text representation of the value. - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Converts the value passed as a parameter to the appropriate check state. - - A expression (typically, the edited value) to be converted to the appropriate check state. - A enumeration value representing the check state to be set. - - - - Converts the check state value passed as a parameter to the appropriate edit value. - - A enumeration value representing the check state to be converted to the appropriate edited value. - A expression representing the edited value to be set for a check editor. - - - - Gets or sets whether the read only is highlighted when hovered over with the mouse cursor. - - true, if the read only changes its appearance when hovered over with the mouse cursor; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when a hyperlink within the current control's caption is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image in the images collection for the checked state of the check box. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of an image in the images collection for the checked state of the check box. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image in the images collection for the indeterminate state of the check box. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of an image in the images collection for the indeterminate state of the check box. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an image in the images collection for the unchecked state of the check box. - - An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of an image in the images collection for the unchecked state of the check box. - - - - Provides access to options specifying vector or raster glyphs for the check box in the checked, unchecked and indeterminate states. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.CheckImageOptions object that comprises options specifying vector or raster glyphs for the check box in the checked, unchecked and indeterminate states. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of images that specify the unchecked, checked and indeterminate states of the check box. - - An object that represents the collection of images that specify the unchecked, checked and indeterminate states of the check box. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the check editor functions like a radio button. - - true if the check editor represents a radio button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the check box paint style applied when the editor's check state is Indeterminate. - - The check box paint style in the Indeterminate check state. - - - - Gets or sets the image for the checked state of the check box. - - A object that specifies the image displayed instead of the default check box in the checked state. - - - - Gets or sets the image for the indeterminate state of the check box. - - A object that specifies the image displayed instead of the default check box in the indeterminate state. - - - - Gets or sets the image for the unchecked state of the check box. - - A object that specifies the image displayed instead of the default check box in the unchecked state. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a check edit control. - - A object instance providing settings specific to a check edit control. - - - - Allows for custom conversion from the edit value to a check state (checked, unchecked and indeterminate). - - - - - Allows for custom conversion from the check state (checked, unchecked and indeterminate) to an edit value. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of a logical radio group to which the check editor belongs. - - An integer value specifying the non-negative index of a logical radio group owning the check editor. - - - - Gets or sets a value that corresponds to the checked state. - - The value associated with the checked state. - - - - Gets or sets a value that corresponds to the indeterminate state. - - The value associated with the indeterminate state. - - - - Gets or sets a value that corresponds to the unchecked state. - - The value associated with the unchecked state. - - - - Represents a collection of repository items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object that is the owner of the created collection. - - - - Adds the specified repository item to the end of the collection. - - A descendant to be added to the collection. - An integer value representing the added item's zero-based index within the collection. - - - - Creates a new repository item of the specified type and adds it to the end of the collection. - - A string value specifying the repository item type by the corresponding editor type name. - A descendant representing the new repository item. - - - - Adds an array of repository items to the collection. - - An array of descendants to be added to the collection. - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the specified repository item. - - A descendant to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified repository item; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the specified repository item's position within the collection. - - A descendant to locate in the collection. - An integer value representing the item's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified repository item. - - - - Provides indexed access to repository items. - - An integer value representing the item's zero-based index within the collection. - A descendant representing the repository item located at the specified position. - - - - Gets the repository item specified by its name. - - A value specifying the name of the desired repository item. - A descendant representing the repository item with the specified name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection doesn't contain the specified item. - - - - Removes the specified repository item from the collection. - - A descendant representing the repository item to remove. - - - - Contains settings specific to a editor. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Specifies the alignment of the preview color box within the control's edit region. - - A value specifying the alignment of the preview color box within the control's edit region. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a simple or advanced dialog is used to pick a custom color. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.ColorDialogType enumeration value, such as Simple or Advanced, that specifies whether a simple or advanced dialog is used to pick a custom color. The Default is Advanced. - - - - Gets or sets the value indicating the type of display text describing the selected color. - - The type of display text to represent the selected color. - - - - Gets or sets an array of user-defined colors to display in the Custom panel of the dropdown window. - - An array of user-defined colors to display in the Custom panel. - - - - Gets the default alignment of the editor contents when the editor is inplace within a container control. - - The value. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A string identifying the editor's class name. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Specifies how selected items are highlighted within the control's popup window. - - A value that specifies how selected items are highlighted. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - Gets an object containing settings specific to the control. - - The object containing settings for the current control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Automatic button is displayed in the Custom tab. - - true, if the Automatic button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can select a custom color with a color pick dialog (the "Select Color" dialog). - - true, if a color pick dialog is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Custom tabbed page is visible. - - true if the Custom tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the More Colors button is displayed in the Custom tab. - - true, if the More Colors button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the System tabbed page is visible. - - true if the System tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Web tabbed page is visible. - - true if the Web tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the type of value returned by the property. - - true if stores the selected color as an integer; false if stores it as a System.Drawing.Color structure. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the control's edit box. - - The value determining the editing style. - - - - Represents a repository item that stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the hot-tracked cell border color. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the hot-tracked cell border color. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint the selected cell border color. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint the selected cell border color. - - - - Copies settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object whose settings are copied to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the border color of the box displaying the "Automatic" color. - - The border color of the box displaying the "Automatic" color. - - - - Gets or sets the color considered the "Automatic" color, which is selected when an end-user clicks the Automatic button in the Custom tab. - - The color considered the "Automatic" color. - - - - Gets or sets the caption of the Automatic button displayed in the Custom tab in the control. - - A string that is the caption of the Automatic button displayed in the Custom tab. - - - - Contains settings that affect the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog. - - A object that contains settings affecting the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog. - - - - Fires after the "Select Color" dialog has been closed. - - - - - Fires when the "Select Color" dialog is about to be displayed. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A editor owning the current repository item. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires the event. - - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Provides access to colors displayed in the Recent Colors group in the Custom page. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ColorPickEditControl.Matrix object that comprises colors displayed in the Recent Colors group in the Custom page. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Web-Safe palette is displayed in a separate tab in the control's dropdown. - - true if the Web-Safe tab is accessible to end-users; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to colors displayed in the Standard Colors group in the Custom page. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ColorPickEditControl.Matrix object that comprises colors displayed in the Standard Colors group in the Custom page. - - - - Provides access to colors displayed in the Theme Colors group in the Custom page. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ColorPickEditControl.Matrix object that comprises colors displayed in the Theme Colors group in the Custom page. - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip display format of a color's value. - - A value that is the tooltip display format of a color's value. - - - - Allows you to customize tooltips displayed when hovering over colors in the Custom and Web-Safe palettes. - - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to controls. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint list items in the disabled state. - - A object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint list items in the disabled state. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint hot tracked list items if items are not automatically selected when hot tracked. - - An object specifying the appearance settings used to paint hot tracked list items if items are not automatically selected when hot tracked. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint list items in the selected state. - - An object that specifies the appearance settings used to paint list items in the selected state. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the auto completion feature is enabled. - - true if the auto completion is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the auto completion feature is case sensitive. - - true if the auto completion feature is case sensitive, otherwise false. - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed by the editor items. - - A DevExpress.Utils.SimpleContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed by the editor items. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed by editor items. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons. - - - - Enables custom display text to be provided for editor items. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the end-user can navigate through dropdown values by double clicking the edit box. - - true if double-clicking the edit box cycles through combo box items; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides the ability to custom paint the items displayed within the combo box editor's drop down. - - - - - Occurs when drawing an item in the dropdown list. - - - - - Gets or sets the height of an item in the dropdown list. - - The height of an item in the dropdown window, in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets the number of items simultaneously displayed in the dropdown window. - - The number of visible items in the dropdown window. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted within the control's popup window. - - A value that specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted. - - - - Gets or sets, if the items from the dropdown menu can be hot tracked. - - true if the Hot Track feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the items in the dropdown are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer moves over them. - - true if the items in the dropdown are hot-tracked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the height of items is automatically calculated to fit their entire content. - - true, if item height is automatically calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets padding within list items. - - A structure representing list item internal spacing characteristics. - - - - Provides access to the collection of items displayed in the editor's dropdown. - - The collection of items displayed by the editor. - - - - Allows you to change the height of specific items in the dropdown window. - - - - - Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A control owning the current repository item. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the combo box editor. - - The object providing settings specific to the combo box editor. - - - - Occurs on changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor. - - - - - Occurs after changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor. - - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed. - - A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the items are sorted. - - true to sort items; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Ctrl key must be pressed when scrolling combo box items. - - true if scrolling items requires the Ctrl key to be pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - A repository item storing settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether animation effects are applied when switching between calendar views. - - true, if calendar views are switched using animation effects; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is possible to select the extra days that are displayed in the current month calendar, but belong to the previous or next month. - - true, if t is possible to select the extra days that belong to the previous or next month; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains appearance settings used to paint the calendar's elements and date cells in various states. - - The calendar appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings used to paint disabled dates in the editor's drop-down. - - An AppearanceObject that specifies appearance settings used to paint disabled dates in the editor's drop-down. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header panel in the dropdown calendar. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header panel in the dropdown calendar. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the highlighted header panel in the dropdown calendar. - - A object, that contains the appearance settings used to paint the header panel's text under the mouse pointer. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the text within the dropdown calendar. - - A object that contains the appearance settings used to paint the text under the mouse pointer, within the editor's dropdown. - - - - Provides appearance settings used to paint week numbers. - - An object that contains the corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Copies source repository item properties to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can select a date in the dropdown calendar. Disable this setting to allow end-users to enter only the time portions of date-time values (see ). - - true, if an end-user can select a date in the calendar; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets that defines the culturally appropriate format for displaying dates and times. - - A object that defines the culturally appropriate format for displaying dates and times. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value in the dropdown calendar. - - A value that specifies whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value in the dropdown calendar. - - - - Contains settings related to time editing within the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar. - - An object that contains settings related to time editing within the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the appearance of the calendar in the drop-down window. - - A enumearation value that specifies the calendar appearance. - - - - Gets or sets size of calendar cells in the control's drop-down. - - The calendar cell size. - - - - Gets or sets the ICalendarCellStyleProvider object that allows you to customize the appearance of certain dates. - - The object that allows you to customize the appearance of certain dates. - - - - Gets or sets the number of months displayed horizontally in the dropdown calendar. - - The number of months displayed horizontally. - - - - Occurs when drawing day cells in the dropdown calendar. - - - - - Allows you to provide custom week day abbreviations. - - - - - Allows week numbers to be customized. - - - - - Specifies how a responds to an attempt to enter an invalid date value. - - A value specifying how to respond to an invalid date value. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Allows specific dates or date ranges to be disabled in the editor's drop-down to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - - - - Allows you to assign an ICalendarDisabledDateProvider object that can disable certain dates to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - An object that can disable certain dates to prevent them from being selected by an end-user. - - - - Gets the format settings applied to the editor when it is not focused. - - A object containing format settings. - - - - Gets or sets whether to draw lines between calendar cells. - - true, if lines between calendar cells are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides the ability to custom paint day cells in the dropdown calendar. - - - - - Provides access to the settings used to format the edit value when the editor has input focus. - - A object containing format settings. - - - - Gets or sets an edit mask. - - A string specifying a mask expression. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the first day of the week. - - A enumeration value specifying the first day of the week. - - - - Gets or sets whether Saturdays and Sundays are highlighted. - - true to highlight Saturdays and Sundays; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether today's date is highlighted in the editor's drop-down. - - A DefaultBoolean enumeration value that specifies whether today's date is highlighted in the editor's drop-down. - - - - Gets or sets whether today's date is highlighted in the editor's drop-down when selected, or belongs to a selected range of dates. - - true if today's date is highlighted in the editor's drop-down when selected, or belongs to a selected range of dates; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's maximum value. - - A structure which represents the maximum allowed date. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's minimum value. - - A structure which represents the minimum allowed date. - - - - Gets or sets a value that is interpreted as the null date. - - A value interpreted as the null date. - - - - Gets or sets the date and time automatically selected in the editor's drop-down if the edit value is set to null. - - A DateTime object that specifies the date and time automatically selected in the editor's drop-down if the edit value is set to null (Nothing in VB.NET). - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the button edit control. - - The object. - - - - Gets or sets the number of months displayed vertically in the dropdown calendar. - - The number of months displayed vertically. - - - - Gets or sets whether a single date, or multiple dates can be simultaneously selected. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether a single date, or multiple dates can be simultaneously selected. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dropdown calendar contains the Clear button (this button is not supported in mode). - - true, if the dropdown calendar contains the Clear button; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of month names for each month. - - true, if the month name is displayed above each month; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of buttons that let an end-user navigate between months. - - A enumeration value that specifies the visibility of buttons that let an end-user navigate between months. - - - - Gets or sets whether the OK button is displayed. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether the OK button is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the Today button in the dropdown calendar (in the and modes). - - true, if the Today button is visible; otherwise,false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display week numbers in the dropdown window. - - true, if the dropdown window displays week numbers; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of buttons that let an end-user navigate between years. - - A enumeration value that specifies the visibility of buttons that let an end-user navigate between years. - - - - Allows you to mark certain dates as "special" dates. These dates will be painted using the dedicated settings provided by the object. - - - - - Allows you to assign an ICalendarSpecialDateProvider object that can mark certain dates as "special" to highlight them in a custom manner, as specified by the dedicated appearance settings of the object. - - An object that marks certain dates as "special". - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the edit box in the control's drop-down that allows end-users to edit the time portion of the edit value. - - An integer value that specifies the width, in pixels, of the time portion edit box. - - - - Fires when the Today button is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the date that is regarded as Today's date. - - The date that is regarded as Today's date. - - - - Gets or sets the step by which minutes increment in the touch-aware calendar. The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUIMinuteIncrement. - - The number by which minutes increment in the touch-aware calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the step by which seconds increment in the touch-aware calendar. The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUISecondIncrement. - - The number by which seconds increment in the touch-aware calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the initial date grouping View that is enabled when a date editor opens. - - A VistaCalendarInitialViewStyle enumeration value that specifies the initial date grouping View that is enabled when a date editor opens. - - - - Gets or sets which date grouping Views are available in Vista display mode. - - A value that specifies which date grouping Views are available in Vista display mode. - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor's dropdown calendar looks and functions like the Date Editor in Windows Vista. - - A value that specifies whether the editor's dropdown calendar looks and functions like the Date Editor in Windows Vista. - - - - Gets or sets whether the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar contains a time editor for editing the time portion of the date-time value. - - A value that specifies whether the dropdown calendar contains a time editor. - - - - Contains settings that control the appearance and behavior of the time editor embedded into the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar. - - A object that contains appearance and behavior settings of the time editor embedded into the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar. - - - - Gets or sets the length of days of the week abbreviations. - - The length of days of the week abbreviations. - - - - Gets or sets a rule which determines the first week of the year. - - A enumeration value which determines the first week of the year. - - - - Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies properties and event handlers of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets the collection of items displayed in the dropdown. - - A object. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of items in the editor's MRU list. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of items in the editor's MRU list. - - - - Gets or sets whether a FontEdit editor only displays the fonts that support the Regular font style. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether a FontEdit editor only displays the fonts that support the Regular font style. - - - - Gets or sets whether sample previews are displayed for symbol fonts in the dropdown. - - true if sample previews are displayed for symbol fonts in the dropdown; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Represents the class which provides settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Copies properties of the specified repository item. - - A object representing the source repository item. - - - - Gets or sets the manner in which the window for the process executed by the hyperlink editor should appear on-screen. - - A value, specifying the manner in which the window for the process executed by the hyperlink editor should appear. - - - - Gets or sets the caption string displayed in the edit box. - - A string value specifying the hyperlink editor's caption. - - - - The method overrides the base method to prevent it from creating a default button. - - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Returns the foreground color of the link's text. - - A Color used to paint the link's text. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the edit box. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the edit box. - - A object which represents the image displayed within the edit box. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the edit box. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the editor's display text. - - The color of the editor's display text. - - - - Gets or sets whether the link text color is specified by parent appearance settings. - - true, if the link text color is specified by parent appearance settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs before hyperlink execution. - - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the edit box. - - A object which represents the image displayed within the edit box. - - - - Gets an object providing settings specific to the current control. - - The object providing settings common to the current edit control. - - - - Gets or sets the read-only status of the editor. - - true if the end-user cannot modify the editor's contents; otherwise false. - - - - Gets or sets whether hyperlink functionality is activated a single or double click. - - true if the hyperlink functionality is activated by single clicking; otherwise, the user needs to double click the edit box in order to execute the hyperlink command. - - - - Gets or sets a shortcut to activate the hyperlink. - - The shortcut used to activate the hyperlink functionality. - - - - Gets or sets whether a click/double-click on the empty space in the edit box invokes the hyperlink's functionality. - - true if a click/double-click on the empty space invokes the hyperlink's functionality; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the editor. - - The value determining the editing style. - - - - When embedded in a container's column/cell, allows cell text to be formatted using HTML tags. No editing is supported for these cells. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Assigns property values of the specified object to the corresponding properties of this object. - - A object whose property values are copied to the current object. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the window state to use when a browser is opened. - - One of the enumeration values that indicates whether the process is started in a window that is maximized, minimized, normal (neither maximized nor minimized), or not visible. - - - - This method is not supported by the class. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets whether the editor's value or display text is exported when data is exported to XLS and CSV formats. - - Always . - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Fires when a hyperlink is clicked, and a browser is about to be opened. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Provides access to properties specific to the control. - - The object comprising properties specific to the control. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - Always true. - - - - - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - - - - - - - If the label contains a hyperlink, gets or sets whether a single or double click opens a browser. - - true, to use a single click to open a browser; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the style in which text is displayed the editor. - - Always . - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Represents a repository item which holds settings specific to controls. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. Allows generated items to store numeric enumeration values instead of enumeration constant names. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - true if values for generated items should store numeric enumerator values ; false if these values should store constant enumerator names instead. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration and replaces default item descriptions. - - A Delegate that encapsulates a method which replaces generated items' captions. - - - - Adds image items to the . - - The image list to add to the . - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Gets or sets the casing mode according to which a will display the selected value. - - A enumerator value that specifies the casing mode. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditorGroupRowPainter class. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditorGroupRowPainter descendant used to paint the group rows in the XtraGrid. - - - - Gets the alignment of the editor contents when the editor works as an inplace control. - - The value. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of item images. - - The value specifying the alignment of item images. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the collection of items displayed in the dropdown window. - - The collection of items for the image combo box editor. - - - - Gets or sets the source of large images. - - An object that is an image collection providing large images for the editor's items. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the image combo box editor. - - The object providing settings specific to the image combo box editor. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - true always. - - - - Gets or sets the source of small images. - - An object that is an image collection providing small images for the editor's items. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the control's edit box. - - The value determining the editing style. - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to an control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the image editor. - - A enumeration value which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets how the editor stores the image pasted via the editor's context menu. - - A value representing how an image loaded via the editor's context menu is stored in the edit value. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to an image edit control. - - A object instance. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu is displayed when the dropdown window is right-clicked. - - true if the context menu is displayed when the dropdown window is right-clicked. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying how the image is displayed within the image editor. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Contains settings specific to a lookup editor. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a custom value (a value that is not present in the lookup data source) that is entered in the edit box is accepted by the editor (when the value is validated and editor loses focus). This property supports Combobox mode for the lookup editor. - - A value that specifies if custom values are accepted by the editor. The DefaultBoolean.Default property value is equivalent to True. - - - - Gets whether it is allowed to update popup width. - - true, if it is allowed to update popup width; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the header panel's appearance settings. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the column headers. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Fires when the editor SearchMode property is set to . In this mode, the editor filters out data source records that do not match the currently entered text, and displays remaining records in the drop-down panel. The AutoSearch event is optional, it allows you to fine-tune the search. See the class description to learn more. - - - - - Gets or sets the visible column index against which an incremental search is performed in and modes. - - The zero-based visible column index against which an incremental search is performed. - - - - Fires when you set the SearchMode property to AutoSuggest. In this mode, the editor runs the asynchronous Task assigned in the event handler to retrieve a list of drop-down panel items. See the class description for more information. - - - - - Changes the widths of columns in the dropdown, to best fit their contents. - - The adjusted total width of the columns in the dropdown. - - - - Specifies the maximum number or rows that are processed when invoking the "best-fit" functionality. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of rows processed when invoking the "best-fit" functionality. - - - - Gets or sets whether the end-user needs to type text matching the case when performing an incremental search. - - true if an incremental search is case sensitive; otherwise false. - - - - Provides access to the collection of columns displayed in the dropdown window. - - A object specifying the columns displayed in the dropdown. - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid cells in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid column headers in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of vertical grid lines in the drop-down. - - - - - Provides the capability to perform custom painting of grid rows in the drop-down. - - - - - Gets or sets the height of a row in the dropdown (in pixels). - - The height of a single row. - - - - Gets or sets the number of rows simultaneously displayed in the dropdown window. - - The number of visible rows in the dropdown window. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Forces the control's data source to provide the information which is required to work with this data source. - - - - - Returns a data source row containing the specified field value. - - The value of the field for the row to be located. - An object representing the data source record containing the specified value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no record with the specified value in the field was found. - - - - Returns a data source row containing the specified field value. - - The value of the field for the row to be located. - An object representing the data source record containing the specified value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no record with the specified value in the field was found. - - - - Searches for an object that represents the row containing the specified field values. - - The value of the field for the row to be located. - An array of objects representing values for additional fields against whose values the search is performed. - An array of strings specifying the names of the fields against whose values the search will be carried out. - An object representing the data source record containing the specified value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no record is found that matches the given search criteria. - - - - Returns the visual index of the row in the dropdown that contains the specified value in the specified column. - - A object that is the column whose values will be compared with the specified value to locate the required row. - A value contained in the required row in the specified column. - An integer value that is the row's zero-based visual index in the dropdown list. -1 if such a row is not found. - - - - Returns the visual index of the row in the dropdown that contains the specified value in the specified field. - - A string that is the field whose values will be compared with the specified value to locate the required row. - A value contained in the required row in the specified field. - An integer value that is the row's zero-based visual index in the dropdown. -1 if such a row is not found. - - - - Gets the value contained in the specified row and column in the dropdown data source. - - A object representing the column that contains the required value. - An integer value specifying the row's visual index in the dropdown list. - An object representing the value contained in the specified row and column. null if the specified row or column is not found. - - - - Gets the value contained in the specified row and field in the dropdown data source. - - A string representing the field name that contains the required value. - An integer value specifying the row's visual index in the dropdown list. - An object representing the value in the specified row and column. null if the specified row or field is not found. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Returns a value of the field of the row containing the specified field value. - - The value of the field for the row to locate. - The value of the field for the row located.null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value and the data source is a object). - - - - Gets a value of the field by multiple key values. - - The value of the field for the row to be located. - An array of objects representing values for additional fields against whose values the search is performed. - An array of strings specifying names of additional fields against whose values the search is carried out. - The value of the field for the row located. null if no record with the specified value was found. - - - - Returns the value of the field for the row whose value matches the specified text. - - A text representation of the field in the row to locate. - The value of the field for the row located,null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value when the data source is a object). - - - - Returns a value of the field of the row containing the specified field value. - - The value of the field for the row to locate. - The value of the field for the row located.null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value when the data source is a object). - - - - Gets the index of a specific row in the underlying data source. - - A row's visual position in the dropdown window. This index can be obtained via the method. - The index of a specific row in the underlying data source. - - - - Occurs on retrieving values for fields not found in the . - - - - - Gets or sets which functionality is invoked as a result of clicking a column header within the dropdown. - - A value specifying how the editor acts after its column header is clicked. - - - - Specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted within the control's popup window. - - A value that specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the items in the popup window are hottracked when the mouse pointer passes over them. - - true if the items in the popup window are hottracked when the mouse pointer passes over them; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the rows in the popup window are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer passes over them. - - true if the rows in the popup window are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer passes over them; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after a record(s) in the has been changed. - - - - - Returns the width of the widest column value in pixels (taking the column's caption into account). This overloaded method uses GraphicsCache for the sake of performance. - - The graphics cache. - The column being processed. - The column width. - - - - Returns the width of the widest column value in pixels (taking the column's caption into account). - - The graphics surface. - The column being processed. - The a column width. - - - - Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A control owning the current repository item. - - - - Creates columns for all fields available in the lookup data source (). - - - - - Allows you to provide a custom filter criteria. - - - - - Gets or sets how data records in the popup window are filtered. - - A enumerator value that specifies how data records in the popup window are filtered. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - The Size.Empty value. - - - - Gets or sets the width of the dropdown window (in pixels). - - The width of the dropdown window. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - true always. - - - - Gets or sets whether to immediately apply the found value to the editor as a user types a query, or only highlight the found value in the drop-down window. - - A enumeration value that specifies the search mode. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of column headers. - - true if column headers are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visibility of vertical lines separating columns in the dropdown. - - true if vertical lines separating columns are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the visible column index against which data is sorted. - - The zero-based visible column index against which data is sorted. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the editor's behavior when assigning a value of an invalid type to the property. - - true if the editor raises an exception when assigning a value of an invalid type; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the number of visible data rows limits the height of the dropdown window. - - true, if the height of the dropdown cannot be greater than the number of data rows; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the base class that contains settings common to lookup editors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets whether it is allowed to update popup width. - - true, if it is allowed to update popup width; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets the "best-fit" mode for columns in the dropdown window. - - A value that specifies the "best-fit" mode for columns in the dropdown window. - - - - Gets or sets the name(s) of the foreign key field(s) by which the popup data source of the current lookup editor is filtered. - - The foreign key field name(s). - - - - Gets or sets the source of data displayed in the dropdown window. - - The source of data displayed in the dropdown. - - - - Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control. - - The value. - - - - Gets or sets the field whose values are displayed in the edit box. - - The string identifying the field whose values are displayed in the edit box. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets a string that specifies a key field (or multiple key fields) used for business object identification (when a lookup editor is bound to a business object). - - A string that specifies a key field or multiple key fields delimited by the ';' character. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown window is sizeable. - - true, if the dropdown is sizeable; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupWidthMode enumeration value, such as ContentWidth or UseEditorWidth, that specifies whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - - - Occurs when a new value entered into the edit box is validated. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the dropdown window's footer region is visible. - - true if the footer is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the editor. - - A value determining the editing style. - - - - Gets or sets whether the CTRL key must be pressed to scroll data records using the UP/DOWN ARROW keys when the popup window is closed. - - true, if the CTRL key must be pressed to scroll data records using the UP/DOWN ARROW keys when the popup window is closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the field name whose values identify dropdown rows. - - The string representing the field name whose values identify dropdown rows. - - - - Contains settings specific to a editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings. Note that some appearance settings (e.g., BackColor) are not in effect since the control is skinned. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ProgressBarAppearanceObject object that stores appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the control is disabled. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ProgressBarAppearanceObject object that stores appearance settings applied when the control is disabled. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the control is focused. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ProgressBarAppearanceObject object that stores appearance settings applied when the control is focused. - - - - Provides access to the appearance settings applied when the control is in a read-only state. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ProgressBarAppearanceObject object that stores appearance settings applied when the control is in a read-only state. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the time period that it takes the progress block to move by one chunk across the progress bar. - - An integer value that specifies the time period, in milliseconds, that it takes the progress block to move by one chunk across the progress bar. - - - - Gets or sets the width, in pixels, of the progress block. - - An value that specifies the width, in pixels, of the progress block. - - - - Gets or sets whether the progress bar animation is paused. - - true if the progress bar animation is paused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the animation mode of the control. - - A value that specifies the animation mode. - - - - Gets an object that provides properties specific to the marquee progress bar. - - A object that provides settings specific to the marquee progress bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's animation is stopped. - - true if the control's animation is stopped; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether return characters can be inserted into text. - - true if return characters are accepted and processed by a memo editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert tab characters into text. - - true if users can enter tabs in a memo editor using the TAB key; false if pressing the TAB key moves focus to another control. - - - - Copies the settings of a repository item. - - A object representing the source object. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the autoheight feature is enabled. - - Always false . - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the number of lines to be displayed in a memo editor when it acts as an in-place control. - - An integer value specifying the number of lines displayed by an in-place memo editor. - - - - Provides access to the editor's mask settings. - - A object which contains the editor's mask settings. - - - - This property isn't used. - - - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a memo edit control. - - A object instance providing settings common to a memo edit control. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating which scrollbars are displayed. - - A enumeration value indicating whether 0, 1 or 2 are displayed. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether text is automatically wrapped at an editor's right margin. - - true if an editor always wraps text at the right margin, false if it displays a separate line only following a carriage return character. - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert return characters into text. - - true if return characters typed within the dropdown window are accepted and processed by an extended memo editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert tab characters into the editor's text. - - true if tab characters typed within the dropdown window are accepted and processed by an extended memo editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to an extended memo edit control. - - A object instance. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating which scrollbars are displayed within the editor's dropdown window. - - A enumeration value indicating whether 0, 1 or 2 are displayed within the dropdown window. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the text is automatically wrapped at the right margin of the editor's dropdown window. - - true if an editor always wraps text at the right margin. - - - - Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Occurs before an item is added to the MRU editor. - - - - - Gets or sets whether close ('x') buttons are displayed within dropdown MRU items, allowing an end-user to delete items. - - true if close ('x') buttons are displayed within dropdown MRU items; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the auto completion feature is enabled. - - true if the auto completion is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box. - - true, if the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the collection of items displayed by the current MRU editor. - - A MRUEditItemCollection object representing a collection of items displayed by the editor. - - - - Loads the collection with data from the specified stream. - - A Stream object that contains items to be loaded. - - - - Loads items from the specified XML file to the collection. - - A string that specifies the full path to the XML file that stores items to be loaded. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of items displayed in the editor's dropdown list. - - An integer value specifying the maximum number of items contained by the MRU editor. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a MRU edit control. - - A object instance providing settings common to a MRU edit control. - - - - Occurs before an item is removed from the MRU edit. - - - - - Saves items from the collection to a stream. - - A stream to which data is saved. - - - - Saves items stored in the collection to the specified XML file, using the default encoding. - - A string that specifies the full path to the XML file to which data is saved. - - - - Saves items stored in the collection to the specified XML file, using the specified encoding. - - A string that specifies the full path to the XML file to which data is saved. - An object that specifies the text encoding to use. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether to invoke the event when pressing the ENTER key. - - true if the event is fired when the ENTER key is pressed; otherwise, false - - - - Represents a repository item which provides settings specific to an image combo box control. - - - - - Creates a repository item for an image combo box editor. - - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the pictures being edited are changed using animation. This property is not in effect for in-place editors. - - True if the pictures being edited are changed using animation; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether to dispose of the control's image when the control is disposed of. - - true to dispose of the current image when the control is disposed of; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether a focus rectangle is displayed within the focused picture editor. - - true if a focus rectangle is displayed in the focused picture editor; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to scroll pictures using the mouse wheel. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether it is allowed to scroll pictures using the mouse wheel. - - - - Gets or sets whether an image can be scrolled by dragging it with the mouse. This feature is in effect when scroll bars are enabled via the property. - - true if an image can be scrolled by dragging it with the mouse; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to zoom pictures using the mouse wheel. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether it is allowed to zoom pictures using the mouse wheel. - - - - Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the auto height feature is enabled. - - false always. - - - - Gets or sets the caption displayed in the control and settings used to paint the caption. - - A PictureEditCaption object that specifies the caption itself and settings used to paint it in the control. - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control, and panels containing these buttons. - - A ContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the control, and panels containing these buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the control. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons displayed in the control. - - - - Fires when the , or property value changes. - - - - - Allows hints for the objects displayed in the to be customized. - - - - - Gets or sets the height of the picture editor when it works as an inplace control. - - An integer value specifying the height in pixels of an inplace picture editor. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets whether the LOD (Level-of-detail) algorithm is used to optimize the display of large images. - - true, if the LOD (Level-of-detail) algorithm is used to optimize the display of large images; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load. - - The image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.PictureEditImageOptions object that stores properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Returns how the picture is aligned in the control. - - An enumeration value that specifies how the picture is aligned in the control. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Fires when the Image Editor dialog is closed. - - - - - Fires when the Editor dialog is about to be opened. Allows you to customize the dialog and its graphic commands. - - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed during an asynchronous image load. - - An image displayed during an asynchronous image load. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed during an asynchronous image load. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.PictureEditImageOptions object that stores properties that allow you to assign and customize an image displayed during an asynchronous image load. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Fires when an asynchronous image load operation is completed, been canceled, or raised an exception. - - - - - Provides access to settings that enable masked mode and allow you to customize the masked mode behavior. - - An object whose settings allows you to enable masked mode and customize the masked mode behavior. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the control's borders and its content. - - A object that contains inner indents between the control's borders and its content. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the picture editor. - - A enumeration value specifying the image alignment. - - - - Gets or sets how an image is scaled. - - A value that specifies how an image is scaled. - - - - Gets or sets how the editor stores the image pasted via the editor's context menu. - - A value representing how an image loaded via the editor's context menu is stored in the edit value. - - - - Fires when the context menu is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a picture edit control. - - A object instance providing settings common to a picture edit control. - - - - Gets or sets whether the context menu contains a command that allows taking a picture from a webcam. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Controls.CameraMenuItemVisibility enumeration value that specifies whether the context menu contains a command that allows taking a picture from a webcam. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's context menu contains the Edit command that invokes the Image Editor. The Image Editor allows users to perform basic edit operations and then save the result back to the PictureEdit control. - - DefaultBoolean.True if the Edit menu command is available; DefaultBoolean.Default or DefaultBoolean.False if the Edit menu item is hidden. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu is displayed when the picture editor is right-clicked. - - true, if the context menu is displayed when the editor is right-clicked; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether scroll bars that allow an end-user to scroll the image are enabled. - - true if scroll bars that allow an end-user to scroll the image are enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the picture editor's context menu contains zoom-related commands. - - A value that specifies if the picture editor's context menu contains zoom-related commands. - - - - Gets or sets how the image changes size within the picture editor. - - The displayed image's size mode. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the required size of the vector image. - - A structure that specifies the required size for rendering the vector image. - - - - Fires when the Take Picture dialog is closed. - - - - - Fires when the Take Picture dialog is about to be displayed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the is painted grayed out when it's in the disabled state. - - true, if the control is painted grayed out when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the factor that adjusts the default zoom speed via the mouse wheel. - - A value that specifies the factor that adjusts the default zoom speed via the mouse wheel. The default is 1. - - - - Gets or sets the factor that adjusts the default zoom speed via the mouse wheel. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - A value that specifies the factor that adjusts the default zoom speed via the mouse wheel. The default is 1. - - - - Gets or sets whether the CTRL modifier key should be pressed to zoom pictures with the mouse wheel. - - A ZoomingOperationMode enumeration value that specifies how zooming can be performed using the mouse wheel. - - - - Gets or sets the zoom percentage of the displayed image. - - An integer value that specifies the zoom percentage of the displayed image. The default is 100. - - - - Fires when the property is changed. - - - - - Serves as the base for repository items that provide settings for editors with popup windows. - - - - - Creates an instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying which editor button will open the editor's dropdown window. - - A zero-based integer specifying the button by its index within the collection. - - - - Gets or sets whether an editor's dropdown can be displayed when the editor is in the read-only state. - - A value that specifies if an editor's dropdown can be displayed in the read-only state. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window. - - - - Copies settings from the repository item specified as a parameter. - - A descendant representing the repository item whose settings should be copied to the current repository item. - - - - Fires when the editor's pop-up is about to be displayed. - - - - - Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether changes are saved or discarded when closing the popup window. - - - - - Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the popup window. - - A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the popup window. - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed by editor items. - - A DevExpress.Utils.SimpleContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed by editor items. - - A DevExpress.Utils.ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons. - - - - Fires when the , or property value changes. - - - - - Creates a default button when the editor is initialized. - - - - - Allows you to customize the context buttons for individual items. - - - - - Gets the owning editor's type name. - - The 'PopupBaseEdit' string always. - - - - Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object. - - A editor owning the current repository item. - - - - Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets the popup window's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the popup window's border style. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum size for the associated dropdown window. - - A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size. - - - - Sets the popup window's initial size. - - A Size value. - - - - Gets or sets the popup window's width. - - An integer value specifying the width of the editor's popup window. - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window's contents are displayed during resize operations. - - A ResizeMode enumeration value that specifies whether the popup window's contents are displayed during resize operations. The ResizeMode.Default value is equivalent to LiveResize. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the popup control. - - The object providing settings specific to the popup control. - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window's shadow is displayed. - - true to display the popup window's shadow; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to suppress mouse events when clicking outside an open popup menu. - - true, to suppress mouse events; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains settings that are common to the descendants of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Copies the settings of the specified repository item. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box. - - true, if the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the editor which owns the current repository item. - - The control which owns the current repository item. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown window is sizeable. - - true, if the dropdown is sizeable; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a repository item that provides settings for editors. - - - - - Creates and initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets whether it is allowed to update popup width. - - true, if it is allowed to update popup width; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings and event handlers from the repository item specified as a parameter. - - A descendant representing the repository item whose settings are to be copied to the current item. - - - - Obsolete. Gets or sets whether to close the popup window when another form is opened. - - true if the dropdown is closed when another form is opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current dropdown control must be closed when: -1) clicking on a control within another form; -2) clicking outside its bounds, and at the same time, within another non-DevExpress popup window that belongs to the current dropdown control. - - true if the dropdown control is closed on a click outside its bounds; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the alignment of the editor content when the editor works inplace within a container control. - - The value always. - - - - Gets the corresponding editor's type name. - - The 'PopupContainerEdit' string always. - - - - Gets or sets whether this editor automatically focuses a control in its popup window when this window opens. A focused control is the one with the smallest TabIndex property value. - - true to automatically focus a control in the popup; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Gets or sets the control to display in the popup window. - - A control to display in the popup window. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether end-users can resize the popup window. - - true to allow popup window resizing; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PopupWidthMode enumeration value, such as ContentWidth or UseEditorWidth, that specifies whether the initial popup width matches the editor or content width. - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - The object containing settings for the current control. - - - - Enables you to specify the display text for the editor. - - - - - Fires when closing the popup window, enabling you to specify the editor's value based on the state of controls residing within the popup. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is displayed within the popup window. - - true to display the close button; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets whether the text box is visible and enabled. - - A enumeration value specifying text box availability. - - - - Gets or sets whether the accociated popup control's minimum size is specified by its MinimumSize property. - - true if the popup control's minimum size is specified by the control's MinimumSize property; false if the minimum size is specified by the editor's property. - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the progress indicator reflects changes using animation. This property is not in effect for in-place editors. - - True if the progress indicator reflects changes using animation; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - Not supported. - - false always. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's enabled. - - An object that provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's enabled. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's disabled. - - An object that provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's disabled. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the current editor when it's focused. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceObject object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's focused. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceObject object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor's content. - - A enumeration value specifying the editor content's default horizontal alignment. - - - - Gets the class name of the control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the delay, in milliseconds, between flashes in the flow animation. - - An integer value that specifies the delay, in milliseconds, between flashes in the flow animation. - - - - Gets or sets the time, in milliseconds, that it takes the flash to move through the progress indicator in flow animation. - - An integer value that specifies the duration, in milliseconds, of the flash movement in flow animation. - - - - Gets or sets whether the progress indicator is displayed using flow animation. - - true, if the progress indication is displayed using flow animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the control's maximum value. - - An integer value representing the maximum value. - - - - Gets or sets the control's minimum value. - - An integer value representing the minimum value. - - - - Gets or sets whether to present the current position as a relative value between the and and format it as a percentage. The property must be set to true. - - true to present the current position as a relative value; false to present the current position as an absolute value. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the ProgressBarControl. - - A object providing settings specific to the progress bar. - - - - Gets or sets a value by which a call to the method increases the control's current position. - - An integer value by which the progress bar's position changes. - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to controls. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - A Type of enumeration, whose values should be used to generate items. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration and replaces default item descriptions. - - A Type of enumeration, whose values should be used to generate items. - A Delegate that encapsulates a method which replaces generated items' captions. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration and replaces default item descriptions. - - A Delegate that encapsulates a method which replaces generated items' captions. - - - - Gets or sets whether the and EditValue properties can be out of sync when handling the EditValueChanged event. - - true if the and EditValue properties can be out of sync when handling the EditValueChanged event; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor. - - true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - A object whose settings are assigned to the current object. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content. - - true if the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the indent between the columns of items. This property is in effect if is set to Column (as well as Default), and is set to Near. - - An integer value that specifies the indent between the columns of items. - - - - Gets or sets the number of columns displayed within the radio group editor. This property is in effect in Column layout mode (see ). - - An integer value indicating the number of columns. - - - - Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control. - - The value. - - - - Gets the owning editor's type name. - - The 'RadioGroup' string always. - - - - Gets or sets whether the focus rectangle is painted around the radio group when the radio group is focused and no radio item is selected. - - true if the focus rectangle is painted around the radio group when the radio group is focused and no radio item is selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of a radio box glyph within a radio group editor. - - A enumeration value specifying the radio box's horizontal alignment. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or set whether items are aligned at the near edge of the control or justified. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.RadioItemHorzAlignment enumeration value that specifies whether items are aligned at the near edge of the control or justified. - - - - Gets the collection of items displayed by the current radio group editor. - - The object representing the collection of items displayed by the editor. - - - - Gets or sets how items are arranged. - - A value that specifies how items are arranged. - - - - Gets or set whether items are aligned at the top edge of the control or justified. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.RadioItemVertAlignment enumeration value that specifies whether items are aligned at the top edge of the control or justified. - - - - Gets the editor that owns the repository item. - - A control that owns the repository item. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the radio group editor. - - The object providing settings specific to the radio group editor. - - - - Occurs on changing the index of the selected item in the radio group editor. - - - - - Contains settings specific to a editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor. - - true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - Gets or sets the string used to format the tooltip displaying the minimum and maximum values of the current range. - - A string value used to format the tooltip displaying the minimum and maximum values of the current range. - - - - Provides access to advanced settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this 's text can be formatted using HTML tags. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this 's text can be formatted using HTML tags. - - - - Copies all the settings from the target to this . - - A whose properties are to be cloned to this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the height should be calculated automatically. - - true, if the height should be calculated automatically; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be automatically sized. - - true, if this should be automatically sized; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs when an end-user hovers over a rating item and allows you to display a unique hint for this item. - - - - - Gets or sets the this 's border style. - - - - - - Gets or sets an image, displayed by a item when this item is checked (selected). - - An Image displayed by a item when this item is checked (selected). - - - - Returns the textual representation of the type of the editor that owns this object. - - Return value: RatingControl. - - - - Gets or sets whether partly checked glyphs are enabled. - - A value that specifies the rating precision. - - - - Gets or sets the value assigned to the first item. - - A Decimal value assigned to the first item. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how this should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how this should be printed. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the regular rating glyph. - - An Image displayed by rating items in their regular state. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed by hovered items within this . - - An Image displayed by hovered items within this . - - - - Gets or sets whether this measures its rating in the opposite direction. - - true, if this measures its rating in the opposite direction; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires whenever an end-user clicks a rating item within this . - - - - - Gets or sets the number of rating items within this . - - An Int32 value that is the number of rating items within this . - - - - Gets or sets the distance between neighboring rating items. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between neighboring rating items. - - - - Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the rating item's bounds. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user hovers a rating item within this . - - - - - Gets or sets this 's padding. - - A Padding structure that specifies the distance between the borders and this control's content. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the rating items' alignment within the . - - A HorzAlignment enumerator value that specifies the rating items' alignment within the . - - - - Gets or sets the rating item positioning within this . - - An DevExpress.Utils.Drawing.ItemLocation enumerator value that specifies the rating item positioning within this - - - - Gets or sets the rating items' orientation within the . - - An enumerator value that specifies the rating items' orientation within the . - - - - Gets or sets whether the text assigned to the property should be visible. - - true, if the text assigned to the property should be visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tooltip should be displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. - - true, to display tooltips; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the 's text position relative to the rating items. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.RatingTextLocation enumerator object that specifies the 's text position relative to the rating items. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the 's rating items and this control's text. - - An Int32 value that specifies the distance between the 's rating items and this control's text. - - - - Gets or sets the difference in two neighboring rating items' values. - - A Decimal value that is the difference in two neighboring rating items' values. - - - - Represents a storage for the settings specific to the . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a search is automatically performed on typing text. - - true, if a search is automatically performed on typing text; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Starts the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - Provides access to the collection of buttons in the current . - - The SearchControlButtonCollection object that represents the collection of objects. - - - - Gets or sets an ISearchControlClient object whose data is filtered using the . - - An DevExpress.Utils.ISearchControlClient object whose data is filtered using the . - - - - Creates the default buttons (Search, Clear and MRU). - - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Ends the control's runtime initialization. - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets of sets the comparison operator used to perform the search request. - - An enumeration value that specifies the comparison operator. - - - - Gets or sets the delay for a search performed automatically on typing text. - - A System.Int32 value that specifies the delay for an automatically performed search. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string. - - true, if the text is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the editor that owns the current repository item object. - - A editor that owns the current repository item. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Enables you to specify the attached object's columns through which a search is performed. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Allows users to choose data fields to search in. This property is in effect when the property is true. - - The list of data fields for users to choose from. - - - - Gets or sets whether the Clear Button is displayed in the - - true, if the Clear Button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the mode in which the Search and Clear buttons are displayed. - - A ShowDefaultButtonsMode enumeration value that specifies the mode in which the Search and Clear buttons are displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dropdown button that invokes a list of most recently used search requests is displayed. - - true, if the dropdown button that invokes a list of most recently used search requests is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or set whether the Search Button is displayed in the . - - true, if the Search Button is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows users to choose data fields to search in. This property is in effect when the property contains the fields to search in. - - true, to allow users to choose data fields to search in; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Contains settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the sparkline reflects changes to the chart values using animation. This property is not in effect for in-place editors. - - True if the sparkline reflects changes to the chart values using animation; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Overrides the property to hide it. - - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets the data source for the control. - - A System.Object class descendant which represents a datasource for a sparkline. - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a data field containing the sparkline's edit value. - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Specifies the internal space between the editor's content and its edge, in pixels. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a data field containing values for sorting sparkline data points. - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Specifies how data points are sorted. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of a data field containing values for sparkline data points. - - A string value specifying a field name in the data source. - - - - Provides access to the range settings. - - A object that specifies range settings for the control. - - - - Gets or sets the view used to represent sparkline data. - - A class descendant. - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor contents when the editor works inplace within a container control. - - A enumeration member specifying the default horizontal alignment of the editor's contents. - - - - Gets or sets an edit mask. - - A string which specifies a mask expression. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Gets or sets the unit value by which the editor's value changes when a user clicks a spin button or presses the Up Arrow or Down Arrow key. - - A decimal value that specifies the unit value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the editor accepts decimal or integer numbers only. - - true, if the editor accepts decimal numbers; otherwise, false - - - - Gets or sets the editor's maximum value. - - A decimal value representing the editor's maximum value. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's minimum value. - - A decimal value representing the editor's minimum value. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the spin editor. - - A object providing settings specific to the spin editor. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Represents a repository item which contains settings specific to editors. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the context image is changed using animation. This property is not in effect for in-place editors. - - True if the context image is changed using animation; False if not; Default uses the global setting. - - - - Gets or sets whether this can colorize its icons. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether or not this can colorize its icons. The value is identical to . - - - - Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor. - - true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether end-users can reset the editor's value to null via keyboard. The edit value is reset to Color.Empty for the and controls. - - A value that specifies if end-users can set the editor's value to a null reference. - - - - Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object. - - The source repository item object. - - - - Occurs before the editor's context menu is displayed. - - - - - Gets or sets the character casing applied to the editor's content. - - A enumeration value specifying the character casing applied. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image displayed at the editor's edge, specified by the property. - - A custom image displayed at the editor's edge. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of an image displayed by this editor. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ContextImageAlignment enumerator value that specifies the alignment of an image displayed by this editor. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize a custom image displayed at the editor's edge. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ContextImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize a custom image displayed at the editor's edge. - - - - Gets the corresponding editor's type name. - - The 'TextEdit' string always. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the selection is hidden when moving focus to another control. - - true if the selection in the editor is hidden when moving focus to another control; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to the editor's mask settings. - - A object which provides the editor's mask settings. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space around the text box embedded in the . - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the editor's text box. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of characters an end-user can enter into the editor. - - A positive integer specifying the maximum number of characters end-users can enter. 0 to disable the text length limit. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of characters in the automatically generated tooltip displayed for an in-place editor. - - The maximum length of the automatically generated tooltip for an in-place editor. The default is 500. - - - - Gets or sets a grayed out hint displayed when the editor's value is null or empty. This property is in effect for standalone editors and for editors embedded in toolbars and Ribbon controls. Not supported for in-place editors embedded in grid and tree list controls. Not supported for read-only editors. - - A string that specifies the text displayed grayed out when the edit value is empty. - - - - Gets or sets whether the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string. - - true if the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an editor which owns the current repository item. - - A control that owns the current repository item. - - - - Gets or sets the padding. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space between the editor's text and the border. - - - - Gets or sets the password character that appears instead of actual characters. - - A character that appears instead of actual characters. - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to the text edit control. - - The object providing settings common to the current edit control. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the when the current editor is focused. - - true, if the is displayed when the editor is focused; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - Occurs when either the UP or DOWN ARROW key is pressed or the mouse wheel is rotated. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the is grayed out in the read only mode. - - true, if the is grayed out in read only mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether password mode is active and the system password character is used to mask the editor's text. - - true if password mode is active and the system password character is used to mask the editor's text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to invoke the event when pressing the ENTER key. - - true if the event is raised when the ENTER key is pressed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the native Excel format string used to format the editor's value when exporting to XLSX. This property is in effect in WYSIWYG export mode. - - A string value, representing the XLSX format string. - - - - Stores settings specific to a time editor. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. - - An Int32 value specifying the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. The default is 0. - - - - Gets or sets whether an editor's dropdown can be displayed when the editor is in the read-only state. - - A value that specifies if an editor's dropdown can be displayed in the read-only state. -The default value is . - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object representing the source of the operation. - - - - Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed. - - - - - Occurs when the editor's dropdown window starts closing. - - - - - Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the editor's dropdown window. - - A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the editor's dropdown window. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - Always true. - - - - Gets or sets the edit mask. - - A string which specifies a mask expression. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Notifies the editor that the initialization has been completed. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the manner in which the hour is displayed. - - A enumeration member specifying the hour format. - - - - Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened. - - - - - Gets or sets the border style of the editor's dropdown window. - - A enumeration value specifying the border style of the editor's dropdown window. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum size of the editor's dropdown window. - - A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets an object providing properties specific to a time edit control. - - A object providing settings common to a time edit control. - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the shadow is displayed for the editor's dropdown window. - - true, to display the shadow for the editor's dropdown window; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the time editor's edit box. - - A enumeration member specifying the editing style. - - - - Gets or sets how end-users can modify the control's value (spin buttons or touch-aware tiles). - - A value that specifies how end-users can modify the time value. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the format of the value displayed by a TimeEdit. - - A enumeration member specifying the format of the time value. - - - - Gets or sets the maxmum time value that can be specified using the touch-aware dropdown window. - - A structure that specifies the maximum time value. - - - - Gets or sets the step by which minutes increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI . The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUIMinuteIncrement. - - The number by which minutes increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum time value that can be specified using the touch-aware dropdown window. - - A structure that specifies the minimum time value. - - - - Gets or sets the step by which seconds increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI . The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUISecondIncrement. - - The number by which seconds increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI. - - - - Stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to edit days in the time interval. - - true, if it is allowed to edit days in the time interval; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to edit hours in the time interval. - - true, if it is allowed to edit hours in the time interval; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to edit milliseconds in the time interval. - - true, if it is allowed to edit milliseconds in the time interval; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether it is allowed to edit minutes in the time interval. - - true, if it is allowed to edit minutes in the time interval; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether you can edit seconds in the time interval. - - true, if you can edit seconds in the time interval; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings from the specified repository item to the current one. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets the custom control to be displayed in the 's drop-down panel. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.CustomTimeSpanDropDownControl class descendant that serves as the custom control to be displayed in the 's drop-down panel. - - - - Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - The editor's class name. - - - - Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings. - - A object that specifies formatting settings. - A value to be formatted. - A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of days in the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of days in the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of hours of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of hours of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of milliseconds of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of milliseconds of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of minutes of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of minutes of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of seconds of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum number of seconds of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value of the property. - - A <,> enumeration value that specifies the maximum value of the property. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of days in the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum number of days in the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of hours of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum number of hours of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of milliseconds of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum number of milliseconds of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of minutes of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum number of minutes of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum number of seconds of the time interval. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum number of seconds of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum value of the property. - - A <,> enumeration value that specifies the minimum value of the property. - - - - Gets or sets a value that is interpreted as the null value assigned to the property when TimeSpanEdit.EditValue is set to null or any value that cannot be converted to the TimeSpan type. - - The value regarded as the null value. - - - - Gets the editor that owns the repository item. - - A control that owns the repository item. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the time interval can be edited using tiles in the drop-down panel, or using spin buttons. - - A enumeration value that specifies how the time interval can be edited. - - - - The class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. This property is not relevant for this class. - - - - - - Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether smooth slide animation for toggling states is enabled. - - true, if smooth slide animation for toggling states is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - This property is not supported by the control. - - - - - - Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item. - - A System.String object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Converts a specific edit value to a boolean value. - - An Object that is the value to be checked. - true if the target value corresponds to the "checked" state; false if the value corresponds to the "unchecked" state or is not identified. - - - - Converts a boolean value to the corresponding edit value. - - true, to retrieve the edit value when the editor is "checked"; otherwise, false. - An Object that is the edit value associated with the required boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed when the editor's state is Off. - - A string displayed when the editor's state is Off. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed when the editor's state is On. - - A string displayed when the editor's state is On. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether the text is visible. - - true, if the text is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the control's state is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the custom edit value associated with the "unchecked" editor state. - - An Object that is the custom edit value associated with the "unchecked" editor state. - - - - Gets or sets the custom edit value associated with the "checked" editor state. - - An Object that is the custom edit value associated with the "checked" editor state. - - - - Provides access to the control's settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. Allows generated tokens to store numeric enumeration values instead of enumeration constant names. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - true if values for generated items should store numeric enumerator values ; false if these values should store constant enumerator names instead. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - A type of enumeration whose values should be used to generate items. - true, to skip enumeration values with no numeric values assigned; otherwise, false. - true, to skip enumeration values with composite bit-flags; otherwise, false. - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. - - - - - Populates this with items generated from values of the specific enumeration. Allows generated items to store numeric enumeration values instead of enumeration constant names. - - true if values for generated tokens should store numeric enumerator values ; false if these values should store constant enumerator names instead. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings that allow you to customize the drop-down list appearances for this . - - An object that stores appearance settings which allow you to customize the drop-down list appearances for this . - - - - Copies all settings from the target to this object. - - A RepositoryItem whose settings should be copied to this . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Use the instead to set whether the should automatically expand based on its current content. - - - - - - Gets or sets the control's auto-hide mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditAutoHeightMode enumerator value that specifies the control's auto-hide mode. - - - - Fires before this control's popup menu is shown. Allows you to customize items within this menu. - - - - - Occurs before the peek panel assigned to this is displayed. - - - - - Returns the object that contains all currently checked tokens in this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditCheckedItemCollection object that contains all currently checked tokens in this TokenEdit. - - - - Gets or sets whether only one or multiple tokens can be selected (checked) simultaneously within this control. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditCheckMode enumerator value that specifies whether only one or multiple tokens can be selected simultaneously within this control. - - - - Gets or sets whether checked tokens within the related control should be deselected when the editor loses focus. - - true, if checked tokens within the related control should be deselected when the editor loses focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs each time a token needs to be displayed and allows you to manually draw its background. - - - - - Allows you to re-draw the default token glyph. - - - - - Allows you to re-paint the token text area. - - - - - Gets or sets the custom drop-down control for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.CustomTokenEditDropDownControlBase class descendant that serves as the custom drop-down control for this . - - - - Stores the default drop-down list capacity, equal to 7 lines. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Stores the default number of lines (4) a can be expanded to. If a Token Edit needs more than 4 lines to display its content, vertical scroll bar appears. To modify this line count, use the property. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a 's token should be deleted if an end-user clicks this token's image. - - A enumerator value that specifies whether a 's token should be deleted if an end-user clicks this token's image. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of drop-down menu items for this . - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of drop-down menu items for this . - - - - Gets or sets the way this 's drop-down list is displayed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditDropDownShowMode enumerator value that specifies the way this 's drop-down list is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether an end-user can manually enter and validate any desired text within this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditMode enumerator value that specifies whether an end-user can manually enter and validate any desired text within this . - - - - Gets the editor's textual representation. - - Return value: TokenEdit. - - - - Gets or sets the character used to separate the TokenEdit.EditValue property value into multiple text blocks. - - A Char value that is used to separate the TokenEdit.EditValue property value into multiple text blocks. - - - - Gets or sets the type of this 's edit value. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditValueType enumerator value that specifies the type of this 's edit value. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of lines this can occupy. This property is ignored if the editor is used in-place. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of lines this can occupy. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum tokens number this control can simultaneously display. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum tokens number this control can simultaneously display. - - - - Gets or sets the initial number of rows displayed by this . - - An Int32 value that is the initial number of rows displayed by this . - - - - Returns a that owns this . - - A that owns this . - - - - Gets or sets how items within this 's popup are filtered. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditPopupFilterMode enumerator value that specifies how items within this 's popup are filtered. - - - - Gets or sets the assigned to this . - - An IFlyoutPanel object assigned to this . - - - - Provides access to the set of properties that specify the peek panel behavior. - - A object that stores the set of properties that specify the peek panel behavior. - - - - Gets or sets whether this 's drop-down list should display a size grip. - - true, if this 's drop-down list should display a size grip; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets the collection that contains all tokens currently visible in the . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditSelectedItemCollection object that contains all tokens currently visible in the editor. - - - - Occurs whenever a token is added or removed to (from) the . - - - - - Provides access to the additional separators collection that are used along with the default separator (the property) to break the text into separate blocks that are converted into tokens. - - A object that stores this 's separators. - - - - Gets or sets whether this control's drop-down list should be displayed. - - true, if this control's drop-down list should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether items within this control's drop-down list should display the 'remove' icon. - - true, if items within this control's drop-down list should display the 'remove' icon; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - Always false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets whether token glyphs should be displayed. - - true, if token glyphs should be displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Occurs after a new token was successfully added to this . - - - - - Occurs when a new token is about to be added to this . - - - - - Occurs when an end-user checks or unchecks a token within the corresponding . - - - - - Fires when a user clicks a token. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user double clicks a token within this . - - - - - Gets or sets the location of token icons relative to token captions. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditGlyphLocation enumerator value that specifies the location of token icons relative to token captions. - - - - Fires whenever a user focuses a token. - - - - - Occurs when an end-user hovers a token within this . - - - - - Fires when a token loses mouse focus. - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not the collection supports automatic population. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditTokenPopupateMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not the collection supports automatic population. - - - - Occurs after a token is removed from this . - - - - - Fires when a token is about to be removed from this . - - - - - Provides access to this control's token collection. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditTokenCollection object that stores this control's tokens. - - - - Gets or sets whether this Token Edit Control should be painted using the read-only appearance settings. - - true, if this Token Edit Control should be painted using the read-only appearance settings; otherwise, false. - - - - Validates the text entered in the editor. - - - - - Allows you to perform the custom validation on text currently entered in this control. - - - - - Gets or sets a set of validation rules for this . - - TokenEditValidationRules enumerator values that specify validation rules for this TokenEdit. - - - - Contains settings specific to a editor. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the control when the auto-size feature is disabled. - - A value that specifies the control's vertical alignment. - - - - Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor. - - true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the editor's height is automatically calculated to fit its content. - - Always false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the track bar's size is automatically calculated based on its look and feel settings. - - true to allow a track bar to automatically calculate its size; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Allows you to provide custom tooltips for the thumb(s). - - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between a tick and its label. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between a tick and its label. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A object. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. - An DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the selected range is highlighted. - - true if the selected range is highlighted; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this track bar should be reversed. - - true, if this track bar should be reversed; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's labels. - - An ApperanceObject that stores appearance settings for the current 's labels. - - - - Provides access to the collection of labels used within the current . - - A TrackBarLabelCollection that stores all labels used within the current . - - - - Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. - - An integer value that specifies the large change. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's maximum value. - - An integer value which specifies the maximum value for the track bar. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's minimum value. - - An integer value which specifies the minimum value for the track bar. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A string. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the orientation of the track bar. - - A value that specifies the orientation of the track bar. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's labels are visible. - - true, if the current 's labels are visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether hidden ticks should display their labels. - - true if hidden ticks should display their labels; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to show tooltips when hovering over the thumb(s). - - true if tooltips are displayed when hovering over the thumb(s); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the property when -scrolling using the keyboard arrow keys (and the mouse wheel, provided that is set to ArrowKeysAndMouse). - - An integer value that specifies the small change. - - - - Gets or sets the way end-users can move this track bar's thumb backwards or forwards with a specific 'small change' value. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.SmallChangeUseMode enumerator value that specifies the way end-users can move this track bar's thumb backwards or forwards by a specific 'small change' value. - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the delta between ticks drawn on a track bar. - - An integer value that specifies the delta between ticks. - - - - Gets or sets a value which specifies the location of tick marks within a track bar. - - A value that specifies the location of tick marks within a track bar. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets if the property is in effect. - - true, if the property is in effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the settings of the specified repository item. - - A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation. - - - - Occurs after the ZoomTrackBar control's pressed button has been released. - - - - - Occurs immediately after the ZoomTrackBar control's button has been pressed. - - - - - Labels are not supported in s. - - - - - - Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item. - - The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor. - - - - Labels are not supported in s. - - - - - - Labels are not supported in s. - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the value set to the middle tick. - - An Int32 value that is the value set to the middle tick. - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the paint style of the control's scroll thumb. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Repository.ScrollThumbStyle value. - - - - Labels are not supported in s. - - - - - - Labels are not supported in s. - - - - - - Gets or sets the neighborhood around the middle tick where the thumb, when dragged, automatically snaps to the middle tick value. - - An integer value that specifies the neighborhood around the middle tick where the thumb, when dragged, automatically snaps to the middle tick value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - An integer value. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Contains values that specify the way time is edited in a control. - - - - - The time value is edited using spin buttons: - - - - - The time value is edited using a Touch-aware dropdown window: - - - - - Represents the range of values. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum limit of the range. This value is assigned to the property. - An integer value that specifies the maximum limit of the range. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the object whose minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0. To determine whether the object is empty, use the property. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Determines whether the current object has the same settings as that of the specified object. - - A object to compare with the current object. - true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as that of the current object; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object. - - An integer value representing the hash code for the current object. - - - - Gets whether the minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0. - - true if the minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum limit of the range. - - An integer value that specifies the maximum limit of the range. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum limit of the range. - - An integer value that specifies the minimum limit of the range. - - - - Returns a human-readable string that represents the object. - - A value that represents the object. - - - - The control that provides the search and filter functionality for the attached object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Clears the filter criteria. - - - - - Gets or sets an object through which a search is performed. - - An object through which a search is performed. - - - - Returns the class name of the current editor. - - The string identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the . - - A object that contains settings for the . - - - - Enables you to specify the attached object's columns through which a search is performed. - - - - - - - - - - Sets the filter criteria. - - A string value that is the filter criteria. - - - - The button that can display text along with a custom image and can be clicked at runtime without receiving focus. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the button can be focused. - - true if the button can be focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current icon should be painted with the button's fore color. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the current 's icon should be painted with the button's fore color. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's caption can be formatted using HTML-tags. - - true if the current 's caption can be formatted using HTML-tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's size is automatically calculated based on its contents. - - true, if the control's size is automatically calculated; otherwise, false. - - - - This member is not supported for the control. Use the property instead. - - A Boolean value. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's width is changed to display the control's content in its entirety. This property is in effect when the control resides within a . - - true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Calculates the button size required to fit its content, but not exceeding the maximum and minimum values. - - A System.Drawing.Size object specifying the button size that best fits its content, but does not exceed the maximum and minimum values. - - - - Gets the 's view information. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.SimpleButtonViewInfo object that provides view information on all elements. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A System.Drawing.Size value. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button. - - A enumeration member specifying the image alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the button's image. - - The button's image. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed on the button. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed on the button. - - - - Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the button. - - An object that is the source of images to be displayed within the button. - - - - Specifies the image alignment relative to the button. - - A value that specifies the alignment of the button's image. - - - - Provides access to all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.SimpleButtonImageOptions object that stores all properties that allow you to assign and customize an icon for this . - - - - Gets or sets how the button's image is aligned relative to the button's text. - - An enumeration value that specifies how the button's image is aligned relative to the button's text. - - - - Gets or sets the ditance between the button's image and text. This property is in effect if the button's image is aligned relative to the text. - - An integer value that specifies the distance, in pixels, between the button's image and text. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current button. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the dotted focus rectangle is displayed within the when it has focus. - - The value that specifies whether the dotted focus rectangle is displayed within the when it has focus. - - - - Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the button. - - - - - Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the button. - - - - - Gets or sets the text string displayed within the button control. - - A string value representing the button's caption. - - - - Visualizes data in a highly condensed way, allowing end-users to quickly understand and compare values from different sources. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets data provided for the control. - - An array of values. - - - - Gets the class name of the current editor. - - A string that is the class name of the current editor. - - - - Provides access to the editor-specific properties of the control. - - A object. - - - - The editor to edit numeric values using spin buttons. - - - - - Creates a new object with default settings. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string value representing the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An object representing the editor's value. - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the spin edit control. - - A object containing spin editor settings. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the control's edit box. - - A string value representing the text displayed in the control's edit box. - - - - Gets or sets a spin editor's value. - - A decimal value representing the editor's value. - - - - Occurs after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Provides centralized appearance and paint style management for editors and controls. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container. - - The which contains the created style controller. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint target controls and editors in the normal state. - - The appearance settings used to paint the target controls and editors in the normal state. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint target editors when they are disabled. - - The appearance settings used to paint target editors when they are in the disabled state. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint the popups of target dropdown editors. - - The appearance settings used to paint the popups of target dropdown editors. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint the popup window's header panel for target and controls. - - The appearance settings used to paint the popup window's header panel for target DateEdit and LookUpEdit controls. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint a target editor when it is focused. - - The appearance settings used to paint a target editor when it is focused. - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint target editors when they are in the read-only state. - - The appearance settings used to paint read-only editors. - - - - Performs specific actions before control initialization. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the bound controls' border style. - - The enumerator. - - - - Gets or sets the button style for target editors with embedded buttons. - - The button style for editors with embedded buttons. - - - - Performs specific actions after the control has been initialized. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Allows you to customize the look and feel settings for target controls. - - A object. - - - - Gets or sets the popup border style of target dropdown editors. - - The popup border style of target dropdown editors. - - - - Fires immediately after any property value has been changed. - - - - - Serves as a base for classes that represent style conditions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value which specifies the comparison operation. This value is assigned to the property. - A which identifies the current style condition object. This value is assigned to the property. - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements which match the specified format condition. This value is assigned to the property. - A which represents the first comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. - A which represents the second comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents a column whose values are used in conditional formatting. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A enumeration value which specifies the comparison operation. This value is assigned to the property. - A which identifies the current style condition object. This value is assigned to the property. - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements which match the specified format condition. This value is assigned to the property. - A which represents the first comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. - A which represents the second comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. - A value which represents a column whose values are used in conditional formatting. - - - - Gets or sets the appearance settings used to paint the elements (e.g., cells in the XtraGrid) that match the specified format condition. - - A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements that match the specified format condition. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint this 's description. - - An object that stores appearance settings used to paint this 's description. - - - - Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter. - - A object or descendant which represents the source of the operation. - - - - This method is obsolete. Use the CheckValue overload that takes the row parameter. - - - - - - - - Checks whether the specified value in the specified column and data row matches the current style condition. - - An object that represents a column. - An object that represents the tested value. - An object that refers to a target row. - true, if the specified value in the specified column and row matches the current style condition; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the collection that owns the current style condition object. - - A object representing the collection which owns the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the comparison operation used by the style condition object. - - A enumeration value which specifies the comparison operation. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current condition is in effect. - - true, if the current condition is in effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the Boolean expression. When it evaluates to true, the is applied to data. The Expression property is in effect when the property is set to . - - A string that specifies the Boolean expression. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current style format condition is enabled. - - true if the property isn't set to the value; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the object's name. - - A value that represents the object's name. - - - - Gets or sets a value which identifies the current style condition object. - - A which identifies the current style condition object. - - - - Returns the text representation of the current object. - - A text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the first comparison value. - - A which represents the comparison value. - - - - Gets or sets the second comparison value. - - A which represents the comparison value. - - - - The single-line text editor. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the editor's background color. - - The editor's background color. - - - - This property isn't used. - - - - - - This property isn't used. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the previous edit operation can be undone. - - true if the previous edit operation can be undone; otherwise, false. - - - - Copies the current selection to the Clipboard. - - - - - Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. - - - - - Clears text box selection. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The 'TextEdit' string - - - - Gets whether the editor is active. - - true if the editor is active; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a particular key will be processed by the editor or passed to its container. - - A enumeration value which specifies the key to process. - true if the pressed key will be processed by the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal editors library infrastructure and is not intended to be used from your code. - - true if a container needs to focus the editor; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the text box that provides text editing functionality. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TextBoxMaskBox object that represents the editor's text box. - - - - Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. - - - - - Gets an object containing this editor's settings. - - A object containing this editor's settings. - - - - Resets selection and caret position in the editor. - - - - - Scrolls the editor's content to the current caret position. - - - - - Selects the specified number of characters in the text box starting from the point specified. - - An integer value specifying the selection's start point in the text box. - An integer value specifying the number of characters to select in the text box. - - - - Selects all text within the text box. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates the selected text in the editor. - - A string value representing the selected text. - - - - Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. - - An integer value specifying the number of characters selected in the text box. - - - - Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. - - An integer value specifying the starting point of text selected in the text box. - - - - Occurs when either the UP or DOWN ARROW key is pressed or the mouse wheel is rotated. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can focus this control using the TAB key. - - true if the user can focus the editor using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box. - - A value which specifies the editor's text. - - - - Undoes the last edit operation in the text control. - - - - - The control that manages Windows UI-inspired tiles. Using this component, you can create both static and animated live tiles in your applications. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the disabled state of the is indicated in a specific manner. - - true if the disabled state of the is indicated in a specific manner; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if a s runtime dragging is enabled. - - true if a s runtime dragging is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether drag-and-drop of tiles between groups is enabled. - - true if drag-and-drop of tiles between groups is enabled; false if an end-user can only drag tiles within the same group. - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs in tiles should be painted using the tile foreground colors. - - true, if glyphs in tiles should be painted using the tile foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether s within the current are highlighted during s drag-and-drop. - - true if s within the current are highlighted during s drag-and-drop; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if HTML text formatting is enabled for all tile items within the current . - - A enumerator value that indicates if HTML text formatting is enabled for all tile items within the current . The DefaultBoolean.Default value acts the same as the DefaultBoolean.True value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets if the item hover feature is enabled. - - true, if items hover feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if s within the current can be selected. - - true if s within the current can be selected; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not a selection border should be drawn around the currently selected tile. - - true, if a selection border should be drawn around the currently selected tile; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not smooth pixel scrolling is enabled for this . - - true, if pixel scrolling is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should play initial animation the first time it is displayed. - - true, if this should play initial animation the first time it is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object that specifies appearance settings used to highlight s within the current . - - A GroupHighlightingProperties object that contains appearance settings used to highlight s within the current . - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to customize s' captions. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to customize s' captions. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to all tile items within the current . - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current caption. - - An AppearanceObject that contains appearance settings used to paint the current caption. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the background image for this . - - An Image displayed as the 's background. - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the style of the current 's border. - - A enumerator value that specifies the style applied to the tile control's border. - - - - Returns information on the tile control elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies the test point coordinates relative to the 's top-left corner. - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlHitInfo object which contains information about the grid elements located at the test point. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of medium-sized tiles that can be placed simultaneously in a single row within a vertically oriented . - - An Int32 value that is the maximum number of medium-sized tiles that can be placed simultaneously in a single row within a vertically oriented . - - - - Fires when a context button is clicked. - - - - - Allows you to customize the context buttons for individual tiles. - - - - - Provides access to the settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the tiles, and panels containing these buttons. - - A ContextItemCollectionOptions object that comprises settings applied to the context buttons displayed in the tiles, and panels containing these buttons. - - - - Provides access to the collection of context buttons displayed in the tiles. - - A ContextItemCollection object that represents the collection of context buttons displayed in the tiles. - - - - Allows you to dynamically customize item tooltips. - - - - - Returns the default tile padding. - - The 12, 8, 12, 8 padding structure. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal and vertical distance in pixels that an end-user must drag a before the drag operation starts. - - A Size structure that specifies the horizontal and vertical distance in pixels that an end-user must drag a before the drag operation starts. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event is raised. - - true, if the event is raised; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the dragged tile item is released. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets font options for all s within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the property instead. - - A Font object that specifies font options for all tiles within the current . - - - - Gets or sets a color used to paint a s' text content. This property is now obsolete. Use the property instead. - - A Color object used to paint a s' text content. - - - - Gets all currently checked tiles that belong to this . - - A List structure that contains all currently checked tiles that belong to this . - - - - Returns the exact size of the target in pixels. - - A whose size is to be obtained. - A Size structure that is the size of the target tile. - - - - Returns the exact size of the target tile style in pixels. - - A enumerator value whose exact size is to be obtained. - A Size structure that is the size of the target tile style. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Returns a group with the specified name (). - - A string that specifies the name of the group to be located. - A with the specified name. null if no matching group is found. - - - - Returns a group with the specified caption (). - - A string that specifies the caption of the group to be located. - A with the specified caption. null if no matching group is found. - - - - Provides access to a collection of s used by the current . - - A TileGroupCollection object that stores s used by the current . - - - - Gets the object that controls drag-and-drop and mouse operations on the . - - A TileControlHandler object that controls drag-and-drop and mouse operations on the . - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of 's groups. - - A enumerator value that specifies the horizontal alignment of 's groups. - - - - Gets or sets a collection of images to be displayed in s. - - An Object that stores a collection of s glyphs. - - - - Gets or sets a space that visually detaches neighboring s. - - An Int32 value specifying a space that visually detaches neighboring s. - - - - Gets or sets a space that visually detaches neighboring s. - - An Int32 value specifying a space that visually detaches neighboring s. - - - - Gets if the animation is currently paused. - - true if the animation is currently paused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets if the current tile control is locked by the method call. - - true if the current tile control is locked by the method call; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the 's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. - - true, if the 's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to all tile items when they are in their normal state. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to all tile items when they are hovered over. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to all tile items when they are selected. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the background image position for all s within the current . - - A enumerator value that specifies the background image position for all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the background images stretch mode common to s within the current . - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value that specifies the background images stretch mode for all s within the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether borders of all tile items are visible. - - A value that specifies whether tile item borders are visible. - - - - Fires when a 's check state is changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the way s within the current can be checked by an end-user. - - A enumerator value specifying the way s within the current can be checked by an end-user. - - - - Fires when an end-user clicks a within the . - - - - - Gets or sets the frame animation effect applied to all within the current . - - A TileItemContentAnimationType enumerator value specifying the frame animation effect applied to all within the current . - - - - Occurs when an end-user double-clicks a within the current . - - - - - Occurs after a tile that was dragged at runtime lands on its final position. - - - - - Gets or sets the way s' glyphs are aligned within parent items. - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the way s' glyphs are aligned within parent items. - - - - Gets or sets the way s' glyphs are stretched within parent items. - - A TileItemImageScaleMode enumerator value that specifies the way s' glyphs are stretched within parent items. - - - - Gets or sets the common padding for all s within the current . - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the common padding for all s within the current . - - - - Fires when an end-user presses a within the current . - - - - - Gets or sets the dimension of a medium . - - The dimension of a medium , in pixels. - - - - Gets or sets common settings for all s within the current terms to display their text content. - - A TileItemContentShowMode enumerator value that indicates how s' text content is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether this operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - A TileControlLayoutMode enumerator value that specifies whether this operates in regular or adaptive layout mode. - - - - Provides access to the 's look and feel settings. - - A object that specifies look and feel settings for the current . - - - - Gets or sets the maximum s ID. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum s ID. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - Updates the Tile Control. - - - - - Provides access to settings that are in use when this is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlAdaptiveLayoutOptions object that stores settings that are in use when this is in Adaptive Layout Mode. - - - - Provides access to advanced layout TileControl settings. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileControlOptionsLayout object that stores advanced layout TileControl settings. - - - - Gets or sets the tile arrangement algorithm. - - The value specifying the tile arrangement algorithm. - - - - A DirectX-compatible method that replaces the standard Control.Paint method. - - - - - Gets or sets the current 's offset in pixels. - - An Integer value specifying the current 's offset in pixels. - - - - Loads the layout stored in the specific registry key. - - A String value specifying the registry key which contains the layout to be loaded. If the specified key doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Loads the layout stored in the specific stream. - - A Stream object which contains the layout to be loaded. If the specified stream doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Loads the layout stored in the specific XML file. - - A String value specifying the path to the XML file which contains the layout to be loaded. If the specified file doesn't exist, an exception is raised. - - - - Resumes all animation effects. - - - - - Fires after any within the current was clicked with the right mouse button. - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of items rows within the current . - - An Integer value specifying the maximum number of items rows within the current . - - - - Saves the current layout to a registry. - - A String value specifying the registry key in which the layout should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - true if saving was successful; otherwise, false. - - - - Saves the current layout to a stream. - - A Stream object in which the layout should be stored. - - - - Saves the current layout to an XML file. - - A String value specifying the path to the file in which the layout should be stored. If an empty string is specified, an exception is raised. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the time required to show/hide a 's scroll buttons when they are hovered over/not hovered with the mouse. - - An Int32 value, specifying the tile control scroll buttons' fade time (in milliseconds). - - - - Gets or sets which visual elements will be used when a 's workspace is being scrolled. - - A enumerator value specifying the scrolling elements used. - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected within a . - - A TileItem object that is currently selected within a . - - - - Fires when a tile item selection occurs for the first time or item selection jumps from one to another. - - - - - Gets or sets the s' borders color when navigating through tiles using keyboard arrows at runtime. - - A Color object used to paint s' borders when navigating through tiles using keyboard arrows at runtime. - - - - Gets or sets whether captions are displayed for the current . - - true if captions are displayed for the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's caption is displayed. - - true if the current 's caption is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown for tiles. - - true, if tooltips are shown; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after an end-user starts dragging a tile item. - - - - - Pauses all s animation effects until resumed. - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of tooltips displayed by tiles of the . - - A object which controls the appearance and behavior of tooltips displayed by tiles of the . - - - - Gets or sets whether the DirectX Hardware Acceleration is enabled for this Tile Control. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether or not this control employs the DirectX Hardware Acceleration. -The DefaultBoolean.Default value is equivalent to DefaultBoolean.True if the static method was called, or to DefaultBoolean.False otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical alignment of 's groups. - - A enumerator value that specifies the vertical alignment of 's groups. - - - - Returns detailed info about this . - - A TileControlViewInfo object that contains detailed info about this . - - - - Provides members that specify how a tile item glyph is arranged related to text content. - - - - - Aligns text according to the and places the icon below it. - - - - - Acts as the value disabling an image-to-text grouping. - - - - - Aligns text according to the and places the icon to the left. - - - - - Disables image-to-text grouping. - - - - - Aligns text according to the and places the icon to the right. - - - - - Aligns text according to the and places the icon above it. - - - - - Provides members that specify a 's scrolling mode. - - - - - Default scrolling mode. For the , the Default value is equivalent to None, while the interprets the Default value as ScrollBar. - - - - - Prevents any visual scrolling elements from being displayed. content scrolling is still available via mouse scroll (PC users) or sliding the control (touch-input devices users). - - - - - Sets a to display scroll bars when scrolling is enabled. - - - - - Sets a to display scroll buttons when scrolling is enabled. - - - - - Displays a thin solid scroll bar painted right above the control's client area. - - - - - Provides the functionality of tile groups. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets the tile control to which the current group belongs. - - An object implementing the ITileControl interface to which the group belongs. - - - - Returns a tile item with the specified name (). - - A string that specifies the name of the item to be located. - A with the specified name. null if no matching item is found. - - - - Returns a tile item with the specified text (). - - A string that specifies the text of the item to be located. - A with the specified text. null if no matching item is found. - - - - Returns detailed info about this . - - A TileGroupViewInfo object that contains detailed info about this . - - - - Provides access to a collection of s used by the current . - - A TileItemCollection object that stores s used by the current . - - - - Gets or sets the current 's name. - - A String value that specifies the current 's name. - - - - Gets or sets the site associated with the current . - - A System.ComponentModel.ISite object associated with the current . - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with a object. - - An Object containing the information associated with a object. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's caption. - - A String value that is the current 's caption. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current is visible. - - true if the current is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides a collection for the class objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with specific settings. - - A TileControl that owns the created. - - - - Adds a new into a . - - A to be added. - An Int32 value indicating the position at which the new element was added. - - - - Gets if the specific presents within the current . - - A TileGroup object to be tested. - true if the specific presents within the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the position of the specified in the current group collection. - - A whose index is to be obtained. - A zero-based Int32 value that is the index of the in the current group collection. - - - - Adds a new into a and places it at the specific position. - - An Int32 value indicating the position to which the inserted group will be placed. - A TileGroup object to be inserted. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the . - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired group's position within the . If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A TileGroup object that is contained within the current . - - - - Provides access to the s in the current collection by their names. - - A String value that is the name of a to be obtained. - A object with the specific name. - - - - Gets the object that owns this group collection. - - An object implementing the ITileControl interface to which the group collection belongs. - - - - Removes the specific from the current . - - A to be removed. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Provides the functionality of tile items. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the Tile Animation is enabled for this . - - true if the Tile Animation is enabled for this ; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether glyphs for this should be painted using the item's foreground color. - - A value that specifies if this item's glyphs should be painted using the item's foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets if HTML text formatting is enabled for the current . - - A enumerator value that indicates if HTML text formatting is enabled for the current . The DefaultBoolean.Default value acts the same as the DefaultBoolean.True value. - - - - Gets or sets whether a "press" animation effect on a click is allowed for the . - - true, if a "press" animation effect on a click is allowed for the item, false, if animation is disabled - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the tile item when it is in a normal state. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the tile item when it is hovered over. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current . - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings applied to the tile item when it is selected. This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An that contains corresponding appearance settings. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's background image. - - An Image object, set as the current 's background. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's background image position. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current 's background image position. - - - - Gets or sets the appearance 's background image. - - A enumerator value that specifies the position of the current 's background image. - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Binds the specific parameterized command to this . - - An Object that is the command to be bound to this . - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Uses the command selector to find an appropriate parameterized command of the target type in the source and bind it to this . - - An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. - An Object (typically, a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. - A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. - An IDisposable object. Disposing of this object unbinds the command from this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's border is visible. - - A value that specifies whether the TileItem's border is visible. - - - - Gets or sets if the current is checked. - - true if the current is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the current 's check state was changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the animation effect used to display all s within the current . - - A TileItemContentAnimationType enumerator value specifying what animation effect will be used to display all s within the current . - - - - Gets a tile control to which the current belongs. - - An object implementing the ITileControl interface to which the tile item belongs. - - - - Gets a that is currently displayed within a . - - A TileItemFrame object that is currently displayed within the specified . null if tile item contains no frames. - - - - Gets or sets the currently displayed 's index. - - An Int32 value that indicates the currently displayed 's index. - - - - Provides access to a collection of s used by the current . - - A TileItemElementCollection object that contains the s used by the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether the item is enabled. - - true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event for this is raised. - - A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the event for this is raised. - - - - Gets or sets a period of time that elapses before one is changed to another. - - An Int32 value specifying a period of time that elapses before one is changed to another. - - - - Gets a collection of frames used by the current . - - A TileItemFrameCollection object that is a collection of frames used by the current . - - - - Gets a that owns the current . - - A TileGroup that owns the current . - - - - Get or sets the current 's ID. - - An Int32 value that is the current 's ID. - - - - Gets or sets the current tile item's icon. - - An Image object that is the current tile item's icon. - - - - Gets or sets the current 's icon position. - - A enumerator value that specifies the current 's icon position. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image within the collection that should serve as the 's glyph. - - An Int32 value indicating an index of the image within the collection that should serve as the 's glyph. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - An DevExpress.Utils.ImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the way a 's glyph is stretched within the item. - - A enumerator value that specifies the way a 's glyph is stretched within the item. - - - - Gets or sets a tile item's ' position relative to the item's icon. -This property is obsolete. Use the instead. - - A TileControlImageToTextAlignment that specifies a tile item's position relative to the item's . - - - - Gets or sets the distance between the tile item's glyph and text when grouped. This property is now obsolete. Use the property instead. - - An Int32 value that specifies the distance between the tile item's glyph and text when grouped. - - - - Obsolete. Please use the property instead. - - - - - - Fires when an end-user clicks the current . - - - - - Occurs when an end-user double-clicks the current . - - - - - Gets the info associated with this . - - A TileItemViewInfo object that contains detailed info about this . - - - - Fires when an end-user presses the current . - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the . - - A TileItemSize enumerator value that specifies the size of the . - - - - Gets or sets the current 's name. - - A String value specifying the current 's name. - - - - Slides from the currently displayed to the next frame in the collection. - - - - - Called each time this is clicked. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Called automatically each time an end-user presses this . - - - - - Called automatically each time an end-user right clicks this . - - - - - Provides access to collections of rows, columns, and spans that specify a layout table where you can arrange tile elements. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileItemTableLayoutOptions object that specifies options that affect the table layout of tile elements. - - - - Gets or sets the padding for the current . - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the padding for the current . - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Raises the event. - - - - - Removes the object assigned to the current tile item. - - - - - Fires after the current was clicked with the right mouse button. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of rows that occupy the current large or wide . - - An Int32 value specifying the number of rows that occupy the current large or wide . - - - - Forces the current tile item to display a specific . - - A to be displayed. - A Boolean value indicating whether the frame should be displayed using the frame animation. - - - - Gets or sets the site associated with the current . - - A System.ComponentModel.ISite object associated with the current . - - - - Starts the frame animation for this from its first frame. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Stops the Tile Frame Animation for the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current tile item. - - A object associated with the current tile item. - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with a object. - - An Object containing the information associated with a object. - - - - Gets or sets the first text block's content within the current . - - A String value specifying the first text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the second text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the second text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the second text block's alignment for the current . -This property is obsolete. Use the instead. - - A enumerator value specifying corresponding alignment settings. - - - - Gets or sets the third text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the third text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the third text block's alignment for the current . -This property is obsolete. Use the instead. - - A enumerator value specifying corresponding alignment settings. - - - - Gets or sets the fourth text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the fourth text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the fourth text block's alignment for the current . -This property is obsolete. Use the instead. - - A enumerator value specifying corresponding alignment settings. - - - - Gets or sets the first text block's alignment for the current . -This property is obsolete. Use the instead. - - A enumerator value specifying corresponding alignment settings. - - - - Gets or sets the specifics that determine how the current 's text content will be displayed. - - A TileItemContentShowMode enumerator value that indicates how the current 's text content is displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the item is visible. - - true if the item is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that specify the appearance settings used to paint items in the and in different visual states. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object containing the default appearance settings. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified appearance settings. - - An whose settings will be copied to the created object. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the DevExpress.Utils.IAppearanceOwner interface and will own the created appearance object. - - - - Applies a DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object for the desired visual state to the current tile or element. - - A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceDefault object that should be applied for the desired visual state to the current tile or element. - - - - Applies appearance settings used by the specific tile or tile element for the desired visual state to the current tile or element. - - An used by the specific tile or element that should be applied to the current tile or tile element. - - - - Applies appearance settings used by the specific tile or tile element for all visual states to the current tile or element. - - A object used by the specific tile or element that should be applied to the current tile or tile element. - - - - Releases all resources used by a object of the specific . - - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint a when it is hovered. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint a tile item when it is hovered. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint a in its regular visual state. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint a tile item in its regular visual state. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint a when an end-user clicks this item and does not release it. - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings applied to pressed TileItems. - - - - Specifies appearance settings used to paint a when it is selected. - - An object containing appearance settings used to paint a tile item when it is selected. - - - - Returns the textual representation of the . - - A value, which is the textual representation of the . - - - - Provides members that specify tile items check options. - - - - - Allows an end-user to check multiple tile items in a single . - - - - - Disables checking tile items within a . - - - - - Allows an end-user to check only one tile item within a at a time. - - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the TileItem which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Provides a collection for the class objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the with specific settings. - - A object that owns the item collection created. - - - - Adds the specified item to the current collection. - - An ITileItem object to be added to the collection. - A zero-based index of the item in the collection. - - - - Gets if the specific presents within the current . - - A TileItem object to be tested. - true if the specific presents within the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Disposes of the current collection. - - - - - Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. - - An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. - - - - Gets the position of the specified in the current item collection. - - A whose index is to be obtained. - A zero-based Int32 value that is the index of the in the current item collection. - - - - Inserts new into the current and places it at a specific position. - - An Int32 value indicating the position at which the new item should be placed. - A to be added. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the . - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired item's position within the . If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A TileItem object that is contained within the current . - - - - Provides access to the s in the current collection by their names. - - A String value that is the name of a to be obtained. - A object with the specific name. - - - - Gets a that owns the current . - - A TileGroup object that owns the current . - - - - Removes the specified from the current . - - A to be deleted. - - - - Provides members to specify tile content alignment. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - Default content alignment. - - - - - Indicates that manual text alignment, based on the coordinates, should be used. - - - - - Content is horizontally and vertically aligned at the center. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned at the center, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned at the center, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned on the top, and horizontally aligned at the center. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned on the top, and horizontally aligned on the left. - - - - - Content appears vertically aligned on the top, and horizontally aligned on the right. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a tile item that fired an event which takes the object as a parameter. - - A object that fired an event which takes the object as a parameter. - - - - Gets the to which a being dragged is about to be placed. - - A TileGroup in which the current Tile is about to be placed. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - The event source. This identifies the TileItem which fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Provides the base class for creating and using tile item elements. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Returns the actual image from the object - - Actual image from the object. - - - - Gets or sets the side of the anchor element at which this should appear. - - An AnchorAlignment enumerator value that specifies the side of the anchor element at which this should appear. - - - - Gets or sets an AnchorElement, relative to which this is aligned. - - An AnchorElement, relative to which this is aligned. - - - - Gets or sets the index of an AnchorElement within the same collection as the TargetElement. - - An Int32 value that is the index of an AnchorElement to which this TargetElement is anchored. - - - - Gets or sets the distance between this TargetElement and the AnchorElement to which it is anchored. - - An Int32 value that is the distance between this TargetElement and the AnchorElement to which it is anchored. - - - - Gets or sets the anchor offset for this . - - A Point structure that is the anchor offset for this . - - - - Gets or sets whether the current should be animated during the Tile Animation. - - true if the current should be animated during the Tile Animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's - - A TileItemAppearances object that stores appearance settings used to paint the current 's - - - - Copies the content and content settings of the specific to the current one. - - A whose content and settings should be copied to the current element. - - - - Copies the specific content and content settings of the target to the current one. - - A whose content and settings should be copied to the current element. - true if text content should be copied; otherwise, false. - true if a glyph should be copied; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a copy of this element. - - A object that is this element's copy. - - - - Gets a tile element collection to which the current belongs. - - A TileItemElementCollection that owns the current . - - - - Gets or sets the index of the column in the layout table where the current tile element should be placed. - - The zero-based index of the table column that the element should appear within. - - - - Gets or sets this 's height. - - An Int32 value that is this 's height. - - - - Gets or sets a glyph for the current . - - An Image object that is the current 's glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the glyph position for the current . - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value that specifies the glyph position for the current . - - - - Gets or sets whether this should draw a border around its image. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileItemElementImageBorderMode enumerator value that specifies whether this should draw a border around its image. - - - - Gets or sets the color of a border drawn around this 's image. - - The Color of the border drawn around this 's image. - - - - Gets or sets an index of the image used as the current 's glyph. - - An Int32 value indicating the index of the image used as the current 's glyph. - - - - Gets or sets the 's graphic content's position. - - A Point structure that is the glyph's position. - - - - Provides access to properties that allow you to set up raster and vector images for this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TileItemElementImageOptions object that provides access to image-related settings. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the way a glyph is stretched within the current . - - A enumerator value that specifies the way a glyph is stretched within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the image size for this . - - A Size structure that is the image size for this . - - - - Gets or sets an 's text position relative to the element's icon. - - A TileControlImageToTextAlignment that specifies a tile item element's position relative to the item element's . - - - - Gets or sets the distance between a tile item element's glyph and text when grouped. - - An Int32 value that specifies the distance between tile item's glyph and text when grouped. - - - - Gets or sets the uniform resource identifier of the image in the DX Image Gallery displayed in the current element. -A specific version of the addressed image is automatically chosen based on the app context (the current skin and required image size). - - A DevExpress.Utils.DxImageUri object that specifies the uniform resource identifier of the image to be displayed in the current element. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width this 's text can occupy. - - An Int32 value that is the maximum width this 's text can occupy. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the row in the layout table where the current tile element should be placed. - - The zero-based index of the table row that the element should appear within. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be stretched across the entire tile. - - true, if this should be stretched across the entire tile; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether this should be vertically stretched across the entire tile. - - true, if this should be vertically stretched across the entire tile; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets a text content for the current . - - A String value that is the current 's text content. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the 's text content. - - A TileItemContentAlignment enumerator value specifying the alignment of the 's text content. - - - - Gets or sets the 's text content's position. - - A Point structure that is the text content's position. - - - - Returns the text content of the current . - - A String value that is the current 's text content. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's image should be animated during the Tile Animation. - - true if the current 's image should be animated during the Tile Animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's caption should be animated during the Tile Animation. - - true if the current 's caption should be animated during the Tile Animation; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets this 's width. - - An Int32 value that is this 's width. - - - - - - - - - - Provides a collection to store s. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object that implements the INotifyElementPropertiesChanged interface and will own the created collection. - - - - Adds a specific to the current . - - A TileItemElement object to be added to the current . - An Int32 value that is the index of the added . Returns -1 if no element has been added. - - - - Copies the specific element collection to the current . - - A that should be copied to the current . - - - - Locks the , preventing change notifications (and visual updates) from being raised by the object until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Determines whether this contains the target element. - - A to be checked. - true, if this contains the target element; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets a position of the target within the current . - - A TileItemElement whose index is to be obtained. - An Int32 value that is the position of the target within the current . - - - - Adds a specific to the current and places it at the predefined position. - - An Int32 value that is the position inside the parent a newly added will occupy. - A TileItemElement object to be added to the current . - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets if this is currently locked by the method call. - - true if a tile control is currently locked by the method call; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns a child object that occupies the target within the current . - - An Int32 value that is the position of the element to be obtained within the current . - A TileItemElement object that occupies the target position within the current . - - - - Gets an object that implements the INotifyElementPropertiesChanged interface and owns the current . - - An INotifyElementPropertiesChanged object that owns the current tile elements collection. - - - - Deletes a specific from the current . - - A TileItemElement to be removed. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Contains data for events that occur for s. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets a that caused firing a related event. - - A that caused firing a related event. - - - - Provides the functionality of tile frames. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets if the current frame's background should be animated when the frame is displayed. - - true if the current frame's background should be animated when the frame is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if the current frame's glyphs should be animated when the frame is displayed. - - true if the current frame's glyphs should be animated when the frame is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets if the current frame's text content should be animated when the frame is displayed. - - true if the current frame's text content should be animated when the frame is displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the animation effect used to display the current . - - A TileItemContentAnimationType enumerator value specifying what animation effect will be used to display the current . - - - - Provides access to appearance settings for this . - - An AppearanceObject that stores appearance settings for this . - - - - Gets or sets the current 's background image. - - An Image object, set as the current 's background. - - - - Provides access to a collection of s used by the current . - - A TileItemElementCollection object that contains the s used by the current . - - - - Gets or sets the current tile item frame's icon. - - An Image object that is the current tile item frame's icon. - - - - Gets or sets a period of time that will elapse before the current is changed to the next one. - - An Int32 value specifying a period of time that will elapse before the current is changed to the next one. - - - - Gets or sets the data associated with a object. - - An Object containing the information associated with a object. - - - - Gets or sets the first text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the first text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the second text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the second text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the third block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the third text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets the fourth text block's content within the current . -This property is now obsolete. Use the instead. - - A String value specifying the fourth text block's content within the current . - - - - Gets or sets if the current should display its own . - - true if the current should display its own ; false to display the previous frame's image. - - - - Gets or sets if the current should display its own glyphs. - - true if the current should display its own glyphs; false to display the previous frame's glyphs. - - - - Gets or sets if the current should display its own text content. - - true if the current should display its own text content; false to display the previous frame's context. - - - - Provides a collection for the class objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object that is the owner of the created collection. - - - - Adds a new into a . - - A to be added. - An Int32 value indicating the position into which the new frame was added. - - - - Clones all settings from the target to this . - - A target object whose settings are to be copied to this . - - - - Gets if the specific presents within the current . - - A TileItemFrame object to be tested. - true if the specific presents within the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the position of the specific within the current . - - A TileItemFrame object whose position within the current collection is to be obtained. - A zero-based Int32 value specifying the desired frame's position within the collection. Returns -1 if the frame doesn't belong to the current collection. - - - - Adds the specific into the current and places it at the desired position. - - An Integer value indicating the newly added 's position within the . - A TileItem to be inserted. - - - - Provides indexed access to individual items in the . - - A zero-based integer specifying the desired frame's position within the . If it's negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. - A TileItemFrame object that is contained within the current . - - - - Gets the collection's owner. - - A ITileItem object that is the collection's owner. - - - - Deletes a specific from the current . - - A TileItemFrame to be deleted. - - - - Provides members that specify a glyph's stretching mode. - - - - - Acts as the value. - - - - - An image is displayed in its original size and arranged according to the property. - - - - - An image is displayed as is if its actual size is smaller than the size of the container. If the image size is larger than the container's size, the image is shrunk proportionally to fit the container's bounds. - - - - - A glyph is stretched in order to fit within the area of a tile item. - - - - - A glyph is stretched horizontally. Its height remains unchanged. - - - - - A glyph is stretched vertically. Its width remains unchanged. - - - - - Zooms an image proportionally so that it's displayed within the client area in its entirety. - - - - - Zooms an image proportionally, allowing its smaller side (width or height) to be displayed in its entirety. The image is centered, so the larger side (height or width) will not be displayed in its entirety. - - - - - Contains members that label different Tile sizes. - - - - - The default Tile size (equal to the size). - - - - - A rectangular tile whose side dimensions are twice as large as the property value. - - - - - A square Tile with its dimensions equal to the property value. - - - - - A rectangular Tile with its side dimensions equal to half of the property value. - - - - - A rectangular Tile twice as long as a Tile. - - - - - The editor to edit time values using spin buttons or dropdown calendar. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Closes the editor's popup window discarding the changes made. - - - - - Occurs when the control's pop-up window is completely closed and allows you to specify exactly how it was closed. - - - - - Closes the popup window accepting the changes made. - - - - - Allows you to accept or discard the modified control's value after the pop-up window is closed. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string value identifying the editor's class name. - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.TouchPopupTimeEditForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Occurs after the control's pop-up window is completely displayed. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the time editor. - - A object containing time editor settings. - - - - Occurs when the current attempts to close its pop-up window. - - - - - Occurs when the control attempts to open its pop-up window. - - - - - This method is not supported for controls. - - - - - Displays the 's pop-up window. - - - - - Gets the text string representing the edited time value. - - A string value representing the editor's value. - - - - Gets or sets the currently edited time value. - - A object representing the edited time value. - - - - The 's client that renders a lightweight chart with a time-span horizontal axis. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Provides access to the grid options of the time-span chart range control client. - - A object that contains grid options for the range control's time-span chart client. - - - - Provides access to the range settings of the time-span chart range control client. - - A object that contains settings to customize the range of the time-span chart range control client. - - - - Contains specific settings which define the representation of grid lines and labels in the time-span chart range control client. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets the time-span measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned. - - A enumeration value that represents the measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned. - - - - Specifies the measurement unit to which selection thumbs of the range control are snapped. - - A enumeration value that represents the alignment interval of selection thumbs. - - - - Contains the common settings that define the range displayed by a time-span chart client of the range control. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Gets or sets the end bound of a time-span chart client range. - - A time-span value that is the range end bound. - - - - Gets or sets the start bound of a time-span chart client range. - - A value that is the range start bound. - - - - The editor to display and edit time intervals. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A string value representing the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value (time span). - - An object representing the editor's value (time span). - - - - Returns the control's popup window. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Popup.TimeSpanEditDropDownForm object that represents the control's popup window. null (Nothing in VB) if the popup window has not been opened yet. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the time span editor. - - A object that comprises the settings for the time span editor. - - - - Gets the DateTime representation of the time interval. - - The DateTime representation of the time interval. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value (time span). - - A object representing the editor's value (time span). - - - - The check editor to edit Boolean values using a movable bar. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A System.String object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's edit value, which specifies the editor's check state. - - The editor's edit value. - - - - Gets or sets the control's check state. - - true, if the control is checked; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when the property value changes. - - - - - Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - A object instance containing settings for the control. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Inverts the state of the control. - - - - - Fires when the control's state is changed. - - - - - The text editor that applies custom validation to the entered text and transforms text blocks which passed this validation to tokens. See Token Edit Control. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the default settings. - - - - - Focuses this 's text box. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs before the peek panel assigned to this is displayed. - - - - - Gets which control's element is located at the specific position. - - A Point structure that specifies the target position. - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.TokenEditHitInfo enumerator value that specifies which control's element is located at the specific position. - - - - Gets which token element is located at the specific position. - - An Int32 value that is the X-axis coordinate of the target location. - An Int32 value that is the Y-axis coordinate of the target location. - An DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.TokenEditHitInfo enumerator value that specifies which control's element is located at the specific position. - - - - Gets the currently checked token within this . - - A TokenEditToken that is the currently checked token within this . - - - - Returns the object that contains all currently checked tokens within this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditCheckedItemCollection object that contains all currently checked tokens within this TokenEdit. - - - - Checks the token with the specified value in your TokenEdit control. - - An Object that is the value of the token that will be checked. - - - - Returns this . - - A TokenEdit object that is this itself. - - - - Forces the 's pop-up to close in a specific mode. - - A PopupCloseMode enumerator value that specifies the mode in which the 's pop-up is closed. - - - - Moves focus away from this 's text box and optionally removes the last entered text. - - true, if the last entered text should be removed; otherwise, false. - - - - Allows you to re-draw the default token glyph. - - - - - Allows you to re-paint the token text area. - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the textual representation of the class. - - Return value: TokenEdit. - - - - Returns the text currently displayed in the . - - A String value that is the currently displayed in the text. - - - - Explicitly initializes this Token Edit Control's drop-down menu. - - - - - Returns a TokenEditSelectedItemCollection object that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditSelectedItemCollection object that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor. - - - - Returns the object that contains the internal information used to render this . - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.TokenEditViewInfo object that contains the internal information used to render the editor. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Checks whether there are any tokens currently displayed within the 's edit box. - - true, if there are any tokens currently displayed within the 's edit box; otherwise, false. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Checks whether or not this is currently focused. - - true, if this is currently focused; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets whether the editor's popup is currently open. - - true, if the editor's popup is currently open; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the 's text box currently has focus. - - true, if the 's text box currently has focus; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the text box that provides text editing functionality. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditMaskBox object that is the editor's text box. - - - - When the property is set to Outlook, the drop-down menu width is calculated according to the widest token available. The PopupAutoWidthCalculationLimit property allows the Token Edit to check only first N tokens when it calculates the required menu width. This limitation speeds up the calculation process and improves the control performance. - - The number of tokens whose widths the editor should check before it chooses the required drop-down menu width. - - - - Provides access to an object that stores the main settings. - - A object that stores the main settings. - - - - Hides a token with the specified value from the TokenEdit control's textbox. - - An Object that is the value of the token that will be hidden. - - - - Scrolls this up or down to the target token. - - A TokenEditToken to which this should be scrolled. - - - - Gets the collection that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor. - - A DevExpress.XtraEditors.TokenEditSelectedItemCollection object that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor. - - - - Occurs whenever the collection changes. - - - - - Selects an item with specified value. - - An Object that is the value of the token that should be selected. - - - - Displays the drop-down assigned to this . - - - - - Gets or sets whether this can be focused by sequentially pressing the Tab keyboard key. -Always equal to true. - - Always true (this can always be focused using the Tab key). - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Occurs when a token in this changed its checked state. - - - - - Gets or sets the first visible token row within this . - - An Int32 value that is the number of the first visible token row within this . - - - - Unchecks the token with the specified value in your TokenEdit control. - - An Object that is the value of the token that needs to be unchecked. - - - - Validates the text entered in this . - - - - - Allows you to perform the custom validation on text currently entered in this control. - - - - - The control that allows end-users to select a value by dragging a small thumb along a scale. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the track bar's size is automatically calculated, based on its look and feel settings. - - true to allow a track bar to automatically calculate its size; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the track bar's background image. - - An that represents the background image. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An value that specifies the position of an image on the control. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Allows you to provide custom tooltips for the thumb(s). - - - - - Calculates the minumum height of the editor. - - The minimum height of the editor, in pixels. - - - - Occurs when a label within the current needs to be displayed. - - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - The string that represents the editor's class name. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An object that represents the editor's value. - - - - Gets or sets the font used to display the editor's contents. - - A object that specifies the font used to display the editor's contents. - - - - Gets the foreground color of the TrackBarControl. - - Always SystemColors.WindowText. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. - - One of the values. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the inplace type of editor. - - A enumeration member specifying the inplace editor type . - - - - Scrolls the trackbar to the lower end of the range. - - - - - Scrolls the trackbar to the upper end of the range. - - - - - Moves the scroll box to the left on a large distance. - - - - - Moves the scroll box to the right on a large distance. - - - - - Moves the scroll box to the left on a small distance. - - - - - Moves the scroll box to the right on a small distance. - - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A object. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to track bars. - - A object that contains track bar settings. - - - - Fires the sequence of the events for every tick within a . - - - - - Overrides the property. - - A string value that represents the text displayed by the editor. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Returns a string that represents the TrackBarControl. - - A string that represents the TrackBarControl. - - - - Gets or sets the editor's value. - - An integer value that specifies the editor's value. - - - - Fires after the value of the property has been changed. - - - - - Contains values that specify which date grouping Views are available in Windows Vista display mode. - - - - - Combines the following views: MonthView, QuarterView, YearView, YearsGroupView and CenturyView. - - - - - A century view: - - - - - Combines the following views: MonthView, YearView, YearsGroupView and CenturyView. - - - - - A month view: - - - - - A year view by quarters: - - - - - A 12-years view: - - - - - A year view by months: - - - - - Contains values that specify how a control indicates data operations performed in a background thread. - - - - - The same as the option. - - - - - Background operations are indicated within a dedicated indicator button.For the , these operations are indicated within the Header Panel Button. - - - - - Background operations are indicated within a special panel displayed above a control. - - - - - Provides members common to dialogs and message boxes, whose event arguments derive from this class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the XtraBaseArgs class with the specified settings. - - A UserLookAndFeel object that should be applied to the owner. - The window that owns this XtraBaseArgs object. - The owner caption. - Buttons displayed by the owner. - The index of the default owner button. The default button is focused when the owner shows on-screen. Additionally, if the AutoClose settings are specified, this button will be considered as clicked when the timer expires. - Specifies whether the owner supports HTML-inspired Text Formatting. - The system sound played when the owner is shown on-screen. - - - - Gets or sets whether the shown object supports HTML-inspired Text Formatting. - - Specifies whether HTML tags are accepted. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow the shown object (XtraMessageBox, XtraInputBox, etc.) to automatically close after a certain delay. - - Provides access to auto-close settings. - - - - Gets or sets buttons that the shown object (XtraMessageBox, XtraInputBox, etc.) has. - - An array of owner buttons. - - - - Gets or sets the shown object (XtraMessageBox, XtraInputBox, etc.) caption. - - The owner caption. - - - - Gets or sets the index of a button from the Buttons collection that is a default button. A default button is initially focused and is considered clicked when user presses Enter or the auto-close timer expires (see ). - - The index of a default button. - - - - Returns the owner LookAndFeel object. - - The owner LookAndFeel. - - - - Gets or sets the LookAndFeel object applied to the owner. - - The LookAndFeel object applied to the owner. - - - - Gets or sets the system sound played when the owner appears on-screen. - - The system sound played. - - - - Gets or sets the owner of this XtraBaseArgs object. - - The owner of this XtraBaseArgs object. - - - - Provides access to a Form embedded into a shown object. - - - - - A message box that allows displaying any control (e.g., a UserControl) in its client area. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a dialog is painted using its own look and feel settings, which are specified by the lookAndFeel parameter of specific method overloads. This property is ignored if the lookAndFeel parameter is set to use a skinning paint scheme. - - true, if the dialog is painted using its own look and feel settings; false, if the default look and feel settings are used. - - - - Gets or sets whether the HTML Text Formatting feature is enabled by default for dialog captions. - - true, if the HTML text formatting feature is enabled for dialog captions; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the buttons are aligned on the left, right, or in the center. - - A value the specifies whether the buttons are aligned on the left, right, or in the center. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - The zero-based index of the default button. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object whose properties specify the dialog's look and feel. - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Displays an with the specified settings. - - An XtraDialogArgs object that allows you to dynamically customize the displayed dialog. - A enumerator value that specifies what dialog button an end-user has clicked. - - - - Invokes a dialog displaying the specified control in its client area. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified control and caption. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified control, caption and buttons. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified control, caption, buttons and default button. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified owner and control. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified control, caption and owner. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified owner, control, buttons and default button. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - The zero-based index of the default button. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - The zero-based index of the default button. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified owner, control, caption and buttons. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified owner, control, caption, buttons and default button. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - One of the values. - - - - Invokes a dialog with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the dialog's top-level window and owner. - A control to be displayed in the dialog's client area. - A string that specifies the dialog's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons should be displayed in the dialog. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the dialog. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the dialog's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Arguments that should be passed to the method to customize the shown . - - - - - Initializes a new XtraDialogArgs class instance. - - An object that specifies look and feel settings. - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - A Control object that specifies the dialog box content. - The text in the title bar. - An array of values that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - An integer value that specifies the default button's index in the buttons array. - True to parse HTML tags; False to display the plain text; Default to use the static (Shared in VB) property. - A value that specifies the system sound played when the input box is shown. - - - - Initializes a new XtraDialogArgs class instance. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - A Control object that specifies the dialog box content. - The text in the title bar. - An array of values that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - An integer value that specifies the default button's index in the buttons array. - - - - Gets or sets a control that specifies the dialog box content. - - A Control object that specifies the dialog box content. - - - - A skinable dialog with one editor (a by default) and OK/Cancel buttons to accept or reject the current value of this editor. - - - - - Gets or sets whether input boxes use the default or custom look and feel settings. - - if input boxes use the custom look and feel settings; if the default look and feel settings are used. - - - - Gets or sets whether the buttons are aligned on the left, right, or in the center. - - A value the specifies whether the buttons are aligned on the left, right, or in the center. - - - - Displays an input box with the specified settings. - - An object that comprises dialog box settings. - If or is clicked, an that is the editor's value. Otherwise, ( in VB). - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. - - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The text that is the editor's default value. - If or is clicked, the editor's value. Otherwise, . - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, default response, and buttons. - - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The text that is the editor's default value. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - If or is clicked, the editor's value. Otherwise, . - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. You can also specify the window that provides look and feel settings for the input box. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The text that is the editor's default value. - If or is clicked, the editor's value. Otherwise, . - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, default response, and buttons. You can also specify the window that provides look and feel settings for the input box. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The text that is the editor's default value. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - If or is clicked, the editor's value. Otherwise, . - - - - Displays an input box with the specified settings. - - An object that specifies the input box settings. - If or is clicked, the editor's value converted to the specified type. Otherwise, the type's default value. - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. You can also specify the returned value's type. - - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The editor's default value. - If or is clicked, the editor's value converted to the specified type. Otherwise, the type's default value. - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. You can also specify the returned value's type. - - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The text that is the editor's default value. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - If or is clicked, the editor's value converted to the specified type. Otherwise, the type's default value. - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. You can also specify the returned value's type and the window that provides look and feel settings for the input box. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The editor's default value. - If or is clicked, the editor's value converted to the specified type. Otherwise, the type's default value. - - - - Displays an input box with the specified title, prompt, and default response. You can also specify the returned value's type and the window that provides look and feel settings for the input box. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The editor's default value. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the input box. - If or is clicked, the editor's value converted to the specified type. Otherwise, the type's default value. - - - - Arguments that should be passed to the method to customize the shown . - - - - - Initializes a new XtraInputBoxArgs class instance. - - An object that specifies look and feel settings. - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The editor's default value. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the input box. - An integer value that specifies the default button's index in the buttons array. - True to parse HTML tags; False to display the plain text; Default to use the static (Shared in VB) property. - A value that specifies the system sound played when the input box is shown. - - - - Initializes a new XtraInputBoxArgs class instance. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text above the editor. - The text in the title bar. - The editor's default value. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Use the property instead to choose input box buttons. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default response for the dialog box. - - An Object that represent the default response. - - - - Gets or sets a custom editor for the dialog box. - - A object that represents a custom editor for the dialog box. - - - - Gets or sets the text to display in the dialog box. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the dialog box. - - - - The message box that supports title bar skinning. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the message box is painted using its own look and feel settings. - - true if the message box is painted using its own look and feel settings; false if the default look and feel settings are used. - - - - Gets or sets whether the HTML text formatting feature is enabled by default in message boxes, displayed using the method. - - true, if the HTML text formatting feature is enabled by default in message boxes; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether message box buttons are center, left or right aligned. This is a static (Shared in VB) property. - - A enumeration value, such as Center, Left or Right, that specifies how message box buttons are aligned. The default is Center. - - - - Provides access to custom icons. - - A <,,> object that stores custom icons. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings and text. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - The text to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text and caption. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption and buttons. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - The text to display in the message box. - The message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format a message box' text and caption. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons and icon. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of amessage box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner and text. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text and caption. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption, buttons, icon, default button and plays the sound that corresponds to the specified system-alert level. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. - The displayed in the message box. - The zero-based index of the default button. - One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. - The displayed in the message box. - The zero-based index of the default button. - One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption and buttons. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption, buttons and icon. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays an with the specified settings. - - An XtraMessageBoxArgs object that allows you to dynamically customize the displayed dialog. - A enumerator value that specifies which message box button an end-user has clicked. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - The text to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text and caption. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption and buttons. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption, buttons and icon. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of the message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. - - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner and text. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text and caption. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons, icon, default button and plays the sound that corresponds to the specified system-alert level. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. - The displayed in the message box. - The zero-based index of the default button. - One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. - The displayed in the message box. - The zero-based index of the default button. - One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption and buttons. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons and icon. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button. - - An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. - A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the message box's caption. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - One of the values. - - - - Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings. - - An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. - The text to display in the message box. - A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. - A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. - One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. - A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. - One of the values. - - - - Gets or sets whether the message box width is restricted based on the available working area, and the text is automatically wrapped. This is a static property. - - true, if the message box width is restricted based on the available working area, and the text is automatically wrapped; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Arguments that should be passed to the method to customize the shown . - - - - - Initializes a new XtraMessageBoxArgs class instance. - - An object that specifies look and feel settings. - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text in the message box. - The text in the title bar. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the input box. - The icon in the title bar. - An integer value that specifies the default button's index in the buttons array. - True to parse HTML tags; False to display the plain text; Default to use the static (Shared in VB) property. - A value that specifies the system sound played when the input box is shown. - - - - Initializes a new XtraMessageBoxArgs class instance. - - An IWin32Window object that provides look and feel settings for the dialog box. - The text in the message box. - The text in the title bar. - An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the input box. - The icon in the title bar. - An integer value that specifies the default button's index in the buttons array. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use GDI+ to render strings. For internal use. - - true to use GDI+ to render strings; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires when a hyperlink is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets the message box icon. - - An Icon object that specifies the message box icon. - - - - Gets or sets the message box text. - - A String value that specifies the message box text. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use GDI+ to render strings. - - true to use GDI+ to render strings; otherwise, false. - - - - The slider with the '+' and '-' buttons. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Occurs after the ZoomTrackBar control's pressed button has been released. - - - - - Occurs immediately after the ZoomTrackBar control's button has been pressed. - - - - - Calculates the editor's minimum height. - - The editor's minimum height, in pixels. - - - - Gets the editor's class name. - - A object identifying the class name of the current editor. - - - - Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control. - - A object that contains a control's settings. - - - - Contains classes that provide information about the grid control, grid levels and implement the functionality for summaries, styles and style conditions. - - - - - Lists values specifying comparison operators used when applying conditional styles. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall into the range specified by the and properties. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values match the property value. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) if the evaluates to true. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater than that specified by the property. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater or equal to the property value. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less than that specified by the property. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less or equal to the property value. - - - - - The style is not applied to any cell. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall outside of the range specified by the and properties. - - - - - The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values do not match the property value. - - - - - Contains classes which implement the main functionality of the PivotGridControl. - - - - - Lists values that identify buttons displayed within filter popup toolbars. - - - - - All toolbar buttons. - - - - - The Incremental Search button that controls whether the incremental searching feature is enabled or not. This feature allows end-users to locate an item in the drop-down by typing the item's initial characters.Corresponding property: . - - - - - The Invert Filter button that inverts the checked state for all filter items. - - - - - The Multi-Selection button that controls whether end-users are allowed to select only a single item or multiple items.Corresponding property: . - - - - - No toolbar buttons are displayed. - - - - - The Radio Mode button that controls whether end-users are allowed to check only a single item or multiple items.Corresponding properties: , . - - - - - The Show New Field Values button controls the visibility of field values that have appeared in the datasource after the field's filtering was configured.Corresponding properties: , . - - - - - The Show Only Available Items button that controls the visibility of filter items that cannot be displayed because of filtering applied to other fields.Corresponding property: .Note that this option is not available for Group Filters. - - - - - Contains classes that encapsulate splash forms. - - - - - The base class for splash forms displayed using the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the color of the glow effect for the current splash form displayed in the active state. - - A Color structure that specifies the color of the glow effect for the current splash form. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Closes the current or after a specified delay. -Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated. - - An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash form is closed. - A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the color of the glow effect for the current splash form displayed in the inactive state. - - A Color structure that specifies the color of the glow effect for the current splash form. - - - - When overridden, the method allows you to process commands received from a via the method. - - An enumeration value that identifies the received command. - The received command's parameter. - - - - Contains properties controlling the form's appearance. These settings are in effect when the form is displayed on its own, without using the component. - - A object that contains form appearance settings. - - - - Displays the current form as a non-modal dialog window. - - - - - Displays the current form as a modal dialog box. - - A value that is the return value of the displayed dialog box - - - - Contains classes that support the SplashScreenManager's infrastructure. - - - - - Contains values that specify how a is displayed, as a form or as an image. - - - - - Displays a splash form. - - - - - Displays an image specified by . - - - - - Contains appearance settings for splash forms. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and allows you to enable and disable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - A parent form for a splash form. - true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - false to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A parent form for a splash form. - true, to use the fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying a splash form; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A parent form for a splash form. - true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form. - true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form. - true, to use the fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying a splash form; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form to be displayed. - An Image object. - true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - false to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A parent form for a splash form. - An Image object. - true, to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. This object is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form. - An Image object. - true, to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. This object is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form. - An Image object. - true, to use the fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. This object is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying a splash form; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A parent form for a splash form. - An Image object. - true, to use the fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. This object is assigned to the property. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying a splash form; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - The delay, in milliseconds, that should elapse before the splash form is actually closed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A parent form for a splash form. - An Image object. - true, to use the fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying a splash form; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether the splash form is displayed using the glow effect. - - true, if the splash form is displayed using the glow effect; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates and returns a copy of the current object. - - A copy of the current object. - - - - Gets or sets the delay, in milliseconds, before the splash form is closed. - - An integer value that specifies the delay, in milliseconds, before the splash form is closed. - - - - Gets or sets an object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - An ICustomImagePainter that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - An Image object. - - - - - - - - - - Gets the parent form for a splash form to be displayed. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - The parent form for a splash form to be displayed. - - - - Gets the handle of the parent window. - - An IntPtr structure that identifies the handle of the parent window. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is being opened. - - true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is being opened; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is being closed. - - true to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is being closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Contains values that specify a splash form's start position. - - - - - A splash form's default start position. A is displayed centered against the screen and a is centered against its parent form. - - - - - The start position of a splash form is specified manually (via the property or a parameter of the splash form display method). - - - - - A form, designed to be opened at startup of your main form. Splash Screens are managed by the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets whether custom controls can be added to the when is set to . - - true if custom controls can be added to the when is set to ; otherwise, false. - - - - Get or sets if the is resized to fit its when displayed in Image mode. - - true if the is resized to fit its when displayed in Image mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether to display the splash screen as a form or as the form's image specified by . - - A enumeration value that specifies whether to display the splash screen as a form or as the form's image. - - - - Gets or sets an image displayed as a splash screen. The image is displayed if is set to . - - An Image to be displayed in the display mode. - - - - Provides access to options that specify an image displayed as a splash screen. The image is displayed if is set to . - - An ImageOptions object that specifies the splash screen image. - - - - Allows you to create and show splash screens and wait forms. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - The type of a splash form to be displayed. - A object used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - The type of splash form to be displayed. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown. - A object used to initialize the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - The type of splash form to be displayed. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A object used to initialize the property. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A parent form for the created splash form. - The type of a splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when hiding the form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of a splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of a splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - An integer value that specifies the delay, in milliseconds, before the form is closed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl that owns the newly created . - A Type enumerator value specifying the type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A ParentType enumerator, specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A ParentType enumeration value specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl that owns the newly created . - A Type enumerator value specifying the type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A ParentType enumerator, specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with specific settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A ParentType enumeration value specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The Type of the parent object. The parent should be either a Form or a UserControl. Otherwise, ArgumentException is thrown. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The Type of the parent object. The parent should be either a Form or a UserControl. Otherwise, ArgumentException is thrown. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The Type of the parent object. The parent should be either a Form or a UserControl. Otherwise, ArgumentException is thrown. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A UserControl contained on the Form, against which the splash form is centered. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The Type of the parent object. The parent should be either a Form or a UserControl. Otherwise, ArgumentException is thrown. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a splash form's parent is activated on closing the splash form. - - true if a splash form's parent is activated on closing the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether a 's parent is activated on closing the . - - true, if a WaitForm's parent is activated on closing the WaitForm; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the splash form to be displayed by the . - - A TypeInfo object that specifies the type of the splash form to be displayed by the . - - - - Gets or sets the apartment state of the splash screen's thread. - - A System.Threading.ApartmentState enumeration value that specifies the apartment state. - - - - Closes the currently displayed or . The method throws an exception if no splash form is currently open. - - - - - Closes the currently displayed or . The method throws an exception if no splash form is currently open. - - - - - Closes the currently displayed or , that has been displayed using the method. -The method throws an exception if no splash form is currently open. - - - - - Closes the currently displayed or , that has been displayed using the method. -The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened. - - true to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes the currently displayed or , and blocks the current thread until the splash form has actually been closed. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened. - - true, to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false. - true, to block the current thread until the splash form has actually been closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes the currently displayed or after a specified delay. -Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated, and suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened. - - true to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash form is closed. - A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed. - - - - Closes the currently displayed or after a specified delay, and blocks the current thread until the splash form has actually been closed. -Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated, and suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened. - - true to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false. - An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash form is closed. - A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed. - true to block the current thread until the splash form has actually been closed; otherwise, false. - - - - Closes the currently displayed or . This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - Closes the Overlay Form with the specified handle. - - An IOverlaySplashScreenHandle object specifying the handle of the Overlay Form to close. - - - - Closes the that was displayed using the method. - - - - - Gets or sets the delay, in milliseconds, before the splash form is closed. - - An integer value that specifies the delay, in milliseconds, before the splash form is closed. - - - - Returns the default that allows you to interact with the currently displayed splash forms. - - A that is the default splash screen manager. - - - - Gets whether a splash form has been created, but not yet displayed. The splash form will be displayed a short time (pending time) after it has been created, provided that it is not closed during this time. - - A Boolean value that specifies whether a splash form has been created, but not yet displayed. - - - - Hides the splash image that has been displayed via the method. - - - - - Closes the currently displayed splash image after a specific delay and allows you to specify a form that should be subsequently selected. - - An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash image is closed. - A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed. - - - - Forces the splash form to be redisplayed. - - - - - Gets whether a or is being currently displayed. - - true if a or is being currently displayed; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the palette used to colorize vector images. - - A value that specifies the name of the palette used to colorize vector images. - - - - Contains properties controlling a form's appearance. - - A object that contains appearance settings for splash forms. - - - - Registers a custom skin to be applied to a splash form. - - A SkinBlobXmlCreator object that contains skin data. - - - - Registers custom skins from the specified assembly to be applied to a splash form. - - An Assembly object that specifies the assembly containing custom skins to be applied to a splash form. - - - - Sends a command to the currently active splash form. - - An enumeration value that identifies the command to be sent to the currently active splash form. - The command's parameter. - - - - Set the value of the progress bar in the predefined descendant. - - true to throw an exception if the form is not opened; false to suppress this exception. - An integer value specifying the value of the progress indicator in the predefined descendant. - - - - Sets the caption of the progress bar in the predefined descendant. - - true to throw an exception if the form is not opened; false to suppress this exception. - A string value specifying the caption of the progress indicator in the predefined descendant. - - - - Sets the active 's caption to the specified value. - - A string that is the new value for the active 's caption. - - - - Sets the active 's description to the specified value. - - A string that is the new value for the active 's description. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant. - - A string value specifying the caption of the progress indicator in the predefined descendant. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant. - - A string value specifying the text in the predefined descendant. - A string value specifying the text in the predefined descendant. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant. - - This parameter is not relevant for this method. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A string value specifying the text in the predefined descendant. - A string value specifying the text in the predefined descendant. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant, centering it against your application's main form. - - A string value that specifies the wait form's caption. - A string value that specifies the wait form's description. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant, centering it against another form. - - A Form relative to which the displayed wait form is positioned. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the form during this time, the form will not be displayed. - A string value that specifies the wait form's caption. - A string value that specifies the wait form's description. - - - - Creates and displays the predefined descendant, centering it against another form. - - A Form relative to which the displayed wait form is positioned. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A string value that specifies the wait form's caption. - A string value that specifies the wait form's description. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against your application's main form. - - The type of splash form to be displayed. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering against your application's main form. - - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it.The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it.The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it.The method's parameter allows you to specify whether the splash form is displayed using the glow effect. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true, to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates the specified or descendant and displays it after a delay. Allows you to manually position the splash form, and suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it.The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true, to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false, to suppress this exception. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.The method's parameter allows you to specify whether the splash form is displayed using the glow effect. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true, to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - true, to use the glow effect when displaying the splash form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates the specified or descendant and displays it after a delay, centering it against another form.The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened. - - A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. - The type of splash form to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Creates and displays the specified , centering it against the form containing the specified UserControl. - - A UserControl. The splash form is centered against the form where the UserControl resides. - The type of WaitForm to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - - - - Creates and displays the specified , centering it against the form containing the specified UserControl.The method's parameter allows you to disable this form while the splash form is displayed. - - A UserControl. The splash form is centered against the form where the UserControl resides. - The type of WaitForm to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. - - - - Creates and displays the specified , allowing you to manually position it. - - A UserControl. The WaitForm is positioned relative to the screen or the form where the UserControl resides. - The type of WaitForm to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - SplashFormStartPosition.Default to center the WaitForm against the UserControl's parent form. SplashFormStartPosition.Manual to manually specify the WaitForm's location with the 'loc' parameter. - Coordinates at which the Wait Form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Creates and displays the specified , allowing you to manually position it. -The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed. - - A UserControl. The WaitForm is positioned relative to the screen or the form where the UserControl resides. - The type of WaitForm to be displayed. - true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - SplashFormStartPosition.Default to center the WaitForm against the UserControl's parent form. SplashFormStartPosition.Manual to manually specify the WaitForm's location with the 'loc' parameter. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when a is displayed. - - - - Displays a vector image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - - - - Displays a vector image with an optional fade in effect. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a vector image as a splash form with optional fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to manually arrange this splash form. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, manually arrange it, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Creates a splash form with a vector image inside and displays this form after the specified delay. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, manually arrange it, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed on-screen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Resizes the target vector image and shows it as a splash form. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - - - - Resizes an image and shows it as a splash form with an optional fade-in effect. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays a vector image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, resize the image, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to manually arrange this splash form, resize the image, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Displays a splash form that contains a vector image. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, resize and manually arrange it, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Creates a splash form with a vector image inside and displays this form after the specified delay. Allows you to draw custom graphics over the splash image, resize and manually arrange it, and enable fade-in and fade-out effects. - - An SvgImage to be drawn. - A Size structure that is the image size. - true, to use the fade-in effect when the image appears on-screen; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image hides; otherwise, false. Use the method to hide a splash form image. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed on-screen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect during the image's opening; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect when the image opens; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when the form closes; otherwise, false. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. -Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect when the image opens; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when the image closes; otherwise, false. - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, allowing you to manually position it. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - - - - Displays an image as a splash form, allowing you to manually position it against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. - true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - - - - Creates a splash form containing the specified image and displays it after a delay. Allows you to manually position the splash form, disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image. - - An Image to be displayed as a splash form. - true to use the fade-in effect when opening the image; otherwise, false. - true, to use the fade-out effect when the image closes; otherwise, false. - The splash form's arrangement. - Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). - An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. - The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed. - - - - Displays an image as a splash form. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Shows an Overlay Form with the default options over the specified control. - - A Control that should be overlapped by an Overlay Form. - A handle for the Overlay Form shown. Use this handle to close the Overlay Form. - - - - Shows an Overlay Form with the specified options over the specified control. - - A Control that should be overlapped by an Overlay Form. - An OverlayWindowOptions object that specifies the Overlay Form options, such as the loading image, fade animation and colors. - A handle for the shown Overlay Form. Use this handle to close the Overlay Form. - - - - Shows an Overlay Form with the specified options over the specified control. - - The control over which the overlay form will be shown. - True, if fade-in animation is enabled; otherwise, False. - True, if fade-out animation is enabled; otherwise, False. - The Overlay Form's background color. - The Overlay Form's foreground color. - The Overlay Form's transparency level. 0 corresponds to total transparency, 255 - to the normal state. - The image shown rotating in the Overlay Form's center. - An IOverlayWindowPainter object that performs the Overlay Form's custom draw. - The Overlay Form's skin. - The Overlay Form's rotation parameters. The Ticks parameter specifies the number of frames per rotation. The Duration parameter specifies the length, in milliseconds, of a single rotation. - A display delay. - A handle for the shown Overlay Form. Use this handle to close the Overlay Form. - - - - Creates and displays a , whose type is specified by the property. - - - - - This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - - - - - Gets or sets the screen coordinates at which a splash form ( or ) will be displayed. - - A Point structure specifying the screen coordinates at which a splash form ( or ) will be displayed. - - - - Gets or sets the arrangement of a splash form ( or ). - - A SplashFormStartPosition enumerator value specifying the arrangement of a splash form ( or a ). - - - - Blocks the current thread until the active splash form is closed. - - - - - Contains the classes that maintain the XtraTabControl's infrastructure. - - - - - Contains classes that implement a custom header button feature for a tab control. - - - - - A custom header button for tab controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified kind. - - A value that specifies a kind of button. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance. - - The predefined button type. - The button caption. Displayed when kind is Clear, Delete, DropDown, Ellipsis, Glyph, Minus, Ok, Plus, Redo, Search, Separator or Undo. - The button width. - true, if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. - Image display options. - The button's appearance options. - The button's appearance options in the hovered state. - The button's appearance options in the pressed state. - The button's appearance options in the disabled state. - The button's tooltip. - The button's tag. - The button's super tooltip. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A ButtonPredefines enumeration value that specifies the surface icon of a button. - A String value that is the button caption. - An Int32 value that is the button width. - true, if the button is enabled; otherwise, false. - true, if the button is visible; otherwise, false. - An EditorButtonImageOptions object that stores image-related properties. - An assigned to this button. - A String value that is the button hint. - An Object that can be used to identify different buttons. - A that is the button super tip. - - - - Initializes a new instance with the specified settings. - - A value that specifies a button's kind. This parameter initializes the property. - A string value that specifies a button's caption. This parameter initializes the property. - An integer value that specifies a button's width. This parameter initializes the property. - true if a button is enabled; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property. - true if a button is visible; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property. - An value that specifies a button's image alignment. This parameter initializes the property. - A button's image. This parameter initializes the property. - An that specifies a button's appearance. This parameter initializes the property. - A string value that specifies a button's tooltip. This parameter initializes the property. - An object value that specifies a button's tag. This parameter initializes the property. - A object that specifies a button's extended tooltip. This parameter initializes the property. - true if image transparency is supported; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property. - - - - Gets a collection that owns the custom header button. - - A object that is the collection that owns the current custom header button. - - - - Gets a custom header button's index within the collection. - - An integer value that is the 's index within the collection. - - - - The property is not supported. - - - - - - The property is not supported. - - - - - - A custom header button collection for tab controls. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance. - - - - - Adds a custom button to the current button collection. - - A object that is the button that will be added. - An integer value that is a custom button's index in the collection. - - - - Adds an array of custom buttons to the current button collection. - - A object array that consists of the buttons to be added. - - - - Copies buttons from the specified object to the current object. - - The object that is the source button collection. - - - - Locks this and prevents any visual updates for buttons in this collection. Call the method to unlock the collection and redraw its buttons. - - - - - Cancels the UI lock caused by the method. - - - - - Occurs when the current custom header buttons collection is changed. - - - - - Gets a value that specifies if a custom header button belongs to the current collection. - - A object to locate in the collection. - true if a custom header button belongs to the current collection; otherwise, false. - - - - Unlocks the and redraws its buttons to reflect all modifications that have been made while the collection was locked. To lock a collection and prevent its buttons from excessive redraws, call the method. - - - - - Gets the specified button's position in the current . - - The object to locate. - The zero-based index of the button in the . - - - - Inserts a custom header button to the at the specified index. - - An integer value that is an index at which the custom header button is inserted. - A object that is the custom header button to be inserted. - - - - Gets a button from the button collection at the specified position. - - The zero-based index of the button to return. - A object at the specified position in the current collection. - - - - Returns the current object's text representation. - - A string value that specifies the text representation of the current object. - - - - Gets the number of visible buttons in a button collection. - - The number of visible buttons in a button collection. - - - - Enumerates values that specify whether Close buttons are displayed in individual tab pages, the tab control's header, or in both. - - - - - The default behavior determined by controls.For a , the Close button within the tab control's header is displayed as specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property. Close buttons in individual pages are hidden.For a in a , the Default option is equivalent to . - - - - - Close buttons are displayed in the tab control's header, and within the active page. The visibility of the Close button within the tab control's header is specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property. - - - - - A Close button is displayed in the active page. The Close button in the control's header is hidden. - - - - - Close buttons are displayed within an active tab, and within an inactive tab when the mouse is hovered over it. The visibility of the Close buttons within the tab control's header is specified by the HeaderButtonsShowMode property. - - - - - Close buttons are displayed in all pages. The Close button in the control's header is hidden. - - - - - Close buttons are displayed in all pages and in the control's header. The visibility of the Close button within the tab control's header is specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property. - - - - - The Close button is displayed in the tab control's header, as specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property. - - - - - Provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements in a tab page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Locks the object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called. - - - - - Fires after the object's settings have been changed. - - - - - Releases all the resources used by the current object. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the tab page(s). - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the tab page(s). - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header which corresponds to the currently active page. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header of the active page. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header which corresponds to a disabled page. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header of a disabled page. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the page header over which the mouse pointer is currently hovering. - - An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the hot-tracked page header. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the page's client region. - - An object which represents the appearance settings used to paint the page's client region. - - - - Restores all the appearance settings and usage options back to their default values and thus stops tab pages from using these appearance settings. - - - - - Tests whether the object should be persisted. - - true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false. - - - - Provides members that indicate which tab headers should display their Pin Buttons. - - - - - A Default value. Acts identically to the value. - - - - - Only an active tab page header should display a Pin Button. - - - - - Only active and hovered tab headers should display a pin button. - - - - - All existing tab headers should display a pin button. - - - - - Lists values that specify the manner in which tab buttons are shown within a tab header panel. - - - - - The Close button is always displayed within the page header panel. The Prev and Next buttons are displayed when the property is set to false. - - - - - The option is equivalent to the option. - - - - - Tab buttons are always hidden. - - - - - Tab buttons are automatically shown when the tab control's width is insufficient to display all the page headers. - - - - - Lists values that specify the position of the tab headers in a tab control. - - - - - The tab headers are located along the bottom of the tab control. - - - - - The tab headers are located along the left side of the tab control. - - - - - The tab headers are located along the right side of the tab control. - - - - - The tab headers are located along the top of the tab control. - - - - - Contains values that specify if and when a control's TabMiddleClick event fires. - - - - - The default behavior. For the , this option is equivalent to None. - - - - - A TabMiddleClick event fires on pressing the middle mouse button over a tab (before the button is released). - - - - - A TabMiddleClick event fires on clicking the middle mouse button over a tab (after the button is released). - - - - - A TabMiddleClick event does not fire. - - - - - Lists values that specify the orientation of the tab headers in a tab control. - - - - - The default behavior determined by controls.For an , the orientation of the tab headers depends upon the property's value. If the tab headers are located across the bottom or top of the tab control, they are horizontally oriented. Otherwise, if the tab headers are located along the left or right side of the tab control, they are vertically oriented.For a in a , the Default option is equivalent to Horizontal. - - - - - The tab headers are horizontally oriented. - - - - - The tab headers are vertically oriented. - - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that represents the current page. - An integer value that specifies the index of the page. - A Boolean value that specifies whether the event must be canceled. - A value that identifies the action being performed on a tab page. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event must be canceled. - - true if the event must be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - An object that fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - An object which represents the tab page previously processed. This value is assigned to the property. - An object which represents the tab page currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Gets the tab page currently being processed. - - An object which represents the tab page currently being processed. - - - - Gets the previously processed tab page. - - An object which represents the tab page previously processed. - - - - Represents a method that will handle the and events. - - The event sender. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - An object that represents the old page. - An object that represents the new page. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event must be canceled. - - true if the event must be canceled; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - An object that fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Provides data for the and events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - A object that represents the current page. - An integer value that specifies the index of the page. - A object that represents the action being performed on the page. - - - - Gets the action being performed on a tab. - - A value that identifies the action being performed on a tab. - - - - Gets the currently processed page. - - A object that represents the currently processed page. - - - - Gets the index of the current page. - - An integer that specifies the index of the current page. - - - - Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter. - - An object that fires the event. - A object that contains data for the event. - - - - Lists values that specify the alignment of the images displayed within page headers. - - - - - Images are centered within page headers and the header's caption is hidden. - - - - - Images are positioned on the right side of page headers. - - - - - Images are positioned on the left side of page headers. - - - - - The images are not displayed within page headers. - - - - - Contains classes that provide information to the XtraTabControl's events. - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings. - - null if the TabControl's Close button has been clicked. Otherwise, this refers to the page whose Close button has been clicked. This value is assigned to the property. - The page whose Close button has been clicked. This value is assigned to the Page property. - - - - Returns null if the TabControl's Close button has been clicked. Otherwise, this property returns the same value as the Page property. - - An object. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified button and page. - - A value that is a clicked button. The parameter initializes the property. - A object that is an active tab page. The parameter initializes the property. - - - - Gets an active tab page within the tab control. - - An IXtraTabPage object that is an active tab page. - - - - Gets the currently processed custom header button. - - A object that is the currently processed custom header button. - - - - The method for handling the event, which takes a object as a parameter. - - The event source. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - - Initializes a new class instance with the specified button and page. - - A currently processed button. The parameter initializes the property. - A currently processed page. The parameter initializes the property. - - - - Gets an active tab page within the tab control. - - An IXtraTabPage object that is an active tab page. - - - - Gets the currently processed header button. - - A TabButtons item that is the currently processed header button. - - - - Gets or sets whether the event has been handled, and no default processing is required. - - true if the default event processing is not required; otherwise, false. - - - - The method for handling the event, which takes a object as a parameter. - - The event source. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. - A object that contains event data. - - - - Displays tabbed pages where you can place your controls. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Gets or sets whether all icons within the current should be painted in the pages' foreground colors. - - true, if all icons within the current should be painted in the pages' foreground colors; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether or not tabs recognize HTML tags in their captions. - - true if tabs can format their captions by using HTML tags; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the appearance settings used to paint the XtraTabControl. - - A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the tab control. - - - - Provides access to the properties that control the appearance of all the tab pages in the XtraTabControl. - - A object which provides appearance settings for all the tab pages. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the tab control's client region. - - A structure which specifies the background color of the tab control's client region. - - - - Starts the tab control's initialization. - - - - - Locks the , preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called. - - - - - Gets or sets the tab control's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the tab control's border style. - - - - Gets or sets the border style of all the tab pages. - - A enumeration value specifying the border style of all the tab pages. - - - - Returns information about the XtraTabControl elements located at the specified point. - - A structure which specifies test point coordinates relative to the tab control's top-left corner. - A DevExpress.XtraTab.ViewInfo.XtraTabHitInfo object that contains information about the tab elements located at the test point. - - - - Returns the tab control's size, calculated from the size of its page. - - A structure which represents the size of a tab page's client region. - A structure which represents the tab control's size, calculated from the size of its page. - - - - Unlocks the object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update. - - - - - Occurs when the Close button displayed within the XtraTabControl's header is clicked. - - - - - Gets or sets whether Close buttons are displayed in individual tab pages and the tab control's header. - - A value that specifies the display mode for Close buttons. - - - - Gets the collection of controls owned by the current control. This property supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. - - A NoSerializationControlCollection object. - - - - Allows you to custom paint header buttons (). - - - - - Allows you to custom paint tabs. - - - - - Occurs when a custom header button is clicked. - - - - - Provides access to the custom header button collection in the current tab control. - - The object providing access to custom header buttons for the tab control. - - - - Occurs after a page has been deselected. - - - - - Occurs when a page is about to be deselected, and allows cancellation of the operation. - - - - - Gets the bounds of the tab page's client region. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the tab page's client region. - - - - Ends the tab control's initialization. - - - - - Unlocks the object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update. - - - - - Gets or sets the index of the tab page whose header is the first visible header onscreen. - - A zero-based integer which specifies the index of the tab page whose header is the first visible header onscreen. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the control's foreground color. - - A structure that represents the control's foreground color. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row. - - A enumeration value which specifies whether the tab headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row. - - - - Occurs when a built-in header button is clicked. - - - - - Gets the options that specify which tab buttons can be displayed within the header panel. - - A set of DevExpress.XtraTab.TabButtons flags that specify the visibility of tab buttons. - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying whether and when Close, Next and Prev buttons are displayed in the tab control's header. - - A value that specifies whether and when tab buttons are displayed within the header. - - - - Gets or sets the position of the tab headers. - - A enumeration member which specifies the position of the tab headers. - - - - Gets or sets the orientation of the tab headers. - - A enumeration member which specifies the orientation of the tab headers. - - - - Fires after the hot-tracked page header has been changed. - - - - - Gets or sets the hot-tracked tab page. - - An object which represents the tab page currently hot-tracked. - - - - Gets or sets the source of the images that can be displayed within page headers. - - A that is an image collection providing images for page headers. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the tab control is currently being initialized. - - true if the tab control is being initialized; otherwise, false. - - - - Updates a tab control. - - - - - Provides access to the settings which control the tab control's look and feel. - - A object whose properties specify the tab control's look and feel. - - - - Makes the header of the specified page visible on-screen if it's currently invisible. - - An object which represents the tab page. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width of tab headers. - - An integer value that is the maximum width of tab headers. 0 if the width of tab headers is not limited. - - - - Gets or sets whether more than one row of tab headers can be displayed. - - A value which specifies whether more than one row of tab headers can be displayed. - - - - Gets the bounding rectangle of a tab page's client region. - - A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the tab page's client region. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the page header. - - A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the paint style applied to the tab control. - - A value specifying the name of the paint style applied to the tab control. - - - - Gets or sets whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - A enumeration value that specifies whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. - - - - Occurs after a page has been selected. - - - - - Fires when the tab change animation completes. - - - - - Fires after a new XtraTabControl page has been selected. - - - - - Allows you to prevent a specific tab page from being activated. - - - - - Gets or sets the currently selected tab page. - - An object which represents the tab page currently selected. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the currently selected tab page. - - A zero-based integer which specifies the index of the selected tab page. - - - - Occurs when a specific page is about to be selected, and allows cancellation of the operation. - - - - - Gets or sets whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header. - - A enumeration member which specifies whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page headers are displayed. - - A enumeration member which specifies whether the page headers are displayed. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tab control can display tooltips. - - A enumeration member which specifies whether the tab control can display tooltips. - - - - Fires when an end-user presses the middle mouse button over a tab. To ensure that this event fires, set the property to MouseDown or MouseUp. - - - - - Gets or sets if and when the event fires. - - A value that specifies if and when the event fires. - - - - Provides access to the tab control's page collection. - - An object which represents a collection of tab pages within a tab control. - - - - Gets or sets the default width for all tab page headers. - - An integer value that specifies the default width for tab page headers. - - - - This property isn't used. - - - - - - Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of the hints displayed for a tab control. - - The component which controls the appearance and behavior of the hints displayed for the tab control. - - - - Provides access to parameters of the tab switch animation. - - An DevExpress.XtraTab.XtraTabControlTransition object that specifies parameters of the tab switch animation. - - - - Gets or sets whether the XtraTabControl uses the non-default painting mode. - - true if the XtraTabControl control uses the non-default painting mode; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state. - - true if the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether mnemonic characters are used to activate tab pages. - - true, if mnemonic characters are used to activate tab pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets an object which specifies the tab control's painting style. - - A DevExpress.XtraTab.Registrator.BaseViewInfoRegistrator object or descendant which specifies the tab control's painting style. - - - - Represents a single tab page. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. - - - - - Notifies accessibility client applications of the specified event for the specified child control. - - An event being fired. - A child which fires the event. - - - - Gets or sets whether the current 's icon should be painted in the page's foreground color. - - true, if the current 's icon should be painted in the page's foreground color; otherwise, false. - - - - This member overrides the property. - - A bitwise combination of the values. - - - - Provides access to the properties that control the tab page's appearance. - - A object which provides the appearance settings for the tab page's elements. - - - - Gets or sets whether the auto-size feature is enabled. This property is not supported by the class. - - true if the auto-size feature is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the auto-size mode. This property is not supported by the class. - - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the background color of the tab page's client region. - - A structure which specifies the background color of the tab page's client region. - - - - Specifies the background image for the control. This property is not supported by the class. Use the BackgroundImage property of the object instead. - - A value. - - - - This member is not supported by the class. - - - - - - This member overrides the property. - - A enumeration member which specifies the position and manner in which a control is docked. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tab page can be selected. - - true if a tab page is enabled and can be selected by an end-user or via code; otherwise, false. - - - - This property is not supported by the class. - - - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color of the tab page's client region. - - A structure which specifies the foreground color of the tab page's client region. - - - - Gets or sets the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - A object which represents the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - - - Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the tab page's header. - - A zero-based integer value specifying the index of an image within the list. - - - - Provides access to settings that allow you to set up raster and vector icons for this . - - An DevExpress.XtraTab.XtraTabPageImageOptions object that stores image-related options. - - - - Gets or sets padding for the image displayed in the page's header. - - A System.Windows.Forms.Padding value that specifies padding for the image. - - - - Gets the source of images which provides images for tab pages. - - An which provides images for tab pages. - - - - Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. - - A structure which represents the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. - - - - Provides access to look-and-feel settings of the current object. - - A object that stores look-and-feel settings. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum width of the current tab header. - - An integer value that is the maximum width of the current tab header. 0 if the maximum width of the tab header is specified by the property. - - - - Gets or sets whether a tab page can be selected. - - true if a tab page is enabled and can be selected by an end-user or via code; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the tab page is visible. - - true if the tab page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the page contains a Close button. - - A value that specifies whether a Close button is displayed in the tab. - - - - Gets or sets the control's height and width. - - A object that represents the control's height and width, in pixels. - - - - Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the page's header. - - - - - Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the tab page's header. - - - - - Gets or sets a for the current tab page's header. - - A object associated with the current tab page. - - - - Gets the tab control to which the tab page belongs. - - An object or descendant which owns the tab page. - - - - Gets or sets the tab order of the control within its container. - - A zero-based integer value specifying the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order. - - - - Gets or sets the header width for the current tab page. - - An integer value that specifies the width of the current tab page's header. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether an end-user can focus this page using the TAB key. - - true if an end-user can focus the page using the TAB key; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the tab page caption. - - A value which specifies the text displayed within the page header. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip for the tab page. - - A value which specifies the regular tooltip for the tab page. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon to display in a regular tooltip. - - A enumeration value. - - - - Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title. - - A string that specifies a regular tooltip's title. - - - - This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. To specify the tab page's visibility use the property instead. - - true if the tab page is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Represents a tab control's page collection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner. - - An object or descendant which represents the tab control that will own the new page collection. This value is assigned to the property. - - - - Creates a new tab page with default settings and appends it to the collection. - - An object which represents the new tab page. - - - - Appends the specified page to the collection. - - An object which represents the new page. - - - - Creates a new tab page with the specified text and appends it to the collection. - - A value which specifies the page's text. - An object which represents the new page. - - - - Appends an array of objects to the collection. - - An array of objects to append to the collection. - - - - Removes all objects from the instance. - - true, to release all resources used by the tab pages; otherwise, false. - - - - Fires after the page collection has been changed. - - - - - Indicates whether the collection contains the tab page specified. - - An object to locate in the collection. - true if the collection contains the specified tab page; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the specified page's position within the collection. - - An object which represents the page to be located. - An integer value representing the specified page's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified page. - - - - Creates a new page with default settings and adds it to the collection at the specified position. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified page should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. - - - - Adds the specified page to the collection at the specified position. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified page should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. - An object which represents the inserted page. - - - - Gets the tab page at the specified position within the collection. - - An integer value representing the zero-based index of the page. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. - An object which represents the tab page at the specified position. - - - - Moves the page to another position within the collection. - - A zero-based integer specifying the position within the collection to move the page to. - An object which represents the tab page to move. - - - - Removes the specified tab page from the collection. - - An object which represents the tab page to be removed from the collection. - - - - Removes the specified tab page from the collection. - - An object which represents the tab page to be removed from the collection. - true, to release all resources used by the tab page; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the tab control which displays the pages in this collection. - - An object or descendant which represents the tab control that owns this page collection. - - - - Copies all items contained within this to a separate array. - - An array of objects owned by this . - - - - Contains classes that encapsulate Wait Forms. - - - - - Represents a control showing an await message to a user. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the acceleration for the wait indicator visual elements. - - A value that specifies the acceleration for the wait indicator visual elements. - - - - Gets or sets the number of wait indicator visual elements. - - An integer value that specifies the number of wait indicator visual elements. - - - - Gets or sets a custom image for the wait indicator visual elements. - - An object that specifies a custom image for the wait indicator visual elements. - - - - Gets or sets the speed for the wait indicator visual elements. - - A value that specifies the speed for the wait indicator visual elements. - - - - Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the wait indicator and text. - - An integer value that specifies the amount of space, in pixels, between the wait indicator and text. - - - - Contains appearance settings used to customize the appearance of the control's . - - A that contains settings to customize the appearance of the control's . - - - - Contains appearance settings used to customize the appearance of the control's . - - A that contains settings to customize the appearance of the control's . - - - - Gets or sets whether the panel's height is calculated automatically based on the currently applied skin. - - true if the panel's height is calculated automatically based on the currently applied skin; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the panel's width is automatically adjusted to fit all the text. - - true if the panel's width is automatically adjusted to fit the entire text; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the length, in pixels, of the bar wait indicator. - - An integer value that specifies the length, in pixels, of the bar wait indicator. - - - - Gets or sets the thickness, in pixels, of the bar wait indicator. - - An integer value that specifies the thickness, in pixels, of the bar wait indicator. - - - - Gets or sets whether the bar wait indicator moves with a uniform velocity or with acceleration. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Animation.MotionType enumeration type that specifies whether the bar wait indicator moves with a uniform velocity or with acceleration. - - - - Gets or sets the control's border style. - - A enumeration value specifying the control's border style. - - - - Gets or sets the control's caption. - - A string that specifies the control's caption. - - - - Gets or sets the vertical distance between the and . - - An integer value that is the vertical distance between the caption and description. - - - - Gets or sets the alignment of the caption, description and wait indicator relative to the panel. - - A enumeration value that specifies the alignment of the caption, description and wait indicator relative to the panel. - - - - Gets the property's default value, which can be localized. - - - - - - Gets the property's default value, which can be localized. - - - - - - Gets or sets the control's description. - - A string that specifies the control's description. - - - - Gets or sets the number of animation frames. - - An integer value that specifies the number of animation frames. - - - - Gets or sets the time between animation frames, in special units. - - An integer value that specifies the time between animation frames, in special units. - - - - Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted. - - The custom-sized area for the control. - A value. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal distance between the control's left edge and the image - - An integer value that is the horizontal distance between the control's left edge and the image - - - - Gets the size of the control's image. - - A Size of the control's image. - - - - Gets or sets the height, in pixels, of elements composing the line wait indicator. - - An integer value that specifies the height, in pixels, of elements composing the line wait indicator. - - - - Gets or sets the shape of elements comprising the line wait indicator. - - A DevExpress.Utils.Animation.LineAnimationElementType enumeration value that specifies the shape of elements comprising the line wait indicator. - - - - Gets of sets the diameter, in pixels, of the circle wait indicator. - - An integer value that specifies the diameter, in pixels, of the circle wait indicator. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's is visible. - - true if the control's is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets whether the control's is visible. - - true if the control's is visible; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets or sets the horizontal distance between the image and text (caption plus description). - - An integer value that is the horizontal distance between the image and text (caption plus description) - - - - Returns the object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - A DevExpress.XtraWaitForm.ProgressPanelViewInfo object which contains internal information used to render the control. - - - - Gets or sets the wait animation's type. - - The wait animation's type. - - - - Contains values that specify a form's Z-order relative to other forms. - - - - - A form is displayed topmost. - - - - - A form is displayed above its parent. - - - - - Specifies a form's default position relative to other forms. -Currently, Default is equivalent to AboveParent. - - - - - This option applies the old algorithm that keeps a form above its parent. - - - - - A small form, designed to display the progress of a lengthy operation. The form's display is managed by the component. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Sets the 's caption to the specified value. - - A string that is the new value for the 's caption. - - - - Sets the 's description to the specified value. - - A string that is the new value for the 's description. - - - - Gets or sets above which windows the current is displayed. - - A enumerator value that specifies above which windows the current is displayed. - - - - This property is obsolete. Use the property instead. - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 347e627..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index b7f4c50..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b1f670f..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ - - - - -DigitalData.Modules.Config - - - - - - Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - - - - - Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - - - - - Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle - Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. - - - - - The primary connection string. Will not be saved to userconfig. - - - - - The test connection string. Will not be saved to userconfig. - - - - - Global setting. Will not be saved to userconfig. - - - - - Returns the currently loaded config object - - - - - - Path to the current user config. - - - - - - Path to the current computer config. Maybe the same as `UserConfigPath` - - - - - - Creates a new instance of the ConfigManager - - - LogConfig instance - The path to check for a user config file, eg. AppData (Usually Application.UserAppDataPath or Application.LocalUserAppDataPath) - The path to check for a computer config file, eg. ProgramData (Usually Application.CommonAppDataPath) - Override values from ComputerConfig with UserConfig - - - - Creates a new ConfigManager with a single (user)config path - - LogConfig instance - The path to check for a user config file, eg. AppData (Usually Application.UserAppDataPath or Application.LocalUserAppDataPath) - - - - Save the current config object to `UserConfigPath` - - Force saving all attributes including the attributes marked as excluded - True if save was successful, False otherwise - - - - Copies all properties from Source to Target, except those who have an attribute - listed in ExcludedAttributeTypes - - Source config object - Target config object - List of Attribute type to exclude - - - - Filters a config object by copying all values except `ExcludedAttributeTypes` - - Config object - List of Attribute type to exclude - - - - - Serialize a config object to byte array - - - - - - - Write an object to disk as xml - - The object to write - The file name to write to - - - - Reads an xml from disk and deserializes to object - - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3069050..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 8cf682d..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8475119..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ - - - - -DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem - - - - - - Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - - - - - Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - - - - - Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle - Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. - - - - FileContainer - 0.0.0.2 - 21.11.2018 - - File Container for securely saving files - - - NLog, >= 4.5.8 - - - LogConfig, DigitalData.Module.Logging.LogConfig - A LogConfig object - Password, String - The Password to Encrypt - Path, String - The Path to save/load the container - - - dim oContainer = Container.Create(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - dim oContainer = Container.Load(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - - dim oContainer = new Container(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - oContainer.Save() - - dim oContainer = new Container(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - oContainer.Contents = oSomeData - oContainer.Save() - - dim oContainer = new Container(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - oContainer.Load() - dim oContents = oContainer.Contents - - dim oContainer = new Container(logConfig, "pass", "E:\some.container") - oContainer.Load() - oContainer.Contents = oSomeOtherData - oContainer.Save() - oContainer.SaveAs("E:\some2.container") - - - - - https://stackoverflow.com/questions/10168240/encrypting-decrypting-a-string-in-c-sharp - - - - File - 0.0.0.1 - 11.10.2018 - - Module that provides variouse File operations - - - NLog, >= 4.5.8 - - - LogConfig, DigitalData.Module.Logging.LogConfig - A LogConfig object - - - - - - - - - - - Adds fileversions to given filename `Destination` if that file already exists. - - - - - - - Removes files in a directory filtered by filename, extension and last write date - - The directory in which files will be deleted - Only delete files which are older than x days. Must be between 0 and 1000 days. - A filename filter which will be checked - A file extension which will be checked - Should the function continue with deleting when a file could not be deleted? - True if all files were deleted or if no files were deleted, otherwise false - - - - Tries to create a directory and returns its path. - Returns a temp path if `DirectoryPath` can not be created or written to. - - The directory to create - Should a write access test be performed? - The used path - - - - This may fire twice for a single save operation, - see: https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/oldnewthing/20140507-00/?p=1053/ - - - - - Built-in filters for FileWatcher that are useful for correctly detecting changes on Office documents (currently Office 2016) - - - - - Base Filter that all filters must inherit from - Provides two functions that may be overridden and some useful file extension lists - - - - - Simple Filter that filters changes made on temporary files - - - - - Filter to detect changes on Office files - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1e3980e..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 7370aa8..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8da5cdd..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ - - - - -DigitalData.Modules.Language - - - - - - Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - - - - - Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - - - - - Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle - Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. - - - - - Provides common utility functions that do not require a specific context. - - - - - Generates a random short (8 characters) guid - - The generated guid as a String - - - - Converts a String value to the given Enum - - The Enum Type - The string value to convert - - - - Checks a value for three different `null` values, - Nothing, Empty String, DBNull - - Returns the original value if the value is not null, or `defaultValue` - - The type of the value - The value - The default Value - - - - Creates a "slug" from text that can be used as part of a valid URL. - Invalid characters are converted to hyphens. Punctuation that Is - perfect valid in a URL Is also converted to hyphens to keep the - result mostly text. Steps are taken to prevent leading, trailing, - And consecutive hyphens. - - The string to convert - - - - Checks if a point is Visible on any screen - - - - - Checks if Size is not negative - - - - - Checks if Location is not negative - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 41897e2..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ae1e73f..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml deleted file mode 100644 index faca96a..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ - - - - -DigitalData.Modules.Logging - - - - - - Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - - - - - Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - - - - - Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle - Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. - - - - LogConfig - 0.0.1.0 - 02.10.2018 - - Module that writes file-logs to different locations: - local application data, the current directory or a custom path. - Files and directories will be automatically created. - - - NLog, >= 4.5.8 - - - Imports DigitalData.Modules.Logging - - Class FooProgram - Private Logger as Logger - Private LogConfig as LogConfig - - Public Sub New() - LogConfig = new LogConfig(args) - Logger = LogConfig.GetLogger() - End Sub - - Public Sub Bar() - Logger.Info("Baz") - End Sub - End Class - - Class FooLib - Private Logger as NLog.Logger - - Public Sub New(LogConfig as LogConfig) - Logger = LogConfig.GetLogger() - End Sub - - Public Sub Bar() - Logger.Info("Baz") - End Sub - End Class - - - If logpath can not be written to, falls back to temp folder as defined in: - https://docs.microsoft.com/de-de/dotnet/api/system.io.path.gettemppath?view=netframework-4.7.2 - - If used in a service, LogPath must be set to CustomPath, otherwise the Log will be written to System32! - - For NLog Troubleshooting, set the following Environment variables to write the NLog internal Log: - - NLOG_INTERNAL_LOG_LEVEL: Debug - - NLOG_INTERNAL_LOG_FILE: ex. C:\Temp\Nlog_Internal.log - - - - - Returns the NLog.LogFactory object that is used to create Loggers - - LogFactory object - - - - Returns the path to the current default logfile - - Filepath to the logfile - - - - Returns the path to the current log directory - - Directory path to the log directory - - - - Determines if a debug log will be written - - True, if debug log will be written. False otherwise. - - - - Returns Logs in Memory as List(Of String) if Debug is enabled - Returns an empty list if debug is disabled - - A list of log messages - - - - Initializes a new LogConfig object with a logpath and optinally a filename-suffix. - - The basepath to write logs to. Can be AppData, CurrentDirectory or CustomPath. - If `logPath` is set to custom, this defines the custom logPath. - If set to anything other than Nothing, extends the logfile name with this suffix. - CompanyName is used to construct log-path in when LogPath is set to PathType:AppData - ProductName is used to construct log-path in when LogPath is set to PathType:AppData - - - - Returns the Logger for the calling class - - An object of Logging.Logger - - - - Returns the Logger for a class specified by `ClassName` - - The name of the class the logger belongs to - An object of Logging.Logger - - - - Clears the internal log - - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the class invoking the calling method, - including the namespace but Not the assembly. - - The fully qualified class name - This method is very resource-intensive! - - - - Returns the initial log configuration - - The chosen productname - The chosen suffix - A NLog.LoggingConfiguration object - - - - Adds the default rules - - A NLog.LoggingConfiguration object - - - - Returns the full path of the current default log file. - - Full path of the current default log file - - - - Reconfigures and re-adds all loggers, optionally adding the debug rule. - - Adds the Debug rule if true. - - - - Prints a preformatted Block including a block identifier - - A unique Identifier for this block, eg. DocId, FullPath, .. - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a7bee84..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 2c912bb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a06f534..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,373 +0,0 @@ - - - - -DigitalData.Modules.Windream - - - - - - Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. - - - - - Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. - - - - - Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle - Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. - - - - - Sets flag in Windream class to reconnect on lost connection - - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets the drive letter of windream drive, default is "W" - - The drive letter to use - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets the drive letter to String.Empty, use \\windream\objects as Windream base path - - The windream base path, eg. \\windream\objects - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets the drive letter to String.Empty, use \\windream\objects as Windream base path - - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets flag in Windream class to indicate 64-bit support - - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets the servername in Windream class, overriding the client setting - - - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Sets the username, password and domain in Windream class, overriding the client settings - - The username used for the connection - The password used for the connection - The domain used for the connection - A IConnectionBuilder instance to allow for chaining - - - - Creates a connection. - - If there was an error while establishing the connection - A Windream Object - - - - Initializes windream and creates a windream session with the actual user - - - - - - Returns all Objecttypes of current server as list of strings - - List of String of all objecttypes - - - - - Creates a folder in windream. All folder-parts will be checked - - full path of new folder - Returns true when folder was created, false if not - - - - - Indexes the file with the given values - - full filepath - Name of the index - values as array - Returns true when folder was created, false if not - - - - - Sets the folder-objecttype. - - full path of folder - Obcjectype Name - Returns true when Otype was set, false if not - - - - - Creates a new version of the file - - full path to the file - Comment - Returns true when version was created, false if not - - - - - Returns all choicelists - - Choicelists as List of Strings or empty list if no choice lists are found - - - - Returns all indices for an objecttype - - Name of objecttype - Names of indices as list of String - - - - - Returns all items of a choicelist - - name of choicelist - Items as list of String - - - - - Returns the result of windream-search - - filepath of windreamSearch-file - Name of the Docid Index - Returns datatable - - - - - Returns a windream-type as Integer. - - Name of indexfield - Returns integer, which describes the type - - - - - Returns the value(s) for an index as a datatable - - filepath of windream-file - Name of the index - Datatable - - - - - Returns the values for a vektorfield plus the new ones - - windream-file as Object - Name of the index - Returns value as Datatable - - - - - Returns a WMObject if file exists - - full path to the file - Returns WMObject - - - - - Checks if the folder exists - - The path of the folder - True if exists or false if not or error occured - - - - - Checks wether file exists in windream - - full path to the file - Returns true when file was deleted, false if not - - - - - Checks if user exists in windream. - - test username - Returns true if exists, false if not - - - - - Checks if group exists in windream. - - test username - Returns true if exists, false if not - - - - - Deletes a file in windream including all preversions - - full path to the file - Returns true when file was deleted, false if not - - - - - Removes the vektorlink from windream - - full path to the file - Indexname of Vektor-Index - Value which is to be deleted - Returns true when indexing was successfull, false if not - - - - Windream - 0.0.0.2 - 23.10.2018 - - Module that provides methods to access the Windream ECM - - - NLog, >= 4.5.8 - - - LogConfig, DigitalData.Modules.Logging.LogConfig - The LogFactory containing the current log config. Used to instanciate the class logger for this and any dependent class - - ClientDriveLetter, String - Drive Letter of the Windream Drive, should default to `W` - - ClientSupport64Bit, Boolean - Should this session support 64bit methods/functionality? - - SessionReconnect, Boolean - Should the session reconnect automatically when the connection to the server is lost? - - SessionServerName, String - Name of the server used in the connection. If this is `Nothing`, the current server defined in the client is used - - SessionUserName, String - Name of the user that is used in the connection. If this is `Nothing`, the currently signed in user is used - - SessionPassword, String - User-password that is used in the connection. If this is `Nothing`, the currently signed in user is used - - SessionDomain, String - User-domain that is used in the connection. If this is `Nothing`, the currently signed in user is used - - - ClientDriveLetter, String (readonly) - ClientSupports64Bit, Boolean (readonly) - Session, IWMSession2 (readonly) - SessionLoggedin, Boolean (readonly) - SessionReconnect, Boolean (readonly) - SessionServername, String (readonly) - Objecttypes, List(Of String) (readonly) - - - _windream = New ConnectionBuilder(LogConfig). - WithDriveLetter("W"). - WithSessionReconnect(). - With64BitSupport(). - WithServerName("sdd-vmx02-aps01"). - Connect() - - - This class should not be instanciated directly. Instead, ConnectionBuilder should be used. - - - - A list of object types that are available - - - - Creates a new Windream object and connects to a server with the provided options and credentials - - - - - - - - - - - - - - changes the archive end date - - WM Filepath - number/count of period (if - date_unity (d,m,y or day(s),month(s),years(s) - dateFrom_value - Returns true when date was set, false if not - - - - - changes the archive end date - - WM Filepath - number/count of period (if - date_unity (d,m,y or day(s),month(s),years(s) - dateFrom_value - Returns true when date was set, false if not - - - - - Archives windream object immediately - - Returns true when archiving was set, false if not - - - - - Returns the result of a search file - - Path of a search file (*.wdf) - Index containing the Document-ID - A datatable of the results with columns PATH and DOCID - - - - Gets an array of the actual vektorvalues of index, collated with the passed values - - windream-file as WMObject - Indexname as String - The new values as Array - True if duplicates shall be prevented - - - - - Sets objecttype of a folder - - - - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f4119cc..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Debug.log b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Debug.log deleted file mode 100644 index 1cd1e3b..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Debug.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@IMPV -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:09|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:09|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@IMPO -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 09:46:16|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 09:46:16|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 09:46:57|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@Impv -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 09:51:46|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:46|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:54:01|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@Test -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@Test -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:01:21|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@Test -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:02:09|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] Arguments will be checked... -2020-04-03 10:02:09|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] -Mode@impv -2020-04-03 10:02:09|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Source@"E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf" -2020-04-03 10:03:20|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] Arguments will be checked... -2020-04-03 10:03:20|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] -Mode@impv -2020-04-03 10:03:20|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Source@"E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf" -2020-04-03 10:04:07|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] Arguments will be checked... -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] Arguments will be checked... -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] -Mode@impv -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Target@"W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf" -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -WMOT@"DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung" -2020-04-03 10:05:51|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -index@{"Integer 23"=4711;"String 38"=WeDigNoWIDig;"Boolean 04"=false} -2020-04-03 10:05:51|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 10:06:27|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:06:27|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:06:40|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:06:40|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:09|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:09|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] Arguments will be checked... -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] -Mode@impv -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Target@"W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf" -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -WMOT@"DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung" -2020-04-03 10:07:53|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -index@{"Integer 23"=4711;"String 38"=WeDigNoWIDig;"Boolean 04"=false} -2020-04-03 10:07:53|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@IMPV -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Preparing to stream file from E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf to ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating WMObject for file ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Opening stream for ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Creating FileIO -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Streaming file... -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Content of file was transferred! -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Closing Stream -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Saving new object -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> Unlocking new object -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@NI -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> Initializing MainForm.... -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> windream initialisiert -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> [0] E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> [1] -Mode@Test -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> [2] -Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] -Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|DEBUG >> oNormalizedPath: [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|DEBUG >> [4] -WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung -2020-04-03 10:33:25|Form1|DEBUG >> [5] -index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=false} -2020-04-03 10:33:25|Form1|DEBUG >> [3] Indices transmitted... diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Error.log b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Error.log deleted file mode 100644 index 6ea7d8b..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG-Error.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -2020-04-03 10:02:09|Form1|WARN >> Parser@Sourcefile - File ["E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf"] is not existing! -2020-04-03 10:03:38|Form1|WARN >> Parser@Sourcefile - File ["E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf"] is not existing! -2020-04-03 10:04:36|Form1|WARN >> Error while indexing: Illegales Zeichen im Pfad. diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG.log b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG.log deleted file mode 100644 index c7f013d..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/Log/2020-04-03-WIDIG.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:25:50|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:26:11|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:26:43|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [0] -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> Index could not be set... -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Windream|INFO >> Deleting WMObject [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Windream|INFO >> [RemoveFile] - File [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] has been deleted! -2020-04-03 09:26:44|Form1|INFO >> File deleted after error! -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:39:32|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [true] -2020-04-03 09:39:33|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 09:40:08|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 09:40:09|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 09:40:09|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:46:15|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:46:57|Windream|INFO >> Deleting WMObject [W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:46:57|Windream|INFO >> [RemoveFile] - File [W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] has been deleted! -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 09:47:08|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 09:47:16|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:51:41|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf] -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 09:51:42|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 09:51:46|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~2.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 09:51:46|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 09:51:47|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 09:54:01|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:54:01|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:54:01|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:54:01|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:54:02|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 09:56:36|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 10:01:21|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 10:01:21|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 10:01:21|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 10:01:21|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 10:01:22|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 10:02:09|Form1|WARN >> Parser@Sourcefile - File ["E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf"] is not existing! -2020-04-03 10:03:38|Form1|WARN >> Parser@Sourcefile - File ["E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf"] is not existing! -2020-04-03 10:04:36|Form1|WARN >> Error while indexing: Illegales Zeichen im Pfad. -2020-04-03 10:05:50|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 10:05:58|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 10:06:14|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~3.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 10:06:27|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 10:06:40|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 10:07:03|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 10:07:12|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 10:07:52|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 10:07:56|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 10:07:59|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~4.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 10:08:00|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 10:08:02|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 10:08:05|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 10:08:34|Form1|INFO >> Target [ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf] already existed!! - NewWMFilename [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|INFO >> -----> Start of Block File Stream -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|INFO >> File 'ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf' was streamed. -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Windream|INFO >> <----- End of Block -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [ImportWIDIG\Testfile~5.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 10:08:35|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 10:08:38|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|INFO >> File successfully streamed to windream [W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf]! Now indexing... -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Integer 23] - oIndexvalue [4711] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [String 38] - oIndexvalue [WeDigNoWIDig] -2020-04-03 10:25:02|Form1|INFO >> Setting Index: oIndexName [Boolean 04] - oIndexvalue [false] -2020-04-03 10:25:05|Form1|INFO >> Import finished! -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Form1|INFO >> Config loaded -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Successfully created windream objects -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Servername: sDD-VMP01-APS01 -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Servername aquired from client: True -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Impersonated Login: True -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Username: -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Domain: -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Connected..Session created -2020-04-03 10:33:24|Windream|INFO >> Connection to sDD-VMP01-APS01 established! diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 803493d..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6075e1e..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/NLog.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29484 +0,0 @@ - - - - NLog - - - - - Indicates that the value of the marked element could be null sometimes, - so the check for null is necessary before its usage. - - - [CanBeNull] object Test() => null; - - void UseTest() { - var p = Test(); - var s = p.ToString(); // Warning: Possible 'System.NullReferenceException' - } - - - - - Indicates that the value of the marked element could never be null. - - - [NotNull] object Foo() { - return null; // Warning: Possible 'null' assignment - } - - - - - Can be applied to symbols of types derived from IEnumerable as well as to symbols of Task - and Lazy classes to indicate that the value of a collection item, of the Task.Result property - or of the Lazy.Value property can never be null. - - - - - Can be applied to symbols of types derived from IEnumerable as well as to symbols of Task - and Lazy classes to indicate that the value of a collection item, of the Task.Result property - or of the Lazy.Value property can be null. - - - - - Indicates that the marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments. - Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor. The format string - should be in -like form. - - - [StringFormatMethod("message")] - void ShowError(string message, params object[] args) { /* do something */ } - - void Foo() { - ShowError("Failed: {0}"); // Warning: Non-existing argument in format string - } - - - - - Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string - - - - - For a parameter that is expected to be one of the limited set of values. - Specify fields of which type should be used as values for this parameter. - - - - - Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one - of the parameters of the caller function. For example, ReSharper annotates - the parameter of . - - - void Foo(string param) { - if (param == null) - throw new ArgumentNullException("par"); // Warning: Cannot resolve symbol - } - - - - - Indicates that the method is contained in a type that implements - System.ComponentModel.INotifyPropertyChanged interface and this method - is used to notify that some property value changed. - - - The method should be non-static and conform to one of the supported signatures: - - NotifyChanged(string) - NotifyChanged(params string[]) - NotifyChanged{T}(Expression{Func{T}}) - NotifyChanged{T,U}(Expression{Func{T,U}}) - SetProperty{T}(ref T, T, string) - - - - public class Foo : INotifyPropertyChanged { - public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; - - [NotifyPropertyChangedInvocator] - protected virtual void NotifyChanged(string propertyName) { ... } - - string _name; - - public string Name { - get { return _name; } - set { _name = value; NotifyChanged("LastName"); /* Warning */ } - } - } - - Examples of generated notifications: - - NotifyChanged("Property") - NotifyChanged(() => Property) - NotifyChanged((VM x) => x.Property) - SetProperty(ref myField, value, "Property") - - - - - - Describes dependency between method input and output. - - -

Function Definition Table syntax:

- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]* - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]* - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value} - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull - - If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using halt (or void/nothing, which is the same) for method output - means that the methods doesn't return normally (throws or terminates the process).
- Value canbenull is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute - with rows separated by semicolon. There is no notion of order rows, all rows are checked - for applicability and applied per each program state tracked by R# analysis.
-
- - - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] - public void TerminationMethod() - - - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] - public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // regular assertion method - - - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] - public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // string.IsNullOrEmpty() - - - // A method that returns null if the parameter is null, - // and not null if the parameter is not null - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] - public object Transform(object data) - - - [ContractAnnotation("=> true, result: notnull; => false, result: null")] - public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result) - - -
- - - Indicates that marked element should be localized or not. - - - [LocalizationRequiredAttribute(true)] - class Foo { - string str = "my string"; // Warning: Localizable string - } - - - - - Indicates that the value of the marked type (or its derivatives) - cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators and Equals() - should be used instead. However, using '==' or '!=' for comparison - with null is always permitted. - - - [CannotApplyEqualityOperator] - class NoEquality { } - - class UsesNoEquality { - void Test() { - var ca1 = new NoEquality(); - var ca2 = new NoEquality(); - if (ca1 != null) { // OK - bool condition = ca1 == ca2; // Warning - } - } - } - - - - - When applied to a target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type marked - with the target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types. - - - [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement - class ComponentAttribute : Attribute { } - - [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface - class MyComponent : IComponent { } - - - - - Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library), - so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections). - - - - - Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes - as unused (as well as by other usage inspections) - - - - Only entity marked with attribute considered used. - - - Indicates implicit assignment to a member. - - - - Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature. - That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such. - - - - Indicates implicit instantiation of a type. - - - - Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked - with or . - - - - Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used. - - - Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used. - - - - This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API - which should not be removed and so is treated as used. - - - - - Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack. - If the parameter is a delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed. - If the parameter is an enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed. - - - - - Indicates that a method does not make any observable state changes. - The same as System.Diagnostics.Contracts.PureAttribute. - - - [Pure] int Multiply(int x, int y) => x * y; - - void M() { - Multiply(123, 42); // Waring: Return value of pure method is not used - } - - - - - Indicates that the return value of method invocation must be used. - - - - - Indicates the type member or parameter of some type, that should be used instead of all other ways - to get the value that type. This annotation is useful when you have some "context" value evaluated - and stored somewhere, meaning that all other ways to get this value must be consolidated with existing one. - - - class Foo { - [ProvidesContext] IBarService _barService = ...; - - void ProcessNode(INode node) { - DoSomething(node, node.GetGlobalServices().Bar); - // ^ Warning: use value of '_barService' field - } - } - - - - - Indicates that a parameter is a path to a file or a folder within a web project. - Path can be relative or absolute, starting from web root (~). - - - - - An extension method marked with this attribute is processed by ReSharper code completion - as a 'Source Template'. When extension method is completed over some expression, it's source code - is automatically expanded like a template at call site. - - - Template method body can contain valid source code and/or special comments starting with '$'. - Text inside these comments is added as source code when the template is applied. Template parameters - can be used either as additional method parameters or as identifiers wrapped in two '$' signs. - Use the attribute to specify macros for parameters. - - - In this example, the 'forEach' method is a source template available over all values - of enumerable types, producing ordinary C# 'foreach' statement and placing caret inside block: - - [SourceTemplate] - public static void forEach<T>(this IEnumerable<T> xs) { - foreach (var x in xs) { - //$ $END$ - } - } - - - - - - Allows specifying a macro for a parameter of a source template. - - - You can apply the attribute on the whole method or on any of its additional parameters. The macro expression - is defined in the property. When applied on a method, the target - template parameter is defined in the property. To apply the macro silently - for the parameter, set the property value = -1. - - - Applying the attribute on a source template method: - - [SourceTemplate, Macro(Target = "item", Expression = "suggestVariableName()")] - public static void forEach<T>(this IEnumerable<T> collection) { - foreach (var item in collection) { - //$ $END$ - } - } - - Applying the attribute on a template method parameter: - - [SourceTemplate] - public static void something(this Entity x, [Macro(Expression = "guid()", Editable = -1)] string newguid) { - /*$ var $x$Id = "$newguid$" + x.ToString(); - x.DoSomething($x$Id); */ - } - - - - - - Allows specifying a macro that will be executed for a source template - parameter when the template is expanded. - - - - - Allows specifying which occurrence of the target parameter becomes editable when the template is deployed. - - - If the target parameter is used several times in the template, only one occurrence becomes editable; - other occurrences are changed synchronously. To specify the zero-based index of the editable occurrence, - use values >= 0. To make the parameter non-editable when the template is expanded, use -1. - > - - - - Identifies the target parameter of a source template if the - is applied on a template method. - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter - is an MVC action. If applied to a method, the MVC action name is calculated - implicitly from the context. Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.ChildActionExtensions.RenderAction(HtmlHelper, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC area. - Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.ChildActionExtensions.RenderAction(HtmlHelper, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter is - an MVC controller. If applied to a method, the MVC controller name is calculated - implicitly from the context. Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.ChildActionExtensions.RenderAction(HtmlHelper, String, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC Master. Use this attribute - for custom wrappers similar to System.Web.Mvc.Controller.View(String, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC model type. Use this attribute - for custom wrappers similar to System.Web.Mvc.Controller.View(String, Object). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter is an MVC - partial view. If applied to a method, the MVC partial view name is calculated implicitly - from the context. Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.RenderPartialExtensions.RenderPartial(HtmlHelper, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Allows disabling inspections for MVC views within a class or a method. - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC display template. - Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.DisplayExtensions.DisplayForModel(HtmlHelper, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC editor template. - Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Html.EditorExtensions.EditorForModel(HtmlHelper, String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. Indicates that a parameter is an MVC template. - Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations.UIHintAttribute(System.String). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter - is an MVC view component. If applied to a method, the MVC view name is calculated implicitly - from the context. Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.Mvc.Controller.View(Object). - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter - is an MVC view component name. - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. If applied to a parameter, indicates that the parameter - is an MVC view component view. If applied to a method, the MVC view component view name is default. - - - - - ASP.NET MVC attribute. When applied to a parameter of an attribute, - indicates that this parameter is an MVC action name. - - - [ActionName("Foo")] - public ActionResult Login(string returnUrl) { - ViewBag.ReturnUrl = Url.Action("Foo"); // OK - return RedirectToAction("Bar"); // Error: Cannot resolve action - } - - - - - Razor attribute. Indicates that a parameter or a method is a Razor section. - Use this attribute for custom wrappers similar to - System.Web.WebPages.WebPageBase.RenderSection(String). - - - - - Indicates how method, constructor invocation or property access - over collection type affects content of the collection. - - - - Method does not use or modify content of the collection. - - - Method only reads content of the collection but does not modify it. - - - Method can change content of the collection but does not add new elements. - - - Method can add new elements to the collection. - - - - Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if - one of the conditions is satisfied. To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with - attribute. - - - - - Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method. The method itself should be - marked by attribute. The mandatory argument of - the attribute is the assertion type. - - - - - Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisfies the condition, - then the execution continues. Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted. - - - - Marked parameter should be evaluated to true. - - - Marked parameter should be evaluated to false. - - - Marked parameter should be evaluated to null value. - - - Marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value. - - - - Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution. - For example, it could unconditionally throw exception. - - - - - Indicates that method is pure LINQ method, with postponed enumeration (like Enumerable.Select, - .Where). This annotation allows inference of [InstantHandle] annotation for parameters - of delegate type by analyzing LINQ method chains. - - - - - Indicates that IEnumerable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated. - - - - - Indicates that parameter is regular expression pattern. - - - - - Prevents the Member Reordering feature from tossing members of the marked class. - - - The attribute must be mentioned in your member reordering patterns - - - - - XAML attribute. Indicates the type that has ItemsSource property and should be treated - as ItemsControl-derived type, to enable inner items DataContext type resolve. - - - - - XAML attribute. Indicates the property of some BindingBase-derived type, that - is used to bind some item of ItemsControl-derived type. This annotation will - enable the DataContext type resolve for XAML bindings for such properties. - - - Property should have the tree ancestor of the ItemsControl type or - marked with the attribute. - - - - - Support implementation of - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Asynchronous continuation delegate - function invoked at the end of asynchronous - processing. - - Exception during asynchronous processing or null if no exception - was thrown. - - - - Helpers for asynchronous operations. - - - - - Iterates over all items in the given collection and runs the specified action - in sequence (each action executes only after the preceding one has completed without an error). - - Type of each item. - The items to iterate. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke once all items - have been iterated. - The action to invoke for each item. - - - - Repeats the specified asynchronous action multiple times and invokes asynchronous continuation at the end. - - The repeat count. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke at the end. - The action to invoke. - - - - Modifies the continuation by pre-pending given action to execute just before it. - - The async continuation. - The action to pre-pend. - Continuation which will execute the given action before forwarding to the actual continuation. - - - - Attaches a timeout to a continuation which will invoke the continuation when the specified - timeout has elapsed. - - The asynchronous continuation. - The timeout. - Wrapped continuation. - - - - Iterates over all items in the given collection and runs the specified action - in parallel (each action executes on a thread from thread pool). - - Type of each item. - The items to iterate. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke once all items - have been iterated. - The action to invoke for each item. - - - - Runs the specified asynchronous action synchronously (blocks until the continuation has - been invoked). - - The action. - - Using this method is not recommended because it will block the calling thread. - - - - - Wraps the continuation with a guard which will only make sure that the continuation function - is invoked only once. - - The asynchronous continuation. - Wrapped asynchronous continuation. - - - - Gets the combined exception from all exceptions in the list. - - The exceptions. - Combined exception or null if no exception was thrown. - - - - Disposes the Timer, and waits for it to leave the Timer-callback-method - - The Timer object to dispose - Timeout to wait (TimeSpan.Zero means dispose without waiting) - Timer disposed within timeout (true/false) - - - - Asynchronous action. - - Continuation to be invoked at the end of action. - - - - Asynchronous action with one argument. - - Type of the argument. - Argument to the action. - Continuation to be invoked at the end of action. - - - - Represents the logging event with asynchronous continuation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the struct. - - The log event. - The continuation. - - - - Gets the log event. - - - - - Gets the continuation. - - - - - Implements the operator ==. - - The event info1. - The event info2. - The result of the operator. - - - - Implements the operator ==. - - The event info1. - The event info2. - The result of the operator. - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. - - The to compare with this instance. - - A value of true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. - - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - - A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. - - - - - String Conversion Helpers - - - - - Converts input string value into . Parsing is case-insensitive. - - Input value - Output value - Default value - Returns false if the input value could not be parsed - - - - Converts input string value into . Parsing is case-insensitive. - - Input value - The type of the enum - Output value. Null if parse failed - - - - Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. A parameter specifies whether the operation is case-sensitive. The return value indicates whether the conversion succeeded. - - The enumeration type to which to convert value. - The string representation of the enumeration name or underlying value to convert. - true to ignore case; false to consider case. - When this method returns, result contains an object of type TEnum whose value is represented by value if the parse operation succeeds. If the parse operation fails, result contains the default value of the underlying type of TEnum. Note that this value need not be a member of the TEnum enumeration. This parameter is passed uninitialized. - true if the value parameter was converted successfully; otherwise, false. - Wrapper because Enum.TryParse is not present in .net 3.5 - - - - Enum.TryParse implementation for .net 3.5 - - - - Don't uses reflection - - - - Enables to extract extra context details for - - - - - Name of context - - - - - NLog internal logger. - - Writes to file, console or custom text writer (see ) - - - Don't use as that can lead to recursive calls - stackoverflow - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Trace messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Debug messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Info messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Warn messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Error messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Fatal messages. - - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Trace. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Trace level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Trace level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Trace level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Trace. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Debug level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Debug level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Debug level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Debug. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Debug level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Debug level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Debug level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Debug. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Info level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Info level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Info level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Info. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Info level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Info level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Info level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Info. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Warn level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Warn level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Warn level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Warn. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Warn level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Warn level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Warn level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Warn. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Error level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Error level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Error level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Error. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Error level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Error level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Error level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Error. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Fatal level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Fatal level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Fatal level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Fatal. - - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Fatal level. - - Exception to be logged. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the Trace level. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Argument {0} to the message. - Argument {1} to the message. - Argument {2} to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Fatal level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the Fatal level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level Fatal. - - Exception to be logged. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Initializes static members of the InternalLogger class. - - - - - Set the config of the InternalLogger with defaults and config. - - - - - Gets or sets the minimal internal log level. - - If set to , then messages of the levels , and will be written. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal messages should be written to the console output stream. - - Your application must be a console application. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal messages should be written to the console error stream. - - Your application must be a console application. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal messages should be written to the .Trace - - - - - Gets or sets the file path of the internal log file. - - A value of value disables internal logging to a file. - - - - Gets or sets the text writer that will receive internal logs. - - - - - Event written to the internal log. - Please note that the event is not triggered when then event hasn't the minimal log level set by - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether timestamp should be included in internal log output. - - - - - Is there an thrown when writing the message? - - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the specified level. - - Log level. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the specified level. - - Log level. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message without an at the specified level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level . - - Log level. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the specified level. - will be only called when logging is enabled for level . - - Exception to be logged. - Log level. - Function that returns the log message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the specified level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log level. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message with an at the specified level. - - Exception to be logged. - Log level. - Log message. - - - - Write to internallogger. - - optional exception to be logged. - level - message - optional args for - - - - Create log line with timestamp, exception message etc (if configured) - - - - - Determine if logging should be avoided because of exception type. - - The exception to check. - true if logging should be avoided; otherwise, false. - - - - Determine if logging is enabled for given LogLevel - - The for the log event. - true if logging is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Determine if logging is enabled. - - true if logging is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - Write internal messages to the log file defined in . - - Message to write. - - Message will be logged only when the property is not null, otherwise the - method has no effect. - - - - - Write internal messages to the defined in . - - Message to write. - - Message will be logged only when the property is not null, otherwise the - method has no effect. - - - - - Write internal messages to the . - - Message to write. - - Message will be logged only when the property is true, otherwise the - method has no effect. - - - - - Write internal messages to the . - - Message to write. - - Message will be logged when the property is true, otherwise the - method has no effect. - - - - - Write internal messages to the . - - A message to write. - - Works when property set to true. - The is used in Debug and Release configuration. - The works only in Debug configuration and this is reason why is replaced by . - in DEBUG - - - - - Logs the assembly version and file version of the given Assembly. - - The assembly to log. - - - - A message has been written to the internal logger - - - - - The rendered message - - - - - The log level - - - - - The exception. Could be null. - - - - - The type that triggered this internal log event, for example the FileTarget. - This property is not always populated. - - - - - The context name that triggered this internal log event, for example the name of the Target. - This property is not always populated. - - - - - - - - A cyclic buffer of object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Buffer size. - Whether buffer should grow as it becomes full. - The maximum number of items that the buffer can grow to. - - - - Gets the capacity of the buffer - - - - - Gets the number of items in the buffer - - - - - Adds the specified log event to the buffer. - - Log event. - The number of items in the buffer. - - - - Gets the array of events accumulated in the buffer and clears the buffer as one atomic operation. - - Events in the buffer. - - - - Condition and expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Left hand side of the AND expression. - Right hand side of the AND expression. - - - - Gets the left hand side of the AND expression. - - - - - Gets the right hand side of the AND expression. - - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - A concatenated '(Left) and (Right)' string. - - - - Evaluates the expression by evaluating and recursively. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the conjunction operator. - - - - Exception during evaluation of condition expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - The parameter is null. - - - The class name is null or is zero (0). - - - - - Base class for representing nodes in condition expression trees. - - - - - Converts condition text to a condition expression tree. - - Condition text to be converted. - Condition expression tree. - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Condition layout expression (represented by a string literal - with embedded ${}). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout. - - - - Gets the layout. - - The layout. - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - String literal in single quotes. - - - - Evaluates the expression by calculating the value - of the layout in the specified evaluation context. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the layout. - - - - Condition level expression (represented by the level keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - The 'level' string. - - - - Evaluates to the current log level. - - Evaluation context. Ignored. - The object representing current log level. - - - - Condition literal expression (numeric, LogLevel.XXX, true or false). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Literal value. - - - - Gets the literal value. - - The literal value. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - The literal value. - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - The literal value as passed in the constructor. - - - - Condition logger name expression (represented by the logger keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - A logger string. - - - - Evaluates to the logger name. - - Evaluation context. - The logger name. - - - - Condition message expression (represented by the message keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - The 'message' string. - - - - Evaluates to the logger message. - - Evaluation context. - The logger message. - - - - Marks class as a log event Condition and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Condition method name. - - - - Condition method invocation expression (represented by method(p1,p2,p3) syntax). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the condition method. - of the condition method. - Precompiled delegate of the condition method. - The method parameters. - - - - Gets the method info. - - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - A bunch of utility methods (mostly predicates) which can be used in - condition expressions. Partially inspired by XPath 1.0. - - - - - Compares two values for equality. - - The first value. - The second value. - true when two objects are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Compares two strings for equality. - - The first string. - The second string. - Optional. If true, case is ignored; if false (default), case is significant. - true when two strings are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a substring of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - Optional. If true (default), case is ignored; if false, case is significant. - true when the second string is a substring of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a prefix of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - Optional. If true (default), case is ignored; if false, case is significant. - true when the second string is a prefix of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a suffix of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - Optional. If true (default), case is ignored; if false, case is significant. - true when the second string is a prefix of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Returns the length of a string. - - A string whose lengths is to be evaluated. - The length of the string. - - - - Indicates whether the specified regular expression finds a match in the specified input string. - - The string to search for a match. - The regular expression pattern to match. - A string consisting of the desired options for the test. The possible values are those of the separated by commas. - true if the regular expression finds a match; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - Marks the class as containing condition methods. - - - - - Condition not expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The expression. - - - - Gets the expression to be negated. - - The expression. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Condition or expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Left hand side of the OR expression. - Right hand side of the OR expression. - - - - Gets the left expression. - - The left expression. - - - - Gets the right expression. - - The right expression. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression by evaluating and recursively. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the alternative operator. - - - - Exception during parsing of condition expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - The parameter is null. - - - The class name is null or is zero (0). - - - - - Condition parser. Turns a string representation of condition expression - into an expression tree. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The string reader. - Instance of used to resolve references to condition methods and layout renderers. - - - - Parses the specified condition string and turns it into - tree. - - The expression to be parsed. - The root of the expression syntax tree which can be used to get the value of the condition in a specified context. - - - - Parses the specified condition string and turns it into - tree. - - The expression to be parsed. - Instance of used to resolve references to condition methods and layout renderers. - The root of the expression syntax tree which can be used to get the value of the condition in a specified context. - - - - Parses the specified condition string and turns it into - tree. - - The string reader. - Instance of used to resolve references to condition methods and layout renderers. - - The root of the expression syntax tree which can be used to get the value of the condition in a specified context. - - - - - Try stringed keyword to - - - - success? - - - - Parse number - - negative number? minus should be parsed first. - - - - - Condition relational (==, !=, <, <=, - > or >=) expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The left expression. - The right expression. - The relational operator. - - - - Gets the left expression. - - The left expression. - - - - Gets the right expression. - - The right expression. - - - - Gets the relational operator. - - The operator. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Compares the specified values using specified relational operator. - - The first value. - The second value. - The relational operator. - Result of the given relational operator. - - - - Promote values to the type needed for the comparision, e.g. parse a string to int. - - - - - - - Promotes to type - - - - success? - - - - Try to promote both values. First try to promote to , - when failed, try to . - - - - - - Get the order for the type for comparision. - - - index, 0 to max int. Lower is first - - - - Dictionary from type to index. Lower index should be tested first. - - - - - Build the dictionary needed for the order of the types. - - - - - - Get the string representing the current - - - - - - Relational operators used in conditions. - - - - - Equality (==). - - - - - Inequality (!=). - - - - - Less than (<). - - - - - Greater than (>). - - - - - Less than or equal (<=). - - - - - Greater than or equal (>=). - - - - - Hand-written tokenizer for conditions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The string reader. - - - - Gets the type of the token. - - The type of the token. - - - - Gets the token value. - - The token value. - - - - Gets the value of a string token. - - The string token value. - - - - Asserts current token type and advances to the next token. - - Expected token type. - If token type doesn't match, an exception is thrown. - - - - Asserts that current token is a keyword and returns its value and advances to the next token. - - Keyword value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether current keyword is equal to the specified value. - - The keyword. - - A value of true if current keyword is equal to the specified value; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tokenizer has reached the end of the token stream. - - - A value of true if the tokenizer has reached the end of the token stream; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether current token is a number. - - - A value of true if current token is a number; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the specified token is of specified type. - - The token type. - - A value of true if current token is of specified type; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets the next token and sets and properties. - - - - - Try the comparison tokens (greater, smaller, greater-equals, smaller-equals) - - current char - is match - - - - Try the logical tokens (and, or, not, equals) - - current char - is match - - - - Mapping between characters and token types for punctuations. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the CharToTokenType struct. - - The character. - Type of the token. - - - - Token types for condition expressions. - - - - - Marks the class or a member as advanced. Advanced classes and members are hidden by - default in generated documentation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Identifies that the output of layout or layout render does not change for the lifetime of the current appdomain. - - - A layout(renderer) could be converted to a literal when: - - The layout and all layout properties are SimpleLayout or [AppDomainFixedOutput] - - Recommendation: Apply this attribute to a layout or layout-renderer which have the result only changes by properties of type Layout. - - - - - Used to mark configurable parameters which are arrays. - Specifies the mapping between XML elements and .NET types. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type of the array item. - The XML element name that represents the item. - - - - Gets the .NET type of the array item. - - - - - Gets the XML element name. - - - - - An assembly is trying to load. - - - - - New event args - - - - - - The assembly that is trying to load. - - - - - NLog configuration section handler class for configuring NLog from App.config. - - - - - Creates a configuration section handler. - - Parent object. - Configuration context object. - Section XML node. - The created section handler object. - - - - Constructs a new instance the configuration item (target, layout, layout renderer, etc.) given its type. - - Type of the item. - Created object of the specified type. - - - - Provides registration information for named items (targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.) managed by NLog. - - Everything of an assembly could be loaded by - - - - - Called before the assembly will be loaded. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The assemblies to scan for named items. - - - - Gets or sets default singleton instance of . - - - This property implements lazy instantiation so that the is not built before - the internal logger is configured. - - - - - Gets or sets the creator delegate used to instantiate configuration objects. - - - By overriding this property, one can enable dependency injection or interception for created objects. - - - - - Gets the factory. - - The target factory. - - - - Gets the factory. - - The filter factory. - - - - gets the factory - - not using due to backwards-compatibility. - - - - - Gets the factory. - - The layout renderer factory. - - - - Gets the factory. - - The layout factory. - - - - Gets the ambient property factory. - - The ambient property factory. - - - - Legacy interface, no longer used by the NLog engine - - - - - Gets or sets the JSON serializer to use with or - - - - - Gets or sets the string serializer to use with - - - - - Gets or sets the custom object-type transformation for use in , or - - - - - Gets or sets the parameter converter to use with , or - - - - - Perform message template parsing and formatting of LogEvent messages (True = Always, False = Never, Null = Auto Detect) - - - - Null (Auto Detect) : NLog-parser checks for positional parameters, and will then fallback to string.Format-rendering. - - True: Always performs the parsing of and rendering of using the NLog-parser (Allows custom formatting with ) - - False: Always performs parsing and rendering using string.Format (Fastest if not using structured logging) - - - - - Gets the time source factory. - - The time source factory. - - - - Gets the condition method factory. - - The condition method factory. - - - - Gets the condition method factory (precompiled) - - The condition method factory. - - - - Registers named items from the assembly. - - The assembly. - - - - Registers named items from the assembly. - - The assembly. - Item name prefix. - - - - Call Preload for NLogPackageLoader - - - Every package could implement a class "NLogPackageLoader" (namespace not important) with the public static method "Preload" (no arguments) - This method will be called just before registering all items in the assembly. - - - - - - Call the Preload method for . The Preload method must be static. - - - - - - Clears the contents of all factories. - - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Builds the default configuration item factory. - - Default factory. - - - - Registers items in NLog.Extended.dll using late-bound types, so that we don't need a reference to NLog.Extended.dll. - - - - - Attribute used to mark the default parameters for layout renderers. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Dynamic filtering with a positive list of enabled levels - - - - - Dynamic filtering with a minlevel and maxlevel range - - - - - Format of the exception output to the specific target. - - - - - Appends the Message of an Exception to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the type of an Exception to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the short type of an Exception to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the result of calling ToString() on an Exception to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the method name from Exception's stack trace to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the stack trace from an Exception to the specified target. - - - - - Appends the contents of an Exception's Data property to the specified target. - - - - - Destructure the exception (usually into JSON) - - - - - Appends the from the application or the object that caused the error. - - - - - Appends the from the application or the object that caused the error. - - - - - Appends any additional properties that specific type of Exception might have. - - - - - Factory for class-based items. - - The base type of each item. - The type of the attribute used to annotate items. - - - - Scans the assembly. - - The types to scan. - The prefix. - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Registers the item based on a type name. - - Name of the item. - Name of the type. - - - - Clears the contents of the factory. - - - - - Registers a single type definition. - - The item name. - The type of the item. - - - - Tries to get registered item definition. - - Name of the item. - Reference to a variable which will store the item definition. - Item definition. - - - - Tries to create an item instance. - - Name of the item. - The result. - True if instance was created successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Creates an item instance. - - The name of the item. - Created item. - - - - Factory specialized for s. - - - - - Clear all func layouts - - - - - Register a layout renderer with a callback function. - - Name of the layoutrenderer, without ${}. - the renderer that renders the value. - - - - Tries to create an item instance. - - Name of the item. - The result. - True if instance was created successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Provides means to populate factories of named items (such as targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.). - - - - - Implemented by objects which support installation and uninstallation. - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Interface for accessing configuration details - - - - - Name of the config section - - - - - Configuration Key/Value Pairs - - - - - Child config sections - - - - - Interface for loading NLog - - - - - Finds and loads the NLog configuration - - LogFactory that owns the NLog configuration - NLog configuration (or null if none found) - - - - Notifies when LoggingConfiguration has been successfully applied - - LogFactory that owns the NLog configuration - NLog Config - - - - Get file paths (including filename) for the possible NLog config files. - - The file paths to the possible config file - - - - Level enabled flags for each LogLevel ordinal - - - - - Converts the filter into a simple - - - - - Represents a factory of named items (such as targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.). - - Base type for each item instance. - Item definition type (typically or ). - - - - Registers new item definition. - - Name of the item. - Item definition. - - - - Tries to get registered item definition. - - Name of the item. - Reference to a variable which will store the item definition. - Item definition. - - - - Creates item instance. - - Name of the item. - Newly created item instance. - - - - Tries to create an item instance. - - Name of the item. - The result. - True if instance was created successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Provides context for install/uninstall operations. - - - - - Mapping between log levels and console output colors. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The log output. - - - - Gets or sets the installation log level. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore failures during installation. - - - - - Whether installation exceptions should be rethrown. If IgnoreFailures is set to true, - this property has no effect (there are no exceptions to rethrow). - - - - - Gets the installation parameters. - - - - - Gets or sets the log output. - - - - - Logs the specified trace message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified debug message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified informational message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified warning message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified error message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Creates the log event which can be used to render layouts during installation/uninstallations. - - Log event info object. - - - - Convert object-value into specified type - - - - - Parses the input value and converts into the wanted type - - Input Value - Wanted Type - Format to use when parsing - Culture to use when parsing - Output value with wanted type - - - - Interface for fluent setup of LogFactory options - - - - - LogFactory under configuration - - - - - Interface for fluent setup of LogFactory options for extension loading - - - - - LogFactory under configuration - - - - - Interface for fluent setup of LogFactory options for enabling NLog - - - - - LogFactory under configuration - - - - - Interface for fluent setup of LogFactory options for logevent serialization - - - - - LogFactory under configuration - - - - - Encapsulates and the logic to match the actual logger name - All subclasses defines immutable objects. - Concrete subclasses defines various matching rules through - - - - - Creates a concrete based on . - - - Rules used to select the concrete implementation returned: - - if is null => returns (never matches) - if doesn't contains any '*' nor '?' => returns (matches only on case sensitive equals) - if == '*' => returns (always matches) - if doesn't contain '?' - - if contains exactly 2 '*' one at the beginning and one at the end (i.e. "*foobar*) => returns - if contains exactly 1 '*' at the beginning (i.e. "*foobar") => returns - if contains exactly 1 '*' at the end (i.e. "foobar*") => returns - - - returns - - - - It may include one or more '*' or '?' wildcards at any position. - - '*' means zero or more occurrences of any character - '?' means exactly one occurrence of any character - - - A concrete - - - - Returns the argument passed to - - - - - Checks whether given name matches the logger name pattern. - - String to be matched. - A value of when the name matches, otherwise. - - - - Defines a that never matches. - Used when pattern is null - - - - - Defines a that always matches. - Used when pattern is '*' - - - - - Defines a that matches with a case-sensitive Equals - Used when pattern is a string without wildcards '?' '*' - - - - - Defines a that matches with a case-sensitive StartsWith - Used when pattern is a string like "*foobar" - - - - - Defines a that matches with a case-sensitive EndsWith - Used when pattern is a string like "foobar*" - - - - - Defines a that matches with a case-sensitive Contains - Used when pattern is a string like "*foobar*" - - - - - Defines a that matches with a complex wildcards combinations: - - '*' means zero or more occurrences of any character - '?' means exactly one occurrence of any character - - used when pattern is a string containing any number of '?' or '*' in any position - i.e. "*Server[*].Connection[?]" - - - - - Keeps logging configuration and provides simple API to modify it. - - This class is thread-safe..ToList() is used for that purpose. - - - - Variables defined in xml or in API. name is case case insensitive. - - - - - Gets the factory that will be configured - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Use the old exception log handling of NLog 3.0? - - This method was marked as obsolete on NLog 4.1 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets the variables defined in the configuration. - - - - - Gets a collection of named targets specified in the configuration. - - - A list of named targets. - - - Unnamed targets (such as those wrapped by other targets) are not returned. - - - - - Gets the collection of file names which should be watched for changes by NLog. - - - - - Gets the collection of logging rules. - - - - - Gets or sets the default culture info to use as . - - - Specific culture info or null to use - - - - - Gets all targets. - - - - - Compare objects based on their name. - - This property is use to cache the comparer object. - - - - Defines methods to support the comparison of objects for equality based on their name. - - - - - Registers the specified target object. The name of the target is read from . - - - The target object with a non - - when is - - - - Registers the specified target object under a given name. - - Name of the target. - The target object. - when is - when is - - - - Finds the target with the specified name. - - - The name of the target to be found. - - - Found target or when the target is not found. - - - - - Finds the target with the specified name and specified type. - - - The name of the target to be found. - - Type of the target - - Found target or when the target is not found of not of type - - - - - Add a rule with min- and maxLevel. - - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Name of the target to be written when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule with min- and maxLevel. - - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule with min- and maxLevel. - - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to quit processing any further rule when this one matches. - - - - Add a rule for one loglevel. - - log level needed to trigger this rule. - Name of the target to be written when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule for one loglevel. - - log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule for one loglevel. - - log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to quit processing any further rule when this one matches. - - - - Add a rule for all loglevels. - - Name of the target to be written when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule for all loglevels. - - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - - - - Add a rule for all loglevels. - - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to quit processing any further rule when this one matches. - - - - Finds the logging rule with the specified name. - - The name of the logging rule to be found. - Found logging rule or when not found. - - - - Removes the specified named logging rule. - - The name of the logging rule to be removed. - Found one or more logging rule to remove, or when not found. - - - - Called by LogManager when one of the log configuration files changes. - - - A new instance of that represents the updated configuration. - - - - - Removes the specified named target. - - Name of the target. - - - - Installs target-specific objects on current system. - - The installation context. - - Installation typically runs with administrative permissions. - - - - - Uninstalls target-specific objects from current system. - - The installation context. - - Uninstallation typically runs with administrative permissions. - - - - - Closes all targets and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Log to the internal (NLog) logger the information about the and associated with this instance. - - - The information are only recorded in the internal logger if Debug level is enabled, otherwise nothing is - recorded. - - - - - Validates the configuration. - - - - - Copies all variables from provided dictionary into current configuration variables. - - Master variables dictionary - - - - Replace a simple variable with a value. The original value is removed and thus we cannot redo this in a later stage. - - - - - - - Checks whether unused targets exist. If found any, just write an internal log at Warn level. - If initializing not started or failed, then checking process will be canceled - - - - - Arguments for events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The new configuration. - The old configuration. - - - - Gets the old configuration. - - The old configuration. - - - - Gets the new configuration. - - The new configuration. - - - - Gets the new configuration - - The new configuration. - - - - Gets the old configuration - - The old configuration. - - - - Gets the optional boolean attribute value. - - - Name of the attribute. - Default value to return if the attribute is not found or if there is a parse error - Boolean attribute value or default. - - - - Remove the namespace (before :) - - - x:a, will be a - - - - - - - Enables loading of NLog configuration from a file - - - - - - - - Get default file paths (including filename) for possible NLog config files. - - - - - Get default file paths (including filename) for possible NLog config files. - - - - - Loads NLog configuration from - - - - - Constructor - - - - - - Loads NLog configuration from provided config section - - - - - - - Builds list with unique keys, using last value of duplicates. High priority keys placed first. - - - - - - - Parse loglevel, but don't throw if exception throwing is disabled - - Name of attribute for logging. - Value of parse. - Used if there is an exception - - - - - Parses a single config section within the NLog-config - - - Section was recognized - - - - Parse {Rules} xml element - - - Rules are added to this parameter. - - - - Parse {Logger} xml element - - - - - - Parse boolean - - Name of the property for logging. - value to parse - Default value to return if the parse failed - Boolean attribute value or default. - - - - Arguments for . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether configuration reload has succeeded. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether configuration reload has succeeded. - The exception during configuration reload. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether configuration reload has succeeded. - - A value of true if succeeded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the exception which occurred during configuration reload. - - The exception. - - - - Enables FileWatcher for the currently loaded NLog Configuration File, - and supports automatic reload on file modification. - - - - - Represents a logging rule. An equivalent of <logger /> configuration element. - - - - - Create an empty . - - - - - Create an empty . - - - - - Create a new with a and which writes to . - - Logger name pattern used for . It may include one or more '*' or '?' wildcards at any position. - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - - - - Create a new with a which writes to . - - Logger name pattern used for . It may include one or more '*' or '?' wildcards at any position. - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - - - - Create a (disabled) . You should call or see cref="EnableLoggingForLevels"/> to enable logging. - - Logger name pattern used for . It may include one or more '*' or '?' wildcards at any position. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - - - - Rule identifier to allow rule lookup - - - - - Gets a collection of targets that should be written to when this rule matches. - - - - - Gets a collection of child rules to be evaluated when this rule matches. - - - - - Gets a collection of filters to be checked before writing to targets. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to quit processing any further rule when this one matches. - - - - - Gets or sets logger name pattern. - - - Logger name pattern used by to check if a logger name matches this rule. - It may include one or more '*' or '?' wildcards at any position. - - '*' means zero or more occurrences of any character - '?' means exactly one occurrence of any character - - - - - - Gets the collection of log levels enabled by this rule. - - - - - Default action if none of the filters match - - - - - Enables logging for a particular level. - - Level to be enabled. - - - - Enables logging for a particular levels between (included) and . - - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - - - - Disables logging for a particular level. - - Level to be disabled. - - - - Disables logging for particular levels between (included) and . - - Minimum log level to be disables. - Maximum log level to de disabled. - - - - Enables logging the levels between (included) and . All the other levels will be disabled. - - >Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Maximum log level needed to trigger this rule. - - - - Returns a string representation of . Used for debugging. - - - A that represents the current . - - - - - Checks whether te particular log level is enabled for this rule. - - Level to be checked. - A value of when the log level is enabled, otherwise. - - - - Checks whether given name matches the . - - String to be matched. - A value of when the name matches, otherwise. - - - - Default filtering with static level config - - - - - Factory for locating methods. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Helper method to extract relevant methods from type - - - - Scans the assembly for classes marked with expected class - and methods marked with expected and adds them - to the factory. - - The types to scan. - The prefix to use for names. - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Scans a type for relevant methods with their symbolic names - - Include types that are marked with this attribute - Include methods that are marked with this attribute - Class Type to scan - Collection of methods with their symbolic names - - - - Clears contents of the factory. - - - - - Registers the definition of a single method. - - The method name. - The method info. - - - - Registers the definition of a single method. - - The method name. - The method info. - The precompiled method delegate. - - - - Tries to retrieve method by name. - - The method name. - The result. - A value of true if the method was found, false otherwise. - - - - Tries to retrieve method-delegate by name. - - The method name. - The result. - A value of true if the method was found, false otherwise. - - - - Retrieves method by name. - - Method name. - MethodInfo object. - - - - Retrieves method by name. - - Method name. - Method delegate object. - - - - Tries to get method definition. - - The method name. - The result. - A value of true if the method was found, false otherwise. - - - - Marks the layout or layout renderer depends on mutable objects from the LogEvent - - This can be or - - - - - Attaches a simple name to an item (such as , - , , etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the item. - - - - Gets the name of the item. - - The name of the item. - - - - Indicates NLog should not scan this property during configuration. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Marks the object as configuration item for NLog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Represents simple XML element with case-insensitive attribute semantics. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The input URI. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The reader to initialize element from. - - - - Prevents a default instance of the class from being created. - - - - - Gets the element name. - - - - - Gets the dictionary of attribute values. - - - - - Gets the collection of child elements. - - - - - Gets the value of the element. - - - - - Last error occured during configuration read - - - - - Returns children elements with the specified element name. - - Name of the element. - Children elements with the specified element name. - - - - Asserts that the name of the element is among specified element names. - - The allowed names. - - - - Returns all parsing errors from current and all child elements. - - - - - Special attribute we could ignore - - - - - Default implementation of - - - - - - - - Attribute used to mark the required parameters for targets, - layout targets and filters. - - - - - Provides simple programmatic configuration API used for trivial logging cases. - - Warning, these methods will overwrite the current config. - - - - - Configures NLog for console logging so that all messages above and including - the level are output to the console. - - - - - Configures NLog for console logging so that all messages above and including - the specified level are output to the console. - - The minimal logging level. - - - - Configures NLog for to log to the specified target so that all messages - above and including the level are output. - - The target to log all messages to. - - - - Configures NLog for to log to the specified target so that all messages - above and including the specified level are output. - - The target to log all messages to. - The minimal logging level. - - - - Configures NLog for file logging so that all messages above and including - the level are written to the specified file. - - Log file name. - - - - Configures NLog for file logging so that all messages above and including - the specified level are written to the specified file. - - Log file name. - The minimal logging level. - - - - Value indicating how stack trace should be captured when processing the log event. - - - - - Stack trace should not be captured. - - - - - Stack trace should be captured without source-level information. - - - - - Stack trace should be captured including source-level information such as line numbers. - - - - - Capture maximum amount of the stack trace information supported on the platform. - - - - - Marks the layout or layout renderer as thread independent - it producing correct results - regardless of the thread it's running on. - - Without this attribute everything is rendered on the main thread. - - - If this attribute is set on a layout, it could be rendered on the another thread. - This could be more efficient as it's skipped when not needed. - - If context like HttpContext.Current is needed, which is only available on the main thread, this attribute should not be applied. - - See the AsyncTargetWrapper and BufferTargetWrapper with the , using - - Apply this attribute when: - - The result can we rendered in another thread. Delaying this could be more efficient. And/Or, - - The result should not be precalculated, for example the target sends some extra context information. - - - - - Marks the layout or layout renderer as thread safe - it producing correct results - regardless of the number of threads it's running on. - - Without this attribute then the target concurrency will be reduced - - - - - A class for configuring NLog through an XML configuration file - (App.config style or App.nlog style). - - Parsing of the XML file is also implemented in this class. - - - - This class is thread-safe..ToList() is used for that purpose. - - Update TemplateXSD.xml for changes outside targets - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - The to which to apply any applicable configuration values. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - The to which to apply any applicable configuration values. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - XML reader to read from. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). null is allowed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). null is allowed. - The to which to apply any applicable configuration values. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). null is allowed. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). null is allowed. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - The to which to apply any applicable configuration values. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The XML contents. - Name of the XML file. - The to which to apply any applicable configuration values. - - - - Parse XML string as NLog configuration - - NLog configuration - - - - - Gets the default object by parsing - the application configuration file (app.exe.config). - - - - - Did the Succeeded? true= success, false= error, null = initialize not started yet. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether all of the configuration files - should be watched for changes and reloaded automatically when changed. - - - - - Gets the collection of file names which should be watched for changes by NLog. - This is the list of configuration files processed. - If the autoReload attribute is not set it returns empty collection. - - - - - Re-reads the original configuration file and returns the new object. - - The new object. - - - - Get file paths (including filename) for the possible NLog config files. - - The file paths to the possible config file - - - - Overwrite the paths (including filename) for the possible NLog config files. - - The file paths to the possible config file - - - - Clear the candidate file paths and return to the defaults. - - - - - Create XML reader for (xml config) file. - - filepath - reader or null if filename is empty. - - - - Initializes the configuration. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). null is allowed. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Checks whether any error during XML configuration parsing has occured. - If there are any and ThrowConfigExceptions or ThrowExceptions - setting is enabled - throws NLogConfigurationException, otherwise - just write an internal log at Warn level. - - Root NLog configuration xml element - - - - Add a file with configuration. Check if not already included. - - - - - - - Parse the root - - - path to config file. - The default value for the autoReload option. - - - - Parse {configuration} xml element. - - - path to config file. - The default value for the autoReload option. - - - - Parse {NLog} xml element. - - - path to config file. - The default value for the autoReload option. - - - - Parses a single config section within the NLog-config - - - Section was recognized - - - - Include (multiple) files by filemask, e.g. *.nlog - - base directory in case if is relative - relative or absolute fileMask - - - - - Matches when the specified condition is met. - - - Conditions are expressed using a simple language - described here. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition expression. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - An abstract filter class. Provides a way to eliminate log messages - based on properties other than logger name and log level. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when filter matches. - - - - - - Gets the result of evaluating filter against given log event. - - The log event. - Filter result. - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the filter. - - - - Filter result. - - - - - The filter doesn't want to decide whether to log or discard the message. - - - - - The message should be logged. - - - - - The message should not be logged. - - - - - The message should be logged and processing should be finished. - - - - - The message should not be logged and processing should be finished. - - - - - A base class for filters that are based on comparing a value to a layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the layout to be used to filter log messages. - - The layout. - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout contains the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favor of <when /> which is based on conditions. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Gets or sets the substring to be matched. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Matches when the calculated layout is equal to the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favor of <when /> which is based on conditions. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Gets or sets a string to compare the layout to. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Matches the provided filter-method - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout does NOT contain the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favor of <when /> which is based on conditions. - - - - - Gets or sets the substring to be matched. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Matches when the calculated layout is NOT equal to the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favor of <when /> which is based on conditions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a string to compare the layout to. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Matches when the result of the calculated layout has been repeated a moment ago - - - - - How long before a filter expires, and logging is accepted again - - - - - - Max length of filter values, will truncate if above limit - - - - - - Applies the configured action to the initial logevent that starts the timeout period. - Used to configure that it should ignore all events until timeout. - - - - - - Max number of unique filter values to expect simultaneously - - - - - - Default number of unique filter values to expect, will automatically increase if needed - - - - - - Insert FilterCount value into when an event is no longer filtered - - - - - - Append FilterCount to the when an event is no longer filtered - - - - - - Reuse internal buffers, and doesn't have to constantly allocate new buffers - - - - - - Default buffer size for the internal buffers - - - - - - Can be used if has been enabled. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. In case the LogEvent has just been repeated. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Uses object pooling, and prunes stale filter items when the pool runs dry - - - - - Remove stale filter-value from the cache, and fill them into the pool for reuse - - - - - Renders the Log Event into a filter value, that is used for checking if just repeated - - - - - Repeated LogEvent detected. Checks if it should activate filter-action - - - - - Filter Value State (mutable) - - - - - Filter Lookup Key (immutable) - - - - - A global logging class using caller info to find the logger. - - - - - Starts building a log event with the specified . - - The log level. - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Trace level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Debug level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Info level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Warn level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Error level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - Starts building a log event at the Fatal level. - - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is the file path at the time of compile. - An instance of the fluent . - - - - A fluent class to build log events for NLog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The to send the log event. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The to send the log event. - The for the log event. - - - - Gets the created by the builder. - - - - - Sets the information of the logging event. - - The exception information of the logging event. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the level of the logging event. - - The level of the logging event. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the logger name of the logging event. - - The logger name of the logging event. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message on the logging event. - - The log message for the logging event. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - A composite format string. - The object to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - A composite format string. - The first object to format. - The second object to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - A composite format string. - The first object to format. - The second object to format. - The third object to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - A composite format string. - The first object to format. - The second object to format. - The third object to format. - The fourth object to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - A composite format string. - An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the log message and parameters for formatting on the logging event. - - An object that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A composite format string. - An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets a per-event context property on the logging event. - - The name of the context property. - The value of the context property. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets multiple per-event context properties on the logging event. - - The properties to set. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the timestamp of the logging event. - - The timestamp of the logging event. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Sets the stack trace for the event info. - - The stack trace. - Index of the first user stack frame within the stack trace. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Writes the log event to the underlying logger. - - The method or property name of the caller to the method. This is set at by the compiler. - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is set at by the compiler. - The line number in the source file at which the method is called. This is set at by the compiler. - - - - Writes the log event to the underlying logger if the condition delegate is true. - - If condition is true, write log event; otherwise ignore event. - The method or property name of the caller to the method. This is set at by the compiler. - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is set at by the compiler. - The line number in the source file at which the method is called. This is set at by the compiler. - - - - Writes the log event to the underlying logger if the condition is true. - - If condition is true, write log event; otherwise ignore event. - The method or property name of the caller to the method. This is set at by the compiler. - The full path of the source file that contains the caller. This is set at by the compiler. - The line number in the source file at which the method is called. This is set at by the compiler. - - - - Extension methods for NLog . - - - - - Starts building a log event with the specified . - - The logger to write the log event to. - The log level. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Trace level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Debug level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Info level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Warn level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Error level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Starts building a log event at the Fatal level. - - The logger to write the log event to. - current for chaining calls. - - - - Global Diagnostics Context - - This class was marked as obsolete on NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Sets the Global Diagnostics Context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context item. - - Item name. - to use when converting the item's value to a string. - The value of as a string, if defined; otherwise . - If is null and the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread GDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of the GDC. - - - - - Global Diagnostics Context - a dictionary structure to hold per-application-instance values. - - - - - Sets the Global Diagnostics Context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Sets the Global Diagnostics Context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context item. - - Item name. - to use when converting the item's value to a string. - The value of as a string, if defined; otherwise . - If is null and the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The item value, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Returns all item names - - A collection of the names of all items in the Global Diagnostics Context. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread GDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of the GDC. - - - - - Include context properties - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log events - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Interface for serialization of object values into JSON format - - - - - Serialization of an object into JSON format. - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Output destination. - Serialize succeeded (true/false) - - - - Auto-generated Logger members for binary compatibility with NLog 1.0. - - - Provides logging interface and utility functions. - - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format.s - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Trace level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Trace level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Debug level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Debug level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Info level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Info level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Warn level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Warn level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Error level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Error level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Fatal level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Fatal level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Auto-generated Logger members for binary compatibility with NLog 1.0. - - - Logger with only generic methods (passing 'LogLevel' to methods) and core properties. - - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Occurs when logger configuration changes. - - - - - Gets the name of the logger. - - - - - Gets the factory that created this logger. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the specified level. - - Log level to be checked. - A value of if logging is enabled for the specified level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - Log event. - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - The name of the type that wraps Logger. - Log event. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - Arguments to format. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - Arguments to format. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Extensions for NLog . - - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - The log level. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A logger implementation that will handle the message. - An exception to be logged. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Allocates new builder and appends to the provided target builder on dispose - - - - - Access the new builder allocated - - - - - Helpers for . - - - - - Load from url - - file or path, including .dll - basepath, optional - - - - - Load from url - - name without .dll - - - - - Forward declare of system delegate type for use by other classes - - - - - Keeps track of pending operation count, and can notify when pending operation count reaches zero - - - - - Mark operation has started - - - - - Mark operation has completed - - Exception coming from the completed operation [optional] - - - - Registers an AsyncContinuation to be called when all pending operations have completed - - Invoked on completion - AsyncContinuation operation - - - - Clear o - - - - - Sets the stack trace for the event info. - - The stack trace. - Index of the first user stack frame within the stack trace. - Index of the first user stack frame within the stack trace. - - - - Sets the details retrieved from the Caller Information Attributes - - - - - - - - - Gets the stack frame of the method that did the logging. - - - - - Gets the number index of the stack frame that represents the user - code (not the NLog code). - - - - - Legacy attempt to skip async MoveNext, but caused source file line number to be lost - - - - - Gets the entire stack trace. - - - - - Memory optimized filtering - - Passing state too avoid delegate capture and memory-allocations. - - - - Internal configuration manager used to read .NET configuration files. - Just a wrapper around the BCL ConfigurationManager, but used to enable - unit testing. - - - - - Gets the wrapper around ConfigurationManager.AppSettings. - - - - - Provides untyped IDictionary interface on top of generic IDictionary. - - The type of the key. - The type of the value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DictionaryAdapter class. - - The implementation. - - - - Gets an object containing the values in the object. - - - - An object containing the values in the object. - - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the . - - - - The number of elements contained in the . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). - - - true if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the object has a fixed size. - - - true if the object has a fixed size; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the object is read-only. - - - true if the object is read-only; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets an object containing the keys of the object. - - - - An object containing the keys of the object. - - - - - Gets or sets the with the specified key. - - Dictionary key. - Value corresponding to key or null if not found - - - - Adds an element with the provided key and value to the object. - - The to use as the key of the element to add. - The to use as the value of the element to add. - - - - Removes all elements from the object. - - - - - Determines whether the object contains an element with the specified key. - - The key to locate in the object. - - True if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. - - - - - Returns an object for the object. - - - An object for the object. - - - - - Removes the element with the specified key from the object. - - The key of the element to remove. - - - - Copies the elements of the to an , starting at a particular index. - - The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from . The must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. - - - An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. - - - - - Wrapper IDictionaryEnumerator. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped. - - - - Gets both the key and the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - A containing both the key and the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - - Gets the key of the current dictionary entry. - - - - The key of the current element of the enumeration. - - - - - Gets the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - The value of the current element of the enumeration. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - True if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Ensures that IDictionary.GetEnumerator returns DictionaryEntry values - - - - - UTF-8 BOM 239, 187, 191 - - - - - Safe way to get environment variables. - - - - - Helper class for dealing with exceptions. - - - - - Mark this exception as logged to the . - - - - - - - Is this exception logged to the ? - - - trueif the has been logged to the . - - - - Determines whether the exception must be rethrown and logs the error to the if is false. - - Advised to log first the error to the before calling this method. - - The exception to check. - Target context of the exception. - trueif the must be rethrown, false otherwise. - - - - Determines whether the exception must be rethrown immediately, without logging the error to the . - - Only used this method in special cases. - - The exception to check. - trueif the must be rethrown, false otherwise. - - - - Object construction helper. - - - - - Adapter for to - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The to wrap. - - - - Creates an AppDomainWrapper for the current - - - - - Gets or sets the base directory that the assembly resolver uses to probe for assemblies. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the configuration file for an application domain. - - - - - Gets or sets the list of directories under the application base directory that are probed for private assemblies. - - - - - Gets or set the friendly name. - - - - - Gets an integer that uniquely identifies the application domain within the process. - - - - - Gets the assemblies that have been loaded into the execution context of this application domain. - - A list of assemblies in this application domain. - - - - Process exit event. - - - - - Domain unloaded event. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Interface for fakeable the current . Not fully implemented, please methods/properties as necessary. - - - - - Gets or sets the base directory that the assembly resolver uses to probe for assemblies. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the configuration file for an application domain. - - - - - Gets or sets the list of directories under the application base directory that are probed for private assemblies. - - - - - Gets or set the friendly name. - - - - - Gets an integer that uniquely identifies the application domain within the process. - - - - - Gets the assemblies that have been loaded into the execution context of this application domain. - - A list of assemblies in this application domain. - - - - Process exit event. - - - - - Domain unloaded event. - - - - - Abstract calls for the application environment - - - - - Abstract calls to FileSystem - - - - Determines whether the specified file exists. - The file to check. - - - Returns the content of the specified file - The file to load. - - - - Base class for optimized file appenders. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The create parameters. - - - - Gets the path of the file, including file extension. - - The name of the file. - - - - Gets or sets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated - Universal Time [UTC] standard. - - The creation time of the file. - - - - Gets or sets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. Synchronized by - The time format is based on - - - - - Gets the last time the file associated with the appender is opened. The time returned is in Coordinated - Universal Time [UTC] standard. - - The time the file was last opened. - - - - Gets the file creation parameters. - - The file creation parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal - Time [UTC] standard. - - The file creation time. - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Creates the file stream. - - If set to true sets the file stream to allow shared writing. - If larger than 0 then it will be used instead of the default BufferSize for the FileStream. - A object which can be used to write to the file. - - - - Base class for optimized file appenders which require the usage of a mutex. - - It is possible to use this class as replacement of BaseFileAppender and the mutex functionality - is not enforced to the implementing subclasses. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The create parameters. - - - - Gets the mutually-exclusive lock for archiving files. - - The mutex for archiving. - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Creates a mutex that is sharable by more than one process. - - The prefix to use for the name of the mutex. - A object which is sharable by multiple processes. - - - - Implementation of which caches - file information. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Closes this instance of the appender. - - - - - Flushes this current appender. - - - - - Gets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal - Time [UTC] standard. - - The file creation time. - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Writes the specified bytes to a file. - - The bytes array. - The bytes array offset. - The number of bytes. - - - - Factory class which creates objects. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Maintains a collection of file appenders usually associated with file targets. - - - - - An "empty" instance of the class with zero size and empty list of appenders. - - - - - Initializes a new "empty" instance of the class with zero size and empty - list of appenders. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The size of the list should be positive. No validations are performed during initialization as it is an - internal class. - - Total number of appenders allowed in list. - Factory used to create each appender. - Parameters used for creating a file. - - - - The archive file path pattern that is used to detect when archiving occurs. - - - - - Invalidates appenders for all files that were archived. - - - - - Gets the parameters which will be used for creating a file. - - - - - Gets the file appender factory used by all the appenders in this list. - - - - - Gets the number of appenders which the list can hold. - - - - - Subscribe to background monitoring of active file appenders - - - - - It allocates the first slot in the list when the file name does not already in the list and clean up any - unused slots. - - File name associated with a single appender. - The allocated appender. - - Thrown when is called on an Empty instance. - - - - - Close all the allocated appenders. - - - - - Close the allocated appenders initialized before the supplied time. - - The time which prior the appenders considered expired - - - - Flush all the allocated appenders. - - - - - File Archive Logic uses the File-Creation-TimeStamp to detect if time to archive, and the File-LastWrite-Timestamp to name the archive-file. - - - NLog always closes all relevant appenders during archive operation, so no need to lookup file-appender - - - - - Closes the specified appender and removes it from the list. - - File name of the appender to be closed. - File Appender that matched the filePath (null if none found) - - - - Interface that provides parameters for create file function. - - - - - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to wait before attempting to write to the file again. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of times the write is appended on the file before NLog - discards the log message. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether concurrent writes to the log file by multiple processes on the same host. - - - This makes multi-process logging possible. NLog uses a special technique - that lets it keep the files open for writing. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to create directories if they do not exist. - - - Setting this to false may improve performance a bit, but you'll receive an error - when attempting to write to a directory that's not present. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable log file(s) to be deleted. - - - - - Gets or sets the log file buffer size in bytes. - - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether a managed file stream is forced, instead of using the native implementation. - - - - - Gets or sets the file attributes (Windows only). - - - - - Should archive mutex be created? - - - - - Should manual simple detection of file deletion be enabled? - - - - - Gets the parameters which will be used for creating a file. - - - - - Gets the file appender factory used by all the appenders in this list. - - - - - Gets the number of appenders which the list can hold. - - - - - Subscribe to background monitoring of active file appenders - - - - - It allocates the first slot in the list when the file name does not already in the list and clean up any - unused slots. - - File name associated with a single appender. - The allocated appender. - - Thrown when is called on an Empty instance. - - - - - Close all the allocated appenders. - - - - - Close the allocated appenders initialized before the supplied time. - - The time which prior the appenders considered expired - - - - Flush all the allocated appenders. - - - - - File Archive Logic uses the File-Creation-TimeStamp to detect if time to archive, and the File-LastWrite-Timestamp to name the archive-file. - - - NLog always closes all relevant appenders during archive operation, so no need to lookup file-appender - - - - - Closes the specified appender and removes it from the list. - - File name of the appender to be closed. - File Appender that matched the filePath (null if none found) - - - - The archive file path pattern that is used to detect when archiving occurs. - - - - - Invalidates appenders for all files that were archived. - - - - - Interface implemented by all factories capable of creating file appenders. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - Provides a multi process-safe atomic file appends while - keeping the files open. - - - On Unix you can get all the appends to be atomic, even when multiple - processes are trying to write to the same file, because setting the file - pointer to the end of the file and appending can be made one operation. - On Win32 we need to maintain some synchronization between processes - (global named mutex is used for this) - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes array. - The bytes array offset. - The number of bytes. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Gets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal - Time [UTC] standard. - - The file creation time. - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Appender used to discard data for the FileTarget. - Used mostly for testing entire stack except the actual writing to disk. - Throws away all data. - - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Multi-process and multi-host file appender which attempts - to get exclusive write access and retries if it's not available. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes array. - The bytes array offset. - The number of bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal - Time [UTC] standard. - - The file creation time. - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Optimized single-process file appender which keeps the file open for exclusive write. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes array. - The bytes array offset. - The number of bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the creation time for a file associated with the appender. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal - Time [UTC] standard. - - The file creation time. - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Provides a multi process-safe atomic file append while - keeping the files open. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Creates or opens a file in a special mode, so that writes are automatically - as atomic writes at the file end. - See also "UnixMultiProcessFileAppender" which does a similar job on *nix platforms. - - File to create or open - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes array. - The bytes array offset. - The number of bytes. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Gets the length in bytes of the file associated with the appender. - - A long value representing the length of the file in bytes. - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - A layout that represents a filePath. - - - - - Cached directory separator char array to avoid memory allocation on each method call. - - - - - Cached invalid file names char array to avoid memory allocation every time Path.GetInvalidFileNameChars() is called. - - - - - not null when == false - - - - - non null is fixed, - - - - - is the cache-key, and when newly rendered filename matches the cache-key, - then it reuses the cleaned cache-value . - - - - - is the cache-value that is reused, when the newly rendered filename - matches the cache-key - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Render the raw filename from Layout - - The log event. - StringBuilder to minimize allocations [optional]. - String representation of a layout. - - - - Convert the raw filename to a correct filename - - The filename generated by Layout. - String representation of a correct filename. - - - - Is this (templated/invalid) path an absolute, relative or unknown? - - - - - Is this (templated/invalid) path an absolute, relative or unknown? - - - - - Convert object to string - - value - format for conversion. - - - If is null and isn't a already, then the will get a locked by - - - - - Interface for the wrapper around System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager. - - - - - Gets the wrapper around ConfigurationManager.AppSettings. - - - - - Format a log message - - - - - Format the message and return - - LogEvent with message to be formatted - formatted message - - - - Has the logevent properties? - - LogEvent with message to be formatted - False when logevent has no properties to be extracted - - - - Appends the logevent message to the provided StringBuilder - - LogEvent with message to be formatted - The to append the formatted message. - - - - Get the Raw, unformatted and unstrinyfied, value - - - - - Get the raw value - - - The value - RawValue supported? - - - - Interface implemented by layouts and layout renderers. - - - - - Renders the the value of layout or layout renderer in the context of the specified log event. - - The log event. - String representation of a layout. - - - - Supports mocking of SMTP Client code. - - - - - Specifies how outgoing email messages will be handled. - - - - - Gets or sets the name or IP address of the host used for SMTP transactions. - - - - - Gets or sets the port used for SMTP transactions. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that specifies the amount of time after which a synchronous Send call times out. - - - - - Gets or sets the credentials used to authenticate the sender. - - - - - Sends an e-mail message to an SMTP server for delivery. These methods block while the message is being transmitted. - - - System.Net.Mail.MailMessage - MailMessage - A MailMessage that contains the message to send. - - - - Gets or sets the folder where applications save mail messages to be processed by the local SMTP server. - - - - - Supports rendering as string value with limited or no allocations (preferred) - - - - - Renders the value of layout renderer in the context of the specified log event - - - null if not possible or unknown - - - - Supports object initialization and termination. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Allows components to request stack trace information to be provided in the . - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - Render the event info as parse as short - - current layout - - default value when the render - layout name for log message to internal log when logging fails - - - - - Render the event info as parse as int - - current layout - - default value when the render - layout name for log message to internal log when logging fails - - - - - Render the event info as parse as bool - - current layout - - default value when the render - layout name for log message to internal log when logging fails - - - - - Logger configuration. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets by level. - Use the old exception log handling of NLog 3.0? - - - - Use the old exception log handling of NLog 3.0? - - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it will be removed in NLog 5. - - - - Gets targets for the specified level. - - The level. - Chain of targets with attached filters. - - - - When true: Do not fallback to StringBuilder.Format for positional templates - - - - - New formatter - - When true: Do not fallback to StringBuilder.Format for positional templates - - - - - The MessageFormatter delegate - - - - - - - - Most-Recently-Used-Cache, that discards less frequently used items on overflow - - - - - Constructor - - Maximum number of items the cache will hold before discarding. - - - - Attempt to insert item into cache. - - Key of the item to be inserted in the cache. - Value of the item to be inserted in the cache. - true when the key does not already exist in the cache, false otherwise. - - - - Lookup existing item in cache. - - Key of the item to be searched in the cache. - Output value of the item found in the cache. - True when the key is found in the cache, false otherwise. - - - - Watches multiple files at the same time and raises an event whenever - a single change is detected in any of those files. - - - - - The types of changes to watch for. - - - - - Occurs when a change is detected in one of the monitored files. - - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Stops watching all files. - - - - - Stops watching the specified file. - - - - - - Watches the specified files for changes. - - The file names. - - - - Supports mocking of SMTP Client code. - - - Disabled Error CS0618 'SmtpClient' is obsolete: 'SmtpClient and its network of types are poorly designed, - we strongly recommend you use https://github.com/jstedfast/MailKit and https://github.com/jstedfast/MimeKit instead' - - - - - Network sender which uses HTTP or HTTPS POST. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The network URL. - - - - Creates instances of objects for given URLs. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the network sender based on a network URL. - - URL that determines the network sender to be created. - The maximum queue size. - SSL protocols for TCP - KeepAliveTime for TCP - - A newly created network sender. - - - - - Interface for mocking socket calls. - - - - - A base class for all network senders. Supports one-way sending of messages - over various protocols. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The network URL. - - - - Gets the address of the network endpoint. - - - - - Gets the last send time. - - - - - Initializes this network sender. - - - - - Closes the sender and releases any unmanaged resources. - - The continuation. - - - - Flushes any pending messages and invokes a continuation. - - The continuation. - - - - Send the given text over the specified protocol. - - Bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the sender and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Performs sender-specific close operation. - - The continuation. - - - - Performs sender-specific flush. - - The continuation. - - - - Actually sends the given text over the specified protocol. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Parses the URI into an endpoint address. - - The URI to parse. - The address family. - Parsed endpoint. - - - - Default implementation of . - - - - - - - - A base class for network senders that can block or send out-of-order - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - URL. Must start with tcp://. - - - - Actually sends the given text over the specified protocol. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Performs sender-specific flush. - - The continuation. - - - - Socket proxy for mocking Socket code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - - - - Gets underlying socket instance. - - - - - Closes the wrapped socket. - - - - - Invokes ConnectAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Invokes SendAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Invokes SendToAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Sends messages over a TCP network connection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - URL. Must start with tcp://. - The address family. - - - - Creates the socket with given parameters. - - The host address. - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - Instance of which represents the socket. - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Closes the socket. - - The continuation. - - - - Facilitates mocking of class. - - - - - Raises the Completed event. - - - - - Sends messages over the network as UDP datagrams. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - URL. Must start with udp://. - The address family. - - - - Creates the socket. - - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - Implementation of to use. - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Closes the socket. - - The continuation. - - - - Sends the specified text as a UDP datagram. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Scans (breadth-first) the object graph following all the edges whose are - instances have attached and returns - all objects implementing a specified interfaces. - - - - - Finds the objects which have attached which are reachable - from any of the given root objects when traversing the object graph over public properties. - - Type of the objects to return. - Also search the properties of the wanted objects. - The root objects. - Ordered list of objects implementing T. - - - ISet is not there in .net35, so using HashSet - - - - Helper for extracting propertyPath - - - - - Object Path to check - - - - - Try get value from , using , and set into - - - - - - - - Converts object into a List of property-names and -values using reflection - - - - - Scans properties for name (Skips string-compare and value-lookup until finding match) - - - - - Scans properties for name (Skips property value lookup until finding match) - - - - - Scans properties for name - - - - - Binder for retrieving value of - - - - - - - - Combine paths - - basepath, not null - optional dir - optional file - - - - - Cached directory separator char array to avoid memory allocation on each method call. - - - - - Trims directory separators from the path - - path, could be null - never null - - - - Detects the platform the NLog is running on. - - - - - Gets the current runtime OS. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether current OS is Win32-based (desktop or mobile). - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether current OS is Unix-based. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether current runtime is Mono-based - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether current runtime supports use of mutex - - - - - Will creating a mutex succeed runtime? - "Cached" detection - - - - - Will creating a mutex succeed runtime? - - - - - Portable implementation of . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets current process ID. - - - - - - Gets current process name. - - - - - - Returns details about current process and thread in a portable manner. - - - - - Gets the singleton instance of PortableThreadIDHelper or - Win32ThreadIDHelper depending on runtime environment. - - The instance. - - - - Gets current process ID. - - - - - Gets current process absolute file path. - - - - - Gets current process name (excluding filename extension, if any). - - - - - Initializes the ThreadIDHelper class. - - - - - Dictionary that combines the standard with the - MessageTemplate-properties extracted from the . - - The are returned as the first items - in the collection, and in positional order. - - - - - Value of the property - - - - - Is this a property of the message? - - - - - - - Value of the property - Is this a property of the message? - - - - The properties of the logEvent - - - - - The properties extracted from the message - - - - - Injects the list of message-template-parameter into the IDictionary-interface - - Message-template-parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check if the message-template-parameters can be used directly without allocating a dictionary - - Message-template-parameters - Are all parameter names unique (true / false) - - - - Attempt to insert the message-template-parameters into an empty dictionary - - Message-template-parameters - The initially empty dictionary - Message-template-parameters was inserted into dictionary without trouble (true/false) - - - - Attempt to override the existing dictionary values using the message-template-parameters - - Message-template-parameters - The already filled dictionary - List of unique message-template-parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Will always throw, as collection is readonly - - - Will always throw, as collection is readonly - - - Will always throw, as collection is readonly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Reflection helpers for accessing properties. - - - - - Set value parsed from string. - - object instance to set with property - name of the property on - The value to be parsed. - - - - - Is the property of array-type? - - Type which has the property - name of the property. - - - - - Get property info - - object which could have property - property name on - result when success. - success. - - - - Try parse of string to (Generic) list, comma separated. - - - If there is a comma in the value, then (single) quote the value. For single quotes, use the backslash as escape - - - - - Attempt to reuse the HashSet.Comparer from the original HashSet-object (Ex. StringComparer.OrdinalIgnoreCase) - - - - - Try get the property - - - - - Reflection helpers. - - - - - Gets all usable exported types from the given assembly. - - Assembly to scan. - Usable types from the given assembly. - Types which cannot be loaded are skipped. - - - - Is this a static class? - - - - This is a work around, as Type doesn't have this property. - From: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/1175888/determine-if-a-type-is-static - - - - - Optimized delegate for calling MethodInfo - - Object instance, use null for static methods. - Complete list of parameters that matches the method, including optional/default parameters. - - - - - Creates an optimized delegate for calling the MethodInfo using Expression-Trees - - Method to optimize - Optimized delegate for invoking the MethodInfo - - - - Creates an optimized delegate for calling the MethodInfo using Expression-Trees - - Method to optimize - Optimized delegate for invoking the MethodInfo - - - - Compile the ? This can improve the performance, but at the costs of more memory usage. If false, the Regex Cache is used. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to match whole words only. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing texts. - - - - - - Controls a single allocated AsyncLogEventInfo-List for reuse (only one active user) - - - - - Controls a single allocated char[]-buffer for reuse (only one active user) - - - - - Controls a single allocated StringBuilder for reuse (only one active user) - - - - - Controls a single allocated object for reuse (only one active user) - - - - Empty handle when is disabled - - - - Creates handle to the reusable char[]-buffer for active usage - - Handle to the reusable item, that can release it again - - - - Access the acquired reusable object - - - - - Controls a single allocated MemoryStream for reuse (only one active user) - - - - - Supported operating systems. - - - If you add anything here, make sure to add the appropriate detection - code to - - - - - Unknown operating system. - - - - - Unix/Linux operating systems. - - - - - Desktop versions of Windows (95,98,ME). - - - - - Windows NT, 2000, 2003 and future versions based on NT technology. - - - - - Macintosh Mac OSX - - - - - Simple character tokenizer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The text to be tokenized. - - - - Current position in - - - - - Full text to be parsed - - - - - Check current char while not changing the position. - - - - - - Read the current char and change position - - - - - - Get the substring of the - - - - - - - - Implements a single-call guard around given continuation function. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Continuation function which implements the single-call guard. - - The exception. - - - - HashSet optimized for single item - - - - - - Insert single item on scope start, and remove on scope exit - - Item to insert in scope - Existing hashset to update - Force allocation of real hashset-container - HashSet EqualityComparer - - - - Add item to collection, if it not already exists - - Item to insert - - - - Clear hashset - - - - - Check if hashset contains item - - - Item exists in hashset (true/false) - - - - Remove item from hashset - - - Item removed from hashset (true/false) - - - - Copy items in hashset to array - - Destination array - Array offset - - - - Create hashset enumerator - - Enumerator - - - - Provides helpers to sort log events and associated continuations. - - - - - Key selector delegate. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - Value to extract key information from. - Key selected from log event. - - - - Performs bucket sort (group by) on an array of items and returns a dictionary for easy traversal of the result set. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - The inputs. - The key selector function. - - Dictionary where keys are unique input keys, and values are lists of . - - - - - Performs bucket sort (group by) on an array of items and returns a dictionary for easy traversal of the result set. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - The inputs. - The key selector function. - - Dictionary where keys are unique input keys, and values are lists of . - - - - - Performs bucket sort (group by) on an array of items and returns a dictionary for easy traversal of the result set. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - The inputs. - The key selector function. - The key comparer function. - - Dictionary where keys are unique input keys, and values are lists of . - - - - - Single-Bucket optimized readonly dictionary. Uses normal internally Dictionary if multiple buckets are needed. - - Avoids allocating a new dictionary, when all items are using the same bucket - - The type of the key. - The type of the value. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Allows direct lookup of existing keys. If trying to access non-existing key exception is thrown. - Consider to use instead for better safety. - - Key value for lookup - Mapped value found - - - - Non-Allocating struct-enumerator - - - - - - - - - - - - - Will always throw, as dictionary is readonly - - - Will always throw, as dictionary is readonly - - - - - - Will always throw, as dictionary is readonly - - - Will always throw, as dictionary is readonly - - - - - - - - - Will always throw, as dictionary is readonly - - - - Utilities for dealing with values. - - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the class invoking the calling method, including the - namespace but not the assembly. - - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the class invoking the calling method, including the - namespace but not the assembly. - - StackFrame from the calling method - Fully qualified class name - - - - Returns the assembly from the provided StackFrame (If not internal assembly) - - Valid assembly, or null if assembly was internal - - - - Returns the classname from the provided StackFrame (If not from internal assembly) - - - Valid class name, or empty string if assembly was internal - - - - Stream helpers - - - - - Copy to output stream and skip BOM if encoding is UTF8 - - - - - - - - Copy stream input to output. Skip the first bytes - - stream to read from - stream to write to - .net35 doesn't have a .copyto - - - - Copy stream input to output. Skip the first bytes - - stream to read from - stream to write to - first bytes to skip (optional) - - - - Helpers for , which is used in e.g. layout renderers. - - - - - Renders the specified log event context item and appends it to the specified . - - append to this - value to be appended - format string. If @, then serialize the value with the Default JsonConverter. - provider, for example culture - - - - Appends int without using culture, and most importantly without garbage - - - value to append - - - - Appends uint without using culture, and most importantly without garbage - - Credits Gavin Pugh - https://www.gavpugh.com/2010/04/01/xnac-avoiding-garbage-when-working-with-stringbuilder/ - - - value to append - - - - Convert DateTime into UTC and format to yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.fffffffZ - ISO 6801 date (Round-Trip-Time) - - - - - Clears the provider StringBuilder - - - - - - Copies the contents of the StringBuilder to the MemoryStream using the specified encoding (Without BOM/Preamble) - - StringBuilder source - MemoryStream destination - Encoding used for converter string into byte-stream - Helper char-buffer to minimize memory allocations - - - - Copies the contents of the StringBuilder to the destination StringBuilder - - StringBuilder source - StringBuilder destination - - - - Scans the StringBuilder for the position of needle character - - StringBuilder source - needle character to search for - - Index of the first occurrence (Else -1) - - - - Scans the StringBuilder for the position of needle character - - StringBuilder source - needle characters to search for - - Index of the first occurrence (Else -1) - - - - Compares the contents of two StringBuilders - - - Correct implementation of that also works when is not the same - - True when content is the same - - - - Compares the contents of a StringBuilder and a String - - True when content is the same - - - - Append a number and pad with 0 to 2 digits - - append to this - the number - - - - Append a number and pad with 0 to 4 digits - - append to this - the number - - - - Append a int type (byte, int) as string - - - - - Constructor - - Max number of items - Initial StringBuilder Size - Max StringBuilder Size - - - - Takes StringBuilder from pool - - Allow return to pool - - - - Releases StringBuilder back to pool at its right place - - - - - Keeps track of acquired pool item - - - - - Releases pool item back into pool - - - - - Helpers for . - - - - - IsNullOrWhiteSpace, including for .NET 3.5 - - - - - - - Split a string - - - - - Split a string, optional quoted value - - Text to split - Character to split the - Quote character - - Escape for the , not escape for the - , use quotes for that. - - - - - Split a string, optional quoted value - - Text to split - Character to split the - Quote character - - Escape for the , not escape for the - , use quotes for that. - - - - - Represents target with a chain of filters which determine - whether logging should happen. - - - - - cached result as calculating is expensive. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The target. - The filter chain. - Default action if none of the filters match. - - - - Gets the target. - - The target. - - - - Gets the filter chain. - - The filter chain. - - - - Default action if none of the filters match. - - - - - Gets or sets the next item in the chain. - - The next item in the chain. - This is for example the 'target2' logger in writeTo='target1,target2' - - - - Gets the stack trace usage. - - A value that determines stack trace handling. - - - - Helper for dealing with thread-local storage. - - - - - Allocates the data slot for storing thread-local information. - - Allocated slot key. - - - - Gets the data for a slot in thread-local storage. - - Type of the data. - The slot to get data for. - Automatically create the object if it doesn't exist. - - Slot data (will create T if null). - - - - - Wraps with a timeout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The asynchronous continuation. - The timeout. - - - - Continuation function which implements the timeout logic. - - The exception. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Transformation on a layout. Pre-calculated if the layout has a fixed value. - - - - - Create TransformedLayout. - - Layout - Transformation method - Optional renderer, otherwise is used - - - - - - - Create TransformedLayout. If is null, then the returns null - - Layout - Transformation method - Optional renderer, otherwise is used - null if is null - - - - - - - - - - URL Encoding helper. - - - - Allow UnreservedMarks instead of ReservedMarks, as specified by chosen RFC - - - Use RFC2396 standard (instead of RFC3986) - - - Should use lowercase when doing HEX escaping of special characters - - - Replace space ' ' with '+' instead of '%20' - - - Skip UTF8 encoding, and prefix special characters with '%u' - - - - Escape unicode string data for use in http-requests - - unicode string-data to be encoded - target for the encoded result - s for how to perform the encoding - - - - Convert the wide-char into utf8-bytes, and then escape - - - - - - - - - Is allowed? - - - - - - - - Is a-z / A-Z / 0-9 - - - - - - - Win32-optimized implementation of . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets current process ID. - - - - - Gets current process absolute file path. - - - - - Prevents the Xamarin linker from linking the target. - - - By applying this attribute all of the members of the target will be kept as if they had been referenced by the code. - - - - - Ensures that all members of this type are preserved - - - - - Flags the method as a method to preserve during linking if the container class is pulled in. - - - - - Helper class for XML - - - - - removes any unusual unicode characters that can't be encoded into XML - - - - - Cleans string of any invalid XML chars found - - unclean string - string with only valid XML chars - - - - Pretest, small text and not escape needed - - - - - - - - Converts object value to invariant format, and strips any invalid xml-characters - - Object value - Object value converted to string - - - - Converts object value to invariant format (understood by JavaScript) - - Object value - Object value converted to string - - - - XML elements must follow these naming rules: - - Element names are case-sensitive - - Element names must start with a letter or underscore - - Element names can contain letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, and periods - - Element names cannot contain spaces - - - - - - - Converts object value to invariant format (understood by JavaScript) - - Object value - Object TypeCode - Check and remove unusual unicode characters from the result string. - Object value converted to string - - - - Safe version of WriteAttributeString - - - - - - - - - - Safe version of WriteAttributeString - - - - - - - - Safe version of WriteElementSafeString - - - - - - - - - - Safe version of WriteCData - - - - - - - Interface for handling object transformation - - - - - Takes a dangerous (or massive) object and converts into a safe (or reduced) object - - - Null if unknown object, or object cannot be handled - - - - - Provides an interface to execute System.Actions without surfacing any exceptions raised for that action. - - - - - Runs the provided action. If the action throws, the exception is logged at Error level. The exception is not propagated outside of this method. - - Action to execute. - - - - Runs the provided function and returns its result. If an exception is thrown, it is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a default value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Function to run. - Result returned by the provided function or the default value of type in case of exception. - - - - Runs the provided function and returns its result. If an exception is thrown, it is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a fallback value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Function to run. - Fallback value to return in case of exception. - Result returned by the provided function or fallback value in case of exception. - - - - Logs an exception is logged at Error level if the provided task does not run to completion. - - The task for which to log an error if it does not run to completion. - This method is useful in fire-and-forget situations, where application logic does not depend on completion of task. This method is avoids C# warning CS4014 in such situations. - - - - Returns a task that completes when a specified task to completes. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. The returned task always runs to completion. - - The task for which to log an error if it does not run to completion. - A task that completes in the state when completes. - - - - Runs async action. If the action throws, the exception is logged at Error level. The exception is not propagated outside of this method. - - Async action to execute. - A task that completes in the state when completes. - - - - Runs the provided async function and returns its result. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a default value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Async function to run. - A task that represents the completion of the supplied task. If the supplied task ends in the state, the result of the new task will be the result of the supplied task; otherwise, the result of the new task will be the default value of type . - - - - Runs the provided async function and returns its result. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a fallback value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Async function to run. - Fallback value to return if the task does not end in the state. - A task that represents the completion of the supplied task. If the supplied task ends in the state, the result of the new task will be the result of the supplied task; otherwise, the result of the new task will be the fallback value. - - - - Render a message template property to a string - - - - - Serialization of an object, e.g. JSON and append to - - The object to serialize to string. - Parameter Format - Parameter CaptureType - An object that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Output destination. - Serialize succeeded (true/false) - - - - Log event context data. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets string that will be used to separate key/value pairs. - - - - - - Get or set if empty values should be included. - - A value is empty when null or in case of a string, null or empty string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the keys to exclude from the output. If omitted, none are excluded. - - - - - - Also render the caller information attributes? (, - , ). - - See https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh534540.aspx - - - - - - Gets or sets how key/value pairs will be formatted. - - - - - - Renders all log event's properties and appends them to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The names of caller information attributes. - , , ). - https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh534540.aspx - TODO NLog ver. 5 - Remove these properties - - - - - Designates a property of the class as an ambient property. - - - non-ambient: ${uppercase:${level}} - ambient : ${level:uppercase} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Ambient property name. - - - - Used to render the application domain name. - - - - - Create a new renderer - - - - - Create a new renderer - - - - - Format string. Possible values: "Short", "Long" or custom like {0} {1}. Default "Long" - The first parameter is the , the second the second the - This string is used in - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Application setting. - - - Use this layout renderer to insert the value of an application setting - stored in the application's App.config or Web.config file. - - - ${appsetting:item=mysetting:default=mydefault} - produces "mydefault" if no appsetting - - - - - The AppSetting item-name - - - - - - The AppSetting item-name - - - - - The default value to render if the AppSetting value is null. - - - - - - - - - Renders the specified application setting or default value and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Renders the assembly version information for the entry assembly or a named assembly. - - - As this layout renderer uses reflection and version information is unlikely to change during application execution, - it is recommended to use it in conjunction with the . - - - The entry assembly can't be found in some cases e.g. ASP.NET, unit tests, etc. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - The (full) name of the assembly. If null, using the entry assembly. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of assembly version to retrieve. - - - Some version type and platform combinations are not fully supported. - - UWP earlier than .NET Standard 1.5: Value for is always returned unless the parameter is specified. - - Silverlight: Value for is always returned. - - - - - - Gets or sets the custom format of the assembly version output. - - - Supported placeholders are 'major', 'minor', 'build' and 'revision'. - The default .NET template for version numbers is 'major.minor.build.revision'. See - https://docs.microsoft.com/en-gb/dotnet/api/system.version?view=netframework-4.7.2#remarks - for details. - - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Renders an assembly version and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets the assembly specified by , or entry assembly otherwise - - Found assembly - - - - Type of assembly version to retrieve. - - - - - Gets the assembly version. - - - - - Gets the file version. - - - - - Gets additional version information. - - - - - The current application domain's base directory. - - - - - cached - - - - - Use base dir of current process. - - - - - - Fallback to the base dir of current process, when AppDomain.BaseDirectory is Temp-Path (.NET Core 3 - Single File Publish) - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with with the base directory. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with with the base directory. - - - - - - Renders the application base directory and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The call site source file name. Full callsite - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source file path. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames to skip. - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - - - - - - - The call site (class name, method name and source information). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render the class name. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render the include the namespace with . - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render the method name. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the method name will be cleaned up if it is detected as an anonymous delegate. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the method and class names will be cleaned up if it is detected as an async continuation - (everything after an await-statement inside of an async method). - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames to skip. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render the source file name and line number. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source file path. - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - Renders the call site and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The call site source line number. Full callsite - - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames to skip. - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - - - - - - - A counter value (increases on each layout rendering). - - - - - Gets or sets the initial value of the counter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to be added to the counter after each layout rendering. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the sequence. Different named sequences can have individual values. - - - - - - - - - The current working directory of the application. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the current directory. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the current directory. - - - - - - - - - - - - Current date and time. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - Gets or sets the date format. Can be any argument accepted by DateTime.ToString(format). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output UTC time instead of local time. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DB null for a database - - - - - - - - - - - The OS dependent directory separator - - - - - - - - - - - The environment variable. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the environment variable. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default value to be used when the environment variable is not set. - - - - - - - - - - - - Thread identity information (username). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether username should be included. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether domain name should be included. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default value to be used when the User is not set. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default value to be used when the Domain is not set. - - - - - - - - - - - - Log event context data. - - This class was marked as obsolete on NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Renders the specified log event context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Log event context data. See . - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - Gets or sets the object-property-navigation-path for lookup of nested property - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Exception information provided through - a call to one of the Logger.*Exception() methods. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the format of the output. Must be a comma-separated list of exception - properties: Message, Type, ShortType, ToString, Method, StackTrace. - This parameter value is case-insensitive. - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the format of the output of inner exceptions. Must be a comma-separated list of exception - properties: Message, Type, ShortType, ToString, Method, StackTrace. - This parameter value is case-insensitive. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator used to concatenate parts specified in the Format. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator used to concatenate exception data specified in the Format. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of inner exceptions to include in the output. - By default inner exceptions are not enabled for compatibility with NLog 1.0. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator between inner exceptions. - - - - - - Gets the formats of the output of inner exceptions to be rendered in target. - - - - - - - Gets the formats of the output to be rendered in target. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Appends the Message of an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The exception containing the Message to append. - - - - Appends the method name from Exception's stack trace to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose method name should be appended. - - - - Appends the stack trace from an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose stack trace should be appended. - - - - Appends the result of calling ToString() on an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose call to ToString() should be appended. - - - - Appends the type of an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose type should be appended. - - - - Appends the short type of an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose short type should be appended. - - - - Appends the application source of an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose source should be appended. - - - - Appends the HResult of an Exception to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose HResult should be appended. - - - - Appends the contents of an Exception's Data property to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose Data property elements should be appended. - - - - Appends all the serialized properties of an Exception into the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose properties should be appended. - - - - Appends all the additional properties of an Exception like Data key-value-pairs - - The to append the rendered data to. - The Exception whose properties should be appended. - - - - Split the string and then compile into list of Rendering formats. - - - - - Renders contents of the specified file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file. - - - - - - Gets or sets the encoding used in the file. - - The encoding. - - - - - Renders the contents of the specified file and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - A layout renderer which could have different behavior per instance by using a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name without ${}. - Method that renders the layout. - - - - Name used in config without ${}. E.g. "test" could be used as "${test}". - - - - - Method that renders the layout. - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - - - - - - - A layout renderer which could have different behavior per instance by using a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name without ${}. - Method that renders the layout. - - - - A layout renderer which could have different behavior per instance by using a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name without ${}. - Method that renders the layout. - - - - The information about the garbage collector. - - - - - Gets or sets the property to retrieve. - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets the property of System.GC to retrieve. - - - - - Total memory allocated. - - - - - Total memory allocated (perform full garbage collection first). - - - - - Gets the number of Gen0 collections. - - - - - Gets the number of Gen1 collections. - - - - - Gets the number of Gen2 collections. - - - - - Maximum generation number supported by GC. - - - - - Render a Global Diagnostics Context item. See - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Globally-unique identifier (GUID). - - - - - Gets or sets the GUID format as accepted by Guid.ToString() method. - - - - - - Generate the Guid from the NLog LogEvent (Will be the same for all targets) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The host name that the process is running on. - - - - - - - - Gets the host name and falls back to computer name if not available - - - - - Tries the lookup value. - - The lookup function. - Type of the lookup. - - - - - - - - Thread identity information (name and authentication information). - - - - - Gets or sets the separator to be used when concatenating - parts of identity information. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.AuthenticationType. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.IsAuthenticated. - - - - - - - - - Retrieve network interfaces - - - - - Retrieve network interfaces - - - - - Installation parameter (passed to InstallNLogConfig). - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - - - - - Renders the specified installation parameter and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Render environmental information related to logging events. - - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Returns a that represents this instance. - - - A that represents this instance. - - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Renders the the value of layout renderer in the context of the specified log event. - - The log event. - String representation of a layout renderer. - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Renders the value of layout renderer in the context of the specified log event. - - The log event. - The layout render output is appended to builder - - - - Renders the value of layout renderer in the context of the specified log event into . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Get the for rendering the messages to a - - LogEvent with culture - Culture in on Layout level - - - - - Get the for rendering the messages to a , needed for date and number formats - - LogEvent with culture - Culture in on Layout level - - - is preferred - - - - - Register a custom layout renderer. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the layout renderer. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the layout renderer. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer with a callback function . The callback receives the logEvent. - - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - Callback that returns the value for the layout renderer. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer with a callback function . The callback receives the logEvent and the current configuration. - - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - Callback that returns the value for the layout renderer. - - - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a name to it. - - This attribute is not required when registering the layout in the API. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the layout renderer, without the `${ }` - - - - Format of the ${level} layout renderer output. - - - - - Render the LogLevel standard name. - - - - - Render the first character of the level. - - - - - Render the ordinal (aka number) for the level. - - - - - Render the LogLevel full name, expanding Warn / Info abbreviations - - - - - The log level. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the output format of the level. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A string literal. - - - This is used to escape '${' sequence - as ;${literal:text=${}' - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The literal text value. - This is used by the layout compiler. - - - - Gets or sets the literal text. - - - - - - Renders the specified string literal and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The IP address from the network interface card (NIC) on the local machine - - - Skips loopback-adapters and tunnel-interfaces. Skips devices without any MAC-address - - - - - Get or set whether to prioritize IPv6 or IPv4 (default) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - XML event description compatible with log4j, Chainsaw and NLogViewer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include NLog-specific extensions to log4j schema. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the XML should use spaces for indentation. - - - - - - Gets or sets the AppInfo field. By default it's the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include call site (class and method name) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source info (file name and line number) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets the NDLC item separator. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log events - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets the NDC item separator. - - - - - - Gets or sets the log4j:event logger-xml-attribute (Default ${logger}) - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - Renders the XML logging event and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The logger name. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render short logger name (the part after the trailing dot character). - - - - - - - - - - - - The date and time in a long, sortable format yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.ffff. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output UTC time instead of local time. - - - - - - Renders the date in the long format (yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.ffff) and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The machine name that the process is running on. - - - - - - - - - - - Render a Mapped Diagnostic Context item, See - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - - - - - - - Render a Mapped Diagnostic Logical Context item (based on CallContext). - See - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - - - - - - - The formatted log message. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to log exception along with message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the string that separates message from the exception. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether it should render the raw message without formatting parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - Render a Nested Diagnostic Context item. - See - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of top stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of bottom stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator to be used for concatenating nested diagnostics context output. - - - - - - Renders the specified Nested Diagnostics Context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Render a Nested Diagnostic Logical Context item (Async scope) - See - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of top stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of bottom stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator to be used for concatenating nested logical context output. - - - - - - Renders the specified Nested Logical Context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Timing Renderer (Async scope) - - - - - Gets or sets whether to only include the duration of the last scope created - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to just display the scope creation time, and not the duration - - - - - - Gets or sets the TimeSpan format. Can be any argument accepted by TimeSpan.ToString(format). - - - - - - Renders the timing details of the Nested Logical Context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Retrieve network interfaces - - - - - Retrieve network interfaces - - - - - A newline literal. - - - - - Renders the specified string literal and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The directory where NLog.dll is located. - - - - - Initializes static members of the NLogDirLayoutRenderer class. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Renders the directory where NLog is located and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The performance counter. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the counter category. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the performance counter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the performance counter instance (e.g. this.Global_). - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the machine to read the performance counter from. - - - - - - Format string for conversion from float to string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - If having multiple instances with the same process-name, then they will get different instance names - - - - - The identifier of the current process. - - - - - - - - - - - The information about the running process. - - - - - Gets or sets the property to retrieve. - - - - - - Gets or sets the format-string to use if the property supports it (Ex. DateTime / TimeSpan / Enum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Property of System.Diagnostics.Process to retrieve. - - - - - Base Priority. - - - - - Exit Code. - - - - - Exit Time. - - - - - Process Handle. - - - - - Handle Count. - - - - - Whether process has exited. - - - - - Process ID. - - - - - Machine name. - - - - - Handle of the main window. - - - - - Title of the main window. - - - - - Maximum Working Set. - - - - - Minimum Working Set. - - - - - Non-paged System Memory Size. - - - - - Non-paged System Memory Size (64-bit). - - - - - Paged Memory Size. - - - - - Paged Memory Size (64-bit).. - - - - - Paged System Memory Size. - - - - - Paged System Memory Size (64-bit). - - - - - Peak Paged Memory Size. - - - - - Peak Paged Memory Size (64-bit). - - - - - Peak Virtual Memory Size. - - - - - Peak Virtual Memory Size (64-bit).. - - - - - Peak Working Set Size. - - - - - Peak Working Set Size (64-bit). - - - - - Whether priority boost is enabled. - - - - - Priority Class. - - - - - Private Memory Size. - - - - - Private Memory Size (64-bit). - - - - - Privileged Processor Time. - - - - - Process Name. - - - - - Whether process is responding. - - - - - Session ID. - - - - - Process Start Time. - - - - - Total Processor Time. - - - - - User Processor Time. - - - - - Virtual Memory Size. - - - - - Virtual Memory Size (64-bit). - - - - - Working Set Size. - - - - - Working Set Size (64-bit). - - - - - The name of the current process. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to write the full path to the process executable. - - - - - - Renders the current process name (optionally with a full path). - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The process time in format HH:mm:ss.mmm. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output in culture invariant format - - - - - - - - - - - - Write timestamp to builder with format hh:mm:ss:fff - - - - - High precision timer, based on the value returned from QueryPerformanceCounter() optionally converted to seconds. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to normalize the result by subtracting - it from the result of the first call (so that it's effectively zero-based). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output the difference between the result - of QueryPerformanceCounter and the previous one. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to convert the result to seconds by dividing - by the result of QueryPerformanceFrequency(). - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of decimal digits to be included in output. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to align decimal point (emit non-significant zeros). - - - - - - - - - - - - A value from the Registry. - - - - - Create new renderer - - - - - Gets or sets the registry value name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to be output when the specified registry key or value is not found. - - - - - - Require escaping backward slashes in . Need to be backwards-compatible. - - When true: - - `\` in value should be configured as `\\` - `\\` in value should be configured as `\\\\`. - - Default value wasn't a Layout before and needed an escape of the slash - - - - - Gets or sets the registry view (see: https://msdn.microsoft.com/de-de/library/microsoft.win32.registryview.aspx). - Allowed values: Registry32, Registry64, Default - - - - - - Gets or sets the registry key. - - - HKCU\Software\NLogTest - - - Possible keys: -
    -
  • HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
  • -
  • HKLM
  • -
  • HKEY_CURRENT_USER
  • -
  • HKCU
  • -
  • HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
  • -
  • HKEY_USERS
  • -
  • HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
  • -
  • HKEY_DYN_DATA
  • -
  • HKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
  • -
-
- -
- - - Reads the specified registry key and value and appends it to - the passed . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. Ignored. - - - - Has ? - - - - - Parse key to and subkey. - - full registry key name - Result of parsing, never null. - - - - Aliases for the hives. See https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ctb3kd86(v=vs.110).aspx - - - - - The sequence ID - - - - - - - - - - - The short date in a sortable format yyyy-MM-dd. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output UTC time instead of local time. - - - - - - Renders the current short date string (yyyy-MM-dd) and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - System special folder path (includes My Documents, My Music, Program Files, Desktop, and more). - - - - - Gets or sets the system special folder to use. - - - Full list of options is available at MSDN. - The most common ones are: -
    -
  • ApplicationData - roaming application data for current user.
  • -
  • CommonApplicationData - application data for all users.
  • -
  • MyDocuments - My Documents
  • -
  • DesktopDirectory - Desktop directory
  • -
  • LocalApplicationData - non roaming application data
  • -
  • Personal - user profile directory
  • -
  • System - System directory
  • -
-
- -
- - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Renders the directory where NLog is located and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Format of the ${stacktrace} layout renderer output. - - - - - Raw format (multiline - as returned by StackFrame.ToString() method). - - - - - Flat format (class and method names displayed in a single line). - - - - - Detailed flat format (method signatures displayed in a single line). - - - - - Stack trace renderer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the output format of the stack trace. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of top stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of frames to skip. - - - - - - Gets or sets the stack frame separator string. - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - - Renders the call site and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - A temporary directory. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - - - - Renders the directory where NLog is located and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The identifier of the current thread. - - - - - - - - The name of the current thread. - - - - - - - - The Ticks value of current date and time. - - - - - - - - - - - The time in a 24-hour, sortable format HH:mm:ss.mmmm. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output UTC time instead of local time. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output in culture invariant format - - - - - - - - - - - - A renderer that puts into log a System.Diagnostics trace correlation id. - - - - - - - - - - - Render a NLog variable (xml or config) - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the NLog variable. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default value to be used when the variable is not set. - - Not used if Name is null - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Try get the - - - - - - - Renders the specified variable and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Thread Windows identity information (username). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether domain name should be included. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether username should be included. - - - - - - Renders the current thread windows identity information and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Applies caching to another layout output. - - - The value of the inner layout will be rendered only once and reused subsequently. - - - - - A value indicating when the cache is cleared. - - - - Never clear the cache. - - - Clear the cache whenever the is initialized. - - - Clear the cache whenever the is closed. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is enabled. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating when the cache is cleared. - - - - - - Cachekey. If the cachekey changes, resets the value. For example, the cachekey would be the current day.s - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating how many seconds the value should stay cached until it expires - - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Renders the inner layout contents. - - The log event. - Contents of inner layout. - - - - - - - Filters characters not allowed in the file names by replacing them with safe character. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to modify the output of this renderer so it can be used as a part of file path - (illegal characters are replaced with '_'). - - - - - - - - - - - - Escapes output of another layout using JSON rules. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to apply JSON encoding. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to escape non-ascii characters - - - - - - Should forward slashes be escaped? If true, / will be converted to \/ - - - - - - - - - - - - Left part of a text - - - - - Gets or sets the length in characters. - - - - - - Same as -property, so it can be used as ambient property. - - - ${message:truncate=80} - - - - - - - - - - - - Converts the result of another layout output to lower case. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether lower case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if lower case conversion should be applied; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - - - - - - - Render the non-raw value of an object. - - For performance and/or full (formatted) control of the output. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to disable the IRawValue-interface - - A value of true if IRawValue-interface should be ignored; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - Render a single property of a object - - - - - Gets or sets the object-property-navigation-path for lookup of nested property - - Shortcut for - - - - - - Gets or sets the object-property-navigation-path for lookup of nested property - - - - - - Format string for conversion from object to string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Only outputs the inner layout when exception has been defined for log message. - - - - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Outputs alternative layout when the inner layout produces empty result. - - - ${onhasproperties:, Properties\: ${all-event-properties}} - - - - - - - - - - - Horizontal alignment for padding layout renderers. - - - - - When layout text is too long, align it to the left - (remove characters from the right). - - - - - When layout text is too long, align it to the right - (remove characters from the left). - - - - - Applies padding to another layout output. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of characters to pad the output to. - - - Positive padding values cause left padding, negative values - cause right padding to the desired width. - - - - - - Gets or sets the padding character. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trim the - rendered text to the absolute value of the padding length. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether a value that has - been truncated (when is true) - will be left-aligned (characters removed from the right) - or right-aligned (characters removed from the left). The - default is left alignment. - - RegistryLayoutRenderer - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Replaces a string in the output of another layout with another string. - - - ${replace:searchFor=\\n+:replaceWith=-:regex=true:inner=${message}} - - - - - Gets or sets the text to search for. - - The text search for. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether regular expressions should be used. - - A value of true if regular expressions should be used otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the replacement string. - - The replacement string. - - - - - Gets or sets the group name to replace when using regular expressions. - Leave null or empty to replace without using group name. - - The group name. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case. - - A value of true if case should be ignored when searching; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to search for whole words. - - A value of true if whole words should be searched for; otherwise, false. - - - - - Compile the ? This can improve the performance, but at the costs of more memory usage. If false, the Regex Cache is used. - - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Post-processed text. - - - - This class was created instead of simply using a lambda expression so that the "ThreadAgnosticAttributeTest" will pass - - - - - A match evaluator for Regular Expression based replacing - - Input string. - Group name in the regex. - Replace value. - Match from regex. - Groups replaced with . - - - - Replaces newline characters from the result of another layout renderer with spaces. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating the string that should be used for separating lines. - - - - - - - - - - - - Right part of a text - - - - - Gets or sets the length in characters. - - - - - - - - - - - - Decodes text "encrypted" with ROT-13. - - - See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROT13. - - - - - Gets or sets the layout to be wrapped. - - The layout to be wrapped. - This variable is for backwards compatibility - - - - - Encodes/Decodes ROT-13-encoded string. - - The string to be encoded/decoded. - Encoded/Decoded text. - - - - - - - - - - Encodes/Decodes ROT-13-encoded string. - - - - - Substring the result - - - ${substring:${level}:start=2:length=2} - ${substring:${level}:start=-2:length=2} - ${substring:Inner=${level}:start=2:length=2} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the start index. - - Index - - - - - Gets or sets the length in characters. If null, then the whole string - - Index - - - - - - - - - - - Calculate start position - - 0 or positive number - - - - Calculate needed length - - 0 or positive number - - - - Trims the whitespace from the result of another layout renderer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether lower case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if lower case conversion should be applied; otherwise, false. - - - - - - - - - - - Converts the result of another layout output to upper case. - - - ${uppercase:${level}} //[DefaultParameter] - ${uppercase:Inner=${level}} - ${level:uppercase} // [AmbientProperty] - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether upper case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if upper case conversion should be applied otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - - - - - - - Encodes the result of another layout output for use with URLs. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether spaces should be translated to '+' or '%20'. - - A value of true if space should be translated to '+'; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value whether escaping be done according to Rfc3986 (Supports Internationalized Resource Identifiers - IRIs) - - A value of true if Rfc3986; otherwise, false for legacy Rfc2396. - - - - - Gets or sets a value whether escaping be done according to the old NLog style (Very non-standard) - - A value of true if legacy encoding; otherwise, false for standard UTF8 encoding. - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Outputs alternative layout when the inner layout produces empty result. - - - - - Gets or sets the layout to be rendered when original layout produced empty result. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Only outputs the inner layout when the specified condition has been met. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition that must be met for the layout to be printed. - - - - - - If is not met, print this layout. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Replaces newline characters from the result of another layout renderer with spaces. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the line length for wrapping. - - - Only positive values are allowed - - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Post-processed text. - - - - Base class for s which wrapping other s. - - This has the property (which is default) and can be used to wrap. - - - ${uppercase:${level}} //[DefaultParameter] - ${uppercase:Inner=${level}} - - - - - Gets or sets the wrapped layout. - - [DefaultParameter] so Inner: is not required if it's the first - - - - - - - - - Renders the inner message, processes it and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Appends the rendered output from -layout and transforms the added output (when necessary) - - Logging event. - The to append the rendered data to. - Start position for any necessary transformation of . - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Logging event. - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Renders the inner layout contents. - - The log event. - Contents of inner layout. - - - - Base class for s which wrapping other s. - - This expects the transformation to work on a - - - - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - - Output to be transform. - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - - - - Renders the inner layout contents. - - - for the result - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Converts the result of another layout output to be XML-compliant. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to apply XML encoding. - - Ensures always valid XML, but gives a performance hit - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transform newlines (\r\n) into ( ) - - - - - - - - - - - - A layout containing one or more nested layouts. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the inner layouts. - - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Formats the log event relying on inner layouts. - - The log event to be formatted. - A string representation of the log event. - - - - Formats the log event relying on inner layouts. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Closes the layout. - - - - - Generate description of Compound Layout - - Compound Layout String Description - - - - A column in the CSV. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the column. - The layout of the column. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the column. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout of the column. - - - - - - Gets or sets the override of Quoting mode - - - and are faster than the default - - - - - - Specifies allowed column delimiters. - - - - - Automatically detect from regional settings. - - - - - Comma (ASCII 44). - - - - - Semicolon (ASCII 59). - - - - - Tab character (ASCII 9). - - - - - Pipe character (ASCII 124). - - - - - Space character (ASCII 32). - - - - - Custom string, specified by the CustomDelimiter. - - - - - A specialized layout that renders CSV-formatted events. - - If is set, then the header generation with column names will be disabled. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the array of parameters to be passed. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether CVS should include header. - - A value of true if CVS should include header; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the column delimiter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the quoting mode. - - - - - - Gets or sets the quote Character. - - - - - - Gets or sets the custom column delimiter value (valid when ColumnDelimiter is set to 'Custom'). - - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The log event to be formatted. - A string representation of the log event. - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Get the headers with the column names. - - - - - - Header with column names for CSV layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The parent. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Generate description of CSV Layout - - CSV Layout String Description - - - - Specifies CSV quoting modes. - - - - - Quote all column (Fast) - - - - - Quote nothing (Very fast) - - - - - Quote only whose values contain the quote symbol or the separator (Slow) - - - - - JSON attribute. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the attribute. - The layout of the attribute's value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the attribute. - The layout of the attribute's value. - Encode value with json-encode - - - - Gets or sets the name of the attribute. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that will be rendered as the attribute's value. - - - - - - Determines whether or not this attribute will be Json encoded. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to escape non-ascii characters - - - - - - Should forward slashes be escaped? If true, / will be converted to \/ - - - - - - Gets or sets whether an attribute with empty value should be included in the output - - - - - - A specialized layout that renders JSON-formatted events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the array of attributes' configurations. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to suppress the extra spaces in the output json - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to render the empty object value {} - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log event (as JSON) - - - - - - List of property names to exclude when is true - - - - - - How far should the JSON serializer follow object references before backing off - - - - - - Should forward slashes be escaped? If true, / will be converted to \/ - - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Closes the layout. - - - - - Formats the log event as a JSON document for writing. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Formats the log event as a JSON document for writing. - - The log event to be formatted. - A JSON string representation of the log event. - - - - Generate description of JSON Layout - - JSON Layout String Description - - - - Abstract interface that layouts must implement. - - - - - Is this layout initialized? See - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this layout is thread-agnostic (can be rendered on any thread). - - - Layout is thread-agnostic if it has been marked with [ThreadAgnostic] attribute and all its children are - like that as well. - - Thread-agnostic layouts only use contents of for its output. - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required for rendering. - - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Converts a given text to a . - - Text to be converted. - object represented by the text. - - - - Implicitly converts the specified string to a . - - The layout string. - Instance of .' - - - - Implicitly converts the specified string to a . - - The layout string. - The NLog factories to use when resolving layout renderers. - Instance of . - - - - Implicitly converts the specified string to a . - - The layout string. - Whether should be thrown on parse errors (false = replace unrecognized tokens with a space). - Instance of . - - - - Create a from a lambda method. - - Method that renders the layout. - Tell if method is safe for concurrent threading. - Instance of . - - - - Precalculates the layout for the specified log event and stores the result - in per-log event cache. - - Only if the layout doesn't have [ThreadAgnostic] and doesn't contain layouts with [ThreadAgnostic]. - - The log event. - - Calling this method enables you to store the log event in a buffer - and/or potentially evaluate it in another thread even though the - layout may contain thread-dependent renderer. - - - - - Renders the event info in layout. - - The event info. - String representing log event. - - - - Optimized version of for internal Layouts. Works best - when override of is available. - - The event info. - Appends the string representing log event to target - Should rendering result be cached on LogEventInfo - - - - Valid default implementation of , when having implemented the optimized - - The logging event. - StringBuilder to help minimize allocations [optional]. - The rendered layout. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Closes the layout. - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Register a custom Layout. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the Layout. - Name of the Layout. - - - - Register a custom Layout. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the Layout. - Name of the Layout. - - - - Optimized version of for internal Layouts, when - override of is available. - - - - - Try get value - - - rawValue if return result is true - false if we could not determine the rawValue - - - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a format string to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Layout name. - - - - Parses layout strings. - - - - - Add to - - - - - - - Options available for - - - - - Default options - - - - - Layout renderer method can handle concurrent threads - - - - - Layout renderer method is agnostic to current thread context. This means it will render the same result indepdent of thread-context. - - - - - A specialized layout that supports header and footer. - - - - - Gets or sets the body layout (can be repeated multiple times). - - - - - - Gets or sets the header layout. - - - - - - Gets or sets the footer layout. - - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - for the result. - - - - A specialized layout that renders Log4j-compatible XML events. - - - This layout is not meant to be used explicitly. Instead you can use ${log4jxmlevent} layout renderer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the instance that renders log events. - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a named parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log events - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include call site (class and method name) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source info (file name and line number) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Represents a string with embedded placeholders that can render contextual information. - - - This layout is not meant to be used explicitly. Instead you can just use a string containing layout - renderers everywhere the layout is required. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout string to parse. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout string to parse. - The NLog factories to use when creating references to layout renderers. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout string to parse. - The NLog factories to use when creating references to layout renderers. - Whether should be thrown on parse errors. - - - - Original text before compile to Layout renderes - - - - - Gets or sets the layout text. - - - - - - Is the message fixed? (no Layout renderers used) - - - - - Get the fixed text. Only set when is true - - - - - Is the message a simple formatted string? (Can skip StringBuilder) - - - - - Gets a collection of objects that make up this layout. - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required for rendering. - - - - - Converts a text to a simple layout. - - Text to be converted. - A object. - - - - Escapes the passed text so that it can - be used literally in all places where - layout is normally expected without being - treated as layout. - - The text to be escaped. - The escaped text. - - Escaping is done by replacing all occurrences of - '${' with '${literal:text=${}' - - - - - Evaluates the specified text by expanding all layout renderers. - - The text to be evaluated. - Log event to be used for evaluation. - The input text with all occurrences of ${} replaced with - values provided by the appropriate layout renderers. - - - - Evaluates the specified text by expanding all layout renderers - in new context. - - The text to be evaluated. - The input text with all occurrences of ${} replaced with - values provided by the appropriate layout renderers. - - - - Returns a that represents the current object. - - - A that represents the current object. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - XML attribute. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the attribute. - The layout of the attribute's value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the attribute. - The layout of the attribute's value. - Encode value with xml-encode - - - - Gets or sets the name of the attribute. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that will be rendered as the attribute's value. - - - - - - Determines whether or not this attribute will be Xml encoded. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether an attribute with empty value should be included in the output - - - - - - A XML Element - - - - - - - - - - - Name of the element - - - - - - Value inside the element - - - - - - Determines whether or not this attribute will be Xml encoded. - - - - - - A specialized layout that renders XML-formatted events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the top XML node - The value of the top XML node - - - - Name of the XML element - - Upgrade to private protected when using C# 7.2 - - - - - Value inside the XML element - - Upgrade to private protected when using C# 7.2 - - - - - Xml Encode the value for the XML element - - Ensures always valid XML, but gives a performance hit - - - - - Auto indent and create new lines - - - - - - Gets the array of xml 'elements' configurations. - - - - - - Gets the array of 'attributes' configurations for the element - - - - - - Gets or sets whether a ElementValue with empty value should be included in the output - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log event (as XML) - - - - - - List of property names to exclude when is true - - - - - - XML element name to use when rendering properties - - - Support string-format where {0} means property-key-name - - Skips closing element tag when having configured - - - - - - XML attribute name to use when rendering property-key - - When null (or empty) then key-attribute is not included - - - Will replace newlines in attribute-value with - - - - - - XML attribute name to use when rendering property-value - - When null (or empty) then value-attribute is not included and - value is formatted as XML-element-value - - - Skips closing element tag when using attribute for value - - Will replace newlines in attribute-value with - - - - - - XML element name to use for rendering IList-collections items - - - - - - How far should the XML serializer follow object references before backing off - - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Formats the log event as a XML document for writing. - - The logging event. - for the result - - - - Formats the log event as a XML document for writing. - - The log event to be formatted. - A XML string representation of the log event. - - - - write attribute, only if is not empty - - - - - rendered - - - - Generate description of XML Layout - - XML Layout String Description - - - - A specialized layout that renders XML-formatted events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - - - Name of the root XML element - - - - - - Value inside the root XML element - - - - - - Determines whether or not this attribute will be Xml encoded. - - - - - - Represents the logging event. - - - - - Gets the date of the first log event created. - - - - - The formatted log message. - - - - - The log message including any parameter placeholders - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - Parameter array. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - Parameter array. - Exception information. - - - - Gets the unique identifier of log event which is automatically generated - and monotonously increasing. - - - - - Gets or sets the timestamp of the logging event. - - - - - Gets or sets the level of the logging event. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether stack trace has been set for this event. - - - - - Gets the stack frame of the method that did the logging. - - - - - Gets the number index of the stack frame that represents the user - code (not the NLog code). - - - - - Gets the entire stack trace. - - - - - Gets the callsite class name - - - - - Gets the callsite member function name - - - - - Gets the callsite source file path - - - - - Gets the callsite source file line number - - - - - Gets or sets the exception information. - - - - - Gets or sets the logger name. - - - - - Gets the logger short name. - - This property was marked as obsolete on NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets or sets the log message including any parameter placeholders. - - - - - Gets or sets the parameter values or null if no parameters have been specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the format provider that was provided while logging or - when no formatProvider was specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the message formatter for generating - Uses string.Format(...) when nothing else has been configured. - - - - - Gets the formatted message. - - - - - Checks if any per-event properties (Without allocation) - - - - - Gets the dictionary of per-event context properties. - - - - - Gets the dictionary of per-event context properties. - Internal helper for the PropertiesDictionary type. - - Create the event-properties dictionary, even if no initial template parameters - Provided when having parsed the message template and capture template parameters (else null) - - - - - Gets the named parameters extracted from parsing as MessageTemplate - - - - - Gets the dictionary of per-event context properties. - - This property was marked as obsolete on NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Creates the null event. - - Null log event. - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The message. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The format provider. - The message. - The parameters. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The format provider. - The message. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The message. - The exception. - Instance of . - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The exception. - The format provider. - The message. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The exception. - The format provider. - The message. - The parameters. - Instance of . - - - - Creates from this by attaching the specified asynchronous continuation. - - The asynchronous continuation. - Instance of with attached continuation. - - - - Returns a string representation of this log event. - - String representation of the log event. - - - - Sets the stack trace for the event info. - - The stack trace. - Index of the first user stack frame within the stack trace. - - - - Sets the details retrieved from the Caller Information Attributes - - - - - - - - - Set the - - true = Always, false = Never, null = Auto Detect - - - - Specialized LogFactory that can return instances of custom logger types. - - Use this only when a custom Logger type is defined. - The type of the logger to be returned. Must inherit from . - - - - Gets the logger with type . - - The logger name. - An instance of . - - - - Gets a custom logger with the full name of the current class (so namespace and class name) and type . - - An instance of . - This is a slow-running method. - Make sure you're not doing this in a loop. - - - - Creates and manages instances of objects. - - - - - Internal for unit tests - - - - - Overwrite possible file paths (including filename) for possible NLog config files. - When this property is null, the default file paths ( are used. - - - - - Occurs when logging changes. - - - - - Occurs when logging gets reloaded. - - - - - Initializes static members of the LogManager class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The config. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The config loader - - - - Gets the current . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether exceptions should be thrown. See also . - - A value of true if exception should be thrown; otherwise, false. - By default exceptions are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether should be thrown. - - If null then is used. - - A value of true if exception should be thrown; otherwise, false. - - This option is for backwards-compatibility. - By default exceptions are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Variables should be kept on configuration reload. - Default value - false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically call - on AppDomain.Unload or AppDomain.ProcessExit - - - - - Gets or sets the current logging configuration. After setting this property all - existing loggers will be re-configured, so there is no need to call - manually. - - - - - Gets or sets the global log level threshold. Log events below this threshold are not logged. - - - - - Gets the default culture info to use as . - - - Specific culture info or null to use - - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting - unmanaged resources. - - - - - Begins configuration of the LogFactory options using fluent interface - - - - - Begins configuration of the LogFactory options using fluent interface - - - - - Creates a logger that discards all log messages. - - Null logger instance. - - - - Gets the logger with the full name of the current class, so namespace and class name. - - The logger. - This is a slow-running method. - Make sure you're not doing this in a loop. - - - - Gets the logger with the full name of the current class, so namespace and class name. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the type parameter. - - The logger with type . - Type of the logger - This is a slow-running method. - Make sure you're not doing this in a loop. - - - - Gets a custom logger with the full name of the current class, so namespace and class name. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the loggerType. - - The type of the logger to create. The type must inherit from - The logger of type . - This is a slow-running method. Make sure you are not calling this method in a - loop. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument - are not guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the type parameter. - - Name of the logger. - Type of the logger - The logger reference with type . Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument - are not guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the loggerType. - - Name of the logger. - The type of the logger to create. The type must inherit from . - The logger of type . Multiple calls to GetLogger with the - same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Loops through all loggers previously returned by GetLogger and recalculates their - target and filter list. Useful after modifying the configuration programmatically - to ensure that all loggers have been properly configured. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets) with the default timeout of 15 seconds. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time - will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages - after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages - after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flushes any pending log messages on all appenders. - - Config containing Targets to Flush - Flush completed notification (success / timeout) - Optional timeout that guarantees that completed notication is called. - - - - - Decreases the log enable counter and if it reaches -1 the logs are disabled. - - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater than - or equal to calls. - - This method was marked as obsolete on NLog 4.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - An object that implements IDisposable whose Dispose() method re-enables logging. - To be used with C# using () statement. - - - - Increases the log enable counter and if it reaches 0 the logs are disabled. - - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater than - or equal to calls. - - This method was marked as obsolete on NLog 4.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - - Decreases the log enable counter and if it reaches -1 the logs are disabled. - - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater than - or equal to calls. - - An object that implements IDisposable whose Dispose() method re-enables logging. - To be used with C# using () statement. - - - - Increases the log enable counter and if it reaches 0 the logs are disabled. - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Returns if logging is currently enabled. - - A value of if logging is currently enabled, - otherwise. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Raises the event when the configuration is reloaded. - - Event arguments. - - - - Raises the event when the configuration is reloaded. - - Event arguments - - - - Currently this is disposing? - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; - false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Get file paths (including filename) for the possible NLog config files. - - The file paths to the possible config file - - - - Overwrite the paths (including filename) for the possible NLog config files. - - The file paths to the possible config file - - - - Clear the candidate file paths and return to the defaults. - - - - - Loads logging configuration from file (Currently only XML configuration files supported) - - Configuration file to be read - LogFactory instance for fluent interface - - - - Logger cache key. - - - - - Serves as a hash function for a particular type. - - - A hash code for the current . - - - - - Determines if two objects are equal in value. - - Other object to compare to. - True if objects are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Determines if two objects of the same type are equal in value. - - Other object to compare to. - True if objects are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Logger cache. - - - - - Inserts or updates. - - - - - - - Internal for unit tests - - - - - Enables logging in implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The factory. - - - - Enables logging. - - - - - Logging methods which only are executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - - Remarks: - The DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is default enabled (only) in a debug build. - - If the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol isn't set in the calling library, the compiler will remove all the invocations to these methods. - This could lead to better performance. - - See: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/4xssyw96%28v=vs.90%29.aspx - - - Provides logging interface and utility functions. - - - Auto-generated Logger members for binary compatibility with NLog 1.0. - - - Provides logging interface and utility functions. - - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - Only executed when the DEBUG conditional compilation symbol is set. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Trace level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Trace level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Debug level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Debug level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Info level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Info level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Warn level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Warn level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Error level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Error level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Fatal level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Fatal level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Occurs when logger configuration changes. - - - - - Gets the name of the logger. - - - - - Gets the factory that created this logger. - - - - - Collection of context properties for the Logger. The logger will append it for all log events - - - It is recommended to use for modifying context properties - when same named logger is used at multiple locations or shared by different thread contexts. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the specified level. - - Log level to be checked. - A value of if logging is enabled for the specified level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Creates new logger that automatically appends the specified property to all log events (without changing current logger) - - Property Name - Property Value - New Logger object that automatically appends specified property - - - - Updates the specified context property for the current logger. The logger will append it for all log events. - - It could be rendered with ${event-properties:YOURNAME} - - With property, all properties could be changed. - - - Will affect all locations/contexts that makes use of the same named logger object. - - Property Name - Property Value - - It is recommended to use for modifying context properties - when same named logger is used at multiple locations or shared by different thread contexts. - - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - Log event. - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - The name of the type that wraps Logger. - Log event. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - This method was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - Arguments to format. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - Arguments to format. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Runs the provided action. If the action throws, the exception is logged at Error level. The exception is not propagated outside of this method. - - Action to execute. - - - - Runs the provided function and returns its result. If an exception is thrown, it is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a default value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Function to run. - Result returned by the provided function or the default value of type in case of exception. - - - - Runs the provided function and returns its result. If an exception is thrown, it is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a fallback value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Function to run. - Fallback value to return in case of exception. - Result returned by the provided function or fallback value in case of exception. - - - - Logs an exception is logged at Error level if the provided task does not run to completion. - - The task for which to log an error if it does not run to completion. - This method is useful in fire-and-forget situations, where application logic does not depend on completion of task. This method is avoids C# warning CS4014 in such situations. - - - - Returns a task that completes when a specified task to completes. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. The returned task always runs to completion. - - The task for which to log an error if it does not run to completion. - A task that completes in the state when completes. - - - - Runs async action. If the action throws, the exception is logged at Error level. The exception is not propagated outside of this method. - - Async action to execute. - - - - Runs the provided async function and returns its result. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a default value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Async function to run. - A task that represents the completion of the supplied task. If the supplied task ends in the state, the result of the new task will be the result of the supplied task; otherwise, the result of the new task will be the default value of type . - - - - Runs the provided async function and returns its result. If the task does not run to completion, an exception is logged at Error level. - The exception is not propagated outside of this method; a fallback value is returned instead. - - Return type of the provided function. - Async function to run. - Fallback value to return if the task does not end in the state. - A task that represents the completion of the supplied task. If the supplied task ends in the state, the result of the new task will be the result of the supplied task; otherwise, the result of the new task will be the fallback value. - - - - Raises the event when the logger is reconfigured. - - Event arguments - - - - Implementation of logging engine. - - - - - Finds first user stack frame in a stack trace - - The stack trace of the logging method invocation - Type of the logger or logger wrapper. This is still Logger if it's a subclass of Logger. - Index of the first user stack frame or 0 if all stack frames are non-user - - - - This is only done for legacy reason, as the correct method-name and line-number should be extracted from the MoveNext-StackFrame - - The stack trace of the logging method invocation - Starting point for skipping async MoveNext-frames - - - - Assembly to skip? - - Find assembly via this frame. - true, we should skip. - - - - Is this the type of the logger? - - get type of this logger in this frame. - Type of the logger. - - - - - Gets the filter result. - - The filter chain. - The log event. - default result if there are no filters, or none of the filters decides. - The result of the filter. - - - - Defines available log levels. - - - - - Trace log level. - - - - - Debug log level. - - - - - Info log level. - - - - - Warn log level. - - - - - Error log level. - - - - - Fatal log level. - - - - - Off log level. - - - - - Gets all the available log levels (Trace, Debug, Info, Warn, Error, Fatal, Off). - - - - - Gets all the log levels that can be used to log events (Trace, Debug, Info, Warn, Error, Fatal) - i.e LogLevel.Off is excluded. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of . - - The log level name. - The log level ordinal number. - - - - Gets the name of the log level. - - - - - Gets the ordinal of the log level. - - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal == level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is not equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal != level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is greater than the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal > level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is greater than or equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal >= level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is less than the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal < level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is less than or equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal <= level2.Ordinal. - - - - Gets the that corresponds to the specified ordinal. - - The ordinal. - The instance. For 0 it returns , 1 gives and so on. - - - - Returns the that corresponds to the supplied . - - The textual representation of the log level. - The enumeration value. - - - - Returns a string representation of the log level. - - Log level name. - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - - A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. - - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. - - The to compare with this instance. - Value of true if the specified is equal to - this instance; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the specified instance is equal to this instance. - - The to compare with this instance. - Value of true if the specified is equal to - this instance; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares the level to the other object. - - - The object object. - - - A value less than zero when this logger's is - less than the other logger's ordinal, 0 when they are equal and - greater than zero when this ordinal is greater than the - other ordinal. - - - - - Creates and manages instances of objects. - - - - - Internal for unit tests - - - - - Delegate used to set/get the culture in use. - - This delegate marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets the instance used in the . - - Could be used to pass the to other methods - - - - Occurs when logging changes. - - - - - Occurs when logging gets reloaded. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether NLog should throw exceptions. - By default exceptions are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether should be thrown. - - A value of true if exception should be thrown; otherwise, false. - - This option is for backwards-compatibility. - By default exceptions are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether Variables should be kept on configuration reload. - Default value - false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically call - on AppDomain.Unload or AppDomain.ProcessExit - - - - - Gets or sets the current logging configuration. - - - - - - Begins configuration of the LogFactory options using fluent interface - - - - - Begins configuration of the LogFactory options using fluent interface - - - - - Loads logging configuration from file (Currently only XML configuration files supported) - - Configuration file to be read - LogFactory instance for fluent interface - - - - Gets or sets the global log threshold. Log events below this threshold are not logged. - - - - - Gets or sets the default culture to use. - - This property was marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets the logger with the full name of the current class, so namespace and class name. - - The logger. - This is a slow-running method. - Make sure you're not doing this in a loop. - - - - Adds the given assembly which will be skipped - when NLog is trying to find the calling method on stack trace. - - The assembly to skip. - - - - Gets a custom logger with the full name of the current class, so namespace and class name. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the loggerType. - - The logger class. This class must inherit from . - The logger of type . - This is a slow-running method. - Make sure you're not doing this in a loop. - - - - Creates a logger that discards all log messages. - - Null logger which discards all log messages. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Gets the specified named custom logger. - Use to create instance of a custom . - If you haven't defined your own class, then use the overload without the loggerType. - - Name of the logger. - The logger class. This class must inherit from . - The logger of type . Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - The generic way for this method is - - - - Loops through all loggers previously returned by GetLogger. - and recalculates their target and filter list. Useful after modifying the configuration programmatically - to ensure that all loggers have been properly configured. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets) with the default timeout of 15 seconds. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Decreases the log enable counter and if it reaches -1 the logs are disabled. - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - An object that implements IDisposable whose Dispose() method re-enables logging. - To be used with C# using () statement. - - - - Increases the log enable counter and if it reaches 0 the logs are disabled. - - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Checks if logging is currently enabled. - - if logging is currently enabled, - otherwise. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Dispose all targets, and shutdown logging. - - - - - Generates a formatted message from the log event - - Log event. - Formatted message - - - - Returns a log message. Used to defer calculation of - the log message until it's actually needed. - - Log message. - - - - Base implementation of a log receiver server which forwards received logs through or a given . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The log factory. - - - - Processes the log messages. - - The events to process. - - - - Processes the log messages. - - The log events. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver client. - - This class marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver client. - - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver server. - - - - - Processes the log messages. - - The events. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver server. - - - - - Processes the log messages. - - The events. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver client. - - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Client of - - - - - Occurs when the log message processing has completed. - - - - - Occurs when Open operation has completed. - - - - - Occurs when Close operation has completed. - - - - - Enables the user to configure client and service credentials as well as service credential authentication settings for use on the client side of communication. - - - - - Gets the underlying implementation. - - - - - Gets the target endpoint for the service to which the WCF client can connect. - - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - User-specific state. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Instructs the inner channel to display a user interface if one is required to initialize the channel prior to using it. - - - - - Gets or sets the cookie container. - - The cookie container. - - - - Implementation of which forwards received logs through or a given . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The log factory. - - - - Implementation of which forwards received logs through or a given . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The log factory. - - - - Internal configuration of Log Receiver Service contracts. - - - - - Wire format for NLog Event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the client-generated identifier of the event. - - - - - Gets or sets the ordinal of the log level. - - - - - Gets or sets the logger ordinal (index into . - - The logger ordinal. - - - - Gets or sets the time delta (in ticks) between the time of the event and base time. - - - - - Gets or sets the message string index. - - - - - Gets or sets the collection of layout values. - - - - - Gets the collection of indexes into array for each layout value. - - - - - Converts the to . - - The object this is part of.. - The logger name prefix to prepend in front of the logger name. - Converted . - - - - Wire format for NLog event package. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the client. - - The name of the client. - - - - Gets or sets the base time (UTC ticks) for all events in the package. - - The base time UTC. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of layout names which are shared among all events. - - The layout names. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of logger names. - - The logger names. - - - - Gets or sets the list of events. - - The events. - - - - Converts the events to sequence of objects suitable for routing through NLog. - - The logger name prefix to prepend in front of each logger name. - - Sequence of objects. - - - - - Converts the events to sequence of objects suitable for routing through NLog. - - - Sequence of objects. - - - - - List of strings annotated for more terse serialization. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Log Receiver Client using WCF. - - - This class marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it will be removed in a future release. - - It provides an implementation of the legacy interface and it will be completely obsolete when the - ILogReceiverClient is removed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The binding. - The remote address. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Log Receiver Client facade. It allows the use either of the one way or two way - service contract using WCF through its unified interface. - - - Delegating methods are generated with Resharper. - 1. change ProxiedClient to private field (instead of public property) - 2. delegate members - 3. change ProxiedClient back to public property. - - - - - - The client getting proxied - - - - - Do we use one-way or two-way messaging? - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether to use the one way or two way WCF client. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether to use the one way or two way WCF client. - Name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether to use the one way or two way WCF client. - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether to use the one way or two way WCF client. - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Whether to use the one way or two way WCF client. - The binding. - The remote address. - - - - Causes a communication object to transition immediately from its current state into the closed state. - - - - - Begins an asynchronous operation to close a communication object. - - - The that references the asynchronous close operation. - - The delegate that receives notification of the completion of the asynchronous close operation.An object, specified by the application, that contains state information associated with the asynchronous close operation. was called on an object in the state.The default timeout elapsed before the was able to close gracefully. - - - - Begins an asynchronous operation to close a communication object with a specified timeout. - - - The that references the asynchronous close operation. - - The that specifies how long the send operation has to complete before timing out.The delegate that receives notification of the completion of the asynchronous close operation.An object, specified by the application, that contains state information associated with the asynchronous close operation. was called on an object in the state.The specified timeout elapsed before the was able to close gracefully. - - - - Begins an asynchronous operation to open a communication object. - - - The that references the asynchronous open operation. - - The delegate that receives notification of the completion of the asynchronous open operation.An object, specified by the application, that contains state information associated with the asynchronous open operation.The was unable to be opened and has entered the state.The default open timeout elapsed before the was able to enter the state and has entered the state. - - - - Begins an asynchronous operation to open a communication object within a specified interval of time. - - - The that references the asynchronous open operation. - - The that specifies how long the send operation has to complete before timing out.The delegate that receives notification of the completion of the asynchronous open operation.An object, specified by the application, that contains state information associated with the asynchronous open operation.The was unable to be opened and has entered the state.The specified timeout elapsed before the was able to enter the state and has entered the state. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Enables the user to configure client and service credentials as well as service credential authentication settings for use on the client side of communication. - - - - - Causes a communication object to transition from its current state into the closed state. - - The that specifies how long the send operation has to complete before timing out. was called on an object in the state.The timeout elapsed before the was able to close gracefully. - - - - Causes a communication object to transition from its current state into the closed state. - - was called on an object in the state.The default close timeout elapsed before the was able to close gracefully. - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - - - - Occurs when Close operation has completed. - - - - - Occurs when the communication object completes its transition from the closing state into the closed state. - - - - - Occurs when the communication object first enters the closing state. - - - - - Instructs the inner channel to display a user interface if one is required to initialize the channel prior to using it. - - - - - Gets or sets the cookie container. - - The cookie container. - - - - Completes an asynchronous operation to close a communication object. - - The that is returned by a call to the method. was called on an object in the state.The timeout elapsed before the was able to close gracefully. - - - - Completes an asynchronous operation to open a communication object. - - The that is returned by a call to the method.The was unable to be opened and has entered the state.The timeout elapsed before the was able to enter the state and has entered the state. - - - - Gets the target endpoint for the service to which the WCF client can connect. - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Occurs when the communication object first enters the faulted state. - - - - - Gets the underlying implementation. - - - - - Causes a communication object to transition from the created state into the opened state. - - The was unable to be opened and has entered the state.The default open timeout elapsed before the was able to enter the state and has entered the state. - - - - Causes a communication object to transition from the created state into the opened state within a specified interval of time. - - The that specifies how long the send operation has to complete before timing out.The was unable to be opened and has entered the state.The specified timeout elapsed before the was able to enter the state and has entered the state. - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Occurs when Open operation has completed. - - - - - Occurs when the communication object completes its transition from the opening state into the opened state. - - - - - Occurs when the communication object first enters the opening state. - - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - User-specific state. - - - - Occurs when the log message processing has completed. - - - - - Gets the current state of the communication-oriented object. - - - The value of the of the object. - - - - - Causes a communication object to transition from its current state into the closed state. - - - - - Abstract base class for the WcfLogReceiverXXXWay classes. It can only be - used internally (see internal constructor). It passes off any Channel usage - to the inheriting class. - - Type of the WCF service. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The binding. - The remote address. - - - - Occurs when the log message processing has completed. - - - - - Occurs when Open operation has completed. - - - - - Occurs when Close operation has completed. - - - - - Gets or sets the cookie container. - - The cookie container. - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - - - - Opens the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - - - - Closes the client asynchronously. - - User-specific state. - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - - - - Processes the log messages asynchronously. - - The events to send. - User-specific state. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Log Receiver Client using WCF. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The binding. - The remote address. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Log Receiver Client using WCF. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the endpoint configuration. - The remote address. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The binding. - The remote address. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events to send. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Mapped Diagnostics Context - a thread-local structure that keeps a dictionary - of strings and provides methods to output them in layouts. - - - - - Gets the thread-local dictionary - - Must be true for any subsequent dictionary modification operation - - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - An that can be used to remove the item from the current thread MDC. - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - >An that can be used to remove the item from the current thread MDC. - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item, as . - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item, as . - - Item name. - The to use when converting a value to a . - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If is null and the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item, as . - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Returns all item names - - A set of the names of all items in current thread-MDC. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified exists in current thread MDC. - - - - Removes the specified from current thread MDC. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of current thread MDC. - - - - - Async version of Mapped Diagnostics Context - a logical context structure that keeps a dictionary - of strings and provides methods to output them in layouts. Allows for maintaining state across - asynchronous tasks and call contexts. - - - Ideally, these changes should be incorporated as a new version of the MappedDiagnosticsContext class in the original - NLog library so that state can be maintained for multiple threads in asynchronous situations. - - - - - Simulate ImmutableDictionary behavior (which is not yet part of all .NET frameworks). - In future the real ImmutableDictionary could be used here to minimize memory usage and copying time. - - Must be true for any subsequent dictionary modification operation - Prepare dictionary for additional inserts - - - - - Gets the current logical context named item, as . - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the current logical context named item, as . - - Item name. - The to use when converting a value to a string. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If is null and the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the current logical context named item, as . - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - >An that can be used to remove the item from the current logical context. - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - >An that can be used to remove the item from the current logical context. - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - >An that can be used to remove the item from the current logical context. - - - - Updates the current logical context with multiple items in single operation - - . - >An that can be used to remove the item from the current logical context (null if no items). - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Sets the current logical context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Returns all item names - - A collection of the names of all items in current logical context. - - - - Checks whether the specified exists in current logical context. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified exists in current logical context. - - - - Removes the specified from current logical context. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of current logical context. - - - - - Clears the content of current logical context. - - Free the full slot. - - - - Mapped Diagnostics Context - - This class marked as obsolete before NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item. - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise . - If the value isn't a already, this call locks the for reading the needed for converting to . - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item. - - Item name. - The value of , if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from current thread MDC. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of current thread MDC. - - - - - Mark a parameter of a method for message templating - - - - - Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as message-template-string - - - - - The name of the parameter that should be as treated as message-template-string - - - - - The type of the captured hole - - - - - Not decided - - - - - normal {x} - - - - - Serialize operator {@x} (aka destructure) - - - - - stringification operator {$x} - - - - - A hole that will be replaced with a value - - - - - Constructor - - - - Parameter name sent to structured loggers. - This is everything between "{" and the first of ",:}". - Including surrounding spaces and names that are numbers. - - - Format to render the parameter. - This is everything between ":" and the first unescaped "}" - - - - Type - - - - When the template is positional, this is the parsed name of this parameter. - For named templates, the value of Index is undefined. - - - Alignment to render the parameter, by default 0. - This is the parsed value between "," and the first of ":}" - - - - A fixed value - - - - Number of characters from the original template to copy at the current position. - This can be 0 when the template starts with a hole or when there are multiple consecutive holes. - - - Number of characters to skip in the original template at the current position. - 0 is a special value that mean: 1 escaped char, no hole. It can also happen last when the template ends with a literal. - - - - Combines Literal and Hole - - - - Literal - - - Hole - Uninitialized when = 0. - - - - Description of a single parameter extracted from a MessageTemplate - - - - - Parameter Name extracted from - This is everything between "{" and the first of ",:}". - - - - - Parameter Value extracted from the -array - - - - - Format to render the parameter. - This is everything between ":" and the first unescaped "}" - - - - - Parameter method that should be used to render the parameter - See also - - - - - Returns index for , when - - - - - Constructs a single message template parameter - - Parameter Name - Parameter Value - Parameter Format - - - - Constructs a single message template parameter - - Parameter Name - Parameter Value - Parameter Format - Parameter CaptureType - - - - Parameters extracted from parsing as MessageTemplate - - - - - - - - - - - Gets the parameters at the given index - - - - - Number of parameters - - - - Indicates whether the template should be interpreted as positional - (all holes are numbers) or named. - - - - Indicates whether the template was parsed successful, and there are no unmatched parameters - - - - - Constructor for parsing the message template with parameters - - including any parameter placeholders - All - - - - Constructor for named parameters that already has been parsed - - - - - Create MessageTemplateParameter from - - - - - A message template - - - - The original template string. - This is the key passed to structured targets. - - - The list of literal parts, useful for string rendering. - It indicates the number of characters from the original string to print, - then there's a hole with how many chars to skip. - - "Hello {firstName} {lastName}!" - ------------------------------------- - ║P |S ║P|S ║P|S║ - ║6 |11 ║1|10 ║1|0║ - ║Hello |{firstName}║ |{lastName}║!║ - - "{x} * 2 = {2x}" - -------------------- - ║P|S ║P |S ║ - ║0|3 ║7 |4 ║ - ║{x}║ * 2 = |{2x}║ - - The tricky part is escaped braces. They are represented by a skip = 0, - which is interpreted as "move one char forward, no hole". - - "Escaped }} is fun." - ---------------------- - ║P |S║P |S║ - ║9 |0║8 |0║ - ║Escaped }|}║ is fun.|║ - - - - This list of holes. It's used both to fill the string rendering - and to send values along the template to structured targets. - - - Indicates whether the template should be interpreted as positional - (all holes are numbers) or named. - - - - Create a template, which is already parsed - - - - - - - - - Create a template, which is already parsed - - - - - - - - This is for testing only: recreates from the parsed data. - - - - This is for testing only: rebuilds the hole - - Add to this string builder - ref for performance - - - - Parse templates. - - - - - Parse a template. - - Template to be parsed. - When is null. - Template, never null - - - - Gets the current literal/hole in the template - - - - - Clears the enumerator - - - - - Restarts the enumerator of the template - - - - - Moves to the next literal/hole in the template - - Found new element [true/false] - - - - Parse format after hole name/index. Handle the escaped { and } in the format. Don't read the last } - - - - - - Parse templates. - - - - - Parse a template. - - Template to be parsed. - When is null. - Template, never null - - - - Error when parsing a template. - - - - - Current index when the error occurred. - - - - - The template we were parsing - - - - - New exception - - The message to be shown. - Current index when the error occurred. - - - - - Render templates - - - - - Render a template to a string. - - The template. - Culture. - Parameters for the holes. - Do not fallback to StringBuilder.Format for positional templates. - The String Builder destination. - Parameters for the holes. - - - - Render a template to a string. - - The template. - The String Builder destination. - Culture. - Parameters for the holes. - Rendered template, never null. - - - - Convert Render or serialize a value, with optionally backwards-compatible with - - - - Singleton - - - - Serialization of an object, e.g. JSON and append to - - The object to serialize to string. - Parameter Format - Parameter CaptureType - An object that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Output destination. - Serialize succeeded (true/false) - - - - Format an object to a readable string, or if it's an object, serialize - - The value to convert - - - - - - - - Try serializing a scalar (string, int, NULL) or simple type (IFormattable) - - - - - Serialize Dictionary as JSON like structure, without { and } - - - "FirstOrder"=true, "Previous login"=20-12-2017 14:55:32, "number of tries"=1 - - - formatstring of an item - - - - - - - - - Convert a value to a string with format and append to . - - The value to convert. - Format sting for the value. - Format provider for the value. - Append to this - - - - Nested Diagnostics Context - - This class marked as obsolete on NLog 2.0 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Gets the top NDC message but doesn't remove it. - - The top message. . - - - - Gets the top NDC object but doesn't remove it. - - The object from the top of the NDC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Pushes the specified text on current thread NDC. - - The text to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pops the top message off the NDC stack. - - The top message which is no longer on the stack. - - - - Pops the top object off the NDC stack. The object is removed from the stack. - - The top object from the NDC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Clears current thread NDC stack. - - - - - Gets all messages on the stack. - - Array of strings on the stack. - - - - Gets all objects on the NDC stack. The objects are not removed from the stack. - - Array of objects on the stack. - - - - Nested Diagnostics Context - a thread-local structure that keeps a stack - of strings and provides methods to output them in layouts - - - - - Gets the top NDC message but doesn't remove it. - - The top message. . - - - - Gets the top NDC object but doesn't remove it. - - The object at the top of the NDC stack if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Pushes the specified text on current thread NDC. - - The text to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pushes the specified object on current thread NDC. - - The object to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pops the top message off the NDC stack. - - The top message which is no longer on the stack. - - - - Pops the top message from the NDC stack. - - The to use when converting the value to a string. - The top message, which is removed from the stack, as a string value. - - - - Pops the top object off the NDC stack. - - The object from the top of the NDC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Peeks the first object on the NDC stack - - The object from the top of the NDC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Clears current thread NDC stack. - - - - - Gets all messages on the stack. - - Array of strings on the stack. - - - - Gets all messages from the stack, without removing them. - - The to use when converting a value to a string. - Array of strings. - - - - Gets all objects on the stack. - - Array of objects on the stack. - - - - Resets the stack to the original count during . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The stack. - The previous count. - - - - Reverts the stack to original item count. - - - - - Async version of - a logical context structure that keeps a stack - Allows for maintaining scope across asynchronous tasks and call contexts. - - - - - Pushes the specified value on current stack - - The value to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pushes the specified value on current stack - - The value to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pops the top message off the NDLC stack. - - The top message which is no longer on the stack. - this methods returns a object instead of string, this because of backwards-compatibility - - - - Pops the top message from the NDLC stack. - - The to use when converting the value to a string. - The top message, which is removed from the stack, as a string value. - - - - Pops the top message off the current NDLC stack - - The object from the top of the NDLC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Peeks the top object on the current NDLC stack - - The object from the top of the NDLC stack, if defined; otherwise null. - - - - Peeks the current scope, and returns its start time - - Scope Creation Time - - - - Peeks the first scope, and returns its start time - - Scope Creation Time - - - - Clears current stack. - - - - - Gets all messages on the stack. - - Array of strings on the stack. - - - - Gets all messages from the stack, without removing them. - - The to use when converting a value to a string. - Array of strings. - - - - Gets all objects on the stack. The objects are not removed from the stack. - - Array of objects on the stack. - - - - Exception thrown during NLog configuration. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - Parameters for the message - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The inner exception. - The message. - Parameters for the message - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - The parameter is null. - - - The class name is null or is zero (0). - - - - - Exception thrown during log event processing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - Parameters for the message - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - The parameter is null. - - - The class name is null or is zero (0). - - - - - TraceListener which routes all messages through NLog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the log factory to use when outputting messages (null - use LogManager). - - - - - Gets or sets the default log level. - - - - - Gets or sets the log which should be always used regardless of source level. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether flush calls from trace sources should be ignored. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the trace listener is thread safe. - - - true if the trace listener is thread safe; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use auto logger name detected from the stack trace. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, writes the specified message to the listener you create in the derived class. - - A message to write. - - - - When overridden in a derived class, writes a message to the listener you create in the derived class, followed by a line terminator. - - A message to write. - - - - When overridden in a derived class, closes the output stream so it no longer receives tracing or debugging output. - - - - - Emits an error message. - - A message to emit. - - - - Emits an error message and a detailed error message. - - A message to emit. - A detailed message to emit. - - - - Flushes the output (if is not true) buffer with the default timeout of 15 seconds. - - - - - Writes trace information, a data object and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - One of the values specifying the type of event that has caused the trace. - A numeric identifier for the event. - The trace data to emit. - - - - Writes trace information, an array of data objects and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - One of the values specifying the type of event that has caused the trace. - A numeric identifier for the event. - An array of objects to emit as data. - - - - Writes trace and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - One of the values specifying the type of event that has caused the trace. - A numeric identifier for the event. - - - - Writes trace information, a formatted array of objects and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - One of the values specifying the type of event that has caused the trace. - A numeric identifier for the event. - A format string that contains zero or more format items, which correspond to objects in the array. - An object array containing zero or more objects to format. - - - - Writes trace information, a message, and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - One of the values specifying the type of event that has caused the trace. - A numeric identifier for the event. - A message to write. - - - - Writes trace information, a message, a related activity identity and event information to the listener specific output. - - A object that contains the current process ID, thread ID, and stack trace information. - A name used to identify the output, typically the name of the application that generated the trace event. - A numeric identifier for the event. - A message to write. - A object identifying a related activity. - - - - Gets the custom attributes supported by the trace listener. - - - A string array naming the custom attributes supported by the trace listener, or null if there are no custom attributes. - - - - - Translates the event type to level from . - - Type of the event. - Translated log level. - - - - Process the log event - The log level. - The name of the logger. - The log message. - The log parameters. - The event id. - The event type. - The related activity id. - - - - - It works as a normal but it discards all messages which an application requests - to be logged. - - It effectively implements the "Null Object" pattern for objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of . - - The factory class to be used for the creation of this logger. - - - - Extension methods to setup LogFactory options - - - - - Configures loading of NLog extensions for Targets and LayoutRenderers - - - - - Configures the output of NLog for diagnostics / troubleshooting - - - - - Configures serialization and transformation of LogEvents - - - - - Extension methods to setup NLog extensions, so they are known when loading NLog LoggingConfiguration - - - - - Enable/disables autoloading of NLog extensions by scanning and loading available assemblies - - - Enabled by default, and gives a huge performance hit during startup. Recommended to disable this when running in the cloud. - - - - - Registers NLog extensions from the assembly. - - - - - Registers NLog extensions from the assembly type name - - - - - Register a custom Target. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Type of the Target. - Name of the Target. - - - - Register a custom Target. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Type of the Target. - Name of the Target. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Type of the layout renderer. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Type of the layout renderer. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer with a callback function . The callback receives the logEvent. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - Callback that returns the value for the layout renderer. - - - - Register a custom layout renderer with a callback function . The callback receives the logEvent and the current configuration. - - Fluent interface parameter. - Name of the layout renderer - without ${}. - Callback that returns the value for the layout renderer. - - - - Register a custom condition method, that can use in condition filters - - Fluent interface parameter. - Name of the condition filter method - MethodInfo extracted by reflection - typeof(MyClass).GetMethod("MyFunc", BindingFlags.Static). - - - - Register a custom condition method, that can use in condition filters - - Fluent interface parameter. - Name of the condition filter method - Lambda method. - - - - Register a custom condition method, that can use in condition filters - - Fluent interface parameter. - Name of the condition filter method - Lambda method. - - - - Extension methods to setup NLog options - - - - - Configures - - - - - Configures - - - - - Configures - - - - - Configures - - - - - Configures - - - - - Extension methods to setup NLog extensions, so they are known when loading NLog LoggingConfiguration - - - - - Overrides the active with a new custom implementation - - - - - Overrides the active with a new custom implementation - - - - - Registers object Type transformation from dangerous (massive) object to safe (reduced) object - - - - - Registers object Type transformation from dangerous (massive) object to safe (reduced) object - - - - - Specifies the way archive numbering is performed. - - - - - Sequence style numbering. The most recent archive has the highest number. - - - - - Rolling style numbering (the most recent is always #0 then #1, ..., #N. - - - - - Date style numbering. Archives will be stamped with the prior period - (Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute) datetime. - - - - - Date and sequence style numbering. - Archives will be stamped with the prior period (Year, Month, Day) datetime. - The most recent archive has the highest number (in combination with the date). - - - - - Abstract Target with async Task support - - - - - How many milliseconds to delay the actual write operation to optimize for batching - - - - - How many seconds a Task is allowed to run before it is cancelled. - - - - - How many attempts to retry the same Task, before it is aborted - - - - - How many milliseconds to wait before next retry (will double with each retry) - - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the locking queue, instead of a lock-free concurrent queue - The locking queue is less concurrent when many logger threads, but reduces memory allocation - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when the lazy writer thread request queue count - exceeds the set limit. - - - - - - Gets or sets the limit on the number of requests in the lazy writer thread request queue. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of log events that should be processed in a batch - by the lazy writer thread. - - - - - - Task Scheduler used for processing async Tasks - - - - - Constructor - - - - - Initializes the internal queue for pending logevents - - - - - Override this to create the actual logging task - - Example of how to override this method, and call custom async method - - protected override Task WriteAsyncTask(LogEventInfo logEvent, CancellationToken token) - { - return CustomWriteAsync(logEvent, token); - } - - private async Task CustomWriteAsync(LogEventInfo logEvent, CancellationToken token) - { - await MyLogMethodAsync(logEvent, token).ConfigureAwait(false); - } - - - The log event. - The cancellation token - - - - - Override this to create the actual logging task for handling batch of logevents - - A batch of logevents. - The cancellation token - - - - - Handle cleanup after failed write operation - - Exception from previous failed Task - The cancellation token - Number of retries remaining - Time to sleep before retrying - Should attempt retry - - - - Schedules the LogEventInfo for async writing - - The log event. - - - - Write to queue without locking - - - - - - Schedules notification of when all messages has been written - - - - - - Closes Target by updating CancellationToken - - - - - Releases any managed resources - - - - - - Checks the internal queue for the next to create a new task for - - Used for race-condition validation between task-completion and timeout - Signals whether previousTask completed an almost full BatchSize - - - - Generates recursive task-chain to perform retry of writing logevents with increasing retry-delay - - - - - Creates new task to handle the writing of the input - - LogEvents to write - New Task created [true / false] - - - - Handles that scheduled task has completed (successfully or failed), and starts the next pending task - - Task just completed - AsyncContinuation to notify of success or failure - - - - Timer method, that is fired when pending task fails to complete within timeout - - - - - - Sends log messages to the remote instance of Chainsaw application from log4j. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will crawl. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with a name. - - Name of the target. - - - - Color formatting for using ANSI Color Codes - - - - - Not using bold to get light colors, as it has to be cleared - - - - - Not using bold to get light colors, as it has to be cleared (And because it only works for text, and not background) - - - - - Resets both foreground and background color. - - - - - ANSI have 8 color-codes (30-37) by default. The "bright" (or "intense") color-codes (90-97) are extended values not supported by all terminals - - - - - Color formatting for using - and - - - - - Writes log messages to the console with customizable coloring. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Should logging being paused/stopped because of the race condition bug in Console.Writeline? - - - Console.Out.Writeline / Console.Error.Writeline could throw 'IndexOutOfRangeException', which is a bug. - See https://stackoverflow.com/questions/33915790/console-out-and-console-error-race-condition-error-in-a-windows-service-written - and https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/2057284/console-out-probable-i-o-race-condition-issue-in-multi-threaded-windows-service - - Full error: - Error during session close: System.IndexOutOfRangeException: Probable I/ O race condition detected while copying memory. - The I/ O package is not thread safe by default.In multithreaded applications, - a stream must be accessed in a thread-safe way, such as a thread - safe wrapper returned by TextReader's or - TextWriter's Synchronized methods.This also applies to classes like StreamWriter and StreamReader. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the error stream (stderr) should be used instead of the output stream (stdout). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use default row highlighting rules. - - - The default rules are: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ConditionForeground ColorBackground Color
level == LogLevel.FatalRedNoChange
level == LogLevel.ErrorYellowNoChange
level == LogLevel.WarnMagentaNoChange
level == LogLevel.InfoWhiteNoChange
level == LogLevel.DebugGrayNoChange
level == LogLevel.TraceDarkGrayNoChange
-
- -
- - - The encoding for writing messages to the . - - Has side effect - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto-check if the console is available. - - Disables console writing if Environment.UserInteractive = False (Windows Service) - - Disables console writing if Console Standard Input is not available (Non-Console-App) - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto-check if the console has been redirected to file - - Disables coloring logic when System.Console.IsOutputRedirected = true - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto-flush after - - - Normally not required as standard Console.Out will have = true, but not when pipe to file - - - - - - Enables output using ANSI Color Codes - - - - - - Gets the row highlighting rules. - - - - - - Gets the word highlighting rules. - - - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - - - - Writes the specified log event to the console highlighting entries - and words based on a set of defined rules. - - Log event. - - - - Colored console output color. - - - Note that this enumeration is defined to be binary compatible with - .NET 2.0 System.ConsoleColor + some additions - - - - - Black Color (#000000). - - - - - Dark blue Color (#000080). - - - - - Dark green Color (#008000). - - - - - Dark Cyan Color (#008080). - - - - - Dark Red Color (#800000). - - - - - Dark Magenta Color (#800080). - - - - - Dark Yellow Color (#808000). - - - - - Gray Color (#C0C0C0). - - - - - Dark Gray Color (#808080). - - - - - Blue Color (#0000FF). - - - - - Green Color (#00FF00). - - - - - Cyan Color (#00FFFF). - - - - - Red Color (#FF0000). - - - - - Magenta Color (#FF00FF). - - - - - Yellow Color (#FFFF00). - - - - - White Color (#FFFFFF). - - - - - Don't change the color. - - - - - The row-highlighting condition. - - - - - Initializes static members of the ConsoleRowHighlightingRule class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Color of the foreground. - Color of the background. - - - - Gets the default highlighting rule. Doesn't change the color. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition that must be met in order to set the specified foreground and background color. - - - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color. - - - - - - Gets or sets the background color. - - - - - - Checks whether the specified log event matches the condition (if any). - - - Log event. - - - A value of if the condition is not defined or - if it matches, otherwise. - - - - - Writes log messages to the console. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Should logging being paused/stopped because of the race condition bug in Console.Writeline? - - - Console.Out.Writeline / Console.Error.Writeline could throw 'IndexOutOfRangeException', which is a bug. - See https://stackoverflow.com/questions/33915790/console-out-and-console-error-race-condition-error-in-a-windows-service-written - and https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/2057284/console-out-probable-i-o-race-condition-issue-in-multi-threaded-windows-service - - Full error: - Error during session close: System.IndexOutOfRangeException: Probable I/ O race condition detected while copying memory. - The I/ O package is not thread safe by default. In multi threaded applications, - a stream must be accessed in a thread-safe way, such as a thread - safe wrapper returned by TextReader's or - TextWriter's Synchronized methods.This also applies to classes like StreamWriter and StreamReader. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to send the log messages to the standard error instead of the standard output. - - - - - - The encoding for writing messages to the . - - Has side effect - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto-check if the console is available - - Disables console writing if Environment.UserInteractive = False (Windows Service) - - Disables console writing if Console Standard Input is not available (Non-Console-App) - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to auto-flush after - - - Normally not required as standard Console.Out will have = true, but not when pipe to file - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to enable batch writing using char[]-buffers, instead of using - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the Console.Out or - Console.Error depending on the value of the Error flag. - - The logging event. - - Note that the Error option is not supported on .NET Compact Framework. - - - - - - - - Write to output - - - - - Highlighting rule for Win32 colorful console. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The text to be matched.. - Color of the foreground. - Color of the background. - - - - Gets or sets the regular expression to be matched. You must specify either text or regex. - - - - - - Compile the ? This can improve the performance, but at the costs of more memory usage. If false, the Regex Cache is used. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text to be matched. You must specify either text or regex. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to match whole words only. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing texts. - - - - - - Gets or sets the foreground color. - - - - - - Gets or sets the background color. - - - - - - Gets the compiled regular expression that matches either Text or Regex property. Only used when is true. - - - - - Information about database command + parameters. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the command. - - The type of the command. - - - - - Gets or sets the connection string to run the command against. If not provided, connection string from the target is used. - - - - - - Gets or sets the command text. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore failures. - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a database named or positional parameter. - - - - - - Information about object-property for the database-connection-object - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the name for the object-property - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to assign on the object-property - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the object-property - - - - - - Gets or sets convert format of the property value - - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for parsing property string-value for type-conversion - - - - - - Represents a parameter to a Database target. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter layout. - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calculate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter DbType. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter size. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter precision. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter scale. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets convert format of the database parameter value. - - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for parsing parameter string-value for type-conversion - - - - - - Writes log messages to the database using an ADO.NET provider. - - - - NETSTANDARD cannot load connectionstrings from .config - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - The configuration is dependent on the database type, because - there are different methods of specifying connection string, SQL - command and command parameters. - - MS SQL Server using System.Data.SqlClient: - - Oracle using System.Data.OracleClient: - - Oracle using System.Data.OleDBClient: - - To set up the log target programmatically use code like this (an equivalent of MSSQL configuration): - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the database provider. - - - - The parameter name should be a provider invariant name as registered in machine.config or app.config. Common values are: - -
    -
  • System.Data.SqlClient - SQL Sever Client
  • -
  • System.Data.SqlServerCe.3.5 - SQL Sever Compact 3.5
  • -
  • System.Data.OracleClient - Oracle Client from Microsoft (deprecated in .NET Framework 4)
  • -
  • Oracle.DataAccess.Client - ODP.NET provider from Oracle
  • -
  • System.Data.SQLite - System.Data.SQLite driver for SQLite
  • -
  • Npgsql - Npgsql driver for PostgreSQL
  • -
  • MySql.Data.MySqlClient - MySQL Connector/Net
  • -
- (Note that provider invariant names are not supported on .NET Compact Framework). - - Alternatively the parameter value can be be a fully qualified name of the provider - connection type (class implementing ) or one of the following tokens: - -
    -
  • sqlserver, mssql, microsoft or msde - SQL Server Data Provider
  • -
  • oledb - OLEDB Data Provider
  • -
  • odbc - ODBC Data Provider
  • -
-
- -
- - - Gets or sets the name of the connection string (as specified in <connectionStrings> configuration section. - - - - - - Gets or sets the connection string. When provided, it overrides the values - specified in DBHost, DBUserName, DBPassword, DBDatabase. - - - - - - Gets or sets the connection string using for installation and uninstallation. If not provided, regular ConnectionString is being used. - - - - - - Gets the installation DDL commands. - - - - - - Gets the uninstallation DDL commands. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep the - database connection open between the log events. - - - - - - Obsolete - value will be ignored! The logging code always runs outside of transaction. - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use database transactions. - Some data providers require this. - - - - This option was removed in NLog 4.0 because the logging code always runs outside of transaction. - This ensures that the log gets written to the database if you rollback the main transaction because of an error and want to log the error. - - - - - Gets or sets the database host name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Server=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database user name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "User ID=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database password. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Password=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Database=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text of the SQL command to be run on each log level. - - - Typically this is a SQL INSERT statement or a stored procedure call. - It should use the database-specific parameters (marked as @parameter - for SQL server or :parameter for Oracle, other data providers - have their own notation) and not the layout renderers, - because the latter is prone to SQL injection attacks. - The layout renderers should be specified as <parameter /> elements instead. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the SQL command to be run on each log level. - - - This specifies how the command text is interpreted, as "Text" (default) or as "StoredProcedure". - When using the value StoredProcedure, the commandText-property would - normally be the name of the stored procedure. TableDirect method is not supported in this context. - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each item contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a database named or positional parameter. - - - - - - Gets the collection of properties. Each item contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a property on the DbConnection instance - - - - - - Gets the collection of properties. Each item contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a property on the DbCommand instance - - - - - - Configures isolated transaction batch writing. If supported by the database, then it will improve insert performance. - - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Initializes the target. Can be used by inheriting classes - to initialize logging. - - - - - Set the to use it for opening connections to the database. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the database. It creates - a new database command, prepares parameters for it by calculating - layouts and executes the command. - - The logging event. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Write logEvent to database - - - - - Build the connectionstring from the properties. - - - Using at first, and falls back to the properties , - , and - - Event to render the layout inside the properties. - - - - - Escape quotes and semicolons. - See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ms722656(v=vs.85)#setting-values-that-use-reserved-characters - - - - - Create database parameter - - Current command. - Parameter configuration info. - - - - Extract parameter value from the logevent - - Current logevent. - Parameter configuration info. - - - - Create Default Value of Type - - - - - - - A descriptor for an archive created with the DateAndSequence numbering mode. - - - - - The full name of the archive file. - - - - - The parsed date contained in the file name. - - - - - The parsed sequence number contained in the file name. - - - - - Determines whether produces the same string as the current instance's date once formatted with the current instance's date format. - - The date to compare the current object's date to. - True if the formatted dates are equal, otherwise False. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Writes log messages to the attached managed debugger. - - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the attached debugger. - - The logging event. - - - - Mock target - useful for testing. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets the number of times this target has been called. - - - - - - Gets the last message rendered by this target. - - - - - - Increases the number of messages. - - The logging event. - - - - Default class for serialization of values to JSON format. - - - - - Singleton instance of the serializer. - - - - - Private. Use - - - - - Returns a serialization of an object into JSON format. - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Serialized value. - - - - Returns a serialization of an object into JSON format. - - The object to serialize to JSON. - serialisation options - Serialized value. - - - - Serialization of the object in JSON format to the destination StringBuilder - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Write the resulting JSON to this destination. - Object serialized successfully (true/false). - - - - Serialization of the object in JSON format to the destination StringBuilder - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Write the resulting JSON to this destination. - serialisation options - Object serialized successfully (true/false). - - - - Serialization of the object in JSON format to the destination StringBuilder - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Write the resulting JSON to this destination. - serialisation options - The objects in path (Avoid cyclic reference loop). - The current depth (level) of recursion. - Object serialized successfully (true/false). - - - - No quotes needed for this type? - - - - - Checks the object if it is numeric - - TypeCode for the object - Accept fractional types as numeric type. - - - - - Checks input string if it needs JSON escaping, and makes necessary conversion - - Destination Builder - Input string - all options - JSON escaped string - - - - Checks input string if it needs JSON escaping, and makes necessary conversion - - Destination Builder - Input string - Should non-ascii characters be encoded - - JSON escaped string - - - - Writes log message to the Event Log. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Max size in characters (limitation of the EventLog API). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - . to be used as Source. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the machine on which Event Log service is running. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that renders event ID. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that renders event Category. - - - - - - Optional entry type. When not set, or when not convertible to then determined by - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to be used as the event Source. - - - By default this is the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the Event Log to write to. This can be System, Application or any user-defined name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the message length limit to write to the Event Log. - - MaxMessageLength cannot be zero or negative - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum Event log size in kilobytes. - - - MaxKilobytes cannot be less than 64 or greater than 4194240 or not a multiple of 64. - If null, the value will not be specified while creating the Event log. - - - - - - Gets or sets the action to take if the message is larger than the option. - - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the event log. - - The logging event. - - - - Get the entry type for logging the message. - - The logging event - for rendering the - - - - Get the source, if and only if the source is fixed. - - null when not - Internal for unit tests - - - - (re-)create an event source, if it isn't there. Works only with fixed source names. - - The source name. If source is not fixed (see , then pass null or . - always throw an Exception when there is an error - - - - A wrapper for Windows event log. - - - - - A wrapper for the property . - - - - - A wrapper for the property . - - - - - A wrapper for the property . - - - - - A wrapper for the property . - - - - - Indicates whether an event log instance is associated. - - - - - A wrapper for the method . - - - - - Creates a new association with an instance of the event log. - - - - - A wrapper for the static method . - - - - - A wrapper for the static method . - - - - - A wrapper for the static method . - - - - - A wrapper for the static method . - - - - - The implementation of , that uses Windows . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Creates a new association with an instance of Windows . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Action that should be taken if the message is greater than - the max message size allowed by the Event Log. - - - - - Truncate the message before writing to the Event Log. - - - - - Split the message and write multiple entries to the Event Log. - - - - - Discard of the message. It will not be written to the Event Log. - - - - - Check if cleanup should be performed on initialize new file - - Skip cleanup when initializing new file, just after having performed archive operation - - Base archive file pattern - Maximum number of archive files that should be kept - Maximum days of archive files that should be kept - True, when archive cleanup is needed - - - - Characters determining the start of the . - - - - - Characters determining the end of the . - - - - - File name which is used as template for matching and replacements. - It is expected to contain a pattern to match. - - - - - The begging position of the - within the . -1 is returned - when no pattern can be found. - - - - - The ending position of the - within the . -1 is returned - when no pattern can be found. - - - - - Replace the pattern with the specified String. - - - - - - - Archives the log-files using a date style numbering. Archives will be stamped with the - prior period (Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute) datetime. - - When the number of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - When the age of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - - - - - Archives the log-files using a date and sequence style numbering. Archives will be stamped - with the prior period (Year, Month, Day) datetime. The most recent archive has the highest number (in - combination with the date). - - When the number of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - When the age of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - - - - - Parse filename with date and sequence pattern - - - dateformat for archive - - the found pattern. When failed, then default - the found pattern. When failed, then default - - - - - Archives the log-files using the provided base-archive-filename. If the base-archive-filename causes - duplicate archive filenames, then sequence-style is automatically enforced. - - Example: - Base Filename trace.log - Next Filename trace.0.log - - The most recent archive has the highest number. - - When the number of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - When the age of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - - - - - Dynamically converts a non-template archiveFilePath into a correct archiveFilePattern. - Before called the original IFileArchiveMode, that has been wrapped by this - - - - - Determines if the file name as contains a numeric pattern i.e. {#} in it. - - Example: - trace{#}.log Contains the numeric pattern. - trace{###}.log Contains the numeric pattern. - trace{#X#}.log Contains the numeric pattern (See remarks). - trace.log Does not contain the pattern. - - Occasionally, this method can identify the existence of the {#} pattern incorrectly. - File name to be checked. - when the pattern is found; otherwise. - - - - Archives the log-files using a rolling style numbering (the most recent is always #0 then - #1, ..., #N. - - When the number of archive files exceed the obsolete archives - are deleted. - - - - - Replaces the numeric pattern i.e. {#} in a file name with the parameter value. - - File name which contains the numeric pattern. - Value which will replace the numeric pattern. - File name with the value of in the position of the numeric pattern. - - - - Archives the log-files using a sequence style numbering. The most recent archive has the highest number. - - When the number of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - When the age of archive files exceed the obsolete archives are deleted. - - - - - Modes of archiving files based on time. - - - - - Don't archive based on time. - - - - - AddToArchive every year. - - - - - AddToArchive every month. - - - - - AddToArchive daily. - - - - - AddToArchive every hour. - - - - - AddToArchive every minute. - - - - - AddToArchive every Sunday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Monday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Tuesday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Wednesday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Thursday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Friday. - - - - - AddToArchive every Saturday. - - - - - Type of filepath - - - - - Detect of relative or absolute - - - - - Relative path - - - - - Absolute path - - Best for performance - - - - Writes log messages to one or more files. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Default clean up period of the initialized files. When a file exceeds the clean up period is removed from the list. - - Clean up period is defined in days. - - - - The maximum number of initialized files before clean up procedures are initiated, - to keep the number of initialized files to a minimum. Chose 25 to cater for monthly rolling of log-files. - - - - - This value disables file archiving based on the size. - - - - - Holds the initialized files each given time by the instance. Against each file, the last write time is stored. - - Last write time is store in local time (no UTC). - - - - List of the associated file appenders with the instance. - - - - - The number of initialized files at any one time. - - - - - The maximum number of archive files that should be kept. - - - - - The maximum days of archive files that should be kept. - - - - - The filename as target - - - - - The archive file name as target - - - - - The date of the previous log event. - - - - - The file name of the previous log event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to write to. - - - This FileName string is a layout which may include instances of layout renderers. - This lets you use a single target to write to multiple files. - - - The following value makes NLog write logging events to files based on the log level in the directory where - the application runs. - ${basedir}/${level}.log - All Debug messages will go to Debug.log, all Info messages will go to Info.log and so on. - You can combine as many of the layout renderers as you want to produce an arbitrary log file name. - - - - - - Cleanup invalid values in a filename, e.g. slashes in a filename. If set to true, this can impact the performance of massive writes. - If set to false, nothing gets written when the filename is wrong. - - - - - - Is the an absolute or relative path? - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to create directories if they do not exist. - - - Setting this to false may improve performance a bit, but you'll receive an error - when attempting to write to a directory that's not present. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to delete old log file on startup. - - - This option works only when the "FileName" parameter denotes a single file. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to replace file contents on each write instead of appending log message at the end. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep log file open instead of opening and closing it on each logging event. - - - Setting this property to True helps improve performance. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of log file names that should be stored as existing. - - - The bigger this number is the longer it will take to write each log record. The smaller the number is - the higher the chance that the clean function will be run when no new files have been opened. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable log file(s) to be deleted. - - - - - - Gets or sets the file attributes (Windows only). - - - - - - Gets or sets the line ending mode. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically flush the file buffers after each log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of files to be kept open. Setting this to a higher value may improve performance - in a situation where a single File target is writing to many files - (such as splitting by level or by logger). - - - The files are managed on a LRU (least recently used) basis, which flushes - the files that have not been used for the longest period of time should the - cache become full. As a rule of thumb, you shouldn't set this parameter to - a very high value. A number like 10-15 shouldn't be exceeded, because you'd - be keeping a large number of files open which consumes system resources. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of seconds that files are kept open. If this number is negative the files are - not automatically closed after a period of inactivity. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of seconds before open files are flushed. If this number is negative or zero - the files are not flushed by timer. - - - - - - Gets or sets the log file buffer size in bytes. - - - - - - Gets or sets the file encoding. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether or not this target should just discard all data that its asked to write. - Mostly used for when testing NLog Stack except final write - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether concurrent writes to the log file by multiple processes on the same host. - - - This makes multi-process logging possible. NLog uses a special technique - that lets it keep the files open for writing. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether concurrent writes to the log file by multiple processes on different network hosts. - - - This effectively prevents files from being kept open. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to write BOM (byte order mark) in created files - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of times the write is appended on the file before NLog - discards the log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to wait before attempting to write to the file again. - - - The actual delay is a random value between 0 and the value specified - in this parameter. On each failed attempt the delay base is doubled - up to times. - - - Assuming that ConcurrentWriteAttemptDelay is 10 the time to wait will be:

- a random value between 0 and 10 milliseconds - 1st attempt
- a random value between 0 and 20 milliseconds - 2nd attempt
- a random value between 0 and 40 milliseconds - 3rd attempt
- a random value between 0 and 80 milliseconds - 4th attempt
- ...

- and so on. - - - - -

- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to archive old log file on startup. - - - This option works only when the "FileName" parameter denotes a single file. - After archiving the old file, the current log file will be empty. - - -
- - - Gets or sets a value of the file size threshold to archive old log file on startup. - - - This option won't work if is set to false - Default value is 0 which means that the file is archived as soon as archival on - startup is enabled. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value specifying the date format to use when archiving files. - - - This option works only when the "ArchiveNumbering" parameter is set either to Date or DateAndSequence. - - - - - - Gets or sets the size in bytes above which log files will be automatically archived. - - Warning: combining this with isn't supported. We cannot create multiple archive files, if they should have the same name. - Choose: - - - Caution: Enabling this option can considerably slow down your file - logging in multi-process scenarios. If only one process is going to - be writing to the file, consider setting ConcurrentWrites - to false for maximum performance. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically archive log files every time the specified time passes. - - - Files are moved to the archive as part of the write operation if the current period of time changes. For example - if the current hour changes from 10 to 11, the first write that will occur - on or after 11:00 will trigger the archiving. -

- Caution: Enabling this option can considerably slow down your file - logging in multi-process scenarios. If only one process is going to - be writing to the file, consider setting ConcurrentWrites - to false for maximum performance. -

-
- -
- - - Is the an absolute or relative path? - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be used for an archive. - - - It may contain a special placeholder {#####} - that will be replaced with a sequence of numbers depending on - the archiving strategy. The number of hash characters used determines - the number of numerical digits to be used for numbering files. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of archive files that should be kept. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum days of archive files that should be kept. - - - - - - Gets or sets the way file archives are numbered. - - - - - - Used to compress log files during archiving. - This may be used to provide your own implementation of a zip file compressor, - on platforms other than .Net4.5. - Defaults to ZipArchiveFileCompressor on .Net4.5 and to null otherwise. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to compress archive files into the zip archive format. - - - - - - Gets or set a value indicating whether a managed file stream is forced, instead of using the native implementation. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether file creation calls should be synchronized by a system global mutex. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the footer should be written only when the file is archived. - - - - - - Gets the characters that are appended after each line. - - - - - Refresh the ArchiveFilePatternToWatch option of the . - The log file must be watched for archiving when multiple processes are writing to the same - open file. - - - - - Removes records of initialized files that have not been - accessed in the last two days. - - - Files are marked 'initialized' for the purpose of writing footers when the logging finishes. - - - - - Removes records of initialized files that have not been - accessed after the specified date. - - The cleanup threshold. - - Files are marked 'initialized' for the purpose of writing footers when the logging finishes. - - - - - Flushes all pending file operations. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - The timeout parameter is ignored, because file APIs don't provide - the needed functionality. - - - - - Returns the suitable appender factory ( ) to be used to generate the file - appenders associated with the instance. - - The type of the file appender factory returned depends on the values of various properties. - - suitable for this instance. - - - - Initializes file logging by creating data structures that - enable efficient multi-file logging. - - - - - Closes the file(s) opened for writing. - - - - - Can be used if has been enabled. - - - - - Can be used if has been enabled. - - - - - Can be used if has been enabled. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to a file specified in the FileName - parameter. - - The logging event. - - - - Get full filename (=absolute) and cleaned if needed. - - - - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes the specified array of logging events to a file specified in the FileName - parameter. - - An array of objects. - - This function makes use of the fact that the events are batched by sorting - the requests by filename. This optimizes the number of open/close calls - and can help improve performance. - - - - - Returns estimated size for memory stream, based on events count and first event size in bytes. - - Count of events - Bytes count of first event - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The log event to be formatted. - A string representation of the log event. - - - - Gets the bytes to be written to the file. - - Log event. - Array of bytes that are ready to be written. - - - - Modifies the specified byte array before it gets sent to a file. - - The byte array. - The modified byte array. The function can do the modification in-place. - - - - Gets the bytes to be written to the file. - - The log event to be formatted. - to help format log event. - Optional temporary char-array to help format log event. - Destination for the encoded result. - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The log event to be formatted. - for the result. - - - - Modifies the specified byte array before it gets sent to a file. - - The LogEvent being written - The byte array. - - - - Archives fileName to archiveFileName. - - File name to be archived. - Name of the archive file. - - - - Gets the correct formatting to be used based on the value of for converting values which will be inserting into file - names during archiving. - - This value will be computed only when a empty value or is passed into - - Date format to used irrespectively of value. - Formatting for dates. - - - - Calculate the DateTime of the requested day of the week. - - The DateTime of the previous log event. - The next occuring day of the week to return a DateTime for. - The DateTime of the next occuring dayOfWeek. - For example: if previousLogEventTimestamp is Thursday 2017-03-02 and dayOfWeek is Sunday, this will return - Sunday 2017-03-05. If dayOfWeek is Thursday, this will return *next* Thursday 2017-03-09. - - - - Invokes the archiving process after determining when and which type of archiving is required. - - File name to be checked and archived. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - The DateTime of the previous log event for this file. - File has just been opened. - - - - Gets the pattern that archive files will match - - Filename of the log file - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - A string with a pattern that will match the archive file names - - - - Archives the file if it should be archived. - - The file name to check for. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - The size in bytes of the next chunk of data to be written in the file. - The DateTime of the previous log event for this file. - File has just been opened. - True when archive operation of the file was completed (by this target or a concurrent target) - - - - Indicates if the automatic archiving process should be executed. - - File name to be written. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - The size in bytes of the next chunk of data to be written in the file. - The DateTime of the previous log event for this file. - Filename to archive. If null, then nothing to archive. - - - - Returns the correct filename to archive - - - - - - Gets the file name for archiving, or null if archiving should not occur based on file size. - - File name to be written. - The size in bytes of the next chunk of data to be written in the file. - Filename to archive. If null, then nothing to archive. - - - - Returns the file name for archiving, or null if archiving should not occur based on date/time. - - File name to be written. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - The DateTime of the previous log event for this file. - Filename to archive. If null, then nothing to archive. - - - - Truncates the input-time, so comparison of low resolution times (like dates) are not affected by ticks - - High resolution Time - Time Resolution Level - Truncated Low Resolution Time - - - - Evaluates which parts of a file should be written (header, content, footer) based on various properties of - instance and writes them. - - File name to be written. - Raw sequence of to be written into the content part of the file. - File has just been opened. - - - - Initialise a file to be used by the instance. Based on the number of initialized - files and the values of various instance properties clean up and/or archiving processes can be invoked. - - File name to be written. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - The DateTime of the previous log event for this file (DateTime.MinValue if just initialized). - - - - Writes the file footer and finalizes the file in instance internal structures. - - File name to close. - Indicates if the file is being finalized for archiving. - - - - Writes the footer information to a file. - - The file path to write to. - - - - Decision logic whether to archive logfile on startup. - and properties. - - File name to be written. - Decision whether to archive or not. - - - - Invokes the archiving and clean up of older archive file based on the values of - and - properties respectively. - - File name to be written. - Log event that the instance is currently processing. - - - - Creates the file specified in and writes the file content in each entirety i.e. - Header, Content and Footer. - - The name of the file to be written. - Sequence of to be written in the content section of the file. - First attempt to write? - This method is used when the content of the log file is re-written on every write. - - - - Writes the header information and byte order mark to a file. - - File appender associated with the file. - - - - The sequence of to be written in a file after applying any formatting and any - transformations required from the . - - The layout used to render output message. - Sequence of to be written. - Usually it is used to render the header and hooter of the files. - - - - Controls the text and color formatting for - - - - - Creates a TextWriter for the console to start building a colored text message - - Active console stream - Optional StringBuilder to optimize performance - TextWriter for the console - - - - Releases the TextWriter for the console after having built a colored text message (Restores console colors) - - Colored TextWriter - Active console stream - Original foreground color for console (If changed) - Original background color for console (If changed) - Flush TextWriter - - - - Changes foreground color for the Colored TextWriter - - Colored TextWriter - New foreground color for the console - Old foreground color for the console - - - - Changes backgroundColor color for the Colored TextWriter - - Colored TextWriter - New backgroundColor color for the console - Old backgroundColor color for the console - - - - Restores console colors back to their original state - - Colored TextWriter - Original foregroundColor color for the console - Original backgroundColor color for the console - - - - Writes multiple characters to console in one operation (faster) - - Colored TextWriter - Output Text - Start Index - End Index - - - - Writes single character to console - - Colored TextWriter - Output Text - - - - Writes whole string and completes with newline - - Colored TextWriter - Output Text - - - - Default row highlight rules for the console printer - - - - - Check if cleanup should be performed on initialize new file - - Base archive file pattern - Maximum number of archive files that should be kept - Maximum days of archive files that should be kept - True, when archive cleanup is needed - - - - Create a wildcard file-mask that allows one to find all files belonging to the same archive. - - Base archive file pattern - Wildcard file-mask - - - - Search directory for all existing files that are part of the same archive. - - Base archive file pattern - - - - - Generate the next archive filename for the archive. - - Base archive file pattern - File date of archive - Existing files in the same archive - - - - - Return all files that should be removed from the provided archive. - - Base archive file pattern - Existing files in the same archive - Maximum number of archive files that should be kept - Maximum days of archive files that should be kept - - - - may be configured to compress archived files in a custom way - by setting before logging your first event. - - - - - Create archiveFileName by compressing fileName. - - Absolute path to the log file to compress. - Absolute path to the compressed archive file to create. - - - - Interface for serialization of values, maybe even objects to JSON format. - Useful for wrappers for existing serializers. - - - - - Returns a serialization of an object - into JSON format. - - The object to serialize to JSON. - Serialized value (null = Serialize failed). - - - - Options for JSON serialisation - - - - - Add quotes around object keys? - - - - - Format provider for value - - - - - Format string for value - - - - - Should non-ascii characters be encoded - - - - - Should forward slashes be escaped? If true, / will be converted to \/ - - - - - Serialize enum as string value - - - - - Should dictionary keys be sanitized. All characters must either be letters, numbers or underscore character (_). - - Any other characters will be converted to underscore character (_) - - - - - How far down the rabbit hole should the Json Serializer go with object-reflection before stopping - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Line ending mode. - - - - - Insert platform-dependent end-of-line sequence after each line. - - - - - Insert CR LF sequence (ASCII 13, ASCII 10) after each line. - - - - - Insert CR character (ASCII 13) after each line. - - - - - Insert LF character (ASCII 10) after each line. - - - - - Insert null terminator (ASCII 0) after each line. - - - - - Do not insert any line ending. - - - - - Gets the name of the LineEndingMode instance. - - - - - Gets the new line characters (value) of the LineEndingMode instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of . - - The mode name. - The new line characters to be used. - - - - Returns the that corresponds to the supplied . - - - The textual representation of the line ending mode, such as CRLF, LF, Default etc. - Name is not case sensitive. - - The value, that corresponds to the . - There is no line ending mode with the specified name. - - - - Compares two objects and returns a - value indicating whether the first one is equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of mode1.NewLineCharacters == mode2.NewLineCharacters. - - - - Compares two objects and returns a - value indicating whether the first one is not equal to the second one. - - The first mode - The second mode - The value of mode1.NewLineCharacters != mode2.NewLineCharacters. - - - - Returns a string representation of the log level. - - Log level name. - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - - A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms - and data structures like a hash table. - - - - - Determines whether the specified is - equal to this instance. - - The to compare with - this instance. - - Value of true if the specified - is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. - - - The parameter is null. - - - - Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type. - true if the current object is equal to the parameter; otherwise, false. - An object to compare with this object. - - - - Provides a type converter to convert objects to and from other representations. - - - - - Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. - - - true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. - - An that provides a format context. A that represents the type you want to convert from. - - - - Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. - - - An that represents the converted value. - - An that provides a format context. The to use as the current culture. The to convert. The conversion cannot be performed. - - - - Sends log messages to a NLog Receiver Service (using WCF or Web Services). - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets the endpoint address. - - The endpoint address. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the endpoint configuration in WCF configuration file. - - The name of the endpoint configuration. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use binary message encoding. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use a WCF service contract that is one way (fire and forget) or two way (request-reply) - - - - - - Gets or sets the client ID. - - The client ID. - - - - - Gets the list of parameters. - - The parameters. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include per-event properties in the payload sent to the server. - - - - - - Called when log events are being sent (test hook). - - The events. - The async continuations. - True if events should be sent, false to stop processing them. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Append" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Add value to the , returns ordinal in - - - lookup so only unique items will be added to - value to add - - - - - Creating a new instance of WcfLogReceiverClient - - Inheritors can override this method and provide their own - service configuration - binding and endpoint address - - This method marked as obsolete before NLog 4.3.11 and it may be removed in a future release. - - - - Creating a new instance of IWcfLogReceiverClient - - Inheritors can override this method and provide their own - service configuration - binding and endpoint address - - - virtual is used by end users - - - - Sends log messages by email using SMTP protocol. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- Mail target works best when used with BufferingWrapper target - which lets you send multiple log messages in single mail -

-

- To set up the buffered mail target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- To set up the buffered mail target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets the mailSettings/smtp configuration from app.config in cases when we need those configuration. - E.g when UseSystemNetMailSettings is enabled and we need to read the From attribute from system.net/mailSettings/smtp - - Internal for mocking - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets sender's email address (e.g. joe@domain.com). - - - - - - Gets or sets recipients' email addresses separated by semicolons (e.g. john@domain.com;jane@domain.com). - - - - - - Gets or sets CC email addresses separated by semicolons (e.g. john@domain.com;jane@domain.com). - - - - - - Gets or sets BCC email addresses separated by semicolons (e.g. john@domain.com;jane@domain.com). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to add new lines between log entries. - - A value of true if new lines should be added; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the mail subject. - - - - - - Gets or sets mail message body (repeated for each log message send in one mail). - - Alias for the Layout property. - - - - - Gets or sets encoding to be used for sending e-mail. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to send message as HTML instead of plain text. - - - - - - Gets or sets SMTP Server to be used for sending. - - - - - - Gets or sets SMTP Authentication mode. - - - - - - Gets or sets the username used to connect to SMTP server (used when SmtpAuthentication is set to "basic"). - - - - - - Gets or sets the password used to authenticate against SMTP server (used when SmtpAuthentication is set to "basic"). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether SSL (secure sockets layer) should be used when communicating with SMTP server. - - . - - - - Gets or sets the port number that SMTP Server is listening on. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default Settings from System.Net.MailSettings should be used. - - - - - - Specifies how outgoing email messages will be handled. - - - - - - Gets or sets the folder where applications save mail messages to be processed by the local SMTP server. - - - - - - Gets or sets the priority used for sending mails. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether NewLine characters in the body should be replaced with
tags. -
- Only happens when is set to true. - -
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating the SMTP client timeout. - - Warning: zero is not infinite waiting - - - - - Renders the logging event message and adds it to the internal ArrayList of log messages. - - The logging event. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Renders an array logging events. - - Array of logging events. - - - - Initializes the target. Can be used by inheriting classes - to initialize logging. - - - - - Create mail and send with SMTP - - event printed in the body of the event - - - - Create buffer for body - - all events - first event for header - last event for footer - - - - - Set properties of - - last event for username/password - client to set properties on - Configure not at , as the properties could have layout renderers. - - - - Handle if it is a virtual directory. - - - - - - - Create key for grouping. Needed for multiple events in one mail message - - event for rendering layouts - string to group on - - - - Append rendered to - - append to this - event for rendering - append if not null - - - - Create the mail message with the addresses, properties and body. - - - - - Render and add the addresses to - - Addresses appended to this list - layout with addresses, ; separated - event for rendering the - added a address? - - - - Writes log messages to an ArrayList in memory for programmatic retrieval. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets the list of logs gathered in the . - - - - - Gets or sets the max number of items to have in memory - - - - - - Renders the logging event message and adds it to the internal ArrayList of log messages. - - The logging event. - - - - A parameter to MethodCall. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout to use for parameter value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the parameter. - The layout. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the parameter. - The layout. - The type of the parameter. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the parameter. Obsolete alias for - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calculate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Calls the specified static method on each log message and passes contextual parameters to it. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Gets or sets the class name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the method name. The method must be public and static. - - Use the AssemblyQualifiedName , https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.type.assemblyqualifiedname(v=vs.110).aspx - e.g. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - Method to call on logevent. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Calls the specified Method. - - Method parameters. - The logging event. - - - - Calls the specified Method. - - Method parameters. - - - - The base class for all targets which call methods (local or remote). - Manages parameters and type coercion. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the array of parameters to be passed. - - - - - - - - - Prepares an array of parameters to be passed based on the logging event and calls DoInvoke(). - - The logging event. - - - - Calls the target DoInvoke method, and handles AsyncContinuation callback - - Method call parameters. - The logging event. - - - - Calls the target DoInvoke method, and handles AsyncContinuation callback - - Method call parameters. - The continuation. - - - - Calls the target method. Must be implemented in concrete classes. - - Method call parameters. - - - - Sends log messages over the network. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- To print the results, use any application that's able to receive messages over - TCP or UDP. NetCat is - a simple but very powerful command-line tool that can be used for that. This image - demonstrates the NetCat tool receiving log messages from Network target. -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will be very slow. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-

- There are two specialized versions of the Network target: Chainsaw - and NLogViewer which write to instances of Chainsaw log4j viewer - or NLogViewer application respectively. -

-
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets the network address. - - - The network address can be: -
    -
  • tcp://host:port - TCP (auto select IPv4/IPv6) (not supported on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • tcp4://host:port - force TCP/IPv4 (not supported on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • tcp6://host:port - force TCP/IPv6 (not supported on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • udp://host:port - UDP (auto select IPv4/IPv6, not supported on Silverlight and on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • udp4://host:port - force UDP/IPv4 (not supported on Silverlight and on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • udp6://host:port - force UDP/IPv6 (not supported on Silverlight and on Windows Phone 7.0)
  • -
  • http://host:port/pageName - HTTP using POST verb
  • -
  • https://host:port/pageName - HTTPS using POST verb
  • -
- For SOAP-based webservice support over HTTP use WebService target. -
- -
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep connection open whenever possible. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to append newline at the end of log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the end of line value if a newline is appended at the end of log message . - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum message size in bytes. - - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the connection cache (number of connections which are kept alive). - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum current connections. 0 = no maximum. - - - - - - Gets or sets the action that should be taken if the will be more connections than . - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum queue size. - - - - - - Gets or sets the action that should be taken if the message is larger than - maxMessageSize. - - - - - - Gets or sets the encoding to be used. - - - - - - Get or set the SSL/TLS protocols. Default no SSL/TLS is used. Currently only implemented for TCP. - - - - - - The number of seconds a connection will remain idle before the first keep-alive probe is sent - - - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - Sends the - rendered logging event over the network optionally concatenating it with a newline character. - - The logging event. - - - - Try to remove. - - - - - removed something? - - - - Gets the bytes to be written. - - Log event. - Byte array. - - - - The action to be taken when there are more connections then the max. - - - - - Just allow it. - - - - - Discard the connection item. - - - - - Block until there's more room in the queue. - - - - - Action that should be taken if the message overflows. - - - - - Report an error. - - - - - Split the message into smaller pieces. - - - - - Discard the entire message. - - - - - Represents a parameter to a NLogViewer target. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets viewer parameter name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calculate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets whether an attribute with empty value should be included in the output - - - - - - Sends log messages to the remote instance of NLog Viewer. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will crawl. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include NLog-specific extensions to log4j schema. - - - - - - Gets or sets the AppInfo field. By default it's the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include call site (class and method name) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source info (file name and line number) in the information sent over the network. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include dictionary contents. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include stack contents. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include dictionary contents. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets or sets the NDLC item separator. - - - - - - Gets or sets the option to include all properties from the log events - - - - - - Gets or sets the NDC item separator. - - - - - - Gets or sets the renderer for log4j:event logger-xml-attribute (Default ${logger}) - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a named parameter. - - - - - - Gets the layout renderer which produces Log4j-compatible XML events. - - - - - Gets or sets the instance of that is used to format log messages. - - - - - - Discards log messages. Used mainly for debugging and benchmarking. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to perform layout calculation. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - - Does nothing. Optionally it calculates the layout text but - discards the results. - - The logging event. - - - - Outputs log messages through the OutputDebugString() Win32 API. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Outputs the rendered logging event through the OutputDebugString() Win32 API. - - The logging event. - - - - Increments specified performance counter on each write. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
- - TODO: - 1. Unable to create a category allowing multiple counter instances (.Net 2.0 API only, probably) - 2. Is there any way of adding new counters without deleting the whole category? - 3. There should be some mechanism of resetting the counter (e.g every day starts from 0), or auto-switching to - another counter instance (with dynamic creation of new instance). This could be done with layouts. - -
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether performance counter should be automatically created. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the performance counter category. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the performance counter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the performance counter instance name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the counter help text. - - - - - - Gets or sets the performance counter type. - - - - - - The value by which to increment the counter. - - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Increments the configured performance counter. - - Log event. - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Ensures that the performance counter has been initialized. - - True if the performance counter is operational, false otherwise. - - - - SMTP authentication modes. - - - - - No authentication. - - - - - Basic - username and password. - - - - - NTLM Authentication. - - - - - Represents logging target. - - - - Are all layouts in this target thread-agnostic, if so we don't precalculate the layouts - - - - The Max StackTraceUsage of all the in this Target - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the target. - - - - - - Target supports reuse of internal buffers, and doesn't have to constantly allocate new buffers - Required for legacy NLog-targets, that expects buffers to remain stable after Write-method exit - - - - - - Gets the object which can be used to synchronize asynchronous operations that must rely on the . - - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target has been initialized. - - - - - Can be used if has been enabled. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Calls the on each volatile layout - used by this target. - This method won't prerender if all layouts in this target are thread-agnostic. - - - The log event. - - - - - Returns a that represents this instance. - - - A that represents this instance. - - - - - Writes the log to the target. - - Log event to write. - - - - Writes the array of log events. - - The log events. - - - - Writes the array of log events. - - The log events. - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Initializes the target. Can be used by inheriting classes - to initialize logging. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Writes async log event to the log target. - - Async Log event to be written out. - - - - Writes a log event to the log target, in a thread safe manner. - Any override of this method has to provide their own synchronization mechanism. - - !WARNING! Custom targets should only override this method if able to provide their - own synchronization mechanism. -objects are not guaranteed to be - thread-safe, so using them without a SyncRoot-object can be dangerous. - - Log event to be written out. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override WriteAsyncThreadSafe(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target, in a thread safe manner. - - !WARNING! Custom targets should only override this method if able to provide their - own synchronization mechanism. -objects are not guaranteed to be - thread-safe, so using them without a SyncRoot-object can be dangerous. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target, in a thread safe manner. - Any override of this method has to provide their own synchronization mechanism. - - !WARNING! Custom targets should only override this method if able to provide their - own synchronization mechanism. -objects are not guaranteed to be - thread-safe, so using them without a SyncRoot-object can be dangerous. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Merges (copies) the event context properties from any event info object stored in - parameters of the given event info object. - - The event info object to perform the merge to. - - - - Renders the event info in layout. - - The layout. - The event info. - String representing log event. - - - - Register a custom Target. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the Target. - Name of the Target. - - - - Register a custom Target. - - Short-cut for registering to default - Type of the Target. - Name of the Target. - - - - Marks class as a logging target and assigns a name to it. - - This attribute is not required when registering the target in the API. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to the target is a wrapper target (used to generate the target summary documentation page). - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to the target is a compound target (used to generate the target summary documentation page). - - - - - Attribute details for - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the attribute. - The layout of the attribute's value. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the attribute. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that will be rendered as the attribute's value. - - - - - - Gets or sets when an empty value should cause the property to be included - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the property. - - - - - Represents target that supports context capture using MDLC, MDC, NDLC and NDC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include call site (class and method name) in the - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include source info (file name and line number) in the - - - - - - Gets the array of custom attributes to be passed into the logevent context - - - - - - Constructor - - - - - - - - Check if logevent has properties (or context properties) - - - True if properties should be included - - - - Checks if any context properties, and if any returns them as a single dictionary - - - Dictionary with any context properties for the logEvent (Null if none found) - - - - Checks if any context properties, and if any returns them as a single dictionary - - - Optional prefilled dictionary - Dictionary with any context properties for the logEvent (Null if none found) - - - - Creates combined dictionary of all configured properties for logEvent - - - Dictionary with all collected properties for logEvent - - - - Creates combined dictionary of all configured properties for logEvent - - - Optional prefilled dictionary - Dictionary with all collected properties for logEvent - - - - Generates a new unique name, when duplicate names are detected - - LogEvent that triggered the duplicate name - Duplicate item name - Item Value - Dictionary of context values - New (unique) value (or null to skip value). If the same value is used then the item will be overwritten - - - - Returns the captured snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with MDC context if any, else null - - - - Returns the captured snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with MDLC context if any, else null - - - - Returns the captured snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with NDC context if any, else null - - - - Returns the captured snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with NDLC context if any, else null - - - - Takes snapshot of for the - - - Optional pre-allocated dictionary for the snapshot - Dictionary with GDC context if any, else null - - - - Takes snapshot of for the - - - Optional pre-allocated dictionary for the snapshot - Dictionary with MDC context if any, else null - - - - Take snapshot of a single object value from - - Log event - MDC key - MDC value - Snapshot of MDC value - Include object value in snapshot - - - - Takes snapshot of for the - - - Optional pre-allocated dictionary for the snapshot - Dictionary with MDLC context if any, else null - - - - Take snapshot of a single object value from - - Log event - MDLC key - MDLC value - Snapshot of MDLC value - Include object value in snapshot - - - - Takes snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with NDC context if any, else null - - - - Take snapshot of a single object value from - - Log event - NDC value - Snapshot of NDC value - Include object value in snapshot - - - - Takes snapshot of for the - - - Dictionary with NDLC context if any, else null - - - - Take snapshot of a single object value from - - Log event - NDLC value - Snapshot of NDLC value - Include object value in snapshot - - - - Take snapshot of a single object value - - Log event - Key Name (null when NDC / NDLC) - Object Value - Snapshot of value - Include object value in snapshot - - - Internal Layout that allows capture of MDC context - - - Internal Layout that allows capture of NDC context - - - Internal Layout that allows capture of MDLC context - - - Internal Layout that allows capture of NDLC context - - - - Represents target that supports string formatting using layouts. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets or sets the layout used to format log messages. - - - - - - Represents target that supports string formatting using layouts. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets or sets the text to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the footer. - - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout with header and footer. - - The layout with header and footer. - - - - Sends log messages through System.Diagnostics.Trace. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Always use independent of - - - - - - Forward to (Instead of ) - - - Trace.Fail can have special side-effects, and give fatal exceptions, message dialogs or Environment.FailFast - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - Name of the target. - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the facility. - - Redirects the log message depending on and . - When is false: - - writes to - - writes to - - writes to - - writes to - - writes to - - writes to - - The logging event. - - - - Web service protocol. - - - - - Use SOAP 1.1 Protocol. - - - - - Use SOAP 1.2 Protocol. - - - - - Use HTTP POST Protocol. - - - - - Use HTTP GET Protocol. - - - - - Do an HTTP POST of a JSON document. - - - - - Do an HTTP POST of an XML document. - - - - - Web Service Proxy Configuration Type - - - - - Default proxy configuration from app.config (System.Net.WebRequest.DefaultWebProxy) - - - Example of how to configure default proxy using app.config - - <system.net> - <defaultProxy enabled = "true" useDefaultCredentials = "true" > - <proxy usesystemdefault = "True" /> - </defaultProxy> - </system.net> - - - - - - Automatic use of proxy with authentication (cached) - - - - - Disables use of proxy (fast) - - - - - Custom proxy address (cached) - - - - - Calls the specified web service on each log message. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - The web service must implement a method that accepts a number of string parameters. - - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

The example web service that works with this example is shown below

- -
-
- - - dictionary that maps a concrete implementation - to a specific -value. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target - - - - Gets or sets the web service URL. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Web service method name. Only used with Soap. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Web service namespace. Only used with Soap. - - - - - - Gets or sets the protocol to be used when calling web service. - - - - - - Gets or sets the proxy configuration when calling web service - - - - - - Gets or sets the custom proxy address, include port separated by a colon - - - - - - Should we include the BOM (Byte-order-mark) for UTF? Influences the property. - - This will only work for UTF-8. - - - - - - Gets or sets the encoding. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value whether escaping be done according to Rfc3986 (Supports Internationalized Resource Identifiers - IRIs) - - A value of true if Rfc3986; otherwise, false for legacy Rfc2396. - - - - - Gets or sets a value whether escaping be done according to the old NLog style (Very non-standard) - - A value of true if legacy encoding; otherwise, false for standard UTF8 encoding. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the root XML element, - if POST of XML document chosen. - If so, this property must not be null. - (see and ). - - - - - - Gets or sets the (optional) root namespace of the XML document, - if POST of XML document chosen. - (see and ). - - - - - - Gets the array of parameters to be passed. - - - - - - Indicates whether to pre-authenticate the HttpWebRequest (Requires 'Authorization' in parameters) - - - - - - Calls the target method. Must be implemented in concrete classes. - - Method call parameters. - - - - Calls the target DoInvoke method, and handles AsyncContinuation callback - - Method call parameters. - The continuation. - - - - Invokes the web service method. - - Parameters to be passed. - The logging event. - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - Builds the URL to use when calling the web service for a message, depending on the WebServiceProtocol. - - - - - - - Write from input to output. Fix the UTF-8 bom - - - - - - - - - base class for POST formatters, that - implement former PrepareRequest() method, - that creates the content for - the requested kind of HTTP request - - - - - Win32 file attributes. - - - For more information see https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/fileio/fs/createfile.asp. - - - - - Read-only file. - - - - - Hidden file. - - - - - System file. - - - - - File should be archived. - - - - - Device file. - - - - - Normal file. - - - - - File is temporary (should be kept in cache and not - written to disk if possible). - - - - - Sparse file. - - - - - Reparse point. - - - - - Compress file contents. - - - - - File should not be indexed by the content indexing service. - - - - - Encrypted file. - - - - - The system writes through any intermediate cache and goes directly to disk. - - - - - The system opens a file with no system caching. - - - - - Delete file after it is closed. - - - - - A file is accessed according to POSIX rules. - - - - - Asynchronous request queue. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AsyncRequestQueue class. - - Request limit. - The overflow action. - - - - Gets the number of requests currently in the queue. - - - - - Enqueues another item. If the queue is overflown the appropriate - action is taken as specified by . - - The log event info. - Queue was empty before enqueue - - - - Dequeues a maximum of count items from the queue - and adds returns the list containing them. - - Maximum number of items to be dequeued (-1 means everything). - The array of log events. - - - - Dequeues into a preallocated array, instead of allocating a new one - - Maximum number of items to be dequeued - Preallocated list - - - - Clears the queue. - - - - - Gets or sets the request limit. - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when there's no more room in - the queue and another request is enqueued. - - - - - Notifies about log event that was dropped when set to - - - - - Notifies when queue size is growing over - - - - - Raise event when queued element was dropped because of queue overflow - - Dropped queue item - - - - Raise event when RequestCount overflow - - current requests count - - - - Provides asynchronous, buffered execution of target writes. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- Asynchronous target wrapper allows the logger code to execute more quickly, by queueing - messages and processing them in a separate thread. You should wrap targets - that spend a non-trivial amount of time in their Write() method with asynchronous - target to speed up logging. -

-

- Because asynchronous logging is quite a common scenario, NLog supports a - shorthand notation for wrapping all targets with AsyncWrapper. Just add async="true" to - the <targets/> element in the configuration file. -

- - - ... your targets go here ... - - ]]> -
- -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Maximum number of requests in the queue. - The action to be taken when the queue overflows. - - - - Gets or sets the number of log events that should be processed in a batch - by the lazy writer thread. - - - - - - Gets or sets the time in milliseconds to sleep between batches. (1 or less means trigger on new activity) - - - - - - Raise event when Target cannot store LogEvent. - Event arg contains lost LogEvents - - - - - Raises when event queue grow. - Queue can grow when was set to - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when the lazy writer thread request queue count - exceeds the set limit. - - - - - - Gets or sets the limit on the number of requests in the lazy writer thread request queue. - - - - - - Gets or sets the limit of full s to write before yielding into - Performance is better when writing many small batches, than writing a single large batch - - - - - - Gets or sets whether to use the locking queue, instead of a lock-free concurrent queue - The locking queue is less concurrent when many logger threads, but reduces memory allocation - - - - - - Gets the queue of lazy writer thread requests. - - - - - Schedules a flush of pending events in the queue (if any), followed by flushing the WrappedTarget. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Initializes the target by starting the lazy writer timer. - - - - - Shuts down the lazy writer timer. - - - - - Starts the lazy writer thread which periodically writes - queued log messages. - - - - - Attempts to start an instant timer-worker-thread which can write - queued log messages. - - Returns true when scheduled a timer-worker-thread - - - - Stops the lazy writer thread. - - - - - Adds the log event to asynchronous queue to be processed by - the lazy writer thread. - - The log event. - - The is called - to ensure that the log event can be processed in another thread. - - - - - Write to queue without locking - - - - - - The action to be taken when the queue overflows. - - - - - Grow the queue. - - - - - Discard the overflowing item. - - - - - Block until there's more room in the queue. - - - - - Causes a flush on a wrapped target if LogEvent satisfies the . - If condition isn't set, flushes on each write. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Gets or sets the condition expression. Log events who meet this condition will cause - a flush on the wrapped target. - - - - - - Delay the flush until the LogEvent has been confirmed as written - - - - - - Only flush when LogEvent matches condition. Ignore explicit-flush, config-reload-flush and shutdown-flush - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - The wrapped target. - Name of the target - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Forwards the call to the .Write() - and calls on it if LogEvent satisfies - the flush condition or condition is null. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Schedules a flush operation, that triggers when all pending flush operations are completed (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - A target that buffers log events and sends them in batches to the wrapped target. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Size of the buffer. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Size of the buffer. - The flush timeout. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Size of the buffer. - The flush timeout. - The action to take when the buffer overflows. - - - - Gets or sets the number of log events to be buffered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the timeout (in milliseconds) after which the contents of buffer will be flushed - if there's no write in the specified period of time. Use -1 to disable timed flushes. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use sliding timeout. - - - This value determines how the inactivity period is determined. If sliding timeout is enabled, - the inactivity timer is reset after each write, if it is disabled - inactivity timer will - count from the first event written to the buffer. - - - - - - Gets or sets the action to take if the buffer overflows. - - - Setting to will replace the - oldest event with new events without sending events down to the wrapped target, and - setting to will flush the - entire buffer to the wrapped target. - - - - - - Flushes pending events in the buffer (if any), followed by flushing the WrappedTarget. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target by flushing pending events in the buffer (if any). - - - - - Adds the specified log event to the buffer and flushes - the buffer in case the buffer gets full. - - The log event. - - - - The action to be taken when the buffer overflows. - - - - - Flush the content of the buffer. - - - - - Discard the oldest item. - - - - - A base class for targets which wrap other (multiple) targets - and provide various forms of target routing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Gets the collection of targets managed by this compound target. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. Used for diagnostics. - - A string that describes the target. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Flush any pending log messages for all wrapped targets. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Concurrent Asynchronous request queue based on - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AsyncRequestQueue class. - - Request limit. - The overflow action. - - - - Gets the number of requests currently in the queue. - - - Only for debugging purposes - - - - - Enqueues another item. If the queue is overflown the appropriate - action is taken as specified by . - - The log event info. - Queue was empty before enqueue - - - - Dequeues a maximum of count items from the queue - and adds returns the list containing them. - - Maximum number of items to be dequeued (-1 means everything). - The array of log events. - - - - Dequeues into a preallocated array, instead of allocating a new one - - Maximum number of items to be dequeued - Preallocated list - - - - Clears the queue. - - - - - Provides fallback-on-error. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to server1, - and if it fails, messages go to server2.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The targets. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to return to the first target after any successful write. - - - - - - - - - - - - Forwards the log event to the sub-targets until one of them succeeds. - - The log event. - - The method remembers the last-known-successful target - and starts the iteration from it. - If is set, the method - resets the target to the first target - stored in . - - - - - Filtering rule for . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the FilteringRule class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the FilteringRule class. - - Condition to be tested against all events. - Filter to apply to all log events when the first condition matches any of them. - - - - Gets or sets the condition to be tested. - - - - - - Gets or sets the resulting filter to be applied when the condition matches. - - - - - - Filters log entries based on a condition. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages not contains the string '1' to be ignored.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - The condition. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The condition. - - - - Gets or sets the condition expression. Log events who meet this condition will be forwarded - to the wrapped target. - - - - - - Gets or sets the filter. Log events who evaluates to will be discarded - - - - - - - - - Checks the condition against the passed log event. - If the condition is met, the log event is forwarded to - the wrapped target. - - Log event. - - - - - - - Impersonates another user for the duration of the write. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Gets or sets username to change context to. - - - - - - Gets or sets the user account password. - - - - - - Gets or sets Windows domain name to change context to. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Logon Type. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the logon provider. - - - - - - Gets or sets the required impersonation level. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to revert to the credentials of the process instead of impersonating another user. - - - - - - Initializes the impersonation context. - - - - - Closes the impersonation context. - - - - - Changes the security context, forwards the call to the .Write() - and switches the context back to original. - - The log event. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Changes the security context, forwards the call to the .Write() - and switches the context back to original. - - Log events. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Helper class which reverts the given - to its original value as part of . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The windows impersonation context. - - - - Reverts the impersonation context. - - - - - Limits the number of messages written per timespan to the wrapped target. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the target. - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Maximum number of messages written per interval. - Interval in which the maximum number of messages can be written. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum allowed number of messages written per . - - - Messages received after has been reached in the current will be discarded. - - - - - - Gets or sets the interval in which messages will be written up to the number of messages. - - - Messages received after has been reached in the current will be discarded. - - - - - - Gets the DateTime when the current will be reset. - - - - - - Gets the number of written in the current . - - - - - - Initializes the target and resets the current Interval and . - - - - - Writes log event to the wrapped target if the current is lower than . - If the is already reached, no log event will be written to the wrapped target. - resets when the current is expired. - - Log event to be written out. - - - - Arguments for events. - - - - - - - - Instance of that was dropped by - - - - - Raises by when - queue is full - and set to - By default queue doubles it size. - - - - - Contains items count and new queue size. - - Required queue size - Current queue size - - - - New queue size - - - - - Current requests count - - - - - Logon provider. - - - - - Use the standard logon provider for the system. - - - The default security provider is negotiate, unless you pass NULL for the domain name and the user name - is not in UPN format. In this case, the default provider is NTLM. - NOTE: Windows 2000/NT: The default security provider is NTLM. - - - - - Filters buffered log entries based on a set of conditions that are evaluated on a group of events. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - PostFilteringWrapper must be used with some type of buffering target or wrapper, such as - AsyncTargetWrapper, BufferingWrapper or ASPNetBufferingWrapper. - - -

- This example works like this. If there are no Warn,Error or Fatal messages in the buffer - only Info messages are written to the file, but if there are any warnings or errors, - the output includes detailed trace (levels >= Debug). You can plug in a different type - of buffering wrapper (such as ASPNetBufferingWrapper) to achieve different - functionality. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - - - - Gets or sets the default filter to be applied when no specific rule matches. - - - - - - Gets the collection of filtering rules. The rules are processed top-down - and the first rule that matches determines the filtering condition to - be applied to log events. - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Evaluates all filtering rules to find the first one that matches. - The matching rule determines the filtering condition to be applied - to all items in a buffer. If no condition matches, default filter - is applied to the array of log events. - - Array of log events to be post-filtered. - - - - Evaluate all the rules to get the filtering condition - - - - - - - Sends log messages to a randomly selected target. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to either file1.txt or file2.txt - chosen randomly on a per-message basis. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The targets. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the log event to one of the sub-targets. - The sub-target is randomly chosen. - - The log event. - - - - Repeats each log event the specified number of times. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes each log message to be repeated 3 times.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - The repeat count. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The repeat count. - - - - Gets or sets the number of times to repeat each log message. - - - - - - Forwards the log message to the by calling the method times. - - The log event. - - - - Retries in case of write error. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes each write attempt to be repeated 3 times, - sleeping 1 second between attempts if first one fails.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The wrapped target. - The retry count. - The retry delay milliseconds. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The retry count. - The retry delay milliseconds. - - - - Gets or sets the number of retries that should be attempted on the wrapped target in case of a failure. - - - - - - Gets or sets the time to wait between retries in milliseconds. - - - - - - Special SyncObject to allow closing down Target while busy retrying - - - - - Writes the specified log event to the wrapped target, retrying and pausing in case of an error. - - The log event. - - - - Writes the specified log event to the wrapped target in a thread-safe manner. - - The log event. - - - - Writes the specified log event to the wrapped target, retrying and pausing in case of an error. - - The log event. - - - - Distributes log events to targets in a round-robin fashion. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to either file1.txt or file2.txt. - Each odd message is written to file2.txt, each even message goes to file1.txt. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The targets. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Ensures forwarding happens without holding lock - - - - - - Forwards the write to one of the targets from - the collection. - - The log event. - - The writes are routed in a round-robin fashion. - The first log event goes to the first target, the second - one goes to the second target and so on looping to the - first target when there are no more targets available. - In general request N goes to Targets[N % Targets.Count]. - - - - - Impersonation level. - - - - - Anonymous Level. - - - - - Identification Level. - - - - - Impersonation Level. - - - - - Delegation Level. - - - - - Logon type. - - - - - Interactive Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for users who will be interactively using the computer, such as a user being logged on - by a terminal server, remote shell, or similar process. - This logon type has the additional expense of caching logon information for disconnected operations; - therefore, it is inappropriate for some client/server applications, - such as a mail server. - - - - - Network Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for high performance servers to authenticate plaintext passwords. - The LogonUser function does not cache credentials for this logon type. - - - - - Batch Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for batch servers, where processes may be executing on behalf of a user without - their direct intervention. This type is also for higher performance servers that process many plaintext - authentication attempts at a time, such as mail or Web servers. - The LogonUser function does not cache credentials for this logon type. - - - - - Logon as a Service. - - - Indicates a service-type logon. The account provided must have the service privilege enabled. - - - - - Network Clear Text Logon. - - - This logon type preserves the name and password in the authentication package, which allows the server to make - connections to other network servers while impersonating the client. A server can accept plaintext credentials - from a client, call LogonUser, verify that the user can access the system across the network, and still - communicate with other servers. - NOTE: Windows NT: This value is not supported. - - - - - New Network Credentials. - - - This logon type allows the caller to clone its current token and specify new credentials for outbound connections. - The new logon session has the same local identifier but uses different credentials for other network connections. - NOTE: This logon type is supported only by the LOGON32_PROVIDER_WINNT50 logon provider. - NOTE: Windows NT: This value is not supported. - - - - - Writes log events to all targets. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to both file1.txt or file2.txt -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - The targets. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the specified log event to all sub-targets. - - The log event. - - - - NOTE! Obsolete, instead override Write(IList{AsyncLogEventInfo} logEvents) - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Base class for targets wrap other (single) targets. - - - - - Gets or sets the target that is wrapped by this target. - - - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. Used for diagnostics. - - A string that describes the target. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Builtin IFileCompressor implementation utilizing the .Net4.5 specific - and is used as the default value for on .Net4.5. - So log files created via can be zipped when archived - w/o 3rd party zip library when run on .Net4.5 or higher. - - - - - Implements using the .Net4.5 specific - - - - - Current local time retrieved directly from DateTime.Now. - - - - - Gets current local time directly from DateTime.Now. - - - - - Converts the specified system time to the same form as the time value originated from this time source. - - The system originated time value to convert. - - The value of converted to local time. - - - - - Current UTC time retrieved directly from DateTime.UtcNow. - - - - - Gets current UTC time directly from DateTime.UtcNow. - - - - - Converts the specified system time to the same form as the time value originated from this time source. - - The system originated time value to convert. - - The value of converted to UTC time. - - - - - Fast time source that updates current time only once per tick (15.6 milliseconds). - - - - - Gets raw uncached time from derived time source. - - - - - Gets current time cached for one system tick (15.6 milliseconds). - - - - - Fast local time source that is updated once per tick (15.6 milliseconds). - - - - - Gets uncached local time directly from DateTime.Now. - - - - - Converts the specified system time to the same form as the time value originated from this time source. - - The system originated time value to convert. - - The value of converted to local time. - - - - - Fast UTC time source that is updated once per tick (15.6 milliseconds). - - - - - Gets uncached UTC time directly from DateTime.UtcNow. - - - - - Converts the specified system time to the same form as the time value originated from this time source. - - The system originated time value to convert. - - The value of converted to UTC time. - - - - - Defines source of current time. - - - - - Gets current time. - - - - - Gets or sets current global time source used in all log events. - - - Default time source is . - - - - - Returns a that represents this instance. - - - A that represents this instance. - - - - - Converts the specified system time to the same form as the time value originated from this time source. - - The system originated time value to convert. - - The value of converted to the same form - as time values originated from this source. - - - - There are situations when NLog have to compare the time originated from TimeSource - to the time originated externally in the system. - To be able to provide meaningful result of such comparisons the system time must be expressed in - the same form as TimeSource time. - - - Examples: - - If the TimeSource provides time values of local time, it should also convert the provided - to the local time. - - If the TimeSource shifts or skews its time values, it should also apply - the same transform to the given . - - - - - - Marks class as a time source and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the time source. - -
-
diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 192b739..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe.config b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe.config deleted file mode 100644 index d6e374c..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.exe.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -Mode@IMPV|-Source@E:\TEMP\TEST.pdf|-Target@W:\ImportWIDIG\Testfile.pdf|-WMOT@DIGITAL DATA - Entwicklung|-index@{Integer 23=4711;String 38=WeDigNoWIDig;Boolean 04=0} - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.pdb b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 60168cc..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9b7a8f5..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/WIDIG.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - -WIDIG - - - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d497f97..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a6e532a..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 772fd66..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8314053..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ac488f9..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8096c59..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d429f37..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/de/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9f86680..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 4a887bd..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b8a2ce7..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 99e1937..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2325965..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a29b4e5..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6ac06bf..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/es/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 07acfcb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fd694ae..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index cd556c4..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7098edb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2b6f0ec..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e5ff923..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 87cebe5..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ja/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 59493f6..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.xml b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5715cb6..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/protobuf-net.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3550 +0,0 @@ - - - - protobuf-net - - - - - Provides support for common .NET types that do not have a direct representation - in protobuf, using the definitions from bcl.proto - - - - - Creates a new instance of the specified type, bypassing the constructor. - - The type to create - The new instance - If the platform does not support constructor-skipping - - - - The default value for dates that are following google.protobuf.Timestamp semantics - - - - - Writes a TimeSpan to a protobuf stream using protobuf-net's own representation, bcl.TimeSpan - - - - - Parses a TimeSpan from a protobuf stream using protobuf-net's own representation, bcl.TimeSpan - - - - - Parses a TimeSpan from a protobuf stream using the standardized format, google.protobuf.Duration - - - - - Writes a TimeSpan to a protobuf stream using the standardized format, google.protobuf.Duration - - - - - Parses a DateTime from a protobuf stream using the standardized format, google.protobuf.Timestamp - - - - - Writes a DateTime to a protobuf stream using the standardized format, google.protobuf.Timestamp - - - - - Parses a DateTime from a protobuf stream - - - - - Writes a DateTime to a protobuf stream, excluding the Kind - - - - - Writes a DateTime to a protobuf stream, including the Kind - - - - - Parses a decimal from a protobuf stream - - - - - Writes a decimal to a protobuf stream - - - - - Writes a Guid to a protobuf stream - - - - - Parses a Guid from a protobuf stream - - - - - Optional behaviours that introduce .NET-specific functionality - - - - - No special behaviour - - - - - Enables full object-tracking/full-graph support. - - - - - Embeds the type information into the stream, allowing usage with types not known in advance. - - - - - If false, the constructor for the type is bypassed during deserialization, meaning any field initializers - or other initialization code is skipped. - - - - - Should the object index be reserved, rather than creating an object promptly - - - - - Reads an *implementation specific* bundled .NET object, including (as options) type-metadata, identity/re-use, etc. - - - - - Writes an *implementation specific* bundled .NET object, including (as options) type-metadata, identity/re-use, etc. - - - - - Provides a simple buffer-based implementation of an extension object. - - - - - https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/framework/configure-apps/file-schema/runtime/gcallowverylargeobjects-element - - - - Specifies a method on the root-contract in an hierarchy to be invoked before serialization. - - - Specifies a method on the root-contract in an hierarchy to be invoked after serialization. - - - Specifies a method on the root-contract in an hierarchy to be invoked before deserialization. - - - Specifies a method on the root-contract in an hierarchy to be invoked after deserialization. - - - - Pushes a null reference onto the stack. Note that this should only - be used to return a null (or set a variable to null); for null-tests - use BranchIfTrue / BranchIfFalse. - - - - - Creates a new "using" block (equivalent) around a variable; - the variable must exist, and note that (unlike in C#) it is - the variables *final* value that gets disposed. If you need - *original* disposal, copy your variable first. - - It is the callers responsibility to ensure that the variable's - scope fully-encapsulates the "using"; if not, the variable - may be re-used (and thus re-assigned) unexpectedly. - - - - - Sub-format to use when serializing/deserializing data - - - - - Uses the default encoding for the data-type. - - - - - When applied to signed integer-based data (including Decimal), this - indicates that zigzag variant encoding will be used. This means that values - with small magnitude (regardless of sign) take a small amount - of space to encode. - - - - - When applied to signed integer-based data (including Decimal), this - indicates that two's-complement variant encoding will be used. - This means that any -ve number will take 10 bytes (even for 32-bit), - so should only be used for compatibility. - - - - - When applied to signed integer-based data (including Decimal), this - indicates that a fixed amount of space will be used. - - - - - When applied to a sub-message, indicates that the value should be treated - as group-delimited. - - - - - When applied to members of types such as DateTime or TimeSpan, specifies - that the "well known" standardized representation should be use; DateTime uses Timestamp, - - - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Object - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int64 - - - The value typed as UInt64 - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - The value typed as Double - - - The value typed as DateTime - - - The value typed as TimeSpan - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int64 - - - The value typed as UInt64 - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - The value typed as Double - - - The value typed as DateTime - - - The value typed as TimeSpan - - - The value typed as Guid - - - The value typed as Object - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int64 - - - The value typed as UInt64 - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - The value typed as Double - - - The value typed as DateTime - - - The value typed as TimeSpan - - - The value typed as Guid - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int64 - - - The value typed as UInt64 - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - The value typed as Double - - - The value typed as DateTime - - - The value typed as TimeSpan - - - The value typed as Object - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - Represent multiple types as a union; this is used as part of OneOf - - note that it is the caller's responsbility to only read/write the value as the same type - - - The value typed as Int32 - - - The value typed as UInt32 - - - The value typed as Boolean - - - The value typed as Single - - - The value typed as Object - - - Indicates whether the specified discriminator is assigned - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Create a new discriminated union value - - - Reset a value if the specified discriminator is assigned - - - The discriminator value - - - - Simple base class for supporting unexpected fields allowing - for loss-less round-tips/merge, even if the data is not understod. - The additional fields are (by default) stored in-memory in a buffer. - - As an example of an alternative implementation, you might - choose to use the file system (temporary files) as the back-end, tracking - only the paths [such an object would ideally be IDisposable and use - a finalizer to ensure that the files are removed]. - - - - - Retrieves the extension object for the current - instance, optionally creating it if it does not already exist. - - Should a new extension object be - created if it does not already exist? - The extension object if it exists (or was created), or null - if the extension object does not exist or is not available. - The createIfMissing argument is false during serialization, - and true during deserialization upon encountering unexpected fields. - - - - Provides a simple, default implementation for extension support, - optionally creating it if it does not already exist. Designed to be called by - classes implementing . - - Should a new extension object be - created if it does not already exist? - The extension field to check (and possibly update). - The extension object if it exists (or was created), or null - if the extension object does not exist or is not available. - The createIfMissing argument is false during serialization, - and true during deserialization upon encountering unexpected fields. - - - - Appends the value as an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Note that for non-repeated sub-objects, this equates to a merge operation; - for repeated sub-objects this adds a new instance to the set; for simple - values the new value supercedes the old value. - - Note that appending a value does not remove the old value from - the stream; avoid repeatedly appending values for the same field. - The type of the value to append. - The extensible object to append the value to. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The value to append. - - - - Appends the value as an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Note that for non-repeated sub-objects, this equates to a merge operation; - for repeated sub-objects this adds a new instance to the set; for simple - values the new value supercedes the old value. - - Note that appending a value does not remove the old value from - the stream; avoid repeatedly appending values for the same field. - The data-type of the field. - The data-format to use when encoding the value. - The extensible object to append the value to. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The value to append. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; if the - value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; if the - value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned (in "value") is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; - if the value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - True if data for the field was present, false otherwise. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned (in "value") is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; - if the value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - True if data for the field was present, false otherwise. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned (in "value") is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; - if the value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - Allow tags that are present as part of the definition; for example, to query unknown enum values. - True if data for the field was present, false otherwise. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Each occurrence of the field is yielded separately, making this usage suitable for "repeated" - (list) fields. - - The extended data is processed lazily as the enumerator is iterated. - The data-type of the field. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - An enumerator that yields each occurrence of the field. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Each occurrence of the field is yielded separately, making this usage suitable for "repeated" - (list) fields. - - The extended data is processed lazily as the enumerator is iterated. - The data-type of the field. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - An enumerator that yields each occurrence of the field. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - The value returned (in "value") is the composed value after merging any duplicated content; - if the value is "repeated" (a list), then use GetValues instead. - - The data-type of the field. - The model to use for configuration. - The effective value of the field, or the default value if not found. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - Allow tags that are present as part of the definition; for example, to query unknown enum values. - True if data for the field was present, false otherwise. - - - - Queries an extensible object for an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Each occurrence of the field is yielded separately, making this usage suitable for "repeated" - (list) fields. - - The extended data is processed lazily as the enumerator is iterated. - The model to use for configuration. - The data-type of the field. - The extensible object to obtain the value from. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The data-format to use when decoding the value. - An enumerator that yields each occurrence of the field. - - - - Appends the value as an additional (unexpected) data-field for the instance. - Note that for non-repeated sub-objects, this equates to a merge operation; - for repeated sub-objects this adds a new instance to the set; for simple - values the new value supercedes the old value. - - Note that appending a value does not remove the old value from - the stream; avoid repeatedly appending values for the same field. - The model to use for configuration. - The data-format to use when encoding the value. - The extensible object to append the value to. - The field identifier; the tag should not be defined as a known data-field for the instance. - The value to append. - - - - This class acts as an internal wrapper allowing us to do a dynamic - methodinfo invoke; an't put into Serializer as don't want on public - API; can't put into Serializer<T> since we need to invoke - across classes - - - - - All this does is call GetExtendedValuesTyped with the correct type for "instance"; - this ensures that we don't get issues with subclasses declaring conflicting types - - the caller must respect the fields defined for the type they pass in. - - - - - All this does is call GetExtendedValuesTyped with the correct type for "instance"; - this ensures that we don't get issues with subclasses declaring conflicting types - - the caller must respect the fields defined for the type they pass in. - - - - - Not all frameworks are created equal (fx1.1 vs fx2.0, - micro-framework, compact-framework, - silverlight, etc). This class simply wraps up a few things that would - otherwise make the real code unnecessarily messy, providing fallback - implementations if necessary. - - - - - Intended to be a direct map to regular TypeCode, but: - - with missing types - - existing on WinRT - - - - - Indicates that the implementing type has support for protocol-buffer - extensions. - - Can be implemented by deriving from Extensible. - - - - Retrieves the extension object for the current - instance, optionally creating it if it does not already exist. - - Should a new extension object be - created if it does not already exist? - The extension object if it exists (or was created), or null - if the extension object does not exist or is not available. - The createIfMissing argument is false during serialization, - and true during deserialization upon encountering unexpected fields. - - - - Provides addition capability for supporting unexpected fields during - protocol-buffer serialization/deserialization. This allows for loss-less - round-trip/merge, even when the data is not fully understood. - - - - - Requests a stream into which any unexpected fields can be persisted. - - A new stream suitable for storing data. - - - - Indicates that all unexpected fields have now been stored. The - implementing class is responsible for closing the stream. If - "commit" is not true the data may be discarded. - - The stream originally obtained by BeginAppend. - True if the append operation completed successfully. - - - - Requests a stream of the unexpected fields previously stored. - - A prepared stream of the unexpected fields. - - - - Indicates that all unexpected fields have now been read. The - implementing class is responsible for closing the stream. - - The stream originally obtained by BeginQuery. - - - - Requests the length of the raw binary stream; this is used - when serializing sub-entities to indicate the expected size. - - The length of the binary stream representing unexpected data. - - - - Provides the ability to remove all existing extension data - - - - - Remove all existing extension data - - - - - Specifies the method used to infer field tags for members of the type - under consideration. Tags are deduced using the invariant alphabetic - sequence of the members' names; this makes implicit field tags very brittle, - and susceptible to changes such as field names (normally an isolated - change). - - - - - No members are serialized implicitly; all members require a suitable - attribute such as [ProtoMember]. This is the recmomended mode for - most scenarios. - - - - - Public properties and fields are eligible for implicit serialization; - this treats the public API as a contract. Ordering beings from ImplicitFirstTag. - - - - - Public and non-public fields are eligible for implicit serialization; - this acts as a state/implementation serializer. Ordering beings from ImplicitFirstTag. - - - - - Represents the set of serialization callbacks to be used when serializing/deserializing a type. - - - - Called before serializing an instance - - - Called before deserializing an instance - - - Called after serializing an instance - - - Called after deserializing an instance - - - - True if any callback is set, else False - - - - - Represents a type at runtime for use with protobuf, allowing the field mappings (etc) to be defined - - - - - Get the name of the type being represented - - - - - Gets the base-type for this type - - - - - When used to compile a model, should public serialization/deserialzation methods - be included for this type? - - - - - Should this type be treated as a reference by default? - - - - - Adds a known sub-type to the inheritance model - - - - - Adds a known sub-type to the inheritance model - - - - - Indicates whether the current type has defined callbacks - - - - - Indicates whether the current type has defined subtypes - - - - - Returns the set of callbacks defined for this type - - - - - Assigns the callbacks to use during serialiation/deserialization. - - The method (or null) called before serialization begins. - The method (or null) called when serialization is complete. - The method (or null) called before deserialization begins (or when a new instance is created during deserialization). - The method (or null) called when deserialization is complete. - The set of callbacks. - - - - Assigns the callbacks to use during serialiation/deserialization. - - The name of the method (or null) called before serialization begins. - The name of the method (or null) called when serialization is complete. - The name of the method (or null) called before deserialization begins (or when a new instance is created during deserialization). - The name of the method (or null) called when deserialization is complete. - The set of callbacks. - - - - Gets or sets the name of this contract. - - - - - Designate a factory-method to use to create instances of this type - - - - - Designate a factory-method to use to create instances of this type - - - - - Throws an exception if the type has been made immutable - - - - - The runtime type that the meta-type represents - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType, returning the ValueMember rather than the fluent API. - This is otherwise identical to Add. - - - - - Gets or sets whether the type should use a parameterless constructor (the default), - or whether the type should skip the constructor completely. This option is not supported - on compact-framework. - - - - - The concrete type to create when a new instance of this type is needed; this may be useful when dealing - with dynamic proxies, or with interface-based APIs - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType - - - - - Performs serialization of this type via a surrogate; all - other serialization options are ignored and handled - by the surrogate's configuration. - - - - - Adds a set of members (by name) to the MetaType - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType, including an itemType and defaultType for representing lists - - - - - Adds a member (by name) to the MetaType, including an itemType and defaultType for representing lists, returning the ValueMember rather than the fluent API. - This is otherwise identical to Add. - - - - - Returns the ValueMember that matchs a given field number, or null if not found - - - - - Returns the ValueMember that matchs a given member (property/field), or null if not found - - - - - Returns the ValueMember instances associated with this type - - - - - Returns the SubType instances associated with this type - - - - - Compiles the serializer for this type; this is *not* a full - standalone compile, but can significantly boost performance - while allowing additional types to be added. - - An in-place compile can access non-public types / members - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating that an enum should be treated directly as an int/short/etc, rather - than enforcing .proto enum rules. This is useful *in particul* for [Flags] enums. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating that this type should NOT be treated as a list, even if it has - familiar list-like characteristics (enumerable, add, etc) - - - - - Indicates whether this type should always be treated as a "group" (rather than a string-prefixed sub-message) - - - - - Indiate the variant of the protobuf .proto DSL syntax to use - - - - - https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto - - - - - https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3 - - - - - Provides protobuf serialization support for a number of types that can be defined at runtime - - - - - Global default that - enables/disables automatic tag generation based on the existing name / order - of the defined members. See - for usage and important warning / explanation. - You must set the global default before attempting to serialize/deserialize any - impacted type. - - - - - Global default that determines whether types are considered serializable - if they have [DataContract] / [XmlType]. With this enabled, ONLY - types marked as [ProtoContract] are added automatically. - - - - - Global switch that enables or disables the implicit - handling of "zero defaults"; meanning: if no other default is specified, - it assumes bools always default to false, integers to zero, etc. - - If this is disabled, no such assumptions are made and only *explicit* - default values are processed. This is enabled by default to - preserve similar logic to v1. - - - - - Global switch that determines whether types with a .ToString() and a Parse(string) - should be serialized as strings. - - - - - Global switch that determines whether DateTime serialization should include the Kind of the date/time. - - - - - Global switch that determines whether a single instance of the same string should be used during deserialization. - - Note this does not use the global .NET string interner - - - - Should the Kind be included on date/time values? - - - - - The default model, used to support ProtoBuf.Serializer - - - - - Returns a sequence of the Type instances that can be - processed by this model. - - - - - Suggest a .proto definition for the given type - - The type to generate a .proto definition for, or null to generate a .proto that represents the entire model - The .proto definition as a string - The .proto syntax to use - - - - Obtains the MetaType associated with a given Type for the current model, - allowing additional configuration. - - - - - Adds support for an additional type in this model, optionally - applying inbuilt patterns. If the type is already known to the - model, the existing type is returned **without** applying - any additional behaviour. - - Inbuilt patterns include: - [ProtoContract]/[ProtoMember(n)] - [DataContract]/[DataMember(Order=n)] - [XmlType]/[XmlElement(Order=n)] - [On{Des|S}erializ{ing|ed}] - ShouldSerialize*/*Specified - - The type to be supported - Whether to apply the inbuilt configuration patterns (via attributes etc), or - just add the type with no additional configuration (the type must then be manually configured). - The MetaType representing this type, allowing - further configuration. - - - - Should serializers be compiled on demand? It may be useful - to disable this for debugging purposes. - - - - - Should support for unexpected types be added automatically? - If false, an exception is thrown when unexpected types - are encountered. - - - - - Verifies that the model is still open to changes; if not, an exception is thrown - - - - - Prevents further changes to this model - - - - - Provides the key that represents a given type in the current model. - - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - Represents the type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - Represents the type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Compiles the serializers individually; this is *not* a full - standalone compile, but can significantly boost performance - while allowing additional types to be added. - - An in-place compile can access non-public types / members - - - - Fully compiles the current model into a static-compiled model instance - - A full compilation is restricted to accessing public types / members - An instance of the newly created compiled type-model - - - - Represents configuration options for compiling a model to - a standalone assembly. - - - - - Import framework options from an existing type - - - - - The TargetFrameworkAttribute FrameworkName value to burn into the generated assembly - - - - - The TargetFrameworkAttribute FrameworkDisplayName value to burn into the generated assembly - - - - - The name of the TypeModel class to create - - - - - The path for the new dll - - - - - The runtime version for the generated assembly - - - - - The runtime version for the generated assembly - - - - - The acecssibility of the generated serializer - - - - - Type accessibility - - - - - Available to all callers - - - - - Available to all callers in the same assembly, or assemblies specified via [InternalsVisibleTo(...)] - - - - - Fully compiles the current model into a static-compiled serialization dll - (the serialization dll still requires protobuf-net for support services). - - A full compilation is restricted to accessing public types / members - The name of the TypeModel class to create - The path for the new dll - An instance of the newly created compiled type-model - - - - Fully compiles the current model into a static-compiled serialization dll - (the serialization dll still requires protobuf-net for support services). - - A full compilation is restricted to accessing public types / members - An instance of the newly created compiled type-model - - - - The amount of time to wait if there are concurrent metadata access operations - - - - - If a lock-contention is detected, this event signals the *owner* of the lock responsible for the blockage, indicating - what caused the problem; this is only raised if the lock-owning code successfully completes. - - - - - Designate a factory-method to use to create instances of any type; note that this only affect types seen by the serializer *after* setting the factory. - - - - - Contains the stack-trace of the owning code when a lock-contention scenario is detected - - - - - The stack-trace of the code that owned the lock when a lock-contention scenario occurred - - - - - Event-type that is raised when a lock-contention scenario is detected - - - - - Represents an inherited type in a type hierarchy. - - - - - The field-number that is used to encapsulate the data (as a nested - message) for the derived dype. - - - - - The sub-type to be considered. - - - - - Creates a new SubType instance. - - The field-number that is used to encapsulate the data (as a nested - message) for the derived dype. - The sub-type to be considered. - Specific encoding style to use; in particular, Grouped can be used to avoid buffering, but is not the default. - - - - Event arguments needed to perform type-formatting functions; this could be resolving a Type to a string suitable for serialization, or could - be requesting a Type from a string. If no changes are made, a default implementation will be used (from the assembly-qualified names). - - - - - The type involved in this map; if this is initially null, a Type is expected to be provided for the string in FormattedName. - - - - - The formatted-name involved in this map; if this is initially null, a formatted-name is expected from the type in Type. - - - - - Delegate type used to perform type-formatting functions; the sender originates as the type-model. - - - - - Provides protobuf serialization support for a number of types - - - - - Should the Kind be included on date/time values? - - - - - Resolve a System.Type to the compiler-specific type - - - - - Resolve a System.Type to the compiler-specific type - - - - - This is the more "complete" version of Serialize, which handles single instances of mapped types. - The value is written as a complete field, including field-header and (for sub-objects) a - length-prefix - In addition to that, this provides support for: - - basic values; individual int / string / Guid / etc - - IEnumerable sequences of any type handled by TrySerializeAuxiliaryType - - - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied writer. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination writer to write to. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (or null), using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (or null), using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - Used to resolve types on a per-field basis. - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (or null), using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - Used to resolve types on a per-field basis. - Returns the number of bytes consumed by this operation (includes length-prefix overheads and any skipped data). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (or null), using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - Used to resolve types on a per-field basis. - Returns the number of bytes consumed by this operation (includes length-prefix overheads and any skipped data). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Reads a sequence of consecutive length-prefixed items from a stream, using - either base-128 or fixed-length prefixes. Base-128 prefixes with a tag - are directly comparable to serializing multiple items in succession - (use the tag to emulate the implicit behavior - when serializing a list/array). When a tag is - specified, any records with different tags are silently omitted. The - tag is ignored. The tag is ignores for fixed-length prefixes. - - The binary stream containing the serialized records. - The prefix style used in the data. - The tag of records to return (if non-positive, then no tag is - expected and all records are returned). - On a field-by-field basis, the type of object to deserialize (can be null if "type" is specified). - The type of object to deserialize (can be null if "resolver" is specified). - The sequence of deserialized objects. - - - - Reads a sequence of consecutive length-prefixed items from a stream, using - either base-128 or fixed-length prefixes. Base-128 prefixes with a tag - are directly comparable to serializing multiple items in succession - (use the tag to emulate the implicit behavior - when serializing a list/array). When a tag is - specified, any records with different tags are silently omitted. The - tag is ignored. The tag is ignores for fixed-length prefixes. - - The binary stream containing the serialized records. - The prefix style used in the data. - The tag of records to return (if non-positive, then no tag is - expected and all records are returned). - On a field-by-field basis, the type of object to deserialize (can be null if "type" is specified). - The type of object to deserialize (can be null if "resolver" is specified). - The sequence of deserialized objects. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Reads a sequence of consecutive length-prefixed items from a stream, using - either base-128 or fixed-length prefixes. Base-128 prefixes with a tag - are directly comparable to serializing multiple items in succession - (use the tag to emulate the implicit behavior - when serializing a list/array). When a tag is - specified, any records with different tags are silently omitted. The - tag is ignored. The tag is ignores for fixed-length prefixes. - - The type of object to deserialize. - The binary stream containing the serialized records. - The prefix style used in the data. - The tag of records to return (if non-positive, then no tag is - expected and all records are returned). - The sequence of deserialized objects. - - - - Reads a sequence of consecutive length-prefixed items from a stream, using - either base-128 or fixed-length prefixes. Base-128 prefixes with a tag - are directly comparable to serializing multiple items in succession - (use the tag to emulate the implicit behavior - when serializing a list/array). When a tag is - specified, any records with different tags are silently omitted. The - tag is ignored. The tag is ignores for fixed-length prefixes. - - The type of object to deserialize. - The binary stream containing the serialized records. - The prefix style used in the data. - The tag of records to return (if non-positive, then no tag is - expected and all records are returned). - The sequence of deserialized objects. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream, - with a length-prefix. This is useful for socket programming, - as DeserializeWithLengthPrefix can be used to read the single object back - from an ongoing stream. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The destination stream to write to. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream, - with a length-prefix. This is useful for socket programming, - as DeserializeWithLengthPrefix can be used to read the single object back - from an ongoing stream. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The destination stream to write to. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The number of bytes to consume. - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The number of bytes to consume. - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The number of bytes to consume (or -1 to read to the end of the stream). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The number of bytes to consume (or -1 to read to the end of the stream). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer reader to an existing instance (which may be null). - - The type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The reader to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - This is the more "complete" version of Deserialize, which handles single instances of mapped types. - The value is read as a complete field, including field-header and (for sub-objects) a - length-prefix..kmc - - In addition to that, this provides support for: - - basic values; individual int / string / Guid / etc - - IList sets of any type handled by TryDeserializeAuxiliaryType - - - - - Creates a new runtime model, to which the caller - can add support for a range of types. A model - can be used "as is", or can be compiled for - optimal performance. - - - - - Applies common proxy scenarios, resolving the actual type to consider - - - - - Indicates whether the supplied type is explicitly modelled by the model - - - - - Provides the key that represents a given type in the current model. - The type is also normalized for proxies at the same time. - - - - - Advertise that a type's key can have changed - - - - - Provides the key that represents a given type in the current model. - - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - Represents the type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (which may be null). - - Represents the type (including inheritance) to consider. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Indicates the type of callback to be used - - - - - Invoked before an object is serialized - - - - - Invoked after an object is serialized - - - - - Invoked before an object is deserialized (or when a new instance is created) - - - - - Invoked after an object is deserialized - - - - - Create a deep clone of the supplied instance; any sub-items are also cloned. - - - - - Indicates that while an inheritance tree exists, the exact type encountered was not - specified in that hierarchy and cannot be processed. - - - - - Indicates that the given type was not expected, and cannot be processed. - - - - - Indicates that the given type cannot be constructed; it may still be possible to - deserialize into existing instances. - - - - - Returns true if the type supplied is either a recognised contract type, - or a *list* of a recognised contract type. - - Note that primitives always return false, even though the engine - will, if forced, try to serialize such - True if this type is recognised as a serializable entity, else false - - - - Returns true if the type supplied is a basic type with inbuilt handling, - a recognised contract type, or a *list* of a basic / contract type. - - - - - Returns true if the type supplied is a basic type with inbuilt handling, - or a *list* of a basic type with inbuilt handling - - - - - Suggest a .proto definition for the given type - - The type to generate a .proto definition for, or null to generate a .proto that represents the entire model - The .proto definition as a string - - - - Suggest a .proto definition for the given type - - The type to generate a .proto definition for, or null to generate a .proto that represents the entire model - The .proto definition as a string - The .proto syntax to use for the operation - - - - Used to provide custom services for writing and parsing type names when using dynamic types. Both parsing and formatting - are provided on a single API as it is essential that both are mapped identically at all times. - - - - - Creates a new IFormatter that uses protocol-buffer [de]serialization. - - A new IFormatter to be used during [de]serialization. - The type of object to be [de]deserialized by the formatter. - - - - Represents a member (property/field) that is mapped to a protobuf field - - - - - The number that identifies this member in a protobuf stream - - - - - Gets the member (field/property) which this member relates to. - - - - - Gets the backing member (field/property) which this member relates to - - - - - Within a list / array / etc, the type of object for each item in the list (especially useful with ArrayList) - - - - - The underlying type of the member - - - - - For abstract types (IList etc), the type of concrete object to create (if required) - - - - - The type the defines the member - - - - - The default value of the item (members with this value will not be serialized) - - - - - Creates a new ValueMember instance - - - - - Creates a new ValueMember instance - - - - - Specifies the rules used to process the field; this is used to determine the most appropriate - wite-type, but also to describe subtypes within that wire-type (such as SignedVariant) - - - - - Indicates whether this field should follow strict encoding rules; this means (for example) that if a "fixed32" - is encountered when "variant" is defined, then it will fail (throw an exception) when parsing. Note that - when serializing the defined type is always used. - - - - - Indicates whether this field should use packed encoding (which can save lots of space for repeated primitive values). - This option only applies to list/array data of primitive types (int, double, etc). - - - - - Indicates whether this field should *repace* existing values (the default is false, meaning *append*). - This option only applies to list/array data. - - - - - Indicates whether this field is mandatory. - - - - - Enables full object-tracking/full-graph support. - - - - - Embeds the type information into the stream, allowing usage with types not known in advance. - - - - - Indicates that the member should be treated as a protobuf Map - - - - - Specifies the data-format that should be used for the key, when IsMap is enabled - - - - - Specifies the data-format that should be used for the value, when IsMap is enabled - - - - - Specifies methods for working with optional data members. - - Provides a method (null for none) to query whether this member should - be serialized; it must be of the form "bool {Method}()". The member is only serialized if the - method returns true. - Provides a method (null for none) to indicate that a member was - deserialized; it must be of the form "void {Method}(bool)", and will be called with "true" - when data is found. - - - - Gets the logical name for this member in the schema (this is not critical for binary serialization, but may be used - when inferring a schema). - - - - - Should lists have extended support for null values? Note this makes the serialization less efficient. - - - - - Specifies the type of prefix that should be applied to messages. - - - - - No length prefix is applied to the data; the data is terminated only be the end of the stream. - - - - - A base-128 ("varint", the default prefix format in protobuf) length prefix is applied to the data (efficient for short messages). - - - - - A fixed-length (little-endian) length prefix is applied to the data (useful for compatibility). - - - - - A fixed-length (big-endian) length prefix is applied to the data (useful for compatibility). - - - - - Indicates that a type is defined for protocol-buffer serialization. - - - - - Gets or sets the defined name of the type. - - - - - Gets or sets the fist offset to use with implicit field tags; - only uesd if ImplicitFields is set. - - - - - If specified, alternative contract markers (such as markers for XmlSerailizer or DataContractSerializer) are ignored. - - - - - If specified, do NOT treat this type as a list, even if it looks like one. - - - - - Gets or sets the mechanism used to automatically infer field tags - for members. This option should be used in advanced scenarios only. - Please review the important notes against the ImplicitFields enumeration. - - - - - Enables/disables automatic tag generation based on the existing name / order - of the defined members. This option is not used for members marked - with ProtoMemberAttribute, as intended to provide compatibility with - WCF serialization. WARNING: when adding new fields you must take - care to increase the Order for new elements, otherwise data corruption - may occur. - - If not explicitly specified, the default is assumed from Serializer.GlobalOptions.InferTagFromName. - - - - Has a InferTagFromName value been explicitly set? if not, the default from the type-model is assumed. - - - - - Specifies an offset to apply to [DataMember(Order=...)] markers; - this is useful when working with mex-generated classes that have - a different origin (usually 1 vs 0) than the original data-contract. - - This value is added to the Order of each member. - - - - - If true, the constructor for the type is bypassed during deserialization, meaning any field initializers - or other initialization code is skipped. - - - - - Should this type be treated as a reference by default? Please also see the implications of this, - as recorded on ProtoMemberAttribute.AsReference - - - - - Indicates whether this type should always be treated as a "group" (rather than a string-prefixed sub-message) - - - - - Applies only to enums (not to DTO classes themselves); gets or sets a value indicating that an enum should be treated directly as an int/short/etc, rather - than enforcing .proto enum rules. This is useful *in particul* for [Flags] enums. - - - - - Allows to define a surrogate type used for serialization/deserialization purpose. - - - - - Has a EnumPassthru value been explicitly set? - - - - - Indicates that a static member should be considered the same as though - were an implicit / explicit conversion operator; in particular, this - is useful for conversions that operator syntax does not allow, such as - to/from interface types. - - - - - Used to define protocol-buffer specific behavior for - enumerated values. - - - - - Gets or sets the specific value to use for this enum during serialization. - - - - - Indicates whether this instance has a customised value mapping - - true if a specific value is set - - - - Gets or sets the defined name of the enum, as used in .proto - (this name is not used during serialization). - - - - - Indicates an error during serialization/deserialization of a proto stream. - - - - Creates a new ProtoException instance. - - - Creates a new ProtoException instance. - - - Creates a new ProtoException instance. - - - Creates a new ProtoException instance. - - - - Indicates that a member should be excluded from serialization; this - is only normally used when using implict fields. - - - - - Indicates that a member should be excluded from serialization; this - is only normally used when using implict fields. This allows - ProtoIgnoreAttribute usage - even for partial classes where the individual members are not - under direct control. - - - - - Creates a new ProtoPartialIgnoreAttribute instance. - - Specifies the member to be ignored. - - - - The name of the member to be ignored. - - - - - Indicates the known-types to support for an individual - message. This serializes each level in the hierarchy as - a nested message to retain wire-compatibility with - other protocol-buffer implementations. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the ProtoIncludeAttribute. - - The unique index (within the type) that will identify this data. - The additional type to serialize/deserialize. - - - - Creates a new instance of the ProtoIncludeAttribute. - - The unique index (within the type) that will identify this data. - The additional type to serialize/deserialize. - - - - Gets the unique index (within the type) that will identify this data. - - - - - Gets the additional type to serialize/deserialize. - - - - - Gets the additional type to serialize/deserialize. - - - - - Specifies whether the inherited sype's sub-message should be - written with a length-prefix (default), or with group markers. - - - - - Controls the formatting of elements in a dictionary, and indicates that - "map" rules should be used: duplicates *replace* earlier values, rather - than throwing an exception - - - - - Describes the data-format used to store the key - - - - - Describes the data-format used to store the value - - - - - Disables "map" handling; dictionaries will use ".Add(key,value)" instead of "[key] = value", - which means duplicate keys will cause an exception (instead of retaining the final value); if - a proto schema is emitted, it will be produced using "repeated" instead of "map" - - - - - Declares a member to be used in protocol-buffer serialization, using - the given Tag. A DataFormat may be used to optimise the serialization - format (for instance, using zigzag encoding for negative numbers, or - fixed-length encoding for large values. - - - - - Compare with another ProtoMemberAttribute for sorting purposes - - - - - Compare with another ProtoMemberAttribute for sorting purposes - - - - - Creates a new ProtoMemberAttribute instance. - - Specifies the unique tag used to identify this member within the type. - - - - Gets or sets the original name defined in the .proto; not used - during serialization. - - - - - Gets or sets the data-format to be used when encoding this value. - - - - - Gets the unique tag used to identify this member within the type. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this member is mandatory. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this member is packed. - This option only applies to list/array data of primitive types (int, double, etc). - - - - - Indicates whether this field should *repace* existing values (the default is false, meaning *append*). - This option only applies to list/array data. - - - - - Enables full object-tracking/full-graph support. - - - - - Embeds the type information into the stream, allowing usage with types not known in advance. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this member is packed (lists/arrays). - - - - - Additional (optional) settings that control serialization of members - - - - - Default; no additional options - - - - - Indicates that repeated elements should use packed (length-prefixed) encoding - - - - - Indicates that the given item is required - - - - - Enables full object-tracking/full-graph support - - - - - Embeds the type information into the stream, allowing usage with types not known in advance - - - - - Indicates whether this field should *repace* existing values (the default is false, meaning *append*). - This option only applies to list/array data. - - - - - Determines whether the types AsReferenceDefault value is used, or whether this member's AsReference should be used - - - - - Declares a member to be used in protocol-buffer serialization, using - the given Tag and MemberName. This allows ProtoMemberAttribute usage - even for partial classes where the individual members are not - under direct control. - A DataFormat may be used to optimise the serialization - format (for instance, using zigzag encoding for negative numbers, or - fixed-length encoding for large values. - - - - - Creates a new ProtoMemberAttribute instance. - - Specifies the unique tag used to identify this member within the type. - Specifies the member to be serialized. - - - - The name of the member to be serialized. - - - - - A stateful reader, used to read a protobuf stream. Typical usage would be (sequentially) to call - ReadFieldHeader and (after matching the field) an appropriate Read* method. - - - - - Gets the number of the field being processed. - - - - - Indicates the underlying proto serialization format on the wire. - - - - - Creates a new reader against a stream - - The source stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to deserialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - - - - Gets / sets a flag indicating whether strings should be checked for repetition; if - true, any repeated UTF-8 byte sequence will result in the same String instance, rather - than a second instance of the same string. Enabled by default. Note that this uses - a custom interner - the system-wide string interner is not used. - - - - - Creates a new reader against a stream - - The source stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to deserialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - The number of bytes to read, or -1 to read until the end of the stream - - - - Creates a new reader against a stream - - The source stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to deserialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - The number of bytes to read, or -1 to read until the end of the stream - - - - Addition information about this deserialization operation. - - - - - Releases resources used by the reader, but importantly does not Dispose the - underlying stream; in many typical use-cases the stream is used for different - processes, so it is assumed that the consumer will Dispose their stream separately. - - - - - Reads an unsigned 32-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Returns the position of the current reader (note that this is not necessarily the same as the position - in the underlying stream, if multiple readers are used on the same stream) - - - - - Returns the position of the current reader (note that this is not necessarily the same as the position - in the underlying stream, if multiple readers are used on the same stream) - - - - - Reads a signed 16-bit integer from the stream: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Reads an unsigned 16-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Reads an unsigned 8-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Reads a signed 8-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Reads a signed 32-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Reads a signed 64-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Reads a string from the stream (using UTF8); supported wire-types: String - - - - - Throws an exception indication that the given value cannot be mapped to an enum. - - - - - Reads a double-precision number from the stream; supported wire-types: Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Reads (merges) a sub-message from the stream, internally calling StartSubItem and EndSubItem, and (in between) - parsing the message in accordance with the model associated with the reader - - - - - Makes the end of consuming a nested message in the stream; the stream must be either at the correct EndGroup - marker, or all fields of the sub-message must have been consumed (in either case, this means ReadFieldHeader - should return zero) - - - - - Begins consuming a nested message in the stream; supported wire-types: StartGroup, String - - The token returned must be help and used when callining EndSubItem - - - - Reads a field header from the stream, setting the wire-type and retuning the field number. If no - more fields are available, then 0 is returned. This methods respects sub-messages. - - - - - Looks ahead to see whether the next field in the stream is what we expect - (typically; what we've just finished reading - for example ot read successive list items) - - - - - Get the TypeModel associated with this reader - - - - - Compares the streams current wire-type to the hinted wire-type, updating the reader if necessary; for example, - a Variant may be updated to SignedVariant. If the hinted wire-type is unrelated then no change is made. - - - - - Verifies that the stream's current wire-type is as expected, or a specialized sub-type (for example, - SignedVariant) - in which case the current wire-type is updated. Otherwise an exception is thrown. - - - - - Discards the data for the current field. - - - - - Reads an unsigned 64-bit integer from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Reads a single-precision number from the stream; supported wire-types: Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Reads a boolean value from the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - - Reads a byte-sequence from the stream, appending them to an existing byte-sequence (which can be null); supported wire-types: String - - - - - Reads the length-prefix of a message from a stream without buffering additional data, allowing a fixed-length - reader to be created. - - - - - Reads a little-endian encoded integer. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads a big-endian encoded integer. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads a varint encoded integer. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads a string (of a given lenth, in bytes) directly from the source into a pre-existing buffer. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads a given number of bytes directly from the source. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads a string (of a given lenth, in bytes) directly from the source. An exception is thrown if the data is not all available. - - - - - Reads the length-prefix of a message from a stream without buffering additional data, allowing a fixed-length - reader to be created. - - - - - Reads the length-prefix of a message from a stream without buffering additional data, allowing a fixed-length - reader to be created. - - - - The number of bytes consumed; 0 if no data available - - - - Copies the current field into the instance as extension data - - - - - Indicates whether the reader still has data remaining in the current sub-item, - additionally setting the wire-type for the next field if there is more data. - This is used when decoding packed data. - - - - - Utility method, not intended for public use; this helps maintain the root object is complex scenarios - - - - - Reads a Type from the stream, using the model's DynamicTypeFormatting if appropriate; supported wire-types: String - - - - - Merge two objects using the details from the current reader; this is used to change the type - of objects when an inheritance relationship is discovered later than usual during deserilazation. - - - - - Creates a new reader against a stream - - The source stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to deserialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - The number of bytes to read, or -1 to read until the end of the stream - - - - Represents an output stream for writing protobuf data. - - Why is the API backwards (static methods with writer arguments)? - See: http://marcgravell.blogspot.com/2010/03/last-will-be-first-and-first-will-be.html - - - - - Write an encapsulated sub-object, using the supplied unique key (reprasenting a type). - - The object to write. - The key that uniquely identifies the type within the model. - The destination. - - - - Write an encapsulated sub-object, using the supplied unique key (reprasenting a type) - but the - caller is asserting that this relationship is non-recursive; no recursion check will be - performed. - - The object to write. - The key that uniquely identifies the type within the model. - The destination. - - - - Writes a field-header, indicating the format of the next data we plan to write. - - - - - Writes a byte-array to the stream; supported wire-types: String - - - - - Writes a byte-array to the stream; supported wire-types: String - - - - - Indicates the start of a nested record. - - The instance to write. - The destination. - A token representing the state of the stream; this token is given to EndSubItem. - - - - Indicates the end of a nested record. - - The token obtained from StartubItem. - The destination. - - - - Creates a new writer against a stream - - The destination stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to serialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - - - - Creates a new writer against a stream - - The destination stream - The model to use for serialization; this can be null, but this will impair the ability to serialize sub-objects - Additional context about this serialization operation - - - - Addition information about this serialization operation. - - - - - Flushes data to the underlying stream, and releases any resources. The underlying stream is *not* disposed - by this operation. - - - - - Get the TypeModel associated with this writer - - - - - Writes any buffered data (if possible) to the underlying stream. - - The writer to flush - It is not always possible to fully flush, since some sequences - may require values to be back-filled into the byte-stream. - - - - Writes an unsigned 32-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes a string to the stream; supported wire-types: String - - - - - Writes an unsigned 64-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes a signed 64-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Writes an unsigned 16-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes a signed 16-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Writes an unsigned 16-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes an unsigned 8-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes a signed 8-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Writes a signed 32-bit integer to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64, SignedVariant - - - - - Writes a double-precision number to the stream; supported wire-types: Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Writes a single-precision number to the stream; supported wire-types: Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Throws an exception indicating that the given enum cannot be mapped to a serialized value. - - - - - Writes a boolean to the stream; supported wire-types: Variant, Fixed32, Fixed64 - - - - - Copies any extension data stored for the instance to the underlying stream - - - - - Used for packed encoding; indicates that the next field should be skipped rather than - a field header written. Note that the field number must match, else an exception is thrown - when the attempt is made to write the (incorrect) field. The wire-type is taken from the - subsequent call to WriteFieldHeader. Only primitive types can be packed. - - - - - Used for packed encoding; explicitly reset the packed field marker; this is not required - if using StartSubItem/EndSubItem - - - - - Used for packed encoding; writes the length prefix using fixed sizes rather than using - buffering. Only valid for fixed-32 and fixed-64 encoding. - - - - - Specifies a known root object to use during reference-tracked serialization - - - - - Writes a Type to the stream, using the model's DynamicTypeFormatting if appropriate; supported wire-types: String - - - - - Additional information about a serialization operation - - - - - Gets or sets a user-defined object containing additional information about this serialization/deserialization operation. - - - - - A default SerializationContext, with minimal information. - - - - - Gets or sets the source or destination of the transmitted data. - - - - - Convert a SerializationContext to a StreamingContext - - - - - Convert a StreamingContext to a SerializationContext - - - - - Provides protocol-buffer serialization capability for concrete, attributed types. This - is a *default* model, but custom serializer models are also supported. - - - Protocol-buffer serialization is a compact binary format, designed to take - advantage of sparse data and knowledge of specific data types; it is also - extensible, allowing a type to be deserialized / merged even if some data is - not recognised. - - - - - Suggest a .proto definition for the given type - - The type to generate a .proto definition for - The .proto definition as a string - - - - Suggest a .proto definition for the given type - - The type to generate a .proto definition for - The .proto definition as a string - - - - Create a deep clone of the supplied instance; any sub-items are also cloned. - - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Creates a new instance from a protocol-buffer stream - - The type to be created. - The binary stream to apply to the new instance (cannot be null). - A new, initialized instance. - - - - Creates a new instance from a protocol-buffer stream - - The type to be created. - The binary stream to apply to the new instance (cannot be null). - A new, initialized instance. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Serializes a given instance and deserializes it as a different type; - this can be used to translate between wire-compatible objects (where - two .NET types represent the same data), or to promote/demote a type - through an inheritance hierarchy. - - No assumption of compatibility is made between the types. - The type of the object being copied. - The type of the new object to be created. - The existing instance to use as a template. - A new instane of type TNewType, with the data from TOldType. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied SerializationInfo. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination SerializationInfo to write to. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied SerializationInfo. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination SerializationInfo to write to. - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied XmlWriter. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination XmlWriter to write to. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer from an XmlReader to an existing instance. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (cannot be null). - The XmlReader containing the data to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer from a SerializationInfo to an existing instance. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (cannot be null). - The SerializationInfo containing the data to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer from a SerializationInfo to an existing instance. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (cannot be null). - The SerializationInfo containing the data to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - Additional information about this serialization operation. - - - - Precompiles the serializer for a given type. - - - - - Creates a new IFormatter that uses protocol-buffer [de]serialization. - - The type of object to be [de]deserialized by the formatter. - A new IFormatter to be used during [de]serialization. - - - - Reads a sequence of consecutive length-prefixed items from a stream, using - either base-128 or fixed-length prefixes. Base-128 prefixes with a tag - are directly comparable to serializing multiple items in succession - (use the tag to emulate the implicit behavior - when serializing a list/array). When a tag is - specified, any records with different tags are silently omitted. The - tag is ignored. The tag is ignored for fixed-length prefixes. - - The type of object to deserialize. - The binary stream containing the serialized records. - The prefix style used in the data. - The tag of records to return (if non-positive, then no tag is - expected and all records are returned). - The sequence of deserialized objects. - - - - Creates a new instance from a protocol-buffer stream that has a length-prefix - on data (to assist with network IO). - - The type to be created. - The binary stream to apply to the new instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - A new, initialized instance. - - - - Creates a new instance from a protocol-buffer stream that has a length-prefix - on data (to assist with network IO). - - The type to be created. - The binary stream to apply to the new instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The expected tag of the item (only used with base-128 prefix style). - A new, initialized instance. - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance, using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The type being merged. - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream, - with a length-prefix. This is useful for socket programming, - as DeserializeWithLengthPrefix/MergeWithLengthPrefix can be used to read the single object back - from an ongoing stream. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream, - with a length-prefix. This is useful for socket programming, - as DeserializeWithLengthPrefix/MergeWithLengthPrefix can be used to read the single object back - from an ongoing stream. - - The type being serialized. - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The destination stream to write to. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - - - Indicates the number of bytes expected for the next message. - The stream containing the data to investigate for a length. - The algorithm used to encode the length. - The length of the message, if it could be identified. - True if a length could be obtained, false otherwise. - - - Indicates the number of bytes expected for the next message. - The buffer containing the data to investigate for a length. - The offset of the first byte to read from the buffer. - The number of bytes to read from the buffer. - The algorithm used to encode the length. - The length of the message, if it could be identified. - True if a length could be obtained, false otherwise. - - - - The field number that is used as a default when serializing/deserializing a list of objects. - The data is treated as repeated message with field number 1. - - - - - Provides non-generic access to the default serializer. - - - - - Create a deep clone of the supplied instance; any sub-items are also cloned. - - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - The destination stream to write to. - - - - Creates a new instance from a protocol-buffer stream - - The type to be created. - The binary stream to apply to the new instance (cannot be null). - A new, initialized instance. - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance. - The existing instance to be modified (cannot be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - The updated instance - - - - Writes a protocol-buffer representation of the given instance to the supplied stream, - with a length-prefix. This is useful for socket programming, - as DeserializeWithLengthPrefix/MergeWithLengthPrefix can be used to read the single object back - from an ongoing stream. - - The existing instance to be serialized (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - The destination stream to write to. - The tag used as a prefix to each record (only used with base-128 style prefixes). - - - - Applies a protocol-buffer stream to an existing instance (or null), using length-prefixed - data - useful with network IO. - - The existing instance to be modified (can be null). - The binary stream to apply to the instance (cannot be null). - How to encode the length prefix. - Used to resolve types on a per-field basis. - The updated instance; this may be different to the instance argument if - either the original instance was null, or the stream defines a known sub-type of the - original instance. - - - - Indicates whether the supplied type is explicitly modelled by the model - - - - - Precompiles the serializer for a given type. - - - - - Global switches that change the behavior of protobuf-net - - - - - - - - - - Maps a field-number to a type - - - - - Releases any internal buffers that have been reserved for efficiency; this does not affect any serialization - operations; simply: it can be used (optionally) to release the buffers for garbage collection (at the expense - of having to re-allocate a new buffer for the next operation, rather than re-use prior buffers). - - - - - The type that this serializer is intended to work for. - - - - - Perform the steps necessary to serialize this data. - - The value to be serialized. - The writer entity that is accumulating the output data. - - - - Perform the steps necessary to deserialize this data. - - The current value, if appropriate. - The reader providing the input data. - The updated / replacement value. - - - - Indicates whether a Read operation replaces the existing value, or - extends the value. If false, the "value" parameter to Read is - discarded, and should be passed in as null. - - - - - Now all Read operations return a value (although most do); if false no - value should be expected. - - - - Emit the IL necessary to perform the given actions - to serialize this data. - - Details and utilities for the method being generated. - The source of the data to work against; - If the value is only needed once, then LoadValue is sufficient. If - the value is needed multiple times, then note that a "null" - means "the top of the stack", in which case you should create your - own copy - GetLocalWithValue. - - - - Emit the IL necessary to perform the given actions to deserialize this data. - - Details and utilities for the method being generated. - For nested values, the instance holding the values; note - that this is not always provided - a null means not supplied. Since this is always - a variable or argument, it is not necessary to consume this value. - - - - Uses protocol buffer serialization on the specified operation; note that this - must be enabled on both the client and server. - - - - - Configuration element to swap out DatatContractSerilaizer with the XmlProtoSerializer for a given endpoint. - - - - - - Creates a new ProtoBehaviorExtension instance. - - - - - Gets the type of behavior. - - - - - Creates a behavior extension based on the current configuration settings. - - The behavior extension. - - - - Behavior to swap out DatatContractSerilaizer with the XmlProtoSerializer for a given endpoint. - - Add the following to the server and client app.config in the system.serviceModel section: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Configure your endpoints to have a behaviorConfiguration as follows: - - - - - - - - - - - - - Describes a WCF operation behaviour that can perform protobuf serialization - - - - - Create a new ProtoOperationBehavior instance - - - - - The type-model that should be used with this behaviour - - - - - Creates a protobuf serializer if possible (falling back to the default WCF serializer) - - - - - An xml object serializer that can embed protobuf data in a base-64 hunk (looking like a byte[]) - - - - - Attempt to create a new serializer for the given model and type - - A new serializer instance if the type is recognised by the model; null otherwise - - - - Creates a new serializer for the given model and type - - - - - Ends an object in the output - - - - - Begins an object in the output - - - - - Writes the body of an object in the output - - - - - Indicates whether this is the start of an object we are prepared to handle - - - - - Reads the body of an object - - - - - Used to hold particulars relating to nested objects. This is opaque to the caller - simply - give back the token you are given at the end of an object. - - - - - Indicates the encoding used to represent an individual value in a protobuf stream - - - - - Represents an error condition - - - - - Base-128 variant-length encoding - - - - - Fixed-length 8-byte encoding - - - - - Length-variant-prefixed encoding - - - - - Indicates the start of a group - - - - - Indicates the end of a group - - - - - Fixed-length 4-byte encoding - 10 - - - - This is not a formal wire-type in the "protocol buffers" spec, but - denotes a variant integer that should be interpreted using - zig-zag semantics (so -ve numbers aren't a significant overhead) - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2b5512e..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8d909bb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 71296ce..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3e9c4c2..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b480285..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ea2e756..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll b/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2b16d49..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/bin/Debug/ru/DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 40f9d27..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache deleted file mode 100644 index f574734..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferencesInput.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6503e30..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/TempPE/My Project.Resources.Designer.vb.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Form1.resources b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Form1.resources deleted file mode 100644 index 0ca3396..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Form1.resources and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Resources.resources b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Resources.resources deleted file mode 100644 index 6c05a97..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.Resources.resources and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.exe b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 192b739..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.frmMain.resources b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.frmMain.resources deleted file mode 100644 index 0ca3396..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.frmMain.resources and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.pdb b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 60168cc..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.CopyComplete b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.CopyComplete deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 2a9f661..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -a7cf69e8e584fe2c16999437687cbd50a5c626a7 diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e784f4d..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe.config -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\WIDIG.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\NLog.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\NLog.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.Form1.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.Resources.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.vbproj.CopyComplete -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.exe.licenses -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDIG\obj\Debug\WIDIG.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 1551701..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 6ff5414..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.xml b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9b7a8f5..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDIG.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - -WIDIG - - - - - - A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - - - - - Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - - - - - Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - - - - diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.CopyComplete b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.CopyComplete deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 1ee53d4..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -0c19dca702b1a5eb05e915e3cd79022bf50f16c0 diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7bbbf23..0000000 --- a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.FileListAbsolute.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe.config -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\WIDIG.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\WIDIG.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\WIDIG.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\Interop.WINDREAMLib.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\NLog.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Config.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Logging.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Windream.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\NLog.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Filesystem.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.pdb -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DigitalData.Modules.Language.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\protobuf-net.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Data.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Utils.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.XtraBars.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.XtraEditors.v19.2.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Printing.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Sparkline.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\de\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\es\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ja\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\bin\Debug\ru\DevExpress.Pdf.v19.2.Core.resources.dll -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDigForm.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.frmMain.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.Resources.resources -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDigForm.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.exe.licenses -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDigForm.vbproj.CoreCompileInputs.cache -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDigForm.vbproj.CopyComplete -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.exe -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.xml -E:\SchreiberM\Visual Studio\GIT\WIDIG\WIDigForm\obj\Debug\WIDIG.pdb diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 4e346cb..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbproj.GenerateResource.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache deleted file mode 100644 index 4e0df17..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/WIDigForm.vbprojAssemblyReference.cache and /dev/null differ diff --git a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/widig.exe.licenses b/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/widig.exe.licenses deleted file mode 100644 index 26e67b2..0000000 Binary files a/WIDigForm/obj/Debug/widig.exe.licenses and /dev/null differ